c4000 Service Manual PDF

ARCHITECT c4000 System Service and Support Manual
Manual Revision Number
204733-126
Front Matter Content Control Number
204734-126
© 2009, 2015 Abbott Laboratories, Abbott Park, IL. All rights reserved.
Revision Log
Click to view Chapter 4 Removal and Replacement and Chapter 5 Verification Procedure Revision History
All other Revision History is located in the table below:

REVISION DATE SECTIONS REVISED/ADDED TSBs INCORPORATED ISAs INCORPORATED
204733-126 Apr/2015 c4000 Revision 204733-126 Change Listing N/A N/A
204733-125 Nov/2014 c4000 Revision 204733-125 Change Listing N/A N/A
204733-124 Oct/2014 c4000 Revision 204733-124 Change Listing N/A N/A
204733-123 June/2014 c4000 Revision 204733-123 Change Listing N/A N/A
204733-122 Apr/2014 c4000 Revision 204733-122 Change Listing N/A N/A
204733-121 Sept/2013 c4000 Revision 204733-121 Change Listing N/A N/A
204733-120 May/2013 c4000 Revision 204733-120 Change Listing N/A N/A
204733-119 Jan/2013 c4000 Revision 204733-119 Change Listing N/A N/A
204733-118 Aug/2012 c4000 Revision 204733-118 Change Listing N/A N/A
204733-117 July/2012 c4000 Revision 204733-117 Change Listing N/A N/A
204733-115 JUN/2012 c4000 Revision 204733-115 Change Listing N/A N/A
204733-114 Mar/2012 c4000 Revision 204733-114 Change Listing N/A N/A

204733-112 April/2011 c4000 Revision 204733-112 Change Listing N/A N/A
204733-109 Sept/2010 c4000 Revision 204733-109 Change Listing N/A 128-002A
204733-108 May/2010 c4000 Revision 204733-108 Change Listing N/A 128-002A
204733-106 Nov/2009 c4000 Revision 204733-106 Change Listing N/A N/A
204733-104 Sept/2009 c4000 Revision 204733-104 Change Listing N/A N/A
204733-103 Aug/2009 c4000 Revision 204733-103 Change Listing N/A N/A
204733-102 Jul/2009 c4000 Revision 204733-102 Change Listing N/A N/A
204733-101 Apr/2009 ALL (NEW PUBLICATION) N/A N/A
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-126) • © 2009, 2015 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
Proprietary Information
(Document Control Number 204735-103)
The information, documents and related graphics published herein (the “Information”) are the sole property of Abbott Laboratories.
Permission to use the Information is granted, provided:
• The copyright notice appears on all copies
• Use of the Information is for operation of ABBOTT products by Abbott trained personnel or informational use only
• The Information is not modified in any way; and
• No graphics are used separate from accompanying text.
Each person assumes full responsibility and all risks arising from use of the Information. The Information is presented “AS IS” and may
include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Abbott Laboratories reserves the right to make additions, deletions, or modifications to
the Information at any time without any prior notification.
Qualifications:
• All samples (printouts, graphics, displays, screens, etc.) are for information and illustration purposes only and shall not be used for
clinical or maintenance evaluations. Data shown in sample printouts and screens do not reflect actual patient names or test
results.
• The information was developed to be used by Abbott Laboratories trained personnel, by other persons knowledgeable or
experienced with the operation and service of the product identified, under the supervision and with cooperation from Abbott
Laboratories technical support or service representatives.
• In no event shall Abbott Laboratories or its affiliates be liable for any damages or losses incurred in connection with or arising from
the use of the information by persons not fully trained by Abbott Laboratories. This limitation shall not apply to those persons
knowledgeable or experienced with the operation and service of the product identified, under the supervision and with cooperation
from Abbott Laboratories technical sales and service representatives.
• No part of this media may be reproduced, stored, retrieved, or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written
permission of Abbott Laboratories.
• No confidential relationship shall be established in the event that any user of the Information should make any oral, written or
electronic response to Abbott Laboratories (such as feedback, questions, comments, suggestions, ideas, etc.). Such response and
any information submitted therewith shall be considered non confidential, and Abbott shall be free to reproduce, publish or
otherwise use such information for any purposes whatsoever including, without limitation, the research, development, manufacture,
service, use, or sale of products incorporating such information. The sender of any information to Abbott is fully responsible for its
content, including its truthfulness and accuracy and its non infringement of any other person's proprietary rights.
• Abbott Laboratories is not engaged in rendering medical advice or services.
• Updates to the Information may be provided in either paper or electronic format. Always refer to the latest documents for the most
current information.
All Abbott Laboratories product names and trademarks are owned by or licensed to Abbott Laboratories, its subsidiaries or affiliates. No use
of any Abbott trademark, trade name, trade dress, or product name may be made without the prior written authorization of Abbott
Laboratories, except to identify the product or services of Abbott Laboratories. All other trademarks, brands, product names, and trade
names are the property of their respective companies. All rights reserved.
Except as permitted above, no license or right, express or implied, is granted to any person under any patent, trademark, or other proprietary
right of Abbott Laboratories.
ABBOTT LABORATORIES MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WITH RESPECT TO THE
INFORMATION. ABBOTT LABORATORIES HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED, CREATED BY LAW, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE OR NON INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL ABBOTT
LABORATORIES BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DIRECT,
INDIRECT, SPECIAL (INCLUDING LOSS OF PROFIT) CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE EXISTENCE OR USE OF THE INFORMATION, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER ABBOTT LABORATORIES HAS
BEEN ADVISED AS TO THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100 are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various
jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions.
c4000 Revision 204733-102 Change Listing
This page lists the changes from 204733-101 to Revision 204733-102. The revisions to the manual are indicated below. Be sure the manual
contains the latest revision number of all pages.

Section Sections
Revision
Numbers Revised / Added
FRONT Title Change Manual Revision Number to 204733-102.
FRONT Title Change Front Matter Content Control Number to 204734-102.
FRONT Rev Log Add 204733-102 change log.
Change Proprietary Information Control Number to 204735-102.

1 Gen. Data Changed Document Control Number 204736-102.
1 Updated links to Biological Safety section.

2 Troubleshooting Changed Document Control Number 204737-102.
2 Updated text in Card Cage section.

7 Pre-Site Change Document Control Number 204741-102

Specification &
Checklist
7 Updated text in System Specification.

8 Installation Change Document Control Number 204742-102
8 Updated ci4100 Installation Checklist.
8 Corrected paragraph format in c4000 Attach External Plumbing and Water Bath filter.
8 Corrected paragraph format in c4000 Module Upack-Installation A and B.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.

Section Sections
Revision
FRONT Rev Log Add 204733-103 Revision Log.

1 Gen. Data Change Document Control Number 204736-103
1 Update text in Mechanical Hazards
1 Update text in Spill Clean-up
1 Update text in Chemical Hazards, Sodim Azide

7 Pre-Site Change Document Control Number 204741-103

Specification &
Checklist
7 Updated text in System Specification, under Electrical, Power, and Heat Output Specification and in
Module UPS Specification.
7 Updated text in Module UPS Specification.
7 Updated text in Pre-Site Checklist, under c4000 Module Electrical Supply Requirements.
7 Added Electrical Shock Hazard symbols to 60 Hz Power Measurements and 60 Hz Power

Measurements
7 Added Chemical Hazard symbols to Liquid Waste c4000 (Options), Liquid Waste i1000SR and Pump
Waste (if required)
rights reserved.

Section Sections
Revision

2 Troubleshooting Change Document Control Number 204737-103
2 Update MECH LED graphic.
rights reserved.

Section Sections
Revision

1 General Data Change Document Control Number 204736-104
1 Updated text in Mechanical Hazards
1 Updated graphic 7A_1074b in Cuvette Washing - Water & Wash Solution Aspiration and Drying,
Vacuum Pumps
1 Replaced graphic 7A_1053a with 7A_1074b in Robotic Assembly Description

2 Troubleshooting Change Document Control Number 204737-104
2 Updated graphic Mixer Block Diagram to 7A_2043b
rights reserved.

Section Sections
Revision
FRONT Title Change Manual Revision Number to 204733-106
FRONT Title Change Front Matter Content Control Number to 204734-106
FRONT Rev Log Add 204733-106 Revision Log

8 Installation Change Document Control Number to 204742-103
8 Reconfigured entire Installation section
8 Added Standalone Installation Instructions
8 Added New c4 and New i1000SR Installation Instructions
8 Added New c4 and Existing i1000SR Installation Instructions
8 Added Existing c4 and New i1000SR Installation Instructions
8 Added Existing c4 and Existing i1000SR Installation Instructions
rights reserved.

Section Sections
Revision
FRONT Proprietary Change Revision Number to 204735-102

Information
FRONT Proprietary Updated trademark information

Information

1 General Data Change Document Control Number to 204736-105
Updated Biological Hazard area, Precaution with new text references about reporting incidents.
Updated Sodium Azide information in Chemical Hazards
Update Fluidics Diagram 7A_9002b.pdf
Added Total Wiring Diagram 7A_9003b to Key Diagrams, M&Ds and Alignment/Adjustment
Procedures table
Updated Wiring Diagram 7A_9003b
Updated Power Switches text and updated table text.
Updated text in Mixer Assembly

2 Troubleshooting Change Document Control Number to 204737-105
Updated Mixer Driver Board table text and graphics 7A_2077a and 7A_2044b
Updated voltage output in Main Power Supply
Updated text in Power Supply Connections, Transformer table and AC table
Updated text Power Supply Schematics Table
Added Text to Power Transformer Cable Pinout
Added text Circuit Protector to MC1 under Transformer
Updated schematic 7A_9027b.pdf in Stirrer Motor and Sensor Schematic Diagram

Section Sections
Revision

1 General Data Change Document Control Number to 204736-106
Replaced Key Diagrams, M&Ds and Alignment Procedure table.

2 Troubleshooting Changed Chapter 2 Troubleshooting Document Control Number to 204737-106
Replaced AC/DC Driver graphic 7A_2042a with 7A_2079a
Added new link to Mixer Driver Board Functional Diagram table.7A_20778a
Replaced Mixer Driver Board graphic 7A_2044a with 7A_2078a
Corrected Cable Routing and Connector Pin-out TS table
Text correction to RSH Functional Diagram Link table
Added new link in RSH Key Diagrams, M&Ds and Alignment Procedures table. Added graphic
7A_9045a.

6 Planned Changed Chapter 6 Planned Maint. Document Control Number to 204740-102
Maintenance
Added text to PM Procedure #1 table
Added text to PM #1 Checklist

8 Installation Changed Chapter 8 Troubleshooting Document Control Number to 204742-104
Installation / Installation Checklist text correction Unpack-Remove Packing Tape, Remove Center Support Boards
Standalone text correction
Transformer Voltage-Install Power Cord
Robotic Position Setup-Delete Lifting Hazard Caution, changed list order in Flush Lines (c4000)
Check Wash Cup Flow-text correction
Installation / New Installation Checklist text correction

c4000 and New ci4100 Integration-text correction, replaced graphic 7A_8304a with 7A_8305a
i1000SR SCC HW and Cabling Installation-added Electrical Shock Hazard Warning, replaced Connect Power
for SCC Components text, replaced Install Printer text
Transformer Voltage-Install Power Cord text correction
Robotic Position Setup-Check Wash Cup Flow text correction

c4000 and Unpack- Remove Center Support Boards text correction
Existing i1000SR Set i1000SR Jumper to Module 2-added text
SCC HW and Cabling Installation-added Electrical Shock Hazard Warning, replaced Install Printer
text, replaced Connect Power for SCC Components text
Installation / Installation Checklist text correction

Existing c4000 c4000 Kits Package Checklist-text correct Carrier Plate
and New ci4100 Integration-correct text for Install Barcode Reader and Bottle Spinner, Install Covers
for SCC Components text
Robotic Position Setup- Check Wash Cup Flow text correction
Installation / Installation Checklist text correction
Existing c4000 c4000 Kits Package Checklist-text correct Carrier Plate
and Existing ci4100 Integration-delete graphic 7A_8304a, correct text for Install Barcode Reader and Bottle Spinner
for SCC Components text

Section Sections
Revision

8 Installation Changed Chapter 8 Troubleshooting Document Control Number to 204742-105
Installation / Updated table to include added task to Install Nameplate and Install Decal.
Standalone
c4000 Install Added task to Install Nameplate and Install Decal and give c4000 Accessory Kit #2 information.
Accessories

c4000 and New ci4100 Integration-text correction, replaced graphic 7A_8304a with 7A_8305a
for SCC Components text, replaced Install Printer text
Transformer Voltage-Install Power Cord text correction
Robotic Position Setup-Check Wash Cup Flow text correction
ci4100 Integration Added task to Install Nameplate and Install Decal and give c4000 Accessory Kit #2 information.
Installation / New Updated table to include added task to Install Nameplate and Install Decal.
c4000 and
Existing i1000SR
ci4100 Integration Added task to Install Nameplate and Install Decal and give c4000 Accessory Kit #2 information.

Section Sections
Revision

1 General Data Changed Document Control Number to 204736-107
Added new bullet statement plus a Caution and removed autoclave statement from Sodium Azide
information in Chemical Hazards.

6 Planned Document Control Number, change to 204740-103
Maintenance
Updated PM Procedure #1 table to “To check degasser output for bubbles”.
Updated PM #1 Checklist table to add step “Check degasser output for bubbles” and renumber other
steps.
steps.
steps.

7 Pre-Site Document Control Number, change to 204741-104
Specification and
Checklist
Added ‘Sodium Azide Awareness” statement to Pre-Site Checklist table.

Section Sections
Revision

8 Installation and Changed Document Control Number to 204742-105
Setup
c4000 Installation Under c4000 Install Accessories, changed Install Nameplate & Install Decal to Install Nameplate &
Checklist- Apply Decals.
Standalone
c4000 Install Deleted Install Cover and Cover Plate and added Install Nameplate & Apply Decals with two graphics
Accessories 7A_9125A & 7A_9126a.
ci4100 Installation Under ci4100 Integration, changed Install Nameplate & Install Decal to Install Nameplate & Apply
Checklist-New Decals.
c4000 and New
i1000
ci4100 Integration Deleted Install Cover and Cover Plate and added Install Nameplate & Apply Decals with two graphics
7A_9125A & 7A_9126a.
ci4100 Installation Under ci4100 Integration, changed Install Nameplate & Install Decal to Install Nameplate & Apply
Checklist-New Decals.
c4000 and New
i1000
ci4100 Integration Deleted Install Cover and Cover Plate and added Install Nameplate & Apply Decals with two graphics
7A_9125A & 7A_9126a.

Section Sections
Revision

2 Troubleshooting Changed Document Control Number to 204737-107
AC/DC Controller Updated S1 & S2 Switch Setting table for S2-8 add c4000 and change setting to ON.
MECH LED Updated LED number 9-10 to correct Function title error, changed to Reagent Bottle Sensor.

Section Sections
Revision

2 Troubleshooting Changed Document Control Number to 204737-108
Thermal Bath Adding New Digital TBC board and LEDs, Switches and Test pins information.
Controller (TBS)
Board
Section Sections
Revision

6 Planned Changed Document Control Number from "204740-103" to "204740-104".
Maintenance
Removed Planned Maintenance Procedures. Updated with ISA 128-006

Section Sections
Revision

1 General Data Added attention activator under misc. symbol.

5 Procedures Added P-672, P-673, and P-674.

Intallation & 8 Changed Document Control Number from "204742-107" to "204742-108".
Setup
Intallation & 8 Updated installation procedures - Added new black articulated arm instruction to C4000 and i1000sr.
Setup Added Installation Checklist verification steps, attention activators.

Section Sections
Revision

2 Troubleshooting Changed Document Control Number from "204737-108" to "204737-109".
Updated DAQ BD Front Panel table.

Section Sections
Revision

8 Installation Changed Document Control Number from "204742-107" to "204742-108".
Update/Correct unpack instructions and checklists.

Section Sections
Revision

Update/Correct unpack instructions and checklists.

Section Sections
Revision
FRONT Title Change Manual Revision Number from 204733-118 to 204733-119
FRONT Title Change Front Matter Content Control Number from 204734-118 to 204734-119

Update Installation Checklist to include link to the new procedures and steps to perform procedures.

Section Sections
Revision
FRONT Title Change Manual Revision Number from 204733-119 to Revision 204733-120.
FRONT Title Change Front Matter Content Control Number 204733-119 to Revision 204733-120.

8 Installation Change Document Control Number 204742-110 to 204742-111.
Installation Add M&D 3526 Check Water Bath Tempature
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-120) • © 2009, 2013 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered
trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL
60064 • All rights reserved.

Section Sections
Revision

8 Installation Change Document Control Number 204742-111 to 204742-112.
Pressure Monitoring/Clot Detection Subsystem Installation

Section Sections
Revision

2 Troubleshooting Change Document Control Number 204737-109 to 204737-110.
Add New Style MECH LED Board Diagram with LED Reference

Section Sections
Revision

General Data Change General Data Control Number 204736-108 to revision 204736-109

5 Procedures Added Remove Universal Shutter From Mount Plate Action to C1.02 Optics Shutter
Added Install Universal Shutter on Mount Plate Action to C1.02 Optics Shutter
Added Install Universal Shutter on Mounting Post Action to C1.02 Optics Shutter

Section Sections
Revision

8 Installation & Change Control Number 204742-112 Revision 204742-113.
Setup
8 Added Leveling instructions to the c4000 Standalone Installation Instructions

Section Sections
Revision

8 Installation & Change Control Number 204742-113 Revision 204742-114.
Setup
8 Installation checklist, pressure monitor PCB information.

Section Sections
Revision
FRONT Title Change Manual Revision Number from “204733-125” to” 204733-126”.
FRONT Title Change Front Matter Content Control Number “204734-125” to “204734-126”.

Chapter 8 Installation Change Control Number “204742-114” to “204742-115”.
Add note to c4000 Standalone ci4000; New c4000, New i1000SR, New c4000 Existing i1000SR,
Existing c4000, New i1000SR and Existing c4000, Existing i1000SR Installation Checklists to verify
module serial numbers (S/N) configured in the SCC with S/N on instruments.
Chapter 1 General Data
How to Use This Manual

Links
Biological Hazards
Chemical Hazards
Electrical Hazards
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD)
Hazards
Laser Light
Overview
Safety Icons and Hazard Symbols
Waste Handling and Disposal
Overview
The purpose of this manual is to provide information useful for servicing the ARCHITECT system and is composed of the following sections:

Section Topic
General Data This section contains a product overview, information on manual usage, accident prevention symbols and system specifications.
Troubleshooting This section contains reference and normal operation information for the system. The information includes block and functional
diagrams, mechanism and motor listings and LED operating conditions.
Parts Lists This section provides lists of Supplemental Tools and Supplies, Customer and Field Service replaceable parts which are indexed by
item number and description.
Removal & This section contains Removal & Replacement procedures which are indexed by number to the Parts Lists.
Replacement
Procedures This section contains configuration, adjustment, calibration, checks and test procedures used to setup or verify instrument
operation. Procedures are also used to assist in troubleshooting.
Planned This section contains preventative maintenance (PM) recommendation checklists. These recommendations may be subject to
Maintenance change due to local business or regulatory needs.
Pre Site This section includes the site specifications and a checklist that outlines the activities of the Field Service Engineer/ Representative
Specification & (FSE/FSR). An open action item summary is included in the checklist.
Checklist
Installation This section outlines the activities required to install or relocate a system.
Hazards
Introduction
The c4000 is designed for optimal operator safety; however, this does not reduce the importance of safety awareness where hazards exist. This section
describes the types and locations of potential hazards that could cause physical harm or damage to the laboratory environment, or where failure to follow
instructions may result in instrument failure or generation of erroneous patient results. Warnings are inserted throughout this manual to alert Field Service
Representatives (FSRs) to potential hazards.
Hazard Signal Words

Standard warning conventions, including hazard signal words and symbols, are described below.

Signal Word Definition
Denotes an immediate hazard which, if not avoided, could result in serious injury
DANGER! or death. This signal word represents the highest level of any hazardous situation.
Denotes a hazard which could result in moderate to serious personal injury.

WARNING
Denotes potential hazards that could result in minor injury. Also used for
Caution conditions or activities that could interfere with proper functioning or performance
of the instrument.
Denotes operator or service information.

Note
Safety Icons and Hazard Symbols

Safety icons in this manual and on the c4000 identify potentially dangerous conditions. Field Service Representatives must recognize the icons and
understand the type and degree of potential hazard. The following icons may be used with text or in lieu of text. If text accompanies the icon, it describes the
nature of the hazard and is labeled with DANGER, WARNING or CAUTION. In some situations, instrument labels refer Field Service Representatives to the
manual for specific information.

Symbol Hazard Description

Identifies an activity or area where
Caution Moving Parts moving parts are present.

Caution Chemical Hazard hazardous chemicals are present.
Refer to the Material Safety Data
Sheet (MSDS) or package insert
for specific safety information.
Identifies an area where fluids may
WARNING Splash / Spray Hazard be under pressure.

WARNING Potential Biohazard potentially infectious materials may
be present. Follow procedures
outlined in Biological Hazards.

WARNING Probe Stick Hazard probes may be present.
Identifies the possibility of

WARNING Electrical Shock Hazard electrical shock if procedural or
engineering controls are not
observed.
Identifies high voltage areas over
DANGER! High Voltage 600 volts.
Identifies high voltage areas.

DANGER! High Voltage Alerts the user to the possibility of
electrical shock in noted activity or
at posted location in the power
supply. Follow precautionary
measures outlined in Electrical
Safety.
Identifies an area where
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock electrostatic discharge may be
present. A ground strap must be
worn while servicing the system.
Identifies the location on the card
Note Card Cage Ground cage where the ground strap is
clipped.
Warns against direct viewing into

Caution Class 2 Laser Radiation the bar code laser beam or
reflections from the beam.
Identifies an area where a hot
Caution Hot Surface surface is present.
Identifies an activity where lifting or

Caution Lifting Hazard moving a heavy object requires
assistance and/or appropriate
lifting devices.
The labeling of c4000 reagents/calibrators/controls or liquid consumables may include one or more of the following hazard symbols. The symbols and/or
other country-specific warnings are used to convey properties of the chemical or chemical mixture and to notify the user that precautions should be taken
when handling the material. Always consult the specific package insert or Material Safety Data Sheet for further information.

Hazard Symbol Definition / Description (with Standard Abbreviation)
Indicates the material is Oxidizing (O).
Indicates the material is Highly Flammable (F) or Extremely Flammable (F +).
Indicates the material is Toxic (T) or Very Toxic (T +).
Indicates the material is Harmful (Xn) or an Irritant (Xi).
Indicates the material is Corrosive (C).
Indicates the material is Dangerous for the environment (N).
Electrical Hazards
The c4000 does not pose uncommon electrical hazards if installed properly and operated without alteration and connected to a power source that meets
required specifications. Refer to Electrical, Power, and Heat Output Specifications in System Specification for details.
Basic electrical hazard awareness is essential to the safe operation of any system. Only qualified personnel should perform electrical servicing. Elements of
electrical safety include, but are not limited to the following:
• Inspect electrical cabling into and on the c4000 periodically for signs of wear and damage.
• Turn the instrument OFF before disconnecting the power cord and before servicing any electrical or internal components.
• Determine the cause of a blown fuse or thrown circuit breaker and correct the problem before attempting to resume operation of the equipment.
• Only use replacement fuses of the specified type and electrical rating.
• Verify the power to the instrument is turned OFF. Be aware that a high voltage charge may remain on the power supply with the power OFF.
• Use an electrically insulated tool to disconnect the power supply and short both male pins to the instrument chassis.
• Keep liquids away from all connectors of electrical or communication components.
• Unplug the instrument before clean up of major liquid spills.
• Make sure hands are dry prior to touching any switches or outlets.
• Keep the floor dry and clean under and around the c4000.
• Use only approved power cords and electrical accessories, such as those supplied with the instrument, to protect against electric shock.
• Connect power cords only to properly grounded outlets.
• It is recommended that a ground fault circuit interrupter be used when working in a wet environment.
Mechanical Hazards
The c4000 is an automated system that operates under computer control. As with most automated equipment, there is potential for injury and bodily harm
from moving mechanical components whenever the instrument is in operation. The c4000 minimizes mechanical hazards by providing guards to protect
against accidental contact with moving components.
The c4000 requires accurate positioning of all samples, reagents, calibrators, controls and consumables before executing any program. If safeguards must
be removed or disconnected during setup and testing procedures, use caution. Stay a safe distance away from the moving components: fast-moving parts
may cause injury. Always replace the safeguards upon completion of setup and testing procedures. It is never acceptable for instrument operators to reach
into the instrument when it is in an operating mode. Should intervention be necessary during a run, the run should be interrupted according to instructions
defined in the operations manual.
Field Service Representatives of the c4000 may be potentially exposed to mechanical hazards when working on the following functional groups or
subsystems:
• C2 Reaction Carousel
• D1 Reagent Supply Center
• D2 Reagent Supply Center 2
• E4 Wash Solution Pump
• E5 ICT Reference Pump
• E6 ICT Aspiration Pump
• E7 Inner Probe Wash Pump Bellows
• E8 H.C. Waste Pump Peristaltic
• E9 Cuvette Wash Pump, Bellows
• G1 Sample Syringe Drive
• G2 Reagent Syringe Drive
• R1 Mixer Assembly
• R2 Sample Pipettor
• R3 Sample Pipettor Head
• R4 Reagent Pipettor Elevator
• R5 Reagent Pipettor Head
• R6 Cuvette Washer Assembly
• R7 ICT Assembly
• S1 Sample Carousel
• Robotic Sample Handler (RSH)
Injury may result in the event of an instrument malfunction or an unexpected sequence of mechanical component movements. Basic elements of mechanical
equipment safety include but are not limited to:
• Never bypass or override a safety device unless during setup or testing activities
• Never operate the instrument without protective covers and barriers in place unless during setup or testing activities
• Never perform manual tasks on the work surface of the c4000
• Never allow any part of body to enter a range of mechanical movement during system operation
• Do not wear articles of clothing or accessories that could catch on the c4000
• Keep pockets free of items that could fall into the c4000
• Be especially cautious when performing adjustment, maintenance, cleaning, or repair procedures
• Use caution when loading sample carriers and reagents.
Laser Light
The c4000 is a Class 1 laser product containing embedded Class 2 lasers.
When this product is used according to operating instructions, the laser does not present a hazard to the eyes. Failure to follow proper procedure may result
in an eye injury.
• Only Abbott trained Field Service Representatives should remove the inner protective covers that enclose the embedded laser.
• Do not remove, damage or obliterate any of the laser warning labels.
• Never stare directly into the beam, look into the aperture, place any optics into the beam or bypass interlocks.
• Replace any label that becomes illegible.
Laser Caution Labels

On the RSH (Robotic Sample Handler), the following label is affixed above the RSH bar code reader under the transparent, priority bay cover.

On the c4000 and i1000SR, the following label is affixed to the inside of the right door on the processing module.
Note The i1000SR is certified to IEC 60825-1 (2001).

Biological Hazards
The following activities may involve the presence of potentially infectious materials:
• Handling samples, reagents, calibrators controls
• Cleaning spills
• Handling and disposing of waste
• Moving the system
• Performing maintenance procedures
• Performing decontamination procedures
• Performing component replacement procedures
Precautions
All instruments used to process clinical specimens, reagents, controls, calibrators, etc., that contain human-sourced material must be treated as potentially
infectious. Follow ADD's Biosafety Procedures, which include, but not limited to, the following precautions:
• Wear gloves, lab coats and protective eyewear when handling human-sourced material or contaminated instrument components.
• Do not pipet by mouth.
• Do not eat, drink, smoke, apply cosmetics, or handle contact lenses when handling human-sourced material or contaminated instrument
components.
• Clean spills of potentially infectious materials and contaminated instrument components with a detergent followed by an appropriate disinfectant,
such as 0.1% sodium hypochlorite or other suitable disinfectant.
• Decontaminate and dispose of all potentially contaminated materials into the appropriate biohazard waste system in the facility.
• Dispose of probes and other sharp objects in appropriately labeled, puncture-resistant and leak-proof containers.
Note Refer to EHS Policies/Guidance BioSafety
If exposed to infectious or potentially infectious materials, immediately cleanse the affected area, then seek medical attention as soon as possible:
• Eyes rinse with water for 15 minutes
• Mouth rinse with water
• Skin wash the affected area with soap and water
• Puncture wound allow to bleed freely. Wash the affected area with soap and water
Note Report all accidents to your Manager and Workers' Compensation Administrator. For additional information see Site Documentation:
- ADDDA_SAF0201 GCO EHS Incident Reporting

- BD30-004 Incident Reporting and Investigation
Spill Clean up
Clean spills in accordance with established biosafety practices and follow instructions provided in the MSDS. In general, safe work practices for cleaning
spills include:
1. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment such as gloves, lab coats and protective eyewear.
2. Absorb the spill with absorbent material.
3. Wipe the spill area with detergent solution.
4. Wipe the area with an appropriate disinfectant, such as, a 0.1% sodium hypochlorite (10% solution of chlorine bleach containing at least 5% sodium
hypochlorite).
5. Dispose of spilled and contaminated material in accordance with the facility’s waste disposal procedures.
Instrument or Part Decontamination

Any part subject to user handling (for instance: keyboards, printers, monitors, disk drives, front panels, etc.) requires decontamination prior to servicing or
shipment. When handling or decontaminating spare parts for shipping or repair, use safety precautions as listed below.
Caution Always wear appropriate personal protective equipment (protective eyewear, gloves, lab coat) while performing decontamination
activities.
1. Remove all specimens, reagents, controls, calibrators, etc. from the instrument.
2. Cycle sodium hypochlorite solution (chlorine bleach) through the fluid pathway (including probes, if applicable) that contacted the human-sourced
material or products containing potentially infectious material. Allow the solution to stand for a minimum of 10 minutes. If a chlorine bleach solution
cannot be used, cycle buffer or water through the fluid pathway to thoroughly flush the fluid pathway.
3. Remove all waste materials from the instrument, if present.
4. Rinse waste containers with 0.1% sodium hypochlorite or other suitable disinfectant prior to shipping or disposal.
5. Wipe down the surface of each instrument and component with a detergent solution followed by an appropriate disinfectant, such as 0.1% sodium
hypochlorite.
Note Under normal circumstances, printed circuit boards do not require decontamination. Field Replaceable Units (FRUs) enclosed inside the skins
of computer and peripheral equipment are not considered contaminated. Decontamination may affect the performance of a printed circuit
board or internal computer component.
Waste Handling and Disposal

It is the responsibility of each facility to label all waste containers and to characterize its waste stream to ensure the waste is disposed in accordance with
appropriate waste disposal regulations.
Dispose of sharps in an appropriately labeled, puncture resistant and leakproof container.
Products That Contain Thimerosal or Mercury

Some reagents, calibrators and controls contain thimerosal or mercury and may be considered hazardous by various environmental regulatory agencies. Do
not directly sewer waste fluids that contain thimerosal or mercury.
Products That Contain Guanidine (Thiocyanate)

Do not mix oxiding agents, such as sodium hypochlorite (chlorine bleach), with liquid waste. Toxic gases may be generated.
Chemical Hazards
Field Service Representatives may be exposed to hazardous chemicals when handling reagents, calibrators, controls, or liquid consumables (including
bleach). Exposure to hazardous chemicals is minimized by following instructions provided in the assay Package Inserts and Material Safety Data Sheets
(MSDS). Exposure levels are further reduced by the design features of the instrument when it is used properly.
Precautions
In general, observe the following precautions when handling chemicals:
• Consult Material Safety Data Sheets for safe use instructions and precautions.
• Avoid contact with skin and eyes. If contact with material is anticipated, wear impervious gloves and protective eyewear and clothing.
• Always maintain good housekeeping. Do not eat, drink or store food and beverages in areas where chemicals are used.
• If irritation or signs of toxicity occur after exposure, seek medical attention.
Hazard symbols that appear on c4000 product labeling are accompanied by Risk (R) and Safety (S) numbers representing specific risk and safety phrases
defined by applicable European Community Directives. The risk and safety phrases describe precautions used when working with a particular chemical or
chemical mixture. Refer to the corresponding phrases indicated in the Package Insert or similar document for all (R) and (S) numbers that appear on product
labeling. Other country-specific warning and precautions may be included on the labeling.
Sodium Azide
Some products contain sodium azide. Observe the following precautions when using products that contain sodium azide:
• Do not mix any chemical or product with a pH below 6 with solutions or residues that contain sodium azide (such as wash buffer). Sodium azide
releases hydrazoic acid, a very toxic and pungent-smelling gas when the pH is lower than 6.
CautionThe pre-trigger solution has a pH lower than 6. Allowing the pre-trigger solution to contact wash buffer or dried wash buffer residue may result
in the release of hydrazoic acid, a very toxic and pungent-smelling gas. Care must be taken to clean up any spills or residue that may have
occurred due to leaking components (ex. pumps in the pump bay) identified during servicing of the instrument.
• Flush drains thoroughly with water several times a day to prevent potentially explosive metal azides from forming on lead, copper or brass
components or on solder in laboratory plumbing if product and/or instrument waste is released to a drain. Detailed information about azides in
laboratory drains is available in Current Intelligence Bulletin No. 13 Explosive Azide Hazard (August 16, 1976), a publication issued by the U.S.
National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), at cdc.gov/niosh.
A copy of the bulletin is also available on the Abbott Diagnostics Global internet site at abbottdiagnostics.com (select the International region),
under Support - Technical Library - Other Reference Documents, or by contacting your Abbott representative.
Physical Hazards
Safe practices should be observed while working with the following physical hazards to avoid potential injuries.
Sharps and Probes

In general, the use of sharps and glassware should be minimized.
The probes are sharp and may be contaminated with infectious materials. Avoid contact with these components and handle them cautiously in order to
prevent injury. Use mechanical means to remove contaminated broken glassware.
When handling the external waste pump (c4000 optional accessory), use proper personal protective equipment.
Dispose of sharps in an appropriately marked, puncture resistant and leakproof container before treatment and disposal.
Heavy Objects
The system is heavy and sections of the shell are unsupported. Ensure you have adequate help before attempting to move the system.
Push only on solid sections of the housing; do not exert pressure on unsupported sections of the shell.
The c System high-concentration waste container is heavy when full. The i System wash buffer reservoir is heavy and bulky when full. Use care when
handling the container to reduce the risk of injury.
When moving or lifting heavy objects, obtain assistance and always use proper lifting techniques.
Hot Objects
The buffer heaters, lamp and lamp housing may be hot. Allow the surface to cool before touching and handling. Use temperature resistant gloves, if
necessary.
Trip Hazard
The c4000 is equipped with a power cord and various computer connectors. To avoid a tripping hazard, ensure cords in high traffic areas are properly
stowed.
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD)
Many of the electronic components on the c4000 circuit boards are susceptible to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Static discharge of as little as 100–200 volts
can damage or destroy a component. Always wear a wrist ground strap and discharge static electricity from your body prior to touching and working on the
instrument.
Note All card cage boards are shipped with a ground strap and graphical instructions for use. This symbol is placed on the card cage to identify the
appropriate ground location.
Static Hazard
Static protective procedures are used during the manufacture of PC boards. Replacement PC board assemblies are also protected by use of static protective
packaging as well as boxed to prevent physical damage. Assemblies that have failed and are returned for repair are also handled at the repair shop under
static protection procedures.
Handling Guidelines PC Subassemblies

These guidelines assure protection against failures created by static:
• Retain spare PC board subassemblies in the static protective bags.
• Use an approved static protective field service kit, or the ground strap shipped with the board, whenever a board is removed from an instrument
or protective bag.
• Replace the defective PC board in the same protective bag to return for repair.
Continued use of the protective shipping boxes, both during shipping and storage, eliminates most failures caused by physical damage.
Static Protective Service Kit

The static protective service kit is designed to keep the FSE/FSR, replacement part, work surface and instrument at the same ground level. Generally, an
instruction set accompanies the kit. In the absence of specific instructions, follow ESD Procedure.
ESD Procedure
Note Use where ESD symbol is present and static protective equipment is not shipped with replacement part.

1. Place the work mat on a solid surface close to the instrument. Allow the ground strap to reach the instrument.
2. Attach the ground clip to the instrument chassis.
3. Attach the other end of the ground clip cable and the connector from the wrist strap to the work mat. (Exception: Some wrist strap cables provide a clip
to connect to the same ground source as the mat cable).
4. Attach wrist strap to your wrist; make sure the metallic button on the inside of the wrist strap is in direct contact with skin.
5. Place PC boards removed from the instrument on the work mat.
6. Replacement PC boards should be placed on the work mat before removing from the protective bag and remain on the mat until installation.
7. Defective PC boards should be placed in the static protective bag before removal from the work mat area.

Miscellaneous Symbols
Attention Activator
Kit Parts
Static protective work surface
Wrist strap and attaching cable

Grounding clip or cable
c4000 Module Overview

Links
c4000 Processing Module
Fluidics
Integrated Chip Technology (ICT)
Liquid Level Sense (LLS)
PCB
Photometric Technology
Power Supply
Temperature Control System

Valves, Motors and Sensors
c4000 Processing Module

Overview
The ARCHITECT c4000 is a high performance clinical chemistry diagnostic system capable of quantifying selected analytes in biological fluids.
The system consists of the c4000 Processing Module, the Robotic Sample Handler (RSH), and a separate System Control Center (SCC) for
initiating and monitoring operations.

The system can be configured with up to 220 different assays including Ion Selective Electrode (ISE) analysis of sodium, potassium, and chloride
with up to 90 different cartridges onboard. It can process samples at 400 tests/hour without ICTs and a maximum throughput of 600 tests/hour
when running both photometric and ICT tests (9 second system cycle). Individual assay time is a maximum of 10.5 minutes for photometric tests
and 4 minutes for ICT tests.

Operational modes include random, continuous access and priority processing. Endpoint and rate reactions are calculated using absorbance
measurements that are converted into concentration units. Absorbance measurements are made using a diode array detection system. The
Integrated Chip Technology (ICT) for electrolyte determinations consists of an integrated module using ion selective electrode technology.

Quality control (using Levy-Jennings and Westgard rules) and on-board data storage is located on the hard drive of the SCC.

The c4000 reaction carousel contains 99 permanent, rectangular cuvettes in a temperature controlled water bath maintained at 37°C for a stable
reaction process. The cuvettes are held in 9 cuvette holders (segments) designed for the c4000 system. Each of the 9 segments contain 11
cuvettes. The reaction carousel rotates clockwise 1 ¼ turn every nine seconds during processing and positions the cuvettes for sample and
reagent dispensing, mixing, photometry and cuvette washing. Each individual cuvette is read as it passes through the optical light path.

A water distribution system is used to wash the cuvettes, sample probe, reagent probes and mixer blades. The cuvette washer is used to
distribute diluted alkaline and acid solutions during the cuvette wash process. The mixer assembly utilizes 2 mixers to mix the sample and
reagent in preparation for final analysis.

The c4000 has 1 reagent supply center that contains both the R1 and R2 reagents. The inner and outer carousels are split into 15 segments and
have a total of 90 positions for 55/20 mL size wedge bottles, or 66 positions for 90 mL size wedge bottles.

The RSH is used to move the carriers to the proper position for sampling. The RSH has total 20 slots for loading/unloading sample and carriers,
and also has 3 pockets on the carrier positioner for continuous sampling.

Pressure monitoring circuitry is incorporated for clot and bubble detection on the sample pipettor. An alert is issued when a clot or bubble is
detected providing the operator the opportunity to rerun or check the quality of the sample. Pressure monitoring is also provided for the R1 and
R2 pipettors.
Assay Processing Sequence

Position(s) Description
1 The sample pipettor dispenses sample into the cuvette at the starting position.
2 The reaction carousel rotates approximately 1 and ¼ turns (124 cuvette positions). The cuvette
containing sample is now at the first reagent dispense position. Reagent pipettor 1 dispenses reagent
1 in the cuvette.
3 The reaction carousel rotates on cycle (1 and ¼ turns) to the first mixing position where the mixer unit
(mixer 1) mixes the sample and reagent 1.
Note Each time the reaction carousel rotates, the cuvette passes the photometric position
where the lamp is located and the photometer measures the absorbance.
4 The reaction carousel rotates one cycle to this position at which no activity takes place.
5 The reaction carousel has completed 4 cycles. Each cycle rotates the reaction carousel 124 cuvette
positions (approximately 1 and ¼ turns). Since there are 99 cuvettes in the reaction carousel, each
cycle indexes the carousel 25 cuvette positions (124-99=25). After 4 cycles the cuvette is now one
position beyond the original starting position (4x25=100).
6-68 The reaction carousel continues to rotate and the reaction mixture incubates. The photometer takes
absorbance readings every time the cuvette passes the photometric position. Although the cuvette
passes the photometric position 68 times, the c4000 processing module only uses up to 33
absorbance readings for calculation of results.
69-97 The cuvette washer removes the reaction mixture to waste and cleans the cuvette with Alkaline
Wash, Acid Wash, and DI water. Then the cuvette washer dispenses DI water into the cuvette for a
water blank measurement to ensure cuvette integrity. Finally, the cuvette washer aspirates the water
and dries the cuvette.
100 The clean cuvette waits for new sample dispense.
Some assay protocols may also use the following locations:

Position(s) Description
5 If onboard dilution is required, the sample pipettor aspirates the diluted sample and dispenses
the sample into the new cuvette that is currently at position 1.
22 For an ICT sample, the ICT probe aspirates the diluted sample into the ICT unit.
37 If the reaction requires a second reagent, reagent pipettor 2 dispenses reagent 2 into the
cuvette.
38 The mixer unit (mixer 2) mixes the second reagent with the sample and reagent mixture.
Top View
Front View

Rear View
Side View
Photometric Technology
Photometry is defined as the measurement of light, which travels in waves. The color of light is a function of its wavelength, which is the distance
between the peaks of a light wave. As the wavelength of light is varied, a visible change in color is detected. Material that appears to have color
absorbs light at specific wavelengths and reflects others producing different shades of color. For example, a substance that absorbs blue light at
475 nm reflects all other wavelengths and is seen as yellow, which is the sum of all other reflected light.
In a laboratory setting an assay specific reagent solution is mixed with a patient sample causing a chemical reaction and color change to take
place over time. Photometric technology uses a light source and optics unit to measure the kind and the amount of light absorbed or transmitted
by the solution. This technology follows Beer's Law, which states the absorbance of a solution is directly related to its concentration. The
relationship between transmittance and absorbance as a function of concentration is explained as follows:
Transmittance is the amount of light that passes through a solution and is measured photometrically. The amount of light reaching the optics
is expressed as the percent transmittance. As the concentration of the color in the sample is increased, the percent transmittance is
decreased although the relationship is not linear. A more linear relationship is established by plotting the logarithm of the %T. Absorbance
measures the amount of light that is absorbed by a solution. Absorbance describes the percentage of light transmission and is directly
proportional to concentration.

Standards or calibrators with known concentration values are measured in a photometric system. The measured absorbance values are plotted
against the known concentrations of the calibrators and a calibration curve is drawn. The absorbance of the patient sample is measured and
compared to the calibration curve and the concentration value of the patient result is calculated.
End-Point Assay
End-point assays are reactions that reach equilibrium and at that time, there is little or no further change to the absorbance readings. During this
equilibrium time, the system measures the absorbance readings used for calibration and calculating results.
For end-point assays, the system calculates the concentration using the absorbance data obtained in the Main Read Time specified on the
Configure assay parameters window - General Reaction Definition view.
End-Point Assay Reaction Curve Example
Rate Assay

Rate assays are reactions that measure the constant change in absorbance over time. The system performs readings several times during this
reaction, calculates absorbance change (activity), and uses the readings to calculate results.For rate assays, the system calculates activity using
the change of absorbance per minute in the Main Read Time specified on the Configure assay parameters window - General Reaction Definition
View.
Optics System
Serum or urine sample is dispensed into a glass cuvette and mixed with reagent. In the constant reaction process, variable rate of absorbance or
final absorbance at the end of the reaction process is used for calculating the measurement result. A spectrophotometer is used to monitor the
absorbance at 16 defined wavelength(s). The 99 cuvettes in the reaction carousel rotate in a water bath that maintains constant temperature
(37°C) for a stable reaction process.
The optical system of the c4000 module is a reaction cuvette direct photometry system that serves to direct and align the light from the source
lamp, through the water bath and cuvette, and into the optics unit. The system focuses only light that originates at the source lamp. The analyzer
uses a concave diffraction grating and is capable of taking monochromatic and bi-chromatic measurements at 16 different wavelengths.
Monochromatic measurements compare the absorbance of a chromogen in a sample solution against a water or reagent blank. Bi-chromatic
analysis uses the absorbance difference of a chromogen between two pre-selected wavelengths.
C4000 Optics Assembly

Light from the tungsten halogen source lamp passes through the aperture, heat absorbing filter, convex focusing lens, water bath lenses and
cuvette. The heat absorbing filter protects the first convex lens.
The light passes into the optics assembly through another convex focusing lens and is reflected off of a mirror 90 degrees through a slit to a
diffraction grating. The slit controls the size of the light beam onto the grating assembly. The grating breaks up the focused light beam into the 16
component wavelengths (340nm to 804nm) and reflects the light spectrum to the diode array. The photo diode detects and measures changes in
light intensity.
The current signal from the photo diode array is changed to a voltage and is amplified by the pre-amp board. In the DAQ board circuitry, the
signal is inverted and selected from 16 channels by a multiplexer. The Trigger Sensor signals the DAQ board the cuvette is in the light path and
is in position for the readings to take place. A gain control circuit (on the DAQ board) changes the signal to an optimum level, converts the analog
signal to a digital value and passes the signal to the CPU board. Final result calculations are performed by the system control center.

DAQ
Beginning of a Sample Processing Run

• Photometric gains are set to compensate for lamp degradation:
- Light passes through cuvette #34and into the optics assembly where the Diffraction Grating separates the light into 16 different
wavelengths and focuses them onto 16 different photo-diodes. The current signals from the photo-diodes are changed to a voltage
equivalent and amplified by the pre-amp board in the optics assembly. The signal range from the output of the pre-amp is 0V
(dark) to -5V max
- The DAQ Board inverts the signal (0V to +5V) and multiplexes it to the DAQ gain control circuitry
- The DAQ gain control circuitry increases or decreases the signal level input to the DAQ ADC circuitry. For example, if the output of
the pre-amp is –1.5V, a gain of x2 is selected and the input level to the ADC becomes 3V
- The amplified signals are converted by the DAQ to a digital value of 35000 (2.5VDC) to 65000 (5.0VDC) with a maximum gain of
4.0.
• The optics shutter is closed, and a dark current read is taken. This value is used to offset noise in the detection circuitry and is used in
the absorbance calculation
• Cuvette #34, containing water, is used to perform a trigger check. During the trigger check, the system rotates the reaction carousel and
locates the cuvette segment tab for the cuvette. After the trigger sensor detects the trailing edge of the tab, the optics are used to
calculate the center of the cuvette by locating both edges of the cuvette. The difference from the target (expected) value is the offset.
The offset value is used to determine when the system begins the optical readings on the individual cuvettes as they pass by the optics
• The system performs a water blank/cuvette integrity check optical read on each cuvette. The digital readings from the DAQ are sent to
the SCC via the CPU and are used to check the individual cuvette integrity. If the check passes, the readings are used as the water
blank value in the absorbance calculation. If it fails the system skips the cuvette during the run and generates an error message.
During a Sample Processing Run

• Sample is dispensed into a cuvette, reagent is added and mixed
• Thirty-three reads are made at the sixteen wavelengths.
Note The c4000 module reads a total of 68 points of photometric data. However, the SCC utilizes 33 read points to keep equal
conditions throughout “C” series instruments.
• The digital readings from the DAQ are sent to the SCC via the CPU and depending on the assay reaction type and configuration, the
software extracts the proper wavelength readings for the selected read time
• The unknown sample value is used in the absorbance calculation. The measured absorbance values are plotted against the known
concentrations of the calibrators and a calibration curve is drawn. The absorbance of the patient sample is measured and compared to
the stored calibration curve and the concentration value of the patient result is calculated.
Abs = -10/5log ((sample voltage – dark voltage) / (water blank voltage – dark voltage))

Lamp Monitoring
This function monitors the lamp energy, to detect lamp output fluctuations. This minimizes generation of aberrant results caused by normal lamp
degradation.
• Lamp monitoring is performed during the cuvette water blank measurement
• Reads are a bi-chromatic calculation of the absorbance at 340nm and 380nm wavelengths
• Readings are analyzed against recent lamp data
• A range (Max-Min.) of the bichromatic reads are calculated and compared to the predefined threshold in the system software
parameters
• Bichromatic optics errors are generated when the reads are outside of specifications due to lamp instability and/or an issue with the
water bath
Ending of a Sample Processing Run

• The cuvette washer removes the reaction mixture to waste, and cleans the cuvette with Alkaline Wash, Acid Wash, and DI water
• The cuvette washer dispenses DI water into the cuvette for the water blank measurement
• The cuvette washer aspirates the water and dries the cuvette in preparation for the next sample
• If additional sample analysis is not requested, the sample probe dispenses water into the cuvette for hydration
Power and Card Cage Components

Component Function and Description
Lamp Power Supply • Located in the Main Power Supply

• Provides an adjustable +11.45VDC lamp voltage
DAQ Board • Located in Master Card Cage

• Provides gain control circuitry for optical signals
• Converts the analog optical signals from the pre-amp into a digital equivalent (A/D
conversion)
CPU • Located in Master Card Cage

• Receives optical signal from DAQ board and sends them to SCC for result processing
Optic Assembly and Lamp Housing Components

Optics Assembly
Note There are no field

adjustable, cleanable,
or replaceable parts
in the Optics
Assembly.
Shutter • Shutter is normally open

• During RUNNING Status -closes for dark current and stray light reading
Convex Lens • Focuses light onto mirror
Diffraction Grating • Breaks the beam into 16 wavelengths and reflects the light onto a Photo Diode Array
Photo Diode Array • Detects and measures changes in the light intensity and sends signal to the Preamp PCB
Preamp PCB • Converts optical signal to a voltage, amplifies it and sends it to DAQ board
Optical Fan • 100VAC cooling fan secured to outside of Optics Assembly
Halogen Source Lamp • +11.45VDC from DC Lamp Power Supply located in Main Power Supply
• Lamp is always ON
• Filament should be vertically positioned
• Replaced per customer quarterly maintenance
• Located in center of Reaction Carousel Assembly
Water Bath Components


Water Bath
Heat Absorbing Filter Protects the Convex Lens from heat distortion
Convex Lens Focuses light path onto Cuvette
Water Bath Lens (2) and gaskets Allows light to pass through the water bath
Cuvette Cuvettes in the reaction carousel rotate in a water bath that maintains constant temperature (37°C)
for a stable reaction process.
Cuvette Wipers Removes bubbles from the outside of the cuvette
Integrated Chip Technology (ICT)

The ICT module is an integrated subsystem for determining sodium, potassium and chloride in fluid samples. The ICT module contains a solid
state ion selective electrode for each analyte. Each electrode is based on the unique properties of ion specific membranes that develop an
electrical potential or voltage when exposed to a solution containing the analyte it is designed to measure. The voltage developed varies in
response to concentration changes – the higher the sample concentration, the larger the voltage output. The voltage on the ion selective
electrode is compared to a reference electrode that is an integral part of the ICT module.
ICT Module and Flow

Electrode Description
Sodium (Na+) A Crown Ether ionophore incorporated into an ion-selective plastic membrane.
(It is NOT a glass electrode, and therefore is less affected by pH changes)
Potassium (K+) Valinomycin incorporated into an ion-selective plastic membrane.
Chloride (Cl-) A solid silver chloride (AgCl) disk.
Reference A silver/silver chloride electrode in a potassium chloride (KCl) gel inner solution, separated
from the sample by a porous ceramic tube.
The c4000 module uses an on-board bulk solution known as ICT reference solution. Reference solution is used in the ICT fluidic system in
determination of electrolyte values. The solution serves to stabilize the temperature of the ICT electrodes, provides known concentration or
standard for calculating the concentration of the sample and to rinse out the sample at the measurement process. Proper fluidic operation is
critical for accurate and precise results. A capacitive sensor located in the reference solution cup monitors fluidic operation. If the cup does not fill
or if the reference solution is not aspirated an error is generated.

ICT Reference Solution Cup Level Sense Description
The ICT Reference Solution Cup contains level sense electrodes used to sense the presence of ICT Reference Solution. When the cup is full, the
solution covers both electrodes and provides a conductive pathway between the electrodes. After the ICT Module completes aspiration, the fluid
level drops below the electrodes and there will be no conductive pathway between the electrodes.
The analyzer confirms the ICT Reference Solution is dispensed and aspirated correctly by detecting the solution level in the ICT Reference
Solution Cup before and after aspiration.

If solution is not detected prior to aspiration, the systems generate error code 5622 Unable to process test, ICT reference solution cup not filling.
If solution is detected after aspiration, the system generates error code 5623 Unable to process test, ICT reference solution not aspirated.
When the ICT Reference Solution is not properly detected, the analyzer stops measuring the ICT assay, flags associated results and generates
an error code that is added to the message history log. The analyzer stops measuring ICT Assays, but the cup is not drained. The level of
solution left in the cup after an error is the same level of solution that generated the error. The level detect electronic signal pathway is as follows:
1. ICT Reference Solution Cup Sensors.
2. IREF Level Detect Board.
3. CNN.
4. CPU.
IREF Level Detect Board LED Operation

The IREF Level Detect Board is mounted on the side of the ICT Pre-amp board (located at the front, upper right of the c4000 module). There are
two Light Emitting Diodes (LED) located on the board.LED 2 turns on only when the c4000 module CPU is reading the status of the level sense
electrodes in the ICT Reference Cup. During this brief status check (when LED 2 is on) observe LED 1. If the cup is full during the status check,
LED 1 will be on at the same time as LED 2. If the cup is empty, LED 1 will be off when LED 2 is on. Just before the ICT assembly moves down
to aspirate, both LED2 and LED1 turn RED momentarily (cup is full), and turn off. After the ICT assembly aspirates and moves up, LED2 turns
RED momentarily and turns off. LED1 never turns on because the IREF Cup is empty.

Serum and Urine Sample Progression

Schematic Diagram Link
ICT Fluid Flow Diagram 7A_9001a.pdf
Serum Sample Progression

If concentrated ICT Diluent is used, the R1 pipettor aspirates 69uL of ICT Diluent and dispenses it into the cuvette along with 276uL of water. The
ICT Reference Solution read in step four is used to condition the ICT and is not used in result calculations.
1. 15ul of sample is aspirated and dispensed into a cuvette by the Sample Pipettor.
2. The R1 Pipettor aspirates 345uL of ICT Diluent and dispenses it into the cuvette containing the sample.
3. The ICT Diluent and sample solution are mixed utilizing the R1 Mixer.
4. The ICT Assembly moves over the ICT Reference Solution Cup, aspirates ICT Reference Solution and reads for 9 seconds. (This step may
occur multiple times if the system was in standby or if there was a pause between ICT runs.)
5. The ICT Assembly moves over the cuvette containing the sample and ICT Diluent mixture, aspirates and reads for 9 seconds.
6. The ICT Assembly moves over the ICT Reference Solution Cup, aspirates ICT Reference Solution and reads for 9 seconds.
7. The difference between the sample voltage reading made in step 5 and the ICT Reference Solution voltage reading made in step 6 are used
to calculate the result.
Urine Sample Progression

The R1 Pipettor aspirates 345ul of ICT Diluent and dispenses it into the cuvette containing the sample. If concentrated ICT Diluent is used, the
R1 pipettor aspirates 69uL of ICT Diluent and dispenses it into the cuvette along with 276uL of water.
1. 15ul of sample is aspirated and dispensed into a cuvette by the Sample Pipettor.
2. The ICT Diluent and sample solution are mixed utilizing the R1 Mixer.
3. The ICT Assembly moves over the ICT Reference Solution Cup, aspirates ICT Reference Solution and reads for 9 seconds. (This step may
occur multiple times if the system was in standby or if there was a pause between ICT runs.)
4. The ICT Assembly moves over the cuvette containing the sample and ICT Diluent mixture, aspirates and reads for 9 seconds.
5. The ICT Assembly moves over the ICT Reference Solution Cup, aspirates IREF solution and reads for 9 seconds.
6. The ICT Assembly aspirates ICT Reference Solution a second time and reads for 9 seconds.
7. The difference between the sample voltage reading from step 5 and the ICT Reference Solution voltage reading made in step 7 are used to
calculate the result.
Note The ICT Reference Solution read in step four is used to condition the ICT and is not used in result calculations. The ICT Reference
Solution read in step 6 is a flush used to eliminate potential carryover from a urine sample.
Fluidics
Fluidics Overview
The Water Management Unit (WMU) provides incoming water distribution for the c4000 module. The WMU is located on the left rear side of the
instrument. The unit consists of a number of valves, pumps and tubing that direct clean reagent grade water used for the water bath, probe wash,
mixer washing and cuvette washing.
On-board the WMU is a 3-liter internal water supply tank which fills automatically to maintain water availability and enables water to be distributed
throughout the c4000 module when needed. Float switches in the WMU tell the c4000 module if there is adequate water available and if the low
concentration waste drain system is working properly.
A magnetic pump (MP), located in the WMU, pumps water to the sample probe, reagent probes and mixer wash cups for external probe washing.
A water degasser is incorporated in the system to reduce bubbles in the DI water for the Probe Wash Pump, Cuvette Wash Pump, Wash Solution
Pump, and Water Bath Fill Pump.
• The bellows style Probe Wash Pump provides degassed water for dispensing and internal probe washing by directing the degassed
water through the inside of the sample and reagent probes.
• The bellows style Cuvette Wash Pump provides degassed water for washing the cuvettes by directing the degassed water through a
manifold and to the various cuvette wash nozzles located on the cuvette washer head.
• The syringe style Wash Solution Pump uses degassed water to create and deliver a 1.3% alkaline and 0.9% acid solution to the wash
nozzles for cuvette washing.
• The peristaltic style Water Bath Fill Pump provides degassed water for the reaction water bath.
There are two syringe style pumps used in the ICT subsystem:
• The syringe style ICT Aspiration Pump is used to aspirate sample and reference solution into the ICT module for analysis.
• The syringe style ICT Reference Solution Pump is used to fill and drain the ICT Reference Cup with ICT Reference Solution.
The cuvette washer generates high concentration waste (HCW) and low concentration waste (LCW) during the process of cleaning the cuvettes.
The peristaltic style HCW Pump removes the high concentration waste from the cuvettes and sends it to the HCW waste drain.
• Two diaphragm style vacuum pumps, VP1 and VP2, remove the low concentration waste from the cuvettes and send it to the LCW
Tank where it is gravity fed to an external drain hose.
The following schematic provides greater detail for the overall fluidics operation of the instrument:
Water Management Unit (WMU)

Fluidics Diagram 7A_9002b.pdf
Water Management Unit (WMU)

The Water Management Unit provides incoming water distribution and is located on the left rear side of the c4000 module. The WMU directs
water to the water bath, probe wash cups, mixer wash cups and cuvette washer.

1 Water Flow Adjustment

Valves
2 LCW Tank
3 LCW Float Switch
4 Incoming Water
1 Tank Float Switches
2 Water Supply Tank
3 Magnetic Pump

On-board the WMU is a 3-liter internal water supply tank that fills automatically to maintain water availability and enables water to be distributed
throughout the c4000 module when needed. Float switches in the WMU tell the c4000 module if there is adequate water available and if the low
concentration waste drain system is working properly.
A magnetic pump (MP), pumps water to the sample probe, reagent probes and mixer wash cups for external probe washing.
WMU Input Specifications

Water Quality C4000 Water Connection Flow Rate Consumption
> 1 Meg Ohm-cm @ Regulator and pressure Tubing: 3/8” (9.5mm) OD The flow rate is < 18L/hour
25°C (77°F) gauge located prior to c4000 hard tubing determined by the water
Max Bacterial water input. Fitting: 3/8”-1/4”NPT (9.5- pressure and tubing size.
Content: 1000 No brass fittings in the water 6.35mm) male thread If regulator pressure,
colony forming units input line. (both ends) compression tubing and connectors
per mL (cfu/ml) Water pressure: 15-25psi at fitting meet specification, the
15°C to 37°C flow rate is acceptable.
WMU Tank Fill

Float sensors inside the water tank tell the c4000 module when water is needed, when water is too low and when an overflow situation exists.
Once the tank is filled, the remainder of the c4000 module can be supplied with water.
1 Float Sensors
1 Low
2 Full
3 Overflow

The water inlet port fitting directs water through an on/off valve and flow restrictor that is preset from the factory. When water is needed, the
incoming water valve is opened and the 3-liter open water tank fills with water through a flow restrictor.

1 Water Inlet
1 On/Off Valve
2 Flow Restrictor
3 Water Inlet
WMU To Probe Wash Cups

The magnetic pump (MP) pumps water from the water tank to the wash cup adjustment valves and solenoids. Each valve can be manually
adjusted to distribute the correct amount of water to the sample probe wash cup, reagent probe wash cups and mixer wash cups. When water is
not needed for probe and mixer washing, the valves remain open and water is re-circulated back into the water supply tank through a second
manifold. The magnetic pump is constantly running to maintain circulation.

1 Mixer Wash Cups
2 Reagent Probes Wash Cups
3 Sample Probe Wash Cup
4 Water Flow Adjustment

Valves
Low Concentration Waste (LCW) Drain Manifold

The LCW Drain Manifold is located on the left side of the c4000 module. It collects the waste from the sample probe wash cup, reagent probe
wash cups, mixer wash cups, reagent carousel and water bath overflow waste area. It drains into the Low Concentration Waste Tank.

1 Left Side c4000
2 LCW Manifold
3 LCW Tank
R Reagent Probes Wash Cups
OF2 Water Bath Overflow
OF1 Water Bath Overflow
STR Mixer Wash Cups
S Sample Probe Wash Cup
RC Reagent Carousel
WMU Low Concentration Waste (LCW) Tank

The WMU contains a low concentration waste tank that collects low concentration waste from the LCW Drain Manifold, cuvette washer vacuum
pump (1&2) and air bleed lines. The LCW Tank drain line is gravity fed to external waste. The tank contains a float sensor for verifying that the
LCW tank is draining correctly.

1 Air Bleed
2 VP 1 & 2
3 LCW Manifold
4 LCW Tank
1 Float Sensor
Degasser Unit
Water is distributed from the WMU open water tank to the Degasser Unit. The Degasser Unit contains a degassing vacuum chamber (canister),
vacuum pump, sensor and control board that is used to remove bubbles in the DI water for use by the Probe Wash Pump, Cuvette Wash Pump,
Wash Solution Pump, and Water Bath Fill Pump. The Degasser unit is compatible with the ARCHITECT c8000 and c16000.
1 Heater Assembly
2 Water Filter
3 Degasser Unit
4 Water Bath Fill Pump
Water Bath Fill and Water Heater
Water Bath Fill

Water from the Degasser Unit is pumped through the Heater Assembly, water filter, manifold and into the water bath by the peristaltic Water Bath
Fill Pump. A float switch located in the water bath tells the c4000 module when the water bath is full.
Water Bath Heater

Once the water bath is full of water, the Water Bath Fill Pump turns off and the Water Bath Heater Assembly turns on. The Water Bath Heater
Assembly contains a magnetic pump (MP), heater and radiator. When the unit is on, it maintains a constant water temperature of 37°C ± 0.2°C
by re-circulating the water from the bath through a manifold, into the radiator, heater, and back to the water bath in a closed loop.
The manifold is also used to provide re-circulated heated water to the ICT Warming Jacket to keep the ICT module warm.
Sample & Reagent Lines - Internal Probe Wash

Probe Wash Pump

To wash the inside of the sample and reagent probes, the WMU supplies water through a manifold to the Degasser Unit that removes air
bubbles from the DI water. On the down stroke of the internal probe wash pump, water flows from the degasser through a check valve and into
the bellows style pump. On the upstroke, water is forced out the top of the pump through a check valve and into a valve unit that splits the water
flow to the COM ports of the sample valve, reagent 1 valve and reagent 2 valve.
When it is necessary to wash the probes internally, the sample and reagent valves allow water to pass through the NC ports to the sample and
reagent syringes and out to the probes. As the pump cycles, water is flushed through the probes and into the probe wash cups.
Upon completion of a wash cycle, the valves close the NC port (creating a slight pressure in the tubing between the Probe Wash Pump and the
valves) and open the NO port. The line pressure forces water to the Water Bath Overflow Area.

1 Water Bath Overflow Area
2 From the NO Ports on Probe Wash Valve Unit
Cuvette Washer Fluidics Overview

An eight step cuvette washing process is used to clean the cuvettes on the c4000 module. The cuvette washer aspirates sample and reagent
from previous reactions to a high concentrate waste container or drain. It washes the cuvettes with alkaline and acid wash solutions and provides
two water rinses. After the water rinses, it dispenses water for a water blank reading and dries the cuvette prior to the next sample.
1 High Concentration Waste (HCW) Pump- evacuates HCW from the

cuvette.
2 Wash Manifold- provides wash solutions to the nozzles.
3 LCW Manifold- used to evacuate wash waste (LCW) to Vacuum Pump 2.

4 Washer Nozzles- eight nozzles used to aspirate waste, wash and dry
cuvettes
Cuvette Washer Nozzles

Cuvette Washer Nozzles Description
Nozzle 1 Aspirates the high concentration waste through a high concentration waste peristaltic
pump. The nozzle also dispenses DIwater into the cuvette from the cuvette wash
bellows pump during the aspiration. Water is dispensed through small holes in the
welded area in the mid-section of the nozzle.
Nozzle 2 Delivers a 1.3% mixture of alkaline solution and DI water that is created and provided by
the Wash Solution Pump using a micro syringe block and 1 mL syringes. After the
alkaline solution is dispensed into the cuvette, it is aspirated through a vacuum pump.
Nozzle 3 Delivers a 0.9% mixture of acid solution and DI water that is also created by the Wash
Solution Pump. The alkaline and acid solutions are located on the weighted platform
scales in the front of the analyzer.
Nozzles 4/5 Dispense DI water into the cuvettes and aspirate the water through a vacuum pump.
Nozzle 6 Has two nozzles, one providing DI water that fills the cuvette to a certain level and the
other to aspirate part of the water out of the cuvette. The amount of water left in the
cuvette is used by the system for a water blank which is measured as the cuvette
passes through the optics unit. The transmission or intensity of the light measured in the
water blank is used as the reference value for the subsequent measurement of the
sample in this cuvette. It is also used as a cuvette integrity check.
Nozzle 7 Performs an aspiration of the water blank.
Nozzle 8 Has a porous cuvette drying tip installed on the nozzle that removes water from the
cuvette prior to introduction of the next sample. The nozzle is spring loaded which
allows the nozzle to move up when the drying tip is driven into the physical bottom of
the cuvette. This ensures the cuvette drying tip is touching the bottom of the cuvette.
Water in the bottom or on the side walls of the cuvette is aspirated by a vacuum pump
through small holes on the side and bottom of the nozzle shaft.

Cuvette Washing - Water Wash
Cuvette Wash Pump

The bellows style Cuvette Wash Pump supplies degassed water to the High Concentration Waste Nozzle, Water Wash Nozzle 1, Water Wash
Nozzle 2, and the Water Blank Nozzle. Degassed DI water is used to prevent water from dropping out of the nozzle tip due to bubbles in the
tubing.
During the cuvette wash process, water from the Degasser Unit is directed through a check valve and into the bellows on the down stroke of the
pump. On the up stroke of the pump, the cuvette wash valve opens the NC port allowing water to flow through a check valve and to a manifold
that distributes water to the nozzles for cuvette rinsing. During normal running, cuvette washing is a continuous process.
Upon completion of a wash cycle, the cuvette wash valve closes the NC port creating a slight pressure in the tubing between the Cuvette Wash
Pump and the valve. The NO port opens and relieves any pressure or air in the line to the WMU open tank.
Cuvette Washing - Alkaline and Acid Wash Solutions

Wash Solution Pump

As part of the cuvette wash process, alkaline and acid solutions are introduced into the cuvette aspirated. The Wash Solution Pump dilutes the
alkaline solution to 1.3% and the acid solution to 0.9% and distributes the solutions to the nozzles for the cuvette washing.
On the down stroke of the pump, degassed water from the Degasser Unit is supplied to the two 1mL syringes located on the front of the pump
through check valves mounted at the top of each syringe. At the same time, the ALK1 and ACD1 valves turn on (NC is open, NO is closed)
allowing aspiration of straight alkaline and acid solution from the bulk solution bottles into the micro syringes that are also mounted on the pump.
The 1mL syringes filled with water and small, measured amounts of alkaline and acid solutions in the tubing lines create the proper dilutions to be
delivered to the cuvette washer nozzles.
On the up stroke of the pump, valves ALK1 and ACD 1 turn off (NC is closed, NO is open) and valves ACD2 and ALK2 turn on (NC is open, NO
is closed), allowing the solutions to be pumped into the nozzles 2 and 3 of the cuvette washer.
At the completion of the cycle, valves ALK2 and ACD2 turn off (NO open, NC closed), allowing any remaining solution or air to be directed to the
low concentration waste tank through the valves normally open port.
Cuvette Washing - Water & Wash Solution Aspiration and Drying
Vacuum Pumps
After the cuvettes have had alkaline, acid or water introduced during the wash process, they must be emptied and dried prior to the next sample
dispense. To achieve this, a duel-headed vacuum pump is used to remove the contents of the cuvettes and provide a final drying before the
cuvettes are used again. The vacuum pump has two heads that are identified as VP1 [1] and VP2 [2].

1 VP1
2 VP2
VP1 is attached directly to the cuvette dryer tip and provides final drying of the cuvette before it is used again. Aspirated water is directed through
the vacuum pump to the LCW tank in the WMU.
VP2 [2] aspirates water rinse, alkaline wash solution and acid wash solution from the cuvettes into the nozzles through a manifold and directs it to
the LCW tank in the WMU.
Low Concentration Waste and Drain Lines

Low concentration waste from the reagent supply center, wash cups, and the water bath overflow area is directed to the LCW tank through a
drain pipe type waste manifold. (The water bath overflow area collects waste from the ICT reference solution cup, the sample and reagent valves,
and the water bath overflow.)
Low concentration waste from the cuvette washer and the air bleed lines from the wash solution pump is also directed to the low concentration
waste tank.
Waste from the tank is directed out of the back of the c4000 module. A float switch is located inside the LCW tank to alert the operator of an
overflow situation. The tank also has a separate overflow port to an external fitting should it overflow.
High Concentration Waste

HCW From Cuvette

Upon completion of a sample run, the patient sample and reagent are first aspirated from the cuvette through nozzle #1 (HCW Nozzle) on the
cuvette washer.
Cuvette washer nozzle #1 (HCW nozzle) is connected directly to the peristaltic style HCW pump. When the pump rotates, patient sample and
reagent are aspirated from the cuvette into the nozzle and sent to the external high concentration waste container or drain.
HCW From ICT HCW Cup

ICT waste is drawn from the ICT HCW Cup through a check valve and into the #14 syringe on the ICT aspiration pump during the down stroke of
the pump. On the subsequent up stroke of the pump, the waste is pushed through the other side of the check valve to the external high
concentration waste container or drain.
ICT Aspiration Pump Fluidics

Located on the right side of the ICT Aspiration Pump, is the number 11 syringe, or Aspiration Syringe. It is used to aspirate sample or ICT
Reference Solution into the ICT Module for measurement.
• On the down stroke of the ICT Aspiration Pump, the aspiration syringe draws down and aspirates fluid into the ICT Probe, through the
ICT Module, into the normally closed (NC) port of the Pinch Valve, out of the common port (COM) and into the aspiration syringe.
• On the upstroke of the pump, fluid is pushed up through the common port of the Pinch Valve, out of the normally open (NO) port, and
into the ICT High Concentration Waste (HCW) Cup.
Located on the left side of the ICT Aspiration Pump, is the number 14 syringe. It is used to pump waste from the ICT HCW Cup to an External
HCW Container or drain.
• As the ICT Aspiration Pump moves down, the number 14 syringe draws the high concentration waste from the ICT HCW Cup down
through a check valve and into the syringe.
• On the upstroke of the pump, the waste is pushed out through a check valve and to the External HCW Container or drain.
ICT Reference Solution Pump Fluidics

Located on the right side of the ICT Reference Solution Pump, is the number 12 syringe. It is used to aspirate and dispense ICT Reference
Solution into the ICT Reference Solution Cup.
• On the down stroke of the ICT Reference Solution Pump, ICT Reference Solution is aspirated from the bulk solution bottle, through a
check valve and into the syringe.
• On the upstroke of the pump, the ICT Reference Solution is pushed up through a check valve, through the Warming Ring and into the
upper port of the ICT Reference Solution Cup.
On the left side of the ICT Reference Solution Pump, is the number 13 syringe. It is used to pump fluid from the ICT Reference Cup to the Water
Bath Waste Overflow area.
• On the down stroke of the ICT Reference Solution Pump, the number 13 syringe aspirates the ICT Reference Solution from the bottom
port of the ICT Reference Solution Cup down through a check valve and into the syringe.
• On the upstroke, it pushes the solution through the check valve and into the Water Bath Waste Overflow area.
Key Diagrams, M&Ds and Alignment/Adjustment Procedures

Diagram/M&D/Procedure Description
Fluidics Diagram Diagram of system fluidics.
M&D 1175 Wash Cup Test Procedure for measuring and adjusting water flow for sample, reagent and mixer
wash cups.
M&D 2155 Flush Bulk Solution Primes ICT reference solution, alkaline wash and acid wash solutions fluidic lines.
M&D 2132 Flush Water Lines Flushes all water lines.
P-668 Cuvette Washer Check Verifies cuvette washer operation.
P-621 Cuvette Washer Alignment Cuvette washer alignment procedure.
PCB
Card Cage PCBs
The Card Cage is located behind the right front door and access panel.

1 Card Cage
2 Sensor LED Board
CPU
The CPU contains the c4000 module firmware and provides communication with the SCC. A backup of the robotics information is stored in the
CPU board flash memory.
AC/DC Controller
The AC/DC Controller board circuitry provides +12VDC valve control, 100VAC motor control and I/O for the associated sensors. It also provides
8-bit A/D conversion for temperature and voltage monitoring.
Temperature monitoring:
• Reagent Supply Center (2-10×C)
• Water Bath (36.8-37.2×C)
• Ambient (15-30×C)
• Perform M&D 3525 Temperature Status to view readings
Voltage monitoring:
• +5VDC (card cage)
• +15VDC (card cage)
• -15VDC (card cage)
• +12VDC (valves)
• +11.45VDC (lamp)
• +24V.VDC (stepper motors)
• Perform M&D 5712 Voltages Test to view readings.
SM AC/DC Controller
The SM AC/DC Controller board provides I/O for the, reagent carousel lid sensor and controls the CRA (Continuous Reagent Access). As an
option, the system has a CRA that provides a reagent auto loading function that will load and unload reagents through the RSH without
disrupting assay processing.
SMC Controller
The Stepper Motor Controller (SMC) board circuitry provides 2-phase DC stepper motor control, 5-phase DC stepper motor control and I/O for
the associated sensors.
Pressure Monitoring Board

The Pressure Monitor board has a digital processor that monitors the electrical output signals from the pressure monitoring sensors during the
sample and reagent aspiration, dispense and wash process.
DAQ
The DAQ board consists of a 16 bit A/D converter circuit and a CPU of the 386EX series. The DAQ board serves to amplify and convert the
optical and ICT analog signals to a digital format to be sent to the SCC. The DAQ board also controls the operation of the c4000 module and
stores the robotics alignment information in SRAM memory.
Sensor (MECH) LED Board

The Sensor LED board contains light emitting diodes that indicate the status of the sensor signals input to the AC/DC Controller, Stepper Motor
Controller and SM AC/DC Controller boards.
The Sensor LED board is located on the inside of the card cage cover and is connected to the three controller boards by cables.
Card Cage Backplane

The Card Cage Backplane (upper and lower) distributes signals and voltages to the card cage circuit boards.
Driver Box Assembly PCBs

The Driver Box Assembly is located behind the right front door and access panel.
1 SMD
2 Mixer Driver
3 AC/DC Driver
Stepper Motor Driver (SMD) Board

The SMD board drives the 2-phase and 5-phase +24VDC stepper motors by control signals (speed, direction and power) from the Stepper Motor
Controller (located in the card cage) and +24VDC from the Main Power Supply.
AC/DC Driver
The AC/DC Driver board drives the 100VAC motors and +12VDC magnetic valves by ON/OFF control signals from the AC/DC Controller (located
in the card cage) and 100VAC and +12VDC from the Main Power Supply.
STR (Mixer) Driver

The Mixer Driver board drives the R1 and R2 piezoelectric mixers used for mixing sample and reagent in the cuvettes. Note: STR is an
abbreviation for stirrer.
Mixer Drive frequency:
• Cuvette- 120Hz
• Wash Cup Up position- 70Hz
• Wash Cup Lower Position- 120Hz
Additional PCBs Mounted Throughout The System
Liquid Level Sense (LLS) Board

The LLS board [1] is located above the Card Cage.

1 LLS Board
The LLS board is used to detect contact with liquid surface by the sample probe, R1 probe and R2 probe.
Fluid sense and air detection is based on capacitance for the sample and reagent probes. Thresholds for liquid detection are adjustable with
potentiometers located on the LLS board.
CNN (Distribution) Board

The CNN Board is mounted on the rear right side of the c4000 module.
1 CNN Board
The CNN board is a distribution/interface for signals between the card cage boards and the circuit boards and sensors It also generates voltages
used for the PM sensors and isolated voltage for the LLS Board.
TBC (Temperature Bath Controller)

The TBC circuit board is located inside of the Heater Assembly in the center rear of the c4000 module.

1 TBC
2 Ambient Temperature Sensor
The water bath temperature is monitored and controlled by the Temperature Bath Controller board. The TBC monitors the status of the water bath
temperature sensor and drives a heater and pump to maintain the water bath temperature at 37° C. The ambient temperature sensor is also
connected to the TBC.
ICT Pre- Amp Board and IREF Level Detector Board

The ICT Pre- Amp Board and IREF Level Detector Board are located at the front, upper right of the c4000 module.
1 Remove keypad.
2 Remove screw.
3 Slide up.
The ICT Pre-Amp board receives and amplifies the signals from the ICT module and transmits the signals to the DAQ board for processing.

1 ICT Pre Amp
2 IREF Level Detect Board
The IREF Level Detect board is connected to electrode sensors contained in the ICT Reference Solution Cup. It is used to verify that ICT
Reference Solution is dispensed into the cup and that ICT Reference Solution is aspirated out of the cup by the ICT probe. It is mounted on the
side of the ICT Pre-amp board located at the front, upper right of the c4000 module.
There are two Light Emitting Diodes (LED) located on the board that indicate the status of the fluid sensors in the ICT Reference Solution Cup.

Wiring Diagram 7A_9003b.pdf
Diagram/M&D/Procedure Description Option
M&D 3805 Pressure Monitor Test Tests the pressure monitor board and pressure monitor N/A
transducer for communications and consistency.
M&D 3525 Temperature Status Displays the current and average temperatures of the water bath, N/A
reagent supply center and the instrument ambient.
M&D 5712 Voltages Test Displays/tests the voltages of +5V, -15V, +15V, +12V, +11.5 and N/A
+24V.
Power Supply
Overview
The Main Power Supply and Transformer are used to generate the required AC and DC voltages for the c4000 and RSH modules. The Main
Power Supply is located at the right-rear of the c4000module.
1 Main Power Supply
2 220V Input
3 Main Power Switch
4 Voltage output to c4000 and RSH
5 Transformer
The Main Power Supply input receives the incoming 220VAC line voltage and routes it through a main power switch, circuit protector, line filter
and out to the primary side of the Transformer.
The primary side of the Transformer is tapped to allow selection of the corresponding incoming voltage: AC200V, AC208V, AC220V, AC230V,
and AC240V.
The secondary side of the Transformer provides 24VAC and 100VAC to the Main Power Supply for the eight built-in sub power supplies that
generate required DC voltages for the c4000 and RSH modules.
Main Power Supply Output Voltages

Power Supply Voltage and Function Adjustable
PS1 ±12VDC (2A) Card Cage Backplane Yes

+5VDC (15A) Card Cage Backplane/CPU/Logic
+3.3VDC (8A) Card Cage Backplane/CPU
PS2 ±15VDC (1A) Analog Power Supply (DAQ) Yes
PS3 +12VDC (8A) Valve Drive Power Supply Yes
PS4 +11.45VDC (2A) Lamp Power Supply Yes
PS5 +12VDC (27A) Peltiers and fan for Reagent Supply Center Yes
Note ON/OFF controlled by thermostat.
PS6 +24VDC (18A) c4000 Stepper Motor Drive Power Supply Yes
PS7 +36VDC (18A) RSH Motor Drive Power Supply Yes
PS8 +12VDC (2A) RSH Communications Yes

-12VDC (1A) RSH Communications
+5VDC (10A) RSH CPU Control
100VAC from AC Motors, Pumps and Heaters N/A

Transformer
24VAC From Piezo Mixer Drive and Temperature Control Circuit N/A
Transformer
Main Power Supply Panel

PS Power Supply
LF Line Filter 220V Input
TB Terminal Block
NF Noise Filter
MC Magnetic Contactor

The panel of the Main Power Supply contains:
1. Circuit protectors/breakers:
• AC2: TBC,STR-DRIVER AC24V Line
• AC3: AC/DC DRIVER AC100V Line
• AC4: TBC AC100V Line
• AC5: Cooling FAN AC100V Line
• CP1: SMD DC+24V Line1
2. Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs) for each power supply voltage (illuminated indicates on).
3. Variable resistors for adjusting voltage output.
4. Switches.
Note The LED for PS5 is only illuminated when power is needed to cool the Reagent Supply Center (ON/OFF is controlled by the
thermostat).
Power Switches
There are four power switches on the c4000 module:
• Three Main Power Supply switches-
- Main Switch (Breaker) controls the line voltage into the Main Power Supply
- ANA Switch- controls power to the c4000 analyzer
- RSH Switch- controls power to the RSH
• Maintenance power switch (left side of c4000 module) - removes power from the c4000 module (both standalone and integrated) except
for the 12VDC used to cool the Reagent Supply Center and the RSH.

Maintenance Switch Off Function Main Power Supply–Side Panel–Jumper Configuration
c4000 and ci4100 Stops power to c4000 only.

Provides power to RSH and
c4000 Reagent Supply
Center and
allows maintenance be
performed on the c4000
while the i1000 and RSH are
processing samples.
Note With the

maintenance
switch turned
off, power
supply LEDs
are Off (not lit)
for
PS1
PS2
PS3
PS4
PS6
LEDs are On
(lit) for:
PS5
PS7
PS8
Main Power Supply Side Panel

The side panel of the power supply provides connectors for AC and DC distribution to the c4000 and RSH modules.

Connector Name Output/Function
Transformer AC100V,AC24V
AUTO Sub Power Supply ON/OFF Control AC100V Input
AC100V AC100V Output
CNBD CNN BOARD DC+5V,DC+12V Output
ON/OFF Spare AC100V Output
CPUM DC Voltage Monitor Output
+24V1 SMD DC+24V Output(1)
+24V2 SMD DC+24V Output(2)
TBC TBC Unit DC+5V,AC24V Output
R/F Front Power Control Switch
+12V AC/DC Driver DC+12V Output
STRD STR-Driver2 AC24V,DC±15V Output

CPU DC+5V,DC±15V,DC+3.3V,DC±12V Output
AC AC/DC DRIVER, Cooling FAN AC100V Output
UC Unit Cooling DC+12V Output
TBC Water Bath Control AC24V Output,+5V Output
LAMP LAMP DC+11.5V Output
MC IN Magnet Contact Input Side
MC OUT Magnet Contact Output Side
RSH RSH Power Supply Input Side Connector
C+RSH c4000 Standalone RSH Connector
i+RSH 4000 Integration RSH Connector
J1 RSH DC+36V Output
J4 RSH DC±12V Output
J5 RSH DC+5V Output
J6 RSH DC+5V Output
Card Cage Backplane

The Card Cage Backplane (upper and lower) distributes signals and voltages to the card cage circuit boards.

Lower Backplane Terminal Blocks Upper Backplane Terminal Blocks
The following voltages are supplied to the card cage circuit boards via the card cage back plane:
• +5VDC (For digital circuitry and voltage monitoring)
• +3.3VDC (For digital circuitry)
• ±12VDC (For digital circuitry)
• +15VDC (For analog circuitry and voltage monitoring)
• -15VDC (For analog circuit and voltage monitoring)
• +12VDC (For DC fans and Magnetic Valve voltage monitoring)
• +11.45VDC (For Lamp voltage monitoring)
• +24VDC (For SMD voltage monitoring)
CNN (Distribution) Board

The CNN board is a distribution/interface for signals between the card cage boards and the circuit boards and sensors mounted within the
instrument frame.
The CNN also generates the following voltages:
• +5VDC: Voltage supply of various sensors
• ±12VDC: Voltage supply of pressure sensors
• ±15VDC: Voltage supply of LLS PCB
A DC/DC converter generates the +5VDC and ±15VDC (isolated). The ±15V DC-DC converter for the LLS board is mounted on the CNN board
providing separation from the DAQ ±15VDC. Therefore, the oscillation noise from the level sense board will not influence the DAQ board.

Power Diagram 7A_9004.pdf

Total Wiring Diagram Provides a diagram of system wiring connection.
Power Supply Diagrams Provides a diagram of the Main Power Supply.
M&D 5712 Voltages Test Displays/tests the voltages of +5V, -15V, +15V, +12V, +11.5 and +24V at the AC/DC
Controller (card cage).
P-613 +5VDC (PS1) Measurement Perform this procedure to measure +5VDC (PS1) in the Main Power Supply.
P-656 +3.3VDC (PS1) Measurement Perform this procedure to measure +3.3VDC (PS1) in the Main Power Supply.
P-655 +12VDC and -12VDC (PS1) Perform this procedure to measure +VDC (PS1) in the Main Power Supply.
Measurement
P-645 DAQ +15/-15VDC (PS2 Power Supply) Perform this procedure to measure the +15/-15 VDC on the DAQ Board.
Measurement
P-616 +11.5 VDC, Lamp Power Supply (PS4) Perform this procedure to adjust DC Lamp Power Supply in the Main Power Supply.
Measurement
P-660 +24VDC (PS6 Power Supply) Perform this procedure to measure the +24V on the SMD.
Measurement
P-657 +36VDC (PS7 Power Supply) Perform this procedure to measure the +36V on the RSH.
Measurement
Measurement
Measurement
Valves, Motors and Sensors

The c4000 module utilizes valves, motors and sensors to perform tasks associated with fluid delivery and movement of mechanical
subassemblies.
This is accomplished through the use of:
• +12VDC Magnetic Valves
• 100VAC Motors
• +24VDC Stepper Motors (2-Phase and 5-Phase)
• Motor Assembly Position Sensors
• Robotic Alignments
+12VDC Magnetic Valve Control

The AC/DC Controller Board controls the +12VDC magnetic valves by sending ON/OFF control signals to the AC/DC Driver Board. The AC/DC
Driver Board applies the +12VDC drive voltage to activate the magnetic valve.

The following +12VDC magnetic valves are used on the c4000 module and can be manually controlled by performing M&D 5140 Pumps/Valves
Test:
• Sampling Probe Valve
• Reagent 1 Probe Valve
• Reagent 2 Probe Valve
• DI Water Supply Valve
• Water Bath Supply Valve
• Mixer Wash Valve
• External Reagent Probe Wash Valve
• External Sample Probe Wash Valve
• Cuvette Dry Valve
• ICT Aspiration Pinch Valve
• ACD1/ALK1 Wash Valve
• ACD2/ALK2 Wash Valve
100VAC Motor Control and Sensors

The AC/DC Controller Board controls the movement of the 100VAC motors by monitoring the motor assembly up/down sensor status and
sending control data to the AC/DC Driver Board. The AC/DC Driver Board applies the 100VAC drive voltage to the motor. When an ON signal is
sent by the controller board to the driver board, current is applied to the motor until an OFF signal is received.
The CNN Board serves as an interface between the motor assembly sensor signals and the AC/DC Controller Board. The Sensor LED board,
located in the card cage, contains light emitting diodes that indicate status of the sensor signals input to the AC/DC Controller.

The following 100VAC motors are used on the c4000 module and can be manually controlled by performing M&D 5140 Pumps/Valves Test and M&D 1101
Robotics Test Tool:
• Magnetic Pump (WMU- external probe wash)
• Probe Wash Pump (internal probe wash)
• Cuvette Wash Pump
• Wash Solution Pump (alkaline and acid wash)
• ICT Reference Pump
• ICT Aspiration Pump
• Vacuum Pump (cuvette washer VP1 & VP2)
• Mixer Arm Up/Down
• Cuvette Washer Up/Down
• Reagent Carousel Cover Motor
+24VDC Stepper Motor Control and Sensors

The Stepper Motor Controller Board (SMC) controls the movement of the 2-phase and 5-phase stepper motors by monitoring the motor assembly
home/pitch/position sensor status and sending direction, speed and power data to the Stepper Motor Driver Board (SMD). The SMD applies the
+24VDC drive voltage to the 2-phase and 5-phase stepper motors.
The CNN Board serves as an interface between the motor assembly sensor signals and the Stepper Motor Controller Board. The Sensor LED
board, located in the card cage, contains light emitting diodes that indicate the status of the sensor signals input to the Stepper Motor Controller.

The following +24VDC stepper motors are used on the c4000 module and can be manually controlled by performing M&D 1101 Robotics Test
Tool.

2-Phase Stepper Motors 5-Phase Stepper Motors
• R1 Arm Up/Down Motor • Reaction Carousel Rotate Motor

• R1 Arm Rotate Motor • Reagent Carousel Inner Motor
• R2 Arm Up/Down Motor • Reagent Carousel Outer Motor
• R2 Arm Rotate Motor • Sample Arm Rotate Motor
• R1 Mixer Rotate Motor • Sample Arm Up/Down Motor
• R2 Mixer Rotate Motor The 5-phase stepper motors perform smaller movements than the 2-
• ICT Arm Up/Down Motor phase stepper motors and are used on assemblies that require
• ICT Arm Rotate Motor precise movement control.
• Sample Pump Motor
• R1 Pump Motor
• R2 Pump Motor
• HCW Peri Pump Motor
• Bath Fill Peri Pump Motor
The following schematic provides greater detail for the overall motor operation:

Valves, Motors and Sensors Diagram 7A_9005.pdf
Motor Assembly Position Sensors

Optical sensors and flags are used to determine the home, rotational, or vertical position of a motor driven device. A flag attached to the device
interrupts the sensor signal by passing between the send and receive portions of the sensor. The interrupt signal indicates the presence of the
flag within a specific position range of movement for that device. The sensor signal is reported to the CNN Board and monitored by a control
circuit board contained in the card cage.
Up, Down and Down OK optical sensors are used on AC motor driven devices. For most stepper motor driven devices, the sensors are labeled
Home and Pitch. A flag interrupts both the Home and Pitch sensors when the DC motor assembly is in the home position.

HOME SENSOR:
Assembly starting or reference point.
Flag must be in sensor at the same time Pitch
Flag begins to enter the sensor.
PITCH SENSOR:
Tracks motor location.
Flag must begin to enter the sensor at the same
time Home Flag is in the sensor.

The Sensor LED board, located in the card cage, contains light emitting diodes that indicate the status of the sensor signals from all DC motor
and AC motor driven pump and robotic devices.
Robotics Calibration

The Stepper Motor Controller contains a factory set step table located in firmware. This table defines the default positioning step numbers for all
robotic horizontal and vertical positions and is not user configured. These step values are generic and not instrument specific.
The robotic calibration Mdse. train the robotic positioning by offsetting the SMC firmware generic step positions. This provides exact device
positioning that is instrument specific. The offset position numbers are written into SRAM on the DAQ Board and backed up in flash memory on
the CPU Board each time the user completes a robotic calibration M&D. There is no automated calibration of the sample pipettor at positions 1,2
and 3 in the sample solutions wash area. These positions are manually set utilizing M&D 1101 Robotic Test Tool (alignment data is saved to the
DAQ and CPU when the user exits the M&D).
The following is an example of the offset position step table that is shipped with a new c4000 system. M&D 6001 Save/Restore DAQ Data
provides options to view, modify and print this information.

R-Disk
Offset Position Step Table
(Reaction Carousel)
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -0 Position Number:
1. Cuvette position in front
R-DISK -1
of the light path.
S-ARM UP 0 0 0 0 32 12 0 0 0 0
0 0
S-ARM MV 0 0 0 0 2 3 0 0 0 0
0 0
R1-ARM UP 0 0 0 0 -3 0 0 0 0 0
R1-ARM MV 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
R1-ARM
R2-ARM UP 0 0 0 0 0 -5 -3
R2-ARM MV 0 0 0 1 0 1 4
STR1 0 0
STR2 0 0
R1C OUT -23 -4 3 0 0
R1C IN 28 3 0 0 0
ICTARM UP -16 -30
ICTARM MV 0 0
-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -0
MV=horizontal position
UP=vertical position
S-ARM R1-ARM R2-ARM

(Sample Pipettor) (R1 Pipettor) (R2 Pipettor)
Position Number: Position Number: Position Number:

1. [Not Used] 1. [Not used] 1. [Not used]
2. [Not Used] 2. [Not used] 2. [Not used]
3. Wash Cup 3. [Not used] 3. [Not used]
4. Resting Position 4. Cuvette 4. Cuvette
5. Cuvette Dilution 5. Wash Cup 5. Wash Cup
6. Cuvette Sample 6. Aspirate Reagent: Outer 6. Aspirate Reagent: Outer
7. [Not Used] 7. Aspirate Reagent: Inner 7. Aspirate Reagent: Inner
8. RSH Each position has a horizontal (MV) Each position has a horizontal (MV)
9. [Not Used] and vertical (UP). and vertical (UP).
10. Wash solution position 1

Each position has a horizontal (MV)
and vertical (UP).
STR R1OC ICTARM

(Mixer) (Reagent Carousel) (ICT Assembly)
Position Number: Position Number: Position Number:
1. Wash Cup 1. Aspiration position 1. ICT Reference Solution Cup
2. Cuvette 2. Barcode reader position 2. Cuvette
3. Bottle sensor position
4. Reagent loading position
Robotic Assembly Description
Reagent Supply Center

The c4000 Reagent Supply Center contains two reagent carousels for the R1 and R2 reagents. The carousels are split into 15 segments and
have a total of 90 positions for 55/20 mL size wedges, or 66 positions for 90 mL size wedges.

1 Inner carousel
2 Outer carousel
3 Fan

The Reagent Supply Center provides 2-10 degrees C refrigerated storage for assay reagent packs utilizing four +12VDC thermoelectric devices
(TEDs) located under the reagent carousel.

1 Fan
2 TED
3 TED

A temperature sensor is used to detect the internal air temperature and is mounted into the bottom area of reagent carousel. A thermostat
(ON/OFF control) is used to adjust the refrigerated temperature and a fan is used to exhaust the hot air from the TEDs.
A 2D bar code reader is used to scan and identify the reagent type and position of each reagent cartridge loaded in the inner and/or outer
carousel.
The inner carousel and outer carousel drive units provide rotation for the reagent carousels. Each drive unit consists of a +24VDC five-phase
stepper motor, gear and sensor assembly.
1 Inner Carousel Motor
2 Outer Carousel Motor

3 TED
Reaction Carousel

The c4000 reaction carousel contains 99 permanent, rectangular glass cuvettes in a temperature controlled water bath maintained at 37° C for a
stable reaction process. The cuvettes are held in 9 cuvette holders (segments) attached to the reaction carousel ring. Each of the 9 segments
contain 11 cuvettes. If necessary, all segments and individual cuvettes can be removed by the operator for cleaning or replacement.
The reaction carousel rotates clockwise 1 ¼ turn every nine seconds during processing and positions the cuvettes for sample and reagent
dispensing, mixing, photometry and cuvette washing. Each individual cuvette is read as it passes through the optical light path.
The reaction carousel is gear driven by a +24VDC five-phase stepper motor and sensor assembly. Adjustable and fixed guide rollers provide
proper tension and positioning of the carousel.

1 Adjustable and Fixed Guide Rollers

2 Motor Gear Cover
3 Motor Gear

A water bath float sensor tells the c4000 module when the water bath is full. A cuvette wiper cleans the side of the cuvettes prior to them passing
through the optical light path. The cuvette wipers are located at the rear of the water bath.
The water bath has water input/output ports located on the underside. These ports provide water input, heated water exchange with the heater
assembly and ICT module holder, and a drain.

1 VP 2
2 VP 1

The cuvette washer uses a 100VAC dual-headed vacuum pump to aspirate wash waste fluids and dry the cuvettes. Each pump head has a
diaphragm mounted on a shaft to move liquid in and out of the pump. As the pump motor rotates, each diaphragm moves up and down, creating
a vacuum in the fluidic lines, to aspirate fluid from the cuvettes. Each head has dual 0-rings and valves.
Vacuum Pump 2 (VP-2) drains the low concentration waste liquid from the alkaline, acid, and DI water washes of the cuvettes (nozzles 2 - 7 of
the cuvette washer). Vacuum Pump 1 (VP-1) provides vacuum for final drying of the cuvette, using nozzles 8. After drying, less than 2.0 ul
residual water remains in the cuvette.
Peristaltic Pumps

1 Head
2 Photo Sensor
3 Encoder
4 Motor
5 Pump Head Tubing

There are two peristaltic pumps on the c4000: High Concentration Waste (HCW) and Water Bath Fill. Each pump is driven by a +24VDC 2-phase
stepper motor and utilizes a photo sensor and encoder. The Water Bath Fill peristaltic pump supplies degassed water to the water bath. A check
valve is installed between the pump and the reaction water bath to avoid leakage. The High Concentration Waste peristaltic pump removes high
concentration waste from nozzle 1 on the cuvette washer. The pump is located near the wash station to prevent clogging by mixture of different
reagents. The HCW and Water Bath Fill peristaltic pumps and pump heads are different; the components are not interchangeable.

Cuvette Washer Assembly

The upper section of the cuvette washer has eight nozzles, mounted on a platform, that are use in an eight-step cuvette washing process. The
cuvette washer aspirates sample and reagent from previous reactions to a high concentrate waste container or drain. It washes the cuvettes with
alkaline and acid wash solutions and provides two water rinses. After the water rinses, it dispenses water for a water blank reading, aspirates the
water and dries the cuvette prior to the next sample.
The lower mechanical section raises and lowers the nozzles into the cuvettes as the reaction carousel rotates. The lower mechanical section
consists of a linear slide and 100VAC motor with three optical sensors to tell the c4000 module when the nozzles are in the correct up or down
position.
Mixer Assembly

The mixer assembly consists of two main sections. A lower mechanical section, consisting of a 100VAC motor and linear slide, provides vertical
drive to raise and lower the upper assembly. Three optical sensors in the lower section tell the c4000 module when the assembly is in the correct
up or down position. The upper section consists of the mixers and two +24VDC stepper motors used to rotate the mixers horizontally over the
reaction carousel. Optical sensors in the upper section provide feedback when the mixers are in the home position.
The mixers are designed using piezoelectric effect. Piezoelectric effect is the characteristic of certain crystals to produce electricity when under
strain or to produce vibration when a voltage at a specific frequency is applied. The mixers consist of a crystal attached to a thin mixer blade
contained in a plastic enclosure. A voltage is applied to the mixers at two different frequencies depending on the desired mixer movement over
the reaction carousel or wash cup. When in the cuvette or washing, a faster movement/shorter travel is required and the mixers are driven at
120Hz. When washing is complete, the mixers are driven at a lower frequency of 70Hz producing a slower movement/wider travel to remove
water from the mixer blades.
The Mixer Driver board drives the stirrers. The AC/DC and SM AC/DC controller and AC/DC Driver board provides control and drive to the
vertical elevator. The SMC controller and SMD board control and drive rotation to the stirrers. The CNN board serves as the distribution board for
monitoring various home sensor statuses.
ICT Assembly

The ICT assembly consists of a lower mechanical drive section and an upper section containing the ICT module. The lower mechanical section
has two +24VDC stepper motors used to move the module in the horizontal and vertical directions along with optical sensors to tell the c4000
module when the unit is in the up/down or rotational home position. The upper section of the assembly contains the ICT module, holder and
cover. The module holder has two ports that allow 37°C water to recirculate in a closed loop, indirectly stabilizing the temperature of the ICT
module.
Sample and Reagent Syringe Drives

The syringe drives provide aspiration and dispense of sample and reagent. Each drive has a +24VDC two phase stepper motor. The motor
rotates a ball screw mechanism to raise and lower the plunger located inside the attached syringe. Optical pitch and home (up) sensors are used
to tell the c4000 module when the drive is in the home position. The sensors are also used to detect a single rotation of the motor. The amount of
up and down travel the plunger moves determines the volume of sample or reagent dispensed or aspirated.
Sample and Reagent Pipettors

The sample and reagent pipettors are used to aspirate and dispense sample, reagent and solutions. Tubing from the probe and wires from the
pre-amp board run down the center shaft of the pipettor, and into a coiled spring enclosure (to avoid damage during movement).
The pipettors are belt driven in the horizontal and vertical direction by +24VDC stepper motors. The sample pipettor uses five phase motors and
the reagent pipettors use two phase stepper motors. The motor and belt assembly uses optical home and pitch sensors to tell the c4000 module
when the pipettor is in the home position. Pipettor positions for the reaction carousel, wash cups and reagent supply centers are software trained
from the home position and rotation is limited by mechanical stops. All pipettors incorporate a crash or guard sensor to tell the c4000 module
when an obstacle has been detected during downward travel.
Bellows Pump

There are two bellows style pumps used in the c4000 module. The two pumps are the internal probe wash and cuvette wash pump. The two
pumps function in a similar manner but are not interchangeable.
A 100VAC motor drives each pump and moves a bellows assembly up and down to provide aspiration and dispense of fluid. On the down stroke
of the pump, fluid is drawn in on the side port and on the up stroke of the pump, fluid is directed out of the top port. This is accomplished by the
use of directional poppet valves that permit fluid flow in only one direction. Optical sensors mounted inside the pump tell the c4000 module when
the pump is in the up or down position.
Wash Solution Pump

The wash solution pump uses an AC motor, gear head assembly, cam and lifter to move the two 1mL syringes and the two micro syringes. The
syringes create the 1.3% alkaline and 0.9% acid solutions used by the cuvette washer. The plunger of each syringe is attached to the lifter
assembly that is driven by the cam located inside the lifter. As the cam rotates, the lifter and syringes are moved up and down to provide the
proper dilutions. The micro syringes are contained in a syringe block and use the same tip seals and o-rings as the sample syringe. Optical
sensors mounted inside the pump tell the c4000 module when the pump is in the up or down position.
ICT Reference Solution (Iref) Pump

The ICT Reference Solution Pump uses an AC motor, gear head assembly, cam and lifter to move the two attached 1mL syringes. These
syringes are used to transport Iref solution to the ICT Reference Cup and remove the sample and Iref solution to waste. The plunger of each
syringe is attached to the lifter assembly that is driven by the cam located inside a cut out slot in the middle of the lifter. As the cam rotates, the
lifter and syringes are moved up and down. The Iref pump only has one sensor to detect full rotation of the motor.
ICT Aspiration Pump

The ICT aspiration pump uses an AC motor, gear head assembly, cam and lifter to move the two 1mL syringes. The syringes are used to
aspirate sample or ICT Reference Solution into the ICT Module for measurement and to pump ICT high concentration to an external container or
drain.
The plunger of each syringe is attached to the lifter assembly that is driven by the cam located inside a cut out slot in the middle of the lifter. As
the cam rotates, the lifter and syringes are moved up and down. The aspiration pump has a pinch valve attached to the frame of the pump. It
also has two optical sensors to tell the c4000 module when the pump is in the up or down position.

Wiring Diagram Provides a diagram of the system wiring.
M&D 5140 Pump/Valves Test Allows the user to turn on and off the c4000 pumps and valves.
M&D 6001 Save/Restore DAQ Data 1. Save robotics alignment data from the DAQ board to the CPU
board.
2. Load robotics alignment data from the CPU board to the DAQ
board.
3. Clear all data from the DAQ board and load robotics alignment
data from the CPU board to the DAQ board.
4. Review and enter alignment data
M&D 1101 Robotics Test Tool Allows the user to manipulate and set offset positioning for the
following:
1. Reaction carousel
2. R1 pipettor
3. R2 pipettor
4. Sample pipettor
5. Mixer
6. Reagent supply center
7. ICT
8. Wash station
9. Water bath exchange
P-618 ICT Alignment Aligns ICT positions using alignment tools #1 and #2.
P-620 Mixer Alignment Aligns the mixer positions using the 7mm mixer height tool.
P-621 Cuvette Washer Alignment Aligns the cuvette washer positions using alignment tool #3.
P-622 Sample Pipettor Head Horizontal Perform this procedure for horizontal alignment (manually) of the
Alignment sample pipettor head.
P-608 Sample Wash Cup Position Perform this procedure to align (mechanically) the Sample Wash Cup
Alignment to Sample Probe.
1120 Sample Pipettor Calibration This procedure determines the position of calibration targets in relation
to the home position of the sample pipettor
P-623 Reagent Pipettor Head Perform this procedure for horizontal alignment (manually) of the
Horizontal Alignment reagent pipettor heads.
P-610 Reagent Wash Cup (R1 and R2) Perform this procedure to align (mechanically) the Reagent Wash
Alignment Cups to Reagent Probes.
1121 R1 Pipettor Calibration This procedure determines the position of calibration targets in relation
to the home position of the pipettor.
1122 R2 Pipettor Calibration This procedure determines the position of calibration targets in relation
to the home position of the pipettor.
P-611 Mixer (1 and 2) Wash Cup Perform this procedure to align (mechanically) the Mixer Wash Cups to
Position Alignment the mixers.
Liquid Level Sense (LLS)

The liquid level sense system is capacitance based where the sample or reagent acts as a capacitor in series with the sample or reagent probe.
A 32 KHz sine wave signal is applied to the probe and is also used as a reference signal input to a multiplier chip located on the LLS PCB. The
32 KHz sine wave signal from the probe is multiplied with the 32 KHz sine wave from the sine wave generator (reference signal). If the probe
does not encounter liquid, there will not be a significant phase shift on the 32 KHz sine wave signal from the probe. When two sine waves that
are in phase are multiplied, the output voltage is approximately zero, signifying that liquid has not been detected.

If the probe encounters liquid, there will be a phase shift in the 32 KHz sine wave signal from the probe because the liquid and base plate of the
instrument has some capacitance which causes a phase shift in the signal. When two sine waves that are out of phase are multiplied, an output
voltage is generated signifying that liquid has been detected.
LLS Board
The LLS board is used to detect contact with liquid surface by the sample probe, R1 probe and R2 probe. The LLS board is located above the
Card Cage. The thresholds for liquid detection are adjustable with potentiometers located on the LLS board. The CNN PCB generates the +5V
and ±15V (isolated) used by the LLS PCB. This provides separation from the DAQ ±15V. This ensures that the oscillation noise from the level
sense board does not influence the DAQ board. The threshold voltages for the Sample Pipettor and Reagent Pipettor are adjustable on the LLS
PCB located above the Card Cage.
Sample Pipettor LLS Errors

The Sample Pipettor LLS circuitry is monitored as the Sample Pipettor steps down into the tube/cup. During this travel and when in fluid, the LLS
signal is monitored for any change. If liquid is detected, the Sample Pipettor will step down an additional 3mm prior to aspiration.
• “Liquid Not Found” error is generated when the Sample Pipettor travels to the lower step limit without detecting liquid.
• “Liquid Contact Broken For Sample Pipettor” error is generated when (after liquid detection and aspiration into the probe) the LLS
circuitry detects a change of phase, due to the loss of liquid (prior to dispense).
• “Sample Pipettor Error While Moving Down” error is generated when the Crash Sensor is activated as the Sample Pipettor steps down
to detect liquid.
• “Liquid Too High For Sample Pipettor” error is generated when the LLS circuitry detects fluid at a step position that is higher than the
top of the cup.
• “Liquid Too Low For Sample Pipettor” error is generated when air is detected during sample aspiration.
Reagent Pipettor LLS Errors

The reagent pipettor LLS circuitry is monitored as the Reagent Pipettor steps down into a cartridge. During this travel and when in fluid, the LLS
signal is monitored for any change. If liquid is detected, the Reagent Pipettor will step down an additional 5mm prior to aspiration.
• “Liquid Not Found” error is generated when the Reagent Pipettor travels to the lower step limit without detecting liquid
• ”Liquid Contact Broken For Reagent Pipettor” error is generated when (after liquid detection and aspiration into the probe) the LLS
circuitry detects a change of phase, due to the loss of liquid (prior to dispense)
• “Reagent Pipettor Error While Moving Down” error is generated when the Crash Sensor is activated as the Reagent Pipettor steps down
to detect liquid
• “Liquid Too High For Reagent Pipettor” error is generated when the LLS circuitry detects fluid at a step position that is higher than the
top of the cartridge
• Liquid Too Low For Reagent Pipettor” error is generated when air is detected during sample aspiration
c4000 Pressure Monitoring Hardware Description

A piezoresistive pressure transducer (Pressure Sensor) is situated in series with the sample and reagent probe tubing. The sensor is located on
the Preamp Sensor PCB Assembly that contains a power supply and amplifier circuitry. The transducer generates an analog voltage that is
proportional to the pressure change monitored.

Analog electrical signals flow from the sensor to the PM Board located in the Card Cage. Analog signals are converted into 16 bit digital signals
by an A/D converter located on the PM Board. (Digital electrical signals also flow from the LLS Board to the PM Board.)
A digital signal processor (DSP) contains firmware that determines if the pressure signal from the transducer is within the specifications for the
task (aspiration, dispense or probe rinse) being performed. The PM Board sends and receives data from the c4000 CPU via the Compact PCI
bus.
c4000 Pressure Monitoring Functional Description

The c4000 Pressure Monitoring (PM) subsystem is operational during the aspiration, dispense and wash aspirations of the c4000 sample and
reagent pipettor arm operations.
The PM subsystem is designed to detect abnormalities such as clots (probe obstructions) and air bubbles within the patient sample, and air
bubbles and large amounts of foam in reagent bottles during aspiration and dispense operations. It also monitors the wash pressure during the
internal probe wash to determine if the wash pressure is below or above pressure thresholds referenced in the PM Board firmware.
PM During Aspiration
During sample and reagent aspiration, the pressure monitoring and liquid level sense circuitry is active as the probe descends toward liquid. If
liquid is not sensed correctly, an LLS error–such as liquid not found, or liquid too high–is generated and pressure monitoring ceases for the
aspiration event.
Note An LLS error generates an accompanying PM error because the LLS error halts processing for the aspiration event, and results in
an abnormal pressure waveform for the aspiration.
If liquid is detected correctly, the pressure monitoring continues and the resultant PM waveform is analyzed for abnormalities. If a PM error is
detected, the PM Board sends an error message to the c4000 CPU and SCC and aborts the processing of that sample. If a PM error is not
generated, the c4000 continues to process the sample.
PM During Dispense
The PM subsystem is also active during the sample and reagent dispensing operations. If a PM error is detected during sample or reagent
dispensing, the PM Board sends an error message to the c4000 CPU and SCC and aborts the processing of that sample.
PM During Internal Probe Wash

The PM subsystem monitors the pressure during reagent and sample internal probe wash operations to determine if excessively high or
abnormally low pressures exist. Some of the abnormalities detected include clogged probes that create excessively high pressure, or major leaks
in the tubing or failed wash pumps that can create low-pressure conditions.
The c4000 performs wash operations before each run initiates. If a failure occurs during the wash sequence prior to the initiation of a run, the
system stops, and the run terminates and generates a wash error.
If a sample probe or reagent probe wash error occurs during a run, and cannot be resolved after 5 consecutive washes, the run terminates.

M&D 3805 Pressure Monitor Test This procedure will test the pressure monitor board and pressure
monitor transducer for communications and consistency.
1127 Crash Sensor Alignment This procedure allows the user to align the crash sensor for either the
sample probe, the R1 probe, or the R2 probe.
P-617 LLS Voltage Adjustment Perform this procedure to adjust LLS threshold voltages on the LLS
board.
Temperature Control System

The c4000 analyzer utilizes temperature sensors to monitor:
• Internal ambient temperature
• Water Bath temperature
• Reagent Supply Center temperature
Temperature readings from the Water Bath, Reagent Supply Center and Ambient sensor are monitored in real time and stored on the c4000
module until a request command is received from the SCC. Temperature data is used to calculate a moving average that is compared against
defined normal ranges; an error is generated if specifications are exceeded.
AC/DC Controller
The AC/DC Controller PCB, located in the card cage, monitors voltage from temperature sensors, converts the voltage to a digital equivalent
(A/D) and sends the digital data to the c4000 analyzer CPU. Temperature data is used to initiate heating or cooling and to generate errors if any
of the three temperatures exceed specification. The SCC uses data to display temperatures in a readable format.
The AC/DC Controller Board contains potentiometers on the top, front edge to adjust displayed temperatures on the SCC monitor. The
potentiometer can be used to adjust the displayed temperature to match temperature output of a calibrated thermometer when needed. However,
adjustment of the potentiometer does not affect the actual system temperature, it only changes the displayed temperature.

Displayed
Area Detector Moving Average Actual Temp
Read Cycle Temp Range Temp
Monitored Location Calculation Adjustment
Adjustment
Reagent Bottom area of 0.5 seconds Data gathered 2-10°C AC/DC Thermostat
Supply Center Reagent once per minute. Controller VR1
Carousel Calculates moving
average using 60
data points.
Water Bath Bottom of 0.5 seconds Data gathered 36.8-37.2°C AC/DC Heater
Water Bath every 2 seconds. Controller VR5
Calculates moving
average using 5
data points.
Ambient Attached to 0.5 seconds Data gathered 15-30°C AC/DC N/A

Water Bath once per minute. Controller VR4
Heater Calculates moving
average using 5
data points.
Reagent Supply Center

• The Reagent Supply Center provides 2-10°C refrigerated storage for assay reagent packs
• The Reagent Supply Center is cooled utilizing four 12VDC thermoelectric devices (TEDs) located under the reagent carousel
• A temperature sensor detects internal air temperature. It is mounted into the bottom area of reagent carousel
• A thermostat (ON/OFF control) is used to adjust the refrigerated temperature
• A fan exhausts hot air from TEDs
Water Bath Heater Assembly

The function of the Water Bath Heater Assembly is to circulate and heat degassed DI water in the Water Bath to 37°C +/- 0.2°C. Major
components include:
• Radiator and fan
• Heater
• Water Bath Circulation Pump
• Temperature Bath Controller PCB (TBC)
• Ambient Temperature Sensor (thermistor)
• Water Bath Temperature Sensor (thermistor)
Water Bath Circulation Pump
Water circulation is provided by the Water Bath Circulation Pump (magnetic pump) and is constant as long as the water bath is full. If the Water
Bath is NOT full, the Water Bath Circulation Pump and Heater shuts off.
Water Bath Temperature Sensor

Water temperature is monitored with the Water Bath Temperature Sensor located in the bottom of the Water Bath.
Temperature Bath Controller (TBC) and Heater

Water temperature is controlled by the TBC circuit board. 100VAC supplied to the TBC drives a heater element located inside a foam-jacketed
water bottle. The element is fused and has a control thermistor installed for feedback. The fuse blows at 70°C.
Water bath temperature is adjusted by rotating VR1 on the Temperature Bath Controller circuit board. Rotating clockwise increases temperature.
Counter clockwise, lowers temperature. A jumper is included on the TBC circuit board for 30°C or 37°C water bath operation (c4000 uses 37°C
only).
Two LEDs on the TBC indicate the status of the heater:
• CPU CMD (LED 2) displays the on/off signal status from the card cage
• HEATER (LED 1) indicates when the heater is on/off and when temperature controls are stabilized. The HEATER (LED1) dims when
stabilized or off.
Radiator, Fan and Ambient Temperature Sensor

The heater assembly has a fan/radiator section. The fan for the radiator turns on when water bath temperature reaches 37.2°C and ambient
temperature reaches 28° C. An error is generated if water temperature is outside of the 36.7°C to 37.3°C range. An error is generated if ambient
temperature is below 15°C or above 30°C.
Both Fan and Heater are turned OFF under the following conditions:
• Water Bath is draining
• Water Bath is filling
• Water Bath is priming (air purge)
• System is booting up

M&D 3805 Pressure Monitor Test This procedure will test the pressure monitor board and pressure
monitor transducer for communications and consistency.
1127 Crash Sensor Alignment This procedure allows the user to align the crash sensor for either the
sample probe, the R1 probe, or the R2 probe.
P-617 LLS Voltage Adjustment Perform this procedure to adjust LLS threshold voltages on the LLS
board.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-123) • © 2009, 2014 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100 are
registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various
jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
Troubleshooting
Cable Routing and Connector Pin-out Troubleshooting

Links
Cuvette Wash Station Motor, Pump and Sensors
Detergent Pump, Sensors and Valves
ISE Motors and Sensors
Reaction Carousel Motors, Sensors and Water Bath Valves
Reagent 1 Arm Motors and Sensors
Reagent 1 Syringe Pump Motors, Sensors and Valves
Reagent 2 Arm Motor and Sensor
Reagent Carousel Motors and Sensors
Sample Arm Motors and Sensors
Sample Syringe Pump Motor and Sensors
Stirrer Motors and Sensors
Cuvette Wash Station Motor, Pump and Sensors
Cuvette Wash Station Motor and Sensor Cable Trace

SMD or
Card
AC/DC or SMD or
Card Cage CNN
CNN Board Driver Box Mixer Bd AC/DC or Driver Box
Description Code Cage Back Board
Cable Cable I/F Signal Mixer Bd Cable
Board Plane Cable
Cable Cable Pins
Cable
Pins
Cell Wash Station Up/Down Motor and Sensors
Cell Wash WS UP AC/DC CNN1-1 CNN34-1 CNN32-1 AD1 AC/DC AC/DC AD2,3
CW Signal CNN1-1 CNN2-1 –
CNN2-3
Cell Wash WS DWN AC/DC CNN1-2 CNN34-2 CNN32-2 AD1 AC/DC AC/DC AD2,3
CCW Signal CNN1-2 CNN2-1 –
CNN2-3
Cell Wash WS BK AC/DC CNN1-3 CNN34-3 CNN32-3 AD1 AC/DC AC/DC AD2,3
Brake Signal CNN1-3 CNN2-1 –
CNN2-3
Wash WSUP AC/DC CNN 7-1 CNN 2-1 CNN 18-24

Station CNN18-22 +5V
CNN18-23 GND
Wash WSDOWN AC/DC CNN 7-2 CNN 2-2 CNN 18-27

CNN18-26 GND
Wash WSDOWNOK AC/DC CNN 7-3 CNN 2-3 CNN 18-30

CNN18-29 GND
Cell Wash Pump and Sensors
Cell Wash WCP ON AC/DC CNN1-18 CNN34- CNN32-14 AD1 AC/DC AC/DC AD2,3
Pump CW 18 CNN1-14 CNN3-4 –
Signal CNN3-6
Cell Wash WCP BK AC/DC CNN1-19 CNN34- CNN32-15 AD1 AC/DC AC/DC AD2,3
Pump Brake 19 CNN1-15 CNN3-4 –
Signal CNN3-6
Cuvette CWPUP AC/DC CNN 7-14 CNN 2-14 CNN 14-18

Wash Pump CNN14-16 +5V
CNN14-17 GND
Cuvette CWPDOWN AC/DC CNN 7-15 CNN 2-15 CNN 14-21

Wash Pump CNN14-19 +5V
CNN14-20 GND
Cell Wash Valve
Cell Wash CWV AC/DC CNN1-38 CNN34- CNN32-34 AD1 AC/DC AC/DC AD9
Valve 38 CNN1-34 CNN9-1
CNN9-2
Cell Wash CWV FB SM CNN 8-47 CNN4-47 CNN32-58 AD1 AC/DC

Valve FB (SENS11) AC/DC CNN1-58
Signal
Cell Wash Drying (Vacuum Pumps)
Cell Vacuum VP2 AC/DC CNN1-26 CNN34- CNN32-23 AD1 AC/DC AC/DC AD6,7
Pump ON 26 CNN1-23 CNN6-1
Signal CNN6-2
Vacuum SENS24 (VP2 SM CNN8-61 CNN 4-62 CNN 32-47

Pump FB) AC/DC
Feedback
Cell Dryer VP1 AC/DC CNN1-27 CNN34- CNN32-24 AD1 AC/DC AC/DC AD6,7
Pump ON 27 CNN1-24 CNN7-1
Signal CNN7-4
Dryer Pump SENS 25 (VP1 SM CNN8-62 CNN 4-50 CNN 32-48

Feedback FB) AC/DC
High Concentration Waste Pump Motor and Sensors
HCW Pump PPHCINA SMC CNN3-36 CNN36- CNN33-66 SM1 CNN1-66 CNN12-7 - SM11,12
Motor NA 36 CNN12-12
HCW Pump PPHCINB SMC CNN3-37 CNN36- CNN33-67 SM1 CNN1-67 CNN12-7 - SM11,12
Motor NB 37 CNN12-12
HCW Pump PPHCTDA SMC CNN3-38 CNN36- CNN33-68 SM1 CNN1-68 CNN12-7 - SM11,12
Motor TDA 38 CNN12-12
HCW Pump PPHCTDB SMC CNN3-39 CNN36- CNN33-69 SM1 CNN1-69 CNN12-7 - SM11,12
Motor TDB 39 CNN12-12
HCW Pump PPHCHOLD SMC CNN3-40 CNN36- CNN33-70 SM1 CNN1-70 CNN12-7 - SM11,12
Motor Hold 40 CNN12-12
HCWP ISOHOME SMC CNN9-28 CNN 3-28 CNN 28-3

CNN28-1 +5V
CNN28-2 GND
HCWP ISOPITCH SMC CNN 9-29 CNN 3-29 CNN 28-6

CNN28-4 +5V
CNN28-5 GND
HCWP ISOPOS SMC CNN 9-30 CNN 3-30
Cuvette Wash Station Motor, Pump, and Sensors 7A_9017a.pdf
rights reserved.
Detergent Pump, Sensors and Valves
C4000 Detergent Pump, Sensors and Valves

SMD or SMD or
Card Cage CNN Driver AC.DC or AC/DC or Driver Box
Card Cage CNN Board
Description Code Backplane Board Box Mixer Bd Mixer Bd
Board Cable
Cable Cable Cable I/F Signal I/F Signal Cable
Cable Pins Cable Pins
Detergent Pump
Detergent DTGPON AC/DC CNN 1-16 CNN 34-16 CNN 32-20 AD 1 CNN1-20 CNN 5-1 – AD 4,5
Pump CW CNN 5-3
Signal
Detergent DTGBK AC/DC CNN 1-17 CNN 34-17 CNN 32-21 AD 1 CNN 1-21 CNN 5-1 – AD 4,5
Pump Brake 5-3
Signal
Detergent DPUP AC/DC CNN 7-12 CNN 2-12 CNN 14-1

Pump +5V
Sensor CNN 14-2
GND
CNN14-3
Detergent DPBK AC/DC CNN 7-13 CNN 2-13 CNN 14-4

Pump +5V
Sensor CNN 14-5
GND
CNN 14-6
Acid ESB3 AC/DC CNN 7-72 CNN 2-72 CNN 14-10

Detergent +5V
Sensor CNN 14-11
GND
CNN 14-12
Alkaline ESB14 AC/DC CNN 7-71 CNN 2-71 CNN 14-13

Detergent +5V
Sensor CNN 14-14
GND
CNN14-15
Alkaline ESB14SS AC/DC CNN 7-74

Detergent
Sensor Status
Acid ESB3SS AC/DC CNN 7-75

Detergent
Sensor Status
Acid & DTG1V AC/DC CNN 1-39 CNN 34-39 CNN 32-32 AD 1 CNN 1-32 CNN 8-9
Alkaline CNN 8-10
Detergent
Valve 1 ON
Signal
Acid & DTG1V FB SM AC/DC CNN 8-48 CNN 4-48 CNN 32-56 AD 1 CNN 1-56
Alkaline (SENS 12)
Detergent
Valve 1 ON
FB Signal
Acid & DTG2V AC/DC CNN 1-40 CNN 34-40 CNN 32-33 AD 1 CNN 1-33 CNN 8-11 AD 8
Alkaline CNN 8-12
Detergent
Valve 2 ON
Signal
Acid & DTG2VFB SM AC/DC CNN 8-49 CNN 4-49 CNN 32-57 AD 1 CNN 1-57
Alkaline (SENS 13)
Detergent
Valve 2 ON
Signal
Detergent Pump, Sensors, and Valves 7A_9018a.pdf
rights reserved.
ISE Motor and Sensor Cable Trace

SMD or
SMD or
Card Back CNN AC/DC or
CNN Board Driver AC/DC or Driver Box
Description Code Cage Plane Board Mixer Bd I/F
Cable Box Cable Mixer Bd Cable
Board Cable Cable Signal Cable
Cable Pins
Pins
ISE Arm Up/Down Motor and Sensors
ISE Arm IAZINA SMC CNN2-6 CNN35-6 CNN33-41 SM1 SMD SMD SM10,11
Up/Down CNN1-41 CNN10-1 –
Motor NA CNN10-6
ISE Arm IAZINB SMC CNN2-7 CNN35-7 CNN33-42 SM1 SMD SMD SM10,11
Motor NB CNN10-6
ISE Arm IAZTDA SMC CNN2-8 CNN35-8 CNN33-43 SM1 SMD SMD SM10,11
Motor TDA CNN10-6
ISE Arm IAZTDB SMC CNN2-9 CNN35-9 CNN33-44 SM1 SMD SMD SM10,11
Motor TDB CNN10-6
ISE Arm IAZHOLD SMC CNN2-10 CNN35-10 CNN33-45 SM1 SMD SMD SM10,11
Motor Hold CNN10-6
ISE Arm U/D IAEHOME SMC CNN9-2 CNN 3-2 CNN 27-6
CNN27-4 +5V
CNN27-5 GND
ISE Arm U/D IAEMIR SMC CNN 9-3 CNN 3-3 CNN 27-9
CNN27-7 +5V
CNN27-8 GND
ISE Arm Rotation Motor and Sensors
ISE Arm IAHINA SMC CNN2-1 CNN35-1 CNN33-46 SM1 SMD SMD SM10,11
Rotate Motor CNN1-46 CNN10-7 –
NA CNN10-12
ISE Arm IAHINB SMC CNN2-2 CNN35-2 CNN33-47 SM1 SMD SMD SM10,11
NB CNN10-12
ISE Arm IAHTDA SMC CNN2-3 CNN35-3 CNN33-48 SM1 SMD SMD SM10,11
TDA CNN10-12
ISE Arm IAHTDB SMC CNN2-4 CNN35-4 CNN33-49 SM1 SMD SMD SM10,11
TDB CNN10-12
ISE Arm IAHHOLD SMC CNN2-5 CNN35-5 CNN33-50 SM1 SMD SMD SM10,11
Hold CNN10-12
ISE Arm IAAHOME SMC CNN 9-1 CNN 3-1 CNN 27-3
Rotation CNN27-1 +5V
CNN27-2 GND
ISE Suction (Aspiration) Pump Motor and Sensors
ISE Suction ICTP ON AC/DC CNN1-20 CNN34-20 CNN32-16 AD1 AC/DC AC/DC AD4,5
Pump CW CNN1-16 CNN4-1 –
Signal CNN4-3
ISE Suction ICTP BK AC/DC CNN1-21 CNN34-21 CNN32-17 AD1 AC/DC AC/DC AD4,5
Pump Brake CNN1-17 CNN4-1 –
Signal CNN4-3
ISE Aspir ISPUP AC/DC CNN7-16 CNN2-16 CNN25-23

Pump CNN25-21+5V
CNN25-22
GND
ISE Aspir ISPDOWN AC/DC CNN7-17 CNN2-17 CNN25-26

Pump CNN25-24 +5V
CNN25-25
GND
ISE Reference Pump Motor and Sensors
ISE Ref ICTR ON AC/DC CNN1-22 CNN34-22 CNN32-18 AD1 AC/DC AC/DC AD4,5
Pump CW CNN1-18 CNN4-4 –
Signal CNN4-6
ISE Ref ICTR BK AC/DC CNN1-23 CNN34-23 CNN32-19 AD1 AC/DC AC/DC AD4,5
Pump CCW CNN1-19 CNN4-4 –
Signal CNN4-6
ISE Ref IMPUP AC/DC CNN7-18 CNN2-18 CNN25-29

Pump CNN25-27 +5V
CNN25-28
GND
ISE Aspiration Pinch Valve and Feedback

ISE Suction IAVP AC/DC CNN1-32 CNN34-32 CNN32-31 AD1 AC/DC AC/DC AD8
Pinch Valve CNN1-31 CNN8-7
ON Signal CNN8-8
ISE Suction SENS5 SM CNN8-41 CNN4-41 CNN32-55 AD1 AC/DC

Pinch Valve (IAV FB) AC/DC CNN1-55
ON Signal
FB

ICT-Level IREF AC/DC CNN1-49 CNN34-49 CNN32-40 AD1 AC/DC AC/DC AD10
Sensor ON CNN1-40 CNN10-1
Signal CNN10-2
ICT-Level IREF FB SM CNN8-58 CNN4-58 CNN32-64 AD1 AC/DC

(Ref Cup) AC/DC CNN1-64
Sensor FB
Signal
ISE Ref ESMCCSS AC/DC CNN7-73 CNN3-73 CNN28-7 +5V

Solution IRECUP CNN28-8 GND
Sensor CNN28-9
Status
ISE Ref ESMCC AC/DC CNN7-70 CNN2-70 CNN14-9

Solution CNN14-7 +5V
Sensor CNN14-8 GND
ISE Motors and Sensors 7A_9019a.pdf
rights reserved.
Reaction Carousel Motors, Sensors and Water Bath Valves
Reaction Carousel Motor and Sensor Cable Trace

SMD or
Card Cage SMD or
Driver AC/DC or
Card Cage Back CNN Board CNN Board AC/DC or Driver Box
Description Code Box Mixer Bd
Board Plane Cable Cable Mixer Bd Cable
Cable I/F Signal
Cable Cable Pins
Cable Pins
Reaction Carousel Motor and Sensors
Reaction RCCW SMC CNN3-51 CNN36-51 CNN33-1 SM1 SMD SMD SM2,3
Carousel CNN1-1 CNN2-1 –
Rotate Motor CNN2-5
CW
Reaction RCCCW SMC CNN3-52 CNN36-52 CNN33-2 SM1 SMD SMD SM2,3
Carousel CNN1-2 CNN2-1 –
Rotate Motor CNN2-5
CCW
Reaction Crsl RUHOME SMC CNN 9-33 CNN 3-33 CNN 18-34
+5V
CNN 18-35
GND
CNN18-36
Reaction Crsl RUMIR SMC CNN 9-34 CNN 3-34 CNN 18-31
+5V
CNN 18-32
GND
CNN 18-33
Water Bath
Water Bath IHTRON AC/DC CNN 7-77 CNN2-77 CNN13-3

Heater
ON/OFF
Water Bath IPMON AC/DC CNN 7-76 CNN2-76 CNN13-4

Cycle Pump
ON/OFF
Water Bath IFANON AC/DC CNN 7-80 CNN2-80 CNN13-6

Fan Cntrl
ON/OFF
Water Bath Mtr IMVOPEN AC/DC CNN 7-78 CNN2-78 CNN13-7

Vlv Open
Water Bath Mtr IMVSHUT AC/DC CNN 7-79 CNN2-79 CNN13-8

Vlv Clsd
Water Bath IVRSTR+ AC/DC CNN 7-89 CNN2-89 CNN13-9

Fan Ctrl Thrm
Water Bath IVRSTR- AC/DC CNN 7-90 CNN2-90 CNN13-10

Fan Ctrl Thrm
Water Bath Full BATHLVL AC/DC CNN 7-58 CNN3-58 CNN18-38

Detect
Water Bath BATHTMP- AC/DC CNN 7-84 CNN3-84 CNN18-39

Temp Sensor
Water Bath BATHTMP+ AC/DC CNN 7-83 CNN3-83 CNN18-40

Temp Sensor
DIW Supply TWMP AC/DC CNN1-28 CNN9-11 AD 9

Pump 1 (Water CNN9-12
Bath)
DIW Supply SENS 26 SM AC/DC CNN8-63
Pump 1 (Water
Bath) FB
DIW Valve 4 WBSV AC/DC CNN1-36 CNN34-36 CNN32-38 AD1 AC/DC CNN9-9 AD 9
(Water Bath CNN1-38 CNN9-10
Supply)
DIW Valve 4 WBSV FB SM AC/DC CNN8-45 CNN4-45 CNN32-62 AD1 AC/DC

Feedback (SENS 9) CNN1-62
DIW Valve 5 PWV AC/DC CNN1-37 CNN34-37 CNN32-39 AD1 AC/DC CNN9-9 AD 9
(Pressurized CNN1-39 CNN9-10
DIW Control)
DIW Valve 5 SENS 10 SM AC/DC CNN8-46 CNN4-46 CNN32-63 AD1 AC/DC

Feedback CNN1-63
Schematic Diagrams Link
Reaction Carousel Motors, Sensors 7A_9020a.pdf

and Water Bath Valves
rights reserved.
Reagent 1 Arm Motor and Sensor Cable Tree

SMD or
Card SMD or
AC/DC or
Card Cage CNN AC/DC or
CNN Board Driver Box Mixer Bd Driver Box
Description Code Cage Back Board Mixer Bd
Cable Cable I/F Signal Cable
Board Plane Cable Cable
Cable
Cable Pins
Pins
R1 Arm Up/Down Motor and Sensors:
R1 Arm R1ZINA SMC CNN2-66 CNN35- CNN33-11 SM1 SMD SMD SM7,8
Up/Down 66 CNN1-11 CNN7-1 –
Motor NA CNN7-6
R1 Arm R1ZINB SMC CNN2-67 CNN35- CNN33-12 SM1 SMD SMD SM7,8
Motor NB CNN7-6
R1 Arm R1ZTDA SMC CNN2-68 CNN35- CNN33-13 SM1 SMD SMD SM7,8
Motor TDA CNN7-6
R1 Arm R1ZTDB SMC CNN2-69 CNN35- CNN33-14 SM1 SMD SMD SM7,8
Motor TDB CNN7-6
R1 Arm R1ZHOLD SMC CNN2-70 CNN35- CNN33-15 SM1 SMD SMD SM7,8
Motor Hold CNN7-6
R1 Arm U/D R1AEHOME SMC CNN 9- CNN 3- CNN 17-12

17 17 CNN17-10
+5V
CNN17-11
GND
R1 Arm U/D R1AEMIR SMC CNN 9- CNN 3- CNN 17-9

18 18 CNN17-7 +5V
CNN17-8
GND
R1 Arm U/D R1ACLASH SMC CNN 9- CNN 3- CNN 17-16

19 19 CNN17-14
+5V
CNN17-15
GND
R1 Arm Rotation Motor and Sensors
R1 Arm R1HINA SMC CNN2-61 CNN35- CNN33-16 SM1 SMD SMD SM7,8
Rotate Motor 61 CNN1-16 CNN7-7 –
NA CNN7-12
R1 Arm R1HINB SMC CNN2-62 CNN35- CNN33-17 SM1 SMD SMD SM7,8
NB CNN7-12
R1 Arm R1HTDA SMC CNN2-63 CNN35- CNN33-18 SM1 SMD SMD SM7,8
TDA CNN7-12
R1 Arm R1HTDB SMC CNN2-64 CNN35- CNN33-19 SM1 SMD SMD SM7,8
TDB CNN7-12
R1 Arm R1HHOLD SMC CNN2-65 CNN35- CNN33-20 SM1 SMD SMD SM7,8
Hold CNN7-12
R1 Arm R1AAHOME SMC CNN 9- CNN 3- CNN 17-6
Rotation 15 15 CNN17-4 +5V
CNN17-5
GND
R1 Arm R1AAMIR SMC CNN 9- CNN 3- CNN 17-3
Rotation 16 16 CNN17-1 +5V
CNN17-2
GND
Liquid Level Sense
+5V VCCR1AAUTOZERO SMC CNN 9- CNN3-59 CNN12-13

59
R1A Probe R1AAUTOZERO SMC CNN 9- CNN3-17 CNN12-14

LLS Auto 60
Zero
R1A Probe VCCR1ALVL SMC CNN 9- CNN3-55 CNN12-15

LLS (+) 55
Differential
R1A Probe R1ALVL SMC CNN 9- CNN3-56 CNN12-16

LLS (-) 56
Differential
R1A Probe VCCR1ALVLOK SMC CNN 9- CNN3-57 CNN12-17

LLS (+) 57
Integral
R1A Probe R1ALVLOK SMC CNN 9- CNN3-58 CNN12-18

LLS (-) 58
Integral
R1 Pressure R1ASENSPOS PM CNN 10- CNN 6-3 CNN 25-7

Sensor Sig 3 +12V
POS CNN 25-8 +/-
12V
CNN 25-9 –
12V
CNN 25-10
NC
CNN 25-11

Sensor Sig 4
neg
LLS BD CNN 2 TO R1 Probe
Reagent 1 Arm Motors and Sensors 7A_9021a.pdf
rights reserved.
Reagent 1 Syringe Pump Motor and Sensor Cable Trace

SMD or
Card
AC/DC or SMD or
Cage CNN Driver
Card Cage CNN Board Mixer Bd AC/DC or Driver Box
Description Code Back Board Box
Board Cable I/F Signal Mixer Bd Cable
Plane Cable Cable
Cable Cable Pins
Cable
Pins
Reagent 1 Syringe Pump Motor and Sensors
R1 Pump R1PINA SMC CNN2-41 CNN35-41 CNN33-56 SM1 SMD SMD SM11,12
Motor NA CNN1-56 CNN11-7 –
CNN11-12
R1 Pump R1PINB SMC CNN2-42 CNN35-42 CNN33-57 SM1 SMD SMD SM11,12
Motor NB CNN1-57 CNN11-7 –
CNN11-12
R1 Pump R1PTDA SMC CNN2-43 CNN35-43 CNN33-58 SM1 SMD SMD SM11,12
Motor TDA CNN1-58 CNN11-7 –
CNN11-12
R1 Pump R1PTDB SMC CNN2-44 CNN35-44 CNN33-59 SM1 SMD SMD SM11,12
Motor TDB CNN1-59 CNN11-7 –
CNN11-12
R1 Pump R1PHOLD SMC CNN2-45 CNN35-45 CNN33-60 SM1 SMD SMD SM11,12
Motor Hold CNN1-60 CNN11-7 –
CNN11-12
R1 Pipettor R1PHOME SMC CNN 9-9 CNN 3-9 CNN 11-15

CNN11-13
+5V
CNN11-14
GND
R1 Pipettor R1PMIR SMC CNN 9- CNN 3-10 CNN 11-12

10 CNN11-10
+5V
CNN11-11
GND
R1 Pipettor R1PDLMT SMC CNN 9- CNN 3-11 CNN 11-18

11 CNN11-16
+5V
CNN11-17
GND
Pumps, Valves and Flow Sensor
Probe Wash PWPUP AC/DC AC/DC CNN34-7 CNN32-7 AD1 AC/DC AC/DC AD2,3
Pump (Inner) CNN1-7 CNN1-7 CNN3-1
Probe Wash PWPDOWN AC/DC AC/DC CNN34-8 CNN32-8 AD1 AC/DC AC/DC AD2,3
Probe Wash PWPBK AC/DC AC/DC CNN34-9 CNN32-9 AD1 AC/DC AC/DC AD2,3
Probe Wash PWPUP AC/DC AC/DC CNN2-7 CNN13-11

Pump (Inner) CNN7-7 +5V
CNN13-12
GND
CNN13-13
Probe Wash PWPDOWN AC/DC AC/DC CNN2-8 CNN13-14

CNN13-15
GND
CNN13-16
Reagent IR1PV AC/DC AC/DC CNN34-43 CNN32-29 AD1 AC/DC AC/DC AD8
Pump 1A (R1) CNN1-43 CNN1-29 CNN8-3
MAG Valve CNN8-4
(Valve ON)
Reagent IR1PV FB SM AC/DC SM CNN4-52 CNN32-53 AD1 AC/DC

Pump 1A (R1) (SENS17 FB) AC/DC CNN1-53
MAG Valve CNN8-52
(Valve ON)
FB
DIW Supply WPMP AC/DC AC/DC CNN34-29 CNN32-25 AD1 AC/DC AC/DC AD6,7
Pump 2 CNN1-29 CNN1-25 CNN7-3
(Outer Wall) CNN7-6
DIW Supply WPMP FB SM AC/DC SM CNN4-64 CNN32-49

Pump 2 (SENS27) AC/DC
(Outer Wall) CNN8-64
FB
DIW Valve 2 ERPV AC/DC AC/DC CNN34-34 CNN32-36 AD1 AC/DC AC/DC AD9
(R Probe CNN1-34 CNN1-36 CNN9-5
Outer Wall) CNN9-6
DIW Valve 2 ERPV FB SM AC/DC SM CNN4-43 CNN32-60 AD1 AC/DC

(R Probe (SENS 7) AC/DC CNN1-60
Outer Wall) CNN8-43
FB
Reagent RPFS SM AC/DC CNN 14 CNN37 CNN38-4 +5V

Wash Cup SENS30 –27 CNN38-5
Flow Sensor SENS31 28 GND
SENS32 29 CNN38-6
Reagent 1 Syringe Pump Motors and Valves 7A_9028a.pdf
rights reserved.
Reagent 2 Arm Motor and Sensor
C4000 Reagent 2 Arm Motor and Sensor Cable Trace

SMD or
Card SMD or
AC/DC or
Card Cage CNN Driver AC/DC or
CNN Board Mixer Bd Driver Box
Description Code Cage Back Board Box Mixer Bd
Cable I/F Signal Cable
Board Plane Cable Cable Cable
Cable
Cable Pins
Pins
Reagent 2 Arm Up/Down Motor and Sensors
R2 Arm R2ZINA SMC CNN3-6 CNN36-6 CNN33-21 SM1 SMD SMD SM7,8
Motor NA CNN8-6
R2 Arm R2ZINB SMC CNN3-7 CNN36-7 CNN33-22 SM1 SMD SMD SM7,8
Motor NB CNN8-6
R2 Arm R2ZTDA SMC CNN3-8 CNN36-8 CNN33-23 SM1 SMD SMD SM7,8
Motor TDA CNN8-6
R2 Arm R2ZTDB SMC CNN3-9 CNN36-9 CNN33-24 SM1 SMD SMD SM7,8
Motor TDB CNN8-6
R2 Arm R2ZHOLD SMC CNN3-10 CNN36- CNN33-25 SM1 SMD SMD SM7,8
Motor Hold CNN8-6
R2 Arm U/D R2AEHOME SMC CNN 9- CNN 3- CNN 19-12

22 22 CNN19-10 +5V
CNN19-11 GND
R2 Arm U/D R2AEMIR SMC CNN 9- CNN 3- CNN 19-9

23 23 CNN19-7 +5V
CNN19-8 GND
R2 Arm U/D R2ACLASH SMC CNN 9- CNN 3- CNN 19-16

24 24 CNN19-14 +5V
CNN19-15 GND
Reagent 2 Arm Rotation Motor and Sensors
R2 Arm R2HINA SMC CNN3-1 CNN36-1 CNN33-26 SM1 SMD SMD SM8,9
NA CNN8-12
R2 Arm R2HINB SMC CNN3-2 CNN36-2 CNN33-27 SM1 SMD SMD SM8,9
NB CNN8-12
R2 Arm R2HTDA SMC CNN3-3 CNN36-3 CNN33-28 SM1 SMD SMD SM8,9
TDA CNN8-12
R2 Arm R2HTDB SMC CNN3-4 CNN36-4 CNN33-29 SM1 SMD SMD SM8,9
TDB CNN8-12
R2 Arm R2HHOLD SMC CNN3-5 CNN36-5 CNN33-30 SM1 SMD SMD SM8,9
Hold CNN8-12
R2 Arm Rot R2AAHOME SMC CNN 9- CNN 3- CNN 19-6

20 20 CNN19-4 +5V
CNN19-5 GND
R2 Arm Rot R2AAMIR SMC CNN 9- CNN 3- CNN 19-3

21 21 CNN19-1 +5V
CNN19-2 GND
Liquid Level Sense
+5V VCCR2AAUTOZERO SMC CNN 9- CNN3-65 CNN12-19

65
R2A Probe R2AAUTOZERO SMC CNN 9- CNN3-22 CNN12-20

LLS Auto 66
Zero
R2A Probe VCCR2ALVL SMC CNN 9- CNN3-61 CNN12-21

LLS (+) 61
Differential
R2A Probe R2ALVL SMC CNN 9- CNN3-62 CNN12-22

LLS (-) 62
Differential
R2A Probe VCCR2ALVLOK SMC CNN 9- CNN3-63 CNN12-23

LLS (+) 63
Integral
R2A Probe R2ALVLOK SMC CNN 9- CNN3-64 CNN12-24

LLS (-) 64
Integral

Sensor Sig 5 +12V
POS CNN 25-14+/-
12V
CNN 25-15 –
12V
CNN 25-16 NC
CNN 25-17

Sensor Sig 6
neg
Level Sense CNN 3 to R2 Probe

Board
Reagent 2 Arm Motors and Sensors 7A_9022a.pdf
rights reserved.
C4000 Reagent 2 Syringe Pump Motor and Sensor Cable Trace

SMD or
Card
AC/DC or SMD or
Card Cage CNN CNN Driver Driver
Mixer Bd AC/DC or
Description Code Cage Back Board Board Box Box
I/F Signal Mixer Bd
Board Plane Cable Cable Cable Cable
Cable Cable Pins
Cable
Pins
Reagent 2 Syringe Pump Motor and Sensors
R2 Pump R2PINA SMC CNN2-51 CNN35- CNN33-61 SM1 SMD SMD SM11,12
Motor NA 51 CNN1-61 CNN12-1 –
CNN12-6
R2 Pump R2PINB SMC CNN2-52 CNN35- CNN33-62 SM1 SMD SMD SM11,12
Motor NB 52 CNN1-62 CNN12-1 –
CNN12-6
R2 Pump R2PTDA SMC CNN2-53 CNN35- CNN33-63 SM1 SMD SMD SM11,12
Motor TDA 53 CNN1-63 CNN12-1 –
CNN12-6
R2 Pump R2PTDB SMC CNN2-54 CNN35- CNN33-64 SM1 SMD SMD SM11,12
Motor TDB 54 CNN1-64 CNN12-1 –
CNN12-6
R2 Pump R2PHOLD SMC CNN2-55 CNN35- CNN33-65 SM1 SMD SMD SM11,12
Motor Hold 55 CNN1-65 CNN12-1 –
CNN12-6
R2 Pipettor R2PHOME SMC CNN 9- CNN 3-12 CNN 11-24

12 CNN11-22 +5V
CNN11-23 GND
R2 Pipettor R2PMIR SMC CNN 9- CNN 3-13 CNN 11-21

13 CNN11-19 +5V
CNN11-20 GND
R2 Pipettor R2PDLMT SMC CNN 9- CNN 3-14 CNN 11-27

14 CNN11-25 +5V
CNN11-26 GND
Pumps, Valves and Flow Sensors
Probe Wash PWPUP AC/DC AC/DC CNN2-7 CNN13-11 +5V

Pump (Inner) CNN7-7 CNN13-12 GND
CNN13-13
Probe Wash PWPDOWN AC/DC AC/DC CNN2-8 CNN13-14 +5V

Pump (Inner) CNN7-8 CNN13-15 GND
CNN13-16
Reagent IR2PV AC/DC AC/DC CNN34- CNN32-30 AD1 AC/DC AC/DC AD8
Pump 2A (R2) CNN1-44 44 CNN1-30 CNN8-5
MAG Valve CNN8-6
(Valve ON)
Reagent IR2PV FB SM SM CNN4-53 CNN32-54 AD1 AC/DC

Pump 2A (R2) (SENS17 AC/DC AC/DC CNN1-54
MAG Valve FB) CNN8-53
(Valve ON)
FB
DIW Supply WPMP AC/DC AC/DC CNN34- CNN32-25 AD1 AC/DC AC/DC AD6,7
Pump 2 CNN1-29 29 CNN1-25 CNN7-3
(Outer Wall) CNN7-6
DIW Supply WPMP FB SM SM CNN4-64 CNN32-49

Pump 2 (SENS27) AC/DC AC/DC
FB
DIW Valve 2 ERPV AC/DC AC/DC CNN34- CNN32-36 AD1 AC/DC AC/DC AD9
(R Probe CNN1-34 34 CNN1-36 CNN9-5
Outer Wall) CNN9-6
DIW Valve 2 ERPV FB SM SM CNN4-43 CNN32-60 AD1 AC/DC

(R Probe (SENS 7) AC/DC AC/DC CNN1-60
Outer Wall) CNN8-43
FB
Reagent RPFS SM CNN14- CNN37 CNN38-4 +5V

Wash Cup AC/DC 27 CNN38-5 GND
Flow Sensor SENS30 28 CNN38-6
SENS31 29
SENS32
Reagent 2 Syringe Pump Motors, Sensors and 7A_9023a.pdf

Valves
rights reserved.
Reagent Carousel Motor and Sensors
C4000 Reagent Carousel Motor and Sensor Cable Trace

SMD or
Card SMD or
AC/DC or
Card Cage CNN CNN Driver AC/DC or Driver
Mixer Bd
Description Code Cage Back Board Board Box Mixer Bd Box
I/F Signal
Board Plane Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable
Cable
Cable Pins
Pins
Reagent Carousel, Inner and Outer Motors and Sensors
Reagent Inner RICCW SMC CNN3- CNN36- CNN33-3 SM1 SMD SMD
Carousel 53 53 CNN1-3 CNN4-1 – SM4,5
Motor CW CNN4-5
Reagent Inner RICCCW SMC CNN3- CNN36- CNN33-4 SM1 SMD SMD
Carousel 54 54 CNN1-4 CNN4-1 – SM4,5
Motor CCW CNN4-5
Reagent Outer ROCCW SMC CNN3- CNN36- CNN33-5 SM1 SMD SMD SM4,5
Carousel 55 55 CNN1-5 CNN5-1 –
Motor CW CNN5-5
Reagent Outer ROCCCW SMC CNN3- CNN36- CNN33-6 SM1 SMD SMD SM4,5
Carousel 56 56 CNN1-6 CNN5-1 –
Motor CCW CNN5-5
Rgt Inner Crsl R1CIHOME SMC CNN9- CNN 3- CNN 16-6

35 35 CNN16-4 +5V
CNN16-5 GND
Rgt Inner Crsl R1CI PITCH SMC CNN 9- CNN 3- CNN 16-3
36 36 CNN16-1 +5V
CNN16-2 GND
Rgt Inner Crsl R1CIPOS SMC CNN 9- CNN 3-

37 37
Rgt Outer Crsl R1COHOME SMC CNN 9- CNN 3- CNN 16-12

38 38 CNN16-10
+5V
CNN16-11
GND
Rgt Outer Crsl R1COPITCH SMC CNN 9- CNN 3- CNN 16-9

39 39 CNN16-7 +5V
CNN16-8 GND
Rgt Outer Crsl R1COPOS SMC CNN 9- CNN 3-

40 40
Covers, Switches and Barcode Readers
Reagent Load AUXAC1 AC/DC CNN1- CNN34- CNN32-10 AD1 AC/DC AC/DC AD4,5
Door 13 13 CNN1-10 CNN5-4 -
Open/Close CNN5-6
Door 14 14 CNN1-11 CNN5-4 -
Open/Close CNN5-6
Door 15 15 CNN1-12 CNN5-4 -
Open/Close CNN5-6
Reagent R1CTEMP- AC/DC CNN 7- CNN2-86 CNN16-13

Supply Temp 86
Sensor
Reagent R1CTEMP+ AC/DC CNN 7- CNN2-85 CNN16-14

Supply Temp 85
Sensor
Reagent RCVROK AC/DC CNN 7- CNN2-59 CNN16-17

Supply Cover 59 CNN16-15
Present Sensor +5V
CNN16-16
GND
Outer Rotate AC/DC CNN4- CNN16-20

Switch CNN16-18
+5V
CNN16-19
GND
Inner Rotate AC/DC CNN4- CNN16-23

Switch CNN16-21
+5V
CNN16-22
GND
Bottle Sensor BTTLSNS AC/DC CNN 7- CNN2-95 CNN16-26

95 CNN16-24
+5V
CNN16-25
GND
Cup Sensor CUPSNSRO AC/DC CNN 7- CNN2-96 CNN16-29

96 CNN16-27
+5V
CNN16-28
GND
Cover COVER OPEN CNN2-10 CNN16-37

Open/Close CNN16-35
Sensor Open +5V
CNN16-36
GND
Cover COVER CLOSE CNN2-9 CNN16-40

Open/Close CNN16-38
Sensor Close +5V
CNN16-39
GND
Reagent TXD2 DAQ CNN 12- CNN7-11 CNN20-1

Barcode 11
Reader
Reagent RTS2 DAQ CNN 12- CNN7-13 CNN20-2

Barcode 13
Reader
Reagent RXD2 DAQ CNN 12- CNN7-12 CNN20-4

Barcode 12
Reader
Reagent CTS2 DAQ CNN 12- CNN7-14 CNN20-5

Barcode 14
Reader
Reagent TRIGGER2 DAQ CNN 12- CNN7-15 CNN20-8
Barcode 15
Reader
Rotate Switch ISLUILED1(RCLED) AC/DC CNN 7- CNN2-36 CNN30-2

ON 36 CNN30-1 +5V
Open/Close ISLUISLED2(RCLED) AC/DC CNN 7- CNN2-38 CNN30-4

Switch ON 38 CNN30-3 +5V
Rotate Switch ISSW(RCSW) AC/DC CNN 7- CNN2-91 CNN30-6

91 CNN30-5 GND
Open/Close ISLSW(RCSW) AC/DC CNN 7- CNN2-92 CNN30-8

Switch 92 CNN30-7 GND

Reagent Carousel Motors and 7A_9024a.pdf

Sensors
rights reserved.
C4000 Sample Arm Motor and Sensor Cable Trace

SMD or
Card SMD or
AC/DC or
Card Cage CNN CNN Driver AC/DC or
Mixer Bd Driver Box
Description Code Cage Back Board Board Box Mixer Bd
I/F Signal Cable
Board Plane Cable Cable Cable Cable
Cable
Cable Pins
Pins
Sample Arm Up/Down Motor and Sensors
Sample Arm SAZCW SMC CNN3-63 CNN36-63 CNN33-7 SM1 SMD SMD SM2,3
Motor CW CNN3-5
Sample Arm SAZCCW SMC CNN3-64 CNN36-64 CNN33-8 SM1 SMD SMD SM2,3
Motor CCW CNN3-5
Sample U/D SAEHOME SMC CNN 9-46 CNN 3-46 CNN 15-
12
Sample U/D SAEMIR SMC CNN 9-47 CNN 3-47 CNN 15-9
Sample U/D SACLASH SMC CNN 9-48 CNN 3-48 CNN 15-
16
Sample Arm Rotation Motor and Sensors
Sample Arm SAHCW SMC CNN3-61 CNN36-61 CNN33-9 SM1 SMD SMD SM6
CW CNN6-5
Sample Arm SAHCCW SMC CNN3-62 CNN36-62 CNN33-10 SM1 SMD SMD SM6
CCW CNN6-5
Sample SAAHOME SMC CNN 9-44 CNN 3-44 CNN 15-6

Rotation
Sample SAAMIR SMC CNN 9-45 CNN 3-45 CNN 15-3

Rotation
Liquid Level Sense
+5V VCCSAAAUTOZERO SMC CNN 9-53 CNN3-53 CNN12-7
S Probe LLS SAAUTOZERO SMC CNN 9-54 CNN3-46 CNN12-8

Austo Zero
S Probe LLS VCCSALVL SMC CNN 9-49 CNN3-49 CNN12-9

(+) Differential
S Probe LLS SALVL SMC CNN 9-50 CNN3-50 CNN12-10

(-) Differential
S Probe LLS VCCSALVLOK SMC CNN 9-51 CNN3-51 CNN12-11

(+) Integral
S Probe LLS SALVLOK SMC CNN 9-52 CNN3-52 CNN12-12

(-) Integral
SALVLGU+5V SMC CNN 9-68 CNN3-68 CNN12-25
SALVLGU SMC CNN 9-67 CNN3-67 CNN12-26
S Pressure SASEN1 POS PM CNN 10-1 CNN6-1 CNN25-5

Sensor Sig CNN 11-1
POS
Pressure SASEN1 NEG PM CNN 10-2 CNN6-2 CNN25-6

Sensor Sig CNN 11-2
Neg
Sample SLLS PM CNN 10- CNN 6-33 CNN25-19 LLS BD

TLLS 33 5-
Sample SLLSG PM CNN 10- CNN 6-34 CNN25-20 LLS BD

TLLS 34 5-
CNN 12 TO LLS Bd to LLS Bd TLLS-SR
Sample Arm Motors and Sensors 7A_9025a.pdf
rights reserved.
C4000 Sample Syringe Pump Motor and Sensor Cable Trace

SMD or
Card Cage SMD or
Driver AC/DC or
Card Cage Back CNN Board CNN Board AC/DC or Driver Box
Description Code Box Mixer Bd
Board Plane Cable Cable Mixer Bd Cable
Cable I/F Signal
Cable Cable Pins
Cable Pins
Sample Pump SPINA SMC CNN2-31 CNN35-31 CNN33-51 SM1 SMD SMD SM10,11
Motor NA CNN1-51 CNN11-1 –
CNN11-6
Sample Pump SPINB SMC CNN2-32 CNN35-32 CNN33-52 SM1 SMD SMD SM10,11
Motor NB CNN1-52 CNN11-1 –
CNN11-6
Sample Pump SPTDA SMC CNN2-33 CNN35-33 CNN33-53 SM1 SMD SMD SM10,11
Motor TDA CNN1-53 CNN11-1 –
CNN11-6
Sample Pump SPTDB SMC CNN2-34 CNN35-34 CNN33-54 SM1 SMD SMD SM10,11
Motor TDB CNN1-54 CNN11-1 –
CNN11-6
Sample Pump SPHOLD SMC CNN2-35 CNN35-35 CNN33-55 SM1 SMD SMD SM10,11
Motor Hold CNN1-55 CNN11-1 –
CNN11-6
Sample SPHOME SMC CNN 9-6 CNN 3-6 CNN 11-6

Pipettor
Sample SPMIR SMC CNN 9-7 CNN 3-7 CNN 11-3

Pipettor
Sample SPDLMT SMC CNN 9-8 CNN 3-8 CNN 11-9

Pipettor
Pumps, Valves and Sensors
Probe Wash PWPUP AC/DC AC/DC CNN2-7 CNN13-11

CNN13-12
GND
CNN13-13
Probe Wash PWPDOWN AC/DC AC/DC CNN2-8 CNN13-14

CNN13-15
GND
CNN13-16
Sampling ISPV AC/DC AC/DC CNN34-42 CNN32-28 AD1 AC/DC AC/DC AD8
Pump A MAG CNN1-42 CNN1-28 CNN8-1
Valve (Valve 1 CNN8-2
& 2 ON)
Sampling ISPV FB SM AC/DC SM AC/DC CNN4-51 CNN32-52 AD1 AC/DC

Pump A MAG (SENS16 CNN8-51 CNN1-52
Valve (Valve 1 FB)
& 2 ON) FB
(Outer Wall) CNN7-6
DIW Supply WPMP FB SM AC/DC SM AC/DC CNN4-64 CNN32-49

Pump 2 (SENS27) CNN8-64
(Outer Wall)
FB
DIW Valve 1 ESPV AC/DC AC/DC CNN34-33 CNN32-35 AD1 AC/DC AC/DC AD9
(S Probe CNN1-33 CNN1-35 CNN9-3
Outer Wall) CNN9-4
DIW Valve 1 ESPV FB SM AC/DC SM AC/DC CNN4-42 CNN32-59 AD1 AC/DC

(S Probe (SENS 6) CNN8-42 CNN1-59
Outer Wall)
FB
Sample Wash SPFS SM AC/DC SM AC/DC CNN37 CNN38-1

Cup Flow SENS 30 CNN 14- +5V
Sensor SENS 31 27 CNN38-2
SENS 32 CNN 14- GND
28 CNN38-3
CNN 14-
29
Sample Syringe Pump Motors and Sensors 7A_9026a.pdf
rights reserved.
Stirrer Motor and Sensor Cable Trace

Card SMD or
SMD or
Cage CNN Driver AC/DC or
Card Cage CNN Board AC/DC or Driver Box
Description Code Back Board Box Mixer Bd
Board Cable Mixer Bd Cable
Plane Cable Cable I/F Signal
Cable Pins
Cable Cable Pins
Stirrer Elevator
Stirrer Arm STRZ UP AC/DC CNN1-4 CNN34-4 CNN32-4 AD1 AC/DC AC/DC AD2,3
CW Signal CNN1-4 CNN2-4 – (to STRE)
(UP) CNN2-6
Stirrer Arm STRZ DW AC/DC CNN1-5 CNN34-5 CNN32-5 AD1 AC/DC AC/DC AD2,3
CCW Signal CNN1-5 CNN2-4 – (to STRE)
(DOWN) CNN2-6
Stirrer Arm STRZ BK AC/DC CNN1-6 CNN34-6 CNN32-6 AD1 AC/DC AC/DC AD2,3
Brake Signal CNN1-6 CNN2-4 – (to STRE)
CNN2-6
Stirrer STEUP AC/DC CNN7-4 CNN 2-4 CNN 18-3 (to SE-S)
(Sensor) CNN18-1
+5V
CNN18-2
GND
Stirrer STEDOWN AC/DC CNN 7-5 CNN 2-5 CNN 18-6 (to SE-S)
(Sensor) CNN18-4
+5V
CNN18-5
GND
Stirrer STEDOK AC/DC CNN 7-6 CNN 2-6 CNN 18-9 (to SE-S)
(Sensor) CNN18-7
+5V
CNN18-8
GND
Stirrer 1
Stirrer 1 STR1HINA SMC CNN2-11 CNN35-11 CNN33-31 SM1 SMD SMD SM8,9
Rotate Motor CNN1-31 CNN9-1 – (to STRA)
NA CNN9-6
Stirrer 1 STR1HINB SMC CNN2-12 CNN35-12 CNN33-32 SM1 SMD SMD SM8,9
NB CNN9-6
Stirrer 1 STR1HTDA SMC CNN2-13 CNN35-13 CNN33-33 SM1 SMD SMD SM8,9
TDA CNN9-6
Stirrer 1 STR1HTDB SMC CNN2-14 CNN35-14 CNN33-34 SM1 SMD SMD SM8,9
TDB CNN9-6
Stirrer 1 STR1HHOLD SMC CNN2-15 CNN35-15 CNN33-35 SM1 SMD SMD SM8,9
Hold CNN9-6
Stirrer 1 STA1HOME SMC CNN 9-4 CNN 3-4 CNN 18-12 (to SE-S) to SE-S
Rot Hm CNN18-10
+5V
CNN18-
11GND
Stirrer 1 SENS1 SM AC/DC CNN 8- CNN4-37 CNN18-15 (to To STRC

Rotate 37 CNN18-13 STRC)
Cuvette +5V
Sense CNN18-14
GND
Piezo Stirrer CNN26-1
+5V
CNN26-2
+5V
Stirrer 1 ON ST1ON AC/DC CNN 7- CNN2-23 CNN26-3 STR1 Mixer Mixer STR2
23 CN1 CN2 (to STRD)
Stirrer 1 Scan ST1SCAN AC/DC CNN 7- CNN2-24 CNN26-4 STR1 Mixer Mixer STR2
Stirrer 1 Clear ST1CLS AC/DC CNN 7- CNN2-25 CNN26-5 STR1 Mixer Mixer STR2
Stirrer 1 Busy ST1BUSY0 AC/DC CNN 7- CNN2-26 CNN26-6 STR1 Mixer Mixer STR2
0 Sig 26 CN1 CN2 (to STRD)
Stirrer 1 Busy ST1BUSY1 AC/DC CNN 7- CNN2-27 CNN26-7 STR1 Mixer Mixer STR2 to
1 Sig 27 CN1 CN2 STRD
Stirrer 2
Stirrer 2 STR2HINA SMC CNN2-16 CNN35-16 CNN33-36 SM1 SMD SMD SM8
NA CNN9-12
Stirrer 2 STR2HINB SMC CNN2-17 CNN35-17 CNN33-37 SM1 SMD SMD SM8
NB CNN9-12
Stirrer 2 STR2HTDA SMC CNN2-18 CNN35-18 CNN33-38 SM1 SMD SMD SM8
TDA CNN9-12
Stirrer 2 STR2HTDB SMC CNN2-19 CNN35-19 CNN33-39 SM1 SMD SMD SM8
TDB CNN9-12
Stirrer 2 STR2HHOLD SMC CNN2-20 CNN35-20 CNN33-40 SM1 SMD SMD SM8
Hold CNN9-12
Stirrer 2 STA2HOME SMC CNN 9-5 CNN 3-5 CNN 18-18 (to SE-S)
Rot Hm CNN18-16
+5V
CNN18-17
GND
Stirrer 2 SENS2 SM AC/DC CNN 8- CNN4-38 CNN18-21 (to

Rotate 38 CNN18-20 STRC)
Cuvette +5V
Sense CNN18-21
GND
Stirrer 2 ON ST2ON AC/DC CNN 7- CNN2-28 CNN26-8 STR1 Mixer Mixer STR2
Stirrer 2 Scan ST2SCAN AC/DC CNN 7- CNN2-29 CNN26-9 STR1 Mixer Mixer STR2
Stirrer 2 Clear ST2CLS AC/DC CNN 7- CNN2-30 CNN26-10 STR1 Mixer Mixer STR2
Stirrer Wash Valve and Flow Sensor Signal
(Outer Wall) CNN7-6
DIW Supply WPMP FB SM AC/DC SM CNN4-64 CNN32-49

Pump 2 (SENS27) AC/DC
FB
DIW Valve 3 SWV AC/DC AC/DC CNN34-35 CNN32-37 AD1 AC/DC AC/DC AD9
Stirrer Wash CNN1-35 CNN1-37 CNN9-7 –
Valve CNN9-8
Stirrer Wash SWV FB SM AC/DC SM CNN4-44 CNN32-61 AD1 AC/DC

Valve (SENS8) AC/DC CNN1-61
Signal FB CNN8-44
Stirrer Line STFS SM AC/DC SM CNN37- CNN38-9

Flow Signal SENS 30 AC/DC CNN38-7
SENS 31 +5V
SENS 32 CNN14- CNN38-8
27 GND
CNN 14-
28
CNN 14-
29
Power STRD Driver Box Mixer Board

Supply STR3,4 CN3
CN4
Stirrer Motor and Sensors 7A_9027b.pdf
Individual Motor and Sensor Signal Trace

Links
AC/DC Driver Signal Trace
AC/DC Sensors
Sensors, Switches, Valves
Stepper Motor Controller Sensors
Stepper Motor Signal Trace
rights reserved.
AC/DC Driver Signal Trace

Card Cage
Card Cage Driver Box AC/DC Driver Board I/F Signal Driver Box
Description Code Back Plane CNN Bd Cable CNN Bd Cable
Board Cable Drive Signal Output Cable
Cable
Cell Wash CW WS UP AC/DC CNN1-1 CNN34-1 CNN32-1 AD1 CNN1-1 CNN2-1 – AD2,3
Signal CNN2-3
Cell Wash CCW WS DWN AC/DC CNN1-2 CNN34-2 CNN32-2 AD1 CNN1-2
Signal
Cell Wash Brake WS BK AC/DC CNN1-3 CNN34-3 CNN32-3 AD1 CNN1-3
Signal
Stirrer Arm CW STRZ UP AC/DC CNN1-4 CNN34-4 CNN32-4 AD1 CNN1-4 CNN2-4 –
Signal CNN2-6
Stirrer Arm CCW STRZ DW AC/DC CNN1-5 CNN34-5 CNN32-5 AD1 CNN1-5
Signal
Stirrer Arm Brake STRZ BK AC/DC CNN1-6 CNN34-6 CNN32-6 AD1 CNN1-6
Signal
Probe Inner Wall PWP UP AC/DC CNN1-7 CNN34-7 CNN32-7 AD1 CNN1-7 CNN3-1 –
Wash Pump CW CNN3-3
Signal
Probe Inner Wall PWP DWN AC/DC CNN1-8 CNN34-8 CNN32-8 AD1 CNN1-8
Wash Pump
CCW Signal
Probe Inner Wall PWP BK AC/DC CNN1-9 CNN34-9 CNN32-9 AD1 CNN1-9
Wash Pump
Brake Signal
Reagent Load AUXAC1 AC/DC CNN1-13 CNN34-13 CNN32-10 AD1 CNN1-10 CNN5-4 CNN5- AD4,5
Door Open/Close 6
Reagent Load AUXAC1 AC/DC CNN1-14 CNN34-14 CNN32-11 AD1 CNN1-11
Door Open/Close
Reagent Load AUXAC1 AC/DC CNN1-15 CNN34-15 CNN32-12 AD1 CNN1-12
Door Open/Close
NC CNN32-13 AD1 CNN1-13
Cell Wash Pump WCP ON AC/DC CNN1-18 CNN34-18 CNN32-14 AD1 CNN1-14 CNN3-4 – AD2,3
CW Signal CNN3-6
Cell Wash Pump WCP BK AC/DC CNN1-19 CNN34-19 CNN32-15 AD1 CNN1-15
Brake Signal
ISE Suction ICTP ON AC/DC CNN1-20 CNN34-20 CNN32-16 AD1 CNN1-16 CNN4-1 – AD4,5
Pump CW Signal CNN4-3
ISE Suction ICTP BK AC/DC CNN1-21 CNN34-21 CNN32-17 AD1 CNN1-17
Pump Brake
Signal
ISE Ref Pump ICTR ON AC/DC CNN1-22 CNN34-22 CNN32-18 AD1 CNN1-18 CNN4-4 –
CW Signal CNN4-6
ISE Ref Pump ICTR BK AC/DC CNN1-23 CNN34-23 CNN32-19 AD1 CNN1-19
CCW Signal
Detergent Pump DTGP ON AC/DC CNN1-16 CNN34-16 CNN32-20 AD1 CNN1-20 CNN5-1 –
CW Signal CNN5-3
Detergent Pump DTG BK AC/DC CNN1-17 CNN34-17 CNN32-21 AD1 CNN1-21
Brake Signal
Cell Vacuum VP2 AC/DC CNN1-26 CNN34-26 CNN32-23 AD1 CNN1-23 CNN6-1 CNN6- AD6,7
Pump ON Signal 2
Cell Dryer Pump VP1 AC/DC CNN1-27 CNN34-27 CNN32-24 AD1 CNN1-24 CNN7-1 CNN7-
ON Signal 4
Outer Wall Pump WPMP AC/DC CNN1-29 CNN34-29 CNN32-25 AD1 CNN1-25 CNN7-3 CNN7-
ON Signal 6
Auto Power MC1 AC/DC CNN1-30 CNN34-30 CNN32-26 AD1 CNN1-26 CNN14-1 –
OFF-ON Signal CNN14-3
Sample Pump ISPV AC/DC CNN1-42 CNN34-42 CNN32-28 AD1 CNN1-28 CNN8-1 CNN8- AD8
Valve 1 & 2 ON 2
Signal
R1 Pump Valve IR1PV AC/DC CNN1-43 CNN34-43 CNN32-29 AD1 CNN1-29 CNN8-3 CNN8-
ON Signal 4
R2 Pump Valve IR2PV AC/DC CNN1-44 CNN34-44 CNN32-30 AD1 CNN1-30 CNN8-5 CNN8-
ON Signal 6
ISE Suction IAVP AC/DC CNN1-32 CNN34-32 CNN32-31 AD1 CNN1-31 CNN8-7 CNN8-
Pinch Valve ON 8
Signal
Acid & Alkaline DTG1V AC/DC CNN1-39 CNN34-39 CNN32-32 AD1 CNN1-32 CNN8-9 CNN8-
Detergent Valve 10
1 ON Signal
Acid & Alkaline DTG2V AC/DC CNN1-40 CNN34-40 CNN32-33 AD1 CNN1-33 CNN8-11 CNN8-
Detergent Valve 12
2 ON Signal
Cell Wash Valve CWV AC/DC CNN1-38 CNN34-38 CNN32-34 AD1 CNN1-34 CNN9-1 CNN9- AD9
2
Sample Probe ESPV AC/DC CNN1-33 CNN34-33 CNN32-35 AD1 CNN1-35 CNN9-3 CNN9-
Valve ON Signal 4
R-Probe Outer ERPV AC/DC CNN1-34 CNN34-34 CNN32-36 AD1 CNN1-36 CNN9-5 CNN9-
Wash Valve ON 6
Signal
Stirrer Wash SWV AC/DC CNN1-35 CNN34-35 CNN32-37 AD1 CNN1-37 CNN9-7 CNN9-
Valve ON Signal 8
DIW Supply WBSV AC/DC CNN1-36 CNN34-36 CNN32-38 AD1 CNN1-38 CNN9-9 CNN9-
Valve ON Signal 10
DIW Supply PWV AC/DC CNN1-37 CNN34-37 CNN32-39 AD1 CNN1-39 CNN9-11 CNN9-
Pump (Peri 12
Pump) ON
ICT-Level IREF AC/DC CNN1-49 CNN34-49 CNN32-40 AD1 CNN1-40 CNN10-1 AD10
Sensor ON CNN10-2
Signal
Buzzer ON BUZZER AC/DC CNN1-48 CNN34-48 CNN32-41 AD1 CNN1-41 CNN10-3
Signal CNN10-4
Spare 1 ON AUXDC1 AC/DC CNN1-50 CNN34-67 CNN32-43 AD1 CNN1-42 CNN10-5

Signal (CRA) CNN10-6
Spare 2 ON AUXDC2 CNN34-68 CNN32-44 AD1 CNN1-43 CNN10-7
Signal CNN10-8
CRA Door AUTO1 AD1 CNN1-44 CNN10-9
Open/Close 1 CNN10-10
Signal
CRA Door AUTO2 AD1 CNN1-45

Open/Close 2
Signal
NC AD1 CNN1-46
NC AD1 CNN1-47
NC AD1 CNN1-48
NC AD1 CNN1-49
NC AD1 CNN1-50
NC AD1 CNN1-51
Sample pump ISPV FB CNN4-51 CNN32-52 AD1 CNN1-52

Valve 1 & 3 FB
Signal
R1 Pump Valve IR1PV FB CNN4-52 CNN32-53 AD1 CNN1-53
FB Signal
R2 Pump Valve IR2PV FB CNN4-53 CNN32-54 AD1 CNN1-54

FB Signal
ISE Suction IAV FB CNN4-41 CNN32-55 AD1 CNN1-55

Pinch Valve FB
Signal
Acid & Alkaline DTG1V FB CNN4-48 CNN32-56 AD1 CNN1-56
Valve 1 FB
Signal
Acid & Alkaline DTG2V FB CNN4-49 CNN32-57 AD1 CNN1-57
Valve 2 FB
Signal
Cell Wash Valve CWV FB CNN4-47 CNN32-58 AD1 CNN1-58
FB Signal
Sample Probe ESPV FB CNN4-42 CNN32-59 AD1 CNN1-59

Outer Wash
Valve FB Signal
R-Probe Outer ERPV FB CNN4-43 CNN32-60 AD1 CNN1-60
Wall Wash Valve
FB Signal
Stirrer Wash SWV FB CNN4-44 CNN32-61 AD1 CNN1-61
Valve FB Signal
DIW Supply WBSV FB CNN4-45 CNN32-62 AD1 CNN1-62
Valve FB Signal
DIW Supply PWV FB CNN4-46 CNN32-63 AD1 CNN1-63
Pump (Peri) FB
Signal
ICT-Level IREF FB CNN4-58 CNN32-64 AD1 CNN1-64
Sensor FB
Signal
Buzzer FB BUZZER FB CNN4-57 CNN32-65 AD1 CNN1-65
Signal
Spare 1 FB AUXDC1 FB CNN4-55 CNN32-67 AD1 CNN1-66
Signal
Spare 2 FB AUXDC2 FB CNN4-56 CNN32-68 AD1 CNN1-67
Signal
NC AD1 CNN1-68
GND (+12V) GND (+12V) AD1 CNN1-69

Feedback GND
GND (+12V) GND (+12V) AD1 CNN1-70
Feedback GND
GND GND AD1 CNN1-71
GND GND AD1 CNN1-72
GND GND AD1 CNN1-73
GND GND AD1 CNN1-74
GND GND AD1 CNN1-75
+5V Power +5V AD1 CNN1-76

Supply
Supply
Supply
Supply
+5V Power AD1 CNN1-80
Supply
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000,
i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
AC/DC Sensors

Card Cage Card Cage

Description Code CNN Board CNN Board
Board Back Plane Cable
Wash Station WSUP AC/DC CNN 7-1 CNN 2-1 CNN 18-22 +5V
CNN 18-23 GND
CNN 18-24
WSDOWN AC/DC CNN 7-2 CNN 2-2 CNN 18-25 +5V
CNN 18-26 GND
CNN 18-27
WSDOWNOK AC/DC CNN 7-3 CNN 2-3 CNN 18-28 +5V
CNN 18-29 GND
CNN 18-30
Stirrer STEUP AC/DC CNN 7-4 CNN 2-4 CNN 18-1 +5V
CNN 18-2 GND
CNN 18-3
STEDOWN AC/DC CNN 7-5 CNN 2-5 CNN 18-4 +5V
CNN 18-5 GND
CNN 18-6
STEDOK AC/DC CNN 7-6 CNN 2-6 CNN 18-7 +5V
CNN 18-8 GND
CNN 18-9
Probe Wash Pump PWPUP AC/DC CNN 7-7 CNN 2-7 CNN 13-11 +5V
CNN 13-12 GND
CNN 13-13
PWPDOWN AC/DC CNN 7-8 CNN 2-8 CNN 13-14 +5V
CNN 13-15 GND
CNN 13-16
AC1 AC1UP AC/DC CNN 7-9
AC1DOWN AC/DC CNN 7-10
AC1OK AC/DC CNN 7-11
Detergent Pump DPUP AC/DC CNN 7-12 CNN 2-12 CNN 14-1 +5V
CNN 14-2 GND
CNN 14-3
DPDOWN AC/DC CNN 7-13 CNN 2-13 CNN 14-4 +5V
CNN 14-5 GND
CNN 14-6
Cuvette Wash Pump CWPUP AC/DC CNN 7-14 CNN 2-14 CNN 14-16 +5V
CNN 14-17 GND
CNN 14-18
CWPDOWN AC/DC CNN 7-15 CNN 2-15 CNN 14-19 +5V
CNN 14-20 GND
CNN 14-21
ISE Aspir Pump ISPUP AC/DC CNN 7-16 CNN 2-16 CNN 25-21 +5V
CNN 25-22 GND
CNN 25-23
ISPDOWN AC/DC CNN 7-17 CNN 2-17 CNN 25-24 +5V

CNN 25-25 GND
CNN 25-26
ISE Ref Pump IMPUP AC/DC CNN 7-18 CNN 2-18 CNN 25-27 +5V
CNN 25-28 GND
CNN 25-29
Sensors, Switches, Valves

Description Code Card Cage Board Card Cage Backplane CNN Board CNN Board
+5V VCCSAAAUTOZERO SMC 9-53 CNN3-53 CNN12-7
S Probe LLS Austo Zero SAAUTOZERO SMC 9-54 CNN3-46 CNN12-8
S Probe LLS (+) Differential VCCSALVL SMC 9-49 CNN3-49 CNN12-9
S Probe LLS (-) Differential SALVL SMC 9-50 CNN3-50 CNN12-10
S Probe LLS (+) Integral VCCSALVLOK SMC 9-51 CNN3-51 CNN12-11
S Probe LLS (-) Integral SALVLOK SMC 9-52 CNN3-52 CNN12-12
+5V VCCR1AAUTOZERO SMC 9-59 CNN3-59 CNN12-13
R1A Probe LLS Auto Zero R1AAUTOZERO SMC 9-60 CNN3-17 CNN12-14
R1A Probe LLS (+) VCCR1ALVL SMC 9-55 CNN3-55 CNN12-15
Differential
R1A Probe LLS (-) R1ALVL SMC 9-56 CNN3-56 CNN12-16
Differential
R1A Probe LLS (+) Integral VCCR1ALVLOK SMC 9-57 CNN3-57 CNN12-17
R1A Probe LLS (-) Integral R1ALVLOK SMC 9-58 CNN3-58 CNN12-18
+5V VCCR2AAUTOZERO SMC 9-65 CNN3-65 CNN12-19
R2A Probe LLS Auto Zero R2AAUTOZERO SMC 9-66 CNN3-22 CNN12-20
R2A Probe LLS (+) VCCR2ALVL SMC 9-61 CNN3-61 CNN12-21
Differential
R2A Probe LLS (-) R2ALVL SMC 9-62 CNN3-62 CNN12-22
Differential
R2A Probe LLS (+) Integral VCCR2ALVLOK SMC 9-63 CNN3-63 CNN12-23
R2A Probe LLS (-) Integral R2ALVLOK SMC 9-64 CNN3-64 CNN12-24
SALVLGU+5V SMC 9-68 CNN3-68 CNN12-25
SALVLGU SMC 9-67 CNN3-67 CNN12-26
CNN12-1,2 +15V
CNN12-3,4 AGND
CNN12-5,6 –15V
+5V AC/DC CNN13-1

+5V AC/DC CNN13-2
Water Bath Heater ON/OFF IHTRON AC/DC 7-77 CNN2-77 CNN13-3
Water Bath Cycle Pump IPMON AC/DC 7-76 CNN2-76 CNN13-4
ON/OFF
NC AC/DC CNN13-5
Water Bath Fan Cntrl IFANON AC/DC 7-80 CNN2-80 CNN13-6

ON/OFF
Water Bath Mtr Vlv Open IMVOPEN AC/DC 7-78 CNN2-78 CNN13-7
Water Bath Mtr Vlv Clsd IMVSHUT AC/DC 7-79 CNN2-79 CNN13-8
Water Bath Fan Ctrl Thrm IVRSTR+ AC/DC 7-89 CNN2-89 CNN13-9
Water Bath Fan Ctrl Thrm IVRSTR- AC/DC 7-90 CNN2-90 CNN13-10
+5V AC/DC CNN13-11

GND AC/DC CNN13-12
Degasser Fail Detection DALARMV AC/DC 7-69 CNN2-69 CNN13-17
Degasser Fail Detection DALARM AC/DC 7-68 CNN2-68 CNN13-18

AC/DC
ISE Ref Solution ESMCC AC/DC 7-70 CNN2-70 CNN14-7 +5V
CNN14-8 GND
CNN14-9
Acid Detergent ESB3 AC/DC 7-72 CNN2-72 CNN14-10 +5V
CNN14-11 GND
CNN14-12
Alkaline Detergent ESB14 AC/DC 7-71 CNN2-71 CNN14-13 +5V
CNN14-14 GND
CNN14-15
Open Tank Upper Limit FFS2UPPERLIM AC/DC 7-63 CNN2-63 CNN14-22 GND
CNN14-23
Open Tank Low Level FFS4OPENL AC/DC 7-65 CNN2-65 CNN14-24 GND
CNN14-25
Open Tank Full Level FFS3OPENH AC/DC 7-64 CNN2-64 CNN14-26 GND
CNN14-27
LCW Full Detection FFS1LW AC/DC 7-62 CNN2-62 CNN14-28 GND
CNN14-29
HCW Full Detection DTFHW AC/DC 7-67 CNN2-67 CNN14-30 GND
CNN14-31
Spare Float SW FFS5AUXFSW AC/DC 7-66 CNN2-66 CNN14-32 GND
CNN14-33
NC AC/DC CNN14-34
AC/DC
Reagent Supply Temp R1CTEMP- AC/DC 7-86 CNN2-86 CNN16-13
Sensor
Reagent Supply Temp R1CTEMP+ AC/DC 7-85 CNN2-85 CNN16-14
Sensor
Reagent Supply Cover RCVROK AC/DC 7-59 CNN2-59 CNN16-15 +5V
Present Sensor CNN16-16 GND
CNN16-17
Outer Rotate Switch AC/DC CNN4- CNN16-18 +5V
CNN16-19 GND
CNN16-20
Inner Rotate Switch AC/DC CNN4- CNN16-21 +5V
CNN16-22 GND
CNN16-23
Bottle Sensor BTTLSNS AC/DC 7-95 CNN2-95 CNN16-24 +5V
CNN16-25 GND
CNN16-26
Cup Sensor CUPSNSRO AC/DC 7-96 CNN2-96 CNN16-27 +5V
CNN16-28 GND
CNN16-29
NC
CNN16-30
Cover Open/Close Sensor COVER OPEN CNN2-10 CNN16-35+5V
Open CNN16-36 GND
CNN16-37
Cover Open/Close Sensor COVER CLOSE CNN2-9 CNN16-38 +5V
Close CNN16-39 GND
CNN16-40
Stirrer 1 Rotate Home STA1HOME SMC 9-4 CNN3-4 CNN18-10 +5V

CNN18-11 GND
CNN18-12
Stirrer 1 Rotate Cuvette SENS1 SM AC/DC 8-37 CNN4-37 CNN18-13 +5V

Sense CNN18-14 GND
CNN18-15
Stirrer 2 Rotate Home STA2HOME SMC 9-5 CNN3-5 CNN18-16 +5V

CNN18-17 GND
CNN18-18
Stirrer 2 Rotate Cuvette SENS2 SM AC/DC 8-38 CNN4-38 CNN18-19 +5V
Sense CNN18-20 GND
CNN18-21
Water Bath Full Detect BATHLVL AC/DC 7-58 CNN3-58 CNN18-37 GND
CNN18-38
Water Bath Temp Sensor BATHTMP- AC/DC 7-84 CNN3-84 CNN18-39
Water Bath Temp Sensor BATHTMP+ AC/DC 7-83 CNN3-83 CNN18-40
Reagent Barcode Reader TXD2 DAQ 12-11 CNN7-11 CNN20-1
Reagent Barcode Reader RTS2 DAQ 12-13 CNN7-13 CNN20-2
Reagent Barcode Reader RXD2 DAQ 12-12 CNN7-12 CNN20-4

Reagent Barcode Reader CTS2 DAQ 12-14 CNN7-14 CNN20-5
Reagent Barcode Reader TRIGGER2 DAQ 12-15 CNN7-15 CNN20-8
CNN20-9,10 +5V
CNN10-11 GND
LUI Serial TXD4 DAQ 12-21 CNN7-21 CNN21-1
LUI Serial RTS4 DAQ 12-23 CNN7-23 CNN21-2
LUI Serial RXD4 DAQ 12-22 CNN7-22 CNN21-4
LUI Serial CTS4 DAQ 12-24 CNN7-24 CNN21-5
LUI Serial TRIGGER4 DAQ 12-25 CNN7-25 CNN21-8
CLI Serial Carrier Detect CD5 DAQ 12-26 CNN7-26 CNN22-1

CLI Serial Receive Data RXD5 DAQ 12-27 CNN7-27 CNN22-2
CLI Serial Transmit Data TXD5 DAQ 12-28 CNN7-28 CNN22-3
CLI Serial Data Terminal DTR5 DAQ 12-29 CNN7-29 CNN22-4
Ready
CNN22-5 GND
CLI Serial Data Set Ready DSR5 DAQ 12-30 CNN7-30 CNN22-6
CLI Serial Request to Send RTS5 DAQ 12-31 CNN7-31 CNN22-7
CLI Serial Clear to Send CTS5 DAQ 12-32 CNN7-32 CNN22-8
CLI Serial Ring Indicator CI5 DAQ 12-33 CNN7-33 CNN22-9

CLI Serial DAQ CNN7 CNN22-10
+5V DAQ CNN24-1

Optics Shutter SHUTTER ON DAQ 12-36 CNN7-36 CNN24-2
CNN24-3 +5V
CNN24-4 GND
Optics Trigger LEDVCC DAQ 12-37 CNN7-37 CNN24-5
Optics Trigger OPT-TRIGGE DAQ 12-39 CNN7-39 CNN24-6
GND DAQ 12-38 CNN24-7
S Pressure Sensor Sig POS SASEN1 POS PM 10-1 CNN6-1 CNN25-1 +12V
11-1 CNN25-2 +/-12V
CNN25-3 –12V
CNN25-4 NC
CNN25-5
Pressure Sensor Sig Neg SASEN1 NEG PM 10-2 CNN6-2 CNN25-6
11-2
R1 Pressure Sensor Sig Pos R1ASEN POS PM 10-3 CNN6-3 CNN25-7 +12V
11-3 CNN25-8 +/-12V
CNN25-9 –12V
CNN25-10 NC
CNN25-11
R1 Pressure Sensor Sig Neg R1ASEN NEG PM 10-4 CNN6-4
11-4 CNN25-12
R2 Pressure Sensor Sig Pos R2ASEN POS PM 10-5 CNN6-5 CNN25-13 +12V
11-5 CNN25-14 +/-12V
CNN25-15 –12V
CNN25-16 NC
CNN25-17
R2 Pressure Sensor Sig Neg R2ASEN NEG PM 10-6 CNN6-6
11-6 CNN25-18
Sample TLLS SLLS CNN6-33
CNN25-19
Sample TLLS SLLSG CNN6-34 CNN25-20
CNN26-1 +5V
CNN26-2 +5V
Stirrer 1 ON ST1ON AC/DC 7-23 CNN2-23 CNN26-3
Stirrer 1 Scan ST1SCAN AC/DC 7-24 CNN2-24 CNN26-4
Stirrer 1 Clear ST1CLS AC/DC 7-25 CNN2-25 CNN26-5
Stirrer 1 Busy 0 Sig ST1BUSY0 AC/DC 7-26 CNN2-26 CNN26-6
Stirrer 2 ON ST2ON AC/DC 7-28 CNN2-28 CNN26-8

Stirrer 2 Scan ST2SCAN AC/DC 7-29 CNN2-29 CNN26-9
Stirrer 2 Clear ST2CLS AC/DC 7-30 CNN2-30 CNN26-10


CNN2-33 CNN26-16 +5 IN VCC
Front Cover Sensor FRONTCVROK AC/DC 7-60 CNN2-60 CNN29-1 +5V

CNN29-2 GND
CNN29-13
Rear Cover Sensor BACKCVROK AC/DC 7-61 CNN2-61 CNN29-4 +5V
CNN29-5 GND
CNN29-,6
Rotate Switch ON ISLUILED1(RCLED) AC/DC 7-36 CNN2-36 CNN30-1 +5V

CNN30-2
Open/Close Switch ON ISLUISLED2(RCLED) AC/DC 7-38 CNN2-38 CNN30-3 +5V
CNN30-4
Rotate Switch ISSW(RCSW) AC/DC 7-91 CNN2-91
CNN30-6
Open/Close Switch ISLSW(RCSW) AC/DC 7-92 CNN2-92 CNN30-7 GND
CNN30-8
12V Snsr Si 4 RALOBJECT 4 SM AC/DC 8-32 CNN4-32 CNN31-1 +12V

CNN31-2 12VGND
CNN31-3
12V Snsr Si RALOBJECT3 SM AC/DC 8-31 CNN4-31 CNN31-4 +12V
CNN31-5 12VGND
CNN31-,6
12V Snsr Si 2 RALOBJECT3 SM AC/DC 8-30 CNN4-30 CNN31-7 +12V
CNN31-8 12VGND
CNN31-,9
12V Snsr Si 1 RALOBJECT1 SM AC/DC 8-29 CNN4-29 CNN31-10 +12V
CNN31-11 12VGND
CNN31-12
Sensor SIG27 SM13DLMT SM AC/DC 8-28 CNN4-28 CNN31-13 +5V
CNN31-14 GND
CNN31-15
Sensor SIG26 SM13PITCHOK SM AC/DC 8-27 CNN4-27 CNN31-16 +5V
CNN31-17 GND
CNN31-18
Sensor SIG25 SM13HOME SM AC/DC 8-26 CNN4-26 CNN31-19 +5V
CNN31-20 GND
CNN31-21
Sensor SIG24 RALOPTION2 SM AC/DC 8-25 CNN4-25 CNN31-22 +5V
CNN31-23 GND
CNN31-24
Sensor SIG2 RALOPTION1 SM AC/DC 8-24 CNN4-24 CNN31-25 +5V
CNN31-26 GND
CNN31-27
Sensor SIG22 SM12PITCHOK SM AC/DC 8-23 CNN4-23 CNN31-28 +5V
CNN31-29 GND
CNN31-30
CNN31-32 GND
CNN31-33
Sensor SIG20 RALGSNS3 SM AC/DC 8-21 CNN4-21 CNN31-34 +5V

CNN31-35 GND
CNN31-36
CNN31-38 GND
CNN31-39
CNN31-41 GND
CNN31-42
Sensor SIG17 RALOPEN2 SM AC/DC 8-18 CNN4-18 CNN31-43 +5V

CNN31-44 GND
CNN31-45
Sensor SIG16 RALOPEN1 SM AC/DC 8-17 CNN4-17 CNN31-46 +5V
CNN31-47 GND
CNN31-48
Sensor SIG15 AC1UPHOME SM AC/DC 8-33 CNN4-33 CNN31-49 +5V

CNN31-50 GND
CNN31-51
Sensor SIG14 AC1DOWNMOVE SM AC/DC 8-34 CNN4-34 CNN31-52 +5V
CNN31-53 GND
CNN31-54
Sensor SIG13 RALACDOWNOK SM AC/DC CNN2-11 CNN31-55 +5V
CNN31-56 GND
CNN31-57
CNN31-65 GND
CNN31-66
Sensor SIG11 SM4PITCH SM AC/DC 8-4 CNN4-4 CNN31-67 +5V
CNN31-68 GND
CNN31-69
CNN31-71 GND
CNN31-72
CNN31-74 GND
CNN31-75
CNN31-77 GND
CNN31-78
CNN31-80 GND
CNN31-81
CNN31-83 GND
CNN31-84
CNN31-86 GND
CNN31-87
CNN31-89 GND
CNN31-90
CNN31-92 GND
CNN31-93

CNN31-95 GND
CNN31-96
CNN31-98 GND
CNN31-99
Sample Line Flow Signal SPFS CNN37- CNN38-1 +5V

CNN38-2 GND
CNN38-3
Reagent Line Flow Signal RPFS CNN37- CNN38-4 +5V
CNN38-5 GND
CNN38-6
Stirrer Line Flow Signal STFS CNN37- CNN38-7 +5V
CNN38-8 GND
CNN38-9
Stepper Motor Controller Sensors

Card Cage
Card Cage
Description Code Back Plane CNN Board CNN Board
Board
Cable
Reaction Crsl RUHOME SMC CNN 9- CNN 3-33 CNN18-34 +5V
CNN18-35 GND
CNN 18-36
RUMIR SMC CNN 9-34 CNN 3-34 CNN18-31 +5V
CNN18-32 GND
CNN 18-33
Rgt Inner Crsl R1CIHOME SMC CNN 9-35 CNN 3-35 CNN16-4 +5V
CNN16-5 GND
CNN 16-6
R1CI PITCH SMC CNN 9-36 CNN 3-36 CNN16-1 +5V
CNN16-2 GND
CNN 16-3
R1CIPOS SMC CNN 9-37 CNN 3-37
Rgt Outer Crsl R1COHOME SMC CNN 9-38 CNN 3-38 CNN16-4 +5V
CNN16-5 GND
CNN 16-12
R1COPITCH SMC CNN 9-39 CNN 3-39 CNN16-7 +5V
CNN16-8 GND
CNN 16-9
R1COPOS SMC CNN 9-40 CNN 3-40
Sample Rotation SAAHOME SMC CNN 9-44 CNN 3-44 CNN15-4 +5V
CNN15-5 GND
CNN 15-6
SAAMIR SMC CNN 9-45 CNN 3-45 CNN15-1 +5V
CNN15-2 GND
CNN 15-3
Sample U/D SAEHOME SMC CNN 9-46 CNN 3-46 CNN15-10+5V
CNN15-11 GND
CNN 15-12
SAEMIR SMC CNN 9-47 CNN 3-47 CNN15-4 +5V
CNN15-5 GND
CNN 15-9
SACLASH SMC CNN 9-48 CNN 3-48 CNN15-4 +5V
CNN15-5 GND
CNN 15-16
R1 Arm U/D R1AEHOME SMC CNN 9-17 CNN 3-17 CNN17-10 +5V
CNN17-11 GND
CNN 17-12
R1AEMIR SMC CNN 9-18 CNN 3-18 CNN17-7 +5V
CNN17-8 GND
CNN 17-9
R1ACLASH SMC CNN 9-19 CNN 3-19 CNN17-14 +5V
CNN17-15 GND
CNN 17-16
R1 Arm Rotation R1AAHOME SMC CNN 9-15 CNN 3-15 CNN17-4 +5V
CNN17-5 GND
CNN 17-6
R1AAMIR SMC CNN 9-16 CNN 3-16 CNN17-1 +5V
CNN17-2 GND
CNN 17-3
R2 Arm U/D R2AEHOME SMC CNN 9-22 CNN 3-22 CNN19-10 +5V
CNN19-11 GND
CNN 19-12
R2AEMIR SMC CNN 9-23 CNN 3-23 CNN19-7 +5V
CNN19-8 GND
CNN 19-9
R2ACLASH SMC CNN 9-24 CNN 3-24 CNN19-14 +5V
CNN19-15 GND
CNN 19-16
R2 Arm Rot R2AAHOME SMC CNN 9-20 CNN 3-20 CNN19-4 +5V
CNN19-5 GND
CNN 19-6
R2AAMIR SMC CNN 9-21 CNN 3-21 CNN19-1 +5V
CNN19-2 GND
CNN 19-3
Stirrer 1 STA1HOME SMC CNN 9-4 CNN 3-4 CNN18-10 +5V
CNN18-11 GND
CNN 18-12
Stirrer 2 STA2HOME SMC CNN 9-5 CNN 3-5 CNN18-16 +5V
CNN18-17 GND
CNN 18-18
ISE Arm U/D IAEHOME SMC CNN 9-2 CNN 3-2 CNN27-4 +5V
CNN27-5 GND
CNN 27-6
IAEMIR SMC CNN 9-3 CNN 3-3 CNN27-7 +5V
CNN27-8 GND
CNN 27-9
ISE Arm Rotation IAAHOME SMC CNN 9-1 CNN 3-1 CNN27-1 +5V
CNN27-2 GND
CNN 27-3
Sample Pipettor SPHOME SMC CNN 9-6 CNN 3-6 CNN11-4 +5V
CNN11-5 GND
CNN 11-6
SPMIR SMC CNN 9-7 CNN 3-7 CNN11-1 +5V
CNN11-2 GND
CNN 11-3
SPDLMT SMC CNN 9-8 CNN 3-8 CNN11-7 +5V
CNN11-8 GND
CNN 11-9
R1 Pipettor R1PHOME SMC CNN 9-9 CNN 3-9 CNN11-13 +5V

CNN11-14 GND
CNN 11-15
R1PMIR SMC CNN 9-10 CNN 3-10 CNN11-10 +5V

CNN11-11 GND
CNN 11-12
R1PDLMT SMC CNN 9-11 CNN 3-11 CNN11-16 +5V
CNN11-17 GND
CNN 11-18
R2 Pipettor R2PHOME SMC CNN 9-12 CNN 3-12 CNN11-22 +5V
CNN11-23 GND
CNN 11-24
R2PMIR SMC CNN 9-13 CNN 3-13 CNN11-19 +5V
CNN11-20 GND
CNN 11-21
R2PDLMT SMC CNN 9-14 CNN 3-14 CNN11-25 +5V
CNN11-26 GND
CNN 11-27
HCWP ISOHOME SMC CNN 9-28 CNN 3-28 CNN28-1 +5V
CNN28-2 GND
CNN 28-3
ISOPITCH SMC CNN 9-29 CNN 3-29 CNN28-4 +5V
CNN28-5 GND
CNN 28-6
ISOPOS SMC CNN 9-30 CNN 3-30
Stepper Motor Signal Trace

SMD Bd
Card Cage CNN Driver SMD Bd Driver
Card Cage CNN Board Motor Drive
Description Code Back Plane Board Box I/F Signal Box
Board Cable Signal
Cable Cable Cable Cable Pins Cable
Cable Pins
Reaction Carousel RCCW SMC CNN3-51 CNN36-51 CNN33-1 SM1 CNN1-1 CNN2-1 – SM2,3
Rotate Motor CW CNN2-5
Reaction Carousel RCCCW SMC CNN3-52 CNN36-52 CNN33-2 SM1 CNN1-2
Rotate Motor CCW
Reagent Inner RICCW SMC CNN3-53 CNN36-53 CNN33-3 SM1 CNN1-3 CNN4-1 – SM4,5
Carousel Motor CW CNN4-5
Reagent Inner RICCCW SMC CNN3-54 CNN36-54 CNN33-4 SM1 CNN1-4
Carousel Motor
CCW
Reagent Outer ROCCW SMC CNN3-55 CNN36-55 CNN33-5 SM1 CNN1-5 CNN5-1 –
Carousel Motor CW CNN5-5
Reagent Outer ROCCCW SMC CNN3-56 CNN36-56 CNN33-6 SM1 CNN1-6
Carousel Motor
CCW
Sample Arm SAZCW SMC CNN3-63 CNN36-63 CNN33-7 SM1 CNN1-7 CNN3-1 – SM2,3
Up/Down Motor CW CNN3-5
Sample Arm SAZCCW SMC CNN3-64 CNN36-64 CNN33-8 SM1 CNN1-8
Up/Down Motor
CCW
Sample Arm Rotate SAHCW SMC CNN3-61 CNN36-61 CNN33-9 SM1 CNN1-9 CNN6-1 – SM6
Motor CW CNN6-5
Sample Arm Rotate SAHCCW SMC CNN3-62 CNN36-62 CNN33-10 SM1 CNN1-10
Motor CCW
R1 Arm Up/Down R1ZINA SMC CNN2-66 CNN35-66 CNN33-11 SM1 CNN1-11 CNN7-1 – SM7,8
Motor NA CNN7-6
R1 Arm Up/Down R1ZINB SMC CNN2-67 CNN35-67 CNN33-12 SM1 CNN1-12
Motor NB
R1 Arm Up/Down R1ZTDA SMC CNN2-68 CNN35-68 CNN33-13 SM1 CNN1-13
Motor TDA
R1 Arm Up/Down R1ZTDB SMC CNN2-69 CNN35-69 CNN33-14 SM1 CNN1-14
Motor TDB
R1 Arm Up/Down R1ZHOLD SMC CNN2-70 CNN35-70 CNN33-15 SM1 CNN1-15
Motor Hold
R1 Arm Rotate R1HINA SMC CNN2-61 CNN35-61 CNN33-16 SM1 CNN1-16 CNN7-7 –
Motor NA CNN7-12
R1 Arm Rotate R1HINB SMC CNN2-62 CNN35-62 CNN33-17 SM1 CNN1-17
Motor NB
R1 Arm Rotate R1HTDA SMC CNN2-63 CNN35-63 CNN33-18 SM1 CNN1-18
Motor TDA
R1 Arm Rotate R1HTDB SMC CNN2-64 CNN35-64 CNN33-19 SM1 CNN1-19
Motor TDB
R1 Arm Rotate R1HHOLD SMC CNN2-65 CNN35-65 CNN33-20 SM1 CNN1-20
Motor Hold
R2 Arm Up/Down R2ZINA SMC CNN3-6 CNN36-6 CNN33-21 SM1 CNN1-21 CNN8-1 –
Motor NA CNN8-6
R2 Arm Up/Down R2ZINB SMC CNN3-7 CNN36-7 CNN33-22 SM1 CNN1-22

Motor NB
R2 Arm Up/Down R2ZTDA SMC CNN3-8 CNN36-8 CNN33-23 SM1 CNN1-23
Motor TDA
R2 Arm Up/Down R2ZTDB SMC CNN3-9 CNN36-9 CNN33-24 SM1 CNN1-24
Motor TDB
R2 Arm Up/Down R2ZHOLD SMC CNN3-10 CNN36-10 CNN33-25 SM1 CNN1-25
Motor Hold
R2 Arm Rotate R2HINA SMC CNN3-1 CNN36-1 CNN33-26 SM1 CNN1-26 CNN8-7 – SM8,9
Motor NA CNN8-12
R2 Arm Rotate R2HINB SMC CNN3-2 CNN36-2 CNN33-27 SM1 CNN1-27
Motor NB
R2 Arm Rotate R2HTDA SMC CNN3-3 CNN36-3 CNN33-28 SM1 CNN1-28
Motor TDA
R2 Arm Rotate R2HTDB SMC CNN3-4 CNN36-4 CNN33-29 SM1 CNN1-29
Motor TDB
R2 Arm Rotate R2HHOLD SMC CNN3-5 CNN36-5 CNN33-30 SM1 CNN1-30
Motor Hold
Stirrer 1 Rotate STR1HINA SMC CNN2-11 CNN35-11 CNN33-31 SM1 CNN1-31 CNN9-1 –
Motor NA CNN9-6
Stirrer 1 Rotate STR1HINB SMC CNN2-12 CNN35-12 CNN33-32 SM1 CNN1-32
Motor NB
Stirrer 1 Rotate STR1HTDA SMC CNN2-13 CNN35-13 CNN33-33 SM1 CNN1-33
Motor TDA
Stirrer 1 Rotate STR1HTDB SMC CNN2-14 CNN35-14 CNN33-34 SM1 CNN1-34
Motor TDB
Stirrer 1 Rotate STR1HHOLD SMC CNN2-15 CNN35-15 CN33-35 SM1 CNN1-35
Motor Hold
Stirrer 2 Rotate STR2HINA SMC CNN2-16 CNN35-16 CNN33-36 SM1 CNN1-36 CNN9-7 –
Motor NA CNN9-12
Stirrer 2 Rotate STR2HINB SMC CNN2-17 CNN35-17 CNN33-37 SM1 CNN1-37
Motor NB
Stirrer 2 Rotate STR2HTDA SMC CNN2-18 CNN35-18 CNN33-38 SM1 CNN1-38
Motor TDA
Stirrer 2 Rotate STR2HTDB SMC CNN2-19 CNN35-19 CNN33-39 SM1 CNN1-39
Motor TDB
Stirrer 2 Rotate STR2HHOLD SMC CNN2-20 CNN35-20 CNN33-40 SM1 CNN1-40
Motor Hold
ISE Arm Up/Down IAZINA SMC CNN2-6 CNN35-6 CNN33-41 SM1 CNN1-41 CNN10-1 – SM10,11
Motor NA CNN10-6
ISE Arm Up/Down IAZINB SMC CNN2-7 CNN35-7 CNN33-42 SM1 CNN1-42
Motor NB
ISE Arm Up/Down IAZTDA SMC CNN2-8 CNN35-8 CNN33-43 SM1 CNN1-43
Motor TDA
ISE Arm Up/Down IAZTDB SMC CNN2-9 CNN35-9 CNN33-44 SM1 CNN1-44
Motor TDB
ISE Arm Up/Down IAZHOLD SMC CNN2-10 CNN35-10 CNN33-45 SM1 CNN1-45
Motor Hold
ISE Arm Rotate IAHINA SMC CNN2-1 CNN35-1 CNN33-46 SM1 CNN1-46 CNN10-7 –
Motor NA CNN10-12
ISE Arm Rotate IAHINB SMC CNN2-2 CNN35-2 CNN33-47 SM1 CNN1-47
Motor NB
ISE Arm Rotate IAHTDA SMC CNN2-3 CNN35-3 CNN33-48 SM1 CNN1-48
Motor TDA
ISE Arm Rotate IAHTDB SMC CNN2-4 CNN35-4 CNN33-49 SM1 CNN1-49
Motor TDB
ISE Arm Rotate IAHHOLD SMC CNN2-5 CNN35-5 CNN33-50 SM1 CNN1-50
Motor Hold
Sample Pump Motor SPINA SMC CNN2-31 CNN35-31 CNN33-51 SM1 CNN1-51 CNN11-1 –
NA CNN11-6
Sample Pump Motor SPINB SMC CNN2-32 CNN35-32 CNN33-52 SM1 CNN1-52
NB
Sample Pump Motor SPTDA SMC CNN2-33 CNN35-33 CNN33-53 SM1 CNN1-53
TDA
Sample Pump Motor SPTDB SMC CNN2-34 CNN35-34 CNN33-54 SM1 CNN1-54
TDB
Sample Pump Motor SPHOLD SMC CNN2-35 CNN35-35 CNN33-55 SM1 CNN1-55
Hold
R1 Pump Motor NA R1PINA SMC CNN2-41 CNN35-41 CNN33-56 SM1 CNN1-56 CNN11-7 – SM11,12
CNN11-12
R1 Pump Motor NB R1PINB SMC CNN2-42 CNN35-42 CNN33-57 SM1 CNN1-57
R1 Pump Motor R1PTDA SMC CNN2-43 CNN35-43 CNN33-58 SM1 CNN1-58
TDA
R1 Pump Motor R1PTDB SMC CNN2-44 CNN35-44 CNN33-59 SM1 CNN1-59
TDB
R1 Pump Motor R1PHOLD SMC CNN2-45 CNN35-45 CNN33-60 SM1 CNN1-60
Hold
R2 Pump Motor NA R2PINA SMC CNN2-51 CNN35-51 CNN33-61 SM1 CNN1-61 CNN12-1 –
CNN12-6
R2 Pump Motor NB R2PINB SMC CNN2-52 CNN35-52 CNN33-62 SM1 CNN1-62
R2 Pump Motor R2PTDA SMC CNN2-53 CNN35-53 CNN33-63 SM1 CNN1-63
TDA
R2 Pump Motor R2PTDB SMC CNN2-54 CNN35-54 CNN33-64 SM1 CNN1-64
TDB
R2 Pump Motor R2PHOLD SMC CNN2-55 CNN35-55 CNN33-65 SM1 CNN1-65
Hold
HCW Pump Motor PPHCINA SMC CNN3-36 CNN36-36 CNN33-66 SM1 CNN1-66 CNN12-7 –
NA CNN12-12
HCW Pump Motor PPHCINB SMC CNN3-37 CNN36-37 CNN33-67 SM1 CNN1-67
NB
HCW Pump Motor PPHCTDA SMC CNN3-38 CNN36-38 CNN33-68 SM1 CNN1-68
TDA
HCW Pump Motor PPHCTDB SMC CNN3-39 CNN36-39 CNN33-69 SM1 CNN1-69
TDB
HCW Pump Motor PPHCHOLD SMC CNN3-40 CNN36-40 CNN33-70 SM1 CNN1-70
Hold
Reagent Handler (1) AUTO1INA SMC CNN35-36 CNN33-71 SM1 CNN1-71 CNN13-1 – SM13,14
Motor NA CNN13-6 SM14
Reagent Handler (1) AUTO1INB SMC CNN35-37 CNN33-72 SM1 CNN1-72

Motor NB
Reagent Handler (1) AUTO1TDA SMC CNN35-38 CNN33-73 SM1 CNN1-73

Motor TDA
Reagent Handler (1) AUTO1TDB SMC CNN35-39 CNN33-74 SM1 CNN1-74
Motor TDB
Reagent Handler (1) AUTO1HOLD SMC CNN35-40 CNN33-75 SM1 CNN1-75
Motor Hold
Reagent Handler (2) AUTO2INA SMC CNN35-46 CNN33-76 SM1 CNN1-76 CNN13-7 –
Motor NA CNN13-12
Motor NB
Motor TDA
Motor TDB
Motor Hold
Reagent Handler (3) AUTO3INA SMC CNN35-56 CNN33-81 SM1 CNN1-81 CNN14-1 –
Motor NA CNN14-6

Motor NB
Motor TDA
Motor TDB

Motor Hold
Spare Motor NA AUXINA SMC CNN3-46 CNN36-46 CNN33-86 SM1 CNN1-86 CNN14-7 –
CNN14-12
Spare Motor NB AUXINB SMC CNN3-47 CNN36-47 CNN33-87 SM1 CNN1-87
Spare Motor TDA AUXTDA SMC CNN3-48 CNN36-48 CNN33-88 SM1 CNN1-88
Spare Motor TDB AUXTDB SMC CNN3-49 CNN36-49 CNN33-89 SM1 CNN1-89
Spare Motor Hold AUXHOLD SMC CNN3-50 CNN36-50 CNN33-90 SM1 CNN1-90
GND(+5V) SMC CNN35-71 CNN33-91 SM1 CNN1-91

GND(+5V) SMC CNN33-95 SM1 CNN1-95
GND(+5V) SMC CNN33-96 SM1 CNN1-96
+5V SMC CNN35-79 CNN33-97 SM1 CNN1-97
Robotic Sample Handler (RSH)
Overview
The ARCHITECT c4000 RSH (Robotic Sample Handler) is the interface through which samples are presented to the system for identification
and aspiration.
The operator places samples into carriers (five sample positions per carrier), which are inserted into the load/unload platform. The Carrier
Transport (robotic arm) picks up the sample carrier from the load/unload platform, positions it at the barcode reader for carrier and sample
barcode label identification, and places the sample carrier on the Carrier Positioner. The Carrier Positioner moves the sample carrier to the
sample aspiration position. After sample aspiration, the Carrier Transport returns the sample carrier to the load/unload platform for removal.

Throughout RSH processing, the presence of the carrier is monitored at the following locations:
• Load/Unload Platform- a lever mechanism and sensors located underneath each platform detect the presence of a carrier on the
load/unload platform.
• Carrier Transport Picker Arm- a sensor located on the picker arm detects when a carrier is on the picker arm during transport
between the platform, bar code reader or positioner.
• Bar Code Reader- an error is generated when the carrier label is not detected.
• Carrier Positioner- a reflective sensor on the rear of the Carrier Transport is used to detect the presence of a carrier on the
positioner.

Hardware Description
The RSH contains the following main hardware components:
• Load/Unload Platform
• Load/Unload Sensor Boards
• Carrier Transport
• Carrier Positioner
• Bar Code Reader
• RSH Distribution Board
• Card Cage Boards

Load/Unload Platform
The operator loads sample carriers into the load/unload platform sections, which positions each carrier for transporting by the carrier
transport. There are four bays on the load/unload platform of the c4000 RSH. Each bay contains five sections. There are a total of 20
sections separated by partitions. Each section accommodates one sample carrier.

In the base of each section is a lever mechanism with a flag, which interacts with a set of sensors mounted on the load/unload sensor
board.

When a carrier is inserted into a section, the carrier present flag activates the sensors, indicating the presence of the carrier and whether it
is fully seated in the section or partially loaded.

Load/Unload Sensor Boards

There are four load/unload sensor boards that correspond to the four bays. The boards are connected in a daisy chain with a termination
connector at the end of the chain.
Note The load/unload sensor boards are not compatible with the i1000 load/unload sensor boards.

Light emitting diodes (LEDs) attached to the load/unload sensor boards indicate the state of each section to the operator.
• Indicators off - no sample carrier is loaded in the section
• Green (steady) - sample carrier is loaded, but processing has not begun. Samples can be accessed
• Amber (steady) - sample carrier is processing and cannot be accessed
• Green (blinking) - processing is complete and the sample carrier can be accessed
• Amber and green (alternating) - bar code scan or other error occurred. Carrier can be accessed
• Blue- indicates that the section has been configured for priority processing
- Up to 7 sections can be configured for priority processing on a stand-alone c4000 RSH
- Up to10 sections can be configured for priority processing on a ci4100 integrated system
Carrier Transport
The carrier transport is a robotic device that interacts with the load/unload platform, bar code reader and the carrier positioner. The carrier
transport assembly moves along the length of the load unload platform, riding on a linear rail guide. It interacts with each section to pick up
the sample carrier, move it to the bar code reader and then place the carrier on the carrier positioner. It also returns sample carriers from
the carrier positioner to the load/unload platform for removal.

Carrier Transport Front

• Picker Arm: attaches to theta shaft, supports and retains the carrier during pick and place operations
• Rail Guide Sensor: sensor in picker arm that detects the presence of a sample carrier
• Theta Motor, Encoder and Shaft: moves carriers in theta axis during pick and place operations
• Z- Motor, Encoder, Shaft and Sensor: moves carriers in the Z (vertical) direction, raising and lowering carriers during pick and
place operations
• X- Motor and Encoder: drives the carrier transport along the rail guide in the x axis
• Flex Chain Connectors: the flex chain contains two cables that provide the control and power signal information between the
carrier transport board and the RSH distribution board.

Carrier Transport Rear

• Carrier Transport PCB: printed circuit board mounted to the carrier transport frame that interfaces all transport assembly motor
and sensor signals to the RSH distribution board via the flex chain cables.
• Carrier Positioner Carrier Detect Sensor- senses the presence of a carrier on the Carrier Positioner.
• X Motor Gear and Rollers- moves the Carrier Transport horizontally along the rail assembly.

1 Rail
2 Roller
3 X Motor
4 X Motor Gear
5 Gear engages teeth under rail
Carrier Positioner
The carrier positioner moves the sample carrier into position for sample aspiration by the processing module sample pipettor.
The carrier positioner consists of the following major components:
• Positioner Tray (contains three pockets)- attached to the slide rail. Each pocket holds one sample carrier
• Carrier Positioner Motor- gear moves the positioner tray along the slide rail
• Carrier Positioner PCB: interfaces the carrier positioner motor and sensor to the RSH Card Cage.

RSH Distribution Board

The RSH distribution board is mounted to the left RSH support, behind a protective cover.
It provides the interface circuitry between the RSH card cage and the following:
• Carrier Transport PCB (via the flex chain)- stepper motors and sensor signals
• Load/unload board sensors and LED indicators
• Bar code reader signals

1 Flex Chain Connectors at Carrier Transport
2 Bar Code Reader
3 Distribution Board
4 Connector for Load/Unload Boards
5 Flex Chain Connectors at RSH Distribution Board
Bar Code Reader

The bar code reader mounts to the left support and scans sample carrier ID bar codes and sample ID bar codes.
Bar Code Symbologies:
• Codabar (checksum is user configurable)
• Code 3 of 9 (checksum is user configurable)
• Interleaved 2 of 5 (checksum is user configurable)
Code 128 subset A, B, and C (checksum is always enabled)

Functional Diagram Links
RSH Distribution Board 7A_9033a
RSH Card Cage

The RSH card cage is located on the right side of the c4000 processing module. It contains the Motor Driver Board, Controller Board,
Indexer Board and Card Cage Back Plane.

Major components of the RSH card cage are:
• Card cage fans- forces air downward through the card cage in order to dissipate heat generated by the RSH card cage PCBs
• Card Cage Backplane- interface for +5VDC, +12VDC, +36VDC power, analog, and digital signals connecting the RSH Card Cage
to the system power supply, SCC, and the electronic devices of the RSH
• Controller Board- CPU controller for the RSH
• Indexer Board- provides motor control data (speed, direction and power)
• Motor Driver Board- provides the drive current to the stepper motor windings.
Integrated ci4100 RSH
Overview

1 cRSH
2 iRSH
3 SCC

The integrated ci4100 RSH consists of the cRSH (c4000 RSH) and iRSH (i1000SR RSH) connected by a long transport rail and platform
bridge. Both the cRSH and iRSH are manufactured by Toshiba.
The iRSH is manufactured by Toshiba and is not the same as the stand alone i1000SR RSH manufactured by Abbott.
The integrated ci4100 RSH receives power and control signals from the c4000 module Main Power Supply and c4000 module RSH Card
Cage. The SCC is located inside the i1000SR module.

System cRSH iRSH
c4000 Toshiba N/A
i1000SR N/A Abbott
ci4100 Toshiba Toshiba

When integrating a new c4000 and a new i1000SR, the i1000SR will arrive without the Abbott RSH. The Toshiba add on iRSH will be
installed on the i1000SR module.
When integrating a new c4000 with an existing i1000SR, the i1000SR RSH will be removed, discarded and replaced with the Toshiba add-
on iRSH.

Hardware Description
1 RSH Distribution Board

There are four bays on the load/unload platform of the cRSH (bays 1-4). Each bay contains five sections. There are a total of 20 sections
separated by partitions. Each section accommodates one sample carrier.

The cRSH is essentially the same as the stand alone c4000 RSH except for the following:
• The bar code reader is moved to the iRSH
• The transport rail is longer
• The flex chain is longer
• The cRSH Load/Unload Sensor Boards are connected in a daisy chain to the iRSH Load/Unload Sensor Boards. The terminator is
installed on the last iRSH Load/Unload Sensor Board.
Note The cRSH and iRSH Load/Unload Sensor Boards and Load/Unload Platforms are not compatible.

1 Bar Code Reader
2 Bottle Spinner

There are four bays on the load/unload platform of the iRSH (bays 5-8). Each bay contains four sections. There are a total of 16 sections
separated by partitions. Each section accommodates one sample carrier or reagent carrier. The bar code reader and bottle spinner is located
on the iRSH.
ci4100 RSH Card Cage and Power Supply

The card cage for the ci4100 RSH is located on the right side of the c4000 processing module. It is the same RSH card cage that is used on
the stand alone c4000 system.
The Main Power Supply in the c4000 module supplies the +5VDC, +12VDC, and+36VDC power for the ci4100 RSH.
ci4100 RSH Sample Processing

Samples, in primary tubes or sample cups, are placed in sample carriers. The sample carriers are then inserted into sections on the load
unload platform. Carriers in the priority sections are processed first, in the order they were inserted, followed by carriers loaded in the routine
sections. The user can configure up to ten priority sections on the ci4100 RSH.
Once sample carriers are loaded onto the load unload platform, the following occurs:
• The carrier transport (CT) moves to the first carrier and picks it up out of the section. The system software and the carrier
detection sensors have already determined which sections contain reagent carriers and which contain sample carriers. The system
software prioritizes the processing order of the carriers.
• The CT moves the carrier to the barcode reader where the carrier ID and sample IDs are scanned. The CT then returns the carrier
to its original section.
• Based on the SID scanned, the system determines whether a test order request exists for each sample in the carrier. If test orders
exist, the CT picks up the carrier and places it on the i1000SR Aspiration Platform or c4000 Carrier Positioner. Module optimization
software determines the processing order for each test requested on that carrier.
• The pipettor aspirates from each sample, as determined by the optimization (scheduling) software. Once sample aspiration is
complete for all samples in the carrier, the CT moves the carrier back to the load unload platform.
• Blinking green indicator lights on the load unload platform indicate that sample aspiration for all samples on that carrier has been
completed and the carrier can be removed by the operator.
ci4100 RSH Reagent Processing

The i1000SR reagent kits are loaded onto the i1000SR reagent carousel through the load unload platform in an automated process. Kits are
loaded on reagent carriers. Each carrier has a specific, color-coded seat for each type of reagent bottle. The microparticle bottle position is a
rotating seat, connected to a cogwheel.
This cogwheel engages with the bottle rotator at the bar code reader scan position so that when a reagent carrier is presented for scanning,
the microparticle bottle is rotated in front of the bar code reader beam, allowing a successful label read.
When a reagent kit is presented to the load unload platform for loading, the system software determines when an acceptable timing
opportunity exists in between sample processing, to allow the reagent to be loaded without interrupting the lockstep routine.
Upon initiation of the reagent loading, the carrier transport picks up the reagent carrier and moves it to the bar code read position. The CT
lowers the carrier until the microparticle seat cogwheel engages with the spinning bottle rotator disk. All 3 bottle positions are then scanned.
If a valid read is obtained, the carrier transport then moves the reagent carrier to the reagent carousel load position and loads it on the
carousel.
The system software automatically schedules an empty reagent kit or a kit with LLS failure for unloading. When there is a timing opportunity
as determined by the software, the carrier transport picks up the reagent carrier from the reagent carousel and moves it back to the load
unload platform for removal by the operator.

Functional Diagram Links Link
RSH Block Diagram 7A_9033a
Detailed Top Level 7A_9034a
General Top Level 7A_9035a
Distribution Board Diagram 7A_9036a
Carrier Transport PCB 7A_9037a
Carrier Positioner PCB 7A_9038a
c4000 Load Platform 7A_9039a
ci4100 RSH Extension 7A_9040a
Load/Unload Board 7A_9041a
Reagent Door and Top Cover Sensors 7A_9045a
M&D/Procedure Description
M&D 1114 Carrier Transport - Calibrates the Transport with relation to the Load/Unload Platform.
- Calibrates the Transport and Positioner relationship.
- Calibrates Theta pick and place.
M&D 3240 Bar Code Calibration - Calibrates the barcode read position.
M&D 1120 Sample Pipettor Calibration - Calibrates the sample probe to the target tool on the carrier
positioner.
Measurement
Measurement
Measurement
System Control Center (SCC) Overview
Operating System and User Interface
The System Control Center (SCC) provides a centralized interface through which the operator can control the processing module and RSH
via Ethernet connection. The SCC utilizes WINDOWS 2000 operating system. The customer user interface is Abbott proprietary software.
• Base Configuration- loads the Windows 2000 operating system.
• Application software- loads the customer user interface.
SCC Technical Information

Refer to the ARCHITECT c4000 Operations Manual for information regarding:
• Software interface
• Snapshot screen
• Log on
• Screens, windows, messages, prompts and refresh buttons
• Software navigation
Refer to the c4000 Instrument Service Advisories (ISAs) for the latest information regarding:
• SCC Platform types
• Unpacking instructions
• Cable connections.
Refer to the ARCHITECT c4000 Service & Support Manual for information regarding:
• Monitor support arm installation
• Touch screen monitor installation
• SCC hardware and cabling installation
• SCC installation verification
Refer to the c4000 Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) for the latest information regarding:
• Base Configuration software and installation instructions
• Application software and installation instructions (upgrades and new system installs)
• Module configuration instructions
• Verification and editing of SCC BIOS Parameters
• SCC Disaster recovery
• SCC Intel Active Monitoring
SCC Interface Diagrams

Functional Diagram Links Link
c4000 SCC Interface Diagram 7A_9042a
ci4100 SCC Interface Diagram 7A_9043a
rights reserved.
Card Cage

Links
AC/DC Controller
CPU
DAQ
Main Card Cage
MECH LED
New Style MECH LED
PM
SMC
SM AC/DC
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-122) • © 2009 • 2014 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered
AC/DC Controller
The AC/DC-Cont-C (controller) board controls AC motors and magnetic DC valves. The board provides monitoring (at test point), and
adjustment (via variable resistors) for the temperature sensors. Power supply voltages (VDC) are monitored:
• +5
• ±15
• +12
• +11.5V
• +24VDC

AC/DC Controller Board (side view)
S1 & S2 Switch Settings

Switch Function Setting
S1-1 UNUSED OFF
S1-2 UNUSED OFF
S1-3 UNUSED OFF
S1-4 UNUSED OFF
S1-5 UNUSED OFF
S1-6 UNUSED OFF
S1-7 UNUSED OFF
S1-8 UNUSED OFF
S2-1 New Style CPU with Flash Memory ON
S2-2 UNUSED OFF
S2-3 UNUSED OFF
S2-4 UNUSED OFF
S2-5 UNUSED OFF

S2-6 UNUSED OFF
S2-7 UNUSED OFF
S2-8 c4000 ON
AC/DC Controller Board (end view)
AC/DC Block Diagram
1 Control EPLD The control EPLD (Electrically Programmable Logic Device) includes the drive circuits
for the AC motors and DC valves; contains a majority logic circuit for the sensor input,
a sensor and status input register; and interfaces these circuits to the bus.
2 Temperature measurement circuit Temperature information form the temperature sensors is input to this circuit (8-bit
A/D converter. This circuit supports five temperature sensors: for the water bath, for
the reagent supply center 1, for the reagent supply center 2, for the sample carousel,
and the internal temperature sensor. (See Temperature Sensor Adjustment.)
3 Power Supply Voltage Monitoring Circuit This circuit monitors six voltage levels to allow the host CPU to determine whether
each power supply has reached the minimum specified voltage. (See Power Supply
Monitored Detection Voltages.)
4 Other Output Circuits In addition to the circuits mentioned above, the AC/DC Controller board includes the
mixer driver interface circuit, LED drive circuit, and buzzer.
5 General Purpose DIPSW This is a general purpose DIPSW input port used during development. (all switches
should be in the down position)
6 General Purpose LED This is a general purpose LED display port used during development.
7 Reset Circuit The reset circuit outputs the reset signal to each circuit when the power is turned ON
or the reset SW is activated.
8 PCI Interface Circuit This circuit controls the interface bus with the host CPU. This circuit uses an EPLD.
9 Power ON LED This green LED lights when the+5VDC power is supplied.
Temperature Sensor Adjustment

VR No. Temperature Sensor Code
VR1 Reagent Supply Center No. 1 R1CTEMP
VR2 Reagent Supply Center No. 2 R2CTEMP
VR3 Sample Carousel ISTEMP
VR4 Internal Temperature IVRSTR
VR5 Water Bath Temperature BATHTEMP
Temperature Sensor Adjustment Test Pins

TP No Test Point TP No Test Point
TP3 R1 Reagent Temp Sensor (R1CTEMP) Input Voltage TP1 R1CTEMP, R2CTEMP REF Voltage (5V)
TP4 R2 Reagent Temp Sensor (R2CTEMP) Input Voltage TP2 R1CTEMP, R2CTEMP VF/2 Input (2.5V)
TP7 Sample Carousel Temp Sensor (ISTEMP) Input Sensor TP5 ISTEMP, IVRSTR REF Voltage (5V)
TP8 Water Bath Cooling Temp Sensor (IVRSTR) Input Voltage TP6 ISTEMP, IVRSTR VR/2 Input (2.5V)
TP11 Bath Temp Sensor (BATHTEMP) Input Voltage TP9 BATHTEMP REF Voltage Output (5V)
TP25 GND TP10 BATHTEMP REF VF/2 Input (2.5V)
Power Supply Monitored Detection Voltages

Monitoring voltage Detection voltage
+5 VDC +4.75 to +4.85 (V)
+15 VDC +13.58 to +14.42 (V)
-15 VDC -13.58 to -14.42 (V)
+12 VDC +10.77 to +11.43 (V)
+11.5 VDC +10.49 to +11.12 (V)
+24 VDC +21.84 to +23.18 (V)

AC/DC Controller
PCI Bus Interface Connectors (J1/J2)

22 GA4 GA3 GA2 GA2 GA0 GND J2

Connector
21 CLK6 GND RSV RSV RSV GND
20 CLK5 GND RSV GND RSV GND
19 GND GND RSV RSV RSV GND
18 BRSVP2A18 BRSVP2B18 BRSVP2C18 GND BRSVP2E18 GND
17 BRSVP2A17 GND PRST# REQ6# GNT6# GND
16 BRSVP2A16 BRSVP2B16 DEG# GND BRSVP2E16 GND
15 BRSVP2A15 GND FAL# REQ5# GNT5# GND
14 AD[35] AD[34] AD[33] GND AD[32] GND
13 AD[38] GND V(I/O) AD[37] AD[36] GND
12 AD[42] AD[41] AD[40] GND AD[39] GND
10 AD[49] AD[48] AD[47] GND AD[46] GND
8 AD[56] AD[55] AD[54] GND AD[53] GND
6 AD[63] AD[62] AD[61] GND AD[60] GND
5 C/BE[5]# GND V(I/O) C/BE[4]# PAR64 GND
4 V(I/O) BRSVP2B4 C/BE[7]# GND C/BE[6]# GND
3 CLK4 GND GNT3# REQ4# GNT4# GND
2 CLK2 CLK3 SYSEN# GNT2# REQ3# GND
1 CLK1 GND REQ1# GNT1# REQ2# GND
25 5V REQ64# ENUM# 3.3V 5V GND J1

Connector
24 AD[1] 5V V(I/O) AD[0] ACK64# GND

23 3.3V AD[4] AD[3] 5V AD[2] GND
22 AD[7] GND 3.3V AD[6] AD[5] GND
21 3.3V AD[9] AD[8] M66EN C/BE[0]# GND
19 3.3V AD[15] AD[14] GND AD[13] GND
18 SERR# GND 3.3V PAR C/BE[1]# GND
17 3.3V SDONE SBO# GND PERR# GND
16 DEVSEL# GND V(I/O) STOP# LOCK# GND
15 3.3V FRAME# IRDY# GND TRDY# GND
14 KEY AREA
13
12
11 AD[[18] AD[17] AD[16] GND C/BE[2]# GND
10 AD[21] GND 3.3V AD[20] AD[19] GND
9 C/BE[3]# IDSEL AD[23] GND AD[22] GND
7 AD[30] AD[29] AD[28] GND AD[27] GND

6 REQ# GND 3.3V CLK AD[31] GND
5 BRSVP1A5 BRSVP1B5 RST# GND GNT# GND
4 BRSVP1A4 GND V(I/O) INTP INTS GND
3 INTA# INTB# INTC# 5V INTD# GND
2 TCK 5V TMS TDO TDI GND
1 5V -12V TRST# +12V 5V GND
Pin No A B C D E F
Motor Driver Signals and Sensors Pin Assignments (J4/J5) A and B

Pin Signal Name Symbol Value I/O Pin Signal Name Symbol Value I/O
A22 +24V +24V I B22 +24V +24V I J5

Connector
A21 +12V +12V I B21 +12V +12V I
A20 +11.5V +11.5V I B20 +11.5V +11.5V I
A19 +15V +15V I B19 +15V +15V I
A18 +15V +15V I B18 +15V +15V I
A17 AGND AGND I B17 AGND AGND I
A16 AGND AGND I B16 AGND AGND I
A15 Water Bath IVRSTR- AI B15 Sample Carousel ISTEMP- AI

Cooling Temp Temp Sensor (-)
Sensor (-)
A14 Water Bath IVRSTR+ AI B14 Sample Carousel ISTEMP+ AI

Cooling Temp Temp Sensor (+)
Sensor (+)
A13 GND GND I B13 GND GND I
A10 +5V +5V I B10 +5V +5V I
A09 +5V +5V I B09 +5V +5V I
A08 Cell Wash CW WSMUP L O B08 AC Motor Spare1 AUX1UP L O

Signal CW Signal
A07 Cell Wash CCW WSMDOWN L O B07 AC Motor Spare1 AUX1DOWN L O

Signal CCW Signal
A06 Cell Wash Brake WSMBK L O B06 AC Motor Spare1 AUX1BK L O

Signal Brake Signal
A05 Stirrer Up/Down STEMUP L O B05 Wash Pump DPMUD L O

CW Signal Rotate Signal
A04 Stirrer Up/Down STEMDOWN L O B04 Wash Pump DPMBK L O

CCW Signal Brake Signal
A03 Stirrer Up/Down STEMBK L O B03 Cell Wash Pump CWPMUD L O

Brake Signal Rotate Signal
A02 Probe Wash PWPMUP L O B02 Cell Wash Pump CWPMBK L O

Pump CW Signal Brake Signal
A01 Probe Wash PWPMDOWN L O B01 HCW Pump TWPMUD L O J4

Pump CCW Rotate Signal Connector
Signal
A25 Probe Wash PWPMBK L O B25 HCW Pump TWPMBK L O

Pump Brake Brake Signal
Signal
A24 B24 B3 Empty Sensor

(SS)
A23 Outside PS DALARMV I B23 B14 Empty

(+12V) Sensor (SS)
A22 Degasser Vac DALARM L I B22 MCBC Empty

Tank Error Sensor (SS)
A21 B21 Spare Sensor
A20 B20 B3 Empty Sensor
A19 B14 Empty ESB14 H I B19 IS-LUI Push ISSW L I

Sensor Switch
A18 Wash Unit Level FFS5 L I B18 Sample Carousel ISCVROK L I

Sensor 5 Cover Sensor
A17 Wash Unit Level FFS2 L I B17 Wash Unit Water FFS3 L I
Sensor 2 Level Sensor 3
A16 R2 Supply Cover R2CCVROK L I B16 R1 Supply Cover R1CCVROK L I

Sensor Sensor
A15 Spare DC Motor AUXMUP H I B15 Cuvette Water BATHLVL L I

UP SENSOR Level Sensor
14 KEY AREA
13
12
A11 AC Motor Spare AC2UP H I B11 AC Motor Spare AC2DOWN H I

2 UP SENSOR 2 Down Sensor
A10 AC Motor Spare AC1DOWN H I B10 AC Motor Spare AC1OK H I

1 DOWN 1 DOWN OK
SENSOR SENSOR
A09 ISE Ref Pump IMPUP H I B09 AC Motor Spare AC1UP H I

UP SENSOR 1 UP SENSOR
A08 ISE Ref Pump ISPUP H I B08 ISE Ref Pump ISPDOWN H I
UP SENSOR DOWN SENSOR
A07 HCW Pump UP TWPUP H I B07 HCW Pump TWPDOWN H I

SENSOR DOWN SENSOR
A06 Probe Wash PWPUP H I B06 Probe Wash PWPDOWN H I

Pump OK Sensor Pump DOWN
SENSOR
A05 Cell Wash Pump CWPUP H I B05 Cell Wash Pump CWPDOWN H I
OK Sensor DOWN SENSOR
A04 Wash Pump UP DPUP H I B04 Wash Pump DPDOWN H I

SENSOR DOWN SENSOR
A03 Stirrer STEDOWN H I B03 Stirrer DOWN OK STEDOK H I

UP/DOWN SENSOR
SENSOR
A02 Cell Wash WSDOWNOK H I B02 Stirrer Up/Down STEUP H I

DOWN OK OK Sensor
SENSOR
A01 Cell Wash UP WSUP H I B01 Cell Wash WSDOWN H I

SENSOR DOWN SENSOR
Motor Driver Signals and Sensors Pin Assignments (J4/J5) C and D

C22 D22 GND (+24V) GND(+24V) I
C21 D21 GND (+12V) GND(+12V) I

C20 D20 GND (+11.5V) GND(+11.5V) I
C19 D19 -15V -15V I
C18 D18 -15V -15V I
C17 D17 AGND AGND I
C16 D16 AGND AGND I
C15 R2 Supply Temp R2CTEMP- AI D15 R1 Supply Temp R1CTEMP- AI

Sensor (-) Sensor (-)
C14 R2 Supply Temp R2CTEMP+ AI D14 R1 Supply Temp R1CTEMP+ Ai

Sensor (+) Sensor (+)
C13 GND GND I D13 GND GND I
C10 +5V +5V I D10 +5V +5V I
C09 +5V +5V I D09 +5V +5V I
C08 ISE Ref Pump ISPMUD L O D08 Power Save Relay1 MC1ON L O
Rotate Signal ON Signal
C07 ISE Ref Pump ISPMBK L O D07 Power Save Relay2 MC2ON L O
Brake Signal ON Signal
C06 ISE Ref Pump IMPMUD L O D06 AC Motor Spare 3 ON AUX3ON L O

Rotate Signal Signal
C05 ISE Ref Pump IMPMBK L O D05 ISE Asp Pump Valve ISPVON L O
Brake Signal
C04 AC Motor Spare 2 AUX2UD L O D04 DI Valve 1 FV1ON L O

Rotate Signal
C03 AC Motor Spare 2 AUX2BK L O D03 DI Valve 2 FV2ON L O

Brake Signal
C02 Cell Wash Vac CWPMON L O D02 DI Valve 3 FV3ON L O

Pump ON Signal
C01 Cell Dryer Vac CDVPMON L O D01 DI Valve 4 FV4ON L O

Pump ON Signal
C25 DI Supply Pump FP1ON L O D25 DI Valve 5 FV5ON L O

1ON Signal
C24 DI Supply Pump FP2ON L O D24

2ON Signal
C23 D23
C22 ISLSW Switch ISLSW L I D22
C21 Spare Sensor 2 AUXSW2 L I D21

C20 Sample Cup CUPSNSRO L I D20
Sensor C/C
C19 MCC Empty ESMCC H I D19

Sensor
C18 Drain Tank Float DTF L I D18

SW
C17 Wash Unit Level FFS4 L I D17

Sensor 4
C16 Wash Unit Level FFS1 L I D16 Water Bath Heater ON IHTRON L O
Sensor Signal
C15 Spare DC Motor AUXMDOWN H I D15 Water Bath Pump ON IPMON L O

Down Sensor Signal
14 KEY AREA
13
12
C11 Status Indicator CPULED14 L O D11 Status Indicator LED CPULED15 L O

LED 14 15

LED 12 13

LED 10 11
C08 Status Indicator CPULED8 L O D08 Status Indicator LED 9 CPULED9 L O

LED 8

LED 6

LED 4

LED 2

LED 0
C03 Spare LED 1 AUXLED1 L O D03 Spare LED 2 AUXLED2 L

C02 IS-LUI LED1 ISLUILED1 L O D02 IS-LUI LED2 ISLUILED2 L O
C01 Disk Sampler ISLED1 L O D01 Disk Sampler LED2 ISLED2 L O

LED1
Motor Driver Signals and Sensors Pin Assignments (J4/J5) E and F

E22 GND (+24V) GND(+24V) I F22 GND
E21 GND (+12V) GND(+12V) I F21 GND
E20 GND (+11.5V) GND(+11.5V) I F20 GND
E19 -15V -15V I F19 GND
E18 -15V -15V I F18 GND
E17 AGND AGND I F17 GND
E16 AGND AGND I F16 GND
E15 Cuvette Temp Sensor (-) BATHTMP- AI F15 GND
E14 Cuvette Temp Sensor (+) BATHTMP+ F14 GND
E13 GND GND I F13 GND
E10 +5V +5V I F10 GND
E09 +5V +5V I F09 GND
E08 Cell Wash Valve ON Signal CWON L O F08 GND
E07 Alkaline Wash Valve ON Signal DTVB14ON L O F07 GND
E06 Acid Wash Valve ON Signal DTVB3ON L O F06 GND
E05 Vac Pump Valve ON Signal DRYVON L O F05 GND
E04 Sampling Pump Valve ON SPVON L O F04 GND

Signal
E03 Reagent Pump1 Valve ON RP1VON L O F03 GND

Signal
E02 Reagent Pump2 Valve ON RP2VON L O F02 GND

Signal
E01 Dryer Probe Individual ON WSSOLEON L O F01 GND

Signal
E25 DC Value Spare Valve ON AUXVON L O F25 GND

Signal
E24 DC Motor Spare Out CW Signal AUXMCW L O F24 GND
E23 DC Motor Spare Out CCW AUXMCCW L O F23 GND

Signal
E22 F22 GND
E21 Buzzer ON Signal BUZZER L O F21 GND
E20 F20 GND
E19 F19 GND
E18 F18 GND
E17 Water Bath Cooling Fan ON IFANON L O F17 GND

Signal
E16 Water Bath Waste Valve ON IMVOPEN L O F16 GND

Signal
E15 Water Bath Waste Valve Close IMVSHUT L O F15 GND

ON Signal
14 KEY AREA
13
12
E11 External +5V +5V (IN) I F11 GND
E10 Stirrer Cont ST2BUSY1Signal ST2BUSY1 L I F10 GND
E09 Stirrer Cont ST2BUSYOSignal ST2BUSY0 L I F09 GND
E06 Stirrer Cont ST2CLRSignal ST2CLR L O F06 GND
E05 Stirrer Cont ST2SCANSignal ST2SCAN L O F05 GND
E04 Stirrer Cont ST2ONSignal ST2ON L O F04 GND
E03 Stirrer Cont ST1CLRSignal ST1CLR L O F03 GND
E02 Stirrer Cont ST1SCANSignal ST1SCAN L O F02 GND
E01 Stirrer Cont ST1ONSignale ST1ON L O F01 GND
Front Panel Interface Connector (CNN1) Connector Pin Map

Pin Pin Signal

Signal Name Symbol Value I/O Symbol Value I/O
No No Name
1 Cell Wash UP SENSOR WSUP L O 26 R1 Supply Cover R1CCVROK L O

Sensor
2 Cell Wash DOWN WSDOWN L O 27 R2 Supply Cover R2CCVROK L O

SENSOR Sensor
3 Cell Wash DOWN OK WSDOWNOK L O 28 Wash Unit Level FFS1 L O

SENSOR Sensor 1
4 Stirrer Up/Down UP STEUP L O 29 Wash Unit Level FFS2 L O

SENSOR Sensor 2
5 Stirrer Up/Down DOWN STEDOWN L O 30 Wash Unit Level FFS3 L O

SENSOR Sensor 3
6 Stirrer Up/Down DOWN STEDOK L O 31 Wash Unit Level FFS4 L O

OK SENSOR Sensor 4
7 Wash Pump UP DPUP L O 32 Wash Unit Level FFS5 L O

SENSOR Sensor 5
8 Wash Pump DOWN DPDOWN L O 33 Round Cover ISCVROK L O

SENSOR Sampler Sensor
9 Cell Wash Pump UP CWPUP L O 34 Drain Tank Float DTF L O

SENSOR SW
10 Cell Wash Pump DOWN CWPDOWN L O 35 Degasser Vac DALARM L O

SENSOR Tank Error
11 Probe Wash Pump UP PWPUP L O 36 IS-LUI Push ISSW L O

SENSOR Switch
12 Probe Wash Pump PWPDOWN L O 37 MCC Empty ESMCC L O

DOWN SENSOR Sensor
13 HCW Pump UP SENSOR TWPUP L O 38 B14 Empty ESB14 L O

Sensor
14 HCW Pump DOWN TWPDOWN L O 39 B3 Empty ESB3 L O

SENSOR Sensor
15 ISE ASP Pump UP ISPUP L O 40 Sample Cup CUPSNSR1 L O

SENSOR Sensor C/C
16 ISE ASP Pump DOWN ISPDOWN L O 41 Sample Cup CUPSNSR0 L O

SENSOR Sensor STAT
17 ISE Ref Pump UP IMPUP L O 42 Spare Sensor 1 AUXSW1 L O

SENSOR
18 Spare 1 UP SENSOR AC1UP L O 43 Spare Sensor 2 AUXSW2 L O
19 Spare 1 DOWN SENSOR AC1DOWN L O 44 MCC Empty ESMCCSS L O

Sensor (SS)
20 Spare 2 DOWN OK AC1OK L O 45 B14 Empty ESB14SS L O

SENSOR Sensor (SS)
21 Spare 2 UP SENSOR AC2UP L O 46 B3 Empty ESB3SS L O

Sensor (SS)
22 Spare 2 DOWN SENSOR AC2DOWN L O 47 Power +5V O
23 DC Motor Spare UP AUXMUP L O 48 Power +5V O

SENSOR
24 DC Motor Spare DOWN AUXMDOWN L O 49 Power +5V O

SENSOR
25 Cuvette Water Level BATHLVL` L O 50 Power +5V O

Sensor
Connector CNN2 Pin Map (Connector is located at the front side of the connector board and provides the signal for multi purpose LED)

Pin No Signal Name Symbol Value I/O
1 Multipurpose LED 00bit LEDOUT00 L O
5 Power +5V O
6 Power GND O
AC/DC CN1 Connector (True Value = Low)

Pin No. Signal Name Code Pin No. Signal Name Code
1 Cuvette washer UP sensor WSUP 26 Reagent supply center 1 cover sensor R1CCVROK
2 Cuvette washer DOWN sensor WSDOWN 27 Reagent supply center 2 cover sensor R2CCVROK
3 Cuvette washer DOWN OK sensor WSDOWNOK 28 FFS1
4 Mixer elevator UP sensor STEUP 29 Water tank upper limit float switch FFS2
5 Mixer elevator DOWN sensor STEDOWN 30 Water tank level high float switch FFS3
6 Mixer elevator DOWN OK sensor STEDOK 31 Water tank level low float switch FFS4
7 Wash solution pump UP sensor DPUP 32 FFS5
8 Wash solution pump DOWN sensor DPDOWN 33 Sample carousel cover switch ISCVROK
9 Cuvette wash pump UP sensor CWPUP 34 Low Concentration waste tank level DTF
high float switch
10 Cuvette wash pump DOWN sensor CWPDOWN 35 Degasser vacuum tank abnormal DALARM
sensor
11 Inner probe wash pump UP sensor PWPUP 36 IS LUI ISSW
12 Inner probe wash pump DOWN PWPDOWN 37 ICT reference solution empty sensor ESMCC
sensor
13 H.C. waste pump UP sensor TWPUP 38 Alkaline bulk solution empty sensor ESB14
14 H.C. waste pump DOWN sensor TWPDOWN 39 Acid bulk solution empty sensor ESB3
15 ICT aspiration pump UP sensor ISPUP 40 C/C CUPSNSR1
16 ICT aspiration pump DOWN sensor ISPDOWN 41 STAT CUPSNSR0
17 ICT reference solution pump UP IMPUP 42 Sample carousel pause switch AUXSW1
sensor
18 AC1UP 43 Sample carousel scan switch AUXSW2
19 AC1DOWN 44 MCC (SS) ESMCCSS
20 AC11OK 45 B14 (SS) ESB14SS
21 AC2UP 46 B3 (SS) ESB3SS
22 AC2DOWN 47 Power supply +5VDC
23 AUXMUP 48 Power supply +5VDC
24 AUXMDOWN 49 Power supply +5VDC
25 Water bath level sensor BATHLVL 50 Power supply +5VDC
CPU
CPU Board
Component Description
1 Compact Flash Memory
2 INTEL Celeron 566MHz CPU
3 Phoenix BIOS ROM
CPU Board Specifications
Note When installing a CPU Board with flash memory [1], verify the AC/DC Controller Board is jumpered correctly. S2 switch one
(1), located on the AC/DC Controller Board, is in the ON position for a CPU with Flash Memory and OFF for a CPU with Disk
On Chip.
Processor CPU [2] Intel Celeron 566MHz
CHIPSET Intel 815E
Memory Secondary cache Pipeline burst SRAM 256 KB (512 MB maximum)
System memory 3.3 V SDRAM DIMM 32 MB (256 MB maximum)
BIOS ROM Phoenix BIOS [3]
Interface IDE interface Equipped with PCI ICE (1 channel), PIO modes 0 to 4 supported.
Capable of supporting Ultra DMA mode.
Floppy interface Equipped with a 3.5" FDD port (1 channel)
Serial Port (COM 1 & COM 2) Equipped with 16550 compatible port (2 channels, RS-232C
compliant.
Parallel Port (LPT) Equipped with a standard parallel port (1 channel) two way data
transfer supported.
Keyboard interface Equipped with a PS/2 keyboard

Ethernet interface Equipped with 10BASE-T or 100BASE-TX
Compact PCI bus interface Address/data bus: 32bit

Bus clock: 33 MHz
V (I/O): +5 VDC
Video interface (optional) Video RAM 2 MB

Display mode640 x 480, 16 colors/ 256 colors 1024 x 768, 256
colors/ 64 K colors
Front Panel Switch Generates NMI or reset signals
LED PWR (green) ON = +5 VDC

HDD (green) ON = HDD is accessed
LINK (green) ON = Ethernet link is enabled
ACT (yellow) ON = Ethernet transmit or receive
Environment Line voltage +5 VDC ± 5%
Current consumption 5 amps maximum (5 VDC)
Ambient temperature During operation = 0°C to 50° (forced air cooling with an air
velocity of 3 m/s must be provided)
During non-operation = -20°C to 70°C
Ambient humidity During operation = 10% to 90% (no condensing)
CPU Front Connectors
CPU Block Diagram

CPU Front Cover Connectors
1 Ethernet Cable from CPU
2 D-sub connector for CLI
3 High concentration waste tank connector
4 RSH ethernet cable

Connector Pin # Signal Name Reference
KB (Keyboard connector (PS/2 style keyboard) 1 DATA
2 RESERVED
3 GND
4 +5VDC
5 CLOCK
6 RESERVED
COM1 & COM2 (RS-232C serial ports) 1 Data Carrier Detect

2 Receive Data
3 Transmit Data
4 Data Terminal Ready
5 GND
6 Data Set Ready
7 Request to Send
8 Clear to Send
9 Ring Indicate
LPT (Standard parallel port connector) 1 STROBE

2 DATA BIT 0
3 DATA BIT 1
4 DATA BIT 2
5 DATA BIT 3
6 DATA BIT 4
7 DATA BIT 5
8 DATA BIT 6
9 DATA BIT 7
10 ACK
11 BUSY
12 PE
13 SLCT
14 AUTO FD TX
15 ERROR
16 INIT
17 SLCT IN
18 GND
19 GND
20 GND
21 GND
22 GND
23 GND
24 GND
25 GND
Video (optional - Video connector supports 1 RED

VGA or SVGA when video card present)
2 GREEN
3 BLUE
4 NOT CONNECTED
5 AGND
6 AGND
7 AGND
8 AGND
9 NOT CONNECTED
10 AGND
11 NOT CONNECTED
12 DDC_SDA
13 HSYNC
14 VSYNC
15 DDC_SCL
ETHERNET (Ethernet connector supports 1 TD+

CAT5 100 BASE-TX/10BASE-T)
2 TD-
3 RD+
4 RESERVED
5 RESERVED
6 RD-
7 RESERVED
8 RESERVED
NMI RESET (This switch generates a NMI to

restart the system)
PWR (This LED is on when the power is ON)
LINK (This LED is on when the system is linked

to an Ethernet)
HDD (This LED is on when the optional hard

drive is accessed)
ACT (This LED is on during Ethernet

transmissions or receptions)
rights reserved.
DAQ
The DAQ board collects optical and ICT (ISE) measurement data. The board incorporates the following functions and capabilities:
• 386EX Intel CPU
• 256 Kbytes SRAM for the 386EX Intel CPU
• 16 bit A/D Converter function
• 256 Kbytes SRAM for data exchange between 386EX Intel CPU and the host CPU
• Transfers data from the A/D converter to the host CPU through distraction present (DP) memory
• Monitors the +5VDC circuit - indicated by the green LED
• Flash memory (256 Kbytes) for application, boot, and diagnostic programs for the 386EX Intel CPU
• SRAM backup circuit lasts for 2 weeks

DAQ Board
DAQ Board Front Panel

CN1 Connector for recorder signals for electrodes (Na, K, and Cl).
Signal Assignment on CN1

S3, S4, & S5 Rotary switches used for channel selection, must be enabled by W2, W3 & W4.
Switches should be set to 0.
CN2 Debugging serial interface connector. The SIO built in the 386EX is connected
to this connector.
DS1 Debugging LED. PIOs (0 to 3 of port 1) built in the 386EX are connected to
these LEDs.
DS2 Power LED on when +5 VDC is supplied to this board.
S2 Debugging/boot selection switch. Refer to tables below for S2 switch default

settings.
S6 Status can be read by the register on the PCI bus. Set rotary switch to 1.
S1 Reset switch for 386EX on this board.
DAQ Bd 32 Switch Settings for P/N 7-93181-04 and lower revisions
Switch Setting
S2-1 OFF
S2-2 OFF
S2-3 OFF
S2-4 OFF
S2-5 ON
S2-6 ON
DAQ Bd 32 Switch Settings for P/N 7-93181-05 and higher revisions
Switch Setting
S2-1 OFF
S2-2 OFF
S2-3 OFF
S2-4 OFF
S2-5 OFF
S2-6 OFF
DAQ Block Diagram

1 386EX Transfers A/D converted data from analog circuit section to host CPU via DP RAM.
2 Voltage Monitoring Circuit Monitors +5 volts DC and outputs reset signals to each circuit.
3 Control Circuit (EPLD) Indicates EPLD (Electrically Programmable Logic Device) and controls the 386EX
CPU.
4 Flash Memory 1 For application programs and data for 386EX CPU. Memory size: 256 KB.
5 Flash Memory 2 For for boot and test programs for the 386EX CPU. Memory size: 256 KB.
6 SRAM Used by 386EX CPU. Memory size: 256 KB.
7 16-bit A/D Conversion Analog Section 16 channel analog input converted from analog to 16 bit digital.
8 PCI Target Interface Circuit. Slave interface circuit for compact PCI bus.
9 Arbitration Control (EPLD) Includes an EPLD and arbitrates access conflicts between 386EX CPU and host
CPU.
10 SRAM Used for data exchange between 386EX CPU and host CPU. Memory size is 256
KB. Circuit requires battery backup.
11 Backup Circuit Backup circuit for SRAM (10). The backup life is two weeks.
12 SIO Serial port accessed by the host CPU via the PCI bus. Has six channels.
13 LED and DIP Switch DIP switch and LED display are for use in development.
14 Power ON LED Power ON when +5 Volts DC power is supplied.
ICT Signals

Optics
Main Card Cage
Main Card Cage (access)
Card Cage (upper back plane board) (user I/O custom backplane)
Card Cage Backplane (upper terminal blocks)

Connector Function
CNN1 AC/DC DRV
CNN2 SMD
CNN3 SMD
CNN4 ISE
CNN5 Optics
CNN7 AC SENS
CNN8 SENS 232 LVL
CNN9 SM SENS
CNN12 BCR SHUT TRG
Card Cage (lower back plane board)
Main Card Cage Block Diagram A

Main Card Cage Block Diagram B

Card Cage Backplane Cable Functions

Card Cage Backplane Cable Diagram 7A_9009a.pdf
Card Cage Backplane Cable Functions

Destination Board and

Backplane Cable Card Cage Slot & Board Function
Connector
CNN1 Slot 6 AC/DC AC/DC Driver Bd CNN1 Pumps, Valves, AC Motors

Slot 5 SM AC/DC
CNN2 Slot 4 SMC SMD Bd CNN1 Motors (ISE, STR, Spl & Rgt Pumps, R1A
Slot 5 SM AC/DC Pip Arm)
CNN3 Slot 4 SMC SMD Bd CNN1

Slot 5 SM AC/DC
CNN4 Slot 1 DAQ ISE PRE Bd
CNN5 Slot 1 DAQ Photo Pre Amp Bd
CNN7 Slot 6 AC/DC CNN Bd CNN2 Sensors (Pumps Lids, Float Switches,
STR)
CNN8 Slot 5 SM AC/DC CNN Bd CNN4 “B”-Line Sensors,
Valve FB Sensors,
STR CUV Sensors
CNN9 Slot 4 SMC CNN Bd CNN3 “A”- Line Sensors,

Rgt 1 Crsl (Inner/Outer)
Rgt 2 Carsl (Inner)
CNN10 Slot 3 PM2 CNN Bd CNN25 Pressure Sensors

Wash Cup Sensors
CNN11 Slot 2 PM1 CNN Bd CNN22 Pressure Sensors

Wash Cup Sensors
CNN12 Slot 1 DAQ CNN Bd CNN21 BCR, LUI, CLI
CNN14 Slot 5 SM AC/DC CNN Bd CNN20, 21, 22 (not used)
Card Cage Backplane Cable Signals

CNN1 (To AC/DC Driver CN1)
SLOT Pin No Pin NO. Signal Name Active I/O Note
SLOT6 J5-A8 WSMUP 1 WS-UP L O Cell Wash

(AC/DC)
J5-A7 WSMDOWN 2 WS-DOWN L O
J5-A6 WSMBK 3 WS-BK L O
SLOT6 J5-A5 STEMUP 4 STRZ-UP L O Stirrer Up/Down

(AC/DC)
J5-A4 STEMDOWN 5 STRZ-DOWN L O
J5-A3 STEMBK 6 STRZ-BK L O
SLOT6 J5-A2 PWPMUP 7 PWP-UP L O Probe Wash Pump

(AC/DC) (Inner Wall) A
J5-A1 PWPMDOWN 8 PWP-DOWN L O
J4-A25 PWPMBK 9 PWP-BK L O
SLOT5 J4-E1 6 AC1UP(GH) 10 PWBP-UP L O Probe Wash Pump

(SM_AC/DC) (Inner Wall) B
J4-E1 7 AC1DOWN(PS) 11 PWBP-DOWN L O
(C16000 only)
J4-E1 8 AC1BK 12 PWBP-BK L O
SLOT6 J5-B8 AUX1UP 13 AUXAC1-CW L O AC Spare (CW/CCW)

(AC/DC)
J5-B7 AUX1DOWN 14 AUXAC1-CCW L O
J5-B6 AUX1BK 15 AUXAC1-BK L O
SLOT6 J5-B5 DPMUD 16 DTGP-ON L O Detergent Pump

(AC/DC)
J5-B4 DPMBK 17 DTGP-BK L O
SLOT6 J5-B3 CWPMUD 18 WCP-ON L O Cell Wash Pump

(AC/DC)
J5-B2 CWPMBK 19 WCP-BK L O
SLOT6 J5-C8 ISPMUD 20 ICTP-ON L O ISE Aspiration Pump

(AC/DC)
J5-C7 ISPMBK 21 ICTP-BK L O
SLOT6 J5-C6 IMPMUD 22 ICTR-ON L O ISE Reference Pump

(AC/DC)
J5-C5 IMPMBK 23 ICTR-BK L O
SLOT6 J5-C4 AUX2UD 24 AUXAC2-ON L O AC Spare (One way

(AC/DC) rotation)
J5-C3 AUX2BK 25 AUXAC2-BK L O
SLOT6 J5-C2 CWVPMON 26 VP2 L O LCW Vacuum Pump

(AC/DC) AB
J5-C1 CDVPMON 27 VP1 L O Cell Dryer Vacuum

Pump AB
SLOT6 J4-C25 FP1ON 28 TWMP L O DIW SUpply Pump1

(AC/DC) (Water Bath)
J4-C24 FP2ON 29 WPMP L O DIW Supply Pump2
(Outer Wall)
SLOT6 J5-D8 MC1ON 30 MC1 L O Freezer Power

(AC/DC) Control Relay
J5-D6 AUX3ON 31 AUXAC3-ON L O AC Spare (On/Off)
SLOT6 J5-D5 ISPVON 32 IAVP L O ISE Aspiration Pump

(AC/DC) Mag Valve
J5-D4 FV1ON 33 ESPV L O DIW Valve1 (S Outer

Wall)
J5-D3 FV2ON 34 ERPV L O DIW Valve2 (R Outer

Wall)
J5-D2 FV3ON 35 SWV L O DIW Valve3 (STR)
J5-D1 FV4ON 36 WBSV L O DIW Valve4 (Water

Bath Supply)
J4-D25 FV5ON 37 PWV L O DIW Valve5

(Pressurized DIW
Control)
SLOT6(AC/DC) J5-E8 CWVON 38 CWV L O Cell Wash Water

Valve
SLOT6(AC/DC) J5-E7 DTVB14ON 39 DTG1V L O ALK&ACID Detergent
Valve1
J5-E6 DTVB3ON 40 DTG2V L O ALK&ACID Detergent
Valve2
SLOT6(AC/DC) J5-E5 DRYVON 41 CDV L O Cell Dryer Vac Pump

Valve
SLOT6(AC/DC) J5-E4 SPVON 42 ISPV L O Sampling Pump A

Mag Valve
SLOT6(AC/DC) J5-E3 RP1VON 43 IR1PV L O Reagent Pump 1A

Mag Valve
SLOT6(AC/DC) J5-E2 RP2VON 44 IR2PV L O Reagent Pump 2A

Mag Valve
SLOT5(SM_AC/DC) J5-E3 DC1 45 ISPBV L O Sampling Pump B

Mag Valve (C16000
only)
SLOT5(SM_AC/DC) J5-E4 DC2 46 IR1BPV L O Reagent Pump 1B

Mag Valve (C16000
only)
SLOT5(SM_AC/DC) J5-E5 DC3 47 IR2BPV L O Reagent Pump 2B

Mag Valve (C16000
only)
SLOT6(AC/DC) J4-E21 BUZZER 48 BUZZER L O Buzzer
SLOT6(AC/DC) J4-E24 AUXMCW 49 IREF L O IREFCUP Sensor
SLOT6(AC/DC) J4-E25 AUXVON 50 AUXDC1 L O Spare Mag Valve
51 GND - O
52 GND - O
53
54
55 +5V - O
56 +5V - O
57 +5V - O
58 +5V - O
59 +5V - O
60 +5V - O
CNN2 (To SMD CN1)
SLOT4 J5-C3 IAAINA 1 IAHINA L O ISE Arm Rotation

(SMC) Motor
J5-C1 IAAINB 2 IAHINB L O
J5-C2 IAATDA 3 IAHTDA L O
J4-C25 IAATDB 4 IAHTDB L O
J4-C24 IAAHOLD 5 IAHHOLD L O
SLOT4 J5-C8 IAEINA 6 IAZINA L O ISE Arm Up/Down

(SMC) Motor
J5-C6 IAEINB 7 IAZINB L O
J5-C7 IAETDA 8 IAZTDA L O
J5-C5 IAETDB 9 IAZTDB L O
J5-C4 IAEHOLD 10 IAZHOLD L O
SLOT4 J4-C23 STA1INA 11 STR1HINA L O Stirrer 1A Horizontal

(SMC) Motor
J4-C21 STA1INB 12 STR1HINB L O
J4-C22 STA1TDA 13 STR1HTDA L O
J4-C20 STA1TDB 14 STR1HTDB L O
J4-C19 STA1HOLD 15 STR1HHOLD L O
SLOT4 J4-C18 STA2INA 16 STR2HINA L O Stirrer 2A Horizontal

(SMC) Motor
J4-C16 STA2INB 17 STR2HINB L O
J4-C17 STA2TDA 18 STR2HTDA L O
J4-C15 STA2TDB 19 STR2HTDB L O
J5-E17 STA2HOLD 20 STR2HHOLD L O
SLOT5 J4-A17 SM1INA 21 STR1BHINA L O Stirrer 1B Horizontal

(SM_AC/DC) Motor (C16000 only)
J4-A18 SM1INB 22 STR1BHINB L O
J4-A19 SM1TDA 23 STR1BHTDA L O
J4-A20 SM1TDB 24 STR1BHTDB L O
J4-A21 SM1HOLD 25 STR1BHHOLD L O
SLOT5 J4-A22 SM2INA 26 STR2BHINA L O Stirrer 2B Horizontal

J4-A23 SM2INB 27 STR2BHINB L O
J4-A24 SM2TDA 28 STR2BHTDA L O
J4-A25 SM2TDB 29 STR2BHTDB L O
J5-A1 SM2HOLD 30 STR2BHHOLD L O
SLOT4 J4-A20 SPINA 31 SPINA L O Sampling Pump A

(SMC) Up/Down Motor
J4-A18 SPINB 32 SPINB L O
J4-A19 SPTDA 33 SPTDA L O
J4-A17 SPTDB 34 SPTDB L O
J4-A16 SPHOLD 35 SPHOLD L O
SLOT5 J5-A4 SM4INA 36 SPBINA L O Sampling Pump B

(SM_AC/DC) Up/Down Motor
J5-A5 SM4INB 37 SPBINB L O
(C16000 only)
J5-A6 SM4TDA 38 SPBTDA L O
J5-A7 SM4TDB 39 SPBTDB L O
J5-A8 SM4HOLD 40 SPBHOLD L O

SLOT4 J4-A15 R1PINA 41 R1PINA L O R1 Pump A Up/Down
(SMC) Motor
J5-C16 R1PINB 42 R1PINB L O
J5-C17 R1PTDA 43 R1PTDA L O
J5-C15 R1PTDB 44 R1PTDB L O
J5-C14 R1PHOLD 45 R1PHOLD L O
SLOT5 J5-A9 SM5INA 46 R1BPINA L O R1 Pump B Up/Down

J5-A10 SM5INB 47 R1BPINB L O
J5-A11 SM5TDA 48 R1BPTDA L O
J5-A12 SM5TDB 49 R1BPTDB L O
J5-A13 SM5HOLD 50 R1BPHOLD L O
SLOT4 J5-C13 R2PINA 51 R2PINA L O R2 Pump A Up/Down

(SMC) Motor
J5-C11 R2PINB 52 R2PINB L O
J5-C12 R2PTDA 53 R2PTDA L O
J5-C10 R2PTDB 54 R2PTDB L O
J5-C9 R2PHOLD 55 R2PHOLD L O
SLOT5 J5-A14 SM6INA 56 R2BPINA L O R2 Pump B Up/Down

J5-A15 SM6INB 57 R2BPINB L O
J5-A16 SM6TDA 58 R2BPTDA L O
J5-A17 SM6TDB 59 R2BPTDB L O
J5-A18 SM6HOLD 60 R2BPHOLD L O
SLOT4 J5-A10 R1AAINA 61 R1AHINA L O R1 Arm A Rotation

(SMC) Motor
J5-A8 R1AAINB 62 R1AHINB L O
J5-A9 R1AATDA 63 R1AHTDA L O
J5-A7 R1AATDB 64 R1AHTDB L O
J5-A6 R1AAHOLD 65 R1AHHOLD L O
SLOT4 J5-A15 R1AEINA 66 R1AZINA L O R1 Arm A Up/Down

(SMC) Motor
J5-A13 R1AEINB 67 R1AZINB L O
J5-A14 R1AETDA 68 R1AZTDA L O
J5-A12 R1AETDB 69 R1AZTDB L O
J5-A11 R1AEHOLD 70 R1AZHOLD L O
71 GND - O
72 GND - O
73
74
75 +5V - O
76 +5V - O
77 +5V - O
78 +5V - O
79 +5V - O
80 +5V - O
CNN3 I/O
(To SMD CN1)
Connector

SLOT4 J4-A25 R2AAINA 1 R2AHINA L O R2 Arm A Rotation
(SMC) Motor
J4-A23 R2AAINB 2 R2AHINB L O
J4-A24 R2AATDA 3 R2AHTDA L O
J4-A22 R2AATDB 4 R2AHTDB L O
J4-A21 R2AAHOLD 5 R2AHHOLD L O
SLOT4 J5-A5 R2AEINA 6 R2AZINA L O R2 Arm A Up/Down

(SMC) Motor
J5-A3 R2AEINB 7 R2AZINB L O
J5-A4 R2AETDA 8 R2AZTDA L O
J5-A2 R2AETDB 9 R2AZTDB L O
J5-A1 R2AEHOLD 10 R2AZHOLD L O
SLOT5 J4-B18 SM7INA 11 R1ABHINA L O R1 Arm B Rotation

J4-B19 SM7INB 12 R1ABHINB L O
J4-B20 SM7TDA 13 R1ABHTDA L O
J4-B21 SM7TDB 14 R1ABHTDB L O
J4-B22 SM7HOLD 15 R1ABHHOLD L O
SLOT5 J5-B4 SM8INA 16 R1ABZINA L O R1 Arm B Up/Down

J5-B5 SM8INB 17 R1ABZINB L O
J5-B6 SM8TDA 18 R1ABZTDA L O
J5-B7 SM8TDB 19 R1ABZTDB L O
J5-B8 SM8HOLD 20 R1ABZHOLD L O
SLOT5 J5-B9 SM9INA 21 R2ABHINA L O R2 Arm B Rotation

J5-B10 SM9INB 22 R2ABHINB L O
J5-B11 SM9TDA 23 R2ABHTDA L O
J5-B12 SM9TDB 24 R2ABHTDB L O
J5-B13 SM9HOLD 25 R2ABHHOLD L O
SLOT5 J5-B14 SM10INA 26 R2ABZINA L O R2 Arm B Up/Down

J5-B15 SM10INB 27 R2ABZINB L O
J5-B16 SM10TDA 28 R2ABZTDA L O
J5-B17 SM10TDB 29 R2ABZTDB L O
J5-B18 SM10HOLD 30 R2ABZHOLD L O
SLOT4 J5-E16 ISIINA 31 LSHINA L O LSH Rotation Motor

(SMC) (LSH Inner Disk
J5-E14 ISIINB 32 LSHINB L O
Rotation) (C8000 &
J5-E15 ISITDA 33 LSHTDA L O C16000 only)
J5-E13 ISITDB 34 LSHTDB L O
J5-E12 ISIHOLD 35 LSHHOLD L O
SLOT4 J5-E11 ISOINA 36 PPHCINA L O HCW Pump A Motor

(SMC) (LSH Outer Disk
J5-E9 ISOINB 37 PPHCINB L O
Rotation)
J5-E10 ISOTDA 38 PPHCTDA L O
J5-E8 ISOTDB 39 PPHCTDB L O
J5-E7 ISOHOLD 40 PPHCHOLD L O
SLOT5 J4-C21 SM12INA 41 PPBHCINA L O HCW Pump B Motor

(SM_AC/DC) (Rack Sampler Lead
J4-C22 SM12INB 42 PPBHCINB L O
Motor) (C16000 only)
J4-C23 SM12TDA 43 PPBHCTDA L O
J4-C24 SM12TDB 44 PPBHCTDB L O

J4-C25 SM12HOLD 45 PPBHCHOLD L O
SLOT4 J5-E6 AUXINA 46 AUXINA L O Spare

(SMC)
J5-E4 AUXINB 47 AUXINB L O
J5-E5 AUXTDA 48 AUXTDA L O
J5-E3 AUXTDB 49 AUXTDB L O
J5-E2 AUXHOLD 50 AUXHOLD L O
SLOT4 J5-E1 RUCW 51 RCCW L O Reaction Cuvette

(SMC) Rotation Motor
J4-E25 RUCCW 52 RCCCW L O
SLOT4 J4-E24 R1CICW 53 R1ICCW L O R1 Inner Disk

J4-E23 R1CICCW 54 R1ICCCW L O
SLOT4 J4-E22 R1COCW 55 R1OCCW L O R1 Outer Disk

J4-E21 R1COCCW 56 R1OCCCW L O
SLOT4 J4-E20 R2CCW 57 R2ICCW L O R2 Inner Disk

J4-E19 R2CCCW 58 R2ICCCW L O
SLOT5 J5-A2 SM3CW 59 R2OCCW L O R2 Outer Disk

(SM_AC/DC) Rotation Motor
J5-A3 SM3CCW 60 R2OCCCW L O
(C16000 only)
SLOT4 J4-E18 SAACW 61 SAHCW L O Sampling Arm

J4-E17 SAACCW 62 SAHCCW L O
SLOT4 J4-E16 SAECW 63 SAZCW L O Sampling Arm

(SMC) Up/Down Motor
J4-E15 SAECCW 64 SAZCCW L O
SLOT5 J4-B24 SM13CW 65 SPCW L O (Sampling Pump A

(SM_AC/DC) Up/Down Motor)
J4-B25 SM13CCW 66 SPCCW L O
SLOT4 J5-A17 ACW 67 AUXCW L O Spare

(SMC)
J5-A16 ACCW 68 AUXCCW L O
69
70
71 GND - O
72 GND - O
73
74
75 +5V - O
76 +5V - O
77 +5V - O
78 +5V - O
79 +5V - O
80 +5V - O
81
82
83
84
85
SLOT5 J4-C16 SM11INA 200FR 86 SM11INA L O Spare Motor

(SM_AC/DC)
J4-C17 SM11INB 87 SM11INB L O

J4-C18 SM11TDA 88 SM11TDA L O
J4-C19 SM11TDB 89 SM11TDB L O
J4-C20 SM11HOLD 90 SM11HOLD L O
J5-C4 SM13INA 91 SM13INA L O Spare Motor
J5-C5 SM13INB 92 SM13INB L O
J5-C6 SM13TDA 93 SM13TDA L O
J5-C7 SM13TDB 94 SM13TDB L O
J5-C8 SM13HOLD 95 SM13HOLD L O
96
97
98
99
100
CNN4 I/O Connector (To ISE PRE)
SLOT Pin No. No Active I/O
SLOT1 J5-A14 NaOUT 1 Na OUT AI

DAQ
J5-B14 NaOUTG 2 Na GND AI
J5-A13 KOUT 3 K OUT AI
J5-B13 KOUTG 4 K GND AI
J5-E13 CLOUT 5 CL OUT AI
J5-D13 CLOUTG 6 CL GND AI
7
8
9 +15V O
10 AGND O
11
12
13
14
CNN5 I/O Connector (To Photo Pre-Amp)
SLOT Pin No No Active I/O
SLOT1 - AGND 1 AGND(±15VGND) O

DAQ
- AGND 2 AGND(±15VGND) O
J5-A22 340nm 3 340nm AI
J5-B22 340nmG 4 340nmG AI
J5-A21 380nm 5 380nm AI
J5-A20 404nm 7 404nm AI
J5-A19 412nm 9 412nm AI
J5-B19 412nmG 10 412nmG AI

J5-A18 444nm 11 444nm AI
J5-B18 444nmG 12 444nmG AI
J5-A17 476nm 13 476nm AI
J5-B17 476nmG 14 476nmG AI
J5-A16 500nm 15 500nm AI
J5-B16 500nmG 16 500nmG AI
J5-A15 524nm 17 524nm AI
J5-B15 524nmG 18 524nmG AI
J5-E22 548nm 19 548nm AI
J5-D22 548nmG 20 548nmG AI
J5-E21 572nm 21 572nm AI
J5-D21 572nmG 22 572nmG AI
J5-E20 604nm 23 604nm AI
J5-D20 604nmG 24 604nmG AI
J5-E19 628nm 25 628nm AI
J5-D19 628nmG 26 628nmG AI
J5-E18 660nm 27 660nm AI
J5-D18 660nmG 28 660nmG AI
J5-E17 700nm 29 700nm AI
J5-D17 700nmG 30 700nmG AI
J5-E16 748nm 31 748nm AI
J5-D16 748nmG 32 748nmG AI
J5-E15 804nm 33 804nm AI
J5-D15 804nmG 34 804nmG AI
35 +15V O
36 +15V O
37 +15V O
38 -15V O
39 -15V O
40 -15V O
CNN7 I/O Connector (CNN Board CNN2)
SLOT6 J4-A1 WSUP 1 WSUP H I Cell Wash

(AC/DC) Up/Down
J4-B1 WSDOWN 2 WSDOWN H I
J4-A2 WSDOWNOK 3 WSDOWNOK H I
J4-B2 STEUP 4 STEUP H I Stirrer Up/Down
J4-A3 STEDOWN 5 STEDOWN H I
J4-B3 STEDOK 6 STEDOK H I
J4-A6 PWPUP 7 PWPUP H I Probe Wash Pump
(Inner Wall)
J4-B6 PWPDOWN 8 PWPDOWN H I
J4-B9 AC1UP 9 AC1UP H I AC Spare
(CW/CCW)
J4-A10 AC1DOWN 10 AC1DOWN H I
J4-B10 AC1OK 11 AC1OK H I
J4-A4 DPUP 12 DPUP H I Detergent Pump
J4-B4 DPDOWN 13 DPDOWN H I
J4-A5 CWPUP 14 CWPUP H I Cell Wash Pump
J4-B5 CWPDOWN 15 CWPDOWN H I
J4-A8 ISPUP 16 ISPUP H I ISE Aspiration
Pump
J4-B8 ISPDOWN 17 ISPDOWN H I
J4-A9 IMPUP 18 IMPUP H I ISE Reference
Pump
J4-A11 AC2UP 19 AC2UP H I AC Spare (One
Way Direction)
J4-B11 AC2DOWN 20 AC2DOWN H I
J4-A7 TWPUP 21 TWPUP H I HCW Pump A
J4-B7 TWPDOWN 22 TWPDOWN H I
J4-E1 ST1ON 23 ST1ON L O STR DRV
J4-E2 ST1SCAN 24 ST1SCAN L O
J4-E3 ST1CLR 25 ST1CLR L O
J4-E7 ST1BUSY0 26 ST1BUSY0 L I
J4-E4 ST2ON 28 ST2ON L O
J4-E5 ST2SCAN 29 ST2SCAN L O
J4-E6 ST2CLR 30 ST2CLR L O
J4-E11 +5V (IN) 33 +5V (IN) H I
J4-C1 ISLED1 34 ISLED1 L O ISLED
J4-D1 ISLED2 35 ISLED2 L O
J4-C2 ISLUILED1 36 ISLUILED1 L O IS-LUI-LED
J4-D2 ISLUILED2 37 ISLUILED2 L O
J4-C3 AUXLED1 38 AUXLED1 L O AUX-LED
J4-D3 AUXLED2 39 AUXLED2 L O
J4-C4 CPULED0 40 CPULED0 L O Status LED

J4-D4 CPULED1 41 CPULED1 L O
J4-C5 CPULED2 42 CPULED2 L O

J4-A15 AUXMUP 56 AUXMUP H I Spare DC Motor
Sensor
J4-C15 AUXMDOWN 57 AUXMDOWN H I
J4-B15 BATHLVL 58 BATHLVL H I Water Bath Level
Sensor
J4-B16 R1CCVROK 59 R1CCVROK H I R1 Cover OK
Sensor
J4-A16 R2CCVROK 60 R2CCVROK H I R2 Cover OK
Sensor
J4-B18 ISCVROK 61 ISCVROK H I ISH Cover OK
Sensor
J4-C16 FFS1 62 FFS1 I FFS1: FSDT Drain
Tank (LCW)
J4-A17 FFS2 63 FFS2 I FFS2: FSLU
Water Tank Upper
Limit
J4-B17 FFS3 64 FFS3 I FFS3: FSLH
Water Tank Level
Hi
J4-C17 FFS4 65 FFS4 I FFS4: FSLL Water
Tank Level Low
J4-A18 FFS5 66 FFS5 I FFS5: Spare
J4-C18 DTF 67 DTF I DTF: Drain Tank
(HCW)
J4-A22 DALARM 68 DALARM I Degasser
J4-A23 DALARMV 69 DALARMV I
J4-C19 ESMCC 70 ESMCC H I Reference Solution
J4-A19 ESB14 71 ESB14 H I Alkaline Detergent
J4-B20 ESB3 72 ESB3 H I Acid Detergent
J4-B22 ESMCCSS 73 ESMCCSS_IREFCUP H I IREFCUP Sensor
J4-B23 ESB14SS 74 ESB14SS H I Alkaline Detergent
Sensor
J4-B24 ESB3SS 75 ESB3SS H I Acid Detergent
Sensor
J4-D15 IPMON 76 IPMON L O Water Bath Cycle
Pump
J4-D16 IHTRON 77 IHTRON L O Water Bath Heater
J4-E16 IMVOPEN 78 IMVOPEN L O Water Bath Motor
Valve
J4-E15 IMVSHUT 79 IMVSHUT L O
J4-E17 IFANON 80 IFANON L O Water Bath Fan
Control
J5-B14 ISTEMP+ 81 ISTEMP+ AI LSH Temp
Varistor
J5-B15 ISTEMP- 82 ISTEMP- AI
J5-E14 BATHTMP+ 83 BATHTMP+ AI Cuvette Temp
Varistor
J5-E15 BATHTMP- 84 BATHTMP- AI
J5-D14 R1CTEMP+ 85 R1CTEMP+ AI R1 Supply Temp
Varistor
J5-D15 R1CTEMP- 86 R1CTEMP- AI
J5-C14 R2CTEMP+ 87 R2CTEMP+ AI R2 Supply Temp
Varistor
J5-C15 R2CTEMP- 88 R2CTEMP- AI
J5-A14 IVRSTR+ 89 IVRSTR+ AI Water Bath Fan
Control Varistor
J5-A15 IVRSTR- 90 IVRSTR- AI
J4-B19 ISSW 91 ISSW I IA-LUI SW
J4-C22 ISLSW 92 ISLSW I IALSW SW
J4-B21 AUXSW1 93 AUXSW1 I Spare SW1
J4-C21 AUXSW2 94 AUXSW2 I Spare SW2
J4-A20 CUPSNSRI 95 CUPSNSRI I Spare Sensor
J4-C20 CUPSNSRO 96 CUPSNSRO I Spare Sensor
GND 97 GND O GND
GND 98 GND O GND
GND 99 GND O GND
GND 100 GND O GND
CNN8 (To CNN Board CNN4)
SLOT5 J4-A1 SM1HOME 1 SM1HOME H I 1B Stirrer

(SM_AC/DC) Horizontal Motor
(C16000 only)
J4-A2 SM2HOME 2 SM2HOME H I 2B Stirrer
Horizontal Motor
(C16000 only)
J4-A5 SM4HOME 3 SM4HOME H I Sampling Pump B
Up/Down Motor
J4-A6 SM4PITCH 4 SM4PITCH H I
(C16000 only)
J4-A7 SM4DLMT 5 SM4DLMT H I
J4-A8 SM5HOME 6 SM5HOME H I R1 Pump B
Up/Down Motor
(C16000 only)
J4-A11 SM6HOME 9 SM6HOME H I R2 Pump B
Up/Down Motor
(C16000 only)
J4-B1 SM7HOME 12 SM7HOME H I R1 Arm B Rotate
Motor (C16000
J4-B2 SM7PITCH 13 SM7PITCH H I
only)
J4-B3 SM8HOME 14 SM8HOME H I R1 Arm B
Up/Down Motor
J4-B4 SM8PITCH 15 SM8PITCH H I (C16000 only)
J4-B5 SM8CLASH 16 SM8CLASH H I
J4-B6 SM9HOME 17 SM9HOME H I R2 Arm B Rotate
Motor (C16000
only)
J4-B8 SM10HOME 19 SM10HOME H I R2 Arm B
Up/Down Motor
(C16000 only)
J4-B10 SM10CLASH 21 SM10CLASH H I
J4-C9 SM12HOME 22 SM12HOME H I HCW Pump B
Motor (C16000
J4-C10 SM12PITCH(OK) 23 SM12PITCH(OK) H I
only)
J4-A3 SM3HOME 24 SM3HOME H I R2 Outer Disk
(C16000 only)
Rotate Motor
J4-C11 SM13HOME 26 SM13HOME H I Sampling Pump A
Up/Down Motor
J4-C15 SM13PITCH(OK) 27 SM13PITCH(OK) H I
J4-B23 SM13DLMT 28 SM13DLMT H I
J4-B11 SM11HOME 29 SM11HOME H I Spare Motor
J4-B16 SM11B 31 SM11B H I
J4-B17 SM11F 32 SM11F H I
J4-E1 AC1UP(HOME) 33 AC1UP(HOME) H I Probe Wash Pump
(Inner Wall) B
J4-E2 AC1DOWN(MOVE) 34 AC1DOWN(MOVE) H I
(C16000 only)
J4-E3 AC1S9 35 AC1S9 H I
J4-E4 AC1OK 36 AC1OK H I
J4-E10 SENS1 37 SENS1 H I STR1A CUV
Sensor
J4-E11 SENS2 38 SENS2 H I STR2A CUV
Sensor
J4-E15 SENS3 39 SENS3 H I STR1B CUV
Sensor
J4-D1 SENS4 40 SENS4 H I STR2B CUV
Sensor
J4-D2 SENS5 41 SENS5 H I ISE Aspiration
Pump Mag Valve
FB Sig.
J4-D3 SENS6 42 SENS6 H I DIW Valve2 (R
Outer) FB Sig.
J4-D4 SENS7 43 SENS7 H I DIW Valve1 (S
Outer) FB Sig.
J4-D5 SENS8 44 SENS8 H I DIW Valve2 (R
Outer) FB Sig.
J4-D6 SENS9 45 SENS9 H I DIW Valve4 (Water
Bath Supply) FB
Sig.
J4-D7 SENS10 46 SENS10 H I DIW Valve 5
(Pressurized Water
Control) FB Sig.
J4-D8 SENS11 47 SENS11 H I Cell Wash Water
Mag Valve FB Sig.
J4-D9 SENS12 48 SENS12 H I ALK&ACID
Detergent Mag
Valve1 FB Sig.
J4-D10 SENS13 49 SENS13 H I ALK&ACID
Detergent Mag
Valve2 FB Sig.
J4-D11 SENS14 50 SENS14 H I Cell Dryer Vacuum
Pump Mag Valve
FB Sig.
J4-D15 SENS15 51 SENS15 H I Sampling Pump A
Mag Valve FB Sig.
J4-C1 SENS16 52 SENS16 H I Reagent Pump 1A
Mag Valve FB Sig.
J4-C2 SENS17 53 SENS17 H I Reagent Pump 2A
Mag Valve FB Sig.
J4-C3 SENS18 54 SENS18 H I Sampling Pump B
Mag Valve FB Sig.
J4-C4 SENS19 55 SENS19 H I Reagent Pump 1B
Mag Valve FB Sig.
J4-C5 SENS20 56 SENS20 H I Reagent Pump 2B
Mag Valve FB Sig.
J4-C6 SENS21 57 SENS21 H I Buzzer FB Sig.
J4-C7 SENS22 58 SENS22 H I IREFCUP Sensor
FB Sig.
J4-C8 SENS23 59 SENS23 H I Spare Mag Valve
FB Sig.
J5-D15 FB12VGND 60 FB12VGND L I FB12V GND
J5-C9 SENS24 61 SENS24 L I LCW Vacuum
Pump AB FB Sig.
J5-C10 SENS25 62 SENS25 L I LCW Vacuum
Pump AB FB Sig.
J5-C11 SENS26 63 SENS26 L I DIW Supply Pump
1 (Water Bath) FB
Sig.
J5-C12 SENS27 64 SENS27 L I DIW Supply Pump
2 (Outer Wall
Wash Pump) FB
Sig.
J5-C13 SENS28 65 SENS28 L I Freezer Power
Control Relay FB
Sig.
J5-C14 SENS29 66 SENS29 L I AC Spare
(ON/OFF) FB Sig.
J5-A19 VCC(LVL1) 67 VCC(LVL1) I R1B Level Sensor
(C16000 only)
J5-A20 LVL1 68 LVL1 H I
J5-A21 VCC(LVL1OK) 69 VCC(LVL1OK) I
J5-A22 LVL1OK 70 LVL1OK H I
J5-C21 VCC(AUTO0_1) 71 VCC(AUTO0_1)
J5-C22 AUTO0_1 72 AUTO0_1 L
J5-B19 VCC(LVL2) 73 VCC(LVL2) I R2B Level Sensor
(C16000 only)
J5-B20 LVL2 74 LVL2 H I
J5-B21 VCC(LVL2OK) 75 VCC(LVL2OK) I
J5-B22 LVL2OK 76 LVL2OK H I
J5-C19 VCC(AUTO0_2) 77 VCC(AUTO0_2)
J5-C20 AUTO0_2 78 AUTO0_2 L
J5-D16 DC30(TRIG1) 79 DC30(TRIG1) L O BCR1 (RS232C-1)
J5-D17 DTR1 80 DTR1
J5-D18 DSR1 81 DSR1
J5-D19 CTS1 82 CTS1
J5-D20 RTS1 83 RTS1
J5-D21 RXD1 84 RXD1
J5-D22 TXD1 85 TXD1
J5-E16 DC31(TRIG2) 86 DC31(TRIG2) L O BCR2 (RS232C-1)
J5-E17 DTR2 87 DTR2
J5-E18 DSR2 88 DSR2
J5-E19 CTS2 89 CTS2
J5-E20 RTS2 90 RTS2
J5-E21 RXD2 91 RXD2
J5-E22 TXD2 92 TXD2
93
94
95
96 GND O
97 GND O
98 GND O
99 GND O
100 GND O
SLOT4 J4-C1 IAAHOME 1 IAAHOME H I ISE Arm Rotate

(SMC) Motor
J4-D1 IAEHOME 2 IAEHOME H I ISE Arm Up/Down
Motor
J4-A2 IAEM1R 3 IAEM1R H I
J4-B2 STA1HOME 4 STA1HOME H I Stirrer 1A
Horizontal Motor
J4-C2 STA2HOME 5 STA2HOME H I Stirrer 2A
Horizontal Motor
J4-C5 SPHOME 6 SPHOME H I Sampling Pump A
Up/Down Motor
J4-D5 SPM1R 7 SPM1R H I
J4-A6 SPDLMT 8 SPDLMT H I
J4-B6 R1PHOME 9 R1PHOME H I R1 Pump A
Up/Down Motor
J4-C6 R1PM1R 10 R1PM1R H I
J4-D6 R1PDLMT 11 R1PDLMT H I
J4-A7 R2PHOME 12 R2PHOME H I R2 Pump A
Up/Down Motor
J4-B7 R2PM1R 13 R2PM1R H I
J4-C7 R2PDLMT 14 R2PDLMT H I
J4-D7 R1AAHOME 15 R1AAHOME H I R1 Arm A Rotate
Motor
J4-A8 R1AAM1R 16 R1AAM1R H I
J4-B8 R1AEHOME 17 R1AEHOME H I R1 Arm A
Up/Down Motor
J4-C8 R1AEM1R 18 R1AEM1R H I
J4-D8 R1ACLASH 19 R1ACLASH H I
J4-A9 R2AAHOME 20 R2AAHOME H I R2 Arm A Rotate
Motor
J4-B9 R2AAM1R 21 R2AAM1R H I
J4-C9 R2AEHOME 22 R2AEHOME H I R2 Arm A
Up/Down Motor
J4-D9 R2AEM1R 23 R2AEM1R H I
J4-A10 R2ACLASH 24 R2ACLASH H I
J4-B10 ISIHOME 25 ISIHOME H I LSH Rotate Disk
Motor
J4-C10 ISIPITCH 26 ISIPITCH H I
J4-E4 ISIPOS 27 ISIPOS H I
J4-D10 ISOHOME 28 ISOHOME H I HCW Pump A
Motor
J4-A11 ISOPITCH 29 ISOPITCH H I
J4-E5 ISOPOS 30 ISOPOS H I
J4-B11 AHOME 31 AHOME H I Spare
J4-C11 AM1R 32 AM1R H I
J4-A1 RUHOME 33 RUHOME H I Cuvette Rotate
Disk Motor
J4-B1 RUM1R 34 RUM1R H I
J4-D2 R1CIHOME 35 R1CIHOME H I R1 Inner Rotate
Disk Motor
J4-A3 R1CIPITCH 36 R1CIPITCH H I
J4-E1 R1CIPOS 37 R1CIPOS H I
J4-B3 R1COHOME 38 R1COHOME H I R1 Outer Rotate
Disk Motor
J4-C3 R1COPITCH 39 R1COPITCH H I
J4-E2 R1COPOS 40 R1COPOS H I
J4-D3 R2CHOME 41 R2CHOME H I R2 Inner Rotate

Disk Motor
J4-A4 R2CPITCH 42 R2CPITCH H I
J4-E3 R2CPOS 43 R2CPOS H I
J4-B4 SAAHOME 44 SAAHOME H I Sampling Arm
Rotate Motor
J4-C4 SAAM1R 45 SAAM1R H I
J4-D4 SAEHOME 46 SAEHOME H I Sampling Arm
Up/Down Motor
J4-A5 SAEM1R 47 SAEM1R H I
J4-B5 SACLASH 48 SACLASH H I
J5-A19 VCC(SALVL) 49 VCC(SALVL) I Sample Level
Sensor
J5-A20 SALVL 50 SALVL H I
J5-A21 VCC(SALVLOK) 51 VCC(SALVLOK) I
J5-A22 SALVLOK 52 SALVLOK H I
J5-B19 VCC 53 VCC O
(SAAUTOZERO) (SAAUTOZERO)
J5-B20 SAAUTOZERO 54 SAAUTOZERO L O
J5-B21 VCC(R1ALVL) 55 VCC(R1ALVL) I R1 Level Sensor
J5-B22 R1ALVL 56 R1ALVL H I
J5-C19 VCC(R1ALVLOK) 57 VCC I
(R1ALVLOK)
J5-C20 R1ALVLOK 58 R1ALVLOK H I
J5-C21 VCC 59 VCC O
(R1AAUTOZERO) (R1AAUTOZERO)
J5-C22 R1AAUTOZERO 60 R1AAUTOZERO L O
J5-D19 VCC(R2ALVL) 61 VCC(R2ALVL) I R2 Level Sensor
J5-D20 R2ALVL 62 R2ALVL H I
J5-D21 VCC(R2ALVLOK) 63 VCC(R2ALVLOK) I
J5-D22 R2ALVLOK 64 R2ALVLOK H I
J5-E19 VCC 65 VCC O
(R2AAUTOZERO) (R2AAUTOZERO)
J5-E20 R2AAUTOZERO 66 R2AAUTOZERO L O
J4-E7 SALVLGU 67 SALVLGU
J4-E6 SALVLGUV(+5V) 68 SALVLGUV(+5V) L
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76 GND O GND
77 GND O GND
78 GND O GND
79 GND O GND
80 GND O GND
SLOT3 J5-C18 SASEN1_POS 1 SASEN1_POS I Sample Probe

(PM2) Sensor output (+)
J5-C17 SASEN1_NEG 2 SASEN1_NEG I Sample Probe

Sensor output (-)
J5-A2 R1ASEN_POS 3 R1ASEN_POS I Reagent 1a
Pressure Sensor
output (+)
J5-A1 R1ASEN_NEG 4 R1ASEN_NEG I Reagent 1a
Pressure Sensor
output (-)
Pressure Sensor
output (+)
Pressure Sensor
output (-)
J5-D18 SASEN2_POS 7 SASEN2_POS I 2nd Sample
Probe Sensor
output (+)
J5-D17 SASEN2_NEG 8 SASEN2_NEG I 2nd Sample
Probe Sensor
output (-)
J5-A6 R1BSEN_POS 9 R1BSEN_POS I Reagent 1b
Pressure Sensor
output (+)
J5-A5 R1BSEN_NEG 10 R1BSEN_NEG I Reagent 1b
Pressure Sensor
output (-)
Pressure Sensor
output (+)
Pressure Sensor
output (-)
J5-C2 R1AWCSEN_POS 13 R1AWCSEN_POS I Reagent 1a Wash
cup sensor output
(+)
J5-C1 R1AWCSEN_NEG 14 R1AWCSEN_NEG I Reagent 1a Wash
cup sensor output
(-)
cup sensor output
(+)
cup sensor output
(-)
J5-C6 R1BWCSEN_POS 17 R1BWCSEN_POS I Reagent 1b Wash
cup sensor output
(+)
J5-C5 R1BWCSEN_NEG 18 R1BWCSEN_NEG I Reagent 1b Wash
cup sensor output
(-)
cup sensor output
(+)
cup sensor output
(-)
J5-C10 SAWCSEN1_POS 21 SAWCSEN1_POS I Sample Probe
Wash cup sensor
1 output (+)
J5-C9 SAWCSEN1_NEG 22 SAWCSEN1_NEG I Sample Probe
Wash cup sensor
1 output (-)
Wash cup sensor
2 output (+)
Wash cup sensor
2 output (-)
Signal 25 AUXSENS1_POS I Aux1 Wash cup
Definition sensor output (+)
Only / Non
Connection
26 AUXSENS1_NEG I Aux1 Wash cup
sensor output (-)
27 AUXSENS2_POS I Aux2 Wash cup
sensor output (+)
sensor output (-)
sensor output (+)
sensor output (-)
sensor output (+)
sensor output (-)
J5-E22 SLLS 33 SLLS I Sample LLS
signal A4 on the
c8000 LLS PCB
J5-E21 SLLSG 34 SLLSG I Sample LLS
signal ground, AG
on the c8000 LLS
PCB
J5-E16 SACLASH 35 SACLASH I Sample Probe
Crash Sensor
output signal
36 +12V O
37 +12V O
38 +12V O
39 +12V O
40 +12V O
41 -12V O
42 -12V O
43 -12V O
44 -12V O
45 -12V O
46 ±12VGND O
47 ±12VGND O
48 ±12VGND O
49 ±12VGND O
50 ±12VGND O
SLOT2 J5-C18 SASEN1_POS 1 SASEN1_POS I Sample Probe

(PM1) Sensor output (+)
J5-C17 SASEN1_NEG 2 SASEN1_NEG I Sample Probe

Sensor output (-)
Pressure Sensor
output (+)
Pressure Sensor
output (-)
Pressure Sensor
output (+)
Pressure Sensor
output (-)
J5-D18 SASEN2_POS 7 SASEN2_POS I 2nd Sample
Probe Sensor
output (+)
J5-D17 SASEN2_NEG 8 SASEN2_NEG I 2nd Sample
Probe Sensor
output (-)
Pressure Sensor
output (+)
Pressure Sensor
output (-)
Pressure Sensor
output (+)
Pressure Sensor
output (-)
cup sensor output
(+)
cup sensor output
(-)
cup sensor output
(+)
cup sensor output
(-)
cup sensor output
(+)
cup sensor output
(-)
cup sensor output
(+)
cup sensor output
(-)
Wash cup sensor
1 output (+)
Wash cup sensor
1 output (-)
Wash cup sensor
2 output (+)
Wash cup sensor
2 output (-)
Signal 25 AUXSENS1_POS I Aux1 Wash cup

Definition sensor output (+)
Only / Non
Connection
sensor output (-)
sensor output (+)
sensor output (-)
sensor output (+)

sensor output (-)
sensor output (+)
sensor output (-)
J5-E22 SLLS 33 SLLS I Sample LLS
signal A4 on the
c8000 LLS PCB
J5-E21 SLLSG 34 SLLSG I Sample LLS
signal ground, AG
on the c8000 LLS
PCB
J5-E16 SACLASH 35 SACLASH I Sample Probe
Crash Sensor
output signal
36 +12V O
37 +12V O
38 +12V O
39 +12V O
40 +12V O
41 -12V O
42 -12V O
43 -12V O
44 -12V O
45 -12V O
46 ±12VGND O
47 ±12VGND O
48 ±12VGND O
49 ±12VGND O
50 ±12VGND O
CNN12 (To CNN Board CNN20, 21, 22)
SLOT1 J5-E1 TXD0 1 TXD0 H I ISH BCR1

(DAQ)
J5-E2 RXD0 2 RXD0
J5-D1 RTS0 3 RTS0
J5-D2 CTS0 4 CTS0
J5-E3 TRIGGER0 5 TRIGGER0 L O
J5-E4 TXD1 6 TXD1 ISH BCR2

J5-E5 RXD1 7 RXD1
J5-D4 RTS1 8 RTS1
J5-D5 CTS1 9 CTS1
J5-D3 TRIGGER1 10 TRIGGER1 L O
J5-E6 TXD2 11 TXD2 R1CR
J5-E7 RXD2 12 RXD2
J5-D6 RTS2 13 RTS2
J5-D7 CTS2 14 CTS2
J5-E8 TRIGGER2 15 TRIGGER2 L O
J5-E9 TXD3 16 TXD3 R2CR
J5-E10 RXD3 17 RXD3
J5-D9 RTS3 18 RTS3
J5-D10 CTS3 19 CTS3
J5-D8 TRIGGER3 20 TRIGGER3 L O
J5-A1 TXD4 21 TXD4 LUI
J5-A2 RXD4 22 RXD4
J5-B1 RTS4 23 RTS4
J5-B2 CTS4 24 CTS4
J5-A3 TRIGGER4 25 TRIGGER4 L O
J5-A4 CD5 26 CD5 CLI
J5-A6 RXD5 27 RXD5
J5-A5 TXD5 28 TXD5
J5-B7 DTR5 29 DTR5
J5-A7 DSR5 30 DSR5
J5-B5 RTS5 31 RTS5
J5-B6 CTS5 32 CTS5
J5-B4 CI5 33 CI5
34 GND O
35 GND O
J5-A10 SHUTTER ON 36 SHUTTER ON L O Shutter On Signal
J5-A9 LEDVCC 37 LEDVCC O LED Vcc
38 GND O LED Vcc GND
J5-B9 OPT TRIGGER 39 OPT TRIGGER H O Optical Trigger
40 GND O
CNN14 (To CNN Board CNN20) (Not Used)
SLOT5 J5-E6 DC4 1 DC4 L O LED1-G
(SM_AC/DC) J5-E7 DC5 2 DC5 L O LED1-O

J5-E8 DC6 3 DC6 L O LED2-G
J5-E9 DC7 4 DC7 L O LED2-O
J4-D16 DC14 11 DC14 L O LED6-G
J4-D17 DC15 12 DC15 L O LED6-O
J4-D22 DC20 17 DC20 L O PULL-LED-G
J4-D23 DC21 18 DC21 L O PULL-LED-O
J4-D24 DC22 19 DC22 L O RUN-LED
J4-D25 DC23 20 DC23 L O STAD-LED
J5-D3 DC24 21 DC24 L O RERUN-LED
J5-D4 DC25 22 DC25 L O STAD-LED-G
J5-D5 DC26 23 DC26 L O STAD-LED-O
J5-D6 DC27 24 DC27 L O DISK-LED-G
J5-D7 DC28 25 DC28 L O DISK-LED-O
J5-D8 DC29 26 DC29 L O SET-LED

J5-C15 SENS30 27 SENS30 H I
J5-D10 SENS34 31 SENS34 H I
J4-E5 SENS39 36 SENS39 H I
47 GND O
48 GND O
49 GND O
50 GND O
CNN15 Power Monitor
Pin NO. Signal Name Code
1 +24V Monitor +24V
2 +24V GND +24V GND
3 +12V Monitor S+12V
4 +12V GND S+12V GND
5 +11.5V Monitor +11.5V
+11.5V Monitor +11.5V GND
CNN 16 Fan
Pin NO. Signal Name Code
1 +12V Monitor S+12V
2
3 +12V Monitor S+12V GND
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064. All rights
reserved.
MECH LED
The MECH LED board indicates sensor signal status for AC/DC, SMC and SM_AC/DC board input signals. The board is connected by three
(3) cables to the AC/DC, SMC and SM_AC/DC Controller boards.
MECH LED Board Reference

LED No Board Artwork Function
1-1 RUHOME Reaction Carousel HOME sensor
2 RUMIR Reaction Carousel PITCH sensor
3 IAAHOME ICT rotational HOME
4 IAEHOME ICT Elevator HOME sensor
5 IAE MIR ICT Elevator PITCH sensor
6 STA1HOME Mixer 1 rotational HOME sensor
7 STA2HOME Mixer 2 rotational HOME sensor
8 R1CIHOME Reagent Supply Center 1 Inner Carousel HOME
9 R1CIPITCH Reagent Supply Center1 Inner Carousel PITCH
10 R1COHOME Reagent Supply Center 1 Outer carousel HOME
2-1 R1COPITCH Reagent Supply Center 1 Outer Carousel PITCH sensor
2 R2CHOME Reagent Supply Center 2 Carousel HOME sensor
3 R2CPITCH Reagent Supply Center 2 Carousel PITCH sensor
4 SAAHOME Sample Pipettor rotational HOME sensor
5 SAAMIR Sample Pipettor rotational PITCH sensor

6 SAEHOME Sample Pipettor elevator HOME sensor
7 SAEMIR Sample Pipettor elevator PITCH sensor
8 SACLASH Sample Pipettor CRASH sensor
9 SPHOME Sample Syringe Drive HOME sensor
10 SPMIR Sample Syringe Drive PITCH sensor
3-1 SPDLMT Sample Syringe Drive DOWN LIMIT sensor
2 R1PHOME Reagent 1 Syringe Drive HOME sensor
3 R1PMIR Reagent 1 Syringe Drive PITCH sensor
4 R1PDLMT Reagent 1 Syringe Drive DOWN LIMIT sensor
5 R2PHOME Reagent 2 Syringe Drive HOME sensor
6 R2PMIR Reagent 2 Syringe Drive PITCH sensor
7 R2PDLMT Reagent 2 Syringe Drive DOWN LIMIT sensor
8 R1AAHOME Reagent Pipettor 1 rotational HOME sensor
9 R1AAMIR Reagent Pipettor 1 rotational PITCH sensor
10 R1AEHOME Reagent Pipettor 1 Elevator HOME sensor
4-1 R1AEMIR Reagent Pipettor 1 Elevator PITCH sensor
2 R1ACLASH Reagent Pipettor 1 CRASH sensor
3 R2AAHOME Reagent Pipettor 2 rotational HOME sensor
4 R2AAMIR Reagent Pipettor 2 rotational PITCH sensor
5 R2AEHOME Reagent Pipettor 2 Elevator HOME sensor
6 R2AEMIR Reagent Pipettor 2 PITCH sensor
7 R2ACLASH Reagent Pipettor 2 CRASH sensor
8 ISIHOME Sample Carousel HOME sensor
9 ISIPITCH Sample Carousel PITCH sensor
10 ISOHOME Inner Sampler Outer Home
5-1 ISOPITCH Inner Sample Outer 1 Pitch
2 AHOME Auxiliary Stepping Motor Home
3 AMIR Auxiliary Stepping Motor 1 Round
4 SALVL Sample Pipettor Liquid Level Sensor
5 R1ALVL Reagent Pipettor 1 Liquid Level Sensor
6 R2ALVL Reagent Pipettor 2 Liquid Level Sensor
7 S Sample Pipettor Air Aspiration
8
9
10
6-1 WSUP Cuvette Wash Station UP sensor

2 WSDOWN Cuvette Wash Station DOWN sensor
3 WSDOWNOK Cuvette Wash Station DOWN-OK sensor
4 STEUP Mixer Elevator UP sensor
5 STEDOWN Mixer Elevator DOWN sensor
6 STEDOK Mixer Elevator DOWN-OK sensor
7 DPUP Wash Solution Pump UP sensor
8 DPDOWN Wash Solution Pump DOWN sensor
9 CWPUP Cuvette Wash UP sensor
10 CWPDOWN Cuvette Wash DOWN sensor
7-1 PWPUP Inner Probe Wash Pump UP sensor
2 PWPDOWN Inner Probe Wash Pump DOWN sensor
3 TWPUP H.C. Waste Pump UP sensor
4 TWPDOWN H.C. Waste Pump DOWN sensor
5 ISPUP ICT Aspiration Pump UP sensor
6 ISPDOWN ICT Aspiration Pump DOWN sensor
7 IMPUP ICT Reference Solution Pump UP sensor
8 AC1UP Auxiliary UP Sensor
9 AC1DOWN Auxiliary DOWN Sensor
10 AC1OK Auxiliary OK Sensor
8-1 AC2UP Auxiliary AC Motor 2 UP Sensor
2 AC2DOWN Auxiliary AC Motor 2 DOWN Sensor
3 AUXMUP Auxiliary DC Motor UP Sensor
4 AUXMDOWN Auxiliary DC Motor DOWN Sensor
5 BATHLVL Water Bath Float Switch OK
6 R1CCVROK Reagent Supply Center 1 Cover Sensor
7 R2CCVROK Reagent Supply Center 2 Cover Sensor (c4000 front cover sensor)
8 FFS1 Drain Tank L Float Switch
9 FFS2 Open Water Tank Upper Limit Float Switch
10 FFS3 Open Water Tank Level HIGH Float Switch
9-1 FFS4 Open Water Tank Level LOW Float Switch
2 FFS5 Auxiliary Float Switch
3 ISCVROK Sample Carousel Cover Sensor (c4000 rear cover sensor)
4 DTF L.C. Waste Tank Level HIGH Float Switch
5 DALARM Degasser Vacuum Tank Abnormal Sensor Alarm
6 ISSW Inner Sampler Switch ON
7 ESMCC Empty Sensor MCC Warning

Bulk Solution LOW Sensor, ICT Reference Solution
8 ESB14 Empty Sensor B14 Warning

Bulk Solution LOW Sensor, Alkaline
9 ESB3 Empty Sensor B3 Warning

Bulk Solution LOW Sensor, Acid
10 CUPSNSRI Reagent Bottle Sensor
10-1 CUPSNSRO Inner Sampler Cup Sensor (OUT) ON
2 AUXSW1 Sample Carousel Access Indicator Switch (Pause)
3 AUXSW2 Sample Carousel Advance Indicator Switch (Scan)
4 ESMCCSS Empty Sensor MCCC S.S. (ICT Reference Solution Bulk Sensor Status)
5 ESB14SS Empty Sensor B14 S.S. (Alkaline Bulk Sensor Status)
6 ESB3SS Empty Sensor B3 S.S. (Acid Bulk Sensor Status)
Function
LED No Board Artwork
(C16 Instrument)
11-1 SM1HOME Stirrer 1B Horizontal Movement Home

2 SM2HOME Stirrer 2B Horizontal Movement Home
3 SM3HOME Reagent 2 Outer Carousel Rotation Home
4 SM3PITCH Reagent 2 Outer Carousel Rotation Pitch
5 SM4HOME Sampler Pump B Line Up/Down Home
6 SM4PITCH Sampler Pump B Line Up/Down Pitch
7 SM4DLMT Sampler Pump B Line Up/Down Limit
8 SM5HOME Reagent 1B Pump Up/Down Home
9 SM5PITCH Reagent 1B Pump Up/Down Pitch
10 SM5DLMT Reagent 1B Pump Up/Down Limit
LED No Board Artwork Function (C16 Instrument)
12-1 SM6HOME Reagent Pump 2B Motor Up/Down Home
2 SM6PITCH Reagent Pump 2B Motor Up/Down Pitch
3 SM6DLMT Reagent Pump 2B Motor Up/Down Limit
4 SM7HOME Reagent Arm 1B Horizontal Movement Home
5 SM7PITCH Reagent Arm 1B Horizontal Movement Pitch
6 SM8HOME Reagent Arm 1B Vertical Movement Home
7 SM8PITCH Reagent Arm 1B Vertical Movement Pitch
8 SM8CLASH Reagent Arm 1B Vertical Movement Clash
9 SM9HOME Reagent Arm 2B Horizontal Movement Home
10 SM9PITCH Reagent Arm 2B Horizontal Movement Pitch
Function
LED No Board Artwork
(C16 Instrument)
13-1 SM10HOME Reagent Arm 2B Vertical Movement Home
2 SM10PITCH Reagent Arm 2B Vertical Movement Pitch
3 SM10CLASH Reagent Arm 2B Vertical Movement Clash
4 SM11HOME Not Used on C16000
5 SM11PITCH Not Used on C16000

6 SM11B Not Used on C16000
7 SM11F Not Used on C16000
8 SM12HOME High Concentration Waste Pump, Line B Home
9 SM12PITCH(OK) High Concentration Waste Pump, Line B Pitch (OK)
10 SM13HOME Sample Pump A Up/Down Motor Home
14-1 SM13PITCH(OK) Sample Pump A Up/Down Motor Pitch (OK)
2 SM13DLMT Sample Pump A Up/Down Motor DLMT
3 AC1UP(HOME) Probe Wash Pump Line B Home
4 AC1DOWN(MOVE) Probe Wash Pump Line B Move
5 AC1S9 Probe Wash Pump Line B Sensor3
6 AC1OK Probe Wash Pump Line B Sensor4
7 SENS1 Stirrer 1A Cuvette
8 SENS2 Stirrer 2A Cuvette
9 SENS3 Stirrer 1B Cuvette
10 SENS4 Stirrer 2B Cuvette
15-1 SENS5 IAVP-FB ISE Aspiration Pump Valve
2 SENS6 ESPV-FB External Sampling Probe Valve
3 SENS7 ERPV-FB External Reagent Probe Valve
4 SENS8 SWV-FB Stirrer Wash Valve
5 SENS9 WBSV-FB Water Bath Supply Pump Valve
6 SENS10 PWV-FB Pressure Water Valve
7 SENS11 CWV-FB Cuvette Wash Valve
8 SENS12 DTG1V-FB Detergent Switching Valve
9 SENS13 DTG2V-FB Detergent Backflow Prevention
10 SENS14 CDV-FB Cell Dryer Vacuum Pump Valve
16-1 SENS15 ISPV-FB Internal Sampling Pump Value
2 SENS16 IR1PV-FB Internal Reagent 1 Probe Value
3 SENS17 IR2PV-FB Internal Reagent 2 Probe Pump
4 SENS18 ISPBV-FB Internal Sampling Line B Valve
5 SENS19 IR1BPV-FB Internal Reagent 1B Probe Valve
6 SENS20 IR2BPV-FB Internal Reagent 2B Probe Valve
7 SENS21 Buzzer-FB
8 SENS22 IREFCUP-FB IREF Cup Sensor
9 SENS23 AUXDC1-FB Spare
10 SENS24 VP2-FB Vacuum Pump 2 Aspirate

17-1 SENS25 VP1-FB Vacuum Pump 1 Dry Cuvette
2 SENS26 TWMP-FB DI Water Supply Pump 1
3 SENS27 WPMP-FP Wash Pools Magnet Pump
4 SENS28 MC-FB Freezer Power Control Relay
5 SENS29 AUXAC3-ON-FB
6 SENS30 AUXSENS1
7 SENS31 AUXSENS2
8 SENS32 AUXSENS3
9 SENS33 AUXSENS4
10 SENS34 AUXSENS5
18-1 SENS35 AUXSENS6
2 SENS36 AUXSENS7
3 SENS37 AUXSENS8
4 SENS38 AUXSENS9
5 SENS39 AUXSENS10
6 SENS40 AUXSENS11
7 SENS41 AUXSENS12
8 SENS42 AUXSENS13
9 SENS43 AUXSENS14
10 SENS44 AUXSENS15
19-1 SENS45 AUXSENS16
2 SENS46 AUXSENS17
3 SENS47 AUXSENS18
4 SENS48 AUXSENS19
5 SENS49 AUXSENS20
6 ----------
New Style MECH LED
The New Style MECH LED board indicates sensor signal status for AC/DC, SMC and SM_AC/DC board input signals. The board is connected by three (3) cables to the AC/DC, SMC and SM_AC/DC Controller boards.
MECH LED Board Reference


D1 RUHOME Reaction Carousel HOME sensor
D2 RUMIR Reaction Carousel PITCH sensor
D3 IAAHOME ICT rotational HOME

D4 IAEHOME ICT Elevator HOME sensor
D5 IAE MIR ICT Elevator PITCH sensor

D6 STA1HOME Mixer 1 rotational HOME sensor
D7 STA2HOME Mixer 2 rotational HOME sensor
D8 R1CIHOME Reagent Supply Center 1 Inner Carousel HOME

D9 R1CIPITCH Reagent Supply Center1 Inner Carousel PITCH
D10 R1COHOME Reagent Supply Center 1 Outer carousel HOME
D11 R1COPITCH Reagent Supply Center 1 Outer Carousel PITCH sensor

D12 R2CHOME Reagent Supply Center 2 Carousel HOME sensor
D13 R2CPITCH Reagent Supply Center 2 Carousel PITCH sensor

D14 SAAHOME Sample Pipettor rotational HOME sensor
D15 SAAMIR Sample Pipettor rotational PITCH sensor
D16 SAEHOME Sample Pipettor elevator HOME sensor

D17 SAEMIR Sample Pipettor elevator PITCH sensor
D18 SACLASH Sample Pipettor CRASH sensor

D19 SPHOME Sample Syringe Drive HOME sensor
D20 SPMIR Sample Syringe Drive PITCH sensor
D21 SPDLMT Sample Syringe Drive DOWN LIMIT sensor

D22 R1PHOME Reagent 1 Syringe Drive HOME sensor
D23 R1PMIR Reagent 1 Syringe Drive PITCH sensor

D24 R1PDLMT Reagent 1 Syringe Drive DOWN LIMIT sensor
D25 R2PHOME Reagent 2 Syringe Drive HOME sensor
D26 R2PMIR Reagent 2 Syringe Drive PITCH sensor

D27 R2PDLMT Reagent 2 Syringe Drive DOWN LIMIT sensor
D28 R1AAHOME Reagent Pipettor 1 rotational HOME sensor

D29 R1AAMIR Reagent Pipettor 1 rotational PITCH sensor
D30 R1AEHOME Reagent Pipettor 1 Elevator HOME sensor
D31 R1AEMIR Reagent Pipettor 1 Elevator PITCH sensor

D32 R1ACLASH Reagent Pipettor 1 CRASH sensor
D33 R2AAHOME Reagent Pipettor 2 rotational HOME sensor
D34 R2AAMIR Reagent Pipettor 2 rotational PITCH sensor
D35 R2AEHOME Reagent Pipettor 2 Elevator HOME sensor
D36 R2AEMIR Reagent Pipettor 2 PITCH sensor

D37 R2ACLASH Reagent Pipettor 2 CRASH sensor
D38 ISIHOME Sample Carousel HOME sensor
D39 ISIPITCH Sample Carousel PITCH sensor
D40 ISOHOME Inner Sampler Outer Home

D41 ISOPITCH Inner Sample Outer 1 Pitch
D42 AHOME Auxiliary Stepping Motor Home
D43 AMIR Auxiliary Stepping Motor 1 Round
D44 SALVL Sample Pipettor Liquid Level Sensor
D45 R1ALVL Reagent Pipettor 1 Liquid Level Sensor

D46 R2ALVL Reagent Pipettor 2 Liquid Level Sensor
D47 S Sample Pipettor Air Aspiration
D48 WSUP Cuvette Wash Station UP sensor
D49 WSDOWN Cuvette Wash Station DOWN sensor

D50 WSDOWNOK Cuvette Wash Station DOWN-OK sensor
D51 STEUP Mixer Elevator UP sensor
D52 STEDOWN Mixer Elevator DOWN sensor
D53 STEDOK Mixer Elevator DOWN-OK sensor
D54 DPUP Wash Solution Pump UP sensor

D55 DPDOWN Wash Solution Pump DOWN sensor
D56 CWPUP Cuvette Wash UP sensor
D57 CWPDOWN Cuvette Wash DOWN sensor

D58 PWPUP Inner Probe Wash Pump UP sensor
D59 PWPDOWN Inner Probe Wash Pump DOWN sensor

D60 TWPUP H.C. Waste Pump UP sensor
D61 TWPDOWN H.C. Waste Pump DOWN sensor
D62 ISPUP ICT Aspiration Pump UP sensor

D63 ISPDOWN ICT Aspiration Pump DOWN sensor
D64 IMPUP ICT Reference Solution Pump UP sensor
D65 AC1UP Auxiliary UP Sensor

D66 AC1DOWN Auxiliary DOWN Sensor
D67 AC1OK Auxiliary OK Sensor
D68 AC2UP Auxiliary AC Motor 2 UP Sensor

D69 AC2DOWN Auxiliary AC Motor 2 DOWN Sensor
D70 AUXMUP Auxiliary DC Motor UP Sensor

D71 AUXMDOWN Auxiliary DC Motor DOWN Sensor
D72 BATHLVL Water Bath Float Switch OK
D73 R1CCVROK Reagent Supply Center 1 Cover Sensor

D74 R2CCVROK Reagent Supply Center 2 Cover Sensor (c4000 front cover sensor)
D75 FFS1 Drain Tank L Float Switch

D76 FFS2 Open Water Tank Upper Limit Float Switch
D77 FFS3 Open Water Tank Level HIGH Float Switch
D78 FFS4 Open Water Tank Level LOW Float Switch

D79 FFS5 Auxiliary Float Switch
D80 ISCVROK Sample Carousel Cover Sensor (c4000 rear cover sensor)
D81 DTF L.C. Waste Tank Level HIGH Float Switch
D82 DALARM Degasser Vacuum Tank Abnormal Sensor Alarm
D83 ISSW Inner Sampler Switch ON

D84 ESMCC Empty Sensor MCC Warning
Bulk Solution LOW Sensor, ICT Reference Solution
D85 ESB14 Empty Sensor B14 Warning
Bulk Solution LOW Sensor, Alkaline
D86 ESB3 Empty Sensor B3 Warning

Bulk Solution LOW Sensor, Acid
D87 CUPSNSRI Reagent Bottle Sensor

D88 CUPSNSRO Inner Sampler Cup Sensor (OUT) ON
D89 AUXSW1 Sample Carousel Access Indicator Switch (Pause)

D90 AUXSW2 Sample Carousel Advance Indicator Switch (Scan)
D91 ESMCCSS Empty Sensor MCCC S.S. (ICT Reference Solution Bulk Sensor Status)
D92 ESB14SS Empty Sensor B14 S.S. (Alkaline Bulk Sensor Status)
D93 ESB3SS Empty Sensor B3 S.S. (Acid Bulk Sensor Status)
D94 SM1HOME Stirrer 1B Horizontal Movement Home
D95 SM2HOME Stirrer 2B Horizontal Movement Home
D96 SM3HOME Reagent 2 Outer Carousel Rotation Home
D97 SM3PITCH Reagent 2 Outer Carousel Rotation Pitch
D98 SM4HOME Sampler Pump B Line Up/Down Home

D99 SM4PITCH Sampler Pump B Line Up/Down Pitch
D100 SM4DLMT Sampler Pump B Line Up/Down Limit
D101 SM5HOME Reagent 1B Pump Up/Down Home
D102 SM5PITCH Reagent 1B Pump Up/Down Pitch
D103 SM5DLMT Reagent 1B Pump Up/Down Limit

D104 SM6HOME Reagent Pump 2B Motor Up/Down Home
D105 SM6PITCH Reagent Pump 2B Motor Up/Down Pitch
D106 SM6DLMT Reagent Pump 2B Motor Up/Down Limit
D107 SM7HOME Reagent Arm 1B Horizontal Movement Home

D108 SM7PITCH Reagent Arm 1B Horizontal Movement Pitch
D109 SM8HOME Reagent Arm 1B Vertical Movement Home
D110 SM8PITCH Reagent Arm 1B Vertical Movement Pitch
D111 SM8CLASH Reagent Arm 1B Vertical Movement Clash
D112 SM9HOME Reagent Arm 2B Horizontal Movement Home

D113 SM9PITCH Reagent Arm 2B Horizontal Movement Pitch
D114 SM10HOME Reagent Arm 2B Vertical Movement Home
D115 SM10PITCH Reagent Arm 2B Vertical Movement Pitch
D116 SM10CLASH Reagent Arm 2B Vertical Movement Clash

D117 SM11HOME Not Used on C16000
D118 SM11PITCH Not Used on C16000
D119 SM11B Not Used on C16000

D120 SM11F Not Used on C16000
D121 SM12HOME High Concentration Waste Pump, Line B Home
D122 SM12PITCH(OK) High Concentration Waste Pump, Line B Pitch (OK)
D123 SM13HOME Sample Pump A Up/Down Motor Home

D124 SM13PITCH(OK) Sample Pump A Up/Down Motor Pitch (OK)
D125 SM13DLMT Sample Pump A Up/Down Motor DLMT

D126 AC1UP(HOME) Probe Wash Pump Line B Home
D127 AC1DOWN(MOVE) Probe Wash Pump Line B Move
D128 AC1S9 Probe Wash Pump Line B Sensor3

D129 AC1OK Probe Wash Pump Line B Sensor4
D130 SENS1 Stirrer 1A Cuvette

D131 SENS2 Stirrer 2A Cuvette
D132 SENS3 Stirrer 1B Cuvette
D133 SENS4 Stirrer 2B Cuvette

D134 SENS5 IAVP-FB ISE Aspiration Pump Valve
D135 SENS6 ESPV-FB External Sampling Probe Valve

D136 SENS7 ERPV-FB External Reagent Probe Valve
D137 SENS8 SWV-FB Stirrer Wash Valve
D138 SENS9 WBSV-FB Water Bath Supply Pump Valve

D139 SENS10 PWV-FB Pressure Water Valve
D140 SENS11 CWV-FB Cuvette Wash Valve

D141 SENS12 DTG1V-FB Detergent Switching Valve
D142 SENS13 DTG2V-FB Detergent Backflow Prevention
D143 SENS14 CDV-FB Cell Dryer Vacuum Pump Valve

D144 SENS15 ISPV-FB Internal Sampling Pump Value
D145 SENS16 IR1PV-FB Internal Reagent 1 Probe Value
D146 SENS17 IR2PV-FB Internal Reagent 2 Probe Pump
D147 SENS18 ISPBV-FB Internal Sampling Line B Valve
D148 SENS19 IR1BPV-FB Internal Reagent 1B Probe Valve

D149 SENS20 IR2BPV-FB Internal Reagent 2B Probe Valve
D150 SENS21 Buzzer-FB
D151 SENS22 IREFCUP-FB IREF Cup Sensor
D152 SENS23 AUXDC1-FB Spare

D153 SENS24 VP2-FB Vacuum Pump 2 Aspirate
D154 SENS25 VP1-FB Vacuum Pump 1 Dry Cuvette
D155 SENS26 TWMP-FB DI Water Supply Pump 1
D156 SENS27 WPMP-FP Wash Pools Magnet Pump
D157 SENS28 MC-FB Freezer Power Control Relay

D158 SENS29 AUXAC3-ON-FB
D159 SENS30 AUXSENS1






D179 LVL1OK Reagent Pipettpr 1B Liquid Level Sensor
D180 LVL2OK Reagent Pipettpr 2B Liquid Level Sensor
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-122) • © 2009, 2014 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100 are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
PM
The PM subsystem detects abnormalities, such as; clots (probe obstructions), air bubbles in patient sample, air bubbles and large amounts
of foam in reagent bottles during aspiration and dispense operations.
Wash pressure is monitored during internal probe washing to determine if the pressure sensed is below or above pressure thresholds
(referenced in the c4000 PM Board firmware).
PM Board
PM Board (side view)
PM Board (end view)
Rocker Switch Settings

Switch Settings
1 OFF
2 OFF
3 OFF
4 OFF
5 ON
6 OFF
7 ON
8 OFF
PM Block Diagram
SMC
SMC Board
The SMC-C board controls the 5-phase and 2 phase stepping-motors
S1 Switch Settings

Setting
Switch Function
(*Default)
S1-1 Exhibition Mode (see P-644 Demonstration Mode for more information) ON
Normal Run Mode OFF*
S1-2 UNUSED OFF*
S1-3 Factory Use Only OFF*
S1-4 Do not initialize 2D BCR at Power On ON
Initialize 2D BCR at Power On OFF*
S1-5 One ACD/ALK Valve ON
Two ACD/ALK Valves OFF*
S1-6 Instrument Type (Factory use only) OFF*
S1-7 Software Install Mode (Factory use only) OFF*
S1-8 Software Boot Up Mode (Factory use only) OFF*
SMC Monitoring LEDs

LED # Motor Name/Code LED # Motor Name/Code
LED 1 Reaction Carousel Motor (RUM) LED 11 Reagent Syringe1 Drive Motor (R1PM)
LED 2 ICT Rotation Motor (IAAM) LED12 Reagent Syringe 2 Drive Motor (R2PM)
LED 3 ICT Elevator Motor (IAEM) LED 13 Reagent 1 Pipettor Rotation Motor (R1AAM)
LED 4 Mixer 1 Rotation Motor (STAM1) LED 14 Reagent 2 Pipettor Rotation Motor (R2AAM)
LED 5 Mixer 2 Rotation Motor (STAM2) LED 15 Sample Carousel Rotation Motor (ISIM)
LED 6 Reagent Supply Center 1 Inner Carousel Rotation Motor LED 16 Inner Sampler ISOM
((R1CIM)
LED 7 Reagent Supply Center 1 Outer Carousel Rotation Motor LED 17 Sample Pipettor Elevator Motor (SAEM)
(R1COM)
LED 8 Reagent Supply Center 2 Carousel Rotation Motor (S2CM) LED 18 Reagent 1 Pipettor Elevator Motor (R1AEM)
LED 9 Sample Pipettor Rotation Motor (SAAM) LED 19 Reagent 2 Pipettor Elevator Motor (R2AEM)
LED 10 Sample Syringe Drive Motor (SPM) LED 20 (AUXSM)
SMC Block Diagram

SMC Block Diagram 7A_9010a.pdf
1 PMC (Pulse Motor Controller) There are a total of 20 LSI (two types) pulse motor controllers mounted on the SMC
Board.
2 Control EPLD The control ELPD (Electrically Programmable Logic Device) includes a majority logic
circuit for sensor input, a sensor, a status read register, and the counter circuit for the
pitch sensor. This circuit uses a PLD.
3 PMC monitoring LED These LED's monitor the operating status of the PMC's. The color is red.
4 Debugging LED's and Switches 8-bit LED and 8-bit DIPSW used during development. The color is red.
5 Power ON LED Indicator LED is ON when +5 volts DC is supplied. The color is green.
6 Compact PCI Interface Circuit This interface controls the interface bus with the host CPU. This circuit uses a PLD.
List of SMC Stepper Motor Controls (SMC)

Stepper Motor Sensor
No. Name Code Phase Signal Name Signal Name Description
1 Reaction Carousel Motor RUM 5f RUCW RUHOME Detects the home position
RUCCW RUM1R Detects a single motor rotation
2 ICT Rotation Motor IAAM 2f IAAINA IAAHOME Detects the home position
IAATDA
IAAINB
IAATDB
IAAHOLD
3 ICT Elevator Motor IAEM 2f IAEINA IAEHOME Detects the home position
IAEM1R Detects a single motor rotation
IAETDA
IAEINB
IAETDB
IAEHOLD
4 Mixer 1 Rotation Motor STAM1 2f STA1NA STA1HOME Detects the home position
STA1TDA
STA1NB
STA1TDB
STA1HOLD
5 Mixer 2 Rotation Motor STAM2 2f STA2INA STA2HOME Detects the home position
STA2TDA
STA2INB
STA2TDB
STA2HOLD
6 R-1 Supply C. Inner Motor R1CIM 5f R1CICW R1CIHOME Detects the home position
R1CICCW R1CIPITCH Detects a single motor rotation
7 R-1 Supply C. Outer Motor R1COM 5f R1COCW R1COHOME Detects the home position
R1COCCW R1COPITCH Detects a single motor rotation
8 R-2 Supply C. Motor R2CM 5f R2CCW R2CHOME Detects the home position
R2CCW R2CPITCH Detects a single motor rotation
9 Sample Pipettor Rotation Motor SAAM 5f SAACW SAAHOME Detects the home position
SAACCW SAAM1R Detects a single motor rotation
10 Sample Pipettor Elevator Motor SAEM 5f SAECW SAEHOME Detects the home position
SAECCW SAEM1R Detects a single motor rotation
SACLASH Detects an obstacle
SALVL Detects the liquid surface
11 Sample Syringe Drive Motor SPM 2f SPINA SPHOME Detects the home position
SPTDA SPM1R Detects a single motor rotation
SPINB SPDLMT Detects the DOWN limit
SPTDB
SPHOLD
12 Reagent 1 Syringe Drive Motor R1PM 2f R1PINA R1PHOME Detects the home position
R1PTDA R1PM1R Detects a single motor rotation
R1PINB R1PDLMT Detects the DOWN limit
R1PTDB
R1PHOLD
13 Reagent 2 Syringe Drive Motor R2PM 2f R2PINA R2PHOME Detects the home position
R2PTDA R2PM1R Detects a single motor rotation
R2PINB R2PDLMT Detects the DOWN limit
R2TDB
R2PHOLD
14 Reagent 1 Pipettor rotation R1AAM 2f R1AAINA R1AAHOME Detects the home position
motor
R1AATDA R1AAM1R Detects a single motor rotation
R1AAINB
R1AATDB
R1AAHOLD
15 Reagent 1 Pipettor Elevator R1AEM 2f R1AEINA R1AEHOME Detects the home position
Motor
R1AETDA R1AEM1R Detects a single motor rotation
R1AEINB R1ACLASH Detects an obstacle
R1AETDB R1ALVL Detects the liquid surface
R1AEHOLD
16 Reagent 2 Pipettor rotation R2AAM 2f R2AAINA R2AAHOME Detects the home position
motor
R2AATDA R2AAM1R Detects a single motor rotation
R2AAINB
R2AATDB
R2AAHOLD
17 Reagent 2 Pipettor Elevator R2AEM 2f R2AEINA R2AEHOME Detects the home position
Motor
R2AETDA R2AEM1R Detects a single motor rotation
R2AEINB R2ACLASH Detects an obstacle
R2AETDB R2LVL Detects the liquid surface
R2AEHOLD
18 Sample Carousel Rotation ISIM 2f ISIINA ISIHOME Detects the home position
Motor
ISITDA ISIPITCH Detects a single motor rotation
(not for C4000)
ISIINB
ISITDB
ISIHOLD
19 Inner Sampler ISOM 2f ISOINA ISOHOME Detects the home position

(not for C4000)
ISOTDA ISOPITCH Detects a single motor rotation
ISOINB
ISOTDB
ISOHOLD
20 Inner Sampler AUXSM 2f AUXINA AHOME Detects the home position

(not for C4000)
AUXTDA AM1R Detects a single motor rotation
AUXINB
AUXTDB
AUXHOLD
SMC Front Panel Connector CN1 (True value = Low)

Pin No. Signal Name Code
1 Home position sensor for the reaction carousel motor RUHOME
2 Single motor rotation sensor (pitch) for the reaction carousel motor RUM1R
3 Home position sensor the ICT rotation motor IAAHOME
4 Home position sensor for the ICT elevator motor IAEHOME
5 Single motor rotation sensor (pitch) for the ICT elevator motor IAEM1R
6 Home position sensor for Mixer 1 rotation motor STA1HOME
7 Home position sensor for Mixer 2 rotation motor STA2HOME
8 Home position sensor for reagent supply center 1 inner carousel motor R1CIHOME
9 Single motor rotation sensor (pitch) for reagent supply center 1 inner carousel motor R1CIPITCH
10 Home position sensor for the reagent supply center 1 outer carousel motor R1COHOME
11 Single motor rotation sensor (pitch) for reagent supply center 1 outer carousel motor R1COPITCH
12 Home position sensor for reagent supply center 2 carousel motor R2CHOME
13 Single motor rotation sensor (pitch) for reagent supply center 2 carousel R2CPITCH
14 Home position sensor for the sample pipettor rotation motor SAAHOME
15 Single motor rotation sensor (pitch) for the sample pipettor rotation motor SAAM1R
16 Home position sensor for the sample pipettor elevator motor SAEHOME
17 Single motor rotation sensor (pitch) for the sample pipettor elevator motor SAEM1R
18 Crash sensor for the sample pipettor SACLASH
19 Home position sensor for the sample syringe drive motor SPHOME
20 Single motor rotation sensor (pitch) for the sample syringe drive motor SPM1R
21 DOWN limit sensor for the sample syringe drive motor SPDLMT
22 Home position sensor for the reagent 1 syringe drive motor R1PHOME
23 Single motor rotation sensor (pitch) for the reagent 1 syringe drive motor R1PM1R
24 DOWN limit sensor for the reagent 1 syringe drive motor R1PDLMT
25 Home position sensor for the reagent 2 syringe drive motor R2PHOME
26 Single motor rotation sensor (pitch) for the reagent 2 syringe drive motor R2PM1R
27 DOWN limit sensor for the reagent 2 syringe drive motor R2PDLMT
28 Home position sensor for the reagent 1 pipettor rotation motor R1AAHOME
29 Single motor rotation sensor (pitch) for the reagent 1 pipettor rotation motor R1AAM1R
30 Home position sensor for the reagent pipettor elevator motor R1AEHOME
31 Single motor rotation sensor (pitch) for the reagent 1 pipettor elevator motor R1AEM1R
32 Crash sensor for the reagent 1 pipettor R1ACLASH
33 Home position sensor for the reagent 2 pipettor rotation motor R2AAHOME
34 Single motor rotation sensor (pitch) for the reagent 2 pipettor rotation motor R2AAM1R
35 Home position sensor for the reagent 2 pipettor elevator motor R2AEHOME
36 Single motor rotation sensor (pitch) for the reagent 2 pipettor elevator motor R2AEM1R
37 Crash sensor for the reagent 2 pipettor R2ACLASH
38 Home position sensor for the sample carousel rotation motor ISIHOME
39 Single motor rotation sensor (pitch) for the sample carousel rotation motor ISIPITCH
40 ISOHOME
41 ISOPITCH
42 AHOME
43 AM1R
44 LLS for the sample pipettor SALVL
45 LLS for the reagent 1 pipettor R1ALVL
46 LLS for the reagent 2 pipettor R2ALVL
47 Sample probe liquid surface non-contact status
48 blank
49 Power supply +5 VDC
SMC Controller Motor Drive Signals and Sensor Signals

Pin A B C D E F
22 SALVLOK R1ALVL R1AAUTOZERO R2ALVLOK GND J5

Connector
21 VCC VCC VCC VCC GND
(SALVLOK) (R1ALVL) (R1AAUTOZERO) (R2ALVLOK)
20 SALVL SAAUTOZERO R1ALVLOK R2ALVL R2AAUTOZERO GND
19 VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC GND

(SALVL) (SAAUTOZERO) (R1ALVLOK) (R2ALVL) (R2AAUTOZERO)
18 GND
17 ACW R1PTDA SSTA2HOLD GND
16 ACCW R1PINB ISIINA GND
15 R1AEINA R1PTDB ISITDA GND
14 R1AETDA R1PHOLD ISIINB GND
13 R1AINB R2PINA ISITDB GND
12 R1AETDB R2PTDA ISIHOLD GND
11 R1AEHOLD R2PINB ISOINA GND
10 R1AAINA R2PTDB ISOTDA GND
9 R1AATDA R2PHOLD ISOINB GND
8 R1AAINB IAEINA ISOTDB GND
7 R1AATDB IAETDA ISOHOLD GND
6 R1AAHOLD +5V IAEINB +5V AUXINA GND
5 R2AEINA +5V IAETDB +5V AUXTDA GND
4 RWAETDA +5V IAEHOLD +5V AUXINB GND

3 R2AEINB GND IAAINA GND AUXTDB GND
2 R2AETDB GND IAATDA GND AUXHOLD GND
1 R2AEHOLD GND IAAINB GND RUCW GND
25 R2AAINA IAATDB RUCCW GND J4 Connector
24 R2AATDA IAAINB R1C1CW GND
23 R2AAINB STA1INA R1C1CCW GND
22 R2AATDB STA1TDA R1COCW GND
21 R2AAHOLD SSTA1INB R1COCCW GND
20 SPINA STA1TDB R2CCW GND
19 SPTDA STA1HOLD R2CCCW GND
18 SPINB STA2INA SAACW GND
17 SPTDB STA2TDA SAACCW GND
16 SPHOLD STA2INB SAECW GND
15 R1PINA STA2TDB SAECCW GND
14 KEY AREA
13
12
11 ISOPITCH AHOME AM1R
10 R2ACLASH ISIHOME ISIPITCH ISOHOME GND
9 R2AAHOME R2AAM1R R2AEHOME R2AEM1R GND
8 R1AAM1R R1AEHOME R1AEM1R R1ACLASH GND
7 R2PHOME R2PM1R R2PDLMT R1AAHOME SALVLGU GND
6 SPDLMT R1PHOME R1PM1R R1PDLMT SALVLGUV(+5v0 GND
5 SAEM1R SACLASH SPHOME SPM1R ISOPOS GND
4 R2CPITCH SAAHOME SAAM1R SAEHOME ISIPOS GND
3 R1C1PITCH R1COHOME R1COPITCH R2CHOME R2CPOS GND

2 IAEM1R STA1HOME STA2HOME R1CIHOME R1COPOS GND
1 RUHOME RUM1R IAAHOME IAEHOME R1CIPPOS GND
rights reserved.
SM AC/DC
SM AC/DC Controller PCB
The SM AC/DC Controller Board controls stepping motors, AC motors and DC valves. The SM AC/DC Controller Board controls the reagent
loading motors and associated sensors for the optional Continuos Reagent Access (CRA) function.
SM AC/DC Controller Board
SM AC/DC PCB Edge

SM AC/DC Block Diagram

Main Functional Areas

1 PMC (Pulse Motor Controller) There are two LSI (Large Scale Integration) pulse motor controller types mounted
on the SM AC/DC Board.
2 FPGA Controller The FPGA (Field Programmable Gate Array) controller consists of AC motor, DC
valve drive circuit, the majority decision logic for sensor input, sensor, lead register
of status, and counter circuitry for PITCH sensors.
3 SM Status LED The stepper motor LED turns red when the Motor Control LSI (Large Scale
Integration) is busy.
4 Debugging LED and Switch 16-bit DIP SW for debugging. The color of the LED is red.
5 Power ON LED The Power Indicator LED is green when the +5V is on.
6 PCI Interface This interface controls the interface bus with the host CPU. This circuit uses a
FPGA.
7 RS232C Interface Provides for communication with a barcode scanner.
Stepping (Pulse) Motor Control

No. Name Phase Motor Signal Name Sensor Signal Name Description
1 Stirrer 1B Horizontal Movement 2f SM1INA SM1HOME Detects the home position

(STR1BH) SM1TDA
SM1INB
SM1TDB
SM1HOLD
2 Stirrer 2B Horizontal Movement 2f SM2INA SM2HOME Detects the home position

(STR2BH) SM2TDA
SM2INB
SM2TDB
SM2HOLD
3 Reagent 2 Outer Carousel (R2OC) 5f SM3CW SM3HOME Detects the home position
SM3CCW SM3PITCH Detects a single motor rotation
4 Sampler Pump Line B (SPB) 2f SM4INA SM4HOME Detects the home position
SM4TDA SM4PITCH Detects a single motor rotation
SM4INB SM4DLMT Detects the DOWN limit
SM4TDB
SM4HOLD
5 Reagent 1B Pump (R1BP) 2f SM5INA SM5HOME Detects the home position

SM5INB SM5DLMT Detect the DOWN limit
SM5TDB
SM5HOLD
6 Reagent 2B Pump (R2BP) 2f SM6INA SM6HOME Detects the home position

SM6INB SM6DLMT Detect the DOWN limit
SM6TDB
SM6HOLD
7 Reagent 1B Arm Horizontal 2f SM7INA SM7HOME Detects the home position

Movement (R1ABH) SM7TDA SM7PITCH Detects a single motor rotation
SM7INB
SM7TDB
SM7HOLD
8 Reagent 1B Arm Vertical 2f SM8INA SM8HOME Detects the home position

Movement (R1ABZ) SM8TDA SM8PITCH Detects a single motor rotation
SM8INB SM8CLASH Detects an obstacle
SM8TDB LVL1 Detects the liquid surface
SM8HOLD
9 Reagent 2B Arm Horizontal 2f SM9INA SM9HOME Detects the home position

Movement (R2ABH) SM9TDA SM9PITCH Detects a single motor rotation
SM9INB
SM9TDB
SM9HOLD
10 Reagent 2B Arm Vertical SM10INA SM10HOME Detects the home position

Movement (R2ABZ) SM10TDA SM10PITCH Detects a single motor rotation
SM10INB SM10CLASH Detects an obstacle
SM10TDB LVL2 Detects the liquid surface
SM10HOLD
12 Waste Pump for High Conc waste, 2f SM12INA SM12HOME Detects the home position
line B (PPBHC) SM12TDA SM12PITCH Detects a single motor rotation
SM12INB
SM12TDB
SM12HOLD
13 Sampler Pump (SP) (CW/CCW 5f SM13HOME Detects the home position

pulse) SM13PITCH Detects a single motor rotation
SM13DLMT Detect the DOWN limit
AC Motor Control

No.
1 Probe Wash Pump line B (PWBP) PWBP_UP

PWBP_DOWN
PWBP_BK
Note The AC1 motor is controlled CW/CCW by commands from the CPU.
DC Control List

No. Device/Signal Name Control Signal Code
1 Internal Sampling Probe line B Valve (ISPBV) ON/OFF DC1 Valve
2 Internal Reagent 1B Probe Valve (IR1BPV) ON/OFF DC2 Valve
3 Internal Reagent 2B Probe Valve (IR2BPV) ON/OFF DC3 Valve
4 LED1-G ON/OFF DC4 LED
5 LED1-O ON/OFF DC5 LED
20 PULL-LED-G ON/OFF DC20 LED
21 PULL-LED-O ON/OFF DC21 LED
22 RUN-LED ON/OFF DC22 LED

23 STAD-LED ON/OFF DC23 LED
24 RERUN-LED ON/OFF DC24 LED
25 STAD-LED-G ON/OFF DC25 LED
26 STAD-LED-O ON/OFF DC26 LED
27 DISK-LED-G ON/OFF DC27 LED
28 DISK-LED-O ON/OFF DC28 LED
29 SET-LED ON/OFF DC29 LED
30 1(TRIGGER) ON/OFF DC30 BCRT
31 2(TRIGGER) ON/OFF DC31 BCRT
32 ON/OFF DC32
Individual Sensor Control

No. Device or Signal Name Control SIgnal Code Sensor
1 STR1A CUV Read SENS-1

STR1H-CUV
2 STR2A CUV Read SENS-2

STR2H-CUV
3 STR1B CUV Read SENS3

STR1BH-CUV
4 STR2B CUV Read SENS4

STR2BH-CUV
5 ISE Aspir Pump Valve Read SENS5 +12V H Active

IAVP-FB
6 DI Water Valve 1 (S-Outer) Read SENS6 +12V H Active

ESPV-FB
7 DI Water Valve 2 (R-Outer) Read SENS7 +12V H Active

ERPV-FB
8 DI Water Valve 3 (STR) Read SENS8 +12V H Active

SWV-FB
9 DI Water Valve 4 (Water Bath) Read SENS9 +12V H Active

WBSV-FB
10 DI Water Valve 5 (Pressurized) Read SENS10 +12V H Active

PWV-FB
11 Cell Wash Valve Read SENS11 +12V H Active

CWV-FB
12 Alkaline & Acid Valve 1 Read SENS12 +12V H Active

DTG1V-FB
13 Alkaline & Acid Valve 2 Read SENS13 +12V H Active

DTG2V-FB
14 Cell Dryer Vac Pump Valve Read SENS14 +12V H Active

CDV-FB
15 Sampling Pump Valve Read SENS15 +12V H Active

ISPV-FB
16 Reagent Pump 1A Valve Read SENS16 +12V H Active

IR1PV-FB
17 Reagent Pump 2A Valve Read SENS17 +12V H Active

IR1PV-FB
18 Sampling Pump B Valve Read SENS18 +12V H Active

ISPBV-FB
19 Reagent Pump 1B Valve Read SENS19 +12V H Active

IRBPV-FB
20 Reagent Pump 2B Valve Read SENS20 +12V H Active

IRBPV-FB
21 Buzzer Read SENS21 +12V H Active

BUZZER-FB
22 IRef Cup Sensor Read SENS22 +12V H Active

IREFCUP-FB
23 Spare Read SENS23 +12V H Active

AUXDC1-FB
24 Low Conc Vac Pump AB Read SENS24 +5V L Active

VP2-FB
25 Cell Dryer Vac Pump AB Read SENS25 +5V L Active

VP1-FB
26 DI Water Supply Pump 1 (Water Pump) Read SENS26 +5V L Active

TWMP-FB
27 DI Water Supply Pump 1 (Outer Wash) Read SENS27 +5V L Active

WPMP-FB
28 Freezer Power Control Relay Read SENS28 +5V L Active

MC-FB
29 Read SENS29 +5V L Active

AUXAC3-ON-FB
30 Read SENS30
AUXSENS1
31 Read SENS31
AUXSENS2
32 Read SENS32
AUXSENS3
33 Read SENS33
AUXSENS4
34 Read SENS34
AUXSENS5
35 Read SENS35
AUXSENS6
36 Read SENS36
AUXSENS7
37 Read SENS37
AUXSENS8
38 Read SENS38
AUXSENS9
39 Read SENS39
AUXSENS10
40 Read SENS40
AUXSENS11
41 Read SENS41
AUXSENS12
42 Read SENS42
AUXSENS13
43 Read SENS43
AUXSENS14
44 Read SENS44
AUXSENS15
45 Read SENS45
AUXSENS16
46 Read SENS46
AUXSENS17
47 Read SENS47
AUXSENS18
48 Read SENS48
AUXSENS19
49 Read SENS49
AUXSENS20
PCI Bus Interface Connectors (J1/J2)

22 GA4 GA3 GA2 GA2 GA0 GND J1

Connector
21 CLK6 GND RSV RVS RSV GND
20 CLK5 GND RSV GND RSV GND
19 GND GND RXV RSV RSV GND
18 BRSVP2A18 BRSVP2B18 BRSVP2C18 GND BRSVP2E18 GND
17 BRSVP2A17 GND PRST# REQ6# GNT5# GND
16 BRSVP2A16 BRSVP2B16 DEG# GND BRSVPE18 GND
15 BRSVP2A15 GND FAL# REQ5# GNT5# GND
14 AD[35] AD[34] AD[33] GND AD[32] GND
12 AD[42] AD[41] AD[40] GND AD[39] GND
10 AD[49] AD[48] AD[47] GND AD[46] GND
8 AD[56] AD[55] AD[54] GND AD[53] GND
6 AD[63] AD[62] AD[61] GND AD[60] GND
5 C/BE[5]# GND V(I/O) C/BE[4]# PAR64 GND
4 V(I/O) BRSVP2B4 C/BE[7]# GND C/BE[6]# GND
3 CLK4 GND GNT3# REQ4# GNT4# GND
2 CLK2 CLK3 SYSEN# GNT2# REQ3# GND
1 CLK1 GND REQ1# GNT1# REQ2# GND
25 5V REQ64# ENUM# 3.3V 5V GND J2 Connector
24 AD[1] 5V V(I/O) AS[0] ACK64# GND
23 3.3V AD[4] AD[3] 5V AD[2] GND
22 AD[7] GND 3.3V AD[6] AD[5] GND
21 3.3V AD[9] AD[8] M66EN C/BE[0]# GND
19 3.3V AD[15] AD[14] GND AD[13] GND
18 SERR# GND 3.3V PAR C/BE[1]# GND
17 3.3V SDONE SBO# GND PERR# GND
16 DEVSEL# GND V(I/O) STOP# LOCK# GND
15 3.3V FRAME# IRDY# GND TRDY# GND
14 KEY AREA
13
12
11 AD[18] AD[17] AD[16] GND C/BE[2]# GND
10 AD[21] GND 3.3V AD[20] AD[19] GND
9 C/BE[3]# IDSEL AD[23] GND AD[22] GND
7 AD[30] AD[29] AD[28] GND AD[27] GND
6 REQ# GND 3.3V CLK AD[31] GND
5 BRSVP1A5 BRSVP1B5 RST# GND GNT# GND
4 BRSVP1A4 GND V(I/O) INTP INTS GND
3 INTA# INTB# INTC# 5V INTD# GND
2 TCK 5V TMS TDO TDI GND
1 5V -12V TRST# +12V 5V GND
Pin No. A B C D E F
Motor Driver Signals and Sensors Pin Assignment (J4/J5)

22 LVL1OK H LVL2OK H AUTO0_1 L TXD1 - TXD2 - GND J5

Connector
21 VCC VCC VCC RXD1 - RXDS - GND
(LVL1OK) (LVLV2OK) (AUTO0_1)
20 LVL1 H LVL2 H AUTO0_2 L RTS1 - RTS2 - GND
19 VCC(LVL1) VCC(LVL2) VCC CTS1 CTS2 GND

(AUTO0_2)
18 SM6HOLD L O SM10HOLD L O SENS33 H I DSR1 DSR2 GND
17 SM6TDB L O SM10TDB L O SENS32 H I DTR1 DTR2 GND
16 SM6TDA L O SM10TDA L O SENS31 H I DC30 L O DC31 (TRIG2) L O GND

(TRIG1)
15 SM6INB L O SM10INB L O SENS30 H I FB12VGND H I DC13 L O GND
14 SM6INA L O SM10INA L O SENS29 L I SENS38 H I DC12 L O GND
13 SM5HOLD L O SM9HOLD L O SENS28 L I SENS37 H I DC11 L O GND
12 SM5TDB L O SM9TDB L O SENS27 L I SENS36 H I DC10 L O GND
11 SM5TDA L O SM9TDA L O SENS26 L I SENS35 H I DC9 L O GND
10 SM5INB L O SM9INB L O SENS25 L I SENS34 H I DC8 L O GND
9 SM5INA L O SM9INA L O SENS24 L I DC32 L O DC7 L O GND
8 SM4HOLD L O SM8HOLD L O SM13HOLD L O DC29 L O DC6 L O GND
7 SM4TDB L O SM8TDB L O SM13TDB L O DC28 L O DC5 L O GND
6 SM4TDA L O SM8TDA L O SM13TDA L O DC27 L O DC4 L O GND
5 SM4INB L O SM8INB L O SM13INB L O DC26 L O DC3 L O GND
4 SM4INA L O SM8INA L O SM13INA L O DC25 L O DC2 L O GND
3 SM3CCW L O +5V - +5V - DC24 L O DC1 L O GND
2 SM3CW L O +5V - +5V - +5V - SENS49 H I GND
1 SM2HOLD L O +5V - +5V - +5V - SENS48 H I GND
25 SM2TDB L O SM13CCW O SM12HOLD L O DC23 L O SENS47 H I GND J5

Connector
24 SM2TDA L O SM13CW O SM12TDB L O DC22 L O SENS46 H I GND
23 SM2INB L O SM13DLMT I SM12TDA L O DC21 L O SENS45 H I GND
22 SM2INA L O SM7HOLD L O SM12INB L O DC20 L O SENS44 H I GND

21 SM1HOLD L O SM7TDB L O SM12INA L O DC19 L O GND
20 SM1TDB L O SM7TDA L O SM11HOLD L O DC18 L O GND
19 SM1TDA L O SM7INB L O SM11TDB L O DC17 L O GND
18 SM1INB L O SM7INA L O SM11TDA L O DC16 L O AC18K L O GND
17 SM1INA L O SM11F H I SM11INB L O DC15 L O AC1DOWN(PS) L O GND
16 SM6DLMT H I SM11B H I SM11INA L O DC14 L O AC1UP L O GND

(GH)
15 SM6PITCH H I SM11PITCH H I SM13PITCH H I SENS15 H I SENS3 H O GND

(OK)
14 KEY AREA
13
12
11 SM6HOME H I SM11HOME H I SM13HOME H I SENS14 H I SENS2 H I GND
10 SM5DLMT H I SM10CLASH H I SM12PITCH H I SENS13 H I SENS1 H I GND

(OK)
9 SM5PITCH H I SM10PITCH H I SM12HOME H I SENS12 H I SENS43 H I GND
8 SM5HOME H I SM10HOME H I SENS23 H I SENS11 H I SENS42 H I GND
7 SM4DLMT H I SM9PITCH H I SENS22 H I SENS10 H I SENS41 H I GND
6 SM4PITCH H I SM9HOME H I SENS21 H I SENS9 H I SENS40 H I GND
5 SM4HOME H I SM8CLASH H I SENS20 H I SENS8 H I SENS39 H I GND
4 SM3PITCH H I SM8PITCH H I SENS19 H I SENS7 H I AC1OK H I GND
3 SM3HOME H I SM8HOME H I SENS18 H I SENS6 H I AC1S9 H I GND
2 SM2HOME H I SM7PITCH H I SENS17 H I SENS5 H I AC1DOWN H I GND

(MOVE)
1 SM1HOME H I SM7HOME H I SENS16 H I SENS4 H I AC1UP H I GND

(HOME)
A B C D E F
Front Panel Interface Connector (CNN1) Connector Pin Map

Sensor
Pin No Unit Name Sensor Signal Value I/O Pin No Unit Name Value I/O
Signal
1 STR1BH SM1HOME L O 51 ISPV-FB SENS15 L O
2 STR2BH SM2HOME L O 52 IR1PV-FB SENS16 L O
3 R2OC SM3HOME L O 53 IR2PV-FB SENS17 L O
4 R2OC SM3PITCH L O 54 ISPBV-FB SENS18 L O
5 SPB SM4HOME L O 55 IR1BPV-FB SENS19 L O
6 SPB SM4PITCH L O 56 IR2BPV-FB SENS20 L O
7 SPB SM4DLMT L O 57 BUZZER-FB SENS21 L O
8 R1BP SM5HOME L O 58 IREFCUP-FB SENS22 L O
9 R1BP SM5PITCH L O 59 AUXDCI-FB SENS23 L O
10 R1BP SM5DLMT L O 60 VP2-FB SENS24 L O
11 R2BP SM6HOME L O 61 VP1-FB SENS25 L O
12 R2BP SM6PITCH L O 62 TWMP-FB SENS26 L O
13 R2BP SM6DLMT L O 63 WPMP-FB SENS27 L O
14 R1ABH SM7HOME L O 64 MC-FB SENS28 L O
15 R1ABH SM7PITCH L O 65 AUXAC3-ON-FB SENS29 L O

16 R1ABZ SM8HOME L O 66 AUXSENS1 SENS30 L O
17 R1ABZ SM8PITCH L O 67 AUXSENS2 SENS31 L O
18 R1ABZ SM8CLASH L O 68 AUXSENS3 SENS32 L O
19 R2ABH SM9HOME L O 69 AUXSENS4 SENS33 L O
20 R2ABH SM9PITCH L O 70 AUXSENS5 SENS34 L O
21 R2ABZ SM10HOME L O 71 AUXSENS6 SENS35 L O
22 R2ABZ SM10PITCH L O 72 AUXSENS7 SENS36 L O
23 R2ABZ SM10CLASH L O 73 AUXSENS8 SENS37 L O
24 NOT USED SM11HOME L O 74 AUXSENS9 SENS38 L O
25 NOT USED SM11PITCH L O 75 AUXSENS10 SENS39 L O
26 NOT USED SM11B L O 76 AUXSENS11 SENS40 L O
27 NOT USED SM11F L O 77 AUXSENS12 SENS41 L O
28 PPBHC SM12HOME L O 78 AUXSENS13 SENS42 L O
29 PPBHC SM12PITCH(OK) L O 79 AUXSENS14 SENS43 L O
30 SP SM13HOME L O 80 AUXSENS15 SENS44 L O
31 SP SM13PITCH(OK) L O 81 AUXSENS16 SENS45 L O
32 SP SM13DLMT L O 82 AUXSENS17 SENS46 L O
33 PWSP AC1UP(HOME) L O 83 AUXSENS18 SENS47 L O
34 PWSP AC1DOWN(MOVE) L O 84 AUXSENS19 SENS48 L O
35 PWSP AC1S9 L O 85 AUXSENS20 SENS49 L O
36 PWSP AC1OK L O 86 O
37 STR1H-CUV SENS1 L O 87 LVL1OK L O
38 STR2H-CUV SENS2 L O 88 LVL2OK L O
39 STR1BH- SENS3 L O 89 GND L O

CUV
40 STR2BH- SENS4 L O 90 GND L O

CUV
41 IAVP-FB SENS5 L O 91 GND L O
42 ESPV-FB SENS6 L O 92 GND L O
43 ERPV-FB SENS7 L O 93 GND L O

44 SWV-FB SENS8 L O 94 O
45 WBSV-FB SENS9 L O 95 O
46 PWV-FB SENS10 L O 96 +5V L O
47 CWV-FB SENS11 L O 97 +5V L O
48 DTG1V-FB SENS12 L O 98 +5V L O
49 DTG2V-FB SENS13 L O 99 +5V L O
50 CDV-FB SENS14 L O 100 +5V L O
Pulse Motor Control Connector CNN2 Pin Map

Pin No Signal Name Code Truth Valve I/O
1 SM1 +PO L O
2 SM1 -PO L O
3 SM2 +PO L O
4 SM2 -PO L O
5 SM3 +PO L O
6 SM3 -PO L O
7 SM4 +PO L O
8 SM4 -PO L O
9 SM5 +PO L O
10 SM5 -PO L O
11 SM6 +PO L O
12 SM6 -PO L O
13 SM7 +PO L O
14 SM7 -PO L O
15 SM8 CWP L O
16 CM8 CCWP L O
17 SM9 +PO L O
18 SM9 -PO L O
19 SM10 CWP L O
20 SM10 CCWP L O
21 SM11 +PO L O
22 SM11 -PO L O
23 SM12 +PO L O
24 SM12 -PO L O
25 SM13 +PO L O
26 SM13 -PO L O
27 GND GND O
28 GND GND O
29 GND GND O
30 GND GND O
rights reserved.
Driver Box Assembly

Links
AC/DC Driver
Driver Box
Mixer
SMD Board
AC/DC Driver

AC/DC Board
AC/DC Driver PCB

The AC/DC Driver board drives AC (motors, magnet pumps, etc.) and DC components (magnetic valves, etc.) from the AC/DC or
SM_AC/DC controller boards located in the card cage.

AC
The driver board receives AC motor rotation control and ON/OFF signals from the AC/DC and SM AC/DC Controller boards. The control
signals are conveyed by SSR (Solid State Relay) to AC motors, magnetic pumps and magnetic valves. The control signal and the input side
of +5 volts are isolated electrically from the output side of the drive circuitry by use of solid state relays mounted in the board. An output
circuit is present to provide feedback to the AC/DC and SM AC/DC Controller boards and to check operation of the device (ON/OFF).

AC Drives
AC Driving Table

No Device Code Feedback
1 Wash Unit WSM No
2 Stirrer Arm STRM No
3 Probe Inner Wash Pump PWPM No
4 Cell Wash Pump CWPM No
5 ISE Suction Pump ISPM No
6 ISE Ref Pump IMPM No
7 Detergent Pump DTPM No
8 Cell Wash Vacuum Pump CWP No
9 Cell Dryer Vacuum Pump (spare) CDVP No

10 Outer Wall Wash Pump WPMP No
11 Auto Power Down MC1 No

(Magnet Contact Control)
12 Auto Reagent Loading AUXAC1 No

Door Open/Close
13 Auto Power Up ON/OFF No
DC Drives
The DC region is controlled by signals sent from the AC/DC and SM AC/DC Controller boards. The control signal and +5volts is isolated
electrically from the output side of the drive circuit by use of a relay mounted on the board. An output circuit provides feedback to the CPU
and monitors the relay’s operation.
Note Magnetic valves are not equipped with sensors so a feedback signal is prepared in the card cage.
DC Driving Table

No Device Code Feedback
1 Sampling Pump Valve 1 SPV Y
2 R1 Pump Valve R1PV Y
3 R2 Pump Valve R2PV Y
4 ISE Suction Pinch Valve ISPV Y
5 Acid Valve 1 & Alkaline Valve 1 DTG1V Y
6 Acid Valve 2 & Alkaline Valve 2 DTG2V Y
7 Cell Wash Valve CATCHER Y
8 Sampling Probe Outer Wash Valve ESPV Y
9 Reagent Probe Outer Wash Valve ERPV Y
10 Stirrer Wash Valve SWV Y
11 DIW Supply Valve (Pressurized) WBSV Y
12 DIW Pump (Peristaltic Pump) PWV Y
13 ICT-Level Sensor IREF Y
14 Buzzer BUZZER Y
15 Spare1 CRA CRA N
16 Spare2 AUXDC1 Y
17 Spare3 AUXDC2 Y
Input/Output Signals

CNN1

Pin Code Description Value
1 WS UP Cell Wash CW Signal L
2 WS DWN Cell Wash CCW Signal
3 WS BK Cell Wash Brake Signal
4 STRZ UP Stirrer Arm CW Signal
5 STRZ DW Stirrer Arm CCW Signal
6 STRZ BK Stirrer Arm Brake Signal
7 PWP UP Probe Inner Wall Wash Pump CW Signal

8 PWP DWN Probe Inner Wall Wash Pump CCW Signal
9 PWP BK Probe Inner Wall Wash Pump Brake Signal
10 AUXAC1
11 AUXAC1
12 AUXAC1
13 NC
14 WCP ON Cell Wash Pump CW Signal
15 WCP BK Cell Wash Pump Brake Signal
16 ICT ON ISE Suction Pump CW Signal
17 ICT BK ISE Suction Pump Brake Signal
18 ICTR ON ISE Ref Pump CW Signal
19 ICTR BK ISE Ref Pump Brake Signal
20 DTGP ON Detergent Pump CW Signal
21 DTGP BK Detergent Pump Brake Signal
22 NC
23 VP2 Cell Vacuum Pump ON Signal (Vacuum)
24 VP1 Spare ON Signal (Cell Dryer Pump)
25 WPMP Outer Wall Pump ON Signal
26 MC1 Auto Power OFF-ON Signal
27 NC
28 ISPV Sample Pump Valve 1&2 ON Signal
29 IR1PV R1 Pump Valve ON signal
30 IR2PV R2 Pump Valve ON Signal
31 IAV ISE Suction Pinch Valve ON Signal
32 DTG1V Acid & Alkaline Detergent Valve 1 ON Signal
33 DTG2V Acid & Alkaline Detergent Valve 2 ON Signal
34 CWV Cell Wash Valve
35 ESPV Sample Probe Valve ON Signal
36 ERPV R-Probe Outer Wash Valve ON Signal
37 SWV Stirrer Wash Valve ON Signal
38 WBSV DIW Supply Valve ON Signal
39 PWV DIW Supply Pump (Peristaltic Pump) ON
40 IREF ICT-Level Sensor ON Signal
41 BUZZER Buzzer ON Signal
42 AUXDC1 Spare
43 AUXDC2 Spare
44 AUTO1 CRA Door Open/Close 1 Signal
45 AUTO2 CRA Door Open/Close 2 Signal
46 NC
47 NC
48 NC
49 NC
50 NC
51 NC
52 ISPV FB Sample Pump Valve 1 & 3 FB Signal
53 IR1PV FB R1 Pump Valve FB Signal
54 IR2PV FB R2 Pump Valve FB Signal
55 IAV FB ISE Suction Pinch Valve FB Signal
56 DTG1V FB Acid & Alkaline Valve 1 FB Signal
57 DTG2V FB Acid & Alkaline Valve 2 FB Signal
58 CWV FB Cell Wash Valve FB Signal
59 ESPV FB Sample Probe Outer Wash Valve FB Signal
60 ERPV FB R-Probe Outer Wall Wash Valve FB Signal
61 SWV FB Stirrer Wash Valve FB Signal
62 WBSV FB DIW Supply Valve FB signal
63 PWV FB DIW Supply Pump (Peristaltic Pump) FB Signal
64 IREF FB ICT-Level Sensor FB Signal
65 BUZZER Buzzer FB Signal
66 AUXDC1 Spare 1 FB Signal
67 AUXDC2 Spare 2 FB Signal
68 NC
69 GND (+12V) Feedback GND (+12V)
70 GND (+12V) Feedback GND (+12V)
71 GND GND
72 GND GND
73 GND GND
74 GND GND
75 GND GND
76 +5V +5V Power Supply
AC Drive Signal Output
CNN2 – CNN7, CNN14

CNN 2

1 Cell Wash Motor
2
3
4 Stirrer Arm Motor
5
6
CNN 3

1 Probe Inner Wall Wash Pump Motor

2
3
4 Cell Wash Pump Motor
5
6
CNN 4

1 ISE Suction Pump Motor
2
3
4 ISE Ref Pump Motor
5
6
CNN 5

1 Detergent Pump Motor
2
3
4 Reagent Supply Door Open/Close Motor
5
6
CNN 6

1 Cell Wash Vacuum Pump
2
CNN 7

1 Cell Wash Dryer Pump
2
3 Outer Wall Wash Pump
4
5 Auto Power Down

(Magnet Contact)
6
CNN 14

1 Auto Power On/Off
2
3

DC Drive Signal Output
CNN 8 – CNN 10

CNN 8

1 Sampling Pump Valve 1&2
2
3 R1 Pump Valve
4
5 R2 Pump Valve
6
7 ISE Suction Pinch Valve
8
9 Acid Valve 1 & Alkaline Detergent Valve 1
10
11 Acid Valve 2 & Alkaline Detergent Valve 2
12
CNN 9

1 Cell Wash Valve
2
3 Sampling Probe Outer Wall Wash Valve
4
5 Reagent Probe Outer Wall Wash Valve
6
7 Stirrer Wash Valve
8
9 DIW Supply Valve
10
11 DIW Supply Pump
12
CNN 10

1 ICT-Level Sensor
2
3 Buzzer
4
5 Spare 1 (CRA)
6
7 Spare 2
8
9 Spare 3
10

Power Input
CNN 11, CNN 12, CNN 15

CNN 11

1 AC100V
2
3 NC
CNN 12

1 DC+12V
2
CNN 15

1 AC100V
2
3 NC
Automatic Power ON/OFF Control Signal
CNN 13

1 Automatic Power ON/OFF Control Signal
2
60064. All rights reserved.
Driver Box
The Driver Box Assembly contains driver boards for motors and magnetic valves. The following boards are contained in the Driver Box.
• SMD Board–The SMD Board receives stepper motor control signals from the SMC and SM AC/DC boards. Power for each driver
is supplied from the power supply. Drive signals for each stepping motor is provided by each mounted driver circuit.
• AC/DC Board–The AC/DC Driver Board receives ON/OFF and motor rotation control signals from the AC/DC and SM AC/DC
Controller boards. Drive signals for 100VAC motors, 12VDC magnetic pumps and magnetic valves, are converted by SSR; with the
relay mounted on the board.
• STR-Driver 2 Board–The STR-Driver (Mixer) 2 Board receives control signals for the Piezo Stirrers from the SMC and SM AC/DC
Controller boards, and provide output signals for driving the Piezo Stirrer for each STR unit. The AC/DC Controller board provides
control signals for vertical (up/down) movement of the Mixer Assembly.
SMD Connector Position

SMD Connector Function
CN1 I/F Signals
CN2 Reaction Carousel Rotate Motor
CN3 Sample Arm U/D Motor
CN4 Reagent Inner Carousel Motor
CN5 Reagent Outer Carousel Motor
CN6 Sample Arm Rotate Motor
CN7 R1 Arm U/D Rotate Motor
CN8 R2 Arm U/D Rotate Motor
CN9 Stirrer 1 and 2 Rotate Motor
CN10 ISE Arm U/D and Rotate Motor
CN11 Sample Pump and R1 Pump Motors
CN12 R2 and HCW Pump Motors
CN13 CRA
CN14 CRA
CN15
CN16
CN17
CN18
CN19
CN20
CN21
CN22
CN23
CN24
AC/DC Connector Position

AC/DC Driver Connector Function
CN1 I/F Signals
CN2 Cell Wash Motor/Stirrer Arm Motor
CN3 Probe Inner Wash Pump Motor/Cell Wash Pump Motor
CN4 ISE Suction Pump Motor
CN5 Detergent Pump Motor/Reagent Supply Door Open/Close Motor
CN6 Cell Wash Vacuum Pump
CN7 Cell Wash Dryer Pump/Outer Wall Wash Pump/Auto Power Down
CN8 S, R1, R2 Pump Valves/ISE Suction Pinch Valve/Acid Alk Det Valves 1 and 2
CN9 Wash Valves/DIW Supply Valve and Pump
CN10 ICT Level Sensor/Buzzer/CRA
CN11 AC100V
CN12 DC+12V
CN13 Auto Power On/Off
CN14 AC100V
CN15 On/Off
STR-Driver2

STR-Driver2 Connector Function
CN1 STR-Driver2 Control Signal I/F
CN2 Piezo Stirrer Drive Signal Output
CN3 +24VAC
CN4 ±15VAC
Input/Output Connectors

Driver Box Assembly External Connector Position

Connector Function
SM1 SDM Control Signal I/F
SM2,3 5-phase Stepping Motor Drive Output
SM6 5-phase Stepping Motor Drive Output
SM15-17 DC+24V Input
SM18-21 DC+24V Input
SM22 Solenoid DC+24V Output
DR_FAN AC100V for Cooling Fan
AD1 AC/DC Control Signal I/F
AD2,3 AC Drive Signal Output
AD8 AC Drive Signal Output
AD11 AC100V Input
AD12 DC+12V Input
STR1 STR-DRIVER 2 Control Signal I/F
STR2 Piezo Stirrer Drive Signal Output
STR3,4 AC+24V/DC+15V Input
FB Not used
rights reserved.
Mixer
Mixer Block Diagram
Mixer Driver Board
Functional Diagram Link
STR-Driver2 (FSTR2A) 7A_2044b
NEW STR-Driver (FSTR2C) 7A_2078a
Functional Diagram Link
Mixer Block Diagram 7A_2077a
Test Points
TP1 +15V LED 1 (voltage supplied)
TP2 for analog IC's GND

TP3 -15V LED 2 (voltage supplied)
TP4 +50V Not monitored by LED
TP5 for driving the Piezo stirrers GND
TP6 -50V Not monitored by LED
TP7 +5V LED 5 (voltage generated on board)
TP8 GND
TP9 +3.3V LED 6 (voltage generated on board)
TP10 for the FPGA GND
TP11 <1OUT>
TP12 <2OUT>
Switch Settings
SW1
1 ON
2 ON
3 OFF
4 OFF
SW2
1 ON
2 ON
3 OFF
4 OFF
Address Settings
Address
SW3 1
SW4 4
SW5 5
SW5 5
SW7 1
SW8 4
SW9 5
SW10 5
Cable Connection Panel

Cable Label Connection Label Control Function
STR-A ST1AM Stirrer 1 rotate motor
STR-B ST2AM Stirrer 2 rotate motor
STR-D STRD Stirrer vibration drive
STR-E STRM Stirrer Mixer Elevator Motor
SE-S STRE-S Stirrer Elevator Motor Sensors
STR-S STR-S Stirrer Rotation Home and Cuvette Sensors

SMD Board
The SMD (Stepping Motor Driver) Board receives control signals from the SMC and/or SM_AC/DC Control Boards and 24VDC from the
power supply to provide drive signals for each stepper motor.
SMD Block Diagram
SMD Board I/F Signals
CNN 1

Pin
Signal Name Active Note
No
1 RCCW L Reaction Carousel Rotation Motor CW
2 RCCCW L Reaction Carousel Rotation Motor CCW
3 RICCW L Reagent Inner Carousel Motor CW
4 RICCCW L Reagent Inner Carousel Motor CCW
5 ROCCW L Reagent Outer Carousel Motor CW
6 ROCCCW L Reagent Outer Carousel Motor CCW
7 SAZCW L Sample Arm Up/Down Motor CW
8 SAZCCW L Sample Arm Up/Down Motor CCW
9 SAHCW L Sample Arm Rotate Motor CW
10 SAHCCW L Sample Arm Rotate Motor CCW
11 R1ZNA L R1 Arm Up/Down Motor NA
12 R1ZNB L R1 Arm Up/Down Motor NB
13 R1ZTDA L R1 Arm Up/Down Motor TDA
14 R1ZTDB L R1 Arm Up/Down Motor TDB
15 R1ZHOLD L R1 Arm Up/Down Motor HOLD
16 R1HNA L R1 Arm Rotate Motor NA

17 R1HNB L R1 Arm Rotate Motor NB
18 R1HTDA L R1 Arm Rotate Motor TDA
19 R1HTDB L R1 Arm Rotate Motor TDB
20 R1HHOLD L R1 Arm Rotate Motor HOLD
21 R2ZNA L R2 Arm Up/Down Motor NA
22 R2ZNB L R2 Arm Up/Down Motor NB
23 R2ZTDA L R2 Arm Up/Down Motor TDA
24 R2ZTDB L R2 Arm Up/Down Motor TDB
25 R2ZHOLD L R2 Arm Up/Down Motor HOLD
26 R2HNA L R2 Arm Rotate Motor NA
27 R2HNB L R2 Arm Rotate Motor NB
28 R2HTDA L R2 Arm Rotate Motor TDA
29 R2HTDB L R2 Arm Rotate Motor TDB
30 R2HHOLD L R2 Arm Rotate Motor HOLD
31 STR1HNA L Stirrer 1 Rotate Motor NA
32 STR1H/NB L Stirrer 1 Rotate Motor NB
33 STR1HTDA L Stirrer 1 Rotate Motor TDA
34 STR1HTDB L Stirrer 1 Rotate Motor TDB
35 STR1HHOLD L Stirrer 1 Rotate Motor HOLD
36 STR2HINA L Stirrer 2 Rotate Motor NA
37 STR2HINB L Stirrer 2 Rotate Motor NB
38 STR2HTDA L Stirrer 2 Rotate Motor TDA
39 STR2HTDB L Stirrer 2 Rotate Motor TDB
40 STR2HHOLD L Stirrer 2 Rotate Motor HOLD
41 IAZINA L ISE Arm Up/Down Motor NA
42 IAZINB L ISE Arm Up/Down Motor NB
43 IAZTDA L ISE Arm Up/Down Motor TDA
44 IAZ TDB L ISE Arm Up/Down Motor TDB
45 IAZ HOLD L ISE Arm Up/Down Motor HOLD
46 IAHINA L ISE Arm Rotate Motor NA
47 IAHINB L ISE Arm Rotate Motor NB
48 IAHTDA L ISE Arm Rotate Motor TDA
49 IAH TDB L ISE Arm Rotate Motor TDB
50 IAH HOLD L ISE Arm Rotate Motor HOLD
51 SPINA L Sample Pump Motor NA
52 SPINB L Sample Pump Motor NB
53 SPTDA L Sample Pump Motor TDA
54 SPTDB L Sample Pump Motor TDB
55 SPHOLD L Sample Pump Motor HOLD
56 R1PINA L R1 Pump Motor NA
57 R1PINB L R1 Pump Motor NB
58 R1P TDA L R1 Pump Motor TDA
59 R1PTDB L R1 Pump Motor TDB
60 R1PHOLD L R1 Pump Motor HOLD

61 R2PINA L R2 Pump Motor NA
62 R2PINB L R2 Pump Motor NB
63 R2P TDA L R2 Pump Motor TDA
64 R2PTDB L R2 Pump Motor TDB
65 R2PHOLD L R2 Pump Motor HOLD
66 PPHCNA L HCW Pump Motor NA
67 PPHCNB L HCW Pump Motor NB
68 PPHCTDA L HCW Pump Motor TDA
69 PPHCTDB L HCW Pump Motor TDB
70 PPHCHOLD L HCW Pump Motor HOLD
71 AUTO1NA L Reagent Handler (1) Motor NA
72 AUTO1NB L Reagent Handler (1) Motor NB
73 AUTO1TDA L Reagent Handler (1) Motor TDA
74 AUTO1TDB L Reagent Handler (1) Motor TDB
75 AUTO1HOLD L Reagent Handler (1) Motor HOLD
86 AUXNA L Spare Motor NA
87 AUXNB L Spare Motor NB
88 AUXTDA L Spare Motor TDA
89 AUXTDB L Spare Motor TDB
90 AUXHOLD L Spare Motor HOLD
91 GND L GND (+5V)
92 GND L GND (+5V)
93 GND L GND (+5V)
94 GND L GND (+5V)
95 GND L GND (+5V)
96 GND L GND (+5V)
97 +5V L +5V Power
98 +5V L +5V Power
99 +5V L +5V Power
100 +5V L +5V Power
5-Phase Stepping Motor Drive Signals

No Unit Name Code

1 Reaction Carousel Motor RUM
2 Sample Arm Up/Down Motor SAEM
3 Reagent Inner Rotate Motor RICM
4 Reagent Outer Rotate Motor ROCM
5 Sample Arm Theta Motor SAAM
CNN 2

Pin Note
1 Reaction Carousel Rotate Motor
CNN 3

Pin Note
1 Sample Arm Up/Down Motor
CNN 4

Pin Note
1 Reagent Inner Carousel Motor
CNN 5

Pin Note
1 Reagent Outer Carousel Motor
CNN 6

Pin Note
1 Sample Arm Rotate Motor
2-Phase Stepping Motor Drive Table

No Unit Name Code
1 R1 Arm Up/Down Motor R1AEM
2 R1 Arm Rotate Motor R1AAM
3 R2 Arm Up/Down Motor R2AEM
4 R2 Arm Rotate Motor R2AAM
5 R1 Stirrer Rotate Motor ST1AM
6 R2 Stirrer Rotate Motor ST1AM
7 ISE Arm Up/Down Motor IAEM
8 ISE Arm Rotate Motor IAAM
9 Sampling Pump Motor SPM
10 R1 Pump Motor R1PM
11 R2 Pump Motor R2PM
12 HCW Pump Motor HCWPM
13 Reagent Loading Motor (1)
16 Spare Reagent Loading Motor (4)
2-Phase Stepping Motor Drive Signals

CNN 7

Pin Note
1 R1 Arm Up/Down Motor
7 R1 Arm Rotate Motor
10
11
12
CNN8

Pin Note
1 R2 Arm Up/Down Motor
7 R2 Arm Rotate Motor
10
11
12
CNN9

Pin Note
1 Stirrer 1 Rotate Motor
7 Stirrer 2 Rotate Motor
10
11
12
CNN10

Pin Note
1 ISE Arm Up/Down Motor
7 ISE Arm Rotate Motor
10
11
12
CNN11

Pin Note
1 Sampling Pump Motor
7 R1 Pump Motor
10
11
12
CNN12

Pin Note
1 R2 Pump Motor
7 HCW Pump Motor
10
11
12
CNN13

Pin Note
1 Reagent Auto Loading Motor (1)

8
10
11
12
CNN14

Pin Note
10
11
12
Power Inputs CNN15–CNN21

CNN15

Pin Note

CNN16

Pin Note

CNN17

Pin Note

CNN18

Pin Note

CNN19

Pin Note

CNN20

Pin Note

CNN21

Pin Note

Solenoid +24V Outputs

CNN 22

Pin Note

rights reserved.
Miscellaneous Boards

Links
CNN Board
ICT Pre Amp Board
IREF Level Detect Board

LED Boards
LLS Board
Thermal Bath Controller (TBC) Board
rights reserved.
CNN Board
The CNN Board is the distribution board for branch wiring between the card cage and other boards or devices. The board maintains +5, +12
and ±15VDC for supply to sensors, pressure sensors and power for level sensor board. The TLLS board and +15VDC-DC converter for the
TLLS-Pre Board are mounted on the CNN Board.

CNN Board Callouts
CNN1 (from power supply via Card Cage)

Pin Signal Name I/O Note
1 +5V I +5V
2 GND O

36 +12V I ±12V
37 I
38 I
39 I
40 I
41 -12V I
42 I
43 I
44 I
45 I
46 12VGND I
47 I
48 I
49 I
50 I

36 +12V I +/−12V
37 I
38 I
39 I
40 I
41 -12V I
42 I
43 I
44 I
45 I
46 12VGND I
47 I
48 I
49 I
50 I
CNN11>CNN3 (Pumps)

Pin Signal Signal Name Active I/O Note Pin Signal Active I/O
1 +5v +5v Sample

Pump
2 GND GND
3 Pitch SPMIR H I 7 SPMIR H I
4 +5v +5v
5 GND GND
6 Home SPHOME H I 6 SPHOME H I
7 +5v +5v
8 GND GND
9 Down Limit SPDLMT H I 8 SPDLMT H I
10 +5v +5v R1
Pump
11 GND GND
12 Pitch R1PMIR H I 10 R1PMIR H I
13 +5v +5v
14 GND GND
15 Home R1PHOME H I 9 R1PHOME H I
16 +5v +5v
17 GND GND
18 Down Limit R1PDLMT H I 11 R1PDLMT H I
19 +5v +5v R2 Pump
20 GND GND
21 Pitch R2PMIR H I 13 R2PMIR H I
22 +5v +5v
23 GND GND
24 Home R2PHOME H I 12 R2PHOME H I
25 +5v +5v
26 GND GND
27 Down Limit R2PDLMT H I 14 R2PDLMT H I
28 NC
29 NC
30 NC
31 NC
32 NC
33 NC
34 NC
CNN12>CNN3 (Probes and Level Sense)

1 +15V +15V
2
3 AGND AGND
4
5 -15V -15V
6
7 VCCSAAAUTOZERO +5V 53 VCCSAAAUTOZERO O
8 SAAUTOZERO S Probe LLS Auto 46 SAAUTOZERO L O

Zero
9 VCCSALVL S Probe LLS (+) 49 VCCSALVL I

Differential
10 SALVL S Probe LLS (-) 50 SALVL H I

Differential
11 VCCSALVLOK S Probe LLS (+) 51 VCCSALVLOK I

Integral
12 SALVLOK S Probe LLS (-) 52 SALVLOK H I

Integral
13 VCCR1AAUTOZERO +5V 59 VCCR1AAUTOZERO O
14 R1AAUTOZERO R1A Probe LLS 17 R1AAUTOZERO L O

Auto Zero
15 VCCR1ALVL R1A Probe LLS (+) 55 VCCR1ALVL I

Differential
16 R1ALVL R1A Probe LLS (-) 56 R1ALVL H I

Differential
17 VCCR1ALVLOK R1A Probe LLS (+) 57 VCCR1ALVLOK I

Integral
18 R1ALVLOK R1A Probe LLS (-) 58 R1ALVLOK H I

Integral
19 VCCR2AAUTOZERO +5V 65 VCCR2AAUTOZERO O
20 R2AAUTOZERO R2A Probe LLS 22 R2AAUTOZERO L O

Auto Zero
21 VCCR2ALVL R2A Probe LLS (+) 61 VCCR2ALVL I

Differential
22 R2ALVL R2A Probe LLS (-) 62 R2ALVL H I

Differential
23 VCCR2ALVLOK R2A Probe LLS (+) 63 VCCR2ALVLOK I

Integral
24 R2ALVLOK R2A Probe LLS (-) 64 R2ALVLOK H I

Integral
25 SALVLGUV+5V 68 SALVLGUV+5V
26 SALVLGU 67 SALVLGU L
CNN13>CNN2 (Degasser and TBC)

1 +5V +5V TBC
2 +5V +5V
3 BathWater IHTRON L O 77 IHTRON L O

Htr ON/OFF
4 WaterBath IPMON L O 76 IPMON L O

CyclePump
ON/OFF
5 NC
6 Water Bath IFANON L O 80 IFANON L O

Fan
CntrlON/OFF
7 Water Bath IMVOPEN L O 78 IMVOPEN L O

Mtr Vlv Open
8 Water Bath IMVSHUT L O 79 IMVSHUT L O

Mtr Vlv Clsd
9 Wtr Bth Fan IVRSTR+ I 89 IVRSTR+ I

Ctrl Thrm
10 Wtr Bth Fan IVRSTR- I 90 IVRSTR- I

Ctrl Thrm
11 +5V +5V Probe
12 GND GND
13 Disp PWPUP H Wash Pump 7 PWPUP H I
14 +5V +5V
15 GND GND
16 Aspir PWPDOWN H 8 PWPDOWN H I
17 Degasser DALARMV I Degasser 69 DALARMV I

Fail
Detection
18 Degasser DALARM I 68 DALARM I

Fail
Detection
19 NC
20 NC
CNN14>CNN2

1 +5V +5V Detergent Pump
2 GND GND
3 Disp DPUP H I 12 DPUP H I
4 +5V +5V
5 GND GND
6 Aspir DPDOWN H I 13 DPDOWN H I
7 +5V +5V ISE Ref Solution
8 GND GND
9 Blank ESMCC H I 70 ESMCC H I
10 +5V +5V Acid Detergent
11 GND GND
12 Blank ESB3 H I 72 ESB3 H I
13 +5V +5V Alkaline Detergent
14 GND GND
15 Blank ESB14 H I 71 ESB14 H I
16 +5V +5V Cell Wash Pump
17 GND GND
18 Disp CWPUP H I 14 CWPUP H I
19 +5V +5V
20 GND GND
21 Aspir CWPDOWN H I 15 CWPDOWN H I
22 GND GND Open Tank Upper

Limit
23 Full Water FFS2UPPERLIM I 63 FFS2UPPERLIM I
24 GND GND Open Tank

Low Level
25 Low Level FFS4OPENL I 65 FFS4OPENL I
26 GND GND Open Tank

Full Level
27 Full Water FFS3OPENH I 64 FFS3OPENH I
28 GND GND LCW Full Detection
29 Full Water FFS1LW I 62 FFS1LW I
30 GND GND HCW Full Detection
31 DTFHW I 67 DTFHW I
32 GND GND Spare Float SW
33 Full Water FFS5AUXFSW I 66 FFS5AUXFSW I
34 NC
CNN15 >CNN3 (Sample Arm)

1 +5V +5V Sample Arm
2 GND GND
3 Rotate SAAM1R H I 45 SAAM1R H I

Pitch
4 +5V +5V
5 GND GND
6 Rotate SAAHOME H I 44 SAAHOME H I

Home
7 +5V +5V
8 GND GND
9 U/D Pitch SAEM1R H I 47 SAEM1R H I
10 +5V +5V
11 GND GND
12 U/D Home SAEHOME H I 46 SAEHOME H I
13 +5V +5V
14 GND GND
15 +5V +5V
16 Crash SACLASH H I 48 SACLASH H I
CNN16 >CNN2, CNN3 and CNN4 (Reagent Supply)

Pin Signal Signal Name Active I/O Note Cable Pin Signal Active I/O
1 +5V +5V Reagent Supply CNN3
2 GND GND
3 Inner Pitch R1CIPITCH H I 36 R1CIPITCH H I
4 +5V +5V
5 GND GND
6 Inner Home R1CIHOME H I 35 R1CIHOME H I
7 +5V +5V
8 GND GND
9 Outer Pitch R1COPITCH H I 39 R1COPITCH H I
10 +5V +5V
11 GND GND
12 Outer R1COHOME H I 38 R1COHOME H I

Home
13 Temp R1CTEMP- CNN2 86 R1CTEMP-

Sensor
14 Temp R1CTEMP+ 85 R1CTEMP+

Sensor
15 +5V +5V
16 GND GND
17 Cover RCVROK H I 59 RCVROK H I

Present
Sensor
18 +5V +5V CNN4
19 GND GND
20 Outer
Rotate SW
21 +5V +5V
22 GND GND
23 Inner
Rotate SW
24 +12V +12V CNN2
25 +12VGND +12VGND
26 Bottle BTTLSNS 95 BTTLSNS I

Sensor
27 +5V +5V
28 GND GND
29 Cup Sensor CUPSNSRO H I 96 CUPSNSRO H I
30 NC
31 NC
32 NC
33 NC
34 NC
35 +5V +5V
36 GND GND
37 Cover COVER OPEN H I 10 COVEROPEN H I

Opn/Cls
Sensor
Open
38 +5V +5V
39 GND GND H I
40 Cover COVER CLOSE H I 9 COVER

Opn/Cls CLOSE
Sensor
Close
CNN17>CNN3 (R1 Arm)
1 +5V +5V R1 Arm
2 GND GND
3 Rotat Pitch R1AM1R H I 16 R1AM1R H I
4 +5V +5V
5 GND GND
6 Rotat R1AHOME H I 15 R1AHOME H I

Home
7 +5V +5V
8 GND GND
9 U/D Pitch R1EM1R H I 18 R1EM1R H I
10 +5V +5V
11 GND GND
12 U/D Home R1EHOME H I 17 R1EHOME H I
13 +5V +5V
14 GND GND
15 +5V +5V
16 Crash R1CLASH H I 19 R1CLASH H I
CNN18>CNN2, CNN3 and CNN4
1 +5V +5V Stirrer CNN2
2 GND GND
3 Up STEUP H I 4 STEUP H I
4 +5V +5V
5 GND GND
6 Down STEDOWN H I 5 STEDOWN H I
7 +5V +5V
8 GND GND
9 Down OK STEDOK H I 6 STEDOK H I
10 +5V +5V CNN3
11 GND GND
12 STR1 STA1HOME H I 4 STA1HOME H I

Rotat
Home
13 +5V +5V CNN4
14 GND GND
15 STR1 SENS1 H I 37 SENS1 H I

Rotat Cuv
Sense
16 +5V +5V CNN3
17 GND GND
18 STR 2 STA2HOME H I 5 STA2HOME H I

Rotat
Home
19 +5V +5V CNN4

20 GND GND
21 STR2 SENS2 H I 38 SENS2 H I

Rotat Cuv
Sense
22 +5V +5V Wash Elevator CNN2
23 GND GND
24 Up WSUP H I 1 WSUP H I
25 +5V +5V
26 GND GND
27 Down WSDOWN H I 2 WSDOWN H I
28 +5V +5V
29 GND GND
30 Down OK WSDOWNOK H I 3 WSDOWNOK H I
31 +5V +5V Reaction Cuvette CNN3
32 GND GND
33 Pitch RUM1R H I 34 RUM1R H I

34 +5V +5V
35 GND GND
36 Home RUHOME H I 33 RUHOME H I
37 GND GND
38 Water Bath BATHLVL I 58 BATHLVL I

Full Detect
39 Water Bath BATHTMP- I 84 BATHTMP- I

Temp
Sensor
40 Water Bath BATHTMP+ I 83 BATHTMP+ I

Temp
Sensor
CNN19>CNN3 (R2 Arm)

1 +5V +5V R2 Arm
2 GND GND
3 Rotate R2AM1R H I 21 R2AM1R H I

Pitch
4 +5V +5V
5 GND GND
6 Rotate R2AHOME H I 20 R2AHOME H I

Home
7 +5V +5V
8 GND GND
9 U/D Pitch R2EM1R H I 23 R2EM1R H I
10 +5V +5V
11 GND GND
12 U/D Home R2EHOME H I 22 R2EHOME H I
13 +5V +5V
14 GND GND
15 +5V +5V
16 Crash R2CLASH H I 24 R2CLASH H I
CNN20 >CNN7 (Reagent Barcode Reader)

1 TXD TXD2 Reagent Barcode 11 TXD2

Reader
2 RTS RTS2 13 RTS2
3 NC NC
4 RXD RXD2 12 RXD2
5 CTS CTS2 14 CTS2
6 NC
7 GND GND
8 TRIGGER TRIGGER2 L O 15 TRIGGER2 L O

9 +5V +5V
10 +5V +5V
11 GND GND
12 NC
13 NC
14 NC
15 NC
16 NC
CNN21>CNN7 (LUI Serial)

1 TXD TXD4 LUI Serial 21 TXD4
2 RTS RTS4 23 RTS4
3 NC
4 RXD RXD4 22 RXD4
5 CTS CTS4 24 CTS4
6 NC
7 GND GND
8 TRIGGER TRIGGER4 L O 25 TRIGGER4 L O
9 +5V +5V
10 +5V +5V
11 GND GND
12 NC
13 NC
14 NC
15 NC
16 NC
CNN22>CNN7 (CLI Serial)

1 Carrier CD5 CLI Serial 26 CD5

Detect
2 Receive RXD5 27 RXD5

Data
3 Transmit TXD5 28 TXD5

Data
4 Data DTR5 29 DTR5

Terminal
Ready
5 GND GND GND
6 Data Set DSR5 30 DSR5

Ready
7 Request to RTS5 31 RTS5

Send
8 Clear to CTS5 32 CTS5

Send
9 Ring CI5 33 CI5

Indicator
10 NC
CNN23>CNN2 (Status LEDs)

1 CPULED0 CPULED0 L O Status LED 40 CPULED0 L O
2 CPULED1 CPULED1 L O 41 CPULED1 L O
17 +5V +5V
18 +5V +5V
19 GND GND
20 GND GND
21 GND GND
22 GND GND
23 NC
24 NC
25 NC
26 NC
CNN24>CNN7 (Optics)

1 +5V Shutter 36
2 Optics SHUTTER ON SHUTTER ON L O

Shutter
3 LED VCC LEDVCC Optics Trigger 37 LEDVCC O
4 GND
5 +5V
6 Optics OPT-TRIGGE 39 OPT-TRIGGE H O

Trigger
Signal
7 GND
CNN25>CNN2 and CNN6

1 +12V Pressure Sensor CNN6
2 +/-
12VGND
3 -12V
4 NC
5 S Pressure SASEN1 POS 1 SASEN1 POS

Sensor Sig
Pos
6 S Pressure SASEN1 NEG 2 SASEN1 NEG

Sensor Sig
Neg
7 +12V
8 +/-
12VGND
9 -12V
10 NC
11 R1 R1ASEN POS 3 R1ASEN POS

Pressure
Sensor Sig
Pos
12 R1 R1ASEN NEG 4 R1ASEN NEG

Pressure
Sensor Sig
Neg
13 +12V
14 +/-
12VGND
15 -12V
16 NC
17 R2 R2ASEN POS 5 R2ASEN POS

Pressure
Sensor Sig
Pos
18 R2 R2ASEN NEG 6 R2ASEN NEG

Pressure
Sensor Sig
Neg
19 TLLS SLLS Sample TLLS 33 SLLS
20 TLLSG SLLSG 34 SLLSG
21 +5V ISE Pump CNN2
22 GND
23 ISE Suct ISPUP 16 ISPUP

Pump UP
24 +5V
25 GND
26 ISE Suct ISPDOWN 17 ISPDOWN
Pump
DOWN
27 +5V
28 GND
29 ISE Ref IMPUP 18 IMPUP

Pump UP
30 NC
31 NC
32 NC
33 NC
34 NC
CNN26>CNN2 (STR Driver)

1 +5V Stirrer Driver
2 +5V
3 Stirrer 1 ST1ON 23 ST1ON

On
4 Stirrer 1 ST1SCAN 24 ST1SCAN

Scan
5 Stirrer 1 ST1CLS 25 ST1CLS

Clear
6 Stirrer 1 ST1BUSY0 26 ST1BUSY0

Busy 0 Sig

Busy 1 Sig
8 Stirrer 2 ST2ON 28 ST2ON

On
9 Stirrer 2 STS2CAN 29 STS2CAN

Scan
10 Stirrer 2 ST2CLS 30 ST2CLS

Clear

Busy 0 Sig

Busy 1 Sig
13 NC
14 NC
15 +5V +5V IN VCC
16 +5V +5V IN VCC 33 +5V IN VCC
CNN27>CNN3 (ISE Arm)

1 +5V ISE Arm
2 GND
3 Rotat IAAHOME H I 1 IAAHOME H I

Home
4 +5V
5 GND
6 U/D IAEHOME H I 2 IAEHOME H I

Home
7 +5V
8 GND
9 U/D Pitch IAEM1R H I 3 IAEM1R H I
10 NC
CNN28>CNN3 (HCW Pump and IREF Cup Sensor)

1 +5V HCW Pump
2 GND
3 Home ISOHOME H I 28 ISOHOME H I
4 +5V
5 GND
6 Pitch ISOPITCH H I 29 ISOPITCH H I
7 +5V IREF CUP Sensor
8 GND
9 IREF ESMCCSSIREFCUP H I 73 ESMCCSSIREFCUP H I
10 NC
CNN29>CNN2 (Dust Cover Open/Close Sensor)

1 +5V Dust Cover

Open/Close Sensor
2 GND
3 Front Cover FRONTCVROK H I 60 FRONTCVROK H I

Sensr
4 NC
5 +5V
6 GND
7 Rear Cover BACKCVROK H I 61 BACKCVROK H I

Sensr
8 NC
9 NC
10 NC
CNN30>CNN2 (Reagent Supply Switches)

1 +5V Reagent Supply

SW
2 Rotat SW ISLUILED1(RCLED) H O 36 ISLUILED1(RCLED) H O

On
3 +5V
4 Opn/Cls ISLUISLED2(RCLED) H O 38 ISLUISLED1(RCLED) H O

SW ON
5 GND
6 Rotat SW ISSW(RCSW) H I 91 ISSW(RCSW) H I
7 GND
8 Opn/Cls ISLSW(RCSW) H I 92 ISLSW(RCSW) H I

SW
9 NC
10 NC
CNN31>CNN2 and CNN4 (Automatic Reagent Loading)

1 +12V Automatic CNN4

Reagent
Loading
2 12VGND
3 12V Snsr Si RALOBJECT4 H I 32 RALOBJECT4 H I

4
4 +12V
5 12VGND
7 +12V
8 12VGND

2
10 +12V
11 12VGND

1
13 +5V
14 GND
15 Sensor Si SM13DLMT H I 28 SM13DLMT H I

27
16 +5V
17 GND
18 Sensor Si SM13PITCHOK H I 27 SM13PITCHOK H I

26
19 +5V
20 GND
21 Sensor Si SM13HOME H I 26 SM13HOME H I

25
22 +5V
23 GND
24 Sensor Si RALOPTION2 H I 25 RALOPTION2 H I

24
25 +5V
26 GND
27 Sensor Si 2 RALOPTION1 H I 24 RALOPTION1 H I
28 +5V
29 GND
30 Sensor Si SM12PITCHOK H I 23 SM12PITCHOK H I

22
31 +5V
32 GND
33 Sensor Sig SM12HOME H I 22 SM12HOME H I

21
34 +5V
35 GND
36 Sensor Sig RALGSNS3 H I 21 RALGSNS3 H I

20
37 +5V
38 GND

19
40 +5V
41 GND

1
43 +5V
44 GND
45 Sensor Sig RALOPEN2 H I 18 RALOPEN2 H I

17
46 +5V
47 GND
48 Sensor Sig RALOPEN1 H I 17 RALOPEN1 H I

16
49 +5V
50 GND
51 Sensor Sig AC1UPHOME H I 33 AC1UPHOME H I
15
52 +5V
53 GND
54 Sensor Sig AC1DOWNMOVE H I 34 AC1DOWNMOVE H I

14
55 +5V CNN2
56 GND
57 Sensor Sig RALACDOWNOK H I 11 RALACDOWNOK H I

13
58 NC CNN4
59 NC
60 NC
61 NC
62 NC
63 NC
64 +5V
65 GND

12
67 +5V
68 GND
69 Sensor Sig SM4PITCH H I 4 SM4PITCH H I

11
70 +5V
71 GND
72 Sensor Sig SM4DLMT H I 5 SM4DLMT H I

10
73 +5V
74 GND

9
76 +5V
77 GND

8
79 +5V
80 GND

7
82 +5V
83 GND

6
85 +5V
86 GND

5
88 +5V
89 GND

4
91 +5V
92 GND

3
94 +5V
95 GND

2
97 +5V
98 GND

1
100 NC
CNN32<CNN4 and CNN34 (AC/DC Driver Command)

1 Wash WS UP L O AC/DC CNN34 1 WS UP L O

Elevator Driver
Command
2 WS DOWN L O 2 WS DOWN L O
3 WS BK L O 3 WS BK L O
4 Stirrer Arm STRZ UP L O 4 STRZ UP L O
5 STRZ DOWN L O 5 STRZ DOWN L O
6 STRZ BK L O 6 STRZ BK L O
7 Probe Wash PWP UP L O 7 PWP UP L O

Pump
8 PWP DOWN L O 8 PWP DOWN L O
9 PWP BK L O 9 PWP BK L O
10 Reagent AUXAC1UP L O 13 AUXAC1UP L O

Supply Door
Opn/Cls
11 AUXAC1DOWN L O 14 AUXAC1DOWN L O
12 AUXAC1BK L O 15 AUXAC1BK L O
13 NC
14 Cell Wash WCP ON L O 18 WCP ON L O

Pump
15 WCP BK L O 19 WCP BK L O
16 ISE Suction ICTP ON L O 20 ICTP ON L O

Pump
17 ICTP BK L O 21 ICTP BK L O
18 ISE Ref ICTR ON L O 22 ICTR ON L O

Pump
19 ICTR BK L O 23 ICTR BK L O
20 Detergent DTGP ON L O 16 DTGP ON L O

Pump
21 DTGP BK L O 17 DTGP BK L O
22
23 Cell Wash VP2 L O 26 VP2 L O

Vacuum
Pump
24 Cell Wash VP1 L O 27 VP1 L O

Dryer Pump
25 Outer Wall WP MP L O 29 WP MP L O
Wash Pump
26 Auto Power MC1 L O 30 MC1 L O

On
27
28 Sampling ISPV L O 42 ISPV L O

Pump Valve
29 R1 Pump IR1PV L O 43 IR1PV L O

Valve
30 R2 Pump IR2PV L O 44 IR2PV L O
Valve
31 ISE Suction IAV L O 32 IAV L O

Pinch Valve
32 Detergent DTG1V L O 39 DTG1V L O

Valve 1
33 Detergent DTG2V L O 40 DTG2V L O

Valve 2
34 Cell Wash CWV L O 38 CWV L O

Valve
35 S Probe ESPV L O 33 ESPV L O

Outer Wash
Valve
36 R Probe ERPV L O 34 ERPV L O

Outer Wash
Valve
37 STR Wash SWV L O 35 SWV L O

Valve
38 DIW Supply WBSV L O 36 WBSV L O

Source
Valve
39 DIW Supply PWV L O 37 PWV L O

Pump
40 ICT-Level IREF L O 49 IREF L O

Sensor
41 Buzzer BUZZER L O 48 BUZZER L O
42 CRA CRA L O 50 CRA L O
43 DC Spare 1 AUXDC1 L O 67 AUXDC1 L O
44 DC Spare 2 AUXDC2 L O 68 AUXDC2 L O
45 NC
46 NC
47 AC VP2 FB L I CNN4 62 VP2 FB L I

Feedback
Signal
48 VP1 FB L I 50 VP1 FB L I
49 WPMP FB L I 64 WPMP FB L I
50 MC1 FB L I 65 MC1 FB L I
51 NC
52 DC ISPV FB L I 51 ISPV FB L I
Feedback
53 IR1PV FB L I 52 IR1PV FB L I
Signal
54 IR2PV FB L I 53 IR2PV FB L I
55 IAV FB L I 41 IAV FB L I
56 DTG1V FB L I 48 DTG1V FB L I
57 DTG2V FB L I 49 DTG2V FB L I
58 CWV FB L I 47 CWV FB L I
59 ESPV FB L I 42 ESPV FB L I
60 ERPV FB L I 43 ERPV FB L I
61 SWV FB L I 44 SWV FB L I
62 WBSV FB L I 45 WBSV FB L I
63 PWV FB L I 46 PWV FB L I
64 IREF FB L I 58 IREF FB L I
65 BUZZER FB L I 57 BUZZER FB L I
66 CRA FB L I 54 CRA FB L I
67 AUXDC1 FB L I 55 AUXDC1 FB L I
68 AUXDC2 FB L I 56 AUXDC2 FB L I
69 GND FB GND I 60 FB GND I
70 NC
71 AC/DC GND ACDC CNN34 51 GND ACDC

DRIVER
72 GND ACDC 52 GND ACDC
GROUND
73 NC
74 NC
75 NC
76 AC/DC +5V ACDC 55 +5V ACDC

DRIVER +5V
77 +5V ACDC 56 +5V ACDC
CNN33 < CNN35 and CNN36 (SMD Command)

1 Cuvette RCCW L O SMD CNN36 51 RCCW L O

Rotate Command
2 RCCCW L O 52 RCCCW L O
3 Reagent RICCW L O 53 RICCW L O

Inner Rotate
4 RICCCW L O 54 RICCCW L O
5 Reagent ROCCW L O 55 ROCCW L O

Outer Rotate
6 ROCCCW L O 56 ROCCCW L O
7 S Arm SAZCW L O 63 SAZCW L O

Up/Dwn
8 SAZCCW L O 64 SAZCCW L O
9 S Arm SAHCW L O 61 SAHCW L O

Rotate
10 SAHCCW L O 62 SAHCCW L O
11 R1 Arm R1ZINA L O CNN35 66 R1ZINA L O

Up/Dwn
12 R1ZINB L O 67 R1ZINB L O
13 R1ZTDA L O 68 R1ZTDA L O
14 R1ZTDB L O 69 R1ZTDB L O
15 R1ZHOLD L O 70 R1ZHOLD L O
16 R1 Arm R1HINA L O 61 R1HINA L O

Rotate
17 R1HINB L O 62 R1HINB L O
18 R1HTDA L O 63 R1HTDA L O
19 R1HTDB L O 64 R1HTDB L O
20 RR1HHOLD L O 65 RR1HHOLD L O
21 R2 Arm R2ZINA L O CNN36 6 R2ZINA L O
Up/Dwn
22 R2ZINB L O 7 R2ZINB L O
23 R2ZTDA L O 8 R2ZTDA L O
24 R2ZTDB L O 9 R2ZTDB L O
25 R2ZHOLD L O 10 R2ZHOLD L O
26 R2 Arm R2HINA L O 1 R2HINA L O

Rotate
27 R2HINB L O 2 R2HINB L O
28 R2HTDA L O 3 R2HTDA L O
29 R2HTDB L O 4 R2HTDB L O
30 R2HHOLD L O 5 R2HHOLD L O
31 Stirrer 1 STR1HINA L O CNN35 11 STR1HINA L O

Rotate
32 STR1HINB L O 12 STR1HINB L O
33 STR1HTDA L O 13 STR1HTDA L O
34 STR1HTDB L O 14 STR1HTDB L O
35 STR1HHOLD L O 15 STR1HHOLD L O
36 Stirrer 2 STR2HINA L O 16 STR2HINA L O

Rotate
37 STR2HINB L O 17 STR2HINB L O
38 STR2HTDA L O 18 STR2HTDA L O
39 STR2HTDB L O 19 STR2HTDB L O
40 STR2HHOLD L O 20 STR2HHOLD L O
41 ISE Arm IAZINA L O 6 IAZINA L O

Up/Down
42 IAZINB L O 7 IAZINB L O
43 IAZTDA L O 8 IAZTDA L O
44 IAZTDB L O 9 IAZTDB L O
45 IAZHOLD L O 10 IAZHOLD L O
46 ISE Arm IAHINA L O 1 IAHINA L O

Rotate
47 IAHINB L O 2 IAHINB L O
48 IAHTDA L O 3 IAHTDA L O
49 IAHTDB L O 4 IAHTDB L O
50 IAHHOLD L O 5 IAHHOLD L O
51 Sampling SPINA L O 31 SPINA L O

Pump
52 SPINB L O 32 SPINB L O
53 SPTDA L O 33 SPTDA L O
54 SPTDB L O 34 SPTDB L O
55 SPHOLD L O 35 SPHOLD L O
56 R1 Pump R1PINA L O 41 R1PINA L O
57 R1PINB L O 42 R1PINB L O
58 R1PTDA L O 43 R1PTDA L O
59 R1PTDB L O 44 R1PTDB L O
60 R1PHOLD L O 45 R1PHOLD L O
61 R2 Pump R2PINA L O 51 R2PINA L O
62 R2PINB L O 52 R2PINB L O
63 R2PTDA L O 53 R2PTDA L O
64 R2PTDB L O 54 R2PTDB L O
65 R2PHOLD L O 55 R2PHOLD L O
66 HCW Pump PPHCINA L O CNN36 36 PPHCINA L O

67 PPHCINB L O 37 PPHCINB L O
68 PPHCTDA L O 38 PPHCTDA L O
69 PPHCTDB L O 39 PPHCTDB L O
70 PPHCHOLD L O 40 PPHCHOLD L O
71 Automatic AUTO1INA L O CNN35 36 AUTO1INA L O

Reagent
72 AUTO1INB L O 37 AUTO1INB L O
Loading 1
73 AUTO1TDA L O 38 AUTO1TDA L O
74 AUTO1TDB L O 39 AUTO1TDB L O
75 AUTO1HOLD L O 40 AUTO1HOLD L O
76 Automatic AUTO2INA L O 46 AUTO2INA L O

Reagent
Loading 2
81 Automatic AUTO3INA L O 56 AUTO3INA L O

Reagent
Loading 3
86 Spare AUXINA L O CNN36 46 AUXINA L O
87 AUXINB L O 47 AUXINB L O
88 AUXTDA L O 48 AUXTDA L O
89 AUXTDB L O 49 AUXTDB L O
90 AUXHOLD L O 50 AUXHOLD L O
91 SMD GND GND SMD CNN35 71 GND SMD
92 GND SMD 72 GND SMD
93 GND SMD CNN36 71 GND SMD
94 GND SMD 72 GND SMD
95 NC CNN35
96 NC
97 SMD +5V +5V SMD 79 +5V SMD
98 +5V SMD 80 +5V SMD
99 +5V SMD CNN36 79 +5V SMD
100 +5V SMD 80 +5V SMD
CNN38>CNN37 (Flow Sensors Signal)

1 +5V Flow Sensor Signal
2 GND
3 Spl Line SPFS I SPFS I

Flow
Signal
4 +5V
5 GND
6 Rgt Line RPFS I RPFS I
Flow
Signal
7 +5V
8 GND
9 Str Line STFS I STFS I

Flow
Signal
10 NC
rights reserved.
ICT Pre Amp Board
The ICT Pre-Amp Board gain is factory set and does not require adjustment.
rights reserved.
IREF Level Detect Board
Correct LED 1 and LED 2 Status
Before the ICT assembly drives down and aspirates ICT reference solution from the cup, LED 1 Read Status and LED 2 ICT Reference Cup
Full turn ON.
LED 2 turns on only when the c4000 module CPU is reading the status of the level sense electrodes in the ICT Reference Cup. During
this brief status check (when LED 2 is on) observe LED 1. If the cup is full during the status check, LED 1 will be on at the same time
as LED 2. If the cup is empty, LED 1 will be off when LED 2 is on.
1. Just before the ICT assembly moves down to aspirate, both LED2 and LED1 turn RED momentarily (cup is full), then turn off.
2. After the ICT assembly aspirates and moves up, LED2 turns RED momentarily and then turns off. LED1 never turns on because the
IREF Cup is empty.
rights reserved.
LLS Board
LLS Block Diagram
TLLS PWB Test Point
Shortage Sample
Observation Point LLS Detection Voltage Note
Voltage
TP:A5 >0.50v – Stop signal for sample
– >0.50v Confirmation for sample short
TP:B5 >0.30v – Stop signal for reagent 1
– >0.40v Confirmation for reagent 1 short
TP:T5 >0.30v – Stop signal for reagent 2
– >0.40v Confirmation for reagent 2 short
Sample Pipettor Liquid Level Sense

Reagent Pipettor Level Sense
rights reserved.
Thermal Bath Controller (TBC) Board
The TBC Board maintains water bath temperature at 37+ 0.3C, keeping the reaction liquid temperature within +0.1C target value.
Ambient air temperature sensors connect to this board. The board provides 24 and 100VAC to control heater, pump, fan, and motor valve.
The pump fan and motor valve are controlled by a photocoupler. The heater is controlled by the CPU using the thyristor (solid-state semi
conductor acting as a switch to turn the heater On/Off).
Thermal Bath Controller Board (side view)
Thermal Bath Controller Board (connectors)

Thermal Bath Control
New Digital TBC

LEDs, Switches and Test pins
Switches
No. Name Function
SW1 MODE / PARAMETER MODE (Temperature adjustment)

(4bits DIP-switch)
Bit1 Bit2 Mode
OFF OFF Disable: (Default)
OFF ON Disable
PC mode
ON OFF (For the future)
It can be adjusted by PC
Manual mode:
ON ON
It can be adjusted by SW3 and SW4.
When Bit1 and Bit2 are turned "ON", temperature can be adjusted
by SW3 and SW4.
And the adjusted temperature is stored on this board.
When the temperature adjustment was completed, Bit1 and Bit2

must be turned "OFF".
Temperature can't be adjusted by SW3 and SW4.

Temperature is controlled to become the adjusted temperature.
PARAMETER (For the future.)

Bit3 Bit4 Parameter
Type A
OFF OFF
(Default)
OFF ON Type B
ON OFF Type C
ON ON Type D
SW3 UP Temperature adjustment up button:

(Push Button switch) Approximately 0.02°C/Step
SW4 Down Temperature adjustment down button:

(Push Button switch) Approximately 0.02°C/Step
LEDs
No. Name Color Function
LED1 HEATER RED ON: The heater is ON.
LED2 CPU CMD Red ON: The heater is ON signal is received.
LED3 UP RED ON: SW3 (UP) is pushed.
LED4 DOWN RED ON: SW4 (DOWN) is pushed.
LED5 POWER RED ON: +5V is supplied.

Test Pins
No. Test Point
TP1 +5V
TP2 GND
TP3 Thermistor signal
TP4 Signal to detect zero cross point of AC 100V for phase control
Power Supply

Links
Main Power Supply
Transformer
rights reserved.
Main Power Supply
Outside voltage is supplied to an isolation transformer via circuit protector and line filter. The transformer converts input voltages to 24VAC
and 100VAC.
Primary Input
The c4000 uses external AC voltage from 200VAC to 240VAC (± 10%). Five corresponding selector plugs; 200, 208, 220, 230, and 240 are
available on the transformer. The plug closest to external voltage should be selected.
Output
The power supply generates continuous 100VAC to individual power supply. The individual power supply generates:
• +3.3, +5 and ±12VDC
• +12VDC separately for magnetic values
• +24VDC for the SMD
• +5, ±12 and ±36VDC for the RSH
• ±15VDC for analog (feedback) circuitry
• +11.45VDC lamp power supply
The powers supply is equipped with no fuse breakers (NFB), an emergency stop switch, and power indicator LED board for monitoring active
status of various DC power supplies. Relays control AC system output and low-voltage supply.

Power-INDI Board
The power indicator board monitors the output state of the DC System Power Supply. Each voltage is monitored and the LED illuminates
when respective voltage is present. The state of the LED can be monitored from the window of the Power Supply.

Main Power Supply (front view)

Connector Function
1 Fan
2 Circuit Protector
3 Voltage Monitor LEDs
4 Analyzer Switch
5 RSH Switch
6 External Power
7 Main Power Switch
8 Individual Power Supply Adjustment
Constant Voltage Power Supply Specifications

PS Output Usage
Voltage (V) Current (A)
100VAC 6A AC Motors, Pumps, Heaters
24VAC 1A Stirrers Drive, Temperature Control Circuit
1 +3.3VDC 8A Card Cage (motherboard internal power supply)
1 +5VDC 15A Card Cage (control logic), CNBD, TBC
1 +/-12VDC 2A Card Cage (motherboard internal power supply)
2 +/-15VDC 1A Analog Power Supply (STRD. Card Cage)
3 +12VDC 8A Magnetic Valve Drive, CPUM, +12V, CNBD
4 +11.6VDC 2A Lamp, CPUM
5 +12VDC 27A UC, Thermostat, Rgt Sply Cntr, Fans

6 +24VDC 18A Stepping Motor Drive (+24V2, +24V1), CPUM
7 +36VDC 18A J1, J2 (RSH Drive Power Supply)
8 +5VDC 10A J5, J6 (RSH CPU Control)
8 +12VDC 2A J3, J4 RSH Communications
8 -12VDC 1A J3, J4 RSH Communications
Power Supply Voltage Status LEDs
LED Voltage Assembly Voltage Monitored Source
1 +24V Stepping Motor Drive (+24V2, +24V1), CPUM PS6
2 +36V J1, J2 (RSH Drive Power Supply) PS7
3 +12V UC, Thermostat, Rgt Sply Cntr, Fans PS5
4 +12V Card Cage (motherboard internal power supply) PS1
5 -12V Card Cage (motherboard internal power supply) PS1
6 +11.5 Lamp, CPUM PS4
7 +12V Magnetic Valve Drive, CPUM, +12V, CNBD PS3
8 +15V Analog Power Supply (STRD. Card Cage) PS2
9 -15V Analog Power Supply (STRD. Card Cage) PS2
10 +5V Card Cage (control logic), CNBD, TBC PS1
11 +5V J5, J6 (RSH CPU Control) PS8
12 +12V Card Cage (motherboard internal power supply) PS1
13 12V PS1
14 +3.3V Card Cage (motherboard internal power supply) PS1
Power Supply Variable Resistors
Circuit Protection

Breaker Rating (A) Control
AC2 3A 24VAC line for the TBC and STR-DRIVER
AC3 6A 100VAC line for the AC/DC DRIVER
AC4 6A 100VAC line for the TBC
AC5 6A 100VAC line for the Cooling Fan
CP1 8A +24VDC SMD Line 1
Main Power Supply (rear connector plate)
Power Supply Connector Pin Outs

Power Supply Connections

Connector Function
J3 RSH +12VDC Output
CPUM Output for monitoring DC Voltage
AUTO Switched 100VAC input for lower voltage power supply
c+RSH c4000 Standalone RSH Connector
i+RSH c4000 Integration RSH Connector
J4 RSH +/-12VDC Output
R/F Front Power Switch
Thermostat +12VDC Output
ON/OFF Spare 100VAC Output

RSH Input Side Connector for the RSH Power Supply
CNBD +5VDC, +12VDC for the CNN Board
TBC 24VAC and +5VDC for Water Bath Control
MC IN Input Side for the Magnet Contact
MC OUT Output Side for the Magnet Contact
UC +12VDC for Unit Cooling
AC100V AC100V Output
STRD 24VAC and +/-15VDC Output for the STR-Driver 2
+12V +12VDC for the AC/DC Driver
+24V1 SMD +24VDC Output (1)
AC 100VAC Output for the AC/DC Driver, TBC and Cooling Fan
J5 RSH +5VDC Output
CPU +5VDC, +/-15VDC, +3.3VDC, +/-12VDC Output for the card cage chassis
+24V2 SMD +24VDC Output (2)
Transformer 100VAC, 24VAC input for the secondary side of the transformer
J6 RSH +5VDC Output
LAMP +11.5VDC output for the Lamp
Lamp

1 +11.5V
2 GND
CPU

1 +5V
2 GND
3 +15V
4 +5V
5 GND
6 AGND
7 +5V
8 GND
9 GND
10 +3.3V
11 GND
12 NC
13 +12V
14 GND
15 -12V
+24 V2

1 +24V
2 +24V
3 +24V
4 GND
5 GND
6 GND
7 +24V
8 +24V
9 +24V
10 GND
11 GND
12 GND
13 +24V
14 GND
15 NC
+24 V2

1 +24V
2 +24V
3 +24V
4 GND
5 GND
6 GND
7 +24V
8 +24V
9 +24V
10 GND
11 GND
12 GND
UC

1 +12V
2 +12V
3 +12V
4 GND
5 GND
6 GND
7 +12V
8 GND
9 NC
J6

1 +5V
2 +5V
3 +5V
4 +5V
5 GND
6 GND
7 GND
8 GND
9 NC
J1

1 +36V
2 +36V
3 +36V
4 GND
5 GND
6 GND
J2

1 +36V
2 +36V
3 +36V
4 GND
5 GND
6 GND
CPUM

1 +24V
2 +12V
3 +11.5V
4 24GND
5 12GND
6 11.5GND
+12V

1 +12V
2 GND
3 NC
4 NC
5 NC

J5

1 +5V
2 +5V
3 GND
4 GND
CNBD

1 +5V
2 5GND
3 +12V
4 12GND
J3

1 +12V
2 -12V
3 GND
4 GND
J4

1 +12V
2 +12V
3 -12V
4 -12V
5 GND
6 GND
Transformer

1 AC100V MC1 T3
2 AC100V MC1 T3
3 AC100V MC1 T1
4 AC100V MC1 T4
5 AC100V MC1 T3
6 AC100V MC1 T2
7 AC24V MC1 T5
8 NC
9 AC24V MC1 T6
MC IN

1 AC24V MC IN
2 AC100V MC IN
3 AC100V RSH MC IN
4 AC24V MC IN
5 AC100V MC IN
6 AC100V RSH MC IN
MC OUT

1 AC24V MC OUT
2 AC100V MC OUT
3 AC100V RSH MC OUT
4 AC24V MC OUT
5 AC100V MC OUT
6 AC100V RSH MC OUT
AUTO

1 MC1 A1
2 MC1 A2
3 NC
R/F

1 BK A1
2 NC
3 TB3 10B
Thermostat

1 TB1 7B
2 PS5 L
AC100V

1 TB1 7B (AC100V)
2 TB1 5B (AC100V)
TBC

1 PS1 +5V15A
2 NC
3 TB2 10A (AC24V)
4 PS1 +5V GND
5 NC
6 TB2 9A (AC24V)
STRD

1 TB2 10A (AC24V)
2 TB2 9A (AC24V)
3 PS2 +15V 1A
4 PS2 +/-15V GND
5 PS2 –15V1A
AC

1 AC100V AC/DC Driver
2 AC100V AC/DC Driver
3 AC100V TBC
4 AC100V TBC
5 AC100V FANS
6 AC100V FANS
7 NC
8 NC
9 NC
ON/OFF

1 RSH Power Switch IN (AC100V)
2 RSH Power Switch IN (AC100V)
3 NC
RSH

1 TB2 4B (AC100V)
2 TB2 2B (AC100V)
c-iRSH

1 TB1 2B (AC100V)
2 TB1 1B (AC100V)
i-iRSH

1 TB1 4B (AC100V)
2 TB1 3B (AC100V)
Power Supply Schematics

Power Supply Diagram 7A_9004.pdf Page 1
Power Supply Diagram 7A_9004.pdf Page 2
Transformer
• Input
- 200, 208, 220, 230, and 240VAC (± 10%) at 50Hz/60Hz ± 170Hz
• Output
- 24VAC and 100VAC (± 10%) at 50Hz/60Hz ± 1%Hz

Magnetic Contactor (Relay)

The contactor is internal to the power supply.

MC1
• Input
- Receives 24VAC and 100VAC input from the transformer
• Output
- Provides 24VAC for TBC and STRDRV
- Provides 100VAC to 3 terminal blocks for distribution to power supplies PS1, PS2, PS3, PS4, PS5, PS6, PS7, PS8

Power Transformer Cable Pinout

Output Wire
Pin Voltage Current Variance
Gauge
1-6 100VAC 20A ±3% 16AWG, 600V
7, 9 24VAC 1A ±3% 18AWG, 600V
Circuit Protector
The 24VAC output line is protected by a 4 amp circuit protector (CPI) on front of the transformer. The 24VAC and 100VAC output lines are
protected by thermal fuses.
C1.01 Optics Assembly Version - 204738-101_4873_1
List/Part Numbers
List/Part Number Description
7-205181-01 OPTICS ASSY
7-205181-02 OPTICS ASSY
Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired and replace if necessary.
C1.01 Optics Assembly

Time Required 35 min
Tools/Materials Standard Tool Kit

WARNING Potential Biohazard
Caution Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Caution Hot Surface
Removal
Action Steps Reference
Prerequisite 1. The processing module must be in Stopped or For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Offline status. Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation 1. Power OFF the c4000 processing module. (Use
the main circuit breaker located at the rear of
the processing module.)
2. Remove the right rear cover.
3. Remove the rear right deck cover [K].
4. Remove the Lamp housing cover [G].
Remove Source 1. Remove the thumbscrew [1] securing the source

Lamp lamp holder and remove the lamp holder.
2. Lay the holder out of the way.
Note There is no need to disconnect lamp
from terminal block.
Remove Optics 1. Follow the cables from the Fan and Pre-Amp
Assembly board and disconnect them (both, the shutter
cable SHUT-SHAT and fan PHOTO-FAN).
2. Remove the Pre-Amp cover [2] by loosening the
left screw and removing the right screw with the
ground cable [1].
3. Disconnect the OPT cable from the Pre-Amp
board.
4. While supporting the optics assembly from the
bottom, remove the four (4) screws [3] securing
the optics and remove it from the instrument.
Replacement

Install Optics 1. While supporting the optics assembly from the
Assembly bottom, secure it to the processing module
frame using four (4) screws [3].
2. Connect the pre-amp cable [4].
3. Install the Pre-Amp cover and ground wires,
route the cables between the gasket material (of
the cover) and the housing.
4. Insert the ground cable and secure the cover
with the screws.
Note Ensure the cover slides into the guides
in the bottom of the optics housing.
The fit between the guides in the optic
housing and the pre-amp cable cover
is tight.
5. Connect the shutter cable (SHUT to SHAT).
6. Connect the fan (PHOTO-FAN) cable.
Install Source Lamp 1. Install source lamp holder in optics assembly

and tighten the screw.
Prepare for 1. Install the lamp housing cover [G]. For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Operation 2. Install the rear right deck cover [K]. System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
3. Install right rear cover. Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
4. Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power must
be ON prior to turning on the
processing module to ensure proper
initialization.
5. To change the status of the processing module
and sample handler from Stopped to Ready,
perform the Startup procedure.
Verification Procedures
Order VP Description VP Detail / Note Expected Results
1 1001 - Optics Trigger Sensor Check
2 1008 - Optics Total Test
N/A G110 - After repair is complete, verify per
released Operation and Service Procedures. If
the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in
specification and calibrate as necessary.
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
C1.02 Optics Shutter Version - 204738-101_4874_2
List/Part Numbers
7-204228-01 Optics Shutter
7-204228-02 Optics Shutter, new style
7-35005695-01 Shutter, Universal
C1.02 Optics Shutter


Caution Hot Surface

Removal
Prerequisite 1. The processing module must be in Stopped For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
or Offline status. Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation 1. Power OFF the c4000 processing module
(use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module).
Remove Source 1. Remove the thumbscrew [1] securing the

Lamp source lamp holder and remove the lamp
holder.
Note There is no need to disconnect
lamp from terminal block.
2. Remove the Pre-Amp cover [2] by loosening
the left screw and removing the right screw
with the ground cable [1].
board.
4. While supporting the optics assembly from
the bottom, remove the four (4) screws
securing the optics and remove it from the
instrument [3].
Remove Optics 1. Remove the five (5) screws securing the
Housing Cover optics cover to the optics.
Caution Do not try and clean any
components inside of the optics
assembly. Damage can occur by
touching the lens, the grating, or
the diode array.
Caution Do not try to adjust or unscrew any
screw with red screw lock on them.
Remove Cable 1. Unscrew the screw securing the cable clamp

Clamp for the shutter cable [1].
2. Pull the shutter cable up through slot behind
the preamp board.
3. Cut the wire tie on the cable clamp and save
the cable clamp and screw.
Remove Shutter 1. Remove the two (2) screws [1] securing the
shutter mounting bracket [2] and remove the
shutter and bracket from the optics assembly.
Remove Universal
Shutter From Mount These instructions are for removing the new 7-
Plate 35005695-01 Universal Shutter. If you are not
removing the Universal Shutter, proceed to action
step: Remove Shutter From Shutter Mount.
1. Remove the (2) two screws [1] securing the

shutter to the shutter mounting plate.
2. Remove shutter [2] from the mounting plate
[3].
3. Proceed to action step: Install Universal
Shutter On Mount Plate.
Remove Shutter 1. Remove the three (3) screws [1] securing the
From Shutter Mount shutter to the shutter mount.
2. Remove shutter from the shutter mount. [2].
Note the position of the shutter while
removing.
Replacement

Install Universal These instructions are for the new 7-35005695-01
Shutter On Mount Universal Shutter. If you are not installing the
Plate Universal Shutter, proceed to action step: Install
Shutter On Mount.
1. Place the new universal shutter [1] on the

new mount plate [2] and secure with the (2)
two screws [3].
Note The Universal Shutter Kit
contains the mount plates
needed to install the shutter on
the c4000, c16000 and c8000
(two different versions) Optics
Assemblies. The unused mount
plates are discarded.
Install Universal 1. Place the shutter, with shutter mount, on the
Shutter On Mounting mounting post and secure with the two (2)
Post screws [1].
2. Proceed to action step: Install Cable Clamp.
Note Apply pressure to the shutter mount in
the direction of the lamp housing while
tightening the two (2) screws.
Install Shutter On 1. Place the shutter on the shutter mount and

Shutter Mount secure with three (3) screws.
Note The shutter will only fit on the
shutter mount in one position.
Install Shutter 1. Place the shutter, with shutter mount, on the

mounting post and secure with two (2)
screws.
Note Apply pressure to the shutter mount
in the direction of the lamp housing
while tightening the two (2) screws.
Install Cable Clamp 1. Secure the shutter cable to the cable clamp
with a wire tie.
2. Secure the cable clamp [1] to the optics
assembly with one screw.
3. Route the shutter cable behind the lens mount
and then through the slot behind the preamp
board.
Install Optics 1. Install the optics cover to the optics housing

Housing Cover and secure with five (5) screws.

frame using four (4) screws.
route the cables between the gasket material
(of the cover) and the housing.
with the screws.
Note Ensure the cover slides into the
guides in the bottom of the optics
housing. The fit between the guides
in the optic housing and the pre-
amp cable cover is tight.

Note The system control center power
must be ON prior to turning on the
initialization.
5. To change the status of the processing
module and sample handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009, 2014 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
C1.03 Fan, Optics Assembly Version - 204738-101_4875_2
A Part Number is currently not assigned to this RR. Go to GPPM UserInterface
C1.03 Fan, Optics Assembly


Caution Hot Surface

Removal



ground cable [1].
board.
Remove Optics Fan Note Fan airflow direction is OUT of the
housing.
1. Remove the four (4) screws securing the pre-

amp cable cover mount. [1]
2. Remove the four (4) screws [2] securing the fan
to the optics assembly.
Note The screw hardware is not captured
and there is a flat washer and a split
washer on each screw.
3. Remove the Optics Fan.
Replacement

Install Optics Fan Note Verify fan airflow direction is OUT of
the housing.
1. Install the fan to the optics assembly using four

(4) screws [2], each with a flat washer, and a
split washer.
Note Air flow direction is out of the housing.
2. Install the pre-amp cable cover mount.

with the screws.
Note Ensure the cover slides into the guides
in the bottom of the optics housing.
The fit between the guides in the optic
housing and the pre-amp cable cover
is tight.

initialization.
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various
1 G14 - Fan Verify that the fan is rotating and that the air
flows in the correct direction.
null
C1.05 Filter, Heat Absorbing Version - 204738-101_4876_1
List/Part Numbers
7-202484-01 Optics Heat Filter
C1.05 Filter, Heat Absorbing


Caution Hot Surface

Removal
Preparation 1. Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
(Use the main circuit breaker located at the
rear of the processing module.)
Note The heat absorbing filter should
never be removed with the
processing module powered on.
2. Remove the lamp housing cover [G].
Remove Duct 1. Removal and replacement steps are left to

the discretion of the Abbott trained repair
person.
Remove Heat Note Do not touch the heat absorbing

Absorbing Filter filter; oil from your hands can
damage the filter.
1. Pull the heat filter mount plate [1] out of the
optics assembly.
2. Loosen the screws securing each filter
holder and move the holder to the sides [2].
3. Remove the heat filter [3] from the mount.
Replacement
Install Heat Note Do not touch the heat absorbing

Absorbing Filter filter, as the oil from your hands
can damage the filter.
1. Install the heat filter [3] on the mount. [1]
2. Place back the filter holder [2] and secure
them with their screws.
3. Install the filter mount plate [1] in the optics
assembly with the heat filter holders toward
the optics housing.
Prepare for 1. Install the Lamp housing cover. For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Operation 2. Power ON the processing module. System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Note The system control center power Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
processing module to ensure
proper initialization.
reserved.
C2.01 Motor Assy, Reaction Carousel Version - 204738-101_4877_1
List/Part Numbers
7-205184-01 MOTOR ASSY., REACTION CRSL.
C2.01 Motor Assy, Reaction Carousel


Caution Chemical Hazard

Removal

2. Remove the cuvette segments from the
reaction carousel and store in a safe place.
4. Remove center deck cover-center left cover
[D].
5. Remove Rear deck-Rear right cover [K].
6. Remove the left rear cover.
Remove Reaction 1. Remove the two (2) screws securing the

Carousel Motor carousel gear cover and move the cover to
Assembly the side. [1]
2. Disconnect the RD-M and RD-S plugs from
the connector plate.
3. Disconnect RD Pitch from the motor.
4. Remove the cable ties.

Remove Reaction 1. While holding motor (so it does not fall),
Carousel Motor remove the three (3) screws securing the
Assembly motor assembly. [2]
(continued)
Replacement
Install Reaction 1. Install the motor assembly to upper frame
Carousel Motor securing the three (3) screws.
Assembly 2. Install the carousel gear cover.
3. Connect RD Pitch to the motor.
4. Connect the RD-M and RD-S plug to the
connector plate.
5. Install the lamp housing cover [G].
6. Install center deck cover-center left cover [D].
7. Install Rear deck-Rear right cover [K].
Prepare for 1. Power ON the processing module. For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Operation Note To change the status of the System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
processing module and sample Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
handler from Stopped to Ready,
2. Replace the left rear cover.
4 1120 - Sample Pipettor Calibration
5 1121 - R1 Pipettor Calibration
2 1009 - Beam Height Alignment
9 P-618 ICT Alignment
7 P-620 Mixer Alignment
8 P-621 Cuvette Washer Alignment
reserved.
C2.02 Roller Assy, Cuvette Align Version - 204738-101_4878_1
C2.02 Roller Assy, Cuvette Align



Removal


Remove Roller 1. Mark the position of the roller assembly in

Assembly relationship to the upper processing module
frame.
Note This will ensure proper alignment
of the roller in relationship to the
gear when reinstalled.
2. Remove the two (2) screws securing the
assembly to the frame and remove from the
processing module. [1]
Replacement
Install Roller 1. Install the assembly on the frame using the

Assembly marks made during removal.
2. Secure the assembly to the frame using two (2)
screws.
3. Manually rotate the reaction carousel main gear
and make sure the wheel turns constantly.
4. Adjust the roller assembly until the wheel rotates
smoothly.
Operation Note The system control center power must System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
be ON prior to turning on the Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
initialization.
3. Perform 1009 Beam Height Alignment.
reserved.
C2.03 Wheel, Common, Roller Assy Version - 204738-101_4879_1
List/Part Numbers
7-205311-01 WHEEL, COMMON, ROLLER ASSY
C2.03 Wheel, Common, Roller Assy



Removal


Remove Roller 1. Mark the position of the roller assembly in

frame.
Note This ensures proper alignment of
the roller in relationship to the
Remove Roller 1. Remove the one screw securing the roller to

the post.
2. Disassemble the roller assembly into the
spacer, wheel, bearing, and shaft.

Replacement

Install Roller 1. Assemble the roller. The spacer is closest to
the post, followed by the wheel, bearing and
shaft.
2. Install the one screw to attach the assembled
roller to the post.
Install Roller 1. Position the assembly on the frame using

Assembly the marks made during removal.
Note If installing the assembly closest to
the motor gear, ensure the
assembly is seated properly on the
guide pin.
2. Install the assembly to the frame using two
(2) screws.
3. Manually rotate the reaction carousel main
gear and make sure the wheel turns
constantly.
4. Adjust the roller assembly until the wheel
rotates smoothly.
5. Tighten the two (2) screws.
Operation Note The system control center power System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
must be ON prior to turning on the Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
reserved.
C2.04 Guide Assembly Version - 204738-101_4880_1
C2.04 Guide Assembly



Removal


Remove Guide 1. Mark the position of the guide assembly in

frame.
of the wheel in relationship to the
Replacement

Install Guide 1. Position the assembly on the frame using
(2) screws.
constantly.
4. Adjust the guide assembly until the wheel
rotates smoothly.
reserved.
C2.05 Wheel with Bearing, Common, Guide Assy Version - 204738-101_4881_1
List/Part Numbers
7-202490-01 Wheel & bearing, com guide
C2.05 Wheel with Bearing, Common, Guide Assy


(Used on the Guide Assembly and Spring Tensioned Guide Assembly.)


Removal


Remove Guide 1. Mark the position of the guide assembly in

frame.
of the wheel in relationship to the
Remove Wheel with 1. Remove one screw securing the wheel with
Bearing bearing from the post.
2. On the spring tensioned guide assembly
there is a nut securing the screw in place.
Remove the nut.
Replacement
Install Wheel 1. Install the wheel with bearing to the post

Bearing using one screw.
2. Install the one screw with nut, if this is the
spring tensioned guide assembly.
Install Guide 1. Position the assembly on the frame using
(2) screws.
constantly.
4. Adjust the guide assembly until the wheel
rotates smoothly.
reserved.
C2.06 Motor Coupling, Reaction Carousel Version - 204738-101_5039_1
C2.06 Motor Coupling, Reaction Carousel


While performing this procedure, if you are exposed to reagents, calibrators or controls, the following statements may
apply:
WARNING Chemical Hazard

Removal
Preparation 1. Remove Reaction Carousel Motor

Assembly. (C2.01 Motor Assy, Reaction
Carousel)
Remove Motor 1. Loosen the two (2) upper set screws [1]
Coupling securing the coupling to the drive gear
shaft.
2. Remove the four (4) screws securing the
motor to the motor frame.
3. Loosen the lower two (2) set screws [2]
securing the coupling to the motor shaft and
remove coupling.
Replacement
Install Motor 1. Install coupling onto the gear

Coupling drive shaft.
2. Align set screws with the flat
sides of the shaft.
3. Tighten the set screws to the
gear drive shaft.
4. Install the motor and insert shaft
into the coupling.
5. Secure the motor to the motor
frame using the four (4) screws.
6. Align the set screws on the
coupling with the flat sides of the
motor shaft and tighten set
screws.
Install Reaction 1. Install Reaction Carousel Motor

Carousel Motor Assembly. (C2.01 Motor Assy,
Assembly Reaction Carousel)
7 P-620 Mixer Alignment
D1.01 Reagent Supply Center Version - 204738-101_4882_3
List/Part Numbers
7-205901-01 REAGENT CAROUSEL ASSEMBLY, C4
D1.01 Reagent Supply Center

Absorbent Towels

WARNING Probe Stick Hazard
Caution Lifting Hazard

Removal
Prerequisite 1. The processing module must be in Stopped or Offline For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System
status. Operations Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection:
System status.
Preparation 1. Open the reagent supply center cover.

2. Remove the reagent trays; store in an appropriate
place.
3. Power OFF the c4000 processing module (use the
main circuit breaker).
4. Remove the top covers.
6. Remove the left side covers.
7. Remove the reagent probes.
8. Remove the following deck covers:
• Front left cover [A]
• Front center cover [B]
• Center left cover [D]
• Rear left cover [H]
• Rear center left cover [I]
9. Remove the reagent carousel motor cover [1].
Preparation 1. Remove the green ground cable [2].
(continued) 2. Disconnect [3]:
• CVR-M
• CVR-OP
• CVR-CL
3. Remove the three (3) screws securing the reagent
carousel cover and remove the cover.

Preparation 1. Loosen the two (2) screws [4] on the reflective plate
(continued) assembly to the RSH rail and remove plate.
2. Remove the two (2) screws from the black left front
panel to the top left side panel.
Note Do not remove the black panel.
3. Remove the top screw and loosen the bottom screw
securing the CRA cable bracket to the top left side
panel and slide off the bracket from the panel.
4. Remove the four (4) Allen head screws that secure the
top left side panel and remove the panel.
Remove 1. Remove the screw that secures the cover sensor and
Reagent bracket assembly.
Supply 2. Disconnect the following cables:
Center a. At the front [1]:
- BWF
- Bar Code Reader (RBCR)
- Tube Sensor (BOT SNSR)
b. At the rear [2]:
- ROCM
- RICM
- THERMO
- RCS
- Fan Cable
- UC1
- UC2
- UC3
- UC4
- UC FAN cables.
c. At the inner side between the wash cups:
- CVR Sensor cable
3. Remove assembly from the module.

Remove 1. Disconnect the drain tubing [1] from the LCW drain
Reagent manifold.
Supply 2. Clamp tubing end to prevent leaking from the reagent
Center carousel.
(continued) 3. Remove the four (4) screws securing the reagent
supply center to the mounting locations.
4. Lift the reagent supply center from the processing
module.
Note Do not pinch cables or bend brackets when
lifting the carousel.
Note You may need assistance lifting the carousel.
Replacement
Install 1. Place the reagent supply center into the processing
Reagent module.
Supply 2. Align the attachment holes on the carousel with the
Center alignment pin [2] and screw hole [1] on the processing
module.
Note You may need assistance lifting the reagent
supply center.
3. Tighten the four (4) screws.
4. Connect the drain tubing into the LCW drain manifold.
5. Connect the following cables:
a. At the front:
- BWF
b. At the rear:
- ROCM

- RICM
- THERMO
- RCS
- Fan Cable
- UC1
- UC2
- UC3
- UC4
- UC FAN cables.
- CVR Sensor cable
6. Install the cover sensor and bracket assembly and
secure with the screw.
7. Install the top left side panel and secure with four (4)
screws.
8. Attach the black left front panel to the top left side
panel with two (2) screws.
9. Install the reflective plate and secure with two (2)
screws.
10. Slide the CRA cable bracket onto the two (2) screws
on the top left side panel and tighten the screws.
11. Install the reagent carousel cover using three (3)
screws.
12. Connect:
• CVR-M
• CVR-OP
• CVR-CL
13. Connect the green ground cable to the frame.
14. Install the reagent carousel motor cover.
15. Install the left side covers.
16. Install the right rear cover.
Install 1. Install the Top Deck covers:
Reagent • Front left cover [A]
Supply • Front center cover [B]
Center • Center left cover [D]
(continued) • Rear center left cover [I]
2. Install the Reagent Probes.
Note The system control center power must be ON
prior to turning on the processing module to
ensure proper initialization.
Prepare for 1. Install the reagent cartridges in the reagent supply For information on the startup procedure, refer to the
Operation center. ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating
2. Perform the Startup procedure to change the status of instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
the processing module and sample handler from shutdown.
Stopped to Ready.
1 3525 - Temperature Status
4 G30 - Reagent Bar Code Label Scan Perform a SCAN F4 under the REAGENT
Icon.
Verify all reagent bar code labels are read.
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT�ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
D1.02 TED, Reagent Supply Center Version - 204738-101_4883_3
List/Part Numbers
7-205216-01 TED, RGT. CRSL.
D1.02 TED, Reagent Supply Center

Absorbent Towels


Removal
System status.
place.
• CVR-M
• CVR-OP
• CVR-CL
carousel cover, and remove the cover.

Preparation 1. Loosen the two (2) screws securing the reflective plate
(continued) assembly [4] to the RSH rail and remove plate.
2. Remove the two (2) screws securing the black left
front panel to the top left side panel.
- BWF
b. At the rear [2]:
- ROCM
- RICM
- THERMO
- RCS
- Fan Cable
- UC1
- UC2
- UC3
- UC4
- UC FAN cables.
- CVR Sensor cable
Reagent manifold.
Center carousel.
module.
Remove 1. Remove all segment bases to allow access to the

TED reagent carousel.
Note When removing the bases for the exterior
ring, leave the barcode reader gap [1] in
place for reference during reassembly.
2. Locate the external ring carousel motor and remove
the two (2) screws [2] holding the bearing across from
the carousel motor, lift it and remove the external
dented carousel.
Remove 1. Remove the four (4) screws [4] from the corresponding
TED TED.
(continued) 2. Turn the reagent supply center upside down to access
the TED fan assembly and covers.
Note If needed, remove the TED fan assembly by
removing the two (2) screws [5] in the
perimeter of the reagent supply center and
sliding the TED fan assembly.
Remove 1. Loosen the two (2) screws [6] close to the center of
TED the Reagent Supply center.
(continued) 2. Remove the two (2) screws [7] on the side of the TED
cover.
3. Disconnect the corresponding UC Cable and remove
the TED.
Replacement

Install TED 1. Clean the base [1] where the TED sits.
Note Make sure the receptacle is clean to apply
heat sink compound.
2. Place the TED on the base.
3. Place the cover and secure with the two (2) screws.
4. Connect the UC cable.
Note If removed, replace the TED fan assembly,
and secure with the two (2) screws.
5. Turn the reagent supply center upside down.
6. Secure the TED with the screws; alternate tightening
for even contact.
7. Place the external ring in position. Make sure it seats
properly on all bearings
8. Place the bearing across from the carousel motor on
the guide pin [2], tighten the screws. Make sure the
dented carousel ring moves evenly.
Install TED 1. Assemble the internal reagent segment holder.
(continued) Note The internal reagent segment holder has a
pin guide [3] for correct position.
2. Replace all reagent segment bases for the external
carousel. Seat properly and in appropriate order.
Install 1. Place the reagent supply center in the processing

Reagent module.
module.
supply center.
3. Secure with four (4) screws.
a. At the front:
- BWF
b. At the rear:
- ROCM
- RICM
- THERMO
- RCS
- Fan Cable
- UC1
- UC2
- UC3
- UC4
- UC FAN cables.
- CVR Sensor cable
screws.
10. Install the reagent supply center cover using three (3)
screws.
11. Connect:
• CVR-M
• CVR-OP
• CVR-CL
13. Install the reagent carousel cover using three (3)
screws.
14. Install the left side cover.
16. Install the Top Deck covers:
• Front Deck: Front left cover [A]
• Front Deck: Front center cover [B]
• Center Deck: Center left cover [D]
• Rear Deck: Rear center left cover [I]
• Rear Deck: Rear left cover [H]
Install 1. Install the Reagent Probes.
Reagent 2. Power ON the processing module.
Supply Note The system control center power must be ON
Center prior to turning on the processing module to
(continued) ensure proper initialization.
Stopped to Ready.
Icon.
reserved.
D1.03 2D Reagent Barcode Reader Version - 204738-101_4884_3
List/Part Numbers
7-206380-01 BARCODE READER, REAGENT, C4000
7-206380-02 BARCODE READER, REAGENT, C4000
D1.03 2D Reagent Barcode Reader



Removal
System status.
Preparation 1. Power OFF the c4000 processing module (use the main
circuit breaker).
2. Remove the front left cover [A].
Remove 1. Disconnect the bottle sensor and barcode reader cables [1].
Barcode 2. Unscrew the two (2) screws [2] securing the barcode reader
Reader and bottle sensor bracket assembly and remove assembly.
Assembly
Remove 1. Remove the two (2) screws [3] from the barcode reader
Barcode frame.
Reader 2. Unplug the barcode reader cable from the barcode reader.
Assembly
(continued)
Replacement
Install 1. Install the barcode reader to the frame with two (2) screws.
Barcode 2. Plug the barcode reader cable in the barcode reader.
Reader 3. Install the barcode reader and bottle sensor bracket assembly using two (2) screws.
Assembly 4. Connect the bottle sensor and barcode reader cables.
5. Install the front left cover.
Prepare 1. Power ON the processing module. For

for Note The system control center power must be ON prior to turning on the processing module to ensure information
Operation proper initialization. on the
2. Perform the Startup procedure to change the status of the processing module and sample handler from Stopped startup
to Ready. procedure,
3. Select BarCode Readers category from the Diagnostics screen under the System icon. refer to the
ARCHITECT
System
Operations
Manual,
Section 5:
Operating
instructions,
Subsection:
System
startup,
pause, and
shutdown.
Icon.
1 P-606 Reagent Supply Center Bar Code
Reader Alignment
reserved.
D1.04 Inner Carousel Motor, Reagent Supply Center Version - 204738-101_4885_3
List/Part Numbers
7-205185-02 MOTOR CRSL., INNER
D1.04 Inner Carousel Motor, Reagent Supply Center

Absorbent Towels


Removal
System status.
place.

• CVR-M
• CVR-OP
• CVR-CL
- BWF
b. At the rear [2]:
- ROCM
- RICM
- THERMO
- RCS
- Fan Cable
- UC1
- UC2
- UC3
- UC4
- UC FAN cables.
- CVR Sensor cable
Reagent manifold.
Center carousel.
module.
Remove 1. Loosen the top two (2) Allen screws [1] on the motor
Motor shaft to the coupler.
2. Remove the four (4) screws used to mount the motor
to the bracket.
3. Lift the motor ensuring it disengages from the coupler.
4. Follow the motor cable and disconnect it from the
bracket.
5. Release cable clamps.
Replacement
Install 1. Install the motor onto the bracket, guiding the motor
Motor shaft into the coupler.
Note The flat section of the shaft faces the Allen
screws.
2. Secure the motor to the bracket using screws.
3. Secure the coupler to the shaft.
4. Route the cable connector to the bracket and insert the
cable into the frame.
5. Place the cable into cable clamps and close the
clamps.

Reagent module.
module.
supply center.
3. Secure with the four (4) screws.
a. At the front:
- BWF
b. At the rear:
- ROCM
- RICM
- THERMO
- RCS
- Fan Cable
- UC1
- UC2
- UC3
- UC4
- UC FAN cables.
- CVR Sensor cable
screws.
screws.
11. Connect:
• CVR-M
• CVR-OP
• CVR-CL
13. Install the reagent motor cover using one (1) screw.
Install 1. Install the left side cover.
Reagent 2. Install the right rear cover.
Supply 3. Install the Top Deck covers:
Center • Front Deck: Front left cover (A)
(continued) • Front Deck: Front center cover (B)
• Center Deck: Center left cover (D)
• Rear Deck: Rear center left cover (I)
• Rear Deck: Rear left cover (H)
Stopped to Ready.
Icon.
reserved.
D1.05 Outer Carousel Motor, Reagent Supply Center Version - 204738-101_4886_3
List/Part Numbers
7-205186-01 MOTOR CRSL., OUTER
7-205186-02 MOTOR CRSL., OUTER
D1.05 Outer Carousel Motor, Reagent Supply Center

Absorbent Towels


Removal
System status.

2. Remove the reagent trays; store in an appropriate place.
3. Power OFF the c4000 processing module (use the main
circuit breaker).
5. Remove the two (2) captive screws securing the right
rear cover, and remove the cover.
10. Remove the green ground cable [2].
11. Disconnect [3]:
• CVR-M
• CVR-OP
• CVR-CL
securing the CRA cable bracket to the top left side panel
and slide off the bracket from the panel.
- BWF
b. At the rear [2]:
- ROCM
- RICM
- THERMO
- RCS
- Fan Cable
- UC1
- UC2
- UC3
- UC4
- UC FAN cables.
- CVR Sensor cable
Reagent manifold.
Center carousel.
(continued) 3. Remove the four (4) screws securing the reagent supply
center to the mounting locations.
module.
Remove 1. Loosen the top two (2) Allen screws [1] on the motor
Motor shaft to the coupler.
2. Remove the four (4) screws used to mount the motor to
the bracket.
3. Lift the motor ensuring it disengages from the coupler.
4. Follow the motor cable and disconnect it from the
bracket.
5. Release cable clamps.
Replacement
Install 1. Install the motor onto the bracket, guiding the motor shaft
Motor into the coupler.
Note The flat section of the shaft faces the Allen screws.
2. Secure the motor to the bracket using screws.
3. Secure the coupler to the shaft.
4. Route the cable connector to the bracket and insert the
cable into the frame.
5. Place the cable into cable clamps and close the clamps.
Install 1. Place the reagent supply center in the processing module.
Reagent 2. Align the attachment holes on the carousel with the
Supply alignment pin [2] and screw hole [1] on the processing
Center module.
Note You may need assistance lifting the reagent supply
center.
a. At the front:
- BWF
b. At the rear:
- ROCM
- RICM
- THERMO
- RCS
- Fan Cable
- UC1
- UC2
- UC3
- UC4
- UC FAN cables.
- CVR Sensor cable
6. Install the cover sensor and bracket assembly and secure
with the screw.
7. Install the top left side panel and secure with four (4) screws.
8. Attach the black left front panel to the top left side panel with
two (2) screws.
9. Slide the CRA cable bracket onto the two (2) screws on the
top left side panel and tighten the screws.
Install 1. Install the reagent supply center cover using three (3)
Reagent screws.
Supply 2. Connect:
Center • CVR-M
(continued) • CVR-OP
• CVR-CL
Note The system control center power must be ON prior
to turning on the processing module.
Prepare for 1. Install the reagent cartridges in the reagent supply center. For information on the startup procedure, refer to the
Operation 2. Perform the Startup procedure to change the status of the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating
processing module and sample handler from Stopped to instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
Ready. shutdown.
<
Icon.
reserved.
D1.06 Bottom Fan, Reagent Supply Center Version - 204738-101_4887_4
List/Part Numbers
7-205187-01 FAN, COOLING, RGT., EXTERNAL
D1.06 Bottom Fan, Reagent Supply Center

Absorbent Towels

Removal(continued)

System status.

place.
• CVR-M
• CVR-OP
• CVR-CL
- BWF
b. At the rear [2]:
- ROCM
- RICM
- THERMO
- RCS
- Fan Cable
- UC1
- UC2
- UC3
- UC4
- UC FAN cables.
- CVR Sensor cable
Reagent manifold.
Center carousel.
module.
Remove Note Fan airflow direction is OUT at the back of

Bottom the module.
Fan,
Reagent 1. Place the reagent supply center upside-down on a
Supply table.
Center 2. Remove the two (2) screws [1] from the fan on the
reagent supply center.
3. Release the cable from the clamps and bracket [2]
and remove the fan.

Replacement
Install Note Verify fan airflow direction is OUT at the back

Bottom of the module.
Fan,
Reagent 1. Install the fan and secure it with the screws.
Supply 2. Insert the cable in the clamp and the bracket.
Center
Reagent module.
module.
supply center.
a. At the front:
- BWF
b. At the rear:
- ROCM
- RICM
- THERMO
- RCS
- Fan Cable
- UC1
- UC2
- UC3
- UC4
- UC FAN cables.
- CVR Sensor cable
screws.
screws.
11. Connect:
• CVR-M
• CVR-OP
• CVR-CL
Install 1. Install the Reagent Probes.
Reagent 2. Power ON the processing module.
Supply Note The system control center power must be ON
Center prior to turning on the processing module to
(continued) ensure proper initialization.
Stopped to Ready.
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT�ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various
Icon.
null
D1.07 Internal Fan, Air Cir, Reagent Supply Center Version - 204738-101_4888_4
List/Part Numbers
7-205188-01 FAN, COOLING, RGT., INTERNAL
D1.07 Internal Fan, Air Cir, Reagent Supply Center

Absorbent Towels

WARNING Chemical Hazard

Removal
System status.
2. Remove the reagent trays, store in an appropriate
place.
4. Remove the Reagent Probes.
5. Remove the right rear cover
6. Remove the following:
• Y-Shaped reagent supply center maintenance
cover.
7. Remove the screw securing reagent cover motor
cover.
8. Remove the green ground cable [2].
9. Disconnect [3]:
• CVR-M
• CVR-OP
• CVR-CL
Preparation 1. Remove all segment bases to allow access to the
(continued) reagent carousel.
Note When removing the bases for the exterior
ring, leave the barcode reader gap [1] in
place for reference during reassembly.
Remove Note Fan airflow direction is UP into the reagent

Internal Fan supply center.
1. Disconnect FAN cable and open the cable clamp

securing the cable.
2. Open the cable clamps inside the reagent supply
center used to secure the fan cable.
3. Remove the screws used to secure the fan to the
reagent supply center base and the screws holding the
cable.
4. Pull cable with connector through the insulation and
remove the fan.
Replacement

Install Note Verify fan airflow direction is UP into the
Internal reagent supply center.
Fan
1. Secure the fan with the screws.
2. Route the cable through the cable clamps and secure it.
3. Insert the connector through the insulation.
4. Connect the FAN cable to the bracket.
Install 1. Assemble the internal reagent segment holder. Align
Reagent with pin guide [3].
Supply 2. Replace all reagent segment bases for the external
Center carousel. Seat properly and in appropriate order.
screws.
4. Connect:
• CVR-M
• CVR-OP
• CVR-CL
• Front Deck: Front left cover (A)
• Rear Deck: Rear left cover (H)
• Y-Shaped reagent supply center maintenance
cover.
Prepare 1. Install the reagent cartridges in the reagent supply For information on the startup procedure, refer to the
for center. ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating
Operation 2. Perform the Startup procedure to change the status of instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
Stopped to Ready.
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT�ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various
Icon.
null
E1.01 PROBE Version - 96728-111_392_1
List/Part Numbers
08C94-42 Probe
E1.01 PROBE
20 min.
Time Required
#2 Phillips screw driver (optional)

Tools/Materials
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Probe Stick Hazard
Removal
Prerequisite For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations

Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
1. The processing module must be in
Warming, or Ready status.
Preparation For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to

the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10:
1. Lift the appropriate processing center
Troubleshooting and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
cover(s) to access the probe(s).
2. Locate the probe to be replaced on the
For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
appropriate pipettor.
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Note Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Refer to the processing center map
for pipettor locations (R1, R2, S, or
ST).
3. Verify the probe is over the wash station.

To move the reagent probe over
the wash station, perform a Startup
on the appropriate module, and go
to Remove Probe.
To move the sample probe over
the wash station, go to Step4.
4. Select the Pipettors category from the

diagnostic screen under the system icon.
5. Initiate diagnostic procedure 1160 Pipettor
Move to move the sample probe over the
wash station.
Remove
Probe
1. Place an absorbent towel under the probe
tubing connection.
2. Loosen the metal fitting on the probe and
remove the probe tubing from the
probe. [1]
3. Carefully loosen the screw (captive) on
top of the probe clamp until resistance is
felt. [2]
Note
A #2 Phillips screwdriver can be
used to loosen the screw.
Note
Loosening the captive screw
beyond the point of resistance can
cause the clip to fall apart.
4. Push up on the blue button located under

the boom arm. [3]
5. Swing the probe free of the clip, lift the
probe and remove it from the boom
arm. [4]
Replacement
Install
Probe
1. Slide the probe into the boom
arm. [1]
2. Swing the probe to the probe clip
and snap it in place under the
clip. [2]
3. Tighten the screw (captive) on top
of the probe clamp. [3]
Note
A #2 Phillips screwdriver may
be used to tighten the screw.
Do not overtighten as
stripping may result.
4. Connect the probe tubing to the

probe and finger tighten the probe
fitting. [4]
5. To return the sample pipettor to the
home position, complete diagnostic
procedure 1160 Pipettor Move.
Prepare For further information on performing maintenance procedures, refer to the

for ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 9: Service and
1. Select As Needed category from the
Operation Maintenance, Subsection: As-needed maintenance procedures.
maintenance screen under the
system icon.
2. Perform maintenance procedure
2130 Flush Fluids, to remove any air
that may be present.
3. Visually check for leaks while
performing the flush.
Note
If leaks are seen, repeat the
installation procedure.
4. Remove the absorbent towel.

5. Close the processing center
cover(s).
4 1117 - STAT Pipettor Calibration
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2008 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
E2.01 Wash Cup, Sample Version - 204738-101_4889_1
List/Part Numbers
7-93131-02 Wash Cup, Sample
7-93131-03 Wash Cup, Sample (RoHS)
E2.01 Wash Cup, Sample


Absorbent Towels


Removal
Preparation 1. Remove the sample pipettor head cover.
2. Loosen the screw for the probe ground
wire, and disconnect the tubing from the
probe.
3. Remove the screw securing the sample
probe while removing the probe.
4. Remove the front center cover [B].
Remove Sample 1. Disconnect the tubing from the sides of the

Wash Cup sample wash cup. [1]
sample wash cup to the mounting bracket.
[2]
3. Lift up the wash cup and remove the drain
tubing from the bottom of the cup. Secure
drain tubing to keep from dropping inside of
instrument. [3]

Replacement
Install Sample Wash 1. Connect the drain tubing to the bottom of the
Cup sample wash cup.
2. Install the wash cup to the mounting bracket
using the two (2) screws.
3. Connect the two incoming tubes to the sides
of the sample wash cup.
4. Install the front center cover.
5. Install the sample probe on the sample
pipettor and secure using a screw.
6. Connect the tubing and secure the ground
wire.
7. Install the sample pipettor head cover.
Perform P-608 Sample Wash Cup Position
Alignment.
Prepare for 1. To change the status of the processing For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Operation module and sample handler from Stopped to System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Ready, perform the Startup procedure. Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
2 1175 - Wash Cup Test
1 P-608 Sample Wash Cup Position Alignment
reserved.
E3.02 Filter Housing Version - 204738-101_4893_1
List/Part Numbers
7-202499-01 Filter housing
E3.02 Filter Housing

Time Required Not Assessed

Absorbent Towels

Removal

Preparation 1. Drain the water bath For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
(System/Diagnostics/Modules/1101 Robotics Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Test Tool - Option 11).
1. The processing module must be in Stopped or
Offline status.
2. Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
3. Remove the rear left cover.
Remove Filter 1. Unscrew the threaded cap [3] at the bottom of
Housing the filter unit and drain any remaining water.
2. Unscrew the filter housing [1]
counterclockwise (CCW) from the lid. [2]
3. If the filter needs to be replaced, discard the
filter.
Replacement
Install Filter Housing 1. Screw the threaded cap [3] into the base of
the filter housing.
2. Install the filter support plate [4] on the nipple
at the bottom of the filter housing.
Install Filter Housing 1. Install the filter onto the disk and screw the
(continued) filter housing [1] clockwise (CW) onto the cap
[2], making sure the hollow center of the filter
aligns with the fingers inside the cap. [5]
Remove Air from 1. Power ON the instrument and wait for the
Filter Housing water to fill the filter housing.
2. Loosen the top right bolt (inlet side) on the
cap to allow air to escape as the filter housing
is filled with water.
3. Make sure you remove any remaining air
through the bolt.
Note There should not be any bubbles in
the filter.
4. Tighten the bolt.
Prepare for 1. Check for air bubbles at the tubing attached For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Operation to the degasser manifold and the tubing going System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
to the probe wash pumps. Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
2. Check for air bubbles in the tubing on both
side of the 12 VDC CKD (DI Water Cuvette
Wash) Valve.
3. Perform the Startup procedure to change the
status of the processing module and sample
handler from Stopped to Ready.
4. If air bubbles are observed, select the As
Needed category from the Maintenance
screen under the System icon.
5. Perform 2132 Flush Water Lines.
Install Rear Covers 1. Install the left rear cover.
1 2132 - Flush Water Lines Check for leaks
2 G63 - Tubing / Fitting / Filter Verify tubing / fitting / filter is securely installed
and does not obstruct instrument components.
Ensure no leaks and/or bubbles are in the
tubing / fitting / filter.
reserved.
E2.03 Wash Cup, R1 & R2 Reagent Probes Version - 204738-101_4891_1
E2.03 Wash Cup, R1 & R2 Reagent Probes


Absorbent Towels


Removal
Prerequisite Note This procedure for Reagent Wash For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Cup R1A and R1B. Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
1. The processing module must be in Stopped
or Offline status.
Access Wash Cup 1. Remove the reagent pipettor head cover.

2. Remove the screw for the probe ground
wire and disconnect the tubing from the
probe.
3. Remove the screw securing the reagent
probe while removing the probe.
4. Remove the center deck-center deck cover.
[D]
Remove Reagent 1. Remove the screws securing the reagent

Wash Cup wash cup to the upper frame. [1]
2. Disconnect the tubing from the side of the
reagent wash cup. [2]
3. Lift up the wash cup and remove the drain
tubing from the bottom of cup. Make sure to
secure it and do not lose it.
Replacement
Install Reagent 1. Insert the drain tubing into the wash cup.
Wash Cup 2. Connect the incoming water tubing to the
side of the wash cup.
3. Install the wash cup to the upper frame
using the screws.
4. Install the reagent probe on the reagent
pipettor and secure using a screw.
5. Connect tubing and secure ground wire.
6. Perform P-610 Reagent Wash Cup (R1 and
R2) Alignment accordingly.
7. Install the center deck cover [D].
Operation module and sample handler from Stopped System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure. Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
1 P-610 Reagent Wash Cup (R1 and R2)
Alignment
reserved.
E3.01 Pump, Water Bath Fill Version - 204738-101_4892_1
List/Part Numbers
7-202498-01 Pump, Water Bath Fill
7-207600-01 Pump, c4 Bath Fill With Cable
E3.01 Pump, Water Bath Fill


Absorbent Towels


Removal
(System/Diagnostics/Modules/1101 Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Robotics Test Tool - Option 11).
2. Set the processing module must in
Stopped or Offline status.
3. Power OFF the c4000 processing
module (use the main circuit breaker
located at the rear of the processing
module).
Remove Water 1. Remove the screw securing the tubing
Bath Fill Pump clamp to the frame.
2. Remove the plastic peristaltic pump
head by rotating the housing counter
clockwise (CCW) one sixteenth (1/16)
turn and then pulling outward on the
housing to remove it from the pump.
3. Remove the four screws securing the
pump housing panel.
4. Disconnect the WBSV connector.
5. Disconnect the amp fuse connector.

Remove Water 1. From below the housing frame, squeeze
Bath Fill Pump both tabs on the pump to release the
(continued) pump from the frame and remove the
pump. [1]
Replacement
Install Water 1. Snap in the pump.

Bath Fill 2. Insert the tabs on the housing into the
Pump corresponding notches on the pump face
and rotate the housing clockwise until
the pump housing does not rotate
anymore.
3. Connect the amp fuse connector.
4. Connect the WBSV connector.
5. Secure the pump housing panel to the
frame using one screw.
6. Install the plastic peristaltic pump head.
7. Attach the tubing clamp to the frame
using the one screw.
8. Attach the rear left cover.
Operation Note The system control center System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
power must be on prior to Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
turning on the processing
module to ensure proper
initialization.
module and sample handler from
Stopped to Ready, perform the Startup
procedure.
3. Select the As Needed category from the
Maintenance screen under the System
icon.
4. Perform 2134 Change Water Bath.
5. Check for leaks.
1 2134 - Change Water Bath Check for leaks
reserved.
E3.02 Filter Housing Version - 204738-101_4893_1
List/Part Numbers
7-202499-01 Filter housing
E3.02 Filter Housing


Absorbent Towels

Removal

Offline status.
Remove Filter 1. Unscrew the threaded cap [3] at the bottom of
Housing the filter unit and drain any remaining water.
counterclockwise (CCW) from the lid. [2]
3. If the filter needs to be replaced, discard the
filter.
Replacement
Install Filter Housing 1. Screw the threaded cap [3] into the base of
the filter housing.
2. Install the filter support plate [4] on the nipple
at the bottom of the filter housing.
Install Filter Housing 1. Install the filter onto the disk and screw the
(continued) filter housing [1] clockwise (CW) onto the cap
[2], making sure the hollow center of the filter
aligns with the fingers inside the cap. [5]
Remove Air from 1. Power ON the instrument and wait for the
Filter Housing water to fill the filter housing.
2. Loosen the top right bolt (inlet side) on the
cap to allow air to escape as the filter housing
is filled with water.
3. Make sure you remove any remaining air
through the bolt.
Note There should not be any bubbles in
the filter.
4. Tighten the bolt.
Prepare for 1. Check for air bubbles at the tubing attached For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Operation to the degasser manifold and the tubing going System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
to the probe wash pumps. Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
2. Check for air bubbles in the tubing on both
side of the 12 VDC CKD (DI Water Cuvette
Wash) Valve.
4. If air bubbles are observed, select the As
Needed category from the Maintenance
screen under the System icon.
Install Rear Covers 1. Install the left rear cover.
reserved.
E3.03 Filter, Water Bath Version - 204738-101_4894_2
List/Part Numbers
7-202500-01 Filter, water bath
7-206374-01 BUFFER FILTER SUPPORT DISK
E3.03 Filter, Water Bath
Note
These videos represent simulated scenarios of instrument access and repair, and some may not accurately depict actual PPE
guidelines. Trained personnel should follow procedures as outlined in Biological Hazards and safety procedures.

Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Chemical Hazard
WARNING
Splash/Spray Hazard

Removal

Preparation 1. Drain the water bath For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section
(System/Diagnostics/Modules/1101 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
module. (Use the main circuit
breaker located at the rear of the
processing module.)
VIDEO
Remove Note
Filter Video contains no audio
Housing and sound.
Filter
(If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Remove 1. Clamp the tubing on both ports of

Filter the filter unit.
Housing and 2. Unscrew the threaded cap at the
Filter bottom of the filter unit and drain
any remaining water.
counterclockwise (CCW) from the
lid. [2]
4. If the filter needs to be replaced,
discard the filter.
Replacement

VIDEO Install
Filter Housing Note
and Filter Video contains no audio
sound.
Install Filter
Housing and
Filter Note
To help minimize
bubbles, presoak the
replacement filter—prior
to installing—in a plastic
bag of distilled water > 1
hour prior to filter
installation.
1. Screw the threaded cap [3] into

the base of the filter housing.
2. Install the filter support plate [4]
on the fitting at the bottom of the
filter housing.
3. Install the filter onto the disk and
screw the filter housing [1]
clockwise (CW) onto the cap [2],
making sure the hollow center of
the filter aligns with the fingers
inside the cap. [5]
Note
Filter housing may be
pre-filled with purified
water to decrease
occurrence of air
bubbles.
Remove Air 1. Power ON the instrument and

From Filter wait for the water to fill the filter
Housing housing.
2. Loosen the top right bolt (inlet
side) [6] on the cap to allow air
to escape as the filter housing is
filled with water.
Note Make sure you remove
any remaining air through
the bolt. There should not
be any bubbles in the
filter.
3. Tighten the bolt. [6]
Prepare for 1. Check for air bubbles at the For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Operation tubing attached to the degasser Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
manifold and the tubing going to shutdown.
the probe wash pumps.
2. Check for air bubbles in the
tubing on both side of the 12
VDC CKD (DI Water Cuvette
Wash) Valve.
3. Perform the Startup procedure
to change the status of the
processing module and sample
4. If air bubbles are observed,
select the As Needed category
from the Maintenance screen
under the System icon.
Install Rear 1. Install the left rear cover.
Covers
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009, 2015 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks
of Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All
rights reserved.
E3.04 Pump Head, Water Bath Fill Version - 204738-101_4895_1
List/Part Numbers
7-202681-01 Pump Head, Water Bath Fill
E3.04 Pump Head, Water Bath Fill


Absorbent Towels


Removal
Offline status.
Remove Water Bath Note Protect the pump from spills.

Fill Pump Head 1. Clamp tubing.
2. Remove the peristaltic pump.
3. Release the clamps to remove the tubing from
the peristaltic tubing.
Replacement
Install Water Bath 1. Insert the tubing into the peristaltic tubing.
Fill Pump Head 2. Secure the tubing with the clamps.
3. Install the water bath fill pump head.
initialization.
Maintenance screen under the System icon.
5. Check for leaks.
6. Install the rear left cover.
reserved.
E3.05 Tubing, Pump Head Water Bath Fill Version - 204738-101_4896_2
List/Part Numbers
7-202682-01 Tubing, Pump Head Water Bath Fill
7-202682-02 Tubing, Pump Head Water Bath Fill
E3.05 Tubing, Pump Head Water Bath Fill
Note

Time Required 5 Min
Absorbent Material
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Chemical Hazard
WARNING
Splash/Spray Hazard
Removal

Preparation 1. Drain the water bath For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section
(System/Diagnostics/Modules/1101 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
processing module.)
VIDEO
Remove Note
Water Bath Video contains no audio
Fill Pump sound.
Head and
Tubing
Remove Note Use absorbent towel to

Water Bath Protect the pump from
Fill Pump spills.
Head and 1. Clamp tubing.
Tubing 2. Remove the peristaltic pump.
3. Release the clamps to remove the
tubing from the peristaltic tubing.
4. Remove the peristaltic tubing.
Replacement

VIDEO Install
Water Bath Fill Note
Tubing and Video contains no audio
Pump Head sound.
Install Water 1. Apply supplied grease to tubing

Bath Fill Tubing and center hub.
and Pump 2. Install the peristaltic tubing
Head ensuring is centered on the center
hub rollers.
3. Insert the tubing into the peristaltic
tubing
4. Secure the tubing with the clamps.
5. Install the water bath fill pump
head.
Prepare for 1. Power ON the processing module. For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Operation Note The system control Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
center power must be shutdown.
ON prior to turning on
the processing module
to ensure proper
initialization.
2. Perform the Startup procedure to
change the status of the
3. Select the As Needed category
4. Perform 2134 Change Water
Bath.
5. Check for leaks.
reserved.
E3.06 Check Valve, Water Bath Fill Version - 204738-101_4897_1
List/Part Numbers
7-203638-01 Check Valve, Water Bath Fill
E3.06 Check Valve, Water Bath Fill


Absorbent Material


Removal
Preparation 1. The processing module must be in Stopped or For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Remove Check 1. Clamp the tubing upstream (water bath side,
Valve away from the water bath fill peristaltic pump)
of the check valve to prevent the water bath
from draining. [1]
2. Remove the clamps on each side of the
check valve.
3. Remove the check valve.
Replacement
Install Check Valve 1. Install the check valve into the processing
module.
Note There is a molded arrow located on
the rim of the valve indicating flow
direction. The valve must be
installed with the tip of the arrow
facing towards the water bath and
the base of the arrow facing the
water bath fill pump. The flow of
water is from the peristaltic pump to
the water bath.
2. Secure the check valve in place with the
clamps.
3. Remove the clamp used to prevent the water
bath from draining.
Prepare for 1. Turn on the incoming water source. For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
must be on prior to turning on the
initialization.
reserved.
E4.01 Pump, Wash Solution Version - 204738-101_4898_1
List/Part Numbers
7-206731-01 Pump, Wash Solution
7-93141-02 Pump, Wash Solution (RoHS)
E4.01 Pump, Wash Solution


Absorbent Towels

Removal
2. Open the supply center (left front) door.
Remove Pump, Note Use absorbent material to protect

Wash Solution pump against spills.
1. Mark the tubing [1] L (left) and R (right)
going to the side ports of the check valve.
2. Clamp the tubing [1] marked L and R going
to the side ports of the check valves on the
1mL syringes.
3. Unscrew this tubing from the side ports of
the check valves.
4. Unscrew the tubing [2] labeled 2 and 3 from
the top of the small syringe unit.
5. Remove the two screws securing the pump
to the plate. [3]
6. Slide the pump out until the connectors
(DTPM and DTPS) are accessible on the
left side of the pump.
Note These cables tend to be short and
there is not a service loop. Wires
in plug DTPS are small and can
be damaged easily.
7. Disconnect DTPM and DTPS from the
connectors.
8. Remove the pump from the processing
module.
Replacement
Install Pump, Wash 1. Slide the pump in the processing module far
Solution enough to allow access to the plugs.
2. Connect DTPS and DTPM to the connectors
on the connector plate.
3. Install the pump to the frame using two
screws.
4. Connect the tubing [2] labeled 2 to the left
top of the small syringe and connect the
tubing [2] labeled 3 to the right top of the
small syringe.
5. Connect the tubing [1] marked L and R to the
side ports of the check valves on the 1mL
syringes and remove the clamps.
must be on prior to turning on the Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
4. Perform 6052 Wash Cuvettes.
5. Check for leaks.
6. Close supply center (left front) door.
7. Perform the Startup procedure to change
the status of the processing module and
sample handler from Stopped to Ready.
1 6052 - Wash Cuvettes Check for leaks
reserved.
E4.02 Syringe Assy, Wash Solution Version - 204738-101_4899_1
List/Part Numbers
7-93143-01 Syringe Assy, wash solution
E4.02 Syringe Assy, Wash Solution


Absorbent Towels


Removal
2. Open supply center (left front) door.
Remove Small Note Use absorbent material to protect

Syringe Unit the wash solution pump from
spills.
1. Disconnect tubing [1] labeled 2 and 3 from
the top and the front of the small syringe
unit.
2. Loosen the thumbscrew [2] securing the
small syringe unit to the wash solution
pump.
3. While removing the small syringe unit, pull
the unit forward and lift.
Replacement
Install Small Syringe 1. While installing the small syringe unit use a
Unit down and to the rear movement to engage
syringe plungers into drive mechanism.
2. Install the small syringe unit to the wash
solution pump using the thumbscrew. [2]
3. Connect the tubing[1] to the front of the
small syringe.
4. Connect the tubing [1] to the top of the small
syringe.
Note Tubing labeled 2 is to the left and
tubing labeled 3 is to the right.
4. Check for leaks.
5. Close the supply center (left front) door.
reserved.
E4.03 Seal, Water Line Syringe (Wash Solution Pump) Version - 204738-101_4900_1
E4.03 Seal, Water Line Syringe (Wash Solution Pump)


Absorbent Towels


Removal

2. Open supply center (left front) door.
Remove Small Note Use absorbent material to protect

Syringe Unit the wash solution pump from
spills.
1. Disconnect tubing [1] labeled 2 and 3 from
the top and the front of the small syringe
unit.
2. Loosen the thumbscrew [2] securing the
small syringe unit to the wash solution
pump.
3. Remove the small syringe unit. [3]
Remove Seal 1. Remove seal [1] from syringe.

Replacement

Install Seal 1. Install seal [1] in syringe.
Install Small Syringe 1. Replace the small syringe unit.

Unit 2. Secure the small syringe unit [3] to the wash
solution pump using the thumbscrew. [2]
3. Connect the tubing[1] to the front of the
small syringe.
4. Connect the tubing [1] to the top of the small
syringe.
Note Tubing labeled 2 is to the left and
tubing labeled 3 is to the right.
4. Check for leaks.
reserved.
E5.01 Pump, ICT Reference Version - 204738-101_4901_1
List/Part Numbers
7-206732-01 Pump, ICT Ref Solution
E5.01 Pump, ICT Reference


Absorbent Towels

Removal

Remove Pump, ICT Note Use absorbent material to protect
Reference pump against spills.
1. Unscrew the check valves [1] from the top
of the 1 mL syringes (tubing labeled 13-left,
12-right).
2. Remove the two (2) screws [2] securing the
pump to the plate.
3. Carefully slide the pump [3] out of the
processing module until the connectors
(ISEMM and ISEMS) are accessible.
Note These cables (located on the left
side) tend to be short and there is
not a service loop. Wires to plug
ISEMS are small and can be
damaged easily.
4. Disconnect the ISEMM and ISEMS cables.
5. Remove the pump [3] from the processing
module.
Replacement
Install Pump, ICT 1. Slide the pump [3] in the processing module
Reference far enough to allow access to the plugs.
2. Connect the plugs ISEMM and ISEMS to the
connectors on the connector plate.
3. Install the pump to the frame using two (2)
screws . [2]
4. Connect the check valves [1] (tubing labeled
13-left, 12-right) to top of the 1 mL syringes.
4. Perform 2131 Flush ICT Cup.
5. Check for leaks.
6. Close the supply center door.
1 2131 - Flush ICT Cup Check for leaks
reserved.
E6.01 Pump, ICT Aspiration w/Pinch Valve (RoHS) Version - 204738-101_4902_1
List/Part Numbers
7-206733-01 Pump, ICT Aspiration w Pinch Valve
7-93145-03 Pump, ICT Aspiration w Pinch Valve (RoHS)
E6.01 Pump, ICT Aspiration w/Pinch Valve (RoHS)

Absorbent Towels


Removal



Aspiration pump against spills.
1. Unscrew the check valve [1] from the top of
the 1 mL syringe, on the left side of the
aspiration pump.
2. Unlock the tubing clamp [2] and remove the
tubing from the two fittings [3].
to the plate.
4. Carefully slide the pump out of the
processing module until the connectors are
accessible.
Remove Pump, ICT 1. Disconnect the ISESM, ISESS, and ISPV

Aspiration cables.
(continued) 2. Remove the pump from the processing
module.
Replacement
Install Pump, ICT 1. Slide the pump in the processing module far
Aspiration enough to allow access to the plugs.
2. Connect the plugs ISESM, ISESS, and
ISPV cables.
3. Install the aspiration pump to the frame
using two screws.
4. Route tubing through the tubing clamp [2]
and attach the tubing to the fittings [3]. The
tubing labeled "NO" goes to the inside and
the tubing labeled "NC" goes to the outside.
Note Trim the tip of the tubing by
approximately 5mm as required to
ensure a good fit between the
tubing and the fitting.
Note Fluid flows from the ICT module
into the NC port and out from the
NO port to the waste drain.
5. Lock tubing clamp [2].
6. Connect the check valve with tubing 14 to
the the 1 mL syringe on the left. [1]
module and sample handler from Stopped
to Ready, perform the Startup procedure.
3. Select System, Maintenance, As Needed,
6063 Flush ICT Module.
4. Check for leaks.
5. Close the supply center door.
1 2131 - Flush ICT Cup Check for leaks
reserved.
E6.02 Pump Pinch Valve, ICT Aspiration Version - 204738-101_4903_1
E6.02 Pump Pinch Valve, ICT Aspiration


Absorbent Towels


Removal



Aspiration pump against spills.
1. Unscrew the check valve [1] from the top of
the 1 mL syringe, on the left side of the
aspiration pump.
2. Unlock the tubing clamp [2] and remove the
tubing from the two fittings [3].
to the plate.
4. Carefully slide the pump out of the
processing module until the connectors are
accessible.
5. Disconnect the ISESM, ISESS, and ISPV
cables.
module.
Replacement
Remove the Pinch 1. Loosen the two screws securing the guide
Tubing plate [2] and rotate the guide plate away
from the pinch tubing.
2. Pull on the tubing [3] to disconnect the
tubing from the two fittings.
Note Do not remove the fittings from the
locking plate.
3. Slide the tubing out from the normally
opened (NO) port of the valve.
4. Push on the button [4] to un-pinch the
tubing on the normally closed (NC) port of
the valve and remove the tubing.
Remove Pinch 1. Compress locking tabs on the connector

Valve and remove the ISEV connector from the
connector plate.
2. Remove two (2) outer screws securing the
valve to the pump frame and remove the
valve.
Install Pinch Valve 1. Install the valve in the hole for the valve on
the ICT aspiration pump assembly and
secure using two (2) screws.
2. Insert the connector ISEV in the connector
plate.
Install Pump, ICT 1. Slide the pump in the processing module far
Aspiration enough to allow access to the plugs.
2. Connect the ISESM, ISESS and ISPV
cables.
3. Install the aspiration pump to the frame
using two (2) screws.
4. Route tubing through the tubing clamp [2]
and attach the tubing to the fittings [3]. The
tubing labeled with "NO" goes to the inside
and the tubing labeled "NC" goes to the
outside.
Note Ensure a good fit between the
tubing and the fitting.
Note Fluid flows from the ICT module
into the NC port and out from the
NO port to the waste drain.
5. Lock tubing clamp [2].
6. Connect the check valve with tubing 14 to
the the 1 mL syringe on the left. [1]
Install Pinch Tubing 1. Slide the pinch tubing back into the NO port
of the valve.
2. Push on the button and slide the other
tubing into the NC port of the valve.
3. Connect the tubing onto the fittings.
4. Rotate the guide plate until it rests against
the pinch valve and tighten the two (2)
screws.
Prepare for 1. Power ON the processing module. For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Operation Note The system control center power Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
4. Perform 6063 Flush ICT Module.
5. Check for leaks.
6. Close the left front door.
1 6063 - Flush ICT Module Check for leaks.
reserved.
E6.03 ICT Pinch Valve Tubing Version - 204738-101_4904_2
List/Part Numbers
7-204068-01 Tubing, ICT Pinch Valve
E6.03 ICT Pinch Valve Tubing

Note

Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Splash/Spray Hazard
Removal

Prerequisite The processing module must be in For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section
Stopped or Offline status. 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation 1. Power OFF the c4000

processing module. (Use the
main circuit breaker located at
the rear of the processing
module.)
2. Open the supply center (left
front) door to gain access to
the ICT Aspiration Pump.
VIDEO Remove
the Pinch Note
Tubing Video contains no
audio sound.
Remove the 1. Disconnect the tubing [1] from
Pinch Tubing the top of the 1 mL syringe,
on the right side of the
aspiration pump.
2. Loosen the two screws
securing the guide plate [2]
and rotate the guide plate
away from the pinch tubing.
3. Pull on the tubing [3] to
disconnect the tubing from the
two fittings.
Note Do not remove the
fittings from the
locking plate.
4. Slide the tubing out from the
normally opened (NO) port of
the valve.
5. Push on the button to un-
pinch the tubing on the
normally closed (NC) port of
the valve and remove the
tubing.
Replacement

VIDEO Install
Pinch Tubing Note
Video contains no audio
sound.
Install Pinch 1. Connect the tubing to the 1 mL

Tubing syringe and ensure that the
tubing is not twisted.
Note The tubing will not be
twisted if it is installed
perpendicular (at 90
degrees) to the tabs
on the 1 mL syringe
barrel.
2. Slide the pinch tubing into the
NO port of the valve.
3. Push on the button [2] and slide
the other tubing into the NC port
of the valve.
4. Push the pinch tubing onto the
two fittings.
5. Rotate the guide plate until it
rests against the pinch valve
and tighten the two screws.
Prepare for 1. Power ON the processing For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Operation module. Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
Note The system control shutdown.
center power must be
the processing
module to ensure
2. To change the status of the
handler from Stopped to
Ready, perform the Startup
procedure.
3. Select System, Maintenance,
As Needed, 6063 Flush ICT
Module.
4. Check for leaks.
5. Close the supply center (left
front) door.
6. Log on as Operator.
rights reserved.
E7.01 Pump, Probe Wash, Bellows Type Version - 204738-101_4905_1
List/Part Numbers
2-89142-02 Cover,Bellows pump probe wash
E7.01 Pump, Probe Wash, Bellows Type


Absorbent Towels

Removal

Remove Inner Probe Note Use absorbent material to protect
Wash Pump pump from spills.
1. Clamp the inlet and outlet tubing [1].
2. Disconnect the inlet and outlet tubing by
unscrewing the two elbow fittings [2].
pump to the processing module base.
4. Pull the pump forward until the connectors are
accessible.
5. Disconnect the two cables at connectors
PRWPM and PRWPS.
module.
Replacement
Install Inner Probe 1. Connect the cables for connectors PRWPM

Wash Pump and PRWPS.
2. Install the pump in the processing module
and secure using the two (2) screws [3].
3. Connect the inlet and outlet tubing to the
pump by reconnecting the two elbow fittings
[2].
Note Ensure poppet valves and o-rings
are properly oriented. The upper
poppet points toward the bellows;
the lower poppet points away from
the bellows; the o-ring is placed
between the poppet and the elbow
fittings.
4. Remove clamps from the inlet and outlet
tubing [1].
initialization.
6053 Probe Water Wash.
1 6053 - Probe Water Wash Check for leaks
reserved.
E7.02 Complete Bellows Set, Probe Wash Pump Version - 204738-101_4906_2
List/Part Numbers
2-89055-02 Bellows set,incl rod & fitting
E7.02 Complete Bellows Set, Probe Wash Pump

Note

Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Splash/Spray Hazard

Removal

module.)
front) door.
VIDEO
Note
Remove
Bellows Pump Video contains no audio
Cover Tubing sound.
and Bellows
Set Note
Do Not remove the
pump. The pump shown
is removed from the
instrument for
demonstration purposes
only.
Remove
Bellows Pump Note
Cover and Use absorbent
Tubing material to protect
the pump from
spills.
1. Remove the two (2) screws
from the front of the cover [1]
and remove the cover from the
bellows pump.
2. Clamp the inlet and outlet
tubing. [2]
3. Disconnect the inlet and outlet
tubing by unscrewing the two
elbow fittings. [3]
Remove
Bellows Set Note
Use absorbent
material to
protect the pump
from spills.
1. Remove the four (4) screws
securing the gear guard [3]
and remove guard.
2. Remove the screw [4] from the
end of the bellows rod and
remove the insert and the
thrust washer [5].
3. Remove the two (2) screws [6]

from the top of the bellows set
[7] and remove the bellows set
from the pump.
4. Remove the Poppet valves
and O-rings.

Note
Poppet valves and
O-rings may be
removed and
reinstalled into a
new bellows set or
replaced at the
discretion of the
FSR.
Replacement
VIDEO
Note
Install Bellows
Set, Tubing Video contains no audio
and Pump sound.
Cover
Install Bellows 1. Install the thrust washer and

Set the insert [5] in the end of the
bellows rod.
2. Install the bellows set [7] in the
pump by placing the rod in the
mounting position and securing
the top of the bellows set to the
top of pump using two (2)
screws [6].
3. Secure the thrust washer and
insert it using one (1) screw. [4]

Note
Water may be
added to the
bellows to prevent
the occurrence of
bubbles.
4. Reinstall the poppet valves and
O-rings previously removed, or
install new sets.
5. Install the gear guard [3] to the
pump using four (4) screws.
Install Bellows 1. Connect the inlet and outlet
Pump Tubing tubing to the pump by
and Cover reconnecting the elbow fittings.
2. Remove the clamps from the
inlet and outlet tubing.
3. Install the cover on the bellows
pumps and secure it with two
(2) screws.
Prepare for 1. Perform the Startup procedure For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Operation to change the status of the Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
processing module and sample shutdown.
Ready.
As Needed, 6053 Probe Water
Wash.
3. Check for leaks.
front) door.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009, 2015• ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
reserved.
E7.03 Bellows, Probe Wash Pump Version - 204738-101_4907_2
List/Part Numbers
7-204102-01 Pump, Probe Wash, Bellows Type (RoHS)
E7.03 Bellows, Probe Wash Pump

Note

Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Splash/Spray Hazard

Removal

main circuit breaker located
at the rear of the processing
module.)
front) door.
VIDEO
Remove Pump Note
Cover and Video contains no
Bellows audio sound.
Video Note
Do Not Remove Pump Assembly. Pump shown removed from
instrument for ease of demonstrating bellows removal and
replacement steps.
Remove Pump
Cover and Note
Bellows Use absorbent
material to protect the
pump from spills.
tubing.
from the front of the cover
and remove cover.
3. Unscrew the retaining ring [1]
from the bottom of the
bellows.
[2] from the top of the bellows
assembly. [4]
5. Remove the bellows
assembly and unscrew the
bellows [3] from the top of the
bellows assembly. [4]
6. Remove the O-ring [5] from
inside the top of the bellows
assembly. [4]
Replacement

VIDEO
Install Pump Note
Install Pump 1. Install the O-ring [5] inside the

Cover and top of the bellows assembly.
Bellows
Note
Ensure that the cap
[6] is inserted into
the bellows prior to
screwing the
bellows in the top
of the bellows
assembly.
2. Screw the bellows [3] in the top
of the bellows assembly. [4]
3. Install the bellows assembly to
the pump using two (2) screws.
[2]
4. Attach the bellows to the rod
with the retaining ring. [1]
pumps and secure using two
(2) screws.
Ready.
As Needed, 6053 Probe Water
Wash.
3. Check for leaks.
front) door.
rights reserved.
E7.04 L-bow Fitting, Probe Wash Pump Version - 204738-101_4908_1
E7.04 L-bow Fitting, Probe Wash Pump


Absorbent Towels


Removal


Remove L-Bow Note Use absorbent material to protect

Fitting pump from spills.
2. Remove the tubing [1] from the elbow [2].
3. Unscrew the elbow fittings from the bellows
[3].
Replacement
Install L-Bow Fitting 1. Screw the elbow fittings to the bellows [3].
Note Ensure poppet valves and o-rings
are properly oriented. The upper
fittings.
2. Attach the tubing [1] to the elbow [2].
tubing [1].
Prepare for 1. Perform the Startup procedure to change the For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Operation status of the processing module and sample System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
handler from Stopped to Ready. Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
6053 Probe Water Wash.
3. Check for leaks.
reserved.
E8.01 Pump, Peristaltic, High Conc Waste Version - 204738-101_4909_1
E8.01 Pump, Peristaltic, High Conc Waste

Time Required 30 Min

Absorbent Towels

Removal
Remove Peristaltic Note Use absorbent material to protect

H.C. Waste Pump the pump from spills.
Head 1. Turn each peristaltic pump head
counterclockwise (CCW) about 1/16 of a
turn.
2. Pull upward on the pump head to remove
the head.
Remove Deck 1. Remove Front Right Cover [C].

Covers 2. Remove Rear Right Cover [K].
Remove Peristaltic 1. Disconnect plug [1] HCWPM from the
Pump Connectors connector.
2. Remove connector HCWPM [2] from the
mounting bracket.
Remove Peristaltic 1. Remove the four (4) screws [1] securing the
Pump Assembly pump assembly.
2. Disconnect sensor plug HPPITCH [2] from
the pump assembly.
3. Remove the pump assembly.
Replacement
Install Peristaltic 1. Connect sensor plug HPPITCH [2] to the

Pump Assembly pump assembly.
2. Install the peristaltic pump assembly to the
mounting bracket using four (4) screws. [1]
Install Peristaltic 1. Install connector HCWPM [2] to the

Pump Connectors mounting bracket.
2. Connect plug HCWPM [1] to the connector.
Install Deck Covers 1. Install Front Right Cover [C].
2. Install Rear Right Cover [K].
Install Peristaltic 1. Align the notch of the roller assembly with

H.C. Waste Pump the peristaltic motor tang.
Head 2. Align the attachment locking tabs on the
peristaltic pump head with the recesses on
the pump.
3. Turn head clockwise (CW) about 1/16 of a
turn until it snap-locks in place.
4. Attach tubing from the Cuvette Wash
Station HCW nozzle and the tubing going to
the HCW drain/container.
6052 Wash Cuvettes Test.
4. Check for leaks.
reserved.
E8.02 Pump, Peristaltic Head Version - 204738-101_4910_1
E8.02 Pump, Peristaltic Head


Absorbent Towels


Removal

Remove Peristaltic Note Use absorbent material to protect
H.C. Waste Pump the pump from spills.
Head 1. Clamp tubing.
2. Remove any hose bands.
3. Remove the tubing from the nipples of the
peristaltic pump head.
4. Turn each peristaltic pump head.
counterclockwise (CCW) about 1/16 of a
turn.
5. Pull upward on the pump head to remove
the head.
Replacement
Install Peristaltic 1. Align the notch of the roller assembly with

H.C. Waste Pump the peristaltic motor tang.
Head 2. Align the attachment locking tabs on the
peristaltic pump head with the recesses on
the pump.
turn until it snap-locks in place.
4. Attach tubing. Secure with hose bands (if
removed) and remove clamps.
4. Perform 6052 Wash Cuvettes Test.
5. Check for leaks.
reserved.
E8.03 Tubing, Peristaltic Head Version - 204738-101_4911_2
List/Part Numbers
7-202464-01 Tubing, Peristaltic Head
E8.03 Tubing, Peristaltic Head
Note

Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Chemical Hazard
WARNING
Splash/Spray Hazard

Removal

Prerequisite The processing module status For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section
must be Ready, Stopped or 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Offline.
Preparation Power OFF the c4000 processing

processing module.)
VIDEO
Remove Pump
Head and Note
Tubing Video contains no
audio sound.
Remove Pump Note Use absorbent

Head and material to protect
Tubing the pump from spills.
1. Remove any hose band.
2. Remove the tubing from the
fittings of the peristaltic pump
head.
3. Turn the peristaltic pump head
counterclockwise (CCW) about
1/16 of a turn.
4. Pull upward on the pump to
remove the head.
5. Pull out the plastic housing
with the rollers attached and
discard the tubing with fittings.
Replacement
VIDEO
Install Pump Note
Head Tubing Video contains no
with Fittings audio sound.
and Peristaltic
Pump Head
Install 1. Apply supplied lubricant to

Peristaltic tubing and center shaft of
Pump Head pump housing.
Tubing with 2. Insert upper fitting of tubing
Fittings into pump housing while
aligning the flat cut surface of
the upper fitting with the inlet
opening of the pump housing.
3. Install roller assembly onto the
center shaft of the pump
housing.
Note The cable tie should
fit into the recess of
the pump housing.
4. Pull up the roller assembly and
push in the tubing with the
thumb while turning the roller
assembly clockwise (CW).
5. Insert lower joint of tubing into
the pump housing while
aligning the flat cut surface of
the lower joint with the outlet
opening of the pump housing.
Note The cable tie should
fit into the recess of
the pump housing.
Note Once tubing is
installed, ensure
tubing is not twisted.
Twisted tubing in the
pump housing can
cause premature
failure of the tubing.
Install 1. Align the notch of the roller

Peristaltic assembly with the peristaltic
Pump Head motor tang.
2. Align the attachment locking
tabs on the peristaltic pump
head with the recesses on the
pump.
3. Turn head clockwise (CW)
about 1/16 of a turn until it
snap-locks in place.
4. Attach tubing from the Cuvette
Wash Station HCW nozzle and
the tubing going to the HCW
drain/container.
Ready.
4. Check for leaks.
rights reserved.
E9.01 Pump, Cuvette Wash, Bellows Version - 204738-101_4912_1
List/Part Numbers
7-93146-02 Pump, Cuvette Wash, Bellows (RoHS)
E9.01 Pump, Cuvette Wash, Bellows


Absorbent Towels


Removal
Remove Cuvette Note Use absorbent material to protect

Wash Pump the pump from spills.
1. Clamp the inlet and outlet tubing. [1]
unscrewing the elbow fittings. [2]
3. Remove the two screws [3] securing the
pump [4] to the processing module base.
4. Pull the pump forward until the connectors
are accessible.
5. Disconnect the cables WSPM and WSPS.
module.
Replacement
Install Cuvette 1. Connect the cables WSPM and WSPS.
Wash Pump 2. Install the pump in the processing module
and secure using two screws.
Connect Cuvette 1. Connect the inlet and outlet tubing [1] to the
Wash Pump Tubing pump by reconnecting the elbow fittings [2].
and Remove Note Ensure poppet valves and o-rings
Clamps are properly oriented. The upper
fittings.
tubing [1].

reserved.
E9.02 Complete Bellows Set, Cuvette Wash Pump Version - 204738-101_4913_1
E9.02 Complete Bellows Set, Cuvette Wash Pump


Absorbent Towels


Removal

Remove Bellows 1. Remove the two screws from the front of

Pump Cover the cover [1].
2. Remove the cover from the bellows pump.
Remove Inlet/Outlet Note Use absorbent material to protect

Tubing pump from spills.
unscrewing the two elbow fittings [2].
Remove Bellows Note Use absorbent material to protect

Set pump from spills.
1. Remove the four screws securing the gear
guard [3] and remove guard.
2. Remove the thrust washer [2].
3. Remove the two screws [3] from the top of
the bellows set [4], and remove the bellows
set from the pump.
Replacement

Install Bellows Set 1. Install the bellows set [4] in the pump by
placing the rod on motor shaft and securing
the top of the bellows set to the top of
pump using two screws [3].
2. Install the thrust washer [2] on the shaft.
3. Install the boss, and tighten the two set
screws.
4. Connect the inlet and outlet tubing to the
pump by reconnecting the elbow fittings.
5. Remove the clamps from the inlet and outlet
tubing.
Install Bellows 1. Install the cover on the bellows pumps and

Pump Cover secure using two screws.
4. Check for leaks.
reserved.
E9.03 Bellows, Cuvette Wash Pump Version - 204738-101_4914_2
E9.03 Bellows, Cuvette Wash Pump
Note

Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Chemical Hazard
WARNING
Splash/Spray Hazard

Removal

module.)
front) door.
VIDEO
Remove Pump Note
Cover and Do Not Remove
Bellows Pump Assembly.
Pump shown removed
from instrument for
ease of demonstrating
bellows removal and
replacement steps.
Note
Video contains no
audio sound.
Remove Pump Note Use absorbent

Cover and material to protect
Bellows pump from spills.
tubing
from the front of the cover and
remove cover.
3. Unscrew the retaining ring [1]
from the bottom of the
bellows.
4. Remove the two screws [2]
from the top of the bellows.
5. Remove the bellows assembly
and unscrew the bellows [4]
from the top of the bellows
assembly.[3]
6. Remove the O-ring [5] from
the inside of the bellows.
Replacement

VIDEO
Install Pump Note
Install Pump 1. Install the O-ring [5] inside the

Cover and top of the bellows.
Bellows
Note
Ensure that the cap
[6] is inserted into
the bellows prior to
screwing the
bellows in the top
of the bellows
assembly.
2. Screw the bellows [4] in the top
of the bellows assembly. [3]
3. Install the bellows assembly to
the pump using two screws. [2]
4. Attach the bellows to the rod
with the retaining ring. [1]
pumps and secure using two
(2) screws.
Prepare for 1. To change the status of the For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Operation processing module and sample Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
handler from Stopped to shutdown.
procedure.
4. Check for leaks.
rights reserved.
F1.01 Acid, Alkaline Valves Version - 204738-101_4915_2
F1.01 Acid, Alkaline Valves
Note

Absorbent Towels
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Chemical Hazard
WARNING
Splash/Spray Hazard
Removal

Note This procedure is for the
four valves in the bulk
solution assembly.
module.)
front) door.
3. Remove the tubing from the
ICT reference bottle, alkaline
wash bottle, and acid wash
bottle.
4. Wrap each tube with an
absorbent towel.
5. Remove the ICT reference
bottle, alkaline wash bottle,
and acid wash bottle from the
weight sensor platforms.
VIDEO Remove
Wash Solution Note
Valve Video contains no
audio sound.
Remove Wash 1. Remove the tubing from the

Solution Valve appropriate valve (the valve
being removed).
2. Unplug the appropriate plug
[1] (ALK1, ACD2, ALK2, or
ACD1) for the valve being
removed and remove cables
from clamp.
3. Loosen the two (2) screws,
[2] underneath the port labels
securing the connector plate
to the frame, lift up on the
connector plate and bring
forward.
4. Remove the left screw from
the mounting plate for the
valve being removed and
loosen the right screw.
5. Slide the valve down and
remove from the mounting
plate.
Replacement

VIDEO Install
Wash Note
Solution Valve Video contains no audio
sound.
Install Wash 1. Slide the valve in position on

Solution Valve the mounting plate and secure
using two (2) screws (right and
left).
2. Install the plate to the frame
using two (2) screws. [2]
3. Connect the appropriate
connector [1] (ALK1, ACD2,
ALK2, or ACD1).
4. Secure cables in clamp.
5. Install the tubing for the
appropriate valve.
Prepare for 1. Install the ICT reference bottle,

Operation alkaline wash bottle, and acid
wash bottle on the weight
sensor platforms.
2. Install the tubing in the ICT
reference bottle, alkaline wash
bottle, and acid wash bottle.
3. Power ON the processing
module.
Note The system control
the processing
module to ensure
procedure.
6. Perform 2155 Flush Bulk
Solutions.
8. Check for leaks.
front) door.
1 2155 - Flush Bulk Solutions
rights reserved.
F1.02 Weight Sensor Version - 204738-101_4916_1
List/Part Numbers
7-93485-01 Weight sensor, N/S, C8
F1.02 Weight Sensor


Absorbent Towels


Removal

3. Remove the tubing from the ICT reference
bottle, alkaline wash bottle, and acid wash
bottle.
4. Wrap each tube with an absorbent towel.
5. Remove the ICT reference bottle, alkaline
wash bottle, and acid wash bottle from the
Remove Weight 1. Remove the two (2) screws [1] securing the
Sensor Platform base to the processing module frame.
2. Slide the platform [2] forward and invert to
gain access to the sensor plugs [3].
3. Undo cable ties [4]. Disconnect the plugs
[3] from the sensors:
• ALK, (alkaline)
• ACD, (acid)
• MCC, (ICT reference)
4. Remove the weight sensor platform [2].
Replacement
Install Weight 1. Connect the plugs [3] to the sensors

Sensor Platform • ALK, (alkaline)
• ACD, (acid)
• MCC,(ICT reference)
2. Reconnect cable ties [4].
3. Install the base to the frame using two (2)
screws. [1]
Prepare for 1. Install the ICT reference bottle, alkaline For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Operation wash bottle, and acid wash bottle on the System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
weight sensor platforms. Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
2. Install tubing in the ICT reference bottle,
alkaline wash bottle, and acid wash bottle.
2 2155 - Flush Bulk Solutions
1 P-612 Bulk Solution Weight Sensor
Adjustment
reserved.
G1.01 Drive, Sample Syringe Version - 204738-101_4917_1
List/Part Numbers
7-93154-01 Drive, Sample Syringe
G1.01 Drive, Sample Syringe


Absorbent Towels


Removal


Remove Sample Note Use absorbent material to protect

Syringe Drive sample syringe drive against
spills.
1. Remove the plastic cover [4].
2. Unscrew the tubing [1] from the top and
side of the sample syringe.
3. Remove the two (2) screws [2] at the
bottom of the assembly.
4. Slide syringe drive assembly out of the
processing module for access to the cables
and disconnect plugs SP-M and SP-S from
syringe drive assembly. [3]
5. Remove the syringe drive assembly from
the processing module.
Remove Sample 1. Remove the two (2) screws securing the
Syringe sample syringe plunger clamp and remove
the clamp. [2]
2. Remove the screw securing the syringe and
remove the syringe. [3]
Replacement

Install Sample 1. Install the syringe [3] using one (1) screw.
Syringe 2. Install the plunger clamp [2] using two
screws.
Install Sample 1. Connect plugs SP-M and SP-S to the

Syringe Drive syringe drive assembly.
2. Slide the syringe drive assembly [3] in the
processing module and secure using the
two (2) screws [2] at the base of the
assembly.
3. Connect the tubing [1] from the probe to the
top of the sample syringe and from the
valve to the side of the sample syringe.
4. Install the plastic cover using two screws.
[4]
icon.
4. Perform 6053 Probe Water Wash.
5. Check for leaks.
reserved.
G1.02 Spring, Sample Syringe Version - 204738-101_4918_1
List/Part Numbers
2-89381-02 Spring,Sample Syringe Shaft
G1.02 Spring, Sample Syringe


Absorbent Towels


Removal



Syringe sample syringe drive against
spills.
plastic cover and remove the cover.
sample syringe plunger clamp and remove
the clamp. [2]
4. Remove the one (1) screw securing the
syringe and remove the syringe. [3]
Remove Sample 1. Unscrew the nut [5] on the bottom of the

Syringe Spring syringe block and slide the syringe plunger
[6] and seal tips [2, 3] out of the syringe.
2. Remove the o-ring [1] from seal tip #2.
3. Remove seal tip #2 [2], the spacer [7] and
seal tip #1 [3] from the plunger.
4. Pull the nut [5] down on the plunger to
reveal the spring. [4]
5. Remove the spring from the plunger. [6]
Replacement

Install Sample 1. Install the spring [4] on the plunger. [6]
Syringe Spring 2. Install seal tip #1 [3], the spacer and seal
tip #2 [2] on the plunger.
3. Install the o-ring [1] on seal tip #2.
4. Insert the plunger using the seals in the
syringe block and secure using the nut [5]
on the bottom.
Note The nut must fit flush against the
syringe block.
screws.
icon.
4. Check for leaks.
reserved.
G1.03 Seal, Water Line, Syringe (Sample) Version - 204738-101_4919_2
List/Part Numbers
2-89347-02 Seal, water line syringe
G1.03 Seal, Water Line, Syringe (Sample)


Absorbent Towels


Removal

Prerequisite 1. The processing module must For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section
be in Stopped or Offline 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
status.

module.)
front) door.
Remove Note Use absorbent
Sample material to protect
Syringe sample syringe drive
against spills.
1. Unscrew the tubing [1] from
the top and side of the sample
syringe.
securing the plastic cover and
remove the cover.
securing the sample syringe
plunger clamp and remove the
clamp. [2]
4. Remove the one (1) screw
securing the syringe and
remove the syringe. [3]
Note
Video contains no audio sound.
Remove Seals 1. Remove the seals from the
sample syringe.
Replacement

Install Seals 1. Install the seals in the sample
syringe.
Install Sample 1. Install the syringe [3] using

Syringe one (1) screw.
2. Install the plunger clamp [2]
using two screws.
3. Install the plastic cover using
two screws.
4. Connect the tubing [1] from
the probe to the top of the
sample syringe and from the
valve to the side of the
sample syringe.
Note
Operation processing module and Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
sample handler from Stopped shutdown.
to Ready, perform the
Startup procedure.
2. Select the As Needed
category from the
Maintenance screen under
the System icon.
3. Perform 6053 Probe Water
Wash.
4. Check for leaks.
reserved.
G1.04 Syringe, Sample Version - 204738-101_4920_1
List/Part Numbers
2-89399-02 Syringe, sample, complete
G1.04 Syringe, Sample


Absorbent Towels


Removal



Syringe sample syringe drive against
spills.
plastic cover and remove the cover.
sample syringe plunger clamp and remove
the clamp. [2]
4. Remove the one (1) screw securing the
syringe and remove the syringe. [3]
Replacement

screws.
icon.
4. Check for leaks.
reserved.
G2.01 Drive, Reagent Syringe Version - 204738-101_4921_1
List/Part Numbers
7-93156-01 Drive, Reagent Syringe
G2.01 Drive, Reagent Syringe
Note This procedure is for both R1 and R2 reagent syringe drives.

Absorbent Towels

Removal
Remove Reagent Note Use absorbent material to protect

Syringe Drive reagent syringe drive against
spills.
plastic cover.
side of the reagent syringe.
3. Remove the two (2) screws [2] at the
bottom of the assembly.
4. Slide syringe drive assembly out of the
processing module for access to the
following cables.
• Disconnect plugs R1 P-M and R1 P-S
from R1 drive assembly.
• Disconnect plugs R2 P-M and R2 P-S
from R2 drive assembly.
5. Remove the syringe drive assembly [3] from
Remove Reagent 1. Remove the two screws securing the

Syringe Drive reagent syringe plunger clamp and remove
Syringe the clamp. [2]
2. Remove the screw [4] securing the syringe
and remove the syringe. [3]
Replacement
Install Reagent 1. Install the syringe [3] using one screw. [4]
Syringe Drive 2. Install the plunger clamp [2] using two (2)
Syringe screws.
Install Reagent 1. Connect plugs R1P-M/R2P-M and R1P-

Syringe Drive S/R2P-S to the syringe drive assembly. [3]
2. Slide the syringe drive assembly in the
processing module and secure using the
two screws [2] at the base of the assembly.
top of the reagent syringe and from the
valve to the side of the reagent syringe.
4. Install the plastic cover using two (2)
screws.
icon.
5. Check for leaks.
reserved.
G2.02 Seal, Water Line, Syringe (Reagent) Version - 204738-101_4922_2
G2.02 Seal, Water Line, Syringe (Reagent)


Absorbent Towels


Removal
status.
Preparation 1. Open the left front door.
VIDEO
Remove Note
Reagent Video shows steps for
Syringe and the removal of the
Seals Sample Syringe and
Seals. However, steps
are also applicable to
the removal of the
Reagent Syringe and
Seals.
Note
Video contains no
audio sound.
Remove Note Use absorbent

Reagent material to protect
Syringe and reagent syringe drive
Seals against spills.
1. Unscrew the tubing [1] from
the side and top of the
reagent syringe.
securing the plastic cover then
remove the cover.
securing the reagent syringe
plunger clamp [2] then remove
the clamp.
4. Remove the thumbscrew [4]
securing the syringe and
remove the syringe.
5. Remove the seals from the
syringe.
Replacement

VIDEO Install
Seals and Note
Reagent Video shows steps for
Syringe the replacement of the
Sample Syringe and
Seals. However, steps
are also applicable to
the replacement of the
Reagent Syringe and
Seals.
Note
Video contains no
audio sound.
Install Seals 1. Install the seals on the syringe.

and Reagent 2. Install the syringe [3] using the
Syringe thumbscrew.
3. Install the reagent syringe
plunger clamp[2] using two (2)
screws.
4. Connect the tubing [1] from the
probe to the top of the reagent
syringe and from the valve to
the side of the reagent
syringe.
5. Install the plastic cover using
two (2) screws.
to Ready, perform the Startup
procedure.
2. Select the As Needed
category from the
Maintenance screen under
the System icon.
Wash.
4. Check for leaks.
reserved.
G2.03 Syringe, Reagent Version - 204738-101_4923_1
List/Part Numbers
2-89398-02 Syringe, reagent, complete
G2.03 Syringe, Reagent


Absorbent Towels


Removal
Remove Reagent Note Use absorbent material to protect

Syringe reagent syringe drive against
spills.
1. Unscrew the tubing [1] from the side and
top of the reagent syringe.
plastic cover then remove the cover.
reagent syringe plunger clamp [2] then
remove the clamp.
4. Remove the thumbscrew [4] securing the
syringe [3] then remove the syringe.
Replacement
Install Reagent 1. Install the syringe [3] using the thumbscrew.
Syringe [4]
2. Install the reagent syringe plunger clamp [2]
using two (2) screws.
3. Install the plastic cover using two (2)
screws.
top of the reagent syringe and from the
valve to the side of the reagent syringe.
icon.
4. Check for leaks.
reserved.
G3.01 Valve, Reagent Sample Syringe Dispense Version - 204738-101_4924_1
List/Part Numbers
7-202518-01 Valve, Reagent / Sample, CKD
G3.01 Valve, Reagent/Sample Syringe Dispense


Absorbent Towels

Removal
Prerequisite 1. The processing module must be in For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Stopped or Offline status. Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Remove Note Place an absorbent towel under

Reagent/Sample valve while removing to catch any
Syringe Dispense water that maybe still in the
Valve tubing.
1. Loosen the one (1) screw securing the
Pressure Monitor sensor bracket [1] above
the valve being removed and allow the
bracket to float.
2. Unscrew the fitting on the valve being
removed to disconnect the tubing [2] from
the NC port.
3. Unscrew the compression nut [3] from the
fitting screwed into the manifold.
4. Loosen the one (1) screw [4] securing the
valve mounting bracket to the metal brace.
Remove 1. Lift the valve and bracket up and remove
Reagent/Sample the bracket from the metal brace.
Syringe Dispense 2. Disconnect the appropriate plug:
Valve (continued) • SWV (Sample)
• R1WV (R1)
• R2WV (R2)
3. Disconnect the tubing [5] from the NO port
needle (rear of valve).
4. Remove the one (1) screw [6] securing the
valve to the mounting bracket and remove
the valve from the mounting bracket.
5. Remove the fitting [7] from the NO port.
6. Unscrew the compression nut [8], with the
tube and previously removed compression
nut from the IN (COM) port.

Replacement

Install 1. Proper orientation of valve is with the COM
Reagent/Sample port facing down.
Syringe Dispense 2. Install the mounting bracket to the valve
Valve using one (1) screw [6].
3. Install the pipe sealant tape on the threads
of the compression fitting [8] that screws in
the valve and screw the fitting into the IN
(COM) port of the valve.
4. Install the pipe sealant tape on the threads
of the fitting [7] for the NO port and screw in
the port of the valve.
5. Connect the appropriate valve plug:
• SWV
• R1WV
• R2WV
6. Slide the tubing [5] onto the needle of the
fitting for the NO port.
Install 1. Install the valve in position, ensuring that

Reagent/Sample the compression nut [3] is aligned with the
Syringe Dispense fitting screwed into the manifold.
Valve (continued) 2. Tighten the compression nut [3] onto the
fitting attached to the manifold.
3. Secure the valve mounting bracket to the
metal brace by tightening one (1) screw [4].
4. Screw in the fitting with tubing [2] from the
syringe to the NC port of the valve.
5. Tighten the one (1) screw [1] for the
Pressure Monitor sensor bracket.

must be ON prior to turning on Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
the processing module to ensure
icon.
5. Check for leaks.
reserved.
G3.02 P.M. Sensor Assy Version - 204738-101_4925_2
List/Part Numbers
7-86320-01 PM Sensor Assy
G3.02 P.M. Sensor Assy


Absorbent Towels

Removal
be in Stopped or Offline status. 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
module.)
front) door.
VIDEO Remove
P.M. Sensor Note
sound.
Remove P.M. 1. Use absorbent material to

Sensor protect the sample syringe drive
and the P.M. Sensor against
spills.
2. Disconnect the tubing from the
top and bottom of the P.M.
Sensor.
3. Loosen the one (1) screw [1]
holding the sensor bracket to
the frame, then lift sensor and
bracket up and out to remove
the sensor bracket.
4. Disconnect sensor connector
[2] from the P.M. Sensor.
securing the sensor and
remove the sensor off of the
bracket.
Replacement

VIDEO Install
P.M. Sensor Note
sound.
Install P.M. 1. Secure the P.M. Sensor on to the

Sensor bracket by using two (2) screws.
[3]
2. Connect the sensor connector [2]
to the P.M. Sensor.
3. Install the sensor and the bracket
to the frame using one (1) screw.
[1]
4. Connect the tubing to the top and
bottom of the P.M. Sensor.
Prepare for 1. Power ON the processing For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Operation module. Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
Note The system control shutdown.
to ensure proper
initialization.
Wash.
5. Check for leaks.
reserved.
K1.01 Vacuum Pump Version - 204738-101_4926_1
List/Part Numbers
7-205194-01 VACUUM PUMP
K1.01 Vacuum Pump


Absorbent Towels

Removal
2. Open the right front door to access the
vacuum pump assembly.
3. Remove the right front access panel.
Remove Vacuum 1. Label the four tubes attached to the vacuum

Pump Assembly pumps.
2. Clamp each tube.
3. Disconnect each tube from the pump.
4. Disconnect the vacuum pump power [1]
cable located above the vacuum pump
assembly.
5. Remove four screws securing the pump
assembly to the frame.
6. Remove the pump assembly from the
processing module.
Replacement

Install Vacuum 1. Install the pump assembly to the frame using
Pump four screws.
2. Connect vacuum pump power cable.
3. Install the tubes.
4. Release clamps from tubes.
5. Check for leaks.
6. Close right front door.
reserved.
K1.02 Diaphragm, Vac. Pump Version - 204738-101_4927_1
List/Part Numbers
2-94796-02 Diaphragm, Vacuum Pump New Style
K1.02 Diaphragm, Vac. Pump


Absorbent Towels

Removal

Pump Diaphragm pumps.
2. Clamp each tube.
3. Disconnect each tubes from the pump.
4. Remove four screws securing diaphragm
housing cover, and remove the cover.
Remove Vacuum 1. Unscrew the diaphragm counterclockwise
Pump Diaphragm (CCW) to remove it from the vacuum pump.
(continued)
Replacement
Install Vacuum 1. Screw the diaphragm clockwise (CW) on to

Pump Diaphragm the rod.
Note The diaphragm should only be
hand tightened.
2. Install the diaphragm housing cover using
four (4) screws.
4. Check for leaks.
reserved.
K1.03 Sheet Valve, Vac. Pump Version - 204738-101_4928_1
List/Part Numbers
2-94797-02 Sheet Valve for Vacuum Pump New Style
K1.03 Sheet Valve, Vac. Pump


Absorbent Towels

Removal
Remove Vacuum 1. Label the tubes attached to the vacuum

Pump Sheet Valve pumps.
2. Clamp each tube.
4. Remove four (4) screws securing diaphragm
5. Separate the two cover pieces.
6. Remove the sheet valve; note the position.
Replacement

Install Vacuum 1. Install the sheet valve as noted.
Pump Sheet Valve 2. Assemble the two cover pieces.
3. Install the diaphragm housing cover using
four (4) screws.
4. Check for leaks.
reserved.
K1.04 O-ring, Vacuum Pump Version - 204738-101_4929_1
List/Part Numbers
2-94798-02 O-Ring for Vacuum Pump New Style
K1.04 O-ring, Vacuum Pump


Absorbent Towels

Removal

Pump O-Ring pumps.
2. Clamp each tube.
4. Remove four (4) screws securing diaphragm
5. Separate the two (2) cover pieces.
6. Remove the O-ring.
Replacement

Install Vacuum Pump 1. Install the O-ring.
O-Ring 2. Assemble the two (2) cover pieces.
3. Install the diaphragm housing cover using four
(4) screws.
4. Check for leaks.
reserved.
K2.01 Degasser Version - 204738-101_4930_1
List/Part Numbers
2-89161-05 New Style Degasser Unit (RoHS)
K2.01 Degasser


Absorbent Towels

Removal
or Offline status. Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status..
Remove Degasser 1. Clamp the tubing [1] to the degasser, and

disconnect it.
2. Disconnect the DEG and DGS cables from
the degasser.
degasser assembly to the processing
module frame.
4. Remove the degasser by sliding it out from
the rear of the processing module.
Replacement
Install Degasser 1. Slide the degasser in the processing module
from the rear and secure with two (2)
screws.
2. Connect the DEG and DGS cables to the
degasser.
3. Connect the tubing to the degasser and
remove the clamps.
4. Secure the frame brace with four (4) screws.
5. Check for leaks.
6. Install the right rear cover and secure with
two screws.
reserved.
K2.02 Degasser Canister Version - 204738-101_4931_1
List/Part Numbers
2-89161-06 Degasser, with improvements
7-93668-02 New Style Degasser Canister, With Tubing
K2.02 Degasser Canister


Removal
Remove Degasser 1. Clamp the tubing [1] to the degasser, and

disconnect it.
2. Disconnect the DEG and DGS cables from
the degasser.
degasser assembly to the processing
module frame.
4. Remove the degasser by sliding it out from
the rear of the processing module.
Remove Canister 1. Remove the two (2) screws [1] securing the
canister to the rear of the degasser unit.
2. Disconnect the vacuum tubing [2] from the
front of the canister.
canister to the bracket.
canister bracket to the degasser unit base
plate.
5. Slide the canister out of the degasser unit.
Replacement

Install Canister 1. Slide the canister into the degasser unit.
2. Install the two (2) screws [1] that secure the
canister to the rear of the degasser unit.
3. Connect the vacuum tubing [2] to the front
of the canister.
canister to the canister bracket.
canister bracket to the degasser unit base
plate.
Install Degasser 1. Slide the degasser in the processing
module from the rear and secure with two
(2) screws.
2. Connect the DEG and DGS cables to the
degasser.
3. Connect the tubing [2] to the degasser and
remove the clamps.
icon.
5. Check for leaks.
6. Install the left rear cover.
reserved.
L1.01 Main Power Supply Version - 204738-101_5007_1
L1.01 Main Power Supply



Removal
Prerequisite 1. The processing module must be in Stopped or Offline status. For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Preparation 1. Power OFF the c4000 processing module (use the main
circuit breaker).
Remove Main 1. Disconnect power cord.
Power Supply 2. Remove three (3) screws on front of the power supply to the
processing module frame.
3. Disconnect the cable from the power supply to the
transformer.
Note Note the selected voltage.
4. Disconnect the following cables from the side of the power
supply:
Note Start from the back of the analyzer and continue to
slide out the power supply while removing the
cables.
• J4/P4
• J1/P1
• J6/P6
• CPUM
• CNBD
• UC
• +12 V
• CPU
• Lamp cables
• AUTO
• ON/OFF
• Thermostat
• TBC
• AC100V
• +24V1
• +24V2
• STRD
• AC
• Transformer
• RSH Jumper cable-make note of the cable connection
configuration.
5. Remove the power supply from the analyzer and prepare it to
be packed in the box containing the new one.
Replacement

Install 1. Connect the RSH cable according to instrument
Main configuration and as noted during the removal process
Power 2. Slide the power supply into the processing module.
Supply 3. Connect the cables in the following order:
• STRD
• AC
• Transformer
• AC100V
• +24V1
• +24V2
• ON/OFF
• AUTO
• Thermostat
• TBC
• CPUM
• CNBD
• UC
• +12 V
• CPU
• Lamp cable
• J4/P4
• J1/P1
• J6/P6
4. Replace three (3) screws on the front of the power
supply to the processing module frame.
5. Connect the cable from the power supply to the
transformer.
6. Install left front rear cover.
7. Connect the power cord.
Prepare 1. Power ON the processing module. For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT System
for Note The system control center power must be ON Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions, Subsection: System startup,
Operation prior to turning on the processing module to pause, and shutdown.
2. Perform the Startup procedure to change the status of
the processing module and sample handler from
Stopped to Ready.
1 5712 - Voltages Test
reserved.
M1.01 Card Cage without Boards Version - 204738-101_4932_1
List/Part Numbers
7-206858-01 Card cage without Bds, c4
7-206859-01 Card Cage, With Bds, c4
M1.01 Card Cage without Boards


Removal
2. Disconnect the power cord.
4. Open the right front door.
5. Remove front access panel.
Disconnect CPU 1. From the rear of the processing module,
Cables disconnect the two cables labeled CPU and
CPUM from the main power supply.
2. Remove cables CPU1, CPU2, CPU3,
CPU4, CPU5, CPU6, CPU7, CPU8, CPU9,
CPU10, CPU11, CPU12, and CPU14 from
the rear of the card cage.
Remove Main Card 1. Remove the two (2) screws located at the
Cage front of the card cage.
2. Remove the card cage.
Remove Boards and 1. Loosen the two (2) captive thumbscrews
Cables securing the card cage door and open the
door.
2. Disconnect the MECH LED cables from the
SM AC/DC Bd, [4] SMC Bd, [3] and the
AC/DC Controller Bd [5]
3. Unplug the ethernet cable from the front of
the CPU board. [6]
4. Remove the screws on the boards located
by the ejectors.
5. Open the ejectors to remove all of the
boards from the card cage.
6. Remove the MECH LED board from the
plastic standoffs on the card cage front
cover.
Replacement

Install Boards and 1. Install all the boards into the card cage and
Cables secure using the screws by the ejectors.
2. Mount the MECH LED board on the plastic
standoffs of the card cage front cover.
3. Connect the MECH LED cables to the SMC
board, [3] SM AC/DC board, [4] and the
AC/DC controller board. [5]
4. Connect the ethernet cables to the CPU
board. [6]
5. Close the card cage front cover and secure
using two (2) captive thumbscrews.
Install Main card 1. From the front of the processing module,

Cage slide the card cage in the processing
module and secure it with the screws.
Connect CPU 1. Connect the two power cables labeled CPU

Cables and CPUM to the main power supply.
2. On the rear of the card cage backplane
connect the cables:
• CPU1
• CPU2
• CPU3
• CPU4
• CPU5
• CPU7
• CPU8
• CPU9
• CPU10
• CPU11
• CPU12
• CPU14
Prepare for 1. Install the left rear cover and secure using For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Operation four (4) captive screws. System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
2. Install the front access panel. Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
3. Close all doors.
4. Connect the processing module to the AC
supply power.
1 6070 - Daily Maintenance
reserved.
M1.02 Bd., DAQ Version - 204738-101_4933_1
List/Part Numbers
7-93181-04 DAQ board, RoHS compliant
7-93181-05 DAQ board NS, RoHS compliant
M1.02 Bd., DAQ


Removal
Preparation 1. Open the right front door.
2. Remove the right front access panel by
removing the four (4) screws.
3. Loosen the two (2) thumbscrews securing
the card cage front cover and open the
cover.
Note There is a diagram on the card
cage cover that shows the position
of the DAQ board [1] located
inside the card cage.
Remove DAQ Board 1. Locate the DAQ board and loosen the two
locking screws above the upper ejector and
below the lower ejector [1].
2. Press up on the upper ejector and down on
the lower ejector and remove the DAQ
board from the card cage.
Replacement
Install DAQ Board 1. With the upper ejector in the up position and
the lower ejector in the down position, slide
the DAQ board into the correct slot position
until the ejectors engage in the upper and
lower supports.
2. Press down gently on the upper and up on
the lower ejectors to insert the DAQ board
into the back plane.
3. Secure the DAQ board with the two (2)
below the lower ejector.
4. Secure the card cage front cover with the
two thumbscrews.
5. Secure the right front access panel with the
four screws.
Prepare for 1. Close all doors. For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
4. Select System, Diagnostics, Modules,
6001 Save/Restore DAQ Data and load the
step table data from CPU DAQ.
6070 Daily Maintenance.
Note 6070 Daily Maintenance initializes
the ICT channels in SRAM on the
DAQ board. If Daily Maintenance is
not performed after installing a new
DAQ board or during new system
installation, one or more of the
three ICT channels could be un-
initialized. This will result in a zero
A/D read and error 1600 Unable to
calculate result, mV reading outside
measurable range of ICT Unit.
1 6001 - Save/Restore DAQ Data
reserved.
M1.03 Bd., SMC Version - 204738-101_4934_1
List/Part Numbers
7-202599-01 Bd., SMC
M1.03 Bd., SMC


Removal
3. Loosen the two thumbscrews securing the
card cage front cover and open the cover.
of the SMC board [1] located
Remove SMC 1. Locate the SMC board and loosen the two
Board locking screws above the upper ejector and
2. Disconnect the MECH LED board cable
SMC1 from the SMC board.
the lower ejector and remove the SMC
Replacement
Install SMC Board 1. With the upper ejector in the up position and
the SMC board into the correct slot position
lower supports.
the lower ejectors to insert the SMC board
3. Secure the SMC board with the two locking
screws above the upper ejector and below
the lower ejector.
4. Connect the MECH LED cable SMC1 to the
SMC board.
two (2) thumbscrews.
four (4) screws.
reserved.
M1.04 Bd., AC/DC Controller Version - 204738-101_4935_2
List/Part Numbers
7-93183-04 Bd, AC DC Controller (RoHS)
M1.04 Bd., AC/DC Controller


Removal
2. Power OFF the c4000 processing module. (Use
3. Loosen the two (2) thumbscrews securing the
card cage front cover and open the cover.
Note There is a diagram on the card cage
cover that shows the position of the
AC/DC Controller board [1] located
Remove AC/DC 1. Locate the AC/DC Controller board and loosen

Controller Board the two locking screws above the upper ejector
and below the lower ejector [1].
2. Disconnect the MECH LED board cable
AC/DC1 from the AC/DC Controller board.
3. Press up on the upper ejector and down on the
lower ejector and remove the AC/DC Controller
Replacement
Install AC/DC 1. With the upper ejector in the up position and the
Controller Board lower ejector in the down position, slide the
AC/DC Controller board into the correct slot
position until the ejectors engage in the upper
and lower supports.
2. Ensure switches S2-1 & S2-8 are ON for a
c4000.
3. Press down gently on the upper and up on the
lower ejectors to insert the AC/DC Controller
board into the back plane.
4. Secure the AC/DC Controller board with the two
5. Connect the MECH LED cable AC/DC1 to the
AC/DC Controller board.
6. Secure the card cage front cover with the two
(2) thumbscrews.
7. Secure the right front access panel with the four
(4) screws.
Note The system control center power must Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
initialization.
4. Perform P-601 Reagent Supply Center
Temperature Detector Adjustment.
5. Perform P-604 Internal Instrument Temperature
Detector Adjustment.
6. Perform P-605 Water Bath Temperature
Detector Adjustment.
null
M1.05 Bd., CPU Version - 204738-101_4936_1
List/Part Numbers
7-205719-01 CPU BOARD C4
7-205719-02 CPU c4000, New Style
M1.05 Bd., CPU


Removal
cover.
of the CPU board [1] located
Remove CPU Board 1. Locate the CPU board and loosen the two
2. Disconnect the ethernet cable [2] from the
front of the CPU board.
the lower ejector and remove the CPU
Replacement
Install CPU Board 1. With the upper ejector in the up position and
the CPU board into the correct slot position
lower supports.
the lower ejectors to insert the AC/DC
Controller board into the back plane.
3. Secure the CPU board with the two (2)
4. Connect the ethernet cable to the front of the
CPU board.
four (4) screws.
reserved.
M1.06 Bd., Mech LED Version - 204738-101_4937_2
List/Part Numbers
7-202564-01 Bd., Mech LED,m 16
M1.06 Bd., Mech LED


Removal
3. Loosen the two (2) captive thumbscrews
securing the card cage front cover and
open the cover.
Remove MECH LED 1. Locate the MECH LED board on the back
Board of the card cage cover. [1]
2. Disconnect the three (3) cables LED1,
LED2 and LED3 from the top of the MECH
LED Board.
3. Remove the MECH LED board from the
plastic standoffs on the card cage cover.
Replacement
Install MECH LED 1. Install the MECH LED board on the
Board plastic standoffs, on the card cage.
2. Connect the three (3) cables LED1,
LED2 and LED3 to the top of the
MECH LED Board.
Note: If installing a New Style MECH
LED Board, refer to the Service
Manual, Section 2
Troubleshooting/Card Cage/New
Style MECH LED for a diagram
of the board and LED reference.
Note: The system control center Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
power must be ON prior to turning
on the processing module to ensure
3. Verify LED operation on the MECH
LED Board. (LEDs will light up
depending on sensor status.)
4. Close the card cage front cover and
secure using two (2) captive
thumbscrews.
5. Secure the right front access panel
with the four (4) screws.
6. Close the right front door.
1 G1 - Verify the Repair according to released
Operation and Service Procedures.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-103) • © 2009 • 2014 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks
rights reserved.
M1.07 Fan Assy., Main Card Cage Version - 204738-101_4938_2
List/Part Numbers
7-93188-01 Fan assy, main card cage
M1.07 Fan Assy., Main Card Cage


Removal

Remove Card Cage Note Fan airflow direction is UP into the

Fan Assembly card cage.
1. Loosen the two (2) captive thumbscrews

securing the card cage door and open the
door.
2. Disconnect the power cable [3] to fan
assembly.
3. Remove the two screws on front of fan
assembly [4] and pull the assembly straight
out of the card cage.
Replacement

Install Card Cage Note Verify fan airflow direction is UP into For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Fan Assembly the card cage. System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
1. Slide the fan assembly [4] straight in the card
cage and secure using two (2) screws.
Note Ensure ground wire is installed with
screw on right side of the fan
assembly.
2. Connect the power cable [3] to fan assembly.
3. Close the card cage front cover and secure
using two (2) captive thumbscrews.
initialization.
6. Verify that the fan blades are turning.
Prepare for 1. Install the front access panel.
Operation 2. Close all doors.
1 G14 - Fan Verify that the fan is rotating and that the air
flows in the correct direction.
M1.08 Bd., Pressure Monitor Version - 204738-101_4939_4
List/Part Numbers
7-900040-01 BOARD, PM, C4000
7-900040-02 Board, PM, c16000 and c4000
M1.08 Bd., Pressure Monitor


Removal
2 Power OFF the c4000 processing module.
3. Loosen the two (2) thumbscrews, securing
cover.
of the P.M. Board [1] located
Check Switch Note

Setting This information is for the -107 board only. The instrument must be at software version 7.0 or higher.
1.Switches 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, & 8 will be in the OFF

position from the factory.
Remove PM Board 1. Locate the PM board and loosen the two
(2) locking screws above the upper ejector
and below the lower ejector [1].
the lower ejector and remove the PM Board
from the card cage.
Replacement

Install PM Board 1. With the upper ejector in the up position and
the PM board into the correct slot position
lower supports
the lower ejectors to insert the PM board into
the back plane.
3. Secure the PM board with the two (2) locking
screws above the upper ejector and below
the lower ejector.
4. Secure the card cage front cover with the two
(2) thumbscrews.
four (4) screws.
3805 Pressure Monitor Test.
rights reserved.
M1.09 Flash Memory, CPU Version - 204738-101_4940_1
List/Part Numbers
7-206800-01 Flash Memory, CPU c4
7-206800-02 Flash Memory, New Style CPU c4
M1.09 Flash Memory, CPU


Removal
cover.
of the CPU Board [1] located
Remove CPU Board 1. Locate the CPU board and loosen the two
2. Disconnect the Ethernet cable [2] from the
front of the CPU board.
the lower ejector and remove the CPU
Remove Flash 1. Slide the ejector tab [1] on the side of the
Memory flash memory socket.
Note This ejects the flash memory for
removal.
Replacement

Install Flash Memory 1. Slide the flash memory into the socket until it
latches in place.
Install CPU Board 1. With the upper ejector in the up position and
the CPU board into the correct slot position
lower supports.
the lower ejectors to insert the CPU board
3. Secure the CPU board with the two (2)
4. Connect the Ethernet cable to the front of
the CPU board.
four (4) screws.
reserved.
M1.10 Card Cage with Boards Version - 204738-101_4941_1
M1.10 Card Cage with Boards


Removal
Disconnect CPU 1. From the rear of the processing module,
Cables disconnect the two cables labeled CPU and
CPUM from the main power supply.
2. Remove cables CPU1, CPU2, CPU3,
CPU4, CPU5, CPU6, CPU7, CPU8, CPU9,
CPU10, CPU11, CPU12, and CPU14 from
the rear of the card cage.
Remove Main Card 1. Remove the two (2) screws located at the
Cage front of the card cage and pull the card
cage out of the system.
Replacement
Install Main card 1. From the front of the processing module,
Cage slide the card cage in the processing
module and secure using two (2) screws at
the bottom, front of the card cage.
Connect CPU 1. Connect the two power cables labeled CPU

Cables and CPUM to the main power supply.
2. On the rear of the card cage backplane
connect the cables:
a. CPU1
b. CPU2
c. CPU3
d. CPU4
e. CPU5
f. CPU7
g. CPU8
h. CPU9
i. CPU10
j. CPU11
k. CPU12
l. CPU14
Prepare for 1. Install the left rear cover and secure using For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Operation four (4) captive screws. System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
2. Install the front access panel. Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
3. Close all doors.
4. Connect the processing module to the AC
supply power.
reserved.
M1.11 Bd., SM AC/DC Controller Version - 204738-101_4942_1
List/Part Numbers
7-202601-01 Bd., SM AC/DC Controller
7-202601-02 Bd., SM ACDC Controller
M1.11 Bd., SM AC/DC Controller


Removal
cover.
of the SM AC/DC Board [1]
located inside the card cage.
Remove SM AC/DC 1. Locate the SM AC/DC board and loosen

Board the two locking screws above the upper
ejector and below the lower ejector [1].
2. Disconnect the MECH LED board cable SM
AC/DC1 from the SM AC/DC board.
the lower ejector and remove the SM
AC/DC board from the card cage.
Replacement
Install SM AC/DC 1. With the upper ejector in the up position and

Board the lower ejector in the down position, slide
the SM AC/DC board into the correct slot
position until the ejectors engage in the
upper and lower supports.
the lower ejectors to insert the SM AC/DC
board into the back plane.
3. Secure the SM AC/DC board with the two (2)
4. Connect the MECH LED cable SM AC/DC1
to the SM AC/DC board.
four (4) screws.
reserved.
M2.01 Bd., Mixer Driver Version - 204738-101_4943_1
List/Part Numbers
2-89035-05 BD, Mixer Driver (RoHS)
M2.01 Bd., Mixer Driver


Multimeter
Absorbent Towels

Removal

2. Unplug the processing module from the AC
supply power.
5. Loosen the two (2) screws [1] on the Driver
Box door and open the door.
Note Lift the door up slightly to clear
the screws located in front of the
driver box assembly.
Remove Mixer 1. Disconnect plugs labeled
Driver Board • STRD1
• STRD2, STRD3
• STRD4
2. Remove the board from the four (4)
standoffs.
Replacement
Install Mixer Driver 1. Place the board onto the four (4) standoffs.
Board Ensure the board is locked into place.
2. Connect plugs
• STRD1
• STRD2
• STRD3
• STRD4
to connectors
• CNN1/PJ1
• CNN2/PJ2
• CNN3/PJ3
• CNN4/PJ4
Prepare for 1. Close the Driver Box door and secure with For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Operation two (2) screws. System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
2. Install the right front access panel using four Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
(4) screws.
4. Connect the processing module AC supply
power.
1 3126 - Mixer Vibration Test
reserved.
M2.02 Bd., SMD/5 Phase Motor Driver Version - 204738-101_4944_1
List/Part Numbers
7-205178-01 BD, SMD/5 PHASE MOTOR DRIVER, C4
M2.02 Bd., SMD/5 Phase Motor Driver


Removal

supply power.
Remove SMD/5 1. Remove plugs 1-22 from the connectors.
Phase Board Note Squeeze tabs inward on plug
SMD1 to release the plug from the
connector on the board. DO NOT
push the tabs outward or it will
break. [1]
2. Remove the board from the nine (9)
standoffs. [1]

Replacement
Install SMD/5 1. Install the board on the nine (9) standoffs.
Phase Board 2. Connect plugs 1-22 to the connectors.
(4) screws.
power.
reserved.
M2.03 Bd., AC/DC Driver Version - 204738-101_4945_1
List/Part Numbers
7-205350-01 BD, ACDC DRIVER, C4
M2.03 Bd., AC/DC Driver

Removal

supply power.
Remove AC/DC 1. Disconnect plugs 1-13.
Driver Board Note Squeeze tabs inward on plug
SMD1 to release the plug from the
connector on the board. DO NOT
push the tabs outward or it will
break.
2. Remove the AC/DC Driver board from the
nine (9) standoffs.
Replacement
Install AC/DC Driver 1. Install the AC/DC Driver Board on the nine
Board (9) standoffs.
2. Connect plugs labeled 1-13.
(4) screws.
power.
reserved.
M2.04 Bd., Motor Driver Version - 204738-101_4946_1
M2.04 Bd., Motor Driver

Tools/Materials Not Assessed
Note Function for 5 - phase vertical drive for the sample arm.
Removal
2. Loosen the four (4) captive screws securing
the left rear cover and remove the cover.
supply power.
4. Remove two (2) screws securing the
bracket to the processing module frame.
5. Remove one (1) screw securing bracket to
the right side of the processing module.
6. Slide the driver box assembly out of the
processing module.
7. Remove one (1) screw securing the cover
to the driver box assembly and open up the
assembly.
Remove Motor 1. Disconnect cables DRV1, DRV2, DRV3 [1]
Driver Board from the motor driver board
2. Remove two (2) screws [2] securing the
board to the driver box frame.
Replacement
Install Motor Driver 1. Install the board using two (2) screws. [2]
Board 2. Connect cables DRV1, DRV2, and DRV3 [1]
to the motor driver board.
Prepare for 1. Connect the processing module AC supply For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Operation power. System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
2. Power ON the processing module. Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
4. Install the cover to the driver box driver
assembly using one (1) screw.
Note When closing the driver box
assembly, be careful not to pinch
or crimp cables.
5. Slide the driver box assembly into the
processing module. Install the driver box
assembly to the processing module using
three (3) screws.
6. Install the left rear cover using four (4)
captive screws.
reserved.
M3.01 Bd., ICT Preamp Version - 204738-101_4947_1
List/Part Numbers
2-89032-04 BD, ICT Preamp (RoHS)
M3.01 Bd., ICT Preamp


Removal
2. Remove the right front cover [C].
3. Disconnect the cable from the LUI board.
[1]
4. Remove the two (2) screws that secure the
LUI board.[2]
5. Remove screw [3] securing the Pre-amp
module to the frame.
Remove ICT Pre- 1. Loosen the two (2) screws securing the
Amp Board pre-amp enclosure and remove the cover.
2. Disconnect the signal cable from the bottom
of the pre-amp board.
3. Remove screw securing the black ground to
the instrument frame.

Remove ICT Pre- 1. Loosen the retaining nut on the pre-amp
Amp Board cable connector at the top of the enclosure.
(continued) 2. Remove the cable connector from the case.
3. Remove the pre-amp board from the
standoffs.
Replacement
Install ICT Pre-Amp 1. Install the pre-amp board onto the standoffs
Board in the pre-amp enclosure.
2. Install the pre-amp cable connector on the
top side of the enclosure and secure with
the retaining nut.
3. Pass the ground cable through the opening
at the bottom of the enclosure.
4. Connect the signal cable at the bottom of
the board.
5. Attach the ground cable [3] to the
enclosure.
Note Make sure the ground cables do
not obstruct the sliding path.
6. Secure the pre-amp enclosure cover with
two screws.
7. Slide the ICT pre-amp module back into
instrument and secure with the one screw.
8. Connect the ICT pre-amp cable.
9. Install the LUI board and connect the cable.
10. Install the right front cover.
Prepare for 1. Power ON the processing module.
Operation Note The system control center power
1 G6 - Calibration Verify calibration per operator's manual.
reserved.
M3.02 Bd., IREF Level Detector Version - 204738-101_4948_1
List/Part Numbers
2-93509-02 BD., IREF LVL Detect
7-93438-02 Slide mechanism, pipettor head
M3.02 Bd., IREF Level Detector


Removal
the main circuit breaker located at the rear of the
processing module.)
2. Remove the front deck right front cover [C].
Disconnect ICT 1. Disconnect the cable from the LUI board. [1]
Level Sensor Board 2. Remove the screws that secure the LUI board.
[2]
3. Remove the screw [3] that holds the ICT pre-amp
module.
4. Lift the ICT pre-amp module to gain access to the
ICT Level sensor board.
5. Loosen the screw from the sensor board cover;
slide the cover slightly to the left and remove the
cover. [4]
Disconnect ICT 1. Disconnect cables ICT-L-1 and ILS-2 from the
Level Sensor Board IREF level sensor board connectors CN1 and
(continued) CN2. [1]

Remove IREF Level 1. Remove the IREF Level Detector Board from the
Detector Board four (4) standoffs.
Replacement
Install IREF Level 1. Install the IREF Level Detector Board onto the
Detector Board standoffs in the pre-amp enclosure.
Connect IREF Level 1. Connect cables ICT-L-1 and ILS-2 to connectors
Detector Board. CN1 and CN2 on the IREF Level Detector Board.

Operation Note The system control center power must
initialization.
4. Perform 6063 Flush ICT Module three times.
While this is performed confirm the LEDs on the
detector board function as indicated during ICT
reference solution aspiration:
a. Immediately before the ICT assembly
drives down and aspirates ICT reference
solution (out of the ICT reference solution
cup) the LED1 flashes ON (read status)
and LED2 flashes ON (ICT reference cup
is filled).
b. Immediately after the ICT aspirates ICT
reference solution from the ICT reference
solution cup and the assembly drives up
out of the cup, LED1 flashes ON and
LED2 stays OFF. [1]
Note You must observe the ICT module and
the board while performing the ICT
flush procedure. [2]
5. Install the detector board cover and secure with
the screw.
6. Slide the ICT assembly back in position.
Note Make sure the ground cables do not
obstruct the sliding path.
7. Secure the ICT pre-amp module with the screw.
[3]
8. Install the right front cover.

For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
reserved.
M4.01 Bd., LLS Version - 204738-101_4949_1
List/Part Numbers
7-205749-01 LLS BOARD, C4
M4.01 Bd., LLS


Mutimeter

Removal
power supply.
3. Open the front doors.
Remove Level 1. Remove the top two (2) screws [1] and
Sense Board loosen the bottom two (2) screws [2]
Assembly securing the right front access panel and
remove panel.
Level Sense Board Cover. [3]
3. Disconnect the following cables:
• CN1 TLLS1
• CN2 TLLS2
• CN3 TLLS3
• TLLS-S/R
• CN5 TLLS5
Remove Level 1. Unscrew the cable [1] that secures the
Sense Board ground cables.
Assembly 2. Remove the board from the five (5)
(continued) standoffs [2].
Replacement
Install LLS Board 1. Insert the ground cables onto the screw and
tighten it. [1]
2. Place the board on the five (5) standoffs.
3. Connect the cables:
• CN1 TLLS1
• CN2 TLLS2
• CN3 TLLS3
• TLLS-S/R
• CN5 TLLS5
4. Install the cover of the Level Sense Board
and secure it with the two (2) screws.
5. Install the right front access panel.
6. Close the front doors.
Prepare for 1. Plug the processing module into the AC For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Operation power supply. System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
2. Power ON the processing module. Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
4. Perform P-617 LLS Voltage Adjustment to
verify voltage.
1 3625 - Pipettors LLS Test
reserved.
M5.01 Bd., CNN Version - 204738-101_4950_1
List/Part Numbers
7-205179-01 BD, CNN, C4
M5.01 Bd.,CNN


Removal

2. Remove the front deck, front right cover [C].
Remove CNN Board 1. Loosen the two (2) screws that hold the
CNN Board to the frame of the instrument
and remove the board from them. [1]
2. From the top of the instrument, lift the CNN
board frame and gently slide it towards the
back of the instrument.
Note The CNN Board frame has two
hooks that rest on the frame of
the instrument towards the front,
this section has to be lifted and
pulled out as well to release the
board.
3. Disconnect all the cables from the back to
the front.
Note To remove some of the
connectors you have to squeeze
the edges while for others you
need to open them to release the
connector.
4. Remove the CNN board from the
instrument.
Replacement

Install CNN Board 1. Slide the CNN Board to the instrument.
2. Secure the board; make sure that the hooks
toward the front and the orifices for the
screws are sitting properly.
3. Connect the cables from the back to the
front as follows:
a. CNN2
b. CNN3
c. CNN24
d. CNN7
e. CNN37
f. CNN38
g. CNN18
h. CNN23
i. CNN14
j. CNN13
k. CNN27
l. CNN17
m. CNN28
n. CNN15
o. CNN22
p. CNN25
q. CNN26
r. CNN29
s. CNN30
t. CNN11
u. CNN19
v. CNN16
w. CNN12
x. CNN21
y. CNN20
z. CNN35
aa. CNN33
ab. CNN36
ac. CNN5
ad. CNN6
ae. CNN1
af. CNN31
ag. CNN4
ah. CNN32
ai. CNN34
Note Make sure all connectors are
properly secured.
4. Secure the CNN board with the screws.
6. Install the Front right cover [C].
reserved.
N1.01 Sensor, Trigger, Reaction Carousel Version - 204738-101_4951_1
List/Part Numbers
7-205307-01 OPT TRG SNSR, C4
N1.01 Sensor, Trigger, Reaction Carousel


Absorbent Towels

Removal
rear right cover [K] and remove the cover.
Remove Trigger 1. Disconnect cable from the OPTTRG

Sensor connector.
2. Remove the OPTTRG plug from the
connector plate.
trigger sensor [2] to the mounting bracket
and remove the sensor.
Replacement
Install Trigger 1. Install the trigger sensor [2] on the mounting

Sensor bracket using two (2) screws.
2. Insert the OPTTRG connector into the
connector plate.
3. Connect the cable to the OPTTRG
connector.
5. Select the Optics/Temperature category
from the Diagnostics screen under the
System icon.
6. Perform 1001 Optics Trigger Sensor Check.
Note Adjustment of the sensor position
is made at the end of the
mounting bracket opposite the
sensor.

Prepare for 1. Install the rear right cover [K] using two (2) For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Operation screws. System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
2. To change the status of the processing Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
reserved.
N1.02 Cuvette Wiper Version - 204738-101_4952_2
List/Part Numbers
09D42-02 Cuvette Wiper
N1.02 Cuvette Wiper


Absorbent Towels

Removal
status.

module.)
[K] and the right, center rear
cover [J].
VIDEO Remove
Cuvette Wipers Note
Video contains no
audio sound.
Remove Cuvette 1. Remove a cuvette segment

Wipers from the reaction carousel.
2. Rotate the carousel manually
until the empty position
exposes the cuvette wiper
assembly at the rear of the
water bath.
[2] securing the cuvette wiper
assembly. [1]
4. Move the mounting plate [1]
to the left and lift the plate
out of the water bath.
5. Remove the cuvette wiper
mounting clip [3] and the
cuvette wipers.
Replacement

VIDEO Install
Cuvette Wipers Note
and Wiper Video contains no
Plate audio sound.
Install Cuvette 1. Insert the new cuvette wipers

Wipers and [2] into the plate. [1]
Wiper Plate 2. Snap the cuvette wiper
mounting clip [3] into place on
the mounting plate. [1]
3. Reinstall the new wiper
assembly into the water bath
and secure it using two (2)
screws.
4. Manually rotate the carousel
and verify that a cuvette
segment passes centered
between the wipers while the
wipers contact both sides of
the cuvette.
5. Reinstall the cuvette segment.
Prepare for 1. Replace the rear right cover
Operation and the rear center right
cover.
module.
reserved.
N1.03 Cup, ICT-Ref with Probes Version - 204738-101_4953_1
List/Part Numbers
7-205355-01 CUP, ICT REF, WITH PROBES
N1.03 Cup, ICT-Ref with Probes


Absorbent Towels

Caution Step Caution
Removal

2. Remove the covers.
a. Front right cover [C]
b. Center right cover [E]
c. Rear right cover [K]
3. Remove the cuvette segments located
directly in front of the ICT reference solution
cup.
Remove ICT 1. Disconnect the cable from the LUI board

Preamp Module [1].
LUI keypad to frame of instrument.
3. Remove the screw [3] securing the ICT
Preamp module and lift module out of
instrument to access the ICT IREF Level
Detect Board.
Disconnect CNN2 1. Loosen the screw [4] securing the ICT IREF
from ICT IREF level detect board cover to the ICT preamp
Level Detect Board module and remove cover.
Disconnect CNN2 1. Disconnect ILS-2 [1] from CN2 on the ICT

from ICT IREF IREF level detect board.
Level Detect Board 2. Remove wire ties from harness for removal
(continued) of ICT reference solution cup wires.
Remove ICT Ref 1. Remove the two (2) screws securing the
Cup ICT reference solution cup.
2. Disconnect tubing number 12 [1] from the
warming ring and tubing number 13 [2] from
the ICT reference solution cup.
3. Lift the ICT reference solution cup up to
gain access to the tubing connection [3]
between the warming ring and the cup.
4. Disconnect the warming ring from the cup.
Note Ensure that all wire ties are
removed to allow removal of the
wires for the ICT reference
solution cup and its cable.
5. Remove the ICT reference solution cup from
Replacement
Install ICT Ref Cup 1. Connect the output side of the ICT warming
ring [3] to the side of the ICT reference
solution cup with the small tubing.
2. Connect tubing number 12 to the warming
ring inlet. [1]
3. Connect tubing number 13 [2] to the flexible
tubing coming out of the top of the ICT
reference solution cup.
Note Ensure that tubing number 13 is
inserted at least 5 mm into the
flexible tubing coming out of the
top of the ICT reference solution
cup.
4. Install the ICT reference solution cup into
position and secure using two (2) screws.
5. Secure cable from ICT reference solution
cup with cable ties.
Connect CNN2 from 1. Connect ILS-2 to CN2 [1] on the ICT IREF
ICT IREF Level level detect board.
Detect Board 2. Install the ICT IREF level detect board cover
on the ICT preamp module.
3. Secure the cable using wire ties.
Install ICT Preamp 1. Slide the ICT Preamp module into the
Module instrument and secure with screw [3].
Note Ensure cables are not stretched,
pinched or kinked.
2. Install the LUI keypad and secure with the
two (2) screws [2].
3. Connect the LUI board cable [1].
3. Perform System/Maintenance/As
Needed/2131 Flush ICT Cup.
4. Check for leaks.
5. Install the cuvette segment removed from in
front of the ICT reference solution cup.
6. Install the covers:
c. Rear right cover [K]
reserved.
N1.04 Detector, Temp., Water Bath Version - 204738-101_4954_1
List/Part Numbers
7-205352-01 TEMP DETECTOR, WATER BATH, C4
N1.04 Detector, Temp., Water Bath


Absorbent Towels

Removal
Preparation 2. Drain the water bath.
(System/Diagnostic/Modules/1101 Robotics
3. Power OFF the c4000 processing module
4. Remove the covers:
d. Center left cover [D]
e. Rear center left cover [I]
f. Rear center right cover [J]
g. Rear right cover [K]
5. Remove the cuvette segment located in
front of the water bath float switch and place
in a safe location.
Remove 1. Disconnect the BTEM plug from the

Temperature connector plate and remove the connector
Detector, Water from the plate.
Bath 2. Remove the screw securing the detector to
the water bath.
Note Cut the cable ties while removing
the detector.
Replacement

Install Temperature 1. Install the detector into the water bath and
Detector, Water secure using the screw.
Bath 2. Insert the connector BTEM into the
connector plate and plug in plug BTEM.
Note Secure the cable with cable ties as
it was prior to removal.
Prepare for 1. Install the cuvette segment. For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Operation 2. Reinstall the covers: System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
a. Center left cover [D] Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
b. Rear center left cover [I]
c. Rear center right cover [J]
d. Rear right cover [K]
1 P-605 Water Bath Temperature Detector
Adjustment
reserved.
N1.05 Switch, Float, Water Bath Version - 204738-101_4955_1
List/Part Numbers
7-205354-01 FLOAT SWITCH, WATER BATH, C4
N1.05 Switch, Float, Water Bath


Absorbent Towels

Removal
e. Center left cover [D]
f. Rear center left cover [I]
g. Rear center right cover [J]
h. Rear right cover [K]
5. Remove the cuvette segment located in front
of the water bath float switch and place in a
safe location.
Remove Float 1. Disconnect the float switch connector. [1]

Switch, Water Bath

Remove Float 1. Remove the two screws [2] securing the float
Switch, Water Bath switch mounting bracket to the water bath
(continued) and lift the mounting bracket out of the water
bath.
2. Unscrew the nut [3] securing the float switch
to the mounting bracket and thread.
Note Cut the cable ties while removing
the detector.
Replacement
Install Float Switch, 1. Insert the float switch into the mounting
Water Bath bracket and secure using the nut. [3]
2. Install the float switch mounting bracket into
position on the water bath and secure using
two (2) screws. [2]
3. Connect the float switch connector. [1]
Note Secure the cable with cable ties as
it was prior to removal.
Prepare for 1. Install the cuvette segment. For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Operation 2. Reinstall the covers: System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
a. Center left cover [D] Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
b. Rear center left cover [I]
c. Rear center right cover [J]
d. Rear right cover [K]
initialization.
reserved.
N1.06 Lens, Water Bath, Inner Version - 204738-101_4956_1
List/Part Numbers
2-89215-02 Gasket, Inner, Water Bath Lens
N1.06 Lens, Water Bath, Inner


Absorbent Towels

Caution Hot Surface
Removal
2. Power OFF the c4000 processing module (use
the processing module).
reaction carousel and place in a safe location.
Remove Source 1. Remove the thumbscrew [1] securing the

Lamp source lamp holder and remove the lamp
holder.
2. Remove the Pre-Amp cover [2] by loosening
the left screw and removing the right screw
with the ground cable. [1]
board.
Remove Optics 1. While supporting the optics assembly from the

Assembly bottom, remove the four (4) screws [3]
(continued) securing the optics and remove it from the
instrument.
Remove Water Bath 1. Unscrew the lens holder. [1]
Lens 2. Remove the outer gasket [2]
3. Remove the lens [3]
4. Remove the inner gasket. [4]
Replacement

Install Water Bath 1. Install the inner gasket [4] on the inner side of
Lens the lens.
2. Install the lens [3] and gaskets in place using
the lens screw. [1]
3. Install the outer gasket [2] on the outside of
the lens.

frame using four (4) screws [3].
2. Connect the pre-amp cable. [4]
route the cables between the gasket material
(of the cover) and the housing
with the screws.
Note Ensure that the cover slides into the
housing. The fit between the guides
in the optic housing and the pre-amp
cable cover is tight.
5. Connect the shutter cable (SHUT to SHAT)
initialization.
5. Check for leaks.
6. Install the cuvette segments.
8. Install the rear right deck cover [K].
9. Install right rear cover.
reserved.
N1.07 Lens, Water Bath, Outer Version - 204738-101_4957_1
List/Part Numbers
2-89216-02 Gasket, outer, Water Bath Lens
N1.07 Lens, Water Bath, Outer


Absorbent Towels

Caution Hot Surface
Removal
(System/Diagnostic/Modules/1101 Robotics Test
Tool - Option 11).
6. Remove the cuvette segments from the reaction
carousel and place in a safe location.

ground cable. [1]
board.
Remove Water Bath 1. Unscrew the lens holder. [1]
Lens 2. Remove the outer gasket [2]
3. Remove the lens [3]
4. Remove the inner gasket. [4]

Replacement
Install Water Bath 1. Install the inner gasket on the inner side of the
Lens lens.
2. Install the lens and gaskets in place using the
lens screw.
3. Install the outer gasket on the outside of the
lens.

2. Connect the pre-amp cable.
with the screws.
Note Ensure that the cover slides into the
housing. The fit between the guides in
the optic housing and the pre-amp
cable cover is tight.

initialization.
5. Check for leaks.
9. Install right rear cover.
reserved.
N1.08 Warming Ring, Water Bath, C4 Version - 204738-101_4958_1
List/Part Numbers
7-205351-01 WARMING RING, WATER BATH, C4
N1.08 Warming Ring, Water Bath, C4


Absorbent Towels

Removal
c. Lamp house cover [G]
d. Rear center left cover [I]
e. Rear center right cover [J]
f. Rear right cover [K]
reaction carousel and place.
Access Warming 1. Remove the two (2) screws securing the ICT
Ring reference solution cup.
2. Disconnect tubing number 12 [1] from the
warming ring and tubing number 13 [2] from
the ICT reference solution cup.
3. Lift the ICT reference solution cup up to gain
access to the tubing connection [3] between
the warming ring and the cup.
4. Disconnect the warming ring from the cup.
Note Ensure that all wire ties are
removed to allow removal of the
wires for the ICT reference solution
cup and its cable.
5. Remove the ICT reference solution cup from
Remove Warming 1. Remove the two (2) screws securing the
Ring cuvette wiper assembly [1] and remove the
assembly.
2. Remove the screw securing the temperature
sensor [2] to the water bath and remove the
sensor.
3. Remove the screw securing the inlet water
cover plate to the front of the water bath and
remove the plate. [4]
4. Remove the screw securing the inlet water
cover plate to the rear of the water bath and
remove the plate. [3]
5. Lift the warming ring out of the water bath.
Replacement
Install Warming Ring 1. Install the warming ring into the water bath.
2. Install the inlet water cover plates front [4]
and rear [3] inside the water bath over the
inlet port and secure using two screws.
3. Install the temperature sensor [2] in the
water bath using two screws.
4. Install the cuvette wiper assembly [1] in the
water bath and secure using two screws.
Install ICT Ref Cup 1. Connect the output side of the ICT warming
ring [3] to the side of the ICT reference
solution cup with the small tubing.
2. Connect tubing number 12 to the warming
ring inlet. [1]
3. Connect tubing number 13 [2] to the flexible
tubing coming out of the top of the ICT
reference solution cup.
Note Ensure that tubing number 13 is
inserted at least 5 mm into the
flexible tubing coming out of the
top of the ICT reference solution
cup.
4. Install the ICT reference solution cup into
position and secure using two screws.
5. Secure cable from ICT reference solution cup
with cable ties.
5. Check for leaks.
7. Reinstall the covers:
c. Lamp house cover [G]
d. Rear center left cover [I]
e. Rear center right cover [J]
f. Rear right cover [K]
reserved.
N2.01 Incubator, Water Bath Heater Version - 204738-101_4959_1
List/Part Numbers
7-205356-01 INCUBATOR, WTR BTH HTR
N2.01 Incubator, Water Bath Heater


Absorbent Towels

Removal
4. Remove the left rear cover:
Remove Heater Note You need a container for the water
Assembly from the heater assembly.
1. Access the service drain, located in the
heater assembly and drain it.
2. Replace the plug in the service drain (and
tighten tubing clamp) after all of the water
has been drained from the heater assembly.
3. Remove the top two (2) screws securing the
heater control cover and remove it.
4. From the controller board disconnect:
• TBC
• TBC2
• TBC1
5. Remove the three screws securing the TBC
board support mounting bracket [4] to the
processing module frame to gain access to
the water bath heather.
Remove Heater 1. From the heater bottle, disconnect the tubing
Assembly [1] closest to the rear of the module.
(continued) 2. Loosen the tubing clamp and disconnect the
tubing [2] from the elbow at the water pump.
3. Loosen the tubing clamp and disconnect
tubing connected to the 3-way fitting [3].
4. Remove the two (2) screws from the base of
the heater assembly and slide the assembly
toward the rear of the processing module to
allow access to the tubing at the elbow at
the water pump.
5. Remove the water bath heater from the
processing module.
Replacement

Install Heater 1. Install the water bath heather into the
Assembly processing module and connect the tubing
[2] to the elbow at the water pump.
2. Connect tubing to heater bottle [1] and 3-way
fitting [3].
Note Ensure the tubing clamps are tight.
3. Slide the heater assembly into the
processing module and secure it to the
processing module frame using two screws.
4. Tighten the three (3) screws securing the
TBC board support mounting bracket [4] to
the processing module frame.
5. In controller board connect:
a. TBC
b. TBC2
c. TBC1
Note Do not install the heater control
cover at this time. Access is
required during the temperature
adjustment
5. Check for leaks.
6. Perform P-619 Water Bath Heater
Adjustment.
7. Install the heater control cover using two
screws.
Adjustment
reserved.
N2.02 Bd., Temp. Bath Control, Heater Version - 204738-101_4960_1
List/Part Numbers
7-205360-01 BD, TBC
7-205360-02 Bd, TBC New Style
N2.02 Bd., Temp. Bath Control, Heater


Absorbent Towels

Removal
Remove TBC 1. Remove the two (2) screws securing the

Heater Board heater control cover and disconnect all
cables from the TBC board.
Note Mark the unlabeled cables.
2. Remove the board from the standoffs.
Replacement

Install TBC Heater 1. Install the board onto the standoffs.
Board 2. Connect all cables to the TBC board.
Note Do not install the heater control
cover at this time. Access is
required during the temperature
adjustment procedure.
5. Check for leaks.
6. Perform P-619 Water Bath Heater
Adjustment.
7. Install the heater control cover using two (2)
screws.
8. Install the rear left cover
Adjustment
reserved.
Q2.02 Monitor, Touchscreen Version - 96728-111_220_1
List/Part Numbers
07D03-17 Monitor 17" Touchscreen
Q2.02 Monitor, Touchscreen
20 min
Time Required
None
Tools/Materials
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Removal
Prerequisite For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System

Operations Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection:
System status.
Stopped, or Offline status.
Perform For information on the shutdown procedure, refer to the

SCC ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating
1. Access the Snapshot screen by selecting
Shutdown instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Overview and then Snapshot.
2. Select F3-Shutdown.
3. Select OK to confirm the Shutdown request.
4. When the screen turns blue, and a
message about shutting down the SCC
displays, press the Ctrl+Alt+Delete keys
simultaneously.
5. A popup message displays. Select
Shutdown, then OK.
Note
Wait while the software applications
shut down. A message displays
informing you that it is safe to turn
off the computer.
6. Press the power switch on the front of the

central processing unit (CPU) to power OFF
the system control center.
Remove
Monitor
1. Press the power switch on the front of the
monitor to power OFF the monitor.
2. Unplug the monitor power cord from the
wall outlet or UPS.
3. Unscrew and disconnect the monitor cable
from the port on the back of the CPU. [1]
4. Unscrew and disconnect the touchscreen
cable from the port on the back of the
CPU. [2]
Replacement
Install
Monitor
1. Connect the monitor cable to the port on the back of
the CPU. Secure the cable to the CPU by screwing
in the connector. [1]
2. Connect the touchscreen cable to the port on the
back of the CPU. Secure the cable to the CPU by
screwing in the connector. [2]
3. Connect the monitor power cord to the monitor. [3]
4. Plug the power cord into the wall outlet or UPS.
Prepare For information on the startup procedure, refer to the

for ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 5:
1. Power OFF the processing module(s).
Operation Operating instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause,
Note and shutdown.
The power to the processing module(s) must
be OFF prior to turning on the power to the
system control center. If the processing
module(s) power is ON, communication is not
properly initialized between the system
components.
2. Power ON the system control center by pressing the

power switch on the front of the CPU.
3. Power ON the monitor.
Note
Do not go to the next step until the system
control center displays the Snapshot screen.
4. Power ON the processing module(s).

5. To change the status of the processing module and
sample handler from Stopped to Ready, perform the
Startup procedure.
1 G11 - Monitor Verify Monitor turns on and displays the
intended screen.
2 P-205 Calibrate Touchscreen
R1.01 Mixer Assembly Version - 204738-101_4961_1
List/Part Numbers
7-205197-01 MIXER ASSY., C4
7-205197-02 MIXER ASSY., C4
R1.01 Mixer Assembly



Removal


5. Remove the rear center left deck cover [I].
6. Remove the rear center right deck cover [J].
7. Remove the mixers.
Remove Mixer 1. Remove the two (2) screws securing the

Assembly mixer cover and remove the cover.
2. Disconnect the following cables from the
bottom of the mixer assembly:
• ST1AM
• ST2AM
• STRD
• STRM
• STRE-S
• STR-S
3. Remove the four (4) screws [1] from the
base of the mixer assembly.
4. Lower the mixer assembly slightly to clear
the positioning pins from the frame and
remove the mixer assembly from the
Note Do not lift with up/down
mechanism, this can damage the
cam follower spring.
Replacement
Install Mixer 1. Install the mixer assembly onto the

Assembly processing module frame and secure using
four (4) screws [1].
2. Connect the following cables to the mixer
assembly:
• ST1AM
• ST2AM
• STRD
• STRM
• STRE-S
• STR-S
3. Install the mixer cover using two (2) screws.
Prepare for 1. Install mixers. For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
4. Perform P-620 Mixer Alignment.
5. Install the rear center right deck cover [J].
6. Install the rear center left deck cover [I].

reserved.
R1.02 Mixer Elevator Assembly Version - 204738-101_4962_1
List/Part Numbers
7-205376-01 MIXER, UP DWN MECH, C4
7-205376-02 MIXER, UP DWN MECH, C4
R1.02 Mixer Elevator Assembly



Caution Probe Stick Hazard

Removal
5. Remove the rear center left deck cover [I].
6. Remove the rear center right deck cover [J].
7. Remove the mixers.
Remove Mixer Head 1. Remove the two (2) screws securing the
Assembly mixer cover and remove the cover.
mixer assembly connector mount:
• ST1AM
• ST2AM
• STRD
• STRM
• STRE-S
• STR-S
3. Remove the following jacks from the
connector mount [1] on the mixer assembly:
• STRA
• STRB
• STRD
• STR-S
4. Cut the wire ties [3] & [4] securing the wire
cables to the mixer assembly.
5. Remove the three (3) screws [2] from the
mounting plate on the mixer head assembly.
6. Lift the mixer head straight up off of the
mixer elevator.
Remove Mixer 1. Remove the four (4) screws [1] from the
Elevator Assembly base of the mixer elevator assembly.
2. Lower the mixer assembly slightly to clear
the positioning pins from the frame and
remove the mixer elevator assembly from
the processing module frame.
Note Do not lift with up/down
mechanism, this can damage the
cam follower spring.
Replacement
Install Mixer 1. Install the mixer elevator onto the

Elevator Assembly processing module frame and secure using
four (4) screws. [1]
Install Mixer Head 1. Install the mixer head onto the guide pins on
Assembly the mixer elevator and secure using three
(3) screws. [2]
2. Install the jacks to the connector mount [1]
on the mixer assembly:
• STRA
• STRB
• STRD
• STR-S
3. Connect the following plugs to the mixer
assembly:
• ST1AM
• ST2AM
• STRD
• STRM
• STRE-S
• STR-S
4. Secure the mixer wire cables to the mixer
assembly with wire ties [3] & [4].
5. Install the mixer cover using two (2) screws.
Prepare for 1. Install mixers. For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
4. Perform P-620 Mixer Alignment.
5. Install the rear center right deck cover [J].
6. Install the rear center left deck cover [I].
reserved.
R2.01 Pipettor, Sample Complete Version - 204738-101_4963_1
List/Part Numbers
7-205171-01 PIPETTOR, SAMPLE, C4
R2.01 Pipettor, Sample Complete



Removal
Preparation 1. Power OFF the c4000 processing module (use the

main circuit breaker located at the rear of the
processing module).
• Front right cover [C]
• Center right cover [E]
3. Remove the Sample Pipettor head cover
4. Loosen the screw for the probe ground wire and
remove the probe ground wire from under the
screw.
5. Disconnect the tubing from the sample probe.
6. Remove the probe from the pipettor.
SCRUSH and 1. Loosen the two (2) screws [1] that hold the bracket
STLLS bracket for the SCRUSH and STLLS connectors located by
the LUI keyboard.
2. Lift the SCRUSH and STLLS connector board and
disconnect the following cables [2]:
• SCRUSH
• STLLS
3. Unscrew the ground cables [3], remove only the
one that goes into the flexible cable duct (put back
the screw to hold the ground cables attached to
the bracket).
4. Remove the flexible cable sleeve from the bracket.
[4]
Remove Pipettor, 1. Remove the four screws securing the Sample
Sample Assembly Pipettor. [1]
2. Disconnect and secure the following cables from
the pipettor connector plate: [2]
• AAS
• SAAM
• SAEM
3. Carefully lift the Sample Pipettor assembly to
prevent damage to the cables or pinching the
sample tubing.
Remove Pipettor, 1. Separate tubing from the metal fitting. [3]
Sample Assembly 2. Secure tubing to reconnect the after replacement.
(continued) 3. Remove the Sample Pipettor assembly from the
instrument.
Replacement

Install Pipettor, 1. Connect the tubing fully onto the metal fitting.
Sample Assembly 2. Carefully place the Sample Pipettor arm in position
and guide the flexible cable sleeve towards the LUI
board to avoid damaging the cable and wires.
• SAAS
• SAAM
• SAEM
4. Secure the Sample Pipettor with the four screws.
Connect and mount 1. Insert the flexible cable sleeve into the clamp.
SCRUSH and 2. Install the ground cable and secure both ground
STLLS bracket. cables with the screw.
• SCRUSH
• STLLS
4. Install the SCRUSH and STLLS bracket and
secure using the two (2) screws.
Prepare for 1. Install the probe. For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Operation 2. Connect the tubing to the sample probe. System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
3. Tighten the screw for the probe ground wire. Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
4. Install the Sample Pipettor head cover
5. Replace the following deck covers:
• Front right cover [C]
• Center right cover [E]
Note The system control center power must be
ON prior to turning on the processing
module to ensure proper initialization.

1 1101 - Robotics Test Tool
3 5405 - Crash Sensor Test
reserved.
R2.02 Tubing, Sample Pipettor, Inner Version - 204738-101_4964_1
List/Part Numbers
7-202578-01 Tubing, Samp Pippetor, inner
7-93238-01 Tubing, Sample Pipettor, Inner
R2.02 Tubing, Sample Pipettor, Inner




Removal
3. Remove:
a. Center Deck-Center left cover (D)
b. Front Deck-Front center cover (B)
c. Front Deck-Front right cover (C)
d. Center Deck-center right cover (E)
4. Remove the Sample Pipettor head cover.
5. Loosen the screw for the probe ground wire
and remove the probe ground wire from
under the screw.
6. Disconnect the tubing from the sample
probe.
SCRUSH and 1. Loosen the two (2) screws [1] that hold the
STLLS bracket bracket for the SCRUSH and STLLS
connectors located by the LUI keyboard.
2. Release and lift the SCRUSH and STLLS
connector board, disconnect the following
cables: [2]
a. SCRUSH
b. STLLS
3. Unscrew the ground cables [3], remove only
the one that goes into the flexible cable
duct.
Note Put back the screw to hold the
ground cables attached to the
bracket.
4. Release the flexible cable duct from the
bracket. [4]
Remove Pipettor, 1. Remove the four (4) screws securing the
Sample Assembly Sample Pipettor. [1]
pipettor and secure them: [2]
a. SAAS
b. SAAM
c. SAEM
3. Carefully lift the Sample Pipettor assembly
to prevent any damage to the cables or
pinching the sample tubing.
Remove Pipettor, 1. Separate the tubing from the connector.
Sample Assembly Secure the tubing to be able to reconnect
(continued) the tubing after being replaced. [3]
2. Remove the Sample Pipettor assembly from
the instrument.
Remove Tubing, 1. Remove the protecting sleeve and

Sample Arm, Inner identification clamps from the tubing.
2. Loosen the bracket screw closer to the
head of the Sample Pipettor Assembly.
3. Remove the screw from the bottom part of
the bracket (close to the motor) to gain
access to the plastic cover and the flexible
metal sleeve.
4. Remove the screw from the plastic cover.
[1]
5. Release the tabs to open the cover and
stretch the flexible metal sleeve. [2]
6. Note the position for the cable ducts.
7. Pull the tubing to remove it from the
pipettor.
Replacement
Install Tubing, 1. Insert the new tubing from the Sample
Sample Arm, Inner Pipettor head toward the bottom. [1]
2. Feed the tubing (without the protective
sleeve) through the flexible metal sleeve
and through the flexible cable duct.
3. Place the protective sleeve and identification
clamps on the tubing.
4. Place back the cable ducts and snap the
plastic cover.
5. Secure the plastic cover with the screw,
make sure the tabs are holding the plastic
cover in place.
6. Place back the metal bracket, insert the
screw and tighten both ends.
Install Pipettor, 1. Connect the tubing to the connector

Sample Assembly assuring the connector will go all the way
into the tubing.
2. Carefully insert the Sample Pipettor arm in
position.
Note Make sure you are guiding the
flexible cable duct towards the LUI
board.
a. SAAS
b. SAAM
c. SAEM
4. Secure the Sample Pipettor with the four (4)
screws.
Connect and mount 1. Guide the flexible cable cover with its cables
SCRUSH and and tubing to the LUI section.
STLLS bracket. 2. Snap the cable cover back into the clamp.
3. Install the ground cable and secure both
ground cables with the screw.
a. SCRUSH
b. STLLS
5. Place back the SCRUSH and STLLS
bracket.
6. Tighten the two (2) screws that hold the
bracket.
4. Install the Sample Pipettor head cover.
5. Replace:
e. Power ON the processing module.

reserved.
R2.03 Photo Sensor, Pitch, Sample Pipettor Version - 204738-101_4965_1
List/Part Numbers
7-204135-01 Sensor, pitch, pipettor, new style
R2.03 Photo Sensor, Pitch, Sample Pipettor



Removal

a. Center left cover [D]
b. Front center cover [B]
3. Remove the Sample Pipettor head cover.
under the screw.
Remove Sensor, 1. Disconnect the ROT-P cable from the sensor.

Pitch, Pipettor [1]
2. Remove the two (2) screws securing the Pitch
sensor bracket to the Sample Pipettor
assembly. [2]
3. Remove the screw that holds the Pitch sensor
to the bracket. [3]
Replacement
Install Sensor, Pitch, 1. Mount the Pitch sensor to the bracket.

Pipettor 2. Secure the Pitch sensor bracket to the
Sample Pipettor assembly.
3. Connect the ROT-P cable from the sensor.
Prepare for 1. Install the probe.
Operation 2. Connect the tubing to the sample probe.
3. Tighten the screw for the probe ground wire.
b. Front center cover [B]
initialization.
5. Replace:
e. Power ON the processing module.
initialization.
Note To change the status of the

reserved.
R3.01 Bd., LLS Pre-Amp, Sample Pipettor Version - 204738-101_4966_1
List/Part Numbers
7-202579-01 Bd., LLS Pre-Amp, S Pipettor 16
R3.01 Bd., LLS Pre-Amp, Sample Pipettor



Removal

2. Remove the Sample Pipettor head cover. [1]
under the screw. [2]
5. Remove the probe from the pipettor. [3]
6. Remove the tubing holder (board cover).
Remove LLS Pre- 1. Disconnect the SLVL cable [1] from the LLS
Amp board Pre-Amp board.
2. Move the ground shield bracket [2] to remove
the screw [3] that secures the board.
3. Remove the LLS Pre-Amp board.
Replacement
Install the LLS Pre- 1. Install the LLS Pre-Amp board.

Amp board Note When installing the board, ensure
the sensor is under the flag.
2. Secure the board using the one (1) screw.
3. Connect the SLVL cable.
4. Place the tubing holder into position.
3. Place the probe ground wires under the Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
ground screws and tighten the screws.
initialization.
To change the status of the processing module

reserved.
R3.02 Probe Slide Mechanism Version - 204738-101_4967_1
R3.02 Probe Slide Mechanism




Removal
2. Remove the Sample Pipettor head cover. [1]
under the screw. [2]
4. Disconnect the tubing from the sample
probe.
5. Remove the probe from the pipettor. [3]
6. Remove the tubing holder (board cover).
Remove Pipettor 1. Disconnect the SLVL cable [1] from the LLS
LLS Pre-Amp board Pre-Amp board.
2. Rotate the ground shield bracket [2]
clockwise (CW) to remove the screw [3]
securing the board.
3. Remove the LLS Pre-Amp board.
Remove Probe 1. Loosen the two (2) screws securing the
Slide Mechanism Probe Slide Mechanism. [1]
2. Carefully remove the Probe Slide
mechanism.
Note There are two "T" shaped metal
shims between the pipettor head
and the slide mechanism, retain
the shims to use during installation
of the new mechanism.
Replacement
Remove Probe 1. Insert the Probe Slide mechanism.
Slide Mechanism Note Ensure the two (2) "T" shaped
metal shims are installed between
the probe slide mechanism and
the pipettor head.
2. Secure the Probe slide mechanism using
the two (2) screws. [1]
Note Make sure the sliding mechanism
sits evenly and moves smoothly.
Install the Pipettor 1. Install the LLS Pre-Amp board.
LLS Pre-Amp board Note When installing the board, ensure
the sensor is under the flag and
firmly seated.
2. Secure the board using the one (1) screw.
3. Connect the SLVL cable.
4. Place the tubing holder into position.
3. Secure the ground wire with one (1) screw Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
to the probe mount.
Note Note The system control center
power must be ON prior to turning
on the processing module to
reserved.
R4.01 Pipettor, Reagent R1 Assembly Version - 204738-101_4968_1
List/Part Numbers
7-205172-01 PIPETTOR, REAGENT R1, C4
R4.01 Pipettor, Reagent R1 Assembly



Removal

2. Remove the Reagent pipettor head cover.
under the screw.
Note The end of the reagent probe
tubing attached to the probe has
been tapered and removal from
the probe could damage the fit
between the probe and tubing.
b. Rear left cover [H]
c. Rear center left cover [I]
Remove Pipettor, 1. Locate the R1 tubing and separate the
Reagent Assembly tubing from the metal fitting and secure the
tubing. [2]
pipettor connector plate: [1]
• R1SENS
• R1ASOL
• 1CRASH
• R1LLS
• R1AA
• R1AE
3. Remove the three (3) screws securing the
Reagent pipettor. [3]
4. Lift the Reagent pipettor assembly carefully
pinching the tubing.
Replacement

Install Pipettor, 1. Insert the Reagent pipettor arm carefully in
Reagent Assembly position, ensuring that the wires and tubing
are not crushed or crimped.
2. Secure the Reagent pipettor with the three
(3) screws.
3. Connect the following cables to the pipettor
connector plate:
• R1SENS
• R1ASOL
• R1CRASH
• R1LLS
• R1AA
• R1AE
4. Connect the R1 tubing fully onto the metal
fitting.
Operation 2. Connect the tubing to the reagent probe. System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
4. Install the Reagent pipettor head cover.
b. Rear left cover [H]
c. Rear center left cover [I]
reserved.
R4.02 Pipettor, Reagent R2 Assembly Version - 204738-101_4969_1
List/Part Numbers
7-205173-01 PIPETTOR, REAGENT R2, C4
R4.02 Pipettor, Reagent R2 Assembly



Removal

2. Remove the Reagent pipettor head cover
under the screw.

tubing. [1]
pipettor: [2]
• R2SENS
• R2ASOL
• R2CRASH
• R2LLS
• R2AA
• R2AE
4. Lift the Reagent pipettor assembly, carefully

Replacement
Install Pipettor, 1. Carefully insert the Reagent pipettor arm in

(3) screws.
• R2SENS
• R2ASOL
• R2CRASH
• R2LLS
• R2AA
• R2AE
fitting.
• Center left cover (D)
reserved.
R4.03 Tubing, R1 Pipettor Inner Version - 204738-101_4970_1
List/Part Numbers
7-93246-01 Tbg, R1 pipettor inne
R4.03 Tubing, R1 Pipettor Inner



Removal

under the screw.

tubing. [2]
pipettor: [1]
• R2SENS
• R2ASOL
• R2CRASH
• R2LLS
• R2AA
• R2AE
Remove Reagent 1. Remove the protecting sleeve and
Pipettor Inner identification clamps from the tubing.
Tubing 2. Remove the metal bracket by removing the
two (2) screws to gain access to the plastic
cover and the flexible metal sleeve. [1]
3. Remove the one (1) screw from the plastic
cover. [2]
Note Notice the position for the cable
ducts.
5. Pull the tubing to remove it from the
pipettor.
Replacement
Install Tubing, 1. Insert the new tubing from the Reagent
Reagent Arm, Inner Pipettor head towards the bottom.
sleeve) through the flexible metal sleeve.
4. Install the cable ducts and snap the plastic
cover.
5. Secure the plastic cover with the one (1)
screw, and make sure the tabs are holding
the plastic cover in place.
6. Install the metal bracket, insert the two (2)
screws and tighten both ends.
Install Pipettor, 1. Insert the Reagent pipettor arm, carefully in

(3) screws.
3. Connect the cables to the pipettor connector
plate:
• R1SENS
• R1ASOL
• R1CRASH
• R1LLS
• R1AA
• R1AE
fitting.

reserved.
R4.04 Tubing, R2 Pipettor Inner Version - 204738-101_4971_1
List/Part Numbers
7-93247-01 Tbg, R2 pipettor inner
R4.04 Tubing, R2 Pipettor Inner



Removal

2. Remove the reagent pipettor head cover
under the screw.

tubing. [1]
pipettor: [2]
• R2SENS
• R2ASOL
• R2CRASH
• R2LLS
• R2AA
• R2AE

Remove Reagent 1. Remove the protecting sleeve and
Pipettor Inner identification clamps from the tubing.
Tubing 2. Remove the metal bracket by removing the
two (2) screws to gain access to the plastic
cover and the flexible metal sleeve. [1]
3. Remove the one (1) screw from the plastic
cover. [2]
Note Notice the position for the cable
ducts.
5. Pull the tubing to remove it from the pipettor
Replacement
Install Tubing, 1. Insert the new tubing from the Reagent

Reagent Arm, Inner Pipettor head towards the bottom.
sleeve) through the flexible metal sleeve.
4. Install the cable ducts and snap the plastic
cover.
5. Secure the plastic cover with the one (1)
screw, and make sure the tabs are holding
the plastic cover in place.
6. Install the metal bracket, insert the two (2)
screw and tighten both ends.
Install Pipettor, 1. Insert the Reagent pipettor arm, carefully in
(3) screws.
3. Connect the cables to the pipettor connector
plate:
• R2SENS
• R2ASOL
• R2CRASH
• R2LLS
• R2AA
• R2AE
fitting.

reserved.
R5.01 Spring, Crash Detect, Reagent Pipettors Version - 204738-101_4972_1
List/Part Numbers
2-89380-02 Spring,crash detect, all arms
R5.01 Spring, Crash Detect, Reagent Pipettors



Removal
Prerequisite 1. The processing module must be in Stopped For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System
or Offline status. Operations Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection:
System status.
under the screw.
Remove Spring, 1. Remove the screw from the bottom of the

Crash Detect spring.
2. Remove the screw from the top of the
spring.
Replacement

Install Spring, Crash 1. Insert the screw [1] for the top of the spring
Detect with the new spring.
2. Insert the screw [2] for the bottom of the
spring.

reserved.
R6.01 Washer, Cuvette Version - 204738-101_4973_1
List/Part Numbers
7-205198-01 CUVETTE WASHER, C4
R6.01 Washer, Cuvette



Removal
Preparation 1. Power OFF the c4000 processing module (use

3. Turn the peristaltic pump head counterclockwise
(CCW) about 1/16 of a turn.
4. Pull upward on the pump head to remove the
head.
5. Remove the front right deck cover [C].
7. Remove the center right deck cover [E].
Remove Cuvette 1. Remove all tubing from nozzles #1 through #8.

Washer Assembly 2. Loosen the one (1) thumbscrew securing the
cuvette wash head to the cuvette wash elevator
and remove the wash head. [1]
mounting bracket and remove the mounting
bracket. [2]
Remove Cuvette 1. Disconnect plugs WE-S and WE-M from the
Washer Assembly cuvette wash elevator.
(continued) 2. Support the elevator while removing the six (6)
hex screws that secure the elevator to the
processing module upper mounting plate.
3. Lower the elevator and remove to the rear of
the module.
Replacement
Install Cuvette 1. Install the elevator into position on the underside

Washer Assembly of the mounting plate and secure with six (6)
hex screws.
2. Install the mounting bracket using two (2)
screws [2].
Install Cuvette 1. Connect cables WE-S and WE-M.

Washer Assembly 2. Install the cuvette wash head on the cuvette
(continued) wash elevator and secure using one (1)
thumbscrew. [1]
3. Install tubing on nozzles #1 through #8.
Install Peristaltic 1. Install the front right deck cover. [2]
Pump Head and 2. Align the notch with the peristaltic motor tang.
Front Right Rear 3. Align the attachment locking tabs on the
Deck Cover peristaltic pump head with the recesses on the
pump. [1]
4. Turn head clockwise (CW) about 1/16 of a turn
until it snap locks in place.
initialization.
3. Perform P-621 Cuvette Washer Alignment.
6. Check for leaks.
7. Install the center right deck cover [E].
reserved.
R6.02 Sensor, Photo Multiple Use Version - 204738-101_4974_1
R6.02 Sensor, Photo Multiple Use



Removal

Remove Photo 1. Disconnect the cable from sensor [1].

Sensor 2. Remove the one (1) screw securing the
sensor [2] and remove the sensor.
Note The cuvette washer assembly may
be removed by performing R6.01
Washer, Cuvette to have better
access to the D-OK and the UP
sensors.
Replacement
Install Photo Sensor 1. Install the sensor [2] using one (1) screw.
2. Connect the cable [1] to the sensor.
3. Perform P-621 Cuvette Washer Alignment.
reserved.
R6.03 Nozzle, #1, #4, & #5 Version - 204738-101_4975_2
List/Part Numbers
7-205228-01 NOZZLE, C4, #1, #4, #5
R6.03 Nozzle, #1, #4, & #5




Removal

status.
Remove Nozzle, 1. Remove the incoming and

#1, #4, or #5 waste tubing [1] from the Note
nozzle. C8000 cuvette washer nozzle used for demonstration of Removal
2. Remove the screw [2] and Replacement. However, instructions are identical for the
securing the nozzle to the
removal and replacement of the c4000 cuvette washer nozzle.
mounting plate.
3. Lift the nozzle straight up.[3]
Note
Video Note
Video only shows removal of nozzle 1. However, same
instructions apply to removal of nozzles 4 and 5.
Replacement
Install Nozzle, 1. Place the nozzle on the

#1, #4, or #5 mounting plate [3] and secure
with one (1) screw [2].
2. Install the incoming and waste
tubing [1] on the nozzle. [3]
Note
Video Note
Video only shows replacement of nozzle 1. However, same
instructions apply to replacement of nozzles 4 and 5.
procedure.
2. Perform P-621 Cuvette
Washer Alignment.
3. Select System Maintenance,
As Needed and perform 6052
Wash Cuvettes.
4. Install the cuvette wash head
cover.
Check for leaks

rights reserved.
R6.04 #2 & #3, Wash Solution Version - 204738-101_4976_1
List/Part Numbers
7-205229-01 NOZZLE, C4, #2, #3
R6.04 # 2 & #3, Wash Solution



Removal

Remove Nozzle, # 2 1. Remove the incoming and waste tubing [1]

or 3, Wash Solution from the nozzle.
2. Remove the screw [2] securing the nozzle
to the mounting plate.
3. Lift the nozzle straight up.
Replacement
Install Nozzle, # 2 1. Place the nozzle on the mounting plate and
or 3, Wash Solution secure with one (1) screw [2].
2. Install the incoming and waste tubing on the
nozzle. [1]
3. Install the cuvette wash head cover.
reserved.
R6.05 Nozzle, #6 Blank Version - 204738-101_4977_2
List/Part Numbers
7-205230-01 NOZZLE, C4, #6 BLANK
7-205231-01 NOZZLE, C4, #7 SUCTION
R6.05 Nozzle, #6, Blank



Removal

status.
Remove Nozzle, 1. Remove the incoming and

#6, Blank waste tubing [1] from nozzle
#6.
2. Remove the screw [2]
securing nozzle #6 to the
mounting plate.
Note
Video Note
C8000 cuvette washer nozzle used for demonstration of Removal and
Replacement. However, instructions are identical for the removal and
replacement of the c4000 cuvette washer nozzle.
Replacement

Install Nozzle, 1. Place nozzle #6 on the
#6, Blank mounting plate and secure
with one (1) screw [2].
2. Install the incoming and waste
tubing [1] on the nozzle.
cover.
Note
Video Note
procedure.
reserved.
R6.06 Nozzle, #7, Suction Version - 204738-101_4978_3
R6.06 Nozzle, #7, Suction



Removal

status.
Remove Nozzle, 1. Remove the vacuum tubing

#7, Suction [1] from nozzle #7.
2. Remove the screw [2]
securing nozzle #7 to the
mounting plate.
3. Lift the nozzle straight up
Note
Video Note
Replacement

Install Nozzle, 1. Place nozzle #7 on the
#7, Suction mounting plate and secure
with the one (1) screw [2].
2. Install the vacuum tubing on
nozzle #7. [1]
cover.
Note
Video Note
procedure.
reserved.
R6.07 Nozzle, #8, Dryer Version - 204738-101_4979_2
List/Part Numbers
2-89271-03 Nozzle, dry
R6.07 Nozzle, #8, Dryer



Removal

be in Stopped or Offline status. 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Remove 1. Remove the vacuum tubing [1]

Nozzle, #8, from the dry nozzle #8.
Dryer 2. Remove the dryer tip.
Note Refer to Removal
and Replacement
Procedure R6.08
Cuvette Drying Tip
securing the dry nozzle #8 to
the mounting plate.
Note
Video Note
Replacement

Install Nozzle, 1. Place the dry nozzle #8 on the
#8, Dryer mounting plate and secure with
the two (2) screws [2].
2. Install the vacuum tubing [1] on
the dry nozzle #8.
3. Install the cuvette drying tip.
Note Refer to Removal and
Replacement
Procedure R6.08
Cuvette Drying Tip.
Note
Video Note
handler from Stopped to Ready, shutdown.
2. Perform P-621 Cuvette Washer
Alignment.
3. Select System Maintenance, As
Needed and perform 6052
Wash Cuvettes.
cover.
reserved.
R6.08 Cuvette Drying Tip Version - 204738-101_4980_2
List/Part Numbers
09D51-01 Cuvette Drying Tip
09D51-02 Cuvette Drying Tip
7-93428-01 Cuvette Dry Tip 1
R6.08 Cuvette Drying Tip



Removal
Prerequisite 1. The processing module must be in For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section
Remove Cuvette 1. Loosen the black thumbscrew [1]
Washer until the cuvette washer assembly
Assembly [2] can be lifted from the mounting
plate [3].
Remove dryer tip Caution Use gloves during this

step. Residual oil
interferes with the proper
drying function of the tip.
1. Lift the cuvette washer assembly
up and rotate it so that the white
dryer tip [1] is easily accessed.
Note The cuvette washer
nozzles are all attached
to a black nozzle
mounting plate. There is
no need to remove any
of the screws securing
the wash nozzles to the
mounting plate.
2. Remove the dryer tip [1] by pulling
it off of the metal nozzle [2].
3. Discard the old tip.
Note
Video Note
Replacement

Install dryer tip 1. Gently install the new dryer tip. The
and cuvette wide side of the dryer tip faces the
washer nozzles.
Note The dryer tip and the
Reaction Cuvettes are
both rectangular. Install
the dryer tip so that it fits
into the cuvette.
2. Position the bottom of the dryer tip
61mm ±0.5 mm from the underside
of the cuvette washer assembly.
3. Position the cuvette washer
assembly on the alignment pins
and tighten the black knurled knob.
4. Perform P-621 Cuvette Washer
Alignment.
5. Select System Maintenance, As
Needed and perform 6052 Wash
Cuvettes. (If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
Note
Video Note
handler from Stopped to Ready, shutdown.
reserved.
R6.09 Valve, DI Water Cuvette Wash Version - 204738-101_4981_1
R6.09 Valve, DI Water Cuvette Wash


Absorbent Towel


Removal


Remove Peristaltic 1. Turn the peristaltic pump head [2]
Pump Head and counterclockwise (CCW) about 1/16 of a
Front Right Deck turn.
Cover 2. Pull upward on the pump head to remove
the head.
3. Remove the front right deck cover [1].
Disconnect Tubing Note Use absorbent towel to protect

from Valve from spills.
1. Clamp the tubing [1].
2. Unlock the hose clamps [2].
3. Remove the tubing [1].
Note The removal of the remaining
tubing will be done later while
removing the valve assembly.
Remove the Valve 1. Disconnect the valve electrical plug [1] from
the connector CWV.
2. Remove the jack for connector CWV from
the mounting bracket.
3. Remove the two (2) screws [2] from the
valve mounting bracket and remove the
valve assembly.
4. Remove the remaining tubing from the
valve.
valve to the valve mounting bracket.
Remove Fittings 1. Remove the fittings [1] from the ports of the
valve.
Replacement
Install Fittings and 1. Install pipe sealant tape on the threads of

Valve the fittings and install the three (3) fittings
[1] onto the valve.
2. Install the valve to the valve mounting
bracket using two (2) screws.
Connect Tubing 1. Connect the reinforced tube coming from the

manifold to the barbed fitting on the valve.
2. Connect the tubing [1] originating from the
reagent supply centers "Y" fitting to the
barbed fitting on the top of the valve.
3. Connect the tubing from the cuvette wash
pump to the valve, by screwing the
connector to the threaded fitting.
4. Secure the two (2) tubes with hose bands.
[2]
Install Valve and 1. Install the valve and the bracket assembly
Bracket to the frame using two (2) screws [2].
2. Install the jack [1] for connector CWV onto
the mounting bracket.
3. Connect the plug to connector CWV.
Install Peristaltic 1. Install the front right deck cover [1].
Pump Head and 2. Align the notch with the peristaltic motor
Front Right Rear tang.
Deck Cover 3. Align the attachment locking tabs on the
peristaltic pump head [2] with the recesses
on the pump.
turn until it snap locks in place.
5. Check for leaks.
reserved.
R7.01 ICT Assembly Version - 204738-101_4982_1
List/Part Numbers
7-205387-01 ICT ASSY, C4
R7.01 ICT Assembly



Removal
Preparation 1. Drain the water bath
(System/Diagnostics/Modules/1101 Robotics
3. Remove the on board solution tray.
4. Remove the Front Center deck cover [B].
5. Remove the Front Right deck cover [C].
6. Remove the Center Right deck cover [E].
Remove ICT 1. Remove the ICT head top plate.

Module and Water 2. Loosen the retaining screw and lift the ICT
Jacket. module [1] from the head.
3. Disconnect the tubing.
4. Disconnect the pre-amp cable from the ICT
module.
5. Remove the Allen set screw securing the
ICT water jacket in the ICT housing [2].
cover mounting plate to the module head
mounting plate. [3]
7. Remove the water jacket from the ICT
Assembly.
Remove ICT 1. Disconnect the following cables from the ICT
Assembly assembly:
a. ISEAS from connector ISEAS
b. IAAM from connector ISEAM
c. IAEM from connector ISEEM.
2. Remove the four (4) screws [1] securing the
ICT assembly to the frame and lift the
assembly straight up out of the processing
module.
Replacement
Install ICT Assembly 1. Install the ICT assembly and secure it using
with the four (4) screws.
a. ISEAS to connector ISEAS
b. IAAM to connector ISEAM
c. IAEM to connector ISEEM
Install ICT Water 1. Install the ICT water jacket with tubing into
Jacket and ICT the ICT housing.
Module Note Ensure the water jacket is against
bottom of the ICT housing.
2. Tighten the Allen set screw to secure the ICT
water jacket.
3. Install the cover mounting plate to the
module head mounting plate using two (2)
screws.
4. Connect the tubing and the pre-amp cable to
the ICT module and place into the ICT
module head.
5. Tighten the retaining screw.
6. Install the head top plate.
Prepare for 1. Install the Front Center deck cover [B]. For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Operation 2. Install the Front Right deck cover [C]. System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
3. Install the Center Right deck cover [E]. Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
4. Install the on board solution tray.
reserved.
R7.02 Cable, ICT Pre Amp to ICT Version - 204738-101_4983_1
List/Part Numbers
2-89069-03 Cable, ICT pre amp to ICT
R7.02 Cable, ICT Pre Amp to ICT




Removal

2. Remove the center right cover [E].
3. Remove the front right cover [C].
Access Pre-Amp 1. Remove the ICT head top plate.

Cable 2. Remove the retaining screw and lift the ICT
module from the head.
Remove Pre-Amp 1. Disconnect the ICT Pre-Amp cable.
Cable 2. Follow the cable to the ICT Pre-Amp board
and cut the cable ties as needed.
3. Unscrew the pre-amp cable [1] from the
pre-amp module.
4. Remove the cable from the processing
module.
Replacement
Install Pre-amp 1. Screw the pre-amp cable to the connector

Cable on the pre-amp module.
2. Route the cable to the ICT module and
connect to the module.
3. Secure the cable with wire ties.
Install ICT Module 1. Place the ICT module into the ICT module
head.
2. Tighten the retaining screw.
3. Install the head top plate.
Prepare for 1. Install the center right deck cover [E] and For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Operation secure using two (2) screws. System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
2. Install the front right deck cover [C] using Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
three (3) screws.
reserved.
W1.01 Water Management Unit Version - 204738-101_4984_1
List/Part Numbers
7-205753-01 WMU, COMPLETE
W1.01 Water Management Unit


Absorbent Towels


Removal


2. Turn off the incoming water source.
3. Select the Fluidics/Wash category from the
Diagnostics screen under the System icon.
4. Perform 1175 Wash Cup Test.
Note This relieves the water pressure in the
incoming line.
6. Remove the rear left cover
7. Remove the left cover.
Remove Water 1. Disconnect all tubing from the Water
Management Unit Management Unit (WMU).
Cover and tubing 2. Remove the WMU cover.
Drain Water 1. Drain the WMU using the service tubing [1].
Management Unit Note The processing module drain tubing
can be used to drain the WMU by
placing the service drain inside of the
drain tubing. If a container is used it
must be able to hold a minimum of
three (3) liters of water.
2. When drained, replace the plug in the service
drain.
Disconnect Tubing 1. Disconnect the tubing to the Degasser at the
from Degasser- Degasser-Wash Solution Pump Manifold [1].
Wash Solution Pump 2. Disconnect the tubing from the bottom fitting of
Manifold and Water the water bath drain valve.
Bath Drain Valve
Remove Tubing from 1. Remove all tubing from the Low Concentration
Low Concentration Waste (LCW) Tank as follows:
Waste Tank a. From the vacuum pumps. [1]
b. From the wash solution valves labeled 2
and 3. [2]
c. Waste manifold. [3]
Disconnect Cable 1. Disconnect all cables from the connector panel

Connections on the left side.
Remove Water 1. Remove the two (2) screws securing the WMU
Management Unit to the processing module frame.
2. Disconnect the wash cup manifold tubing [3].
Note Tubing removed from one manifold
must be installed on that same
manifold. Mark as needed.
3. Continue sliding the WMU to the rear.
4. Disconnect the fitting [1] attached to the High
Concentration Waste (HCW) ICT aspiration
tubing.
5. Disconnect the tubing from the HCW pump [2].
6. Slide the WMU out of the processing module.
Replacement
Install Water 1. Slide the WMU into the rear of the processing
Management Unit module far enough to allow the connection of
the tubing.
2. Connect the HCW tubing from HCW pump to
the top of the middle waste tubing fitting at the
rear of the water connection panel.
3. Connect the fitting attached to HCW ICT
aspiration tubing to the top waste tubing at the
rear of the water connection panel.
4. Connect the wash cup tubing to the respective
wash cup manifolds (S, ST1 and ST2).
5. Slide the WMU all the way into the processing
module and secure using two (2) screws to the
Note For more information see Water
Management Unit Tubing Routing.
Connect Cable 1. Connect the following plugs to the connector
Connections panel:
a. STFS
b. RPFS
c. SPFS
d. STWV
e. RPWV
f. SPWV
g. POWP
h. WSCV
i. FSDT
j. FSUL
k. FSLH
l. FSLL
Install Tubing to Low 1. Connect the tubing coming from the wash
Concentration Waste solution valves to the LCW.
Tank 2. Connect the tubing from the vacuum pumps to
the barbed fittings of the LCW.
3. Insert the waste manifold tubing into the waste
tank.
Connect Tubing to 1. Connect the tubing from the degasser to the

Degasser-Wash Degasser manifold.
Solution Pump 2. Connect the tubing to the bottom fitting of the
Manifold and Water water bath drain valve.
Bath Drain Valve
Install Water 1. Install the WMU cover to the processing

Management Unit module.
Cover and Tubing 2. Connect the tubing as follows:
a. HC Waste
b. Overflow
c. Drainage
d. De-Ionized water inlet
3. Install the left cover.
4. Install the rear left cover, once the Wash cup
test passes.
Note The system control center power must Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
initialization.
Note The processing module may require a
second power on if the internal water
tank does not completely fill during the
first power on sequence.
reserved.
W1.02 Float Switch Assy Version - 204738-101_4985_1
List/Part Numbers
7-205547-01 WMU FLOAT SWITCH ASSY
W1.02 Float Switch Assy


Absorbent Towels


Removal

Prerequisite 1. The processing module must be in Stopped or Offline For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
status. Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.

(System/Diagnostics/Modules/1101 Robotics Test
Tool - Option 11).
Note This relieves the water pressure in the
incoming line.
main circuit breaker located at the rear of the
processing module).
Remove Water 1. Disconnect all tubing from the Water Management
Management Unit Unit (WMU).
Cover 2. Remove the WMU cover.
Management Unit Note The processing module drain tubing can be
used to drain the WMU by placing the
service drain inside of the drain tubing. If a
container is used it must be able to hold a
minimum of three (3) liters of water.
2. When drained, replace the plug in the service drain.
Disconnect Tubing 1. Disconnect the tubing to the Degasser at the
from Degasser- Degasser-Wash Solution Pump Manifold [1].
Wash Solution Pump 2. Disconnect the tubing from the bottom fitting of the
Manifold and Water water bath drain valve.
Bath Drain Valve
Remove Tubing from 1. Remove all tubing from the Low Concentration Waste
Low Concentration (LCW) Tank as follows:
Waste Tank a. From the vacuum pumps [1]
b. From the wash solution valves labeled 2 and 3
[2]
c. Waste manifold [3].
Disconnect Cable 1. Disconnect all cables from the connector panel on the
Connections left side.
Remove Water 1. Remove the two (2) screws securing the WMU to the
Management Unit processing module frame.
2. Disconnect the wash cup manifold tubing [3].
Note Tubing removed from one manifold must be
installed on that same manifold. Mark as
needed.
3. Continue sliding the WMU to the rear.
4. Disconnect the fitting [1] attached to the High
Concentration Waste (HCW) ICT aspiration tubing.
5. Disconnect the tubing from the HCW pump [2].
6. Slide the WMU out of the processing module.
Remove Float Switch 1. From the connector panel, remove:
Assembly a. FSLL (float switch level low)
b. FSLH (float switch level high)
c. FSUL (float switch upper limit)
Note The connectors are not labeled. Mark the
connectors when disconnecting from the
connector panel.
2. Remove the two (2) screws securing the float switch
assembly to the water tank and lift from the water
tank.
Replacement
Install Float Switch 1. Install the float switch assembly on the water tank and
Assembly secure it with two (2) screws.
2. Insert the following connectors into the connector
panel:
a. FSLL (float switch level low)
b. FSLH (float switch level high)
c. FSUL (float switch upper limit)
Install Water 1. Slide the WMU into the rear of the processing module
Management Unit far enough to allow the connection of the tubing.
2. Connect the HCW tubing from HCW pump to the top
of the middle waste tubing fitting at the rear of the
water connection panel.
3. Connect the fitting attached to HCW ICT aspiration
tubing to the top waste tubing at the rear of the water
connection panel.
4. Connect the wash cup tubing to the respective wash
cup manifolds (S, ST1 and ST2).
5. Slide the WMU all the way into the processing
module and secure using two (2) screws to the
Note For more information see Water
Management Unit Tubing Routing.
Connect Cable 1. Connect the following plugs to the connector panel:
Connections a. STFS
b. RPFS
c. SPFS
d. STWV
e. RPWV
f. SPWV
g. POWP
h. WSCV
i. FSDT
j. FSUL
k. FSLH
l. FSLL
Install Tubing to Low 1. Connect the tubing coming from the wash solution
Concentration Waste valves to the LCW.
Tank 2. Connect the tubing from the vacuum pumps to the
barbed fittings of the LCW.
3. Insert the waste manifold tubing into the waste tank.
Connect Tubing to 1. Connect the tubing from the degasser to the

Degasser Degasser- Degasser manifold.
Wash Solution Pump 2. Connect the tubing to the bottom fitting of the water
Manifold and Water bath drain valve.
Bath Drain Valve
Install Water 1. Install the WMU cover to the processing module.

Management Unit 2. Connect the tubing as follows:
Cover a. HC Waste
b. Overflow
c. Drainage
Note The system control center power must be Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Note The processing module may require a
second power on if the internal water tank
does not completely fill during the first
power on sequence.
Startup procedure.
reserved.
W1.03 Manifold, Wash Cup Valve Version - 204738-101_4986_1
List/Part Numbers
7-202646-01 Manifold, Wash Cup
W1.03 Manifold, Wash Cup Valve


Absorbent Towels


Removal


Note This relieves the water pressure in
the incoming line.
Cover 2. Remove the WMU cover.
Management Unit Note The processing module drain
tubing can be used to drain the
WMU by placing the service drain
inside of the drain tubing. If a
container is used it must be able to
hold a minimum of three (3) liters
of water.
2. When drained, replace the plug in the
service drain.
Remove Wash Cup 1. Remove the bracket with the degasser
Manifold manifold.
2. Remove the tubing [1] on top of the Wash
Cup manifold going to the valves.
3. Remove the incoming water tubing.
manifold to the frame and remove the
manifold.
Replacement
Install Wash Cup 1. Install the manifold and secure it with two
Manifold Valve (2) screws [2].
2. Insert the incoming water tubing.
3. Install the tubing [1] on top of the Wash Cup
manifold going to the valves.
4. Secure the bracket with the degasser
manifold using the screws.
5. Secure the service drain tubing to the WMU
assembly frame using clamp.
6. Install the WMU cover to the processing
module.
7. Install the rear left cover, once the Wash
cup test passes.

Note The processing module may
require a second power on if the
internal water tank does not
completely fill during the first
power on sequence.
reserved.
W1.04 Flow Restrictor Version - 204738-101_4987_1
List/Part Numbers
7-93366-01 Flow restrictor, incoming
W1.04 Flow Restrictor


Absorbent Towels


Removal


the incoming line.
Remove Flow 1. Remove the two (2) screws securing the
Restrictor from Flow Restrictor bracket to the WMU frame.
WMU [1]
2. Disconnect the tubing from the Flow
Restrictor to the WMU.
Note You may need to remove the
tubing from the reservoir water
tank.
Remove Flow 1. Follow the cable from the solenoid and
Restrictor from remove the WSCV connector from the
WMU (continued) connector bracket.
Note Cut cable ties as needed.
2. Remove the Flow Restrictor assembly from
the analyzer.

Restrictor, Incoming valve to the bracket.
Water 2. Remove the on/off valve [1] and the flow
restrictor with tubing attached.
3. Remove the regulator tubing from the fitting
[2] on the output of the flow restrictor.
4. Unscrew the fitting [2] from the output of the
flow restrictor. [3]
5. Unscrew the flow restrictor [3] from the fitting
[4] between the on/off valve and the flow
restrictor.
Replacement
Install Flow 1. Cover the threads of the Flow Restrictor [3]

Restrictor, Incoming with Teflon tape.
Water 2. Screw the flow restrictor [3] into the fitting
[4] on the on/off valve [1]
3. Cover the threads of the fitting [2] for the
output of the flow restrictor. [3]
4. Screw the fitting [2] into the flow restrictor.
[3]
5. Connect the tubing to the fitting [2] on the
output of the flow restrictor and tighten the
tubing clamp.
6. Secure the on/off valve to the bracket using
the two (2) screws.
Install Flow 1. Secure the Flow Restrictor bracket to the

Restrictor on WMU WMU frame with the screws.
2. Connect the tubing from the Flow Restrictor
to the WMU and secure it with the clamp.
3. Insert the cable from the solenoid onto the
WSCV opening in the connector bracket.
4. Connect the WSCV cable.
Note Replace cable ties removed as
necessary.

a. HC Waste
b. Overflow
c. Drainage
cup test passes.
power on sequence.
reserved.
W1.05 Valve, Incoming On/Off Version - 204738-101_4988_1
List/Part Numbers
7-93367-01 Valve, Incoming On/Off
W1.05 Valve, Incoming On/Off


Absorbent Towels


Removal


the incoming line.
Restrictor from Flow Restrictor bracket to the WMU frame.
WMU [1]
2. Disconnect the tubing from the Flow
Restrictor to the WMU.
Note You may need to remove the
tubing from the reservoir water
tank.
Remove Flow 1. Follow the cable from the solenoid and
Restrictor from remove the WSCV connector [1] from the
WMU (continued) connector bracket.
Note Cut cable ties as needed.
2. Remove the Flow Restrictor assembly from
the analyzer.
Remove Incoming 1. Remove the two (2) screws securing the

ON/OFF Valve valve to the bracket.
2. Remove the on/off valve [1] and the flow
restrictor with tubing attached.
3. Unscrew the fitting to the input of the on/off
valve.
4. Unscrew the fitting [2] from the output of the
on/off valve to remove valve [1].
Replacement
Install Incoming 1. Cover the threads of the fitting for the

ON/OFF Valve incoming water.
2. Screw the incoming water fitting into the
on/off valve.
3. Cover the threads of the fitting [2] with
Teflon tape.
4. Screw the fitting [2] into the on/off valve. [1]
5. Connect the tubing to the fitting [3] on the
output of the flow restrictor and tighten the
tubing clamp.
6. Secure the on/off valve to the bracket using
the two (2) screws.
Install Flow 1. Secure the Flow Restrictor bracket to the For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Restrictor on WMU WMU frame with the screws. System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
2. Connect the tubing from the Flow Restrictor Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
to the WMU and secure it with the clamp.
3. Insert the cable from the solenoid onto the
WSCV opening in the connector bracket.
4. Connect the WSCV cable.
Note Replace cable ties removed as
necessary.
a. HC Waste
b. Overflow
c. Drainage
3. Install the left cover..
cup test passes.
Note Note: The processing module may
power on sequence.
reserved.
W1.06 Pump, Mag. Wash Cups Version - 204738-101_4989_1
List/Part Numbers
7-205650-01 MAG PUMP, WMU, WASH CUP
W1.06 Pump, Mag. Wash Cups


Absorbent Towels


Removal


the incoming line.
Remove Water 1. Remove the waste tubing, overflow tubing,

Management Unit and the incoming water line from the water
Cover and tubing connection panel.
2. Remove the six (6) screws securing the
WMU cover to the processing module and
remove the cover.
Management Unit Note The processing module drain
tubing can be used to drain the
WMU by placing the service drain
inside of the drain tubing. If a
container is used it must be able to
hold a minimum of three (3) liters
of water.
2. When drained, replace the plug in the
service drain.
Remove Magnetic 1. Remove POWP cable and connector from

Pump the connector bracket. [1]
2. Remove the screw to release the ground
cable from the Magnetic Pump. [2]
3. Disconnect the tubing from the pump. [3]
pump to the WMU frame located on each
side. [4]
5. Remove the pump from the analyzer.
Replacement
Install 1. Install the pump in position and secure to

MagneticPump the WMU base with two (2) screws.
2. Connect the tubing to the pump and secure
it with the clamps.
3. Insert the ground cable in the screw and
secure it to the connector bracket.
4. Mount the PWOP connector onto the
bracket
5. Connect the PWOP cable.
a. HC Waste
b. Overflow
c. Drainage
cup test passes.
must be ON prior to turning on
power on sequence.
reserved.
Y2.01 RSH Carrier Transport Assembly Version - 204738-101_4990_3
List/Part Numbers
7-205729-01 CARRIER TRANSPORT ASSY, C4 AND CI41
Y2.01 RSH Carrier Transport Assembly
Note



Removal
Prerequisite 1. The processing module must be in For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 1:
Stopped or Offline status. Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation 1. Power OFF the c4000 processing
module (use the main circuit breaker
module).
2. Open processing center cover.
3. Remove the upper left side panel of
processing module.
4. Remove upper left panel support
bracket.
VIDEO Remove
Carrier Transport Note
Assembly Video contains no audio
sound.
Remove Carrier 1. Move the carrier transport [1] to the far

Transport Assembly left position on the guide rail.
2. Remove transport rail stop on left end
of guide rail
3. Remove the carrier transport cover.
4. Disconnect the flex cable connectors
[2] at J2 and J3 on the carrier transport
PCB.
5. Remove the screw securing the
retaining pin bracket [3] holding the flex
cable to the carrier transport frame and
remove cable.
6. Remove the carrier transport from the
RSH by sliding it off the guide rail.

Replacement

VIDEO Install
Carrier Note
Transport Video contains no audio sound.
Assembly
Install Carrier 1. Slide the carrier transport onto the guide rail.
Transport Note Lift the transport assembly when
Assembly middle roller is positioned in transport
rail to prevent the base of the
assembly from scraping the base of
the RSH.
2. Install the flex cable retaining pin bracket.
3. Connect the flex cables connections to J2 and
J3 on the carrier transport PCB.
4. Install the transport rail stop.
5. Install carrier transport cover.
Prepare for 1. Install the upper left panel support bracket.

Operation 2. Install upper left side panel.
must be ON prior to turning ON the
initialization.
1 G23 - Initialization/ Startup Verify instrument initializes and/or starts up.
2 1114 - Carrier Transport Calibration
4 3310 - RSH Test
rights reserved.
Y2.02 Carrier Transport Leadscrew with Lifter Assembly Version - 204738-101_4991_2
Y2.02 Carrier Transport Leadscrew with Lifter Assembly

Tools/Materials #1 Phillips head screwdriver


Removal
Shutdown 1. The processing module must be in For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Processing Module Stopped or Offline status. Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Remove Carrier 1. Power OFF the c4000 processing

Transport module (use the main circuit
Assembly breaker located at the rear of the
processing module).
3. Remove the upper left side panel
of processing module.
bracket.
5. Remove transport rail stop on left
end of guide rail.
6. Move the carrier transport to the
far left position on the guide rail.
7. Remove the carrier transport
cover.
8. Disconnect the flex cable
connectors [2] at J2 and J3 on the
carrier transport PCB.
retaining pin bracket [3] holding
the flex cable to the carrier
transport frame and remove cable.
10. Remove the carrier transport from
the RSH by sliding it off the guide
rail.
Remove Theta 1. Disconnect the cables at J1, J5,

Shaft and J9 on carrier transport PCB.
[6]
Note Cut cable ties if needed.
2. Remove two (2) screws [5]
securing theta motor to transport
frame.
3. Carefully pull theta shaft arm from
lead screw (L_screw) lifter.
4. Slide theta shaft from transport
frame.
Note Be careful not to damage
the J9 cable when
removing the theta shaft
arm.
Remove L_Screw 1. Disconnect the Z motor cable at J8

from Carrier and Z encoder cable at J6 [2] on
Transport Frame the carrier transport PCB.
2. Remove two (2) screws [3]
securing the L_screw motor to
frame.
3. Remove the L_screw and motor.

Replacement

Install L_Screw 1. Orient the L_screw with cables facing towards the left, and install the L_screw onto the
carrier transport frame.
2. Secure motor to frame with two (2) screws used from previous removal step.
3. Connect the Z motor cable to J8 and the Z encoder cable to J6 on the carrier transport
PCB. Replace removed cable ties.
Install Theta shaft Note Use caution while handling to prevent damaging theta shaft. Do not handle by
the shaft or turn by the flag at the top of the shaft.
1. Position lifter towards center on the L_screw.
2. Attach the theta shaft arm to the L_screw lifter before sliding theta shaft into top of carrier
transport frame.
3. Align pins on gearbox to holes on transport frame with motor power cables to the left.
4. Secure theta shaft motor to carrier transport frame with the screws from removal steps.
5. Connect cables J1, J5 and J9.
Note Verify lifter moves up and down smoothly and arm turns freely.
Install Carrier Transport 1. Slide the carrier transport onto the guide rail.
Assembly Note Lift the transport assembly when middle roller is positioned in transport rail to
prevent the base of the assembly from scraping the base of the RSH.
3. Install the upper left panel support bracket.
5. Connect the flex cables connections to J2 and J3 on the carrier transport PCB.
7. Install upper left side panel.
Prepare for Operation 1. Power ON the processing module.
Note The system control center power must be ON prior to turning on the processing
2. To change the status of the processing module and sample handler from Stopped to
3 3240 - Bar Code Calibration
4 3310 - RSH Test
reserved.
Y2.03 Carrier Transport Assembly PCB Version - 204738-101_4992_2
List/Part Numbers
7-205208-01 BD., CARRIER TRANSPORT, C4/CI4100
Y2.03 Carrier Transport Assembly PCB


Tools/Materials #2 Phillips Head Screwdriver


Removal
Shutdown 1. The processing module must be in Stopped For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Processing or Offline status. Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Module
Remove Carrier 1. Power OFF the c4000 processing module

Transport (use the main circuit breaker located at the
Assembly rear of the processing module).
processing module.
4. Remove upper left panel support bracket.
5. Remove transport rail stop on left end of
guide rail.
6. Move the carrier transport to the far left
position on the guide rail.
8. Disconnect the flex cable connectors [2] at
J2 and J3 on the carrier transport PCB.
9. Remove the screw securing the retaining
pin bracket [3] holding the flex cable to the
carrier transport frame and remove cable.
10. Remove the carrier transport from the RSH
by sliding it off the guide rail.
Remove Carrier Note Turn theta shaft clockwise to

Transport PCB verify the flag is not in a position
to damage the sensor.
carrier transport PCB:
• Carrier Transport Arm Sensor at J1
• X-home sensor at J10
• Theta-motor encoder at J5
• Z-motor at J8
• X-motor encoder at J4
• Theta motor at J6
• X-motor at J7
• Ribbon cable at J9
• Carrier sensor J13
2. Remove the PCB cover.
3. Remove the screws securing carrier
transport PCB to transport frame.
4. Remove two (2) posts for each of the
connectors J2 and J3. Retain for use later.
5. Remove PCB from transport frame.

Replacement
Install Carrier Transport 1. Install carrier transport PCB and secure to
PCB frame.
2. Connect the following cables to the carrier
transport PCB:
• Carrier Transport Arm Sensor at J1
• X-home sensor at J10
• Z-motor at J8
• X-motor encoder at J4
• X-motor at J7
• Carrier sensor J13
3. Install two (2) posts for each of the connectors
J2 and J3.
Install Carrier Transport 1. Slide the carrier transport onto the guide rail.
Assembly Note Lift the transport assembly when
middle roller is positioned in transport
rail to prevent the base of the
assembly from scraping the base of
the RSH.
5. Connect the flex cables connections to J2 and
J3 on the carrier transport PCB.
initialization.
4 3310 - RSH Test
reserved.
Y2.04 Carrier Transport Theta Shaft Version - 204738-101_4993_2
Y2.04 Carrier Transport Theta Shaft



Removal
Shutdown 1. The processing module must be in For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Processing Module Stopped or Offline status. Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Remove Carrier 1. Power OFF the c4000 processing

Transport Assembly module (use the main circuit breaker
module).
processing module.
bracket.
5. Remove transport rail stop on left end
of guide rail.
8. Disconnect the flex cable connectors
[2] at J2 and J3 on the carrier transport
PCB.
retaining pin bracket [3] holding the flex
cable to the carrier transport frame and
remove cable.
Remove Theta Shaft Note Turn theta shaft clockwise to

and Motor verify the flag is not in a
position to damage the
sensor.
1. Disconnect the following cables from
the carrier transport PCB:
• Carrier Transport Arm Sensor at
J1
2. Remove two (2) screws [1] securing
theta motor to transport frame.
3. Carefully pull theta motor from support
bracket.
4. Release the theta shaft from Z
mechanism lifter [2].

Replacement
Install Theta Shaft Note Use caution while handling

to prevent damaging theta
shaft. Do not handle by the
shaft or turn by the disc at
the top of the shaft.
1. Insert the shaft into the transport
frame.
Note Make sure not to move the
flag nor damage the sensor
while placing the shaft in
the top section of the RSH
Carrier Transport.
2. Position the shaft into the Z
mechanism lifter.
Note You can attach the theta
shaft arm to the Z
Mechanism lifter before
sliding theta shaft into top of
carrier transport frame.
3. Secure theta shaft motor to carrier
transport frame with the screws.
4. Connect theta-motor encoder cable to
PCB connector J5, theta motor at J6,
ribbon cable to PCB connector J9
and carrier transport arm sensor
cable to PCB connector J1.
Note Verify lifter moves arm up
and down smoothly and
turns freely.
Install Carrier Transport 1. Slide the carrier transport onto the
Assembly guide rail.
Note Lift the transport assembly
when middle roller is
positioned in transport rail
to prevent the base of the
assembly from scraping the
base of the RSH.
3. Install the upper left panel support
bracket.
4. Install the flex cable retaining pin
bracket.
5. Connect the flex cables connections
to J2 and J3 on the carrier transport
PCB.
Note The system control center
power must be ON prior to
initialization.
4 3310 - RSH Test
reserved.
Y2.05 Carrier Transport Assembly X Motor Version - 204738-101_4994_2
List/Part Numbers
7-202962-01 Motor, RSH X-Axis, with Encoder
Y2.05 Carrier Transport Assembly X Motor



Removal
Prerequisite 1. The processing module must be in For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System
Stopped or Offline status. Operations Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection:
System status.
Remove Carrier 1. Power OFF the c4000 processing module
Transport Assembly (use the main circuit breaker located at
the rear of the processing module).
processing module.
4. Remove upper left panel support bracket.
5. Remove transport rail stop on left end of
guide rail.
8. Disconnect the flex cable connectors [2]
at J2 and J3 on the carrier transport PCB.
9. Remove the screw securing the retaining
pin bracket [3] holding the flex cable to
the carrier transport frame and remove
cable.
Remove X-Motor from 1. Disconnect the encoder and X motor

Carrier Transport cables from PCB connectors J4 and J7.
Frame 2. Remove four (4) screws securing X-Motor
to frame and remove x-motor.

Replacement

Install X-Motor 1. Secure X-Axis motor to frame using the four
(4) screws.
2. Connect the encoder and X motor cables to
PCB connectors J4 and J7.
Install Carrier 1. Slide the carrier transport onto the guide rail.
Transport Assembly Note Lift the transport assembly when
middle roller is positioned in
transport rail to prevent the base
of the assembly from scraping the
base of the RSH.
5. Connect the flex cables connections to J2
and J3 on the carrier transport PCB.
4 3310 - RSH Test
reserved.
Y2.06 Carrier Transport Arm Sensor Version - 204738-101_4995_3
List/Part Numbers
7-97235-01 Sensor, Carrier Transport Arm
7-97235-02 Sensor, Carrier Transport Arm (RoHS)
7-97235-03 Sensor, Carrier Transport Arm (RoHS)
Y2.06 Carrier Transport Arm Sensor
Note



Removal
Prerequisite The processing module must For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section
status.

processing module (use
the main circuit breaker
located at the rear of
2. Remove the upper left
side panel of
processing module.
Remove upper left
3.
panel support bracket.
VIDEO
Remove Carrier Note
Transport Click the video
and arrow icon in
the reference
section to access
the video in
Y2.01 RSH
Carrier
Transport
Assembly action
section: "VIDEO
Remove Carrier
Transport
Assembly."
Remove Carrier 1. Move the carrier

Transport transport [1] to the far
left position on the
guide rail.
2. Remove transport rail
stop on left end of
guide rail.
3. Remove the carrier
transport cover.
4. Disconnect the flex
cable connectors [2] at
J2 and J3 on the carrier
transport PCB.
5. Remove the screw
securing the retaining
pin bracket [3] holding
the flex cable to the
carrier transport frame
and remove cable.
6. Remove the carrier
transport from the RSH
by sliding it off the
guide rail.
VIDEO
Remove Carrier Note
Transport Arm Video contains
Sensor no audio sound.
Remove Carrier 1. Disconnect the carrier

Transport Arm transport arm sensor
Sensor cable at J1 [1] on the
carrier transport PCB.
2. Remove the tie wrap
securing the sensor
cable to carrier
transport frame.
3. Remove the retaining
pin securing the sensor
cable to the carrier
transport arm. [2]
4. Pull the carrier
transport arm sensor
straight out from the
carrier transport arm.
CAUTION
Do not pull hard
on cable. It may
be necessary to
use a small blunt
object (e.g. flat
head screw
drive) to push
sensor out of
arm.
5. Uncoil sensor cable [3]
from theta shaft and
remove.
Replacement
VIDEO
Install Carrier Note
Transport Arm Video contains no
Sensor audio sound.
Install Carrier 1. Coil carrier transport arm

Transport Arm sensor cable around
Sensor theta shaft.
2. Connect the cable to J1
on the carrier transport
PCB.
3. Insert the sensor into the
carrier transport arm slot.
4. Verify the sensor is
pressed fully into the arm
slot.
5. Secure sensor cable to
carrier transport arm
using the retaining pin.
Note If retaining pin

is damaged
during the
removal
process, a tie
wrap may be
substituted.
6. Tie wrap the sensor

cable to the carrier
transport frame.
VIDEO
Install Carrier Note
Transport Click the video
and arrow icon in
the reference
section to access
the video in Y2.01
RSH Carrier
Transport
Assembly action
section: "VIDEO
Remove Carrier
Transport
Assembly."
Install Carrier 1. Slide the carrier transport

Transport onto the guide rail.
2. Install the flex cable
retaining pin bracket.
3. Connect the flex cables
connections to J2 and J3
on the carrier transport
PCB.
4. Install the transport rail
stop.
5. Install carrier transport
cover.
Prepare for 1. Install the upper left panel

Operation support bracket.
2. Install upper left side
panel
module.
Note The system

control center
power must be
ON prior to
turning on the
processing
module to ensure
proper
initialization.
4. To change the status of

and sample handler from
Stopped to Ready,
perform the Startup
procedure.
3 3310 - RSH Test
rights reserved.
Y2.07 Flex Cable with Pin Version - 204738-101_4996_2
List/Part Numbers
7-205489-01 FLEX CHAIN C4, INCLUDES CBLS, C4
7-205490-01 FLEX CHAIN CARRIER, C4
7-205491-01 FLEX CHAIN CBL, MTRS, C4
7-205492-01 FLEX CHAIN CBL, SNSRS, C4
7-205673-01 FLEX CHAIN, CI41, INCLUDES CARRIER AND CABLES
7-205675-01 FLEX CHAIN CBL, MTRS, CI41
Y2.07 Flex Cable with Pin



Removal
Prerequisite 1. The processing module must be in Stopped or For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System
Offline status. Operations Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection:
System status.
Preparation 1. Power OFF the c4000 processing module (use
the main circuit breaker located at the rear of the
processing module).
2. Remove the screw securing the RSH distribution
board cover and remove cover.
3. Remove the four (4) screws securing the front
cover assembly.
4. Remove the two (2) screws securing the RSH
front lower panel [1].
Remove Flex 1. Move the carrier transport to the far left position
Cable on the guide rail.
3. Disconnect the flex cable connectors at J2 and
J3 [2] on the carrier transport PCB.
4. Remove the screw [3] securing the retaining pin
bracket holding the flex cable to the carrier
transport frame.
5. Disconnect the following cables from the rear of
the RSH distribution board:
• Flex cable motor signal at J13
• Flex cable data signal at J12
6. Remove the RSH Motor and Sensor cables from
the cable clamp.
7. Remove the two (2) screws securing the Flex
cable bracket [4] to instrument frame.
8. Remove flex cable from instrument.
Note The flex cable is designed to flex only
in one direction. If the cable is to be
reinstalled, use care to ensure that the
cable is not bent in the opposite
direction.

Replacement
Install Flex Note The flex cable is designed to flex only in
Cable one direction. If the cable is to be
reinstalled, use care to ensure that the
cable is not bent in the opposite direction.
1. Connect the following cables to the rear of the RSH
distribution board:
• Flex cable motor signal at J13
• Flex cable data signal at J12
2. Secure the Flex Chain bracket to the instrument
frame with the two (2) screws.
3. Secure the RSH Motor and Sensor cables with the
cable clamp.
4. Route the flex cable into instrument and to the
Carrier Transport Assembly.
5. Install the RSH front lower panel.
6. Install RSH cover.
7. Secure the retaining pin bracket holding the flex
cable to the carrier transport frame with screw.
8. Connect the flex cable connectors at J2 and J3 on
the carrier transport PCB.
9. Install the carrier transport cover.
Operation Note The system control center power must be
Startup procedure.
2 3310 - RSH Test
reserved.
Y2.08 Carrier Transport X Home Sensor Version - 204738-101_4997_2
Y2.08 Carrier Transport X Home Sensor



Removal
Shutdown 1. The processing module must be in For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual,
Processing Stopped or Offline status. Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Module

module.
Remove X 1. Move the carrier transport to the
Home Sensor far left position on the guide rail.
2. Remove the carrier transport
cover.
3. Disconnect X-home sensor cable
at J10 on carrier transport PCB.
4. Loosen the screw securing the X
home sensor mounting bracket to
the carrier transport frame.
5. Slide X-home sensor from
transport.

Replacement

Install X Home 1. Install X-home sensor mounting
sensor bracket onto transport carrier
frame with cable oriented
towards frame and secure with
screw.
2. Connect the sensor cable to J10
on the carrier transport PCB.
Prepare for 1. Power ON the processing
Operation module.
Note The system control
to ensure proper
initialization.
reserved.
Y2.09 RSH Distribution Board Version - 204738-101_4999_2
List/Part Numbers
7-205203-01 BD., RSH DISTRIBUTION, C4/CI4100
Y2.09 RSH Distribution Board


Removal

module (use the main circuit
processing module).
RSH distribution board cover and
remove cover.
3. Remove the four (4) screws
securing the front cover assembly.
securing the RSH front lower panel
[1].
Remove RSH 1. Disconnect the following cables

Distribution Board from the RSH distribution PCB:
• Barcode Reader at J5
• Load_Unload board cable
W504 at J8
• RSH Motor Cable at J10
• RSH Sensor cable W0116 at
J11
2. Loosen the four (4) green captive
screws securing board to support
mount frame.
3. Remove RSH Motor and RSH
Sensor cables from cable clamp
underneath platform.
4. Disconnect the two (2) cables from
the rear of the RSH PCB:
• Flex Cable Motor Signal at
J13
• Flex Cable Data Signal at J12
5. Remove the RSH distribution
board.

Replacement
Install RSH 1. Install RSH Distribution board and
Distribution Board secure board to mounting support
frame with the four (4) green captive
screws.
2. Connect the following cables to the
rear of the RSH distribution board:
• Flex Cable Motor Signal at J13
• Flex Cable Data Signal at J12
3. Secure RSH Motor and RSH Sensor
cables using the cable clamp.
4. Connect to following cables to the
RSH distribution board:
• Barcode Reader at J5
• Load_Unload board cable
W504 at J8
• RSH Motor Cable at J10
• RSH Sensor cable W0116 at
J11
5. Install the RSH distribution board
cover.
6. Install the RSH front lower panel.
7. Install RSH front cover assembly.
Operation Note The system control center
initialization.
3 3310 - RSH Test
reserved.
Y3.01 Bar Code Reader, RSH Version - 204738-101_4998_2
List/Part Numbers
7-205677-01 BCR, RSH
7-207194-01 Barcode Reader - Aggressive
Y3.01 Bar Code Reader, RSH


Caution Class 2 Laser Radiation

Removal
Prerequisite 1. The processing module must be in For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual,
Stopped or Offline status. Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
module (use the main circuit
processing module).
2. Open the processing center cover
to access the bar code reader.
Note For an integrated
analyzer, the barcode is
located on the i1000 side
Remove Bar Code 1. Remove the one (1) screw that
Reader holds the board cover.
2. Disconnect the cable [1].
securing the bracket to the Bar
Code Reader.
securing the Bar Code Reader to
the instrument frame.
Note Retain screws for
installation of barcode
reader.

Remove Bar Code 1. Release the cables from the cable

Reader clamps [1] and disconnect the Bar
(continued) Code Reader cable [2].
securing the bracket to the Bar
Code Reader.

Replacement

Install Bar Code 1. Fix the Bar code reader to the instrument
Reader (ci4100) frame with the screws.
2. Attach the Bar Code Reader to the bracket
secure with two (2) screws.
3. Connect it to the Bar Code Reader cable [2]
and secure it the clamp [1].
4. Close the processing center cover.
Install Bar Code 1. Attach the Bar Code Reader to the bracket
Reader (c4000) secure with two (2) screws.
2. Connect the Bar Code Reader cable.
3. Install board cover and secure to the board
with one (1) screw.
4. Close the processing center cover.
Prepare for 1. Power ON the processing module. For information on the startup procedure, refer to the
Operation Note The system control center power ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating
must be ON prior to turning ON the instructions, Subsection: System startup, pause, and
processing module to ensure proper shutdown.
initialization.
reserved.
Y3.02 Load/Unload Boards c4000 Version - 204738-101_5000_2
List/Part Numbers
7-205205-01 BD., LOAD/UNLOAD, C4/CI4100, C-SIDE
7-205206-01 BD., LOAD/UNLOAD, C4/CI4100, I-SIDE
Y3.02 Load/Unload Boards c4000



Removal
2. Shut Down the processing module.
Preparation 1. Remove the front lower cover to gain

access to the board cover
2. Remove the six screws that secure the
board cover to the RSH.
Remove 1. Separate the board to be replaced from the
Load/Unload RSH
Board Note While separating one board all
may come down, since they are
interconnected to each other at
the end.
2. Disconnect the ribbon cable from the left
and the right of the board accordingly.
Note The last board at the right has a
terminator.

Replacement
Replace 1. Connect the ribbon cables at both ends of
Load/Unload the board.
Board 2. Mount the board in position.
Note Assure all boards sit firmly in
place.
3. Install the board cover and secure it with
the screws [1].
Note While tightening the screws press
the board cover gently to ensure
all boards stay in position.
4. Replace the front lower cover and secure it
with the screws.
Note Ensure the cover sits properly
with the hooks on the RSH.

reserved.
Y4.01 RSH Carrier Positioner Motor Version - 204738-101_5001_2
List/Part Numbers
7-205507-01 CAR POSN MTR_ENCODER
Y4.01 RSH Carrier Positioner Motor



Removal
2. Shut Down the processing module.
Preparation 1. Remove the Front center cover. [B]

2. Remove the right cover.
3. Remove the top screw [1] from rail stop;
loosen the screw [2] from the bottom.
4. Remove the carrier positioner from the
rail.
Preparation 1. Remove the two (2) screws [3] that
(continued) secure the positioner motor front cover.
2. Remove the five (5) screws that secure
the positioner rail [4].

Preparation 1. Remove the four (4) screws [5] that

(continued) secure the Sample Wash Solution
Holder.
Remove Positioner 1. Disconnect the cables [1] from the

Motor positioner board.
Remove Positioner 1. Remove four (4) screws [2] that hold
Motor (continued) the positioner motor to the bracket.
2. Gently move the motor out of the
mounting bracket.
Note While removing the motor, be
careful not to stretch the
cables from the motor.
3. When the motor is out, disconnect the
cable [3] and cut the cable ties [4] as
needed.

Replacement

Replace Positioner 1. Connect the cable to the motor and
Motor secure the cables with cable ties.
2. Insert the motor into the mounting
bracket and secure using four (4)
screws.
Note While installing the motor
ensure the cables are not
crimped
3. Connect the motor cables to the
positioner board.
4. Install the Sample Wash Solution
Holder using four (4) screws.
5. Install the positioner rail using five
(5) screws.
Note When placing the
positioner rail, do not
tighten the screws, ensure
screws are flushed with
the rail.
6. Insert the carrier positioner in the
rail.
Note While inserting the carrier
positioner in the rail
ensure the Teflon slider
feet slides in the rail guide
[1].
7. Once the rack positioner is inserted,
move it in front of the motor to
ensure it moves smoothly, and then
tighten the rail screws.
8. Return the rail stop to its original
position, tighten the lower screw and
insert and tighten the upper screw.
9. Replace the right cover.
10. Replace the positioner motor front
cover and secure using two (2)
screws.
11. Replace the front center cover. [B]
Note The system control center
initialization.
reserved.
P1.02 Internal Covers
Version - 201975-103_4349_2
Part Number Description
7-203133-01 Cover, Processing Center (Internal)
7-97117-01 Cover, Processing Center Distribution Bd
Time Required 5 min
Removal
Prerequisite 1. The processing module status must be in For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System
Ready, Stopped, Offline or powered off. Operations Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection:
System status.
Remove 1. Raise the RV loader lower chute.
Processing 2. Press the latch tab [1] and raise the front of
Center Cover the cover, at the front edge of the
processing center cover.
3. Lift the cover out of place.
Caution
Be very careful to avoid contacting
the pipettor probe.
Remove 1. Loosen the three (3) captive screws at the

Distribution top edge of the cover and lift the cover off.
Board Cover
Replacement
Install 1. Locate the two (2) bracket features. [2]

Distribution
Board Cover
Install 1. Install the distribution board cover, ensuring that the
Distribution bottom edge fits inside the two bracket features. [3]
Board Cover
(continued) Note
The cover must NOT rest outside the bracket
features.
2. Ensure that the top edge of the cover is properly

seated and that the silk screening lines up with the
indicator LEDs.
3. Tighten the three (3) captive screws on the top of
the cover.
Install 1. Position the rear edge of the processing center

Processing cover into place, carefully aligning the tabs at the
Center Cover back edge with the holes in the distribution board
cover.
2. Lower the front of the cover and allow the latch to
clip into place. [1]
Note
The cover should easily rest in position
without interference and the front clip should
latch easily.
Verification
Option Description Order VP Description VP Detail VP Note
1 P-248 Startup and Shutdown
released Operation and Service Procedures.
If the system/instrument produces results,
i1000SR Service and Support Manual (Version 201970-103) • © 2007, 2008 • ARCHITECT, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, and c16000 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. i1000SR, i4000, i6000, i8000, and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-24 Precision Run Version - 201985-104_652_4

At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument produces results,
ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-24 Precision Run
Purpose The precision verification is used to verify that the instrument is functioning properly prior to releasing the system to Module i2000,
the customer. i2000SR
The procedure consists of calibrating and running specific assays with multiple replicates to test the pipetting, wash
system, and optical precision of the instrument. The acceptance criterion is listed in the assay package insert and
will determine if the instrument has passed or failed the verification.
Materials Time 90 min

Required TSH (1 set or reagents)
B-hCG (1 set or reagents)
Trigger/Pre-Trigger (1 Bottle each)
Wash Buffer (The wash buffer bottle should be full)
TSH Calibrators (1 box of Calibrator)
B-hCG Calibrators (1 box of Calibrator)
TSH Controls (1 Bottle of low Control)
B-hCG Controls (1 Bottle of low Control)
Assay Disk (1)
Sample Carriers ( Set of at least 4 sequentially numbered carriers)
RV/Sample Cups ( 1 bag each)
Load Bulk
Solutions
1. Verify that all bulk solutions are loaded and have been updated in the
and
supplies screen.
Reagents
2. Load the appropriate reagents. (TSH, B-hCG)
Verify TSB
Status
1. Verify that all required Technical Service Bulletins have been
completed.
Install 6114
Install/Delete
1. Logon as FSE.
Assays
2. Select System Diagnostics.
3. Select the radio button (5) for module 5 (SCC).
4. Select Utilities tab, then select 6114 Install/Delete Assays.
5. Select F5 Perform, then OK followed by Install.
6. Select i2000, Proceed, All Groups.
Note
Enter the appropriate number for the following assays: TSH, B-
hCG (the numbers should be separated by a comma).
Example: 3,11
7. Select Continue, Return to Previous Menu, Return to Main Menu,

Exit, and Done.
Configure
Single
1. At the snapshot screen select SYSTEM,
Analyte
CONFIGURATION. Select QC-Cal settings, QC-Single Analyte.
Control
2. Select TSH and then select Configure F6.
Precision
File Note
Use the arrow button to scroll down if needed.
3. Click on the Drop Down Menu Box next to Lot no:
4. Select NEW LOT and type Service Precision.
Note
Enter the information contained in table below in the New Level
Screen.
5. Select Add Level then select Done.
6. Deselect the previously entered assay.
7. Repeat steps 2-5 for B-hCG.
Perform Run
Initialization
1. Select the SSH and the i2000 processing module on the Snapshot
on
screen.
Processing
2. Select F8-Run.
Module and
Sample Note
Handler To save time, while the processing module is performing the run
initialization, enter calibration and control orders.
Order
Calibration
Note
Gather two consecutively numbered carriers. Consecutively numbered
carriers are required for six point calibration assays.
1. Select ORDERS, CALIBRATION ORDER

2. Type in the Carrier Bar Code ID Number (C) and an unused Position
Number (P).
3. Select Assay TSH, and B-hCG, then select F2-ADD ORDER.
Note
4. Select Exit.
Print the
Order List
1. Print the Order List to determine the minimum sample volume required
and Load
per calibrator.
Calibrators
2. Select Orders from the Snapshot screen.
into the
3. Select Order Status and then select Print F4.
Sample
4. Select Order List Report and then select Done.
Carrier
5. Pipette the appropriate calibrator into the sample cups and load in the
correct C/P(carrier/position) per the Order List Report.
Note
The Order List provides the correct amount of calibrator to be
dispensed into each sample cup.
6. Place the Carrier onto the sample loader.
Verify
Calibration
1. When the run has completed, select QC-Cal from the menu bar, and
then select Calibration status.
2. Verify that the Cal Status for TSH, BhCG are listed as Active.
Order
Precision
1. Select ORDERS, CONTROL ORDER then select SINGLE ANALYTE. Note
Run
2. Type in the Carrier Bar Code ID Number (C) and an unused Position The Precision Control was created earlier
Number (P) during the Configure Single Analyte Control
3. Select Assay(TSH), Lot(Service Precision), and Level(FSRPrec 1). Activity.
Note
4. Select F5 ASSAY OPTIONS.
Note
In the number of replicates, UNDILUTED box enter 10.
5. Select Done and then select F2 ADD ORDER.

6. Repeat steps 3-6 for TSH. This will create a total of 20 samples for
each assay.
7. Repeat steps 2-6 for twice for B-hGC. This will create a total of 20
samples for each assay.
Note
Carrier and position will be automatically assigned when each
order is added.
8. Once all orders have been placed, print the Order List.
9. Select Orders from the Snapshot screen.
10. Select Order Status and then select Print F4.
11. Select Order List Report and then select Done.
Load Low
Controls into
1. Pipette the correct amount of low control for each assay and place the
Carriers
cups in the correct carrier positions, as per the printed Order List.
Note
The Order List provides the correct amount of control to be
dispensed into each sample cup.
2. Place the Carriers into the sample handler.

3. If the modules are not in the Run mode select the SSH and i2000 and
then select F8-Run.
Print QC
Summary
1. Select QC Summary from the Snapshot screen.
Report
2. Select the appropriate module number radio button.
3. Select (highlight) the assays that were run for Service Precision (level-
FSRprec 1).Select Print F4.
4. Verify that the Selected Items radio button is selected. Select QC
Summary Report, then select Done.
Confirm
Precision
1. Confirm the precision results are acceptable using the Total %CV
Data Results
value listed in the appropriate assay package insert.
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2008 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories.
i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-201 Service Log On/Log Off Procedure Version - 96756-111_341_2

At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument
produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-201 Service Log On/Log Off Procedure
Purpose The purpose of this procedure is to document how to log on and log off as FSE. Log off is documented Module SCC
so that the system can be returned to normal operation after service or support.
Materials FSE Date Code List Time 1
Required min
Log On as FSE
Select
Log
1. Select Log on F2 from the
On
Snapshot screen.
Log
On Note
1. Enter FSE in all capital letters Prior to leaving the site, FSE is required to return the system to operator
in the User name field. level of access. To do this, perform Log Off as FSE, or restart the SCC.
2. Enter the FSE logon date code
in the password field.
Note
Enter the date code in
reverse order.
3. Select Done.
4. Verify that the Operator listed
on the Snapshot screen lists
FSE.
Log Off as FSE
Select Log
On Note
1. Select Log on F2 from the Snapshot screen. Prior to leaving the site, FSE is required to return the
system to operator level of access.
Note
The User Name field is selected and
populated with the name FSE.
Log On as
Operator
1. Press Delete to delete the FSE name.
Note
The password field disappears.
2. Select Done.
3. Verify that nothing is listed on the startup
screen after Operator:.
P-202 Modem Setup for Support Version - 96756-111_340_2

P-202 Modem Setup for Support
Purpose Setup your system as the remote system for using PCANYWHERE to modem into Module SCC/Modem
ARCHITECT systems.
Materials PCANYWHERE Version 10.0 or higher Time 10 min
Required
Install
PCANYWHERE
1. Install per manufacturers instructions.
Start
PCANYWHERE
1. Select Start.
2. Select Programs.
3. Select Symantec PCANYWHERE.
Add Remote
Icon
1. Select the Remotes button. [1]
2. From the list of icons displayed, Double-click
the Add Remote icon. [2]
The PCANYWHERE Remote Properties: New

Remote window displays.
Select Modem
1. Verify the displayed modem is correct. If it is not
correct, check the correct modem.
2. Select OK.
The new remote icon displays with the name

field highlighted.
Naming
ARCHITECT
1. Type in the name of your Remote Item (name of
Icon
the account or generic as ARCHITECT). [1]
2. Press Enter.
The new remote icon displays.
P-203 SCC Diagnostic Software (Virtual PC-Check) Version - 96756-111_339_2

P-203 SCC Diagnostic Software (Virtual PC-Check)
Purpose Instructions for using the SCC Diagnostic Software disk on the ARCHITECT SCC. Module SCC
Materials Required Diagnostic Software, SCC (99058) Time Variable
The SCC Diagnostic Software (Virtual PC-Check) is on any ARCHITECT SCC platform.
Refer to the appropriate product code R&R and verification procedures or ISAs for the replacement and verification of SCC
components.
DO NOT REMOVE the PC-Check disk while running the program, unless requested by the program to insert a data disk. In that
case, replace the program diskette immediately afterward.
DO NOT ABORT during hard drive testing. This causes loss of system data.
Normally, the screen display provides all information necessary to determine the nature of any fault detected.
Prerequisite
1. Exit the ARCHITECT application and Windows operating system.
Note
The PC-Check program is self-bootable and runs independently of the PC's operating
system.
2. Verify that the SCC has a working system core, a functioning central processor unit, a floppy disk
drive, and enough memory to load the program.
3. Complete processing or delete all pending test orders
4. Release all patient results
5. Archive all patient results
6. Release all QC results
7. Resolve all Exceptions and process Reruns, if necessary.
Create New
Backup
1. Create a new system backup.
Note
Use in the event of a catastrophic failure. Some tests may be destructive if the SCC power
is interrupted during the testing process.
2. Perform diagnostic procedure 6004 (option 2) to copy the system backup to a CD.
Start PC-
Check
1. Insert the PC-Check disk.
2. Perform a system shutdown and restart.
If the system boots to the PC-Check disk, go to Select Desired Diagnostic.

If the system does not boot to the PC-Check disk, access the BIOS setup function and
verify that the floppy drive (removable device) is set up as the first boot device. Then,
reboot with the PC-Check disk in the drive.
Select
Desired Note
Diagnostic Refer to PC-Check Main Menu before completing this Action.
1. At the PC-Check main menu, select the desired diagnostic test.
Note
For most issues, the option Perform Basic Testing is sufficient to determine the cause of a
problem.
Note
Passed/Failed results are displayed during this test option. Sufficient information should be
given to determine which component is failing. Use this information to make component
replacement decisions.
2. Select Exit (Write Reports) to exit PC-Check.

3. Replace the component(s) that failed according to the appropriate removal and replacement
procedure
4. Perform the test option again for the indicated failure and verify a Passed result.
If the problem is resolved by component replacement, go to Verify Replaced Component.
Verify
Replaced
1. Perform the appropriate verification procedure(s) as instructed in the removal and replacement
Component
procedure or ISA for the specific replaced component(s).
PC-Check Main Menu
Menu Item Description
System Displays overview of system information, including motherboard, BIOS, processor, memory, cache, drives, video,
Configuration audio, network, buses and ports.
IDE Bus Scans IDE bus, accesses the devices found and checks and displays the configuration.
Information
Perform Performs a set group of tests (see PC-Check Test Groups) on the processor, motherboard, memory, cache, all
Basic Testing drives, video adapter, printer functionality, speaker, keyboard and mouse. Interaction is required to test the mouse,
keyboard and speaker. Passed/failed results are displayed. Note that several tests are not a part of the customized
Abbott menu and will be displayed as `Not Run'. Other tests indicate `Absent' if specific hardware is not in the SCC.
Note
DO NOT attempt to run Basic Testing unless the appropriate amount of time can be allocated to complete all
tests. ABORTING during hard drive testing will cause data loss and require that the base configuration and
ARCHITECT application be reloaded on the hard drive. Approximate completion time is 20 minutes
(completion time may vary depending on the platform type). For Platform D, two tests, Motherboard Real-
time Clock Chip and CMOS RAM/Clock tests always show as FAILED due to an inherent incompatibility with
the software. Disregard the FAILED results for these two tests when using the diagnostic software on a
Platform D SCC.
Note
The default SCC keyboard type is Windows 104 key. The user determines appropriate selection. The printer
port is LPT1. Selecting Generic for the printer type works in most cases.
Perform Performs memory inversion test, a hard drive read-write test and hard drive mechanics stress test. Approximate
Advanced completion time is 20 minutes (completion time may vary depending on the platform type).
Testing
Display Test Displays test results.
Results
Print Test Allows for printing of test results printed.
Results
About Virtual Lists PC-Check version and which components of PC-Check are active on this customized disk.
PC-CHECK
Exit (Write Exits PC-Check. Does not write/save Results Summary.
Reports
PC-Check Test Groups
Group Test Basic Advanced
Processor Core
X
Processor Coprocessor Core
X
Processor
Processor Known Design Faults
X
Processor MMX Extensions
X
Motherboard DMA Controller
X
Motherboard System Timer
X
Motherboard Interrupt Controller
X
Motherboard
Motherboard Keyboard Controller
X
Motherboard PCI Bus
X
Motherboard Real-Time Clock Chip
X
Memory Inversion Tree
X
Memory Progressive Inversion
X
Memory
Memory Chaotic Addressing
X
Memory Block Rotation
X
Cache Memory Inversion Tree
X
Cache Memory Progressive Inversion
X
Cache Memory
Cache Memory Chaotic Addressing
X
Cache Memory Block Rotation
X
Hard Drive Read
X
Hard Drive Non-Destructive Write
X
Hard Drive
Hard Drive Mechanics Stress
X
Hard Drive Internal Cache
X
Video Adapter Text Memory
X
Video Adapter
Video Adapter Super VGA Memory
X
Printer Printer Test
X
Speaker Speaker Test
X
Keyboard Keyboard
X
Mouse Mouse
X
Laboratories. c4000, c4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
P-204 Log Retrieval Procedure Version - 96756-111_338_2

P-204 Log Retrieval Procedure
This procedure documents retrieval of current logs, copying the database to CD, copying archived logs SCC
Purpose to CD, and retrieval of a Memory Dump file. If requested by Abbott personnel, the logs may be cleared Module
from the system.
Retrieve current logs: This option copies the following logs to the D drive and floppy or CD if
selected: Assay Activity, Assay Calibration, Assay Parameter, Assay QC Result Data, Liquid
Level Sense, Maintenance History, Permanent Message History, Pressure Monitoring, Quality
Control, Result, Scripting, Temporary, Temporary Message History, Sample Activity, Dr. Watson,
Host, LAS, ARM, Arch, Unhandled, Application Event, CDRecord, Monitorlog, Printed Reports.
In addition, the iSystem copies: Power On Self Test, PM Trace, Wash Aspirate
Monitoring.
In addition, the cSystem copies: Optics
In addition, the i1000SR copies: Regeant
Copy database to the CD: This option compresses and copies the database to the D drive and
CD.
Copy archive logs to CD: This option copies up to 5 previously retrieved compressed logs from
the D drive to a CD.
Retrieve memory dump file: (FSE only) This option compresses and copies a memory dump file
to a CD.
Refer to the tables below for additional information regarding each option.
Materials vary depending on the option selected. Required materials may include CD, or Floppies Variable
Materials Time
Required
Prerequisites P-201 Service Log On/Log Off Procedure

1. The system should be powered ON.
2. The processing module must be in the Stopped, Warming, or
Ready state.
Access 6009
Log Utilities
1. Select the System icon, then select Diagnostics from the drop-
Procedure
down menu.
2. Select the radio button for module 5.
3. Select the Utilities category.
Retrieve Logs
Note
1. Select 6009 Log Utilities procedure. Logs should not be cleared unless
2. Select Perform F5. A confirmation popup displays. specifically requested by in-house
3. Select OK to perform the procedure. The diagnostic perform Abbott personnel.
dialog window displays. A description of the procedure displays
on the instruction window.
4. Select Proceed to continue the log retrieval procedure.
5. Select the appropriate option. Refer to the tables below for
additional information.
6. Follow the instructions on the screen.
7. When the procedure is complete, select Done.
File Transfer
(Optional)
1. Perform P-221 Modem File Transfer Procedure to transfer the
logs via modem.
Error Messages
Error Message Probable Cause Corrective Action
Not enough free space on A temporary copy of the files is copied to the C: drive before copying them to
C: drive to create the CD. There is not enough space on the C: drive to copy the temporary files.
Perform the
temporary image files One of the following could have occurred:
appropriate
drive recovery
Non-ARCHITECT software was installed on the SCC. procedure
The C: hard drive contains bad sectors. Replace the
hard drive
No CD recorder detected
The CD drive is not a read/write drive. Perform the
The Gearworks drivers are corrupted. appropriate
CD drive hardware failure drive recovery
procedure
Replace the
CD drive
Unknown error The COPY2CD_2 program was executed but did not respond.
Perform the
The COPY2CD_2 program has been moved or is corrupted. appropriate
drive recovery
procedure
Retrieve Current Logs Option
This option captures logs for troubleshooting or software investigation. The table below details each log and describes when that log
is used. The log name has the following format: date_24time_serial#_logname.xxx (where x-axes is the extension of the log file). The
files may be copied to a floppy disk, CDR/CDRW disk or hard drive. If floppy disk is selected the logs are compressed and saved to
1 or more floppies. If CD is selected the files are recorded uncompressed to a blank or appendable CDR or CDRW disk. If hard
drive is selected the files are saved uncompressed to D:\Logs. In addition, all logs are saved in an archive file (refer to Copy Archive
Logs to the C Drive option for additional information).
Capture Log Module

Log Log Name Steps Log Format Capacity
When Specific
Application eventapp.txt Records the Format-specific for the application event 9900 or 9077 No
Event application error errors
event error occurred and
information. the SCC has
shut down.
Dr. Watson
errors
Arch arch Records Format-specific for architecture errors Architect No
architect exception
exception error errors
information.
ARM debugcom7.log Records all Format-specific for ARM communication ARM Issues
debugcom7.log.bak communication event. No
between the
SCC and ARM.
Assay assayactivity Records for Date/Time of Event | Module ID | Lockstep 24000 per Lockstep or
Activity assay Count | Lockstep Time | Test ID | module Timing errors Yes
performance Mechanism ID | Duration | Event | Error for i System or
activities Code c System
associated with
performing tests
Assay assaycal Records for the Assay ID | Assay Status | Reagent Master 600 Cal or Result
Calibration last 600 Lot | Calibrator Lot | Calibration Type | Issues for No
attempted Completion Date | Completion Time | i System and c
calibrations. Module ID | Module SN | Operator ID | System
Curve Exception String | Curve Type |
Calibration Summary | Curve Parameters |
RMSE | Adjuster Ratios | Linear XFRM
Slope | Linear XFRM Intercept
Assay assayparameter Records a copy Formatted as an assay parameter report A copy of When you No
Parameter of the assay in assay numerical order. the assay need to review
parameters for parameter or verify the
each assay report for assay
installed. every parameter for
assay an i System
installed. and c System.
Assay QC ReleasedQC.csv CVS format log Control Name | SID | Control Level | Stored >Control No
Result Log that contains all Control Lot Number | Control Comment | QC Issues for the i
stored QC Assay Name | Assay Number | Module | results System and c
results currently Serial Number | Cal Lot | Cal Date and currently System
in the database. Time | Reagent Master Lot | Reagent in the
Serial Number | Date Time Completed | database.
Carrier | Position | Result | Units | Min
Range| Max Range | Dilution | Flags |
Read Values | Absorbance Cuvette | Mv
Cuvette | Operator ID | System Serial
Number
CDRecord CDRecord.log Captures a copy N/A N/A Problems No
of the log reading or
associated with writing to a
the CD CD-ROM.
recording
software.
Dr. Watson user.dmp Records Dr. Format-specific for Dr. Watson events. Dr. Watson
drwtsn32.log Watson event errors No
information.
Host debugcom5.log Records all See RS-232 Manual for format Host Issues
debugcom5.log.bak communication information. No
between the
SCC and Host.
LAS debugcom6.log Records Date/Time of Event | Communication 1000 LAS Issues
debugcom6.log.bak transferred Direction | Event No
between system
and LAS
Liquid Level lls Records for fluid Date/Time of Event | Module ID | Test ID | 10,000 Level Sense
Sense aspirate events Assay ID | Pipetting Context | Pipetting per Issues for Yes
including Step Number | Well Name | Level Sense module i System and c
aspirate and Category | Level Sense Event | Step System
wickoff. Number
Maintenance maintenancehistory Records for Date/Time of Event | Module ID | Maintenance
History maintenance Completion Status | Frequency | Operator or Diagnostic No
performed. One ID | Event Procedure
log is Issues for
maintained for i System and c
all modules. System
Monitorlog Monitorlog.txt Fan and Date, Time, Error N/A When you No
(Note: only temperature need to review
valid on monitor errors from the
SCC information from intel monitor
platform C the intel monitor software.
and higher) software.
Optics optics Records the Replicate ID | Assay ID | Dilution ID | 10,000 Need to view
optics reads for Sample ID | Test Completion Date | Test per absorbance Yes
a c8000 Completion Time | Module ID | Cuvette | module data for
module. Concentration | 16 wavelengths with 33 wavelengths
reads other than
primary and
secondary for
c System
Permanent messagehistory Records for the Date/Time of Event | Module ID | Error 12000 Hardware or
Message last 12000 error Category | Message Text Software No
History codes logged in issues for
the message i System and c
history category. System
Power On post Last record for Date/Time of Event | Module ID | Event Bootup Issues
Self Test each i System Generated for i System or Yes
processing sample
module, SCC or handler
sample handler
power on
sequence.
Captures
processing
module, SCC,
or sample
handler bootup
execution or
error messages.
Pressure pm Records for Date/Time of Event | Module ID | Test ID | 10,000 Pressure
Monitor pressure Assay Number | Protocol | Step Number | per Monitoring Yes
monitoring Well Name | Pipetting volume | PM Status module Issues for
results of fluid | Front End Pressure | Aspirate Pressure | i System and c
aspirate events. Back End Pressure | Aspirate Error Sum | System
Actual Theoretical Ratio | Pressure Error |
Stuff
Printed *.rtf An RTF version Formatted as the specific report One RTF To obtain a No
Reports of each report version of copy of the
type. each printed report.
report
type
printed.
Quality qc Event recorded Date/Time of Event | Module ID | Operator 5000 QC event
Control any time a user ID | Assay Name | Control Name | Control details for No
performs the Lot Number | Control Level Name | Detail i System and c
following: | Event System
includes or
excludes a QC
point, edits
configuration
parameters,
changes
Westgard rules,
recalibrates
reagent lot,
edits QC lot
default.
Reagent reagent Records the Reagent Carrier Detected I Reagent 4000 Reagent Yes
Activity reagent Carrier Load Complete I Reagent Carrier carrier load
activities Unload Complete I Carrier Removed I and unload
associated with Reagent Carrier Load I Reagent Carrier issues for
loading and Unload I Reagent Carrier Error I Create c1000
unloading Reagent Pack I Delete Reagent Pack I
reagent carriers Report Mixing Status I Reagent Pack Last
Aspiration I Disposition Reagent Pack I
Carousel Window I Request Carousel I
Request Carousel Response I Release
Carousel I Reagent Pack Unload Time I
Carrier Inventory I Aliquot Created I
Reagent Pack Available
Result result Records for the Replicate ID | Assay ID | Assay Status | 11200 Result, LLS,
last 11,200 Dilution ID | Sample ID | Sample Type | and PM Issues No
attempted tests Patient ID | Test Order Date | Test Order for i System
run on the Time | Test Initiation Date | Test Initiation and c System
system. Time | Test Completion Date | Test
Completion Time | Assay Calibration Date
| Assay Calibration Time | Module ID |
Module SN | Operator ID | Dark Subreads
| Signal Subreads | Dark Count | Signal
Count | Corrected Count | Std Bak | Ave
Bak | Std For | Ave For | Shape |
Exception String | Result | Reported
Result | Reported Result Units | Result
Flags | Reagent Master Lot | Result
Interpretation | Dilution Protocol | Result
Details | Result Comment
Sample sampleactivity Records all Format-specific for each significant event. 1200 Sample
Activity significant Handler Issues Yes
sample
management
events.
Scripting Script Records script Format is specific for the maintenance or 10,000 Need exists to
commands and diagnostic procedure. review specific No
responses from errors that
a maintenance occurred when
or diagnostic running the
procedure. maintenance
or diagnostic
procedure
Temporary temporary_*.log Records the log No
data into a
temporary log
as a backup.
Temporary tempmessage Records for the Date/Time of Event | Module ID | Error 200 Bar code read
Message last 200 Category | Message Text errors or Host No
History messages communication
logged in the errors for
temporary i System and c
category (ie. System
Bar code read
errors, host
communication
errors)
Trace trace Hardware Date/Time of Event | Module ID | Ticks | 10,000 Hardware
interactions to Event per issues for Yes
and from module i System or
hardware sample
devices (ie. handler
Temperature
controller, OMS
boards)
Unhandled unhandled Records Format-specific for software error Non-specific No
software error software errors
information.
Wash wam Records for Date/Current_Time | Module_ID | 3200 Wash Aspirate
Aspirate wash aspiration Zone_Number | St1test# | St1Max | Issues for Yes
Mechanism results of wash St1Delta | St2test# | St2Max | St2Delta | i System
aspirate events. St3test# | St3Max | St3Delta
Copy Database to CD Option
This option backs up the database to the C: drive, compresses the database and records it to a CD. Once copied, the compressed
file is deleted from the C: drive. This option may be required when requested for software investigation.
Copy Archive Logs to CD Option
This option allows the user to copy previously retrieved logs from the hard drive to a CD. When the Retrieve Current Logs option is
selected, copies of the logs are compressed into one file and stored in D:\LOGS\ARCHIVEDLOGS. The file is named with the
following format: date_24time_serial#_[1-5}.zip. Up to five compressed archived logs are saved on the hard drive with 1 being the
newest and 5 being the oldest. The user is able to copy one or more archive files to a CD at a time.
Retrieve Memory Dump File Option (FSE only)
This option compresses and records the memory dump file to a CD. The memory dump file is used to gather data (debug
information) on the utilization of system memory for the SCC.
reserved.
P-205 Calibrate Touchscreen Version - 96756-111_337_3

P-205 Calibrate Touchscreen
Purpose To calibrate the touchscreen on the SCC. Module SCC

Materials Required None Time 3 min
Access Explorer
1. Select the System icon.
2. Select Task Manager from the drop-down menu.
3. Select New Task.
4. Type Explorer.
5. Select OK.
6. Minimize Task Manager when Explorer opens.
Calibrate
Touchscreen
1. Using Explorer, scroll down and select Control Panel.
2. Double-click ELO Touchscreen to open it.
3. Select Align.
4. Follow the onscreen instructions to calibrate the touchscreen.
5. Select OK to complete the calibration.
Note
For some touchscreen monitors, better touchscreen response is achieved by
performing the touchscreen calibration twice.
Verify Touchscreen
Calibration
1. Move through at least four screens, using the touchscreen, to verify touchscreen
operation.
reserved.
P-206 Printer Configuration Version - 96756-111_305_2

P-206 Printer Configuration
To configure the printer during installation, or when a new printer is installed. SCC/Printer
Purpose Module
None 15 min
Materials Required Time
Log On as
FSE Note
1. Select Log on F2 from the Snapshot Prior to leaving the site, FSE is required to return the
screen. system to operator level of access. To do this, perform
2. Enter FSE in all capital letters in the User Log Off as FSE, or restart the SCC.
name field.
3. Enter the FSE logon date code in the
password field.
Note
Enter the date code in reverse
order.
4. Select Done.
5. Verify that the Operator listed on the
Snapshot screen lists FSE.
Access
Explorer
2. Select Task Manager from the drop-down
menu.
3. Select New Task.
4. Type Explorer.
5. Select OK.
6. Minimize Task Manager when Explorer
opens.
Rename
Architect Note
Printer to If this is a new printer and no Architect
Printer Product Printer is listed, go to Load Printer Driver.
Name
1. Using Explorer, select the Printers folder.
Note
The printers folder is located in the
C:\Control Panel directory.
2. Right-click Architect Printer (highlights

printer name) and select Rename from the
drop down menu (selects printer name for
editing).
Note
If a menu doesn't display when you
right-click the name, select File,
Rename from the menu bar.
3. Enter the printer product name (example

OKI B4350).
4. Press Enter to rename the printer.
Load Printer
Driver Note
If this is a new printer and the printer
driver is already listed in the printers
directory, skip this Action.
1. Insert the printer driver CD into the CD-

ROM drive.
Note
If the CD starts automatically, stop
that action. Exit the opening screen
from the CD and return to the
desktop.
2. Access the Printers folder and double-

click Add Printer.
3. Select Next (starts the Add Printer
Wizard).
4. Select the Local printer radio button.
5. Select Next.
6. Select LPT1 (connection port).
7. Select Next.
8. Select Have Disk.
9. Select Browse and locate the desired
printer driver file on the CD-ROM.
Note
Refer to the appropriate ISA for the
appropriate printer driver file name.
10. Select the driver and select Open.

11. Select OK, then Next several times until
the Completing the Add Printer Wizard
pop-up displays.
Note
Do not change any of the settings
on these screens.
12. Select Finish.
Note
The Wizard loads the new driver.
13. Remove the printer driver CD from the CD-
ROM drive.
Rename
Printer to
1. Right-click the name of the newly added
Architect
printer (highlights printer name) and select
Printer
Rename from the drop down menu
(selects printer name for editing).
Note
Rename from the menu bar.
2. Enter Architect Printer as the new name.

3. Press Enter to rename the printer.
Set Paper
Size
1. Right-click Architect Printer and scroll
down to Printing Preferences.
Note
Properties from the menu bar.
2. Select the Paper/Quality tab.

3. Select the Advanced button.
4. Select the desired paper size.
5. Select OK.
6. Go to Set Architect Printer as Default.
Set Architect
Printer as
1. Right-click Architect Printer (highlights
Default
printer name) and select Set as Default
Printer.
Note
right-click the highlighted item,
select File, Set as Default Printer
from the menu bar.
2. Verify that Set as Default Printer is

checked in the menu that displays.
3. Repeat this step to verify that when you
right-click the Architect Printer, a
checkmark displays in front of Set as
Default Printer.
4. Go to ARCHITECT Print Screen
Verification.
ARCHITECT
Print Screen Note
1. From any ARCHITECT screen, press If this print test fails, refer to current ARCHITECT ISAs
Verification
Alt+Print Screen and verify that the for information on Properties and Document Defaults for
screen prints. the printer.
ARCHITECT
Report Print Note
1. From the Snapshot screen, select the If this print test fails, verify that the printer is selected as
Test
Results icon. the default printer. If it continues to fail, refer to current
2. From the dropdown menu, select Results ARCHITECT ISAs for information on Properties and
Review. Document Defaults for the printer.
3. Select Print F4.
4. Select Results List Report.
5. Select Done to print.
Log Off as
FSE
1. Select Log on F2 from the Snapshot
screen.
Note
The User Name field displays and is
populated with the name FSE.
Note
3. Select Done.
4. Verify that nothing is listed on the startup
screen after Operator:.
Note
Prior to leaving the site, FSE is
required to return the system to
operator level of access.
P-207 ARCHITECT Print Test Version - 96756-111_354_2

P-207 ARCHITECT Print Test
Purpose Verify printer is configured correctly. Module SCC/Printer

Verify
ARCHITECT Note
1. From any ARCHITECT screen, If this print test fails, refer to current ARCHITECT ISAs for information
Print Screen
select the Alt+Print Screen keys on Properties and Document Defaults for the printer.
and verify that the screen
prints.
Verify
ARCHITECT Note
1. From the Snapshot screen, If this print test fails, verify that the printer is selected as the default
Prints
select the Results icon. printer. If it continues to fail, refer to current ARCHITECT ISAs for
Report
2. From the dropdown menu, information on Properties and Document Defaults for the printer.
select Results Review.
3. Select Print F4.
4. Select Results List Report.
5. Select Done to print.
6. Verify that the report header
prints.
P-209 Use of Debug Cables for Troubleshooting (SCC Platform B or C) Version - 96756-111_293_2

P-209 Use of Debug Cables for Troubleshooting (SCC Platform B or C)
Purpose To provide instructions on how to use debug cables to troubleshoot system start up issues. This Module SCC,
procedure is especially useful when a processing module or sample handler remains in an OFFLINE i2000
status after adequate time for system start up has been allowed. SR,
i2000,
SH
Materials 7-92394-01 Cables, Debug Kit Time 15
Required min
Prerequisite
1. The processing module and sample handler must be in a Stopped status.
Preparation
1. Connect one debug cable from the top connector on the front of the card cage to
connector P8 on the SCC DIGI board cable.
Note
This cable is for the processing module.
2. Connect one debug cable from the bottom connector on the front of the card cage to
connector P7 on the SCC DIGI board cable.
Note
This cable is for the sample handler.
Prepare Software
1. Power down the processing module.
2. Log on as FSE (P-201 Service Log On/Log Off Procedure).
3. Select System and then select Task Manager.
4. Select New Task.
5. Enter Explorer and then select OK.
6. Navigate to C:\TERMINALS.
7. Double-click on SSH.HT.
The sample handler hyperterminal window displays.
8. Double-click on IAHV.HT.
The processing module hyperterminal window displays.

Observe System Status
During Start Up
1. Power on the processing module.
Note
After power is applied, data displays in the processing module and sample
handler hyperterminal windows.
2. Allow the start up process to proceed until an error occurs or until the processing
module and sample handler are in a Stopped status.
3. Review the data generated during the start up process for errors or other problems.
reserved.
P-210 Modem Test Version - 96756-111_292_2

P-210 Modem Test
Purpose To be performed on installation of a system SCC, or modem. Module SCC/Modem

Verify System
is Ready
1. Verify system power is ON.
2. Verify modem is connected and ON.
3. Switch (Alt+Tab) to the PCANYWHERE window and verify status is Waiting.
Modem Into
System
1. Contact Country Support to dial in using PCANYWHERE Version 10.0 (or higher), or use a
separate computer equipped with PCANYWHERE (the FSR laptop) and a modem connection to
dial into the SCC.
Verify Remote
User
1. Remote user verifies that they are able to connect to the SCC and see the ARCHITECT user
Connection
interface.
2. Remote user verifies that they can move through at least four different screens without losing
connection.
3. Close remote user connection.
Verify System
is Ready
1. Switch (Alt+Tab) to the PCANYWHERE window and verify the status has returned to Waiting.
P-211 System Date, Time, and Time Zone Version - 96756-111_291_2

P-211 System Date, Time, and Time Zone
Purpose Set the date, time, and time zone and enable or disable daylight savings time. Module SCC
Log On as
FSE Note
1. Select Log on F2 from the Snapshot screen. Prior to leaving the site, FSE is required to return
2. Enter FSE in all capital letters in the User name field. the system to operator level of access. To do this,
3. Enter the FSE logon date code in the password field. perform Log Off as FSE, or restart the SCC.
Note
Enter the date code in reverse order.
4. Select Done.
5. Verify that the Operator listed on the Snapshot screen
lists FSE.
Set Date,
Time, and
Time Zone
2. Select Configuration from the dropdown menu.
3. Select the System settings radio button.
4. Select the System control center category.
5. Select Configure F6.
6. Enter the System date and System time.
7. Select the desired time zone.
Note
Place a check in the Automatically adjust
clock for daylight saving changes checkbox
to select automatic adjustment for Daylight
Savings Time.
8. Select Done.
Verify
Settings
1. Access the Snapshot screen.
2. Verify the date and time are correct.
P-212 PCANYWHERE Startup Version - 96756-111_290_2

P-212 PCANYWHERE Startup
Purpose This procedure is used to configure PCANYWHERE to manual startup (no modem installed), Module SCC/Modem
reconfigure automatic startup after a modem is installed, and restart PCANYWHERE.
Materials None Time 15 min
Required
Log On
Note
1. Select Log on F2 from the Snapshot Prior to leaving the site, FSE is required to return the
screen. system to operator level of access. To do this, perform
2. Enter FSE in all capital letters in the Log Off as FSE, or restart the SCC.
User name field.
password field.
Note
Enter the date code in reverse
order.
4. Select Done.
5. Verify that the Operator listed on the
Access
Explorer
2. Select Task Manager from the drop-
down menu.
3. Select New Task.
4. Type Explorer.
5. Select OK.
6. Minimize Task Manager when Explorer
opens.
Access Control
Panel
1. Using Explorer, scroll down and select
Control Panel.
2. Select it to display the icons on the right
side of the screen.
Access
Services
1. Scroll down the Explorer window to find
the Administrative Tools icon.
2. Double-click the Administrative Tools
icon.
3. Double-click the Services icon.
4. Verify that the Services window opens.
5. Scroll down to find PCANYWHERE Host
Service and double-click the icon to
select it.
PCANYWHERE
Settings
1. View the Service status and the
Startup type.
The Startup type [1] indicates

PCANYWHERE status during power ON.
Automatic indicates
PCANYWHERE starts
automatically at power ON.
Manual indicates the user must
start PCANYWHERE in the
Services Control panel
The Service status [2] indicates if the

service is or is not active.
Started in the status field

indicates that the PCANYWHERE
service is running.
Stopped indicates that the
PCANYWHERE service is not
running.
Disable
PCANYWHERE Note
Perform this procedure if a modem is
not installed on the SCC.
1. Set to Manual Startup:
From the services window, select

PCANYWHERE Host Service
from the list.
Set the Startup type to
Manual. [1]
Select OK to save the setting.
2. Stop the service:
If the Service status indicates

Started, select Stop to stop the
PCANYWHERE Host Service. [2]
A message displays indicating that
the system is attempting to stop
the PCANYWHERE service.
3. Select OK to save the setting.

4. Close the Services window.
5. Restart the SCC and verify that
PCANYWHERE does not start
automatically.
Verify/Configure to Automatic Startup and Start the Service
This is only required if PCANYWHERE does not go to the waiting mode when the SCC is restarted. This may occur if the service
setting for PCANYWHERE was changed from Automatic to Manual start.
Note
Verify that a modem is connected, turned on, and the telephone line is functional.
Verify/Configure to
Automatic Startup
1. In the Services window, with PCANYWHERE Host Service selected, double-click.
2. Select the Automatic Startup type.
Start Service
1. If the Service status lists Started, verify the modem is operational according to P-
210 Modem Test.
2. If the Service status lists Stopped, select Start to start PCANYWHERE Host
Service. A message displays attempting to startup PCANYWHERE and then puts it
in Waiting.
Note
If an error message is received select OK.
3. Select OK to save the setting.

4. Close the Services window.
5. Restart the SCC.
Verify
PCANYWHERE
1. Switch (Alt+Tab) to the PCANYWHERE window and verify the status is Waiting.
Starts Automatically
Verification
1. Verify modem operation using P-210 Modem Test.
P-213 Modem Connection to an SCC Version - 96756-111_289_2

P-213 Modem Connection to an SCC
Purpose This procedure documents how to use PCANYWHERE to modem into an ARCHITECT Module SCC/Modem
SCC.
Materials None Time N/A
Required
Contact
Customer
1. Contact the customer and obtain permission to
modem into their system.
2. Inform them why you are modeming in and what
activities you expect to perform while connected
to their system.
3. Ask the customer to verify that the modem is on
and connected to a telephone line.
Verify
PCANYWHERE
1. Have the customer press Alt+Tab to locate the
Status
PCANYWHERE icon.
Note
If the icon is not available, then
PCANYWHERE is not open or is not in a
waiting status.
2. Have the customer verify that the

PCANYWHERE dialog indicates
PCANYWHERE in a waiting status.
If PCANYWHERE is waiting, go to Open

PCANYWHERE.
If PCANYWHERE is not waiting, ask the
customer to restart the SCC, or refer to
P-212 PCANYWHERE Startup.
The customer may have closed

PCANYWHERE accidentally
PCANYWHERE has been changed
from Autostart to Manual start.
Open
PCANYWHERE
1. Start PCANYWHERE.
2. Select the Remotes button. [1]
3. Double-click the ARCHITECT icon. [2]
Note
If you work with pre-configured accounts,
double-click the account icon and the
computer automatically dials the number.
Enter Modem
Number
1. Enter the modem number for the ARCHITECT
SCC. [1]
Be sure to enter any necessary access codes

(for outside line, etc.)
2. Select OK.
Log In
1. Enter FSE in the Username field.
2. Enter fse in the Password field.
3. Enter SCC in the Domain field.
Note
The PCANYWHERE file manager window
displays.
Once connected to an SCC, an image of

the SCC screen displays on your system.
You can perform:
All on-screen operations.

Most keyboard operations.
Note
Response to mouse clicks and keyboard
entries is slower than when you are
working directly on an SCC. Also, the
colors used in the ARCHITECT software
are not correctly presented in the
PCANYWHERE screen image. This does
not impact available functionality.
Complete
Modem
1. Refer to the functions and activities listed under
Activities
Accessing Different Applications on the SCC to
complete the call.
If file transfer is required, refer to P-221

Modem File Transfer Procedure.
Close Call
1. If you logged onto the system as FSE at any
time during your call, log off at this time (refer to
P-201 Service Log On/Log Off Procedure.)
2. Select the End Remote Control Session
icon. [1]
3. Contact the customer to let them know that you
have completed your modem activities.
4. Document your activities according to local
country call management procedures.
Accessing Different Applications on the SCC
Note
The ALT+TAB key combination cannot be used to move between applications from a remote computer. Use Windows NT
Task Manager to switch between programs, end programs, or launch new programs on the SCC.
Log On as
FSE Note
1. Select Log on F2 from the Snapshot screen. Prior to leaving the site, FSE is required to return the
2. Enter FSE in all capital letters in the User system to operator level of access. To do this, perform
name field. Log Off as FSE, or restart the SCC.
password field.
Note
4. Select Done.
5. Verify that the Operator listed on the Snapshot
screen lists FSE.
Launch
Task
1. Select the System icon on the SCC image.
Manager
2. Select Task Manager from the drop-down
menu.
Switch
Programs
1. Open Task manager.
2. Select the program you want to use.
3. Select the Switch To button. [1]
Close
Application
2. Select the program you want to end.
3. Select End Task. [1]
4. Select Wait in the next dialog.
Note
If the same dialog displays and the
application did not quit, select End
Task in the dialog.
Open
Programs
2. Select the New Task button. [1]
If you know the name and the path of

the application you want to start, you
can type it in the dialog box. [2]
If you want to select the application by
browsing, select Browse [3] and find
the program in the Browse window.
3. Select OK.
4. Minimize the Task manager window.
P-214 Database Restore Version - 96756-111_288_3

P-214 Database Restore
Purpose If the system has database errors or will not boot up, perform this procedure to restore the Module SCC
database from the system software.
Materials None Time 20
Required min
Restore from Utilities
Log On
as FSE Note
1. Select Log on F2 from the Snapshot screen. Prior to leaving the site,
FSE is required to return the
2. Enter FSE in all capital letters in the User name field. system to operator level of
access. To do this, perform
3. Enter the FSE logon date code in the password field. Log Off as FSE, or restart
Note the SCC.
4. Select Done.
5. Verify that the Operator listed on the Snapshot screen lists FSE.
Restore
Database
1. Select the System icon, then select Utilities. Module Calibration - System
calibration files, robo.cal and
2. Select the Backup Software radio button. sample handler.cal files.
3. Select a backup from the available backup list. System Configuration -

Default host and system
4. Select [F5] Restore and restore the: parameters.
Module Calibration Database - System
database file, Architect.bak.
System Configuration Contains M&D procedures,
assay files, assay
Database
calibrations, results, module
5. The system restarts and the module calibration, system configuration, and and SCC configuration.
database are restored.
6. For i1000SR, after restoring a system backup, force the system to unload all
the reagents from the carousel and then reload them.
This may be done one of two ways:
1. Through the user interface, from Snapshot screen, select Reagents >
Select all > F7 Unload. Once the processing module is set to Ready
and the RSH to Running, the reagents will automatically unload. Then,
remove and reinsert the carriers to reload them.
OR
2. While the processing module and RSH are in Stopped or Ready

status, fully open and close the reagent carousel cover, which will
cause all the reagents to go to BCR Fail status. Once the processing
module is set to Ready and the RSH to Running, the reagents will
automatically unload. Then, remove and reinsert the carriers to reload
them.
Restore at Boot Up (cannot start ARCHITECT Software)
Access
Restore
1. When the system software starts to bootup and
Window
you get a screen that has the ARCHITECT logo,
press Alt+Shift.
2. Verify that a restore window displays.
Restore
Database
1. Select the desired backup file (the file to restore)
to highlight it.
2. Select the Create database button.
3. Select Done.
Verification
1. Verify the ARCHITECT application starts correctly.
2. Perform startup on the processing module and the
sample handler.
3. Update Inventory.
reserved.
P-215 PM Log Interpretation Version - 96756-111_287_2

P-215 PM Log Interpretation
Purpose Use to interpret PM log data after performing procedure P-204 Log Retrieval Procedure. Module SCC
Materials Required Floppy, CD, or modem for retrieval Time N/A
Example of PM Log:
The above sample represents only some of the potential errors. More than one error can occur, such as the 0X0150, because they
are or'd (combined) together. The 0X00150 shows a communications error and clot (0X0010) and two shape errors (0X0020).
PM
Definition Probable Cause and Corrective Action
Status
0X0001 Invalid Syringe PMIB is telling Syringe to cut on/off too early.
Try PMIB, LLS Board, Software protocol, experiment protocol
0X0002 Air Only No liquid was picked up during aspiration. Also known as front end pulse error.
Aspirated
Check LLS to see if it is triggering above the liquid
Check for droplets on side of container (condensation, splashing)
Is the container empty?
Check for connection tightness, and then start with sensor
0X0010 Clot Detected Clot Score Exceeded 1000. A clot was sucked in during aspiration.
Bad Samples. Check sample, especially if whole blood, for chunky bits (clots). Replace if clumpy.
Try a new probe then a sensor. Be sure to flush using CLI command for the pipettor (OMS XX
JGXXXX) before running PM again.
0X0020 Shape Error Shape Error. Air was aspirated after liquid was sampled. Shape score in log exceeds 180
Sample fluid not homogenous (usually blood samples)

Probe hitting side of container. Check Robo Cal
Erratic LLS. Check LLS log for consistent liquid found position
Can be loose robot components (mount screws or Z-Motion Slop)
0X0040 Start /Stop

0X0100 Communications Suspect when you get multiple different errors on the same pipettor. Can be combined with another
Error number.
0X0500 Communications The system may not see all the data.
Error
Broken or open connections on PMIB board. LLS/PMIB Connector wires broken. Check
connections or replace PMIB
Replace LLS Board
It has been observed that the PM/LLS components sometimes work fine except in certain
combinations with a particular pipettor. Try swapping the whole set of parts between a working
pipettor and the one in question.
0X0200 Over Pressure Overpressure detected.

Detected For overpressure, either the probe or sensor is clogged or the probe hit the bottom of the container and
sealed off without z-crashing.
0X0400 Under Pressure Under pressure detected.

Detected For under pressure, check for liquid in container
General If you get a large number of errors on a single pipettor regardless of sample size, the probable causes
are:
Sensor (erratic, not linear any more, leaking)

PMIB
Connections
LLS Board
P-216 WAM Log Interpretation Version - 96756-111_286_2

At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument produces
results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-216 WAM Log Interpretation
Purpose Use to interpret WAM log data after performing procedure P-204 Log Retrieval Procedure. Module SCC
A guideline to use for the WAM Station Delta at each probe position is that it should be at least 1250 units (1.25 C (33.6 F) degrees).
The WAM Log record structure (each line of data) is:
Date Current_Time Module_ID Zone_Number St1test# St1Max St1Delta St2test# St2Max St2Delta St3test# St3Max St3Delta
06/10/1998 17:36:43 |1 |2 | 25 | 27274 | 34 |0 | 27649 | 852 |0 28808 | 2651
St1, St2, St3 means station 1, 2, 3 in that order.
Note
In the logfile, it is all squeezed together to conserve disk space and looks like:
06/10/1998 17:36:43|1|2|25|27274|34|0|27649|852|0|28808|2651
Note
Aspirations occur twice per lockstep - this means two lines of data for each lockstep.
Note
If no RV is present at a probe position, data is reported, but is very low. This occurs as an RV enters and moves through a wash zone.
At the first lockstep when an RV enters a wash zone, the data for Probe 1 looks normal, while the data for probe 2 and 3 is low. At
lockstep 2, the data for probe 1 and 2 should look normal, while the data for 3 is low. At lockstep 3, the data for all three probes should
look normal. (This assumes that there are at least three (3) RVs in the process path.)
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2008 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci8200, and c8000 are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories.
i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200, iSystem and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-217 Disable Keyboard Locale Hot Keys Version - 96756-111_275_2

P-217 Disable Keyboard Locale Hot Keys
Purpose This procedure documents how to disable the hot keys for local languages. Module SCC
Note
If locale hot keys are enabled when Alt+Shift keys are selected by the operator, the operating
system switches from US (standard) keyboard mapping to other keyboards (such as German,
French, Spanish, and Italian).

Required min
Log On as
FSE Note
2. Enter FSE in all capital letters in the User name field. the system to operator level of access. To do
3. Enter the FSE logon date code in the password field. this, perform Log Off as FSE, or restart the SCC.
Note
4. Select Done.
screen lists FSE.
Access
Explorer
3. Select New Task.
4. Type Explorer.
5. Select OK.
Disable
Keyboard
1. Use Explorer to navigate to the Control Panel folder.
Locale Hot
2. Double-click on Control Panel.
Keys
3. Double-click on Keyboard.
4. Select the Input Locales tab.
5. Select Change Key Sequence button.
6. De-select Enable Key Sequence check box.
7. Select OK.
8. Select Apply.
9. Select OK.
10. Close Explorer.
Log Off as
FSE Note
the system to operator level of access.
Note
The User Name field displays and is populated
with the name FSE.
Note
3. Select Done.
4. Verify that nothing is listed on the startup screen after
Operator:.
Verification
1. Press Alt+Shift on the keyboard.
Note
It is important that you only press Alt+Shift
once. If Alt+Shift is pressed more than once,
the keyboard mapping is not correctly set for
the verification.
2. Select the Orders icon.

3. Select Patient order from the drop-down menu.
4. Go to the SID field and press y on the keyboard.
Note
If "z" displays, repeat the procedure.
P-218 C: Drive Recovery Procedure (SCC Platform C) Version - 96756-111_276_1

P-218 C: Drive Recovery Procedure (SCC Platform C)
Purpose This procedure is used when the integrity of the system software (SCC Platform C) is suspect (incorrect Module SCC
shutdown of the SCC is a possible cause) or to install software when replacing the C: drive. This
procedure includes making a backup of the database, rewriting the C: drive, reconfiguring the SCC, and
restoring the database.
Materials ARCHITECT System Software Configuration Media Time 30
Required min
Prerequisite
1. The processing module must be in Stopped, Ready, or
Offline status.
Log On as
FSE Note
1. Select Log on F2 from the Snapshot screen. Prior to leaving the site, FSE is required to
2. Enter FSE in all capital letters in the User name field. return the system to operator level of access.
3. Enter the FSE logon date code in the password field. To do this, perform Log Off as FSE, or restart
the SCC.
Note
4. Select Done.
lists FSE.
Verify
Current Note
1. Select the System icon, then Utilities. If this cannot be performed, go directly to
Backup
2. Select Backup software from the Utilities screen. Insert CD and Restart SCC.
3. Verify that a current backup displays in the Available
Backups field.
Insert CD
and Restart
1. Insert the ARCHITECT System Software
SCC
Configuration Media in the CD-ROM drive.
2. Select Shutdown [F3] from the Snapshot screen.
4. Press Ctrl+Alt+Del keys simultaneously.
5. When the Confirm exit window displays, select
Shutdown and restart the computer and then select
OK.
Note
When the SCC restarts, a WARNING! You are
about to install ... message displays.
6. Press any key to pass the WARNING screen.
Note
The R:\> prompt displays.
Rewrite C:
Drive Note
1. At the R:\> prompt, type 2 (Software Restore for C:) The ARCHITECT Software Configuration CD
REWRITE platform... "C", Drive C: and press Enter. is a service tool and should be taken from the
2. Press Enter to pass the WARNING! screen. site when the service engineer leaves.
Note
The system starts rewriting and the C: drive is
rewritten with a clean installation of the operating
system, application programs, and default system
files.
3. When prompted to insert the next media, remove Disk 1

of 2, insert Disk 2 of 2, and select Enter (continues the
process).
4. When the rewriting process is complete and the R:\>
prompt displays, remove Disk 2 of 2 from the CD-ROM
drive.
5. Reboot the computer by simultaneously pressing the
Ctrl+Alt+Delete keys.
Note
The system restarts. When the System Settings
Change window displays, the version splash
screen displays 2.01 rather than 2.02 because
the changes made between software version
2.01 and 2.02 affect only the c8000 module
firmware.
6. When the "Do you want to restart your computer

now?" displays, select Yes.
Note
This reboot ensures all of the hardware is
recognized before continuing.
Note
If the display graphics mode is not correct, select
Shutdown [F3] to shutdown and then restart the
SCC to correct the condition.
Configure
First Module Note
When the SCC reboots, the Configure first module
window displays.
1. Press the Num Lock key to activate the number

keypad.
2. Enter the FSE logon code.
3. Select the first processing module type from the list.
Note
If installing a ci8200, the first processing module
is c8000.
4. Enter the Serial No. of the first module being installed.

5. Select OK to shutdown and restart the SCC.
Note
After the SCC reboots a new database is
created. This may take up to 20 minutes. When
complete, the Snapshot screen displays.
6. When 0537 Improper shutdown on SCC error

message displays, select OK.
Note
If a modem is not installed, the software displays
a Dr. Watson error. Perform procedure P-212
PCANYWHERE Startup to set the service to
manual.
Verify
Software
1. When the Snapshot screen displays, log on as FSE (P-
Version
201 Service Log On/Log Off Procedure).
2. Select the System icon, then Utilities.
3. Select Software install and verify software version 2.02
displays.
Restart SCC
and Locate
1. From the Utilities screen, select Backup software.
Backups
2. Verify that the last backups display in the Available
Backups field.
3. Locate the backup that you want to restore.
Restore
Database
1. Select the database backup that you wish to restore.
2. Select Restore, and restore the:
Module Calibration - System calibration files,

robo.cal and ish.cal files.
System Configuration - Default host and system
parameters.
Database - System database file, icw.odb.
Contains M&D procedures, assay files, assay
calibrations, results, module and SCC
configuration.
3. The system restarts and the module calibration, system

configuration, and database are restored.
Log On as
FSE Note
2. Enter FSE in all capital letters in the User name field. return the system to operator level of access.
3. Enter the FSE logon date code in the password field. To do this, perform Log Off as FSE, or restart
the SCC.
Note
4. Select Done.
lists FSE.
Access
Explorer
3. Select New Task.
4. Type Explorer.
5. Select OK.
Calibrate Perform P-205 Calibrate Touchscreen.

Touchscreen
Configure Perform P-206 Printer Configuration.
Printer
Identify and
Perform Note
1. Determine if the software version installed requires any Reinstalling software on the C: drive erases
Required
upgrades. any upgrades performed after the installation
Upgrades
of the latest software version using the
Compare the TSB sticker on the SCC and the Software Configuration CD-ROM. It is
processing module to the latest version of the necessary to reinstall those upgrades.
TSB/ISA listing.
Use Explorer to view the folders on the D: drive.
If a Change or Upgrade folder exists, and has
content, an upgrade has been performed.
2. Perform any required upgrades per the instructions

documented in the TSB or ISA.
Startup
Processing
1. Perform startup on the processing module(s) and
Module(s)
sample handler.
and Update
Inventory
Perform
Control Run
1. Using the reagents that shipped to the site, calibrate
and run at least two (2) sets of 10 (total of 20) replicates
of each level of control for one Two Step Assay
Protocol.
2. Verify that each of the results are within the ranges
published.
3. Print the QC report and verify that the CVs are under
10%. (Refer to P-24 Precision Run)
Note
Use all positive results for the calculation.
P-219 Ethernet Communication Verification Version - 96756-111_294_2

P-219 Ethernet Communication Verification
Purpose This procedure verifies that Ethernet communication has been established between the SCC and the Module SCC
processing module(s) or sample handler.
Required min
Power ON SCC
1. Power ON the system control center.
Note
Do not go to the next step until the system control center displays the Snapshot
screen.
Power ON the
Module(s)
2. Verify that the status of the attached module(s) goes from Offline to Stopped.
Note
During data transfer, the corresponding LED on the Ethernet hub blinks rapidly.
Perform Startup
1. To change the status of the processing module and sample handler from Stopped to Ready,
P-220 LLS Log File Interpretation Version - 96756-111_253_2

P-220 LLS Log File Interpretation
Purpose Use to interpret LLS log data after performing procedure P-204 Log Retrieval Procedure. Module SCC
LLS Log Field Definitions
Log excerpt showing how LLS should have increasing steps going into a container:
Regular LLS Log segment without errors:
LLS Status Codes

Readouts generated by the LLS X Status command:
Note
Works better if LLS X CLR_STATUS is run first, where X is the LLS system number, 0 (sample), 1 (R1), or 2 (R2).
Liquid Sensed, first time after replacing the cpu, or LLS board
0909
Liquid sensed, normal readout
0101
Lost contact during aspiration
0505
Self test readout, never saw liquid
0808
Shifted 0101 readout, may have crashed the probe
1011
Positively crashed the probe
1010
Theta Ground (only shows up during robo cal)
0606
P-221 Modem File Transfer Procedure Version - 96756-111_281_1

P-221 Modem File Transfer Procedure
Purpose Use to transfer files to and from an ARCHITECT SCC. This allows you to retrieve system logs, Module Modem
verify system files, or download updated files to the customer SCC.
Materials None Time N/A
Required
Access SCC
PCANYWHERE
1. Select the File Transfer icon. [1]
File Manager
Locate File(s)
1. Locate the file(s) you want to transfer on the
remote system or on the host system.
Transfer File(s)
1. Open the folder to which you want the file(s)
transferred.
2. Select the file(s) you want to transfer.
3. Select the Transfer icon. [1]
Note
The folder D:\Service\Temporary is on
every SCC as a temporary folder for files
that you want to transfer. The folder is a
temporary storage location; once file
transfer is complete and the files are
used appropriately, delete the files in this
folder. Reference:
Verify Transfer
The remote system (your PC) is on the left-hand
1. Verify that the file(s) that you transferred side of the screen. [2]
displays in the receiving folder. The host system (SCC) is on the right hand side
2. Complete the call according to P-213 Modem of the screen. [3]
Connection to an SCC.
P-223 Override Processing Module Cover Interlocks Version - 96756-111_280_2

P-223 Override Processing Module Cover Interlocks
Purpose Module SCC

This procedure is used to override
the following covers:
front processing module cover

(c4000, i1000SR, i2000SR,
i2000)
rear processing module cover
(i2000SR, i2000)
R1, R2, and sample carousel
(c8000, c16000)
reagent supply center, reagent
supply center maintenance (Y)
(c4000)
Materials Required None Time NA
Log On as
FSE Note
1. Select Log on F2 from the Snapshot screen. Prior to leaving the site, FSE is required
2. Enter FSE in all capital letters in the User name field. to return the system to operator level of
3. Enter the FSE logon date code in the password field. access. To do this, perform Log Off as
FSE, or restart the SCC.
Note
4. Select Done.
5. Verify that the Operator listed on the Snapshot screen lists
FSE.
Override
cover
1. Select System from the Snapshot screen.
interlocks
2. Select Configuration, and then Modules.
3. Select the desired processing module, and then select On for
Override interlocks.
Note
Results are not reported when the cover interlocks are
overridden.
WARNING
The automatic reagent carousel scan is not
performed if you open and close the reagent
carousel covers. If any reagents or segments are
removed or changed you must request a manual
reagent scan.
Change
override
1. Select System from the Snapshot screen.
cover
2. Select Configuration, and then Modules.
interlocks
3. Select the desired processing module, and then select Off for
to Off
Override interlocks.
Note
Prior to leaving the site ensure that the override cover
interlocks is configured to Off as results are not reported
when the covers are overridden.
reserved.
P-226 Set Bar Code Transitions Version - 96756-111_214_5

At the completion of this VP: G110 - After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument produces results, ENSURE appropriate
Quality Control is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
P-226 Set Bar Code Transitions
This procedure is used to reduce the frequency of the invalid bar code read errors by editing the transition field of the appropriate bar code SCC
Purpose calibration file to a value correct for the bar code type, presentation, or number of characters being used. Module
Example Sample Tubes with customer bar code labels, pretreatment tubes or other tubes with special labels. 15
Materials Time min
Required
Prerequisites
1. Power ON the system.
2. The processing module must be in the Stopped, Warming, or Ready state.
Preparation
1. Obtain a variety of sample bar codes to be used.
Note
Some sites use a variety of bar code types and number of characters. To ensure that the
file is set properly to read all tubes, it is advised to determine the minimum number of
characters used.
2. Find out the bar code type (symbology) that is used.
Log On as
FSE
1. Select Log on F2 from the Snapshot screen.
2. Enter FSE in all capital letters in the User name field.
3. Enter the FSE logon date code in the password field.
4. Select Done.
Determine
Number of
1. At the Snapshot screen, select Orders and then Patient order.
Characters
2. Select the SID field.
3. Using the SCC bar code scanner, scan the bar code label on a tube.
4. Count the number of characters entered into the field.
5. Repeat the process for the next tube.
6. Of the labels scanned, determine the minimum number of characters.
Perform
3253 Bar
1. Perform 3253 Bar Code Configuration, Transition Value option (System, Diagnostics, SCC Option,
Code
Utilities), and go to Shutdown and Restart SCC.
Configuration
Manually Set
Number of Note Bar Code Transitions
Transitions The following steps are an optional method to manually enter transition values to the BCR.Cal
(Optional) File. This is required for values greater than those shown in the Bar Code Transitions table. Use
minimum value that gives reliable results.
1. Using Bar Code Transitions, locate the bar code symbology and the number of characters.
2. Determine the recommended number of transitions.
Note
Barcode types serve as examples. Special labels may use transition settings closest to
those shown on the table for the example type. All settings are verified prior to use by
performing the appropriate test listed at the end of this procedure. Both tube and empty
positions are checked. Transitions as high as 120 would be acceptable.
Access
Explorer
3. Select New Task.
4. Type Explorer.
5. Select OK.
Open Bar
Code Cal
1. Navigate in Explorer on the left side to the desired folder for the type of sample handler.
File
RSH and/or LSH (Sample Carousel) = C:\IPLS\RSH\System
iRSH (c4000, i1000SR, ci4100) = C:\IPLS\iRSH\System
SSH = C:\IPLS\ISH\System
LAS = C:\IPLS\LASB\System
2. In the right field, select and double-click on BCR.CAL.
3. If the Open With pop up screen displays, select NOTEPAD.
Edit
Transition
1. In the BCR.CAL file, locate the value for the transition value number under the Value column.
Value
2. Change the number to the new value determined above.
3. Edit only the numerical value. DO NOT edit or delete any of the characters.
Note
The information for the Microscan MS3 barcode reader is not used at this time. This
information will only be present on instruments at v5.00 software or higher. If an error
occurs during the editing process go to Restore Default File.
Save File
1. At the top of the screen, select FILE then SAVE.
Restore
Default File Note
This action is only required if there was an error in editing the BCR.CAL file.
1. Navigate in Explorer on the left side to the desired folder for the type of sample handler.
Note
Example: For the RSH you would navigate to C:\IPLS\RSH.
2. In the right field, select and double-click on the default directory and select BCR.CAL.
3. From the menu, select EDIT then COPY.
4. Navigate in Explorer to the appropriate sample handler system directory.
5. From the menu, select EDIT then Paste.
6. Go to Open Bar Code Cal File.
Shutdown For information on the startup procedure,

and Restart refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
1. Perform P-248 Startup and Shutdown to shutdown and restart the computer and processing
SCC Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
modules.
Subsection: System startup, pause, and
2. Go to Perform Diagnostic Procedure Bar Code Reader Test.
shutdown.
Perform For further information on performing
Diagnostic diagnostic procedures, refer to the
1. Perform the appropriate Maintenance and Diagnostic procedure
Procedure ARCHITECT System Operations Manual,
Bar Code SSH - 3250 SH Bar Code Reader Test Section 10: Troubleshooting and
Reader Test RSH - 3252 RSH Bar Code Reader Test diagnostics, Subsection: System
iRSH (c4000, i1000SR, ci4100) - 3230 Bar Code Reader Test diagnostics.
LAS - 3255 LAS Crsl Bar Code Reader Test
LSH / Sample Carousel - 3251 Sample Carousel Bar Code Test
Note
Use at least 10 bar coded tubes from the site when performing Maintenance and
Diagnostics.
2. Verify that all the bar coded tubes used scan correctly.
i System Service and Support Manual (Version 96661-116) • © 2002, 2010 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci4100, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200 are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-230 D: Drive Recovery Procedure Version - 96756-111_328_2

P-230 D: Drive Recovery Procedure
Purpose This procedure is used when the integrity of the D: drive is suspect (incorrect shutdown of the SCC is Module SCC
a possible cause) or to install software when replacing the D: drive.
Materials ARCHITECT System Software Configuration Media Time 20
Required min
Insert CD and
Restart SCC
1. Insert the ARCHITECT System Software Configuration
Media in the CD-ROM drive.
2. Select Shutdown [F3] from the Snapshot screen.
4. Press Ctrl+Alt+Del keys simultaneously.
5. When the Confirm exit window displays, select Shutdown
and restart the computer and then select OK.
Note
When the SCC restarts, a WARNING! You are
about to install ... message displays.
6. Press any key to pass the WARNING screen.
Note
The R:\> prompt displays.
Rewrite D: Drive
Note
1. At the R:\> prompt type 3 (Software Restore for D:) The ARCHITECT Software
REWRITE platform... , Drive D: and press Enter. Configuration CD is a service tool and
2. Press Enter to pass the WARNING! screen. should be taken from the site when
the service engineer leaves.
Note
The system starts rewriting and the D: drive.
3. When the rewriting process is complete and the R:\> prompt

displays, remove the CD from the CD-ROM drive.
4. Reboot the computer by simultaneously pressing the
Ctrl+Alt+Delete keys.
Note
The system restarts. Wait until the System Settings
Change window is displayed.
5. Select Shutdown [F3] and then select OK to confirm the
shutdown request.
6. When the "Do you want to restart your computer now?"
displays, select Yes.
Note
This reboot ensures all of the hardware is recognized
before continuing.
Identify and
Perform Any Note
Required Reinstalling software on the D: drive erases any upgrade
Upgrades information saved in the Change or Upgrade folder on the D
Drive. The TSB sticker can be used to obtain information on
required upgrades.
1. Determine if any upgrades affect the information just

installed on the D Drive.
Compare the TSB sticker on the SCC and the

processing module to the latest version of the
TSB/ISA listing.
2. Perform any required upgrades that affect the D: Drive per

the instructions documented in the TSB or ISA.
Backup
Database
1. When the Snapshot screen displays, select the System
icon, then Utilities.
2. Select Create backup [F4] (performs database backup).
3. Verify that the backup occurs without error.
Startup the
Processing
1. Perform startup on the processing module(s) and sample
Module(s) and
handler.
Update Inventory
P-231 Software Error Information Version - 96756-111_329_2

P-231 Software Error Information
Purpose Checklist for gathering software error information. This information should be gathered and documented in Module SCC
the call management system, when a software error occurs. This checklist should be completed for any
software error, which reoccurs several times or requires onsite service.
Required min
List
Description Information Required Information
Here
Describe the error in detail (list all actions taken, all system responses). If possible, print a
screen image of the error as not all errors are logged in the message history and
temporary message.
List all related error messages (message history and temporary message). How often
does this error occur?
Error Description
Did the error occur while printing a report? If so, which one?
Did the error occur while printing a screen image (Alt + Print Screen)?
Did the error occur while accessing the SCC?
Did the error occur while creating patient test orders, calibrators test orders, or controls
test orders?
What keystrokes were being selected when the lockup or error occurred?
Check for Hidden Error A hidden error message may be present. Hold down the Alt+Tab keys and look for the
Messages following Icon.
Use the Tab key to tab to this icon and deselect the Alt key. If an error message
is present, it should display.
What was the status of the Processing Module at the time of error?
Status and Peripheral

Devices What was the status of the Sample Handler at the time of error?
Can the operator use the touchscreen? Keyboard? Mouse?
Does the SCC respond to STOP on the touchscreen or keypad?
What is the module configuration (i2000, i4000, i2000SR, c8000, etc.)?
What is the Software Version and when was it installed? (System, Utilities, Software
Install)
Were there any power issues at the time of the lockup? Does the customer have a UPS?
Is it correctly plugged into the backup outlet? (P-42 UPS Installation)
If the system is configured for a Host interface, what was the system doing at the time?
Was it querying the host or downloading tests from the host?
System Configuration & If the system is configured for a Host interface, was it releasing patient, QC, or exception
Activities results to the host?
If the system is configured for a Host interface, was it scanning patients or controls? Was
it running bar coded controls?
If the system is configured for automatic wash buffer transfer using the
ARCHITECT ARM, was an automatic or a manual transfer in progress?
If the system is configured for automatic wash buffer transfer using the
ARCHITECT ARM, was a Host transfer occurring at the same time as the transfer or
ARCHITECT ARM request?
Log Collection Perform Diagnostic Procedure 6009, Log Utilities (System, Diagnostics, Module 5, Utilities,
6009 Log Utilities, Option 1, Retrieve Current Logs, Select Log Destination - Floppy, CD,
or Hard drive.)
Note
Up to five (5) sets of logs can be stored to the Hard drive. The logs can be copied
to a CD at a later time using 6009, Option 3, Copy Archived Logs to CD. The logs
can also be sent via modem at a later time.
Database Collection (if Collect the Database for the following issues:
needed)
Reagent Issues (mismatches, read errors, etc.)
Assay Configuration Issues (such as Retest rules)
Search Function Issues
Tests not transitioning properly in Order Status Screen or Results Review Screen
(tests staying in Scheduled, Pending Transmission)
Copy the Database to a CD using 6009, Log Utilities, Option 2, Copy Database to CD
Rebooted the SCC?
Recovery - What Rebooted the Processing Module?
procedure was used to
recover from the error? Restored a backup database?
Reinstalled software? (P-218 C: Drive Recovery Procedure (SCC Platform C))
reserved.
P-232 Delete Reagent Kit Version - 96756-111_330_2

P-232 Delete Reagent Kit
Purpose This procedure documents deletion of a reagent kit from the system. Module SCC
Log On as FSE
Note
1. Select Log on F2 from the Prior to leaving the site, FSE is required to return the system to
Snapshot screen. operator level of access. To do this, perform Log Off as FSE, or restart
2. Enter FSE in all capital the SCC.
letters in the User name
field.
3. Enter the FSE logon date
code in the password field.
Note
Enter the date code in
reverse order.
4. Select Done.
5. Verify that the Operator
listed on the Snapshot
screen lists FSE.
Access
Reagent
1. Select the Reagent icon
History Screen
from the Snapshot screen.
2. Select Reagent history from
the drop down menu.
Delete Reagent
Kit Note
1. Select the desired reagent To delete an assay instead of a reagent kit, perform diagnostic
kit. procedure 6114 Install/Delete Assays.
2. Select Delete - F6.
3. Repeat Step1 and Step2 to
delete additional kits.
4. Verify deletion of the
selected reagent kit(s).
P-234 System Serialization Version - 96756-111_333_2

P-234 System Serialization
To configure serial numbers in the system software at installation. SCC

Purpose Module
None 15 min
Locate Serial
Number
1. Architect System No. - Completed by the SCC vendor.
Configuration
2. SCC Serial Number - Completed by the SCC vendor.
Information
Note
The first character of the SCC Serial Number is an alpha
character. It identifies the hardware used in the SCC so that the
correct replacement parts and Hard Drive Images can be
installed.
3. SH Serial Number:
RSH (c8000, i2000SR, ci8200) - Displayed under the right side end
cap of the RSH (Example: RSH02001).
RSH (i1000SR) - Uses the same 5 digit serial number as the

processing module (Example: RSHxxxxx).
RSH (c4000, ci4100) - Uses the same 5 digit serial number as the
c4000 processing module (Example: RSH01065).
Standard Sample Handler (i2000) - Created by the SCC Vendor (the

Architect System No. preceded by the letters SH (Example: SH02001).
4. PM Serial Number:
c4000 - c4000 for production systems (the ARCHITECT PM serial

number preceded by c4; Example: c401065).
c8000 - c8xxxxx for production systems (the ARCHITECT PM serial

number preceded by c8; Example: c801065).
i1000SR - i1SRxxxxx for production systems (the ARCHITECT PM

serial number preceded by i1SR; Example: i1SR01065).
i2000 - i2xxxxx for production systems (the ARCHITECT PM serial

number preceded by i2; Example: i201065).
i2000SR - iSRxxxxx for production systems (the ARCHITECT PM
serial number preceded by iSR; Example: iSR01065).
Note
For multi-module systems, module 1 is on the left.
Log On as
FSE Note
1. Select Log on F2 from the Snapshot screen. Prior to leaving the site, FSE
2. Enter FSE in all capital letters in the User name field. is required to return the
3. Enter the FSE logon date code in the password field. system to operator level of
access. To do this, perform
Note
Log Off as FSE, or restart
the SCC.
4. Select Done.
Architect
System
1. From the Snapshot screen, select the System tab.
Number and
2. Select Configuration.
SCC Serial
3. Select the System Settings radio button.
Number
4. Select the System Control Center category.
Configuration
6. Enter the following serial numbers:
Architect system no.
Note
If replacing the SCC, do not edit the Architect system
no. This number remains the same for the system as
long as it is at the current site.
SCC serial no.
Note
The system number and SCC serial number are located
on the SCC (Platform D - on the front; Platform B or C -
located on the top of the case). The SCC Serial no. field
only accepts eleven charaters. Do not use the alpha
charcter (D) that precedes the eleven character numeric
SCC serial number.
7. Select Done.
Note
After editing the serial number, shutdown and restart the SCC to
transfer the edits to the database.
Sample
Handler Serial Note
Number This activity is not required for LAS configurations.
Configuration
1. From the Snapshot screen, select the System tab.
3. Select the System settings radio button.
4. Select the Sample Handler category.
6. Enter the sample handler serial number.
7. Select Done.
Note
After editing the serial number, shutdown and restart the SCC to
Processing
Module Serial
Number
Configuration
3. Select the System Settings radio button.
4. Select the Modules category.
6. Select the desired processing module from the dropdown menu.
7. Enter the processing module serial number.
8. Select Done.
9. After editing the serial number, shutdown and restart the SCC to
Note
Do not go to the next step until the system control center
displays the Snapshot screen.
Enter Serial
Numbers in
1. Enter the serial numbers for the PM(s), SCC, and SH into call
Call
management.
Management
2. Enter the Architect System No. into Call Management as the location
code for each of the serial numbers.
3. Document the installation per approved country procedures.
reserved.
P-244 WINMSD Report Version - 96756-111_218_2

P-244 WINMSD Report
Purpose This procedure recalls Windows NT historical information that shows whether NT device drivers have Module SCC
been reconfigured since they were set up.
Materials Floppy or modem for retrieval Time 5
Required min
Access System
Diagnostics Window
2. Select New Task.
3. The Create New Task dialog displays.
4. Type winmsd in the Open: field and select OK.
The Windows NT Diagnostics window displays
Create and Save the

System Information
1. Select File, Save Report.
File
The Create Report dialog displays.
2. Select the radio buttons for All Tabs (Scope),

Complete (Detail Level), and File (Destination).
3. Select OK.
The Save WinMSD Report dialog displays.
4. Leave msdrpt.txt as the File name and select

the D: drive at the root level (no subdirectory) as
the location.
5. Select Save.
The file is save to the D: drive for us to retrieve

when drive is sent back.
6. Close the Windows NT Diagnostics window by
clicking on the X in the upper right corner of the
window.
7. Close Task Manager by clicking on the X in the
upper right corner of the window.
P-245 Stop Reagent Onboard Stability Timer Version - 96756-111_219_2

P-245 Stop Reagent Onboard Stability Timer
This procedure documents how to stop the onboard reagent stability timer. The procedure is only SCC
Purpose required when: Module
a repair significantly affects the time remaining for onboard stability

a hardware failure prevents a reagent scan from being performed
Note
Normally the onboard stability timer is stopped by removing the reagent kits and
performing a reagent scan (for the i2000/i2000SR).
None 10
Materials Time min
Required
Determine time
remaining for
1. Select the Reagent icon from the Snapshot screen.
onboard stability
2. Select Reagent status from the drop down menu.
3. Select the View All radio button.
4. Print a listing of all the reagents onboard by
pressing ALT+Print Screen.
5. Review the print screen copies with the customer
and determine which reagent kits to remove from
the module.
Log On as FSE
Note
2. Enter FSE in all capital letters in the User name return the system to operator level of access.
field. To do this, perform Log Off as FSE, or restart
3. Enter the FSE logon date code in the password the SCC.
field.
4. Select Done.
screen lists FSE.
Remove Reagent
Kits from Module
1. Remove all the reagent kits from the module.
If i2000/i2000SR, go to Remove Reagent

Kits from Module (i2000/i2000SR).
If i1000SR, go to Remove Reagent Kits from
Module (i1000SR).
Remove Reagent
Kits from Module
1. Remove all the reagent kits from the module and
(i2000/i2000SR)
store them in the refrigerator.
Note
Be sure to store all the bottles for each
reagent kit together so that there will not be
any loading errors when the reagents are
loaded on the module again.
2. Go to Stop Reagent Onboard Stability Timer.
Remove Reagent
Kits from Module
(i1000SR)
3. Select the reagent kits to be removed.
4. Select F7-Unload.
Stop Reagent
Onboard Stability
1. Stop the reagent onboard stability timer.
Timer
If i2000/i2000SR, go to Stop Reagent
Onboard Stability Timer (i2000/i2000SR).
If i1000SR, go to Stop Reagent Onboard
Stability Timer (i1000SR).
Stop Reagent
Onboard Stability Note
Timer The Remove - F8 function key is only available at
(i2000/i2000SR) the FSE access level.

4. Select Remove - F8.
5. Verify removal of the selected reagent kits selected
from the reagent status screen.
Stop Reagent
Onboard Stability Note
Timer (i1000SR) The onboard stablity tracking timer stops when the
reagent carrier is unloaded from the reagent
carousel and removed from the RSH.

4. Select Remove - F8.
5. Verify removal of the selected reagent kits selected
from the reagent status screen.
Note
The Remove - F8 function key is only
available at the FSE access level.
P-248 Startup and Shutdown Version - 96756-111_234_3

P-248 Startup and Shutdown
Purpose Identify the recommended steps for a successful startup and shutdown. Module SCC
Startup
Power ON
UPS and
1. Power ON the UPS.
Peripherals
2. Power ON the peripherals (modem, printer, monitor, etc.).
3. Verify that power to the processing module(s) is OFF.
Note
The power to the processing module(s) must be OFF prior to turning on the power to the
system control center. If the processing module(s) power is ON, communication is not
properly initialized between the system components.
Power ON
SCC
1. Power ON the system control center.
Note
Do not go to the next step until the system control center displays the Snapshot screen.
Power ON
Modules
2. To change the status of the processing module and sample handler from Stopped to Ready,
Shutdown
Prerequisite
1. The processing module must be in Stopped, Ready, or Offline status.
Perform SCC Shutdown

1. Access the Snapshot screen by selecting Overview and then Snapshot.
2. Select Shutdown F3.
4. When the screen turns blue, and a message about shutting down the SCC displays,
press the Ctrl+Alt+Delete keys simultaneously. Select Shutdown the computer, then
OK.
Note
Wait while the software applications shut down. A message displays informing
you that Shutdown is complete and you can turn off the power.
Note
You can choose to restart the SCC at this point.
5. Press and hold the power switch on the front of the central processing unit (CPU) for
10 seconds to power OFF the SCC.
Shut Down Processing

Module(s) and
1. Power OFF the processing module(s) and all peripherals.
Peripherals
P-601 Reagent Supply Center Temperature Detector Adjustment Version - 204739-101_4326_1

P-601 Reagent Supply Center Temperature Detector Adjustment

Purpose Perform this procedure to adjust Module c4000
the displayed temperature of
reagent supply center.
Materials Required External thermometer (LN8C94- Time Procedure: 30 min

88) Verification: 30 min
Insulated cup Total: 1 hr
Ice


Prerequisite 1. Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
and replace if necessary. Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
2. Verify the processing module has been on for at least 30
minutes prior to testing.
3. The processing module and RSH must be in Stopped
status.
Remove 1. Loosen the two (2) screws securing the left rear cover and
Temperature remove the cover.
Detector from 2. Remove the foam insulation [1] covering the Reagent
Reagent Supply Supply Center temperature detector.
Center 3. Remove the two (2) screws [2] securing the detector
bracket and slide out the detector [3].
Note Do not disconnect the temperature detector from
the connector.
Determine Water 1. Fill an insulated cup half full of water.
Temperature 2. Attach the removed temperature detector to the external
thermometer probe with a rubber band and place the
probe and sensor into the water.
3. Add ice to cool the water to 5°C ± 3°C.
Note This is the testing temperature for this detector.
4. Wait for the reading to stabilize.
Determine Reagent 1. Select the As Needed category from the Maintenance For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to the
Supply Center screen under the system icon. ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10: Troubleshooting
Temperature 2. Perform 3525 Temperature Status. and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
3. Read the temperature status of reagent supply center.
Verify Correct 1. Verify the reagent supply center temperature is within ±

Temperature 0.2°C of the reading of the external thermometer in the
Reading water.
• If correct, go to Reinstall Temperature Detector Into
Reagent Supply Center.
• If incorrect, continue with Open Card Cage Cover.
Open Card Cage 1. Open the right front door.

Cover 2. Remove the right front access panel by removing the four
(4) screws.
3. Loosen the four (4) thumbscrews securing the card cage
cover and open the cover.
Adjust VR1 on 1. On the AC/DC controller board, turn VR1 (potentiometer)
AC/DC Controller clockwise to raise the displayed temperature.
Board Note Update the screen after each movement of VR1
to see the current reading.
2. Continue adjustment until the displayed temperature is
within ± 0.2°C of the actual temperature.
Close Card Cage 1. Close the card cage cover and secure with the four (4)
Cover thumbscrews.
2. Install the right front access panel and secure with the four
(4) screws.
Reinstall 1. Remove the temperature probe and temperature detector

Temperature from the ice water and remove rubber band.
Detector into 2. Remove and dispose of the insulated cup.
Reagent Supply 3. Gently insert the temperature detector into the reagent
Center supply center and secure with the bracket and two (2)
screws.
4. Install the foam insulation covering the temperature
detector.
5. Install the left rear cover and secure with the two (2)
screws.
Prepare for 1. Change the status of the processing module and sample For information on the shutdown procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Operation handler from Stopped to Ready by performing the startup System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
procedure. Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Verification 1. After repair is complete, ensure appropriate Quality Control

is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-602 SCC Bar Code Scanner Verification Version - 204739-101_4327_1

P-602 SCC Bar Code Scanner Verification

Purpose This procedure verifies bar code scanner function. Module Bar Code Scanner
Materials Required Bar Code Labels Time 3 min


Verify SCC BCR 1. From the Snapshot screen, select the

Functionality Orders icon.
2. From the drop-down menu, select
Patient orders.
3. Select the SID field.
4. Place the SCC bar code scanner over the
bar code label.
5. Verify the number from the label displays
in the SID field.
Verification 1. After repair is complete, ensure

appropriate Quality Control is in
reserved.
P-604 Internal Instrument Temperature Detector Adjustment Version - 204739-101_4328_1

P-604 Internal Instrument Temperature Detector Adjustment

Purpose Perform this procedure to adjust the displayed internal c4000 Module c4000
processing module Temperature.
Materials Required Standard Tool Kit Time 60 min

External thermometer (LN8C94-88)
50mL beaker


Prerequisite 1. Inspect tools for damage, ensure For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
calibration is not expired and replace if Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
necessary.
2. Verify the processing module has been
ON for at least 30 minutes prior to
testing.
Stopped or Ready status.
Remove 1. Loosen the two (2) screws securing the

Temperature left rear cover and remove the cover.
Detector for 2. Loosen the screw on the clamp [1]
Water Bath securing the detector [2] at the base of
Heater Assembly the heater assembly and slide the
detector to the left to remove.
3. Do not disconnect the temperature
detector from the connector.
Determine Water 1. Fill a beaker with 50mL of room For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to
Temperature temperature water. the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10:
2. Attach the removed temperature Troubleshooting and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
detector to the external thermometer
probe with a rubber band and place the
probes into the water.
3. Wait for the readings to stabilize.
Determine 1. Select As Needed category from the

Internal c4000 Maintenance screen under the System
Processing icon.
Module 2. Perform 3525 Temperature Status.
Temperature 3. Read the status of the instrument
internal temperature.
Compare 1. Internal Instrument temperature must be
Temperature within ±0.2°C of the reading of the
Readings external thermometer in the water.
• If correct, go to Install Temperature
Detector for Water Bath Heater
Assembly
• If incorrect, continue with Open
Card Cage Cover

Cover 2. Remove the right front access panel by
3. Loosen the four (4) thumbscrews
securing the card cage cover and open
the cover.
Adjust VR4 1. On the AC/DC controller board, turn

VR4 (potentiometer) clockwise to raise
the displayed temperature and counter-
clockwise to lower the displayed
temperature.
Note Update the screen after each
movement of the
potentiometer to see the
current reading.
2. Continue adjustment until the displayed
temperature is within ±0.5°C of the
actual temperature.
Close Card Cage 1. Close the card cage cover and secure
Cover with the four (4) thumbscrews.
2. Install the right front access panel and
secure with the four (4) screws.
Install 1. Remove probes from the water.

Temperature 2. Remove rubber band from probes.
Detector for 3. Slide the detector into the clamp on the
Water Bath base of the heater assembly and tighten
Heater Assembly the clamp screw to secure the detector.

reserved.
P-605 Water Bath Temperature Detector Adjustment Version - 204739-101_4329_1

P-605 Water Bath Temperature Detector Adjustment

Purpose Perform this procedure to adjust the displayed Water Bath Module c4000
Temperature.

External thermometer (LN8C94-88)


Prerequisite 1. Inspect tools for damage, ensure

calibration is not expired and replace if
necessary.
2. Verify the processing module has been
ON for at least 30 minutes prior to
testing.
Perform 3526 1. Select the As Needed category from the For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to
Check Water Maintenance screen under the System the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10:
Bath Temperature icon. Troubleshooting and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
2. Perform 3526 Check Water Bath
Temperature.
Note Allows for correct positioning
of the temperature probe in
the water bath.
Position Probe in 1. Position the probe from the external

Water Bath thermometer into the water bath in the
position specified by 3526 Check Water
Bath Temperature.
2. Wait at least 1 minute for readings to
stabilize.
Read status of 1. Using 3526 Check Water Bath

Water Bath Temperature read the status of the
Temperature water bath temperature.
2. The reading should be within ±0.1°C of
the reading on the external
thermometer.
• If correct, go to Prepare for
Operation
• If the difference is more than
±0.1°C go to Open Card Cage
Cover

the cover.
Adjust VR5 1. On the AC/DC controller board, turn

VR5 (potentiometer) clockwise to raise
the displayed temperature and counter-
clockwise to lower the displayed
temperature.
Note Update the screen after each
movement of the
potentiometer to see the
current reading.
2. Continue adjustment until the displayed
temperature is within ±0.1°C of the
actual temperature.
Prepare for 1. Complete 3526 Check Water Bath

Operation Temperature and remove the external
thermometer probe.

reserved.
P-606 Reagent Supply Center Bar Code Reader Alignment Version - 204739-101_4330_2

P-606 Reagent Supply Center Bar Code Reader/Bottle Sensor Alignment

Purpose Perform this procedure to align the Reagent Supply Center Bar Module c4000
Code Reader and Bottle Sensor.

PM10-63690*AGr1 Bar Code Reader JIG tool
2-202076-01 JIGU Cable
ISA ARCH-011 Updated JADAK 2D Barcode Reader Command
Card

Prerequisite 1. Inspect tools for

damage, ensure
calibration is not
expired and replace if
necessary.
2. The processing
module must be in
Stopped or Ready
status.
3. Log On as FSE.
Preparation 1. Open the Reagent

Supply Center cover
and remove any
reagents in segment J.
Store in appropriate
refrigerator.
2. Remove the left rear
cover.
3. Remove the left side
cover to provide
access to the bar code
reader adjustment
screws. [1]
4. Remove the two (2)
screws securing the
front left deck cover
[A].
5. Position the cover so
there is access to the
bar code reader. Do
not disconnect the
wires to the reagent
carousel cover and
rotation buttons.
Preparation 1. Adjust the red circle
(continued) screw to the
uppermost position of
the oblong screw hole.
2. Adjust the blue circle
screws to the center of
the screw holes.
Move The 1. From the snapshot
Reagent screen, select
Carousel To System, Diagnostics,
Home Module 5, Utilities
Position and perform 6200 CLI
Terminal Simulator.
2. Enter set_module 1
continue, r1oc h bcr
continue, and r1ic h
bcr continue to home
the inner and outer
carousels.
3. Verify the mark and
the slit are aligned
straight.
Put Bar 1. Disconnect the

Code barcode reader cable
Reader in from the reader and
“Lights Off” the D-sub connector.
Aimer Mode 2. Connect the JIGU
cable between the D-
sub connector and the
barcode reader.
Note Ensure the
switch on the
JIGU cable is
OFF.[1]
3. Turn on the JIGU
cable switch. The
barcode reader is
triggered on and the
red illumination and
the green aimer light
up.
4. Position the Lights Off
command barcode in
front of the barcode
reader (Inside the
Reagent Supply
Center behind the
window).
5. Turn off the switch on
the JIGU cable. Then
turn the switch on the
JIGU cable back on.
Only the green aimer
lights up.
Put Bar
Code Per ISA ARCH-011 Updated JADAK 2D Barcode Reader Command Card.
Reader in
“Lights Off”
Aimer Mode
(continued)
Install JIG 1. Install the JIG

Alignment Alignment Tool into the
Tool BCR tray.[1]
Note The edge of
the JIG tool
must fit into
the right
corner of the
BCR-
TRSAY.
Adjust BCR 1. Locate the BCR angle,

Position vertical and horizontal
adjustment screws (C,
D & E).
2. Adjust the BCR
position so the center
of the Aimer Light
(green) is positioned
on both the front and
back of the target.
Put Bar 1. Scan the Lights On
Code barcode label at the
Reader in BCR Tray.
“Lights On” 2. Turn off the switch on
Mode the JIGU cable. Then
turn the switch on the
JIGU cable back on.
Verify the Illumination
Light (red) is lit.
3. Remove the JIGU
cable and reconnect
the bar code reader
cable.
Adjust Bottle 1. Using 6200 CLI

Sensor Terminal Simulator,
Position type
C8000_COMMAND
<R1IC H BSPOS> to
move the carousel to
the bottle sensor
adjustment position.
2. Locate the bottle
sensor vertical and
horizontal adjustment
screws (A &B).
3. Adjust the Bottle
Sensor position so the
red beam hits the back
target plate through
the hole on the front
plate.
4. Remove the JIG
Alignment Tool.
Bottle 1. Perform 6200 CLI
Sensor Terminal Simulator and
Sensitivity type r1ic pos bs k 1
Adjustment to move the first
position of segment K
to the Bottle Sensor
adjustment position.
a. Verify the Mode
Switch on the
Bottle Sensor is
turned
clockwise fully.
b. Place a 90ml
reagent
cartridge into
the first position
of the K
segment.
c. Turn the
sensitivity
volume CCW
fully for the
lowest
sensitivity.
d. Turn the
sensitivity
volume CW
gradually until
the Active LED
(red) is lit.
Record the
position as “A”.
e. Remove the
90ml reagent
cartridge.
2. Turn the sensitivity
volume CW gradually
until the Active LED
(red) is lit and then turn
the volume CCW
gradually until the
Active LED goes OFF.
Record the position as
“B”.
Note If the red
light is not lit
at the
maximum
sensitivity
point, record
the position
as “B”.
3. Set the sensitivity
volume at the
intermediate position of
A and B.
4. Verify Active LED (red)
is OFF.
5. Place a 90mL reagent
cartridge into the first
position of K segment
and verify the Active
LED (red) is lit.
6. Remove the 90mL
reagent cartridge.
7. Type R1ic h and r1oc
h to home the inner
and outer carousels.
8. Exit 6200 CLI Terminal
Simulator.
Verification 1. Ensure reagent

Read Test cartridges are loaded
on the Reagent
Carousel.
2. From the Snapshot
screen, select
Reagents, Reagent
Status and Scan.
3. Verify all regents were
read correctly and
displayed in the
Reagent Status
screen.
Prepare for 1. Install the front left

Operation deck cover.
2. Install the left rear and
left side covers.
3. Log On as Operator.
Verification 1. Perform System Start-

up to put the
processing module into
the Ready Status.
2. After repair is
complete, ensure
appropriate Quality
Control is in
specification and
calibrate as necessary.
reserved.
P-608 Sample Wash Cup Position Alignment Version - 204739-101_4331_1

P-608 Sample Wash Cup Position Alignment

Purpose Perform this procedure to align (mechanically) the Sample Wash Cup Module c4000
to Sample Probe.


Prerequisite 1. Inspect tools for damage, ensure For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to
calibration is not expired and replace if the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10:
necessary. Troubleshooting and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
Verify Sample 1. Manually move the sample pipettor

Pipettor Sample through the sample wash cup to ensure
Wash Cup that probe passes through the cup without
contacting the cup.
Note Ensure probe is new and
straight.
Power On 1. Power on the c4000 processing module.

3. Log On as FSE.
Perform 1124 1. Select the Fluidics / Wash category from

Wash Cup the Diagnostics screen under the
Alignment System icon.
2. Perform 1124 Wash Cup Alignment.
Note Allows for correct positioning of
the sample probe for alignment
of the wash cup.
3. Select L1 for the Sample Pipettor.
4. Select L1 to home the pipettor over the
wash cup.
Adjust Sample 1. Loosen the screws on the base of the

Wash Cup sample wash cup and center the wash
cup under the sample probe.
Note Ensure the probe does not
contact the wash cup.
2. Tighten the screws on base of sample
wash cup once wash cup is in position.
Perform 1120 1. Select the As Needed category from the For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to
Sample Pipettor Maintenance screen under the System the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10:
Calibration icon. Troubleshooting and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
2. Perform 1120 Sample Pipettor Calibration.

reserved.
P-609 Degasser Canister Draining Version - 204739-101_4332_1

P-609 Degasser Canister Draining

Purpose Perform this procedure to remove fluid from the degasser unit canister. Module c4000

Syringe

necessary.

(use the main circuit breaker located at
the rear of the processing module).
Drain Water from 1. Open the left rear cover.

Canister 2. Locate canister drain tubing in front of
degasser and remove from clamp.
3. Remove cap and attach a syringe to the
end of the drain tubing.
4. Draw back on the syringe plunger to
remove water from the degasser canister.
5. Repeat as needed to remove all water
from the degasser canister and install cap
on drain tubing.

the processing module to
procedure.
Maintenance screen under the system
icon.
5. Check for leaks.

reserved.
P-610 Reagent Wash Cup (R1 and R2) Alignment Version - 204739-101_4333_1

P-610 Reagent Wash Cup (R1 and R2) Alignment

Purpose Perform this procedure to align Module c4000
(mechanically) the Reagent Wash Cups to
Reagent Probes.


Prerequisite 1. Inspect tools for damage, ensure For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to
calibration is not expired and replace if the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10:
necessary. Troubleshooting and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
Verify Reagent 1. Manually move the reagent pipettor

Pipettor Does Not through the reagent wash cup to ensure
Contact Reagent the probe passes through the cup without
Wash Cup contacting the cup.
Note Ensure probe is new and
straight.
Power on the 1. Power on the c4000 processing module.

c4000 2. The processing module must be in
3. Log On as FSE.

Wash Cup the Diagnostics screen under the
Alignment System icon.
2. Perform 1124 Wash Cup Alignment.
the reagent probe for alignment
of the wash cup.
3. Select L2 (R1) or L3 (R2) for the R1 or
R2 pipettors.
Adjust Sample 1. Loosen the screws on the base of the

Wash Cup reagent wash cup and center the cup
under the reagent probe.
Note Ensure the probe does not
2. Adjust as needed.
3. Tighten the screws on the base of the
reagent wash cup once the wash cup is in
position.
Calibrate Pipettor 1. Select the As Needed category from the For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to
Maintenance screen under the System the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10:
icon. Troubleshooting and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
2. Perform 1121 R1 Pipettor Calibration or
1122 R2 Pipettor Calibration.

reserved.
P-611 Wash Cup Position Alignment Version - 204739-101_4334_1

P-611 Wash Cup Position Alignment

Purpose Perform this procedure to Module c4000
align (mechanically) the Mixer
Wash Cups to the mixers.


Prerequisite 1. The processing module must be in For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to
Stopped or Ready status. the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10:
2. Log On as FSE. Troubleshooting and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
Verify Mixer 1. Manually move the mixer through the

Pipettor Position mixer cup to ensure the mixer does not
contact the mixer wash cup.

Mixer Alignment the Diagnostics screen under the
System icon.
2. Perform 1123 Mixer Alignment.
the mixer for alignment of the
wash cup.
3. Select L1 for Mixer 1 or L2 for Mixer.
4. Select L2 to position the mixer over the
Wash Cup.
Adjust Mixer Cup 1. Loosen the screws at the base of the

wash cup and position the wash cup so
that it is centered under the mixer.
Note Ensure the mixers do not
2. Once the cup is in the correct position,
tighten the screws at the base of the
wash cup.
3. When adjustment is correct, exit 1123
Mixer Alignment.

reserved.
P-612 Bulk Solution Weight Sensor Adjustment Version - 204739-101_4335_1

P-612 Bulk Solution Weight Sensor Adjustment

Purpose Perform this procedure to adjust the bulk Module c4000
solution weigh sensors for minimum
volume in the bulk solutions after a repair
or replacement.

1 empty ICT Reference (large) bottle
1 empty alkaline or acid (small) bottle
1 metric ruler
Absorbent Towels


Preparation 1. Inspect tools for damage, ensure

calibration is not expired and replace if
necessary.
3. Open the supply (left front) door.
4. Remove the tubing from the ICT
reference bottle, alkaline wash bottle,
and acid wash bottle. Wrap each tube
with an absorbent towel.
5. Remove the ICT reference bottle,
alkaline wash bottle, and acid wash
bottle from the weight sensor platforms.
Fill Bulk Solution 1. Fill the empty ICT reference solution

Bottles bottle with 15mm of water (165mL +/-
10mL).
2. Fill the empty alkaline or acid bottle with
14mm of water (67mL +/- 5mL).

Cover 2. Remove the right front panel by
the cover.
Access MECH 1. Verify the MECH LED board [1] is

LED Board visible from the left side of the
processing module.
Position Bottles 1. Position the test bottle on the

on Platform and appropriate platform.
Verify LEDs are Note Do not place intake tubing in
ON the bottle.
2. Verify the LED on the MECH LED
Board is ON.
• ICT reference = LED 9-7 Empty
Sensor MCC Warning
• Alkaline = LED 9-8 Empty Sensor
B14 Warning
• Acid = LED 9-9 Empty Sensor B3
Warning
Verify Weight 1. Pipette 11mL of water from the empty

Sensor ICT reference solution bottle. This
Specification should lower the height of the water by
1mm (14mm).
2. Pipette 5mL of water from the empty
alkaline or acid bottle. This should lower
the height of the water by 1mm (13mm).
3. Verify the LED on the MECH LED
board is OFF.
Note The specification is for the ICT
reference solution LED to be
on for 15mm and off at 14mm.
The LED for alkaline or acid to
be on at 14mm and off 13mm.
• If a weight sensor is in
specification, go to Prepare for
Operation.
• If a weight sensor is not in
specification, go to Adjust Weight
Sensors.
Adjust Weight 1. Loosen the nut [1] on the flag

Sensors adjustment and turn the screw [2] CW if
the LED is OFF at the upper water
volume or CCW if the LED is ON at the
lower water volume.
2. Tighten nut [1] and retest.
Prepare for 1. Install the ICT reference bottle, alkaline
Operation wash bottle, and acid wash bottle on the
2. Install the tubing in the ICT reference
bottle, alkaline wash bottle, and acid
wash bottle.
3. Replace all cover(s) and close all doors.
4. Select the As Needed category from
the Maintenance screen under the
System icon.
5. Perform 2155 Flush Bulk Solutions.

reserved.
P-613 +5VDC (PS1) Measurement Version - 204739-101_4336_2

P-613 +5VDC (PS1) Measurement

measure +5VDC (PS1) in the
Main Power Supply.

Multimeter

WARNING Electrical Shock Hazard
necessary.
3. Log On as FSE.

open the cover.
Measure +5VDC 1. Verify the voltage between TP3

on DAQ Board (+ lead) and TP4 (- lead) on the DAQ
board is +5.05VDC (±0.05).
• If the voltage is correct go to
Close Card Cage Cover.
• If the voltage is incorrect, proceed
to action item Adjust Voltage.
Adjust Voltage 1. Remove the right rear cover.
2. Locate the variable resistors [1] on the
back of the Main Power Supply.
3. Adjust the variable resistor for PS1 for
a voltage reading of +5.05VDC (±0.05)
between TP3 (+ lead) and TP4 (- lead)
on the DAQ board.
Operation module and sample handler from System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Stopped to Ready, perform the Startup Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
procedure.
Verification 1. Select the Fuses / Motors category For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to the
from the Diagnostics screen under the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10: Troubleshooting
System icon. and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
2. Perform 5712 Voltages Test.
4. After repair is complete, ensure
specification and calibrate as
necessary.
reserved.
P-614 +12VDC (PS3 Power Supply) Measurement Version - 204739-101_4337_1

P-614 +12VDC (PS3 Power Supply) Measurement

measure the +12 VDC on the
AC/DC Driver Board.

Multimeter


necessary.

3. Loosen the two (2) screws on the Driver
Box door [1] and open the door.
4. Locate CN12 [2] on the AC/DC Driver
Board.
Measure +12 VDC 1. Verify that voltage between Pin 1 (+ lead)
on AC/DC Driver and Pin 2 (- lead) on CN12 is +12VDC
Board (±0.3).
• If the voltage is correct, proceed to
action item Close Front Covers.
• If the voltage is incorrect, proceed to
action item Adjust Voltage.

3. Adjust the variable resistor for PS3 for a
voltage reading of +12VDC (±0.3) between
Pin 1 (+ lead) and Pin 2 (- lead) on CN12
on the AC/DC Driver Board.
Install Right Rear 1. Install the right rear cover.

Cover
Close Front 1. Close the Driver Box door and secure with
Covers the two (2) screws.
Verification 1. Select the Fuses / Motors category from

the Diagnostics screen under the System
icon.
3. After repair is complete, ensure appropriate
Quality Control is in specification and
Note For further information on
performing diagnostic
procedures, refer to the
ARCHITECT System Operations
Manual, Section 10:
Troubleshooting and diagnostics,
Subsection: System diagnostics.
reserved.
P-615 +12VDC (PS5) Measurement Version - 204739-101_4338_1

P-615 +12VDC (PS5) Measurement

measure +12VDC (PS5) in
the Main Power Supply.

Multimeter


necessary.
Access Main 1. Remove the right rear cover to access

Power Supply the Main Power Supply and power
connectors. [1]
Verify +12VDC 1. Locate the UC connector [1] located on

(PS5) at Unit the side of the Main Power Supply.
Cooler Plug 2. Use a digital voltmeter to verify the
voltage between pin 1 (+ lead, orange
wire) and pin 2 (- lead, black wire) is
+12VDC (±0.6VDC).
Note This voltage is only present
when the reagent carousel is
cooling.
• If the voltage is correct, go to
Install Right Rear Cover.
Note UC Connector
123
456
789
Adjust Voltage 1. Locate the variable resistors [1] on the

Main Power Supply.
2. Adjust the PS5 +12V variable resistor
for a voltage reading of +12VDC
(±0.6VDC) between pin 1 (+ lead,
orange wire) and pin 2 (- lead, black
wire) is on the UC connector.
Cover
Verification 1. Select the Fuses / Motors category For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to
from the Diagnostics screen under the the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10:
System icon. Troubleshooting and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
reserved.
P-616 +11.45 VDC, Lamp Power Supply (PS4) Measurement Version - 204739-101_4339_1

P-616 +11.45 VDC, Lamp Power Supply (PS4) Measurement

adjust DC Lamp Power
Supply in the Main Power
Supply.

Multimeter


necessary.
3. Log On as FSE.
Preparation 1. Remove the one (1) screw securing the

lamp housing cover [G].
2. Remove the lamp housing cover.
Measure DC Lamp 1. Locate the Lamp terminal block. [1]

Voltage 2. Remove the plastic terminal cover and
verify voltage between the two screws [2]
on the lamp terminal block is +11.4VDC -
+11.5 VDC.
Note Ensure a new lamp has been
installed prior to adjusting lamp
voltage.
• If the voltage is correct, go to action;
Close Covers.
• If the voltage is incorrect, go to
action; Adjust Lamp Voltage.
Adjust Lamp 1. Remove the right rear cover.
Voltage 2. Locate the variable resistors [1] on the
Main Power Supply.
3. Adjust the PS4 +11.5V variable resistor for
a voltage reading of +11.4VDC to
+11.5VDC (11.45V) on the lamp terminal
block.
Close Covers 1. Install the plastic lamp terminal cover.

2. Install the lamp housing cover and secure
with the one (1) screw.
Verification 1. Select the Fuses / Motors category from For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to the
the Diagnostics screen under the System ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10: Troubleshooting
icon. and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
reserved.
P-617 LLS Voltage Adjustment Version - 204739-101_4340_2

P-617 LLS Voltage Adjustment

Purpose Perform this procedure to adjust voltages on the LLS Module c4000
board.

Multimeter


Prerequisite 1. Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is not expired

and replace if necessary.
2. The processing module must be in Stopped or Ready
status.
Remove Covers 1. Open the right front door.

2. Remove the right front access panel by removing the four
(4) screws.
3. Remove the two (2) screws [1] securing the LLS Board
cover panel (located above card cage).
Measure and 1. Measure voltages from TP2 (ground) to each of the test
Adjust Voltage points (see table).
2. If measured voltage varies more than ±0.02VDC (from the
specification), locate appropriate potentiometer.
3. Rotate the potentiometer until voltage is within
specification.
Note Rotate the potentiometer clockwise to increase
voltage, counter-clockwise to decrease voltage.
Install Covers 1. Install the LLS Board cover panel and secure with the two
(2) screws.
2. Install the right front access panel and secure with the four
(4) screws.
Verification 1. Select the Fluidics / Wash category from the Diagnostics For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to the
screen under the System icon. ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10: Troubleshooting
2. Perform 3625 Pipettors LLS Test. and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
3. After repair is complete, ensure appropriate Quality Control
is in specification and calibrate as necessary.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of Abbott
Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-618 ICT Alignment
Version - 204739-101_4341_1
At the completion of this VP: After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument

Perform this procedure to align the ICT probe positions. c4000

Purpose Module
Standard Tool Kit 30 min

Materials Required Alignment tool #1 & #2 from the Robotics Alignment Tool Assembly Time
89825
Cuvette Segment Robocal Alignment Tool
ICT Front/Back-Left/Right Alignment
Prerequisite 1. Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
not expired and replace if necessary. Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Ready status.
Verify ICT Probe 1. Select the Modules category from the For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to the
Centered Over Diagnostics screen under the System icon. ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10: Troubleshooting
Cuvette 2. Perform 1101 Robotics Test Tool. and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
3. From the main menu of 1101 Robotics Test
Tool select 1. Reaction carousel.
• Home
• Exit
Tool select 8. ICT.
• L1 Home
• L2 Reaction Carousel cuvette
5. Verify the probe is centered over the cuvette
cell.
• If properly centered, go to Step6.
• If not properly centered, go to Adjust ICT
Head.
6. Select L4 Exit to return to the 1101 Robotics
Test Tool main menu.
7. Go to (L2 step down) ICT Cuvette Down
Position Adjustment.
Adjust ICT Head 1. If the ICT probe is not centered over the
cuvette cell in a front to back relationship,
loosen the two (2) screws [1] under the water
jacket tubing at the bottom of the head section.
2. Make slight front to back movements of the
ICT head to get the proper front to back
position.
3. Tighten the two (2) screws [1].
4. Verify the probe is centered clockwise or
counterclockwise over the cuvette cell.
• If centered, go to ICT Cuvette Down
Position Adjustment
• If not centered, go to Step 5.
5. Adjust the position of the ICT head using 1101
Robotics Test Tool, and selecting L1 Rotate.
Then position the probe using L1 CW
(clockwise) and L2 CCW (counterclockwise).
6. Once the position is correct select L4 Exit
three (3) times to return to the 1101 Robotics
Test Tool main menu.
7. Once the proper ICT head alignment at the
cuvette is verified, go to ICT Cuvette Down
Position Adjustment.
ICT Cuvette Down Position Adjustment
Install Alignment 1. From the main menu of 1101

Tool Robotics Test Tool, select:
a. 1. Reaction carousel.
b. Home
2. Remove cuvette segment 01-11 and
install the cuvette segment Robocal
Alignment Tool [1] in position 01-11.
3. Select 2. Rotate Carousel.
4. Select L2 1 Cuvette Segment two
(2) times to position the flat area [2]
of the Robocal Alignment Tool under
the ICT probe.
5. From the main menu of 1101
Robotics Test Tool select 8. ICT.
a. L1 Home
b. L2 Reaction Carousel cuvette
c. L2 Down step-up/step-down
6. Install Alignment Tool #1 on top of
the flat area of the cuvette segment
Robocal Alignment Tool. [3]
Note The Alignment Tool must be

placed on top of the
Cuvette Segment Robocal
Alignment Tool flat area for
proper height measurement.
Note
Video Note
Demonstration is performed on the C8000. However, alignment steps are
similar to the c4000 procedure.
Check ICT 1. Verify the low limit surface of the tool

Cuvette Down fits under the plate and the high limit
Position does not fit under the plate.
• If the down position meets the
specification, remove the
alignment tool #1 and go to Step
2.
• If the down position does not
meet the specification, go to
Adjust ICT Cuvette Down
Position.
2. Select L4 Up/Exit (moves the ICT
probe out of the cuvette).
Adjust ICT 1. Adjust the height of the ICT using

Cuvette Down 1101 Robotics Test Tool.
Position • L1 Step up
• L2 Step down
2. Go to Check ICT Cuvette Down
Position.
3. Select L4 Up/Exit (moves the ICT
probe out of the cuvette).
4. Remove the alignment tool #1 and go
to ICT Reference Solution Cup
Alignment.
ICT Reference Solution Cup Alignment
Verify Probe 1. Select L3 ICT reference solution cup

Over Reference in the 1101 Robotics Test Tool
Solution Cup screen.
2. Observe the probe position in
relation to the solution cup and verify
it is centered over the cup.
• If the probe is centered over the
cup, go to Verify Probe Down
Position.
• If the probe is not centered over
the cup, go to Adjust Probe
Over Reference Solution Cup.
Adjust Probe 1. Select L1 Rotate.

Over Reference 2. Position the probe using L1 CW
Solution Cup (clockwise) and L2 CCW
(counterclockwise).
3. Go to Verify Probe Over Reference
Solution Cup.
Verify Probe 1. Move the ICT probe to the down

Down Position position in the reference solution
cup by selecting L2 Down-step
up/step down.
2. Insert alignment tool #2 between the
bottom surface of the ICT mounting
plate and the top surface of the clear
plastic mounting plate of the
reference solution cup. [1]
3. Verify the low limit surface of the tool
fits under the plate and the high limit
does not fit under the plate.
• If the down position is within
specification, remove the
alignment tool #2, and go to
Exit 1101 Robotics Test Tool
Procedure.
• If the down position is out of (If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
specification, go to Adjust Probe
Note
Down Position.
Video Note
Demonstration is performed on the C8000. However, alignment steps are
Adjust Probe 1. Adjust the height of the ICT using
Down Position 1101 Robotics Test Tool.
a. L1 Step up
b. L2 Step down
2. Perform Verify Probe Down Position.
Exit 1101 1. Move the ICT probe out of the ICT

Robotics Test reference solution cup by selecting
Tool Procedure L4 Up/Exit.
2. Select L4 Exit twice to return to main
menu of 1101 Robotics Test Tool.
3. Remove the Cuvette Segment
Robocal Alignment Tool.
Robotics Test Tool select 1.
Reaction carousel.
• Home
5. Select 0. Exit twice to exit the 1101
Robotics Test Tool procedure.

necessary.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2014 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are trademarks of Abbott
reserved.
P-619 Water Bath Heater Adjustment Version - 204739-101_4342_3

P-619 Water Bath Heater Adjustment

Purpose Perform this procedure to adjust water bath temperature. Module c4000

External Thermometer (LN8C94-88)


calibration is not expired. Replace if Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
necessary.
2. Verify the processing module is ON for
at least 30 minutes prior to testing.
Ready status.
Position 1. Select the As Needed category from For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to
Temperature the Maintenance screen under the the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10:
Probe System icon. Troubleshooting and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
2. Perform 3526 Check Water Bath
Temperature.
Note Allows insertion of the
temperature probe into the
water bath in the correct
position.
3. Position the probe, from the external
thermometer, into the water bath in the
position specified by procedure 3526
Check Water Bath Temperature.
Verify Correct 1. Allow temperature reading to stabilize

Temperature (at least one minute).
Reading 2. Verify reading on the external
thermometer is 37°C (±0.1°C).
• If specification is met, go to
Prepare for Operation
• If specification is not met, go to
Remove Cover(s)
Remove Cover(s) 1. Remove the left rear cover.
heater control cover and remove the
cover.
Adjust Water Bath 1. Adjust potentiometer VR1 on the
Temperature controller board to set the water bath
temperature.
• Clockwise to raise to raise bath
temperature
• Counter-clockwise to lower bath
temperature
2. Allow the temperature to stabilize (10
minutes).
3. Go to Verify Correct Temperature
Reading.
Adjust Water Bath 1. Set SW1 switch 1 and 2 to the ON

Temperature New position.
Style TBC 2. Pressing SW3 will increase temperature
and pressing SW4 will decrease
temperature.
Note Approximate change per
pressing of a switch is 0.02
degrees C.
3. When 37 degrees C (±0.1 C) is
acheived, set switch 1 and 2 to the OFF
position on SW1.
Prepare for 1. Install the heater control cover and

Operation secure with the two (2) screws.
3. Complete 3526 Check Water Bath
Temperature.

null
P-620 Mixer Alignment
Version - 204739-101_4343_1

Perform this procedure to align the mixers. c4000

Purpose Module

Materials Required Mixer Height Tool, 7mm (203628) Time
Cuvette Segment Alignment Tool
Prerequisite 1. Inspect tools for damage, For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section
ensure calibration is not 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
necessary.
2. The processing module must
be in Stopped or Ready
status.
Preparation 1. Select the Modules category For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to the ARCHITECT
from the Diagnostics screen System Operations Manual, Section 10: Troubleshooting and diagnostics, Subsection:
under the system icon. System diagnostics.
2. Perform 1101 Robotics Test
Tool.
Reaction carousel.
a. Home.
b. Exit.
Mixer.
a. L1 Mixer 1
b. L2 Wash Cup
c. L4 Exit
d. L2 Mixer 2
e. L2 Wash cup
5. Verify mixers are centered
over the mixer wash cups.
• If centered, go to Step
6.
• If not centered use the
software controls in
1101 Robotics Test Tool
to center the mixers.
Select L1 Rotate for the
Mixer needing
adjustment and select
L1 CW (clockwise) or L2
CCW (counterclockwise)
to position the mixer
correctly. Enter L4 Exit
once position is correct.
6. Select L3 Cuvette for each
of the mixers.
7. Verify mixers are centered
over the cuvette cells.
• If centered, go to
Verify/Adjust Mixer #1
Height.
• If not centered use the
software controls in
to center the mixers.
Select L1 Rotate for the
Mixer needing
adjustment and select
L1 CW (clockwise) or L2
CCW (counterclockwise)
to position the mixer
correctly. Enter L4 Exit
when position is correct.
VIDEO
Verify/Adjust Note
Mixer #1 Video contains no
Height audio sound.
Verify/Adjust 1. Return to the main menu of

Mixer #1 1101 Robotics Test Tool.
Height 2. Select:
a. 1. Reaction
carousel.
b. Home
3. Remove cuvette segment 01-
11 and install the cuvette
segment Robocal Alignment
Tool [1] in position 01-11.
4. Select 2. Rotate Carousel in
the 1101 Robotics Test Tool
screen.
5. Select L2 1 Cuvette
Segment four (4) times and
then L1 1 Cuvette four (4)
times, to position the flat
area of the Robocal
Alignment Tool under the
mixer #1 blade.
6. Place the low limit surface of
the 7mm Mixer Height Tool
[2] under the mixer blade. [3]
Verify/Adjust 1. Verify the low limit surface of

Mixer #1 the tool fits under the mixer
Height blade and the high limit does
(continued) not pass beneath the blade.
• If specification is met,
remove the 7mm Mixer
Height Tool and go to
Verify/Adjust Mixer #2
Height.
• If specification is not
met, continue with next
step.
2. Remove mixer assembly top
cover and loosen the two (2)
set screws [4] that secure
mixer #1 arm to the motor
shaft.
3. Move the mixer arm up or
down on the shaft as needed
so the low limit surface of the
7mm Mixer Height Tool fits
under the mixer blade and
the high limit does not pass
beneath the blade.
4. Tighten the two (2) set
screws and recheck the
alignment height.
5. Remove the 7mm Mixer
Height Tool.
6. Install mixer assembly top
cover.
Verify/Adjust 1. Return to the Reaction

Mixer #2 Carousel Menu by selecting
Height L4 Exit.
2. From the Reaction Carousel
Menu, select 1. Home and
then 2. Rotate Carousel.
Segment five (5) times and
then L1 1 Cuvette nine (9)
area of the Robocal
Alignment Tool under the
mixer #2 blade.
4. Place the low limit surface of
the 7mm Mixer Height Tool
under the mixer blade.
5. Verify the low limit surface of
the tool fits under the mixer
blade and the high limit does
not pass beneath the blade.
go to Prepare for
Operation.
met, continue with next
step.
6. Remove mixer assembly top
cover and loosen the two (2)
set screws that secure the
mixer #2 arm to the motor
shaft.
7. Move the mixer arm up or
down on the shaft as needed
so the low limit surface of the
7mm Mixer Height Tool fits
under the mixer blade and
the high limit does not pass
beneath the blade.
8. Tighten the two (2) set
screws and recheck the
alignment height.
9. Remove the 7mm Mixer
Height Tool.
10. Install the mixer assembly
top cover.
Prepare for 1. Select L4 Exit and 1. Home

Operation to home the reaction
carousel.
2. Remove Cuvette Segment
Robocal Alignment Tool and
install the cuvette segment
that was removed earlier.
3. Select 0. Exit twice and exit
procedure.
4. Close cover(s) and door(s).
Verification 1. When repair is complete,

ensure appropriate Quality
Control is in specification and
reserved.
P-621 Cuvette Washer Alignment
Version - 204739-101_4344_1

Perform this procedure to align the cuvette washer. c4000

Purpose Module

Materials Required Metric Ruler Time
Alignment tool #3 from the Robotics Alignment Tool Assembly 89825
Prerequisite 1. Inspect tools for damage, For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section
ensure calibration is not 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
necessary.
2. The processing module must
be in Stopped or Ready
status.
Preparation 1. Select the Modules

category from the
Diagnostics screen under
the system icon.
Tool.
3. From the main menu of
select 1. Reaction
carousel.
a. Home
b. Exit
4. Remove the cuvette wash
nozzle assembly [1] from the
cuvette wash elevator [2] by
loosening the black knurled
knob [3].
Verify Dry Tip 1. Verify the dry tip is 61mm

Position ±0.5 mm [1] from the bottom
of the tip to the underside
surface of the nozzle
mounting plate.
Install Nozzle 1. Install the cuvette wash
Assembly nozzle assembly back on
the cuvette wash elevator
and secure with the black
knurled knob.
Verify Tip 1. From the main menu of

Rectangular 1101 Robotics Test Tool
Orientation select 9. Wash Station.
a. L2 Step-down.
2. Using the black knurled
knob, raise and lower the
cuvette washer.
3. Verify the top of the dry tip
nozzle does not move as the
washer moves in and out of
the cuvette.
go to Verify Nozzle
Centering Over
Cuvette.
met, go to Adjust Tip
Rectangular
Orientation.
Adjust Tip 1. Manually adjust the dry tip

Rectangular to ensure it is properly
Orientation centered in the cuvette cells.
2. Repeat Verify Tip
Rectangular Orientation.
Verify Nozzle 1. Select L1 up to move the

Centering Over cuvette washer to the up
Cuvette position, visually verify that
all the washer nozzles are
centered over the cuvette
cells.
go to Verify Nozzle
Centering Over
Cuvette.
met, go to Adjust
Nozzle Centering Over
Cuvette.
Adjust Nozzle 1. Adjust screws [1] on top of

Centering Over nozzle mounting plate for
Cuvette horizontal and left/right
adjustment.
2. Go to Verify Nozzle
Centering Over Cuvette.
Verify Nozzle 1. Select L2 Step Down to

Centering move washer to the down
Entering position, manually move the
Cuvette nozzle assembly up and
down, and verify nozzles are
centered when entering the
cuvettes.
go to Verify Dry Nozzle
Entry.
met, go to Adjust
Nozzle Centering
Entering Cuvette.
Adjust Nozzle 1. Adjust screws [1] on top of

Centering nozzle mounting plate center
Entering nozzles.
Cuvette 2. Go to Verify Dry Nozzle
Entry.
Verify Dry 1. While slowly lifting up on the

Nozzle Entry washer assembly by hand,
verify the dry nozzle enters
the cells smoothly, and
without deviation to the left
or to the right.
go to Verify Final
Alignment.
met, go to Adjust Dry
Nozzle Entry.
Adjust Dry 1. Loosen the two (2) screws

Nozzle Entry [1] at the top of the dry
nozzle and move the nozzle
[2] in the desired direction.
2. Go to Verify Final Alignment.
Verify Final 1. When the adjustment is

Alignment complete, tighten the nozzle
and recheck all nozzles on
the cuvette washer to verify
final alignment.
2. Select L1 Up to position
cuvette washer in the up
position and then select L4
Exit to return to main screen
of 1101 Robotics Test Tool.
3. From the main menu of
1101 Robotics Test Tool,
select 1. Reaction
carousel.
a. 1. Home
4. Remove cuvette segment
01-11 and install the cuvette
segment Robocal Alignment
Tool [1] in position 01-11.
5. Select 2. Rotate Carousel
in the 1101 Robotics Test
Tool screen
Segment two (2) times and
then L1 1 Cuvette nine (9)
area of the Robocal
Alignment Tool under nozzle
#1 of the cuvette washer.
7. Place the alignment tool #3
on the flat area of the
Robocal Alignment Tool. [3]
8. With the height set properly,
the low limit surface of the
alignment tool #3 should fit (If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
under nozzle #1 and the
high limit should not pass Note
beneath nozzle #1 [1]. Video contains no audio sound.
9. Remove the alignment tool Video Note
#3, select L4 Exit. Demonstration is performed on the C8000. However, alignment steps are
10. From the Reaction Carousel
Menu, select 1. Home and
then 2. Rotate Carousel.
Segment two (2) times and
then L1 1 Cuvette five (5)
area of the Robocal
Alignment Tool under nozzle
#5 of the cuvette washer.
12. Place the alignment tool #3
on the flat area of the
13. With the height set properly,
the low limit surface of the
alignment tool #3 should fit
under nozzle #5 and the
high limit should not pass
beneath nozzle #5. [4]
go to Prepare for
Operation.
met, go to Adjust
Nozzle Level and
Height.
Adjust Nozzle 1. If the height is not set

Level and properly adjust the screws
Height [1] on the linear slide for
horizontal level and height
alignment.
Prepare for 1. Remove the alignment tool

Operation #3 and select 1. Home to
home the reaction carousel.
2. Remove Cuvette Segment
Robocal Alignment Tool in
position 01-11 and install
cuvette segment removed
earlier into position01-11.
3. Select 0. Exit twice to exit
procedure.
4. Replace all covers.
Verification 1. After repair is complete,

Control is in specification
and calibrate as necessary.
reserved.
P-622 Sample Pipettor Head Horizontal Alignment Version - 204739-101_4345_1

P-622 Sample Pipettor Head Horizontal Alignment

Purpose Perform this procedure for horizontal alignment (manually) of the sample Module c4000
pipettor head.



necessary.
Preparation 1. Log On as FSE.

2. Remove the Sample Pipettor Cover from
the pipettor head.
Verify Front/Back 1. Select the Modules category from the

Centering Diagnostics screen under the System
icon.
2. Perform 1101 Robotics Test Tool.
3. From the main menu of 1101 Robotics
Test Tool select 5. Sample pipettor.
• Position
• Horizontal Alignment Check
4. Perform the Horizontal Alignment
Check.
Note This procedure instructs you to
install the Cuvette Segment
5. The Horizontal Alignment Check
provides check points during the
procedure for visual verification the
sample probe is centered front to back
over the Cuvette.
a. If specification is met, go to Exit
1101 Robotics Test Tool.
b. If specification is not met, go to
Adjust Front/Back Centering.
Adjust Front/Back 1. Slightly loosen the mounting screws [1],

Centering and center the sample probe over the
alignment target on the Cuvette
Segment Robocal Alignment Tool by
moving the sample pipettor head [2]
horizontally.
Note Do not rotate the sample
pipettor head during this
procedure. It is possible to
rotate the pipettor head to a
position that it causes it to fail
pipettor calibration.
2. Once the sample probe is centered
tighten the mounting screws [1].
3. Go to Verify Front/Back Centering.
Exit 1101 1. Select 0. Exit 2 times to return to the

Robotics Test main menu.
Tool 2. From the main menu of 1101 Robotics
Test Tool select:
a. 1. Reaction carousel.
b. 1 Home.
3. Select 2. Rotate Carousel in the 1101
Robotics Test Tool screen and touch L2
and repeat until Cuvette Segment
Robocal Alignment Tool is located at the
front position of the reaction carousel.
4. Remove Cuvette Segment Robocal
Alignment Tool and replace with cuvette
segment removed earlier.
5. Select L4 Exit and Select 0 twice to exit
Prepare for 1. Install the sample pipettor cover.

Operation 2. Select the As Needed category from the
icon.
3. If an adjustment was made to the
front/back centering, perform P-608
Sample Wash Cup Position Alignment.
4. Perform 1120 Sample Pipettor
Calibration.
Note Procedure 1120 Sample
Pipettor Calibration
automatically sets the right to
left centering.

reserved.
P-623 Reagent Pipettor Head Horizontal Alignment Version - 204739-101_4346_1

P-623 Reagent Pipettor Head Horizontal Alignment

Purpose Perform this procedure for horizontal alignment (manually) of the Module c4000
reagent pipettor heads.



necessary.
Preparation 1. Log On as FSE.

2. Remove the Reagent Pipettor Cover
from the pipettor head being tested.
Verify Front/Back 1. Select the Modules category from the

Centering Diagnostics screen under the System
icon.
2. Perform 1101 Robotics Test Tool.
Test Tool select:
a. 2. R1 pipettor or 3. R2 pipettor.
b. Position
c. Horizontal Alignment Check
4. Perform the Horizontal Alignment
Check.
Note This procedure instructs you to
install the Cuvette Segment
5. The Horizontal Alignment Check
provides check points during the
procedure for visual verification the
reagent probe is centered front to back
over the Cuvette.
• If specification is met, go to Exit
• If specification is not met, go to
Adjust Front/Back Centering.
Adjust Front/Back 1. Slightly loosen the mounting screws [1],

Centering and center the reagent probe over the
alignment target on the Cuvette
Segment Robocal Alignment Tool by
moving the reagent pipettor head [2]
horizontally.
Note Do not rotate the reagent
pipettor head during this
procedure. It is possible to
rotate the pipettor head to a
position that it causes it to fail
pipettor calibration.
1. Once the reagent probe is centered
tighten the mounting screws [1].
2. Go to Verify Front/Back Centering.
Exit 1101 1. Select 0. Exit to return to the main
Robotics Test menu.
Tool 2. From the main menu of 1101 Robotics
Test Tool select 1. Reaction carousel.
3. Select 2. Rotate Carousel in the 1101
Robotics Test Tool screen and touch L2
and repeat until Cuvette Segment
Robocal Alignment Tool is located at the
front position of the reaction carousel.
4. Remove Cuvette Segment Robocal
Alignment Tool and replace with cuvette
segment removed earlier.
5. Select L4 Exit and Select 0 twice to exit
Prepare for 1. Install the reagent pipettor cover.

Operation 2. Select the As Needed category from the
icon.
3. If an adjustment was made to the
front/back centering, perform P-610
Reagent Wash Cup (R1 and R2)
Alignment.
4. Perform 1121 R1 Pipettor Calibration, or
1122 R2 Pipettor Calibration.
Note Procedure 1121 R1 Pipettor
Calibration or 1122 R2 Pipettor
Calibration automatically sets
the right to left centering.
reserved.
P-624 Reagent Supply Center Thermostat Adjustment Version - 204739-101_4347_1

P-624 Reagent Supply Center Thermostat Adjustment

adjust the actual
temperature of reagent
supply center.
Materials Required External thermometer Time Procedure: 45 min

(LN8C94-88) Verification: 15 min
Total: 1 hr


necessary.
2. Verify the processing module has been on
for at least 45 minutes prior to testing.
3. The processing module and RSH must be
in Stopped status.
Verify Reagent 1. Select As Needed from the Maintenance For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to the
Supply Center screen under the system icon. ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10: Troubleshooting
Temperature 2. Perform 3525 Temperature Status. Read and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
the temperature status of reagent supply
center.
3. Verify reagent supply center temperature is
between 2-10 ° C.
• If it is correct, go to Prepare For
Operation.
• If it is incorrect, continue with Adjust
Thermostat.
Adjust Thermostat 1. Loosen two (2) screws securing the left

rear cover and remove the cover.
2. Adjust thermostat [1] clockwise to
decrease temperature; counter clockwise
to increase temperature.
3. After adjustment, allow 45 minutes for
temperature to stabilize and repeat the
above action Verify Reagent Supply
Center Temperature.
Prepare for 1. Install the left rear cover and secure with For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to the
Operation the two (2) screws. ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10: Troubleshooting
2. Change the status of the processing and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
to Ready by performing the startup
procedure.

reserved.
P-625 Pre-service Decontamination Version - 204739-101_4348_1

P-625 Pre-Service Decontamination

Purpose Perform this procedure for pre-service decontamination prior to relocation, Module c4000
servicing, upgrades/retrofits, or preventive maintenance of the c4000
system.
Materials Standard Tool Kit Time 20 min

Required Lint-free tissue
Distilled or reagent grade type II water
Approved tuberculocidal disinfectant
0.1% sodium hypochlorite solution
Detergent solution

Note Pre-service decontamination should be completed prior to relocation or return of the c4000 processing module and service, upgrades, retrofit, or
preventive maintenance.

Remove Samples 1. Verify all patient samples have been

removed from processing module.
2. If the c4000 system is being relocated or
returned, remove all reagents and
solutions from the processing module.
Decontaminate Note Decontaminate the touchscreen

c4000 system monitor, keyboard, covers,
doors, and accessible
components in the upper and
lower deck areas.
1. Wipe the surfaces with a detergent
solution to remove any soiling.
2. Apply the disinfectant solution or 0.1%
sodium hypochlorite solution.
Note Scrub, if needed, to dislodge
material.
3. Allow the solution to stand for 10 minutes
(minimum).
4. Wipe the surface with water to remove
any residual detergent / disinfectant
solution.

reserved.
P-626 Reaction Carousel Lubrication Version - 204739-101_4349_1

P-626 Reaction Carousel Lubrication

Purpose Perform this procedure to lubricate the Reaction Carousel during Module c4000

Lubricating Grease 94851


Preparation 1. Remove the one (1) screw securing the

lamp housing cover [G].
2. Remove the lamp housing cover.
Lubricate 1. Lubricate [1] the three (3) sets of

Reaction reaction carousel rollers [2].
Carousel Rollers
Lubricate 1. Remove the gear cover by removing

Reaction the two (2) screws [3].
Carousel Gear 2. Lubricate the gear [4].
3. Install gear cover and secure with the
two (2) screws.
Install Lamp 1. Install the lamp housing cover and

Housing Cover secure with the one (1) screw.

necessary.
reserved.
P-627 Reagent Supply Center Lubrication Version - 204739-101_4350_1

P-627 Reagent Supply Center Lubrication

Purpose Perform this procedure to lubricate the Reagent Supply Center during Module c4000



Preparation 1. Use the square green button to open

the reagent supply center cover.
2. Remove the reagent segment trays and
store in an appropriate place. Use the
circular green button to rotate the inner
and outer carousels.
module (use the main circuit breaker).
Remove Top 1. Remove the front left cover [A].

Deck Covers 2. Remove the rear left cover [H].
3. Remove the center left cover [D].
4. Remove the reagent carousel cover
motor cover [1].
Remove Reagent 1. Disconnect the following reagent

Carousel Cover carousel motor cables:
• CVR CL [1]
• CVR OP [2]
• CVR–M [3]
2. Remove the ground wire [4].
3. Remove the three (3) screws [5]
securing the reagent carousel cover.
4. Remove the reagent carousel cover.

Remove the Outer 1. Remove the screw securing each of the

and Inner Trays ten (10) outer carousel trays [1] and
remove all outer trays.
2. Remove the screw securing each of the
five (5) inner carousel trays and remove
all of the inner trays.
Lubricate Reagent 1. Lubricate the three (3) inner carousel

Supply Center rollers [1].
Inner Carousel 2. Lubricate the inner carousel gear [2].
Lubricate Reagent 1. Lubricate the three (3) outer carousel
Supply Center rollers [1].
Outer Carousel 2. Lubricate the outer carousel gear [2].
Clean Reagent 1. Use gauze, moistened with water, to

Supply Center clean the reagent carousel base.
Carousel Base
Install Carousel 1. Install the inner and outer carousel

Trays and Covers trays.
2. Install the reagent carousel cover.
3. Install the reagent carousel cover motor
cover.
4. Install the front left cover.
6. Install the center left cover.
Prepare for 1. Power on the processing module and

Operation bring to the Ready state.
2. Install reagents and reagent segment
trays.
3. Perform a Scan F4 under the Reagents
icon to scan the reagent bar code
labels.
4. Perform 1121 R1 Pipettor Calibration.
5. Perform 1122 R2 Pipettor Calibration.
necessary.
reserved.
P-630 Mixer Elevator Lubrication Version - 204739-101_4351_1

P-630 Mixer Elevator Lubrication

Purpose Perform this procedure to lubricate the Mixer Elevator. Module c4000



Preparation 1. Remove the right rear cover.
Lubricate Mixer 1. Lubricate the mixer elevator at the

Elevator indicated location(s) [1].

necessary.
reserved.
P-631 Sample/Reagent Syringe Drive Lubrication Version - 204739-101_4352_1

P-631 Sample/Reagent Syringe Drive Lubrication

Purpose Perform this procedure to lubricate the Sample/Reagent Syringe Drives Module c4000
during preventive maintenance.
Materials Standard Tool Kit Time 10 min

Required Lubricating Grease 94851



2. Remove the Sample/Reagent Syringe
Drive plastic shield by removing the two
(2) thumbscrews.
3. Remove the syringe bracket [1] holding
the syringe plunger to the drive block
by removing the two (2) screws on the
syringe bracket.
Lubricate 1. Lubricate the Sample and/or Reagent

Sample/Reagent Syringe Drive at the indicated
Syringe Drive location(s).
Prepare For 1. Install the syringe bracket and secure
Operation with the two (2) screws.
2. Install the plastic shield and secure with
the two (2) thumbscrews.

necessary.
reserved.
P-632 Cuvette Wash Elevator Lubrication Version - 204739-101_4353_1

P-632 Cuvette Wash Elevator Lubrication

Purpose Perform this procedure to lubricate the Cuvette Wash Elevator during Module c4000



Preparation 1. Remove the right rear cover.
Lubricate Cuvette 1. Lubricate the cuvette wash elevator at

Wash Elevator the indicated location(s).
2. Close the right rear cover.


reserved.
P-633 ICT Elevator Lubrication Version - 204739-101_4354_2

P-633 ICT Elevator Lubrication

Purpose Perform this procedure to lubricate the ICT Elevator during preventive Module c4000
maintenance.



Preparation 1. Remove the top deck, center-right

cover [E].
2. Remove the right-rear cover.
Lubricate Upper 1. Lubricate the upper ICT elevator at the

ICT Elevator indicated location [1].
Lubricate Lower 1. Lubricate the lower ICT elevator at the
ICT Elevator indicated location.
(continued)
Prepare For 1. Install the top deck, center-right cover.

Operation 2. Install the right rear cover.

necessary.
of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various
P-634 RSH Rail Lubrication Version - 204739-101_4355_2

P-634 RSH Rail Lubrication

Purpose Perform this procedure to lubricate the RSH during preventive Module c4000
maintenance. i1000SR

Lubricating Grease 2-94851-02


Preparation 1. Power OFF the processing module and

RSH using the main circuit breaker
module.
Video - Note Video contains no audio sound.

Lubricate RSH
Rail

Lubricate RSH 1. Clean off the old grease on the 2 RSH

Rail transport stainless steel rods [1] (upper
and lower) and rack [2] rails.
2. Place a small amount (approximately
15mm) of SuperLube grease on a lint free
cloth.
3. Lubricate the 2 RSH stainless steel rods
[1] and rack [2] rails.
Verification 1. Power on the processing module and
RSH using the main circuit breaker
module.
2. Perform a Startup when the RSH status is
Stopped.
reserved.
P-635 Inner Probe Wash Pump Lubrication Version - 204739-101_4356_2

P-635 Inner Probe Wash Pump Lubrication

Purpose Perform this procedure to lubricate the Inner Probe Wash Pump during Module c4000




2. Remove the Inner Probe Wash Pump
plastic shield by removing the two (2)
thumbscrews.
3. Remove the four (4) screws securing
the metal cover [1] and remove the
cover.
Lubricate Inner 1. Lubricate the inner probe wash pump at

Probe Wash the bearing and worm gears as shown.
Pump
Prepare For 1. Install the metal cover and secure with
Operation the four (4) screws.

necessary.
P-636 Cuvette Wash Pump Lubrication Version - 204739-101_4357_1

P-636 Cuvette Wash Pump Lubrication

Purpose Perform this procedure to lubricate the Cuvette Wash Pump during Module c4000




2. Remove the Cuvette Wash Pump plastic
shield by removing the two (2)
thumbscrews.
Lubricate Cuvette 1. Lubricate the Cuvette Wash Pump at

Wash Pump the indicated location(s).
Prepare For 1. Install the plastic shield and secure with

Operation the two (2) thumbscrews.

reserved.
P-637 ICT Aspiration Pump Lubrication Version - 204739-101_4358_1

P-637 ICT Aspiration Pump Lubrication

Purpose Perform this procedure to lubricate the ICT Aspiration Pump during Module c4000




2. Remove the ICT Aspiration Pump
thumbscrews.
3. Remove syringe #14 and disconnect
the NO and NC tubing connections.
4. Remove the two (2) screws that secure
the pump to the instrument frame.
5. Slide the pump forward and remove the
two (2) screws securing the metal cover
[1].
6. Remove the metal cover.
Lubricate ICT 1. Lubricate the ICT aspiration pump at

Aspiration Pump the indicated location(s)
Prepare for 1. Install the metal cover and secure with
Operation the two (2) screws.
2. Secure the pump to the instrument
3. Install syringe #14 and reconnect the
NO and NC tubing connections.
4. Secure the plastic shield with the two
(2) thumbscrews.

necessary.
reserved.
P-638 ICT Reference Solution Pump Lubrication Version - 204739-101_4359_1

P-638 ICT Reference Solution Pump Lubrication

Purpose Perform this procedure to lubricate the ICT Reference Solution Pump Module c4000




2. Remove the ICT Reference Solution
Pump plastic shield by removing the
3. Remove the two (2) screws securing
the pump to the instrument frame.
4. Remove syringes #12 and #13 and
slide the pump forward.
metal cover.
Lubricate ICT 1. Lubricate the ICT Reference Solution

Reference Pump at the indicated location(s).
Solution Pump
Prepare for 1. Install the metal cover and secure with
2. Secure the pump to the instrument
3. Install syringes #12 and #13.

necessary.
reserved.
P-639 Wash Solution Pump Lubrication Version - 204739-101_4360_1

P-639 Wash Solution Pump Lubrication

Purpose Perform this procedure to lubricate the Wash Solution Pump during Module c4000




2. Remove the Wash Solution Pump
thumbscrews [1].
3. Remove the inside plastic cover by
removing the two (2) screws [2].
metal cover.
Lubricate Wash 1. Lubricate the Wash Solution Pump at

Solution Pump the indicated location(s).
Prepare For 1. Install the metal cover and secure with
2. Install the plastic cover and secure with
the two (2) screws.
3. Secure the plastic shield with the two
(2) thumbscrews.
necessary.
reserved.
P-640 Decontaminate Waste Cup/Water Bath Overflow
Version - 204739-101_4361_1

Perform this procedure to decontaminate the waste cup/water bath c4000

Purpose overflow area of the processing module. Module

Materials Bleach solution Time
Required Gauze
Cotton swabs
DI Water
Prerequisite 1. Prepare 150ml of 50% bleach (2.5% Use the following formula to calculate the parts of water to mix with
Prepare 50% sodium hypochlorite) by adding 1 part of one part of sodium hypochlorite solution:
Bleach Solution reagent grade laboratory water to 1 part
(2.5% sodium laboratory quality liquid bleach.
hypochlorite)
Note Use warm water to increase
cleaning effectiveness.

A = % of sodium hypochlorite solution desired (2.5)
B = % of manufacturer-supplied sodium hypochlorite solution
X = number of parts of water to mix with one part of manufacturer-
supplied sodium hypochlorite solution.
Decontaminate 1. Power OFF the c4000 system module.

Wash Cups 2. Manually move the Sample Probe, R1
Probe, R2 Probe, R1 Mixer and R2
Mixer away from their respective wash
cups.
3. Use a cotton tip applicator moistened
with 2.5% sodium hypochlorite to clean
all exposed surfaces in the wash cups.
4. Fill a 25cc syringe with 2.5% sodium
hypochlorite. Apply 25cc of 2.5%
Sodium Hypochlorite into the drain port
of each wash cup and let stand for 20 to
30 minutes.
5. Fill a 25cc syringe with DI Water. Apply
the DI Water into the drain port of each
wash cup.
6. Use a cotton tip applicator moistened
with DI Water and clean all exposed
surfaces in the wash cups.
Note Ensure the mixer cups are

thoroughly rinsed with reagent
grade type water. Results may
be impacted if residual sodium
hypochlorite contacts the
mixer blades.
Remove Deck 1. Remove the rear center right cover [J].

Covers 2. Remove the rear right cover [K].
Decontaminate 1. Remove the two (2) screws holding the

Waste Cup/Water waste cup/water bath cover [1] and lay
Bath Overflow to the side.
2. Pour 25mL of 2.5% sodium hypochlorite
solution into waste cup and ICT waste
cup and let stand for 20 to 30 minutes.
3. Moisten gauze with 2.5% sodium
hypochlorite solution and wipe waste
cup/water bath overflow cover.
4. Moisten gauze with DI Water and wipe
waste cup/water bath overflow cover.
tubing connectors.
6. Pour 100ml of DI Water into waste cup
and ICT waste cup.
Install Covers and 1. Install waste cup/water bath cover and

Power On secure with the two (2) screws.
2. Install the rear center right cover.
3. Install the rear right cover.
4. Power on the c4000 system module.
Perform Flush 1. From the Snapshot screen, select

And Change System, Maintenance and As
Water Bath Needed.
3. From the Snapshot screen, select
System, Maintenance and As
Needed.
Note The low concentration waste

tank drain may become
clogged if a large amount of
growth was removed by the
bleach solution. It may be
necessary to clean the Low
Concentration Waste Tank if
error code “3579 Internal low
concentration waste tank is
full” occurs during 2132 Flush
Water Lines and/or 2134
Change Water Bath.
Verification 1. Perform a control run on the ICT and ARCHITECT System Operations Manual.
one chemistry assay (UREA if
available).
2. Ensure result values are within the
customer’s acceptable ranges.
reserved.
P-641 Clean Water Bath Lens Version - 204739-101_4362_1

P-641 Clean Water Bath Lens

Purpose Perform this procedure to clean the Water Bath Lens during planned Module c4000
maintenance.

1% Alkaline Wash Solution
Cotton Swabs
Reagent Grade Type II Water
Prerequisite 1. The processing module must be in Ready For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
status. System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Note To change the status of the Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
processing module to Ready,
Preparation 1. Loosen the two (2) screws securing the rear

right cover [K] and remove the cover.
2. Select the Modules category from the
3. Perform 1101 Robotics Test Tool; select 11.
Water bath exchange, then select L2.
Empty to drain the water bath.
4. Select L4 Exit in the 1101 Robotics Test
Tool screen to return to the main menu
screen.
Tool select 1. Reaction carousel and then
select 2. Rotate reaction carousel.
6. Remove cuvette segment located at front of
reaction carousel and select L2 to move the
empty position in front of the light path to
allow access to the water bath lens.
Clean Water Bath 1. Moisten a cotton swab with 1% alkaline wash
Lens solution and clean both lens surfaces.
2. Moisten a cotton swab with reagent grade
type II water and remove all of the alkaline
solution from the lens.
Prepare for 1. Install Cuvette segment. For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to the
Operation 2. Select L4 Exit in the 1101 Robotics Test Tool ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10: Troubleshooting
screen and then select 0. Exit to exit 1101 and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
Robotics Test Tool.
3. Secure the rear right cover with the two (2)
screws.
Verification 1. After repair is complete, ensure appropriate
reserved.
P-642 Clean Water Bath Version - 204739-101_4363_1

P-642 Clean Water Bath

Purpose Perform this procedure to clean the Water Bath during planned Module c4000
maintenance.

Cotton Swabs
Prerequisite 1. The processing module must be in Ready For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
status. System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Note To change the status of the Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Preparation 1. Select the Modules category from the

Diagnostics screen under the System
icon.
2. Perform 1101 Robotics Test Tool; select
11. Water bath exchange, then select L2
Empty to drain the water bath.
3. Select L4 Exit in the 1101 Robotics Test
Tool screen to return to the main menu
screen.
Test Tool select 1. Reaction carousel
and then select 2. Rotate reaction
carousel.
5. Remove cuvette segment located at front
of reaction carousel.
• Select L2 to move another cuvette
segment into position. Remove the
segment
• Continue rotating reaction carousel
using L2 and removing cuvette
segments until all cuvette segments
have been removed.
Clean Water Bath 1. Moisten a gauze with 1% alkaline wash

solution and clean the entire water bath
surface.
2. Moisten a gauze with reagent grade type
II water and remove all of the alkaline
solution from the water bath surface.
Prepare for 1. Install all Cuvette segments removed For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to
Operation earlier using L2 cuvette segment in the the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10:
1101 Robotics Test Tool screen to rotate Troubleshooting and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
the reaction carousel.
2. Select L4 Exit and then 0. Exit twice in
the 1101 Robotics Test Tool screen to
exit procedure.
icon.
reserved.
P-643 Clean Degasser Membrane Version - 204739-101_4364_1

P-643 Clean Degasser Membrane

Purpose Perform this procedure to clean the degasser membrane prior to long Module c4000
storage.

0.5% Sodium Hypochlorite (300mL)
WARNING Splash / Spray Hazard

Stopped or Ready status. Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Note This procedure is ONLY used if
the degasser is stored for a long
term. DO NOT use this
procedure for troubleshooting a
problem with the degasser.
Preparation 1. Power OFF the processing module (use

the main circuit breaker located at the rear
of the processing module).
Remove Degasser 1. Clamp the two (2) tubes going into the
degasser and then disconnect the tubing
from the degasser.
2. Drain any water from the degasser using
the drain tube.
Clean Degasser 1. Flush degasser with 0.5% hypochlorite

Membrane solution. Allow solution to stand in tubing
for 30 minutes.
2. Purge degasser with air.
3. Flush degasser with reagent grade type II
water.
Install Degasser 1. Install plug in drain tubing and secure with

clamp.
2. Remove the clamps on the tubing.
3. Connect the two (2) tubes to the
degasser.
4. Install left rear cover.
reserved.
P-644 Demonstration Mode Version - 204739-101_4365_1

P-644 Demonstration Mode

Purpose To prepare the c4000 processing module for Demonstration Mode Module c4000
(does not require waste or water connections).

Preparation 1. Power OFF the processing module (use

the main circuit breaker located at the
Set S1-1 ON 1. On the SMC Board (M1.03 Bd., SMC)

move S1-1 to the ON position.
Note The switch is located on the
outer center edge of the SMC
Board (For switch location
reference SMC Board).
Remove Pressure 1. Remove Pressure Monitor Board (M1.10

Monitor Bd. Bd., Pressure Monitor).
Disconnect 1. Disconnect sample (G1.10 Syringe,

Syringe Tubing Sample) and reagent (G2.10 Syringe,
Reagent) tubing from the top of the
syringes.
Note The c4000 processing module
continues to fluid sense and
aspirate in this mode.
Disconnect 1. Disconnect UC1, UC2, UC3 and UC4

Reagent Supply (TED coolers for Reagent Supply Center).
Center TEDs.
Remove Degasser 1. Remove the fuse (K2.02 Fuse, 1A, 250V,

Fuse Degasser) from the degasser to turn the
degasser off.
Remove Heater 1. Disconnect the thermal fuse going to the

Fuse. water bath heater.
Note This is the thermal fuse located
next to the heater element
(N2.02 Fuse, Thermal, Heater
Unit).
Remove Cuvette 1. Remove the cuvette wipers (N1.03

Wipers Cuvette Wiper) if the processing module
is used in Demonstration Mode for an
extended period.
must be on prior to turning on Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
the processing module to
2. The system should give a message for
the missing pressure monitor board and
for the fact that it is in demonstration
mode. Clear the messages and proceed.
procedure.
Note Samples and reagents require
the use of saline or tap water for
the fluid sense to work correctly.
Use only clean sample tubes
with no gel at the bottom.
reserved.
P-645 DAQ +15/-15VDC (PS2) Measurement Version - 204739-101_4366_1

P-645 DAQ +15/-15VDC (PS2 Power Supply) Measurement

Purpose Perform this procedure to measure the +15/-15 VDC on the DAQ Module c4000
Board.

Multimeter

necessary.

open the cover.
Measure +15/- 1. Verify voltage is between TP48 (+ lead)

15VDC on DAQ and TP50 (- lead) on the DAQ board is
Board +15VDC (±0.75).
• If the voltage is correct, continue
with Step 2.
2. Verify voltage is between TP49 (+ lead)
and TP50 (- lead) on the DAQ board is
-15VDC (±0.75).
• If the voltage is correct go to Close
Card Cage Cover.
• If the voltage is incorrect, replace
DAQ board.

voltage reading of +15VDC (±0.75)
between TP48 (+ lead) and TP50 (-
lead) on the DAQ board.
4. Verify voltage between TP49(+ lead)
and TP50(- lead) on the DAQ board is -
15VDC (±0.75).
• If the voltage is correct go to Close
Card Cage Cover.
• If the voltage is incorrect, replace
DAQ board (M1.02 Bd., DAQ).

Cover
necessary.
reserved.
P-646 Top Cover Counterbalance Adjustment Version - 204739-101_4367_1

P-646 Top Cover Counterbalance Adjustment

Purpose Sets the correct tension on the counterbalances on the top covers. Module c4000

Top Cover Test. 1. Move the front top cover and the rear
top cover to the half way open position
and release cover.
2. If the counterbalances are set correctly
the top covers should not move down.
If covers move down preform
counterbalance adjustment.
Counterbalance 1. Remove the front top cover or the rear

Adjustment top cover that requires adjustment.
2. While holding the nut [1] on the
counterbalance turn the bolt [2]
clockwise two (2) turns. Repeat for the
other counterbalance on the top cover.
3. Replace top cover removed and retest.

necessary.
reserved.
P-647 Performance Verification Test (PVT)
Version - 204739-101_4368_7
At the completion of this VP: After repair is complete, verify per released Operation and Service Procedures. If the system/instrument produces results, ENSURE appropriate Quality Control is in

Toshiba manufacturing requires c4000

Purpose all new systems to pass the PVT Module
acceptance criteria prior to
shipping. Performing the PVT
during new system installation
verifies that issues have not
occurred as a result of shipping
and/or the installation process.
Materials Qty Needed 90 min
Materials AST 1 Cartridge of R1 and R2 Time
Required LDH 1 Cartridge of R1 and R2
Total Protein (TP) 1 Cartridge of R1
ICT Reference Solution 1 Bottle
ICT Sample Diluent (ICTD5) 1 Cartridge of R1
ICT Calibrator 1 bottle of each Calibrator (L and H)
ICT Module 1 Module
ICT Cleaning Fluid 1 Bottle
Acid Wash Solution 1 Bottle
Alkaline Wash Solution 1 Bottle
Water Bath Additive 1 Cartridge
Multi-constituent Calibrators 1 Bottle for each Calibrator level
Liquid Control, Level I I 2 Bottles
Prepare Solutions 1. Prepare the solutions listed below.

Solution Preparation Instructions Stability
0.5% Acid Wash 1. Mix together: Same as the expiration of the concentrated Acid Wash.
a. 5 mL Acid Wash.
b. 995 mL Reagent Grade Type II
water.
10% Detergent B 1. Mix together: 14 days.

a. 50 mL Detergent B.
b. 450 mL Reagent Grade Type II
water.
ICT Cleaning Fluid 1. Add 12 mL of ICT cleaning fluid to the 14 days at 2°C to 10°C after preparation.
ICT lyophilized cleaning solution bottle.
Mix gently by inversion.
Note Consult product labeling and Material Safety Data Sheets for safe handling instructions.

Load Solutions 1. Load the solutions listed below and
update the system supply status.
Bulk Solutions
Solution Purpose Onboard Stability Placement
ICT Reference Solution ICT analysis and Daily Expiration date on bottle Place bottle on the weight
Maintenance platform in the Supply Center.
Alkaline Wash Wash cuvettes Expiration date on bottle Place bottle on the weight
platform in the Supply Center.
Acid Wash Wash cuvettes Expiration date on bottle Place bottle on the weight
platform in the Supply Center.
Sample Wash Solutions

0.5% Acid Wash Solution Wash sample probe 1 day Pour into a cup or tube. Place in
position 1 of the Sample Wash
Solutions area.
Detergent A Wash sample probe 1 day Pour into a cup or tube. Place in
position 2 of the Sample Wash
Solutions area.

ICT Cleaning Fluid 6070 Daily Maintenance N/A Pour into a cup or tube. Place in
procedure position 3 of the Sample Wash
Solutions area.

Reagent Supply Center Solutions
Detergent A Wash reagent probes Expiration date on bottle Pour the solution into the
appropriate size cartridge and
place into position A1 on the
Reagent Carousel.
10% Detergent B Wash reagent probes 14 days Pour the solution into the
appropriate size cartridge and
place into position A2 on the
Reagent Carousel.
0.5% Acid Wash solution Wash reagent probes 30 days Pour solution into the appropriate
size cartridge and place into
position A3 on the Reagent
Carousel.
ICT Sample Diluent (ICTD5) ICT analysis 30 days Any position in reagent carousel.
Place in the Reagent Carousel in
the position specified in the 6070
Water Bath Additive 6070 Daily Maintenance Expiration date on bottle Daily Maintenance procedure.
Verify 1. Verify all Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) are completed

Completion
of TSBs
Perform 1. Verify completion of all appropriate maintenance (daily,
Maintenance weekly, and monthly) and corresponding instrument log
Procedures entries.
Load PVT 1. Log On as FSE.

Assays 2. Select Orders from the menu bar, and then select
Calibration order.
3. If Na-C, K-C, Cl-C, LDH, TP and AST are listed in the
Assays box, proceed to action items Edit the LDH Assay.
If the assays are not listed, continue to step 4.
4. Select System from the menu bar, then select
Diagnostics.
5. Select the Module 5 button (SCC).
6. Page down and select Utilities.
7. Select the 6114 Install/Delete Assays option and select F-
5 Perform.
8. Select Install.
9. Place the ARCHITECT System Assay CD-ROM into the CD
drive and select Proceed to continue.
10. Enter a 1 for the All groups option and select Continue.
11. Follow the on screen instructions and select the options to
install Na-C, K-C, Cl-C, TP, AST, LDH and select
Continue.
Note The new LDH (2P56) assay file will not be

available on a cSystem Assay Disk until Version
13.00 or higher. Until then, the file and installation
instructions to create a LDH CD are available on
the GSS website at the following link:
http://gssweb.add.abbott.com/architect/205042.asp
12. After the assays have loaded, select the page down button
in the Instructions box until you reach the end of the assay
list.
13. Enter the option to Return to the main menu and select
Continue.
14. Select Exit and then select Done.
Edit the 1. Select System from the menu bar, and then select
LDH Assay Configuration.
2. Select Assay settings.
3. Select LDH from the Assays list, and then select F6 –
Configure.
4. On the Configure assay parameters, General page, select
the Reagent/Sample button in the middle of the page.
5. Select the UNDILUTED default dilution button.
6. Select Done to save the settings.
Update 1. Select System from the menu bar, and then select
MCC Configuration.
calibrator 2. Select the QC –Cal settings button and then select
set Calibrator set in the QC-Cal categories window.
3. Select MCC from the Calibrator sets list, and then select F6
- Configure.
4. Select the Lot number list button, and then select New
Lot.
5. Enter the calibrator lot number in the Lot number data
entry box.
6. Select the TP assay from the table, and then select Define
data.
7. Enter a value in the Concentration data entry box for each
calibrator level. [Refer to the MCC value sheet for TP
calibrator concentrations.
8. Select Done to return to the Configure calibrator set
window.
9. Select Done to create the calibrator set.
Enable TP 1. Select System from the menu bar, and then select
assay Configuration.
2. Select the Assay Settings button and then select Assay
Parameters in the Assay categories window.
3. Select TP in the Assays list.
4. Select F-6 Configure.
5. Configure the Assay availability box to Enabled.
6. Select Done.
Load And
Scan Note If the customer is not running electrolytes and the
Reagents option is turned off in the system configuration,
electrolytes do not need to run as part of the PVT.
1. Place the ICT Diluent, LDH, TP and AST reagent cartridges

into the reagent carousel.
2. Select Reagents from the menu bar, and then select
Reagent status and F5 Scan.
3. Verify the reagent cartridges read correctly.
Create a 1. Select Orders from the menu bar, and then select
Calibration Calibration order.
Order 2. Enter the RSH carrier ID in the C: data entry box. (The
Carrier ID includes a letter and a number.)
3. Enter 1 for carrier position in the P: data entry box.
4. Select Na-C, K-C, Cl-C, LDH, TP, and AST from the
Assays list and then select F2-Add order.
Print the 1. Select Orders from the menu bar, and then select Order
Order List status.
Report 2. Select F4-Print and then select the Order List Report
option.
3. Select Done to print the report.
Load the 1. Determine the minimum sample volume required per the
Calibrators Order List Report.
into the 2. Pippette the appropriate calibrator into the sample cups and
Sample load in the correct C/P (carrier/position) per the Order List
Carrier Report.
3. Place the Carrier into the RSH load platform.
Start the 1. Select Overview from the menu bar, and then select
Calibration Snapshot.
2. Ensure the RSH and c4000 are in the Ready state.

3. Select the c4000 module and then select F8-Run.
4. When the c4000 enters the Running status, select the RSH
module and then select F8-RUN.
Verify 1. When the run has completed, select QC-Cal from the menu
Calibration bar, and then select Calibration status.

2. Verify Cal Status for Na-C, K-C, Cl-C, LDH, TP, and AST
are listed as Active.
Create a 1. Select Results from the menu bar, and then select Results
Patient review.
Order 2. If necessary, delete any results listed in the Results review
screen.
3. Obtain four sample carriers and 20 sample cups.
4. Select Orders from the menu bar, and then select Patient
order. Ensure Single patient is selected.
5. Enter the RSH carrier ID in the C: data entry box. (The
Carrier ID includes a letter and a number.
6. Enter 1 for carrier position in the P: data entry box.
7. Enter a number in the SID data entry box.
Assays list and then select F3-Add order. (After selecting
F3-Add order, the cup position in the P: data entry box will
automatically increment.
9. Enter another number in the SID data entry box.
assays list and select F3-Add order.
11. Repeat the above steps until you have created a patient
order for Na-C, K-C, Cl-C, LDH, TP, and AST for each of
the 20 cups in the four sample carriers.
Load Level 1. Pipette 125μl of Level II Control into the 20 sample cups
II Controls and place them into the four sample carriers.
into
Positions 1- Note If necessary, allow the control material to thaw for
20 on the 30 minutes and then gently tilt until mixed.
Sample
Carousel 2. Insert the four carriers into the RSH section 1 load tray.
Start the 1. Select Overview from the menu bar, and then select
Run Snapshot.
2. Ensure the c4000 is in the Ready state.
3. Select the c4000 module and then select F8-Run.
Print Results 1. When the run has completed, select Results from the menu
bar and then select Results review.
2. Select Assay in the Results review screen.
3. Select F-4 Print and then select the Results List Report
option.
4. Select Done to print the report.
Record and 1. Enter the processing module serial number and software
Evaluate configuration on the form below.
Results 2. Enter the PVT test results into the PVT Test Results table.
3. Calculate and record the difference.
4. Use the PVT Test Acceptance Criteria to determine if the
PVT passed or failed.
5. Enter the results into the PVT Test Results table. See
below.
6. Sign and date.
Delete PVT 1. Delete patient results, exceptions and PVT assays from the
Results and processing module.
Assays
Note You cannot delete the assays if there are pending
orders. Delete any pending orders prior to trying
to delete the PVT assays.
2. Select System from the menu bar, and then select

Diagnostics.
3. Select the Module 5 button (SCC) option on the Diagnostics
screen.
4. Page down and select Utilities.
5. Select the 6114 Install/Delete Assays option and select F-
5 Perform.
6. Select OK to perform the procedure.
7. Select Delete .
8. Enter the assay numbers of the assays that are to be
deleted (e.g. 1101,1102,1103,1023, 1048,1014).
9. Select Done to return to the Diagnostics screen.
Remove the 1. Remove the reagents from the reagent carousel.

Reagent 2. Select Reagents from the menu bar, and then select
Kits Reagent status.
3. Select F5 - Scan.
Processing Module SN: __________________________

Software Configuration: __________________________

PVT Test Results
Assay Highest Result Lowest Result Difference (High-Low) Acceptance Criteria Pass or Fail
AST ≤ 9 U/L
LDH ≤ 19 U/L
TP ≤ 0.22 g/dL
Na_C ≤ 3.4 mmol/L
K-C ≤ 0.24 mmol/L
Cl-C ≤ 3.0 mmol/L
PVT Test Acceptance Criteria
Acceptance Criteria (less than or equal

Name of Test Assays Number of Replicates
to)
Assay Within Run Precision AST 20 9*
Test
LDH 20 19*
TP 20 0.22*
NA-C 20 3.4*
K-C 20 0.24*
Cl-C 20 3.0*
* The difference between the highest and the lowest result in the run of 20
replicates.
Printed Name: _____________________________________

Signature: _________________________________________

Date: _____________________________________________
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-102) • © 2009, 2011 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100 are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various
jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights reserved.
P-648 Clean Water Bath Float Switch Version - 204739-101_4369_2

P-648 Clean Water Bath Float Switch

Purpose Perform this procedure to clean the water bath float switch. Module c4000

Gauze
be in Stopped or Ready 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
status.
Preparation 1. Remove the rear center left

[I] deck cover.
2. Select the Modules category
from the Diagnostics screen
Tool; select 10. Water bath
exchange, then select L2
Empty to drain the water
bath.
VIDEO Clean
Float Switch Note
Video contains no
audio sound.
Clean Float 1. Remove the (2) screws

Switch securing the float switch
mounting bracket to the
water bath and lift the
mounting bracket out of the
water bath.
Note Remove cable ties as
necessary.
2. Moisten a gauze with 1%
Alkaline Wash Solution and
clean the float switch.
3. Moisten a gauze with
reagent grade type II water
and remove all of the
alkaline solution from the
float switch.
4. Install the float switch
mounting bracket into
position on the water bath
and secure with two (2)
screws.
Prepare for 1. Install the rear center left top

Operation deck cover.
2. Select L4 Exit in the 1101
Robotics Test Tool screen
and then select 0. Exit to
exit 1101 Robotics Test
Tool.
Verification 1. Select the As Needed For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to the ARCHITECT
category from the System Operations Manual, Section 10: Troubleshooting and diagnostics, Subsection:
Maintenance screen under System diagnostics.
the System icon.
2. Perform 2134 Change Water
Bath.
3. After repair is complete,
and calibrate as necessary.
reserved.
P-650 FSE Log On/Log Off Procedure
Version - 204739-101_4370_1

The purpose of this procedure is to document how to log on and log off c4000
Purpose as FSE. Log off is documented so the system can be returned to Module
normal operation after service or support.
FSE Date Code List 1 min

Materials Time
Required
Log On as FSE
Select Log On 1. Select Log on F2 from the Snapshot

screen.
Log On 1. Enter FSE in capital letters in the User Prior to leaving the site, FSE is required to return the system to operator
name field. level of access. Log Off as FSE, or restart the SCC.
password field.
Note Enter the date code in reverse

order.
3. Select Done.
4. Verify the Operator listed on the Snapshot
screen is FSE.
Log Off as FSE
Select Log On 1. Select Log on F2 from the Snapshot Prior to leaving the site, FSE is required to return the system to operator
screen. level of access.
Note The User Name field is selected

and populated with the name
FSE.
Log On as 1. Press Delete to delete the FSE name.

Operator
Note The password field disappears.
2. Select Done.
3. Verify nothing is listed on the startup
screen after Operator:
Verification 1. After repair is complete, ensure appropriate

reserved.
P-651 Clean RSH Card Cage Filters Version - 204739-101_4371_1

P-651 Clean RSH Card Cage Filters

Purpose Perform this procedure to clean the filters on the c4000 RSH card Module c4000
cage.

Remove Covers 1. Remove the right rear cover by loosening

the two (2) screws and lifting upwards on
the cover.
2. Remove the right side cover by loosening
the two (2) screws and sliding the cover
towards the rear.
Remove Air Filter 1. Remove the two fan filters located on top
of the RSH card cage.
Clean RSH Card 1. Rinse the filters with tap water until the
Cage Filter filters appear clean.
2. Dry the filters.
Install Air Filters 1. Install the two filters.
Install Covers 1. Install the right side cover and secure

with the two (2) screws.
the two (2) screws.

reserved.
P-652 Clean Reagent Supply Center BCR Filter Version - 204739-101_4372_1

P-652 Clean Reagent Supply Center BCR Filter

Purpose Perform this procedure to clean the Reagent Supply Center bar code Module c4000
filter.


Preparation 1. Remove the front left [A] deck cover.
Remove Mini 1. Remove the mini fan filter by pulling the

BCR Fan Filter filter out of the filter bracket.
Clean Mini BCR 1. Rinse the filter with tap water until the
Fan Filter filter appears clean.
2. Dry the filter.
Install Mini BCR 1. Insert the filter in the filter bracket on

Fan Filter the fan mounting bracket.
2. Verify fan is turning and air flow is
toward the reagent bar code reader
window.
Prepare for 1. Install the front left deck cover. For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Operation 2. To change the status of the processing System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
module and sample handler from Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Stopped to Ready, perform the
Startup procedure.

necessary.
reserved.
P-653 Clean Wash Cups Version - 204739-101_4373_1

P-653 Clean Wash Cups

Purpose Perform this procedure to clean the wash cups. Module c4000
Materials Required 1% Alkaline Wash Solution Time 10 min

Cotton Swabs

Caution Probe Stick Hazard

Clean Wash Cups 1. Moisten a cotton swab with 1% Alkaline

Wash Solution.
2. Wipe all exposed surfaces on the inside
of the Wash Cup.
3. Moisten a cotton swab with DI water.
4. Wipe all exposed sides of the Wash Cup.
Note Repeat procedure for all Wash
Cups.

reserved.
P-654 Sample and Reagent Pipettor Lubrication Version - 204739-101_4374_2

P-654 Sample and Reagent Pipettor Lubrication

Purpose Perform this procedure to lubricate the sample and reagent pipettor Module c4000


Preparation 1. Remove the pipettor(s) per the

applicable Removal and Replacement
Procedure:
• R4.01 Pipettor, Reagent R1
Assembly
• R4.02 Pipettor, Reagent R2
Assembly
• R2.01 Pipettor, Sample Complete
Lubricate Sample 1. Lubricate the sample and the reagent

and Reagent pipettor (s) at the indicated locations.
Pipettors Note The sample pipettor does not
have a locking solenoid.
Prepare For 1. Perform the applicable Maintenance For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to the
Operation and Diagnostic (M&D) Procedure. ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10: Troubleshooting
• 1120 Sample Pipettor Calibration and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
• 1121 R1 Pipettor Calibration
• 1122 R2 Pipettor Calibration

necessary.
P-655 +12VDC and -12VDC (PS1) Measurement Version - 204739-101_4375_1

P-655 +12VDC and –12VDC (PS1) Measurement

Purpose Perform this procedure to measure +12VDC and -12VDC (PS1) in the Module c4000
Main Power Supply

Multimeter


Prerequisite 1. Inspect tools for damage, ensure calibration is For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
not expired and replace if necessary. Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Ready status.
3. Log On as FSE.
Access Main 1. Remove the right rear cover to access the Main
Power Supply Power Supply and power connectors [1].
Verify +12.00VDC 1. Locate the CPU connector [1] located on the

to +12.12VDC side of the Main Power Supply.
2. Use a digital voltmeter to verify the voltage
between pin 13 (+ lead) and pin 14 (- lead) is
between +12.00VDC and +12.12VDC on the
CPU connector.
• If voltage is correct, go to Install Right
Rear Cover
• If voltage is incorrect, proceed to action
item Adjust Voltage
Note CPU Connector
1 4 7 10 13
2 5 8 11 14
3 6 9 12 15
Adjust Voltage 1. Locate the variable resistors [1] on the Main

Power Supply.
2. Adjust the PS1 +/-12VDC variable resistor for a
voltage reading of +12.00VDC to +12.12VDC
between pin 13 (+ lead) and pin 14 (- lead) on
the CPU connector.
Note The adjustment for -12V is not
necessary since it is performed at the
same time as the adjustment for +12
V.

Cover
Prepare for 1. To change the status of the processing module For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Operation and sample handler from Stopped to Ready, System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
perform the Startup procedure. Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
Verification 1. Select the Fuses / Motors category from the For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to the
Diagnostics screen under the System icon. ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10: Troubleshooting
2. Perform 5712 Voltages Test. and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
4. After repair is complete, ensure appropriate
Quality Control is in specification and calibrate
as necessary.
reserved.
P-656 +3.3VDC (PS1) Measurement Version - 204739-101_4376_1

P-656 +3.3VDC (PS1) Measurement

Purpose Perform this procedure to measure +3.3VDC (PS1) in the Main Power Module c4000
Supply.

Multimeter


necessary.
3. Log On as FSE.
Access Main 1. Remove the right rear cover to access

Power Supply the Main Power Supply and power
connectors [1].
Verify +3.30VDC 1. Locate the CPU connector [1] located

to +3.33VDC on the side of the Main Power Supply.
2. Use a digital voltmeter to verify the
voltage between pin 10 (+ lead) and pin
11 (- lead) is between +3.30VDC and
+3.33VDC on the CPU connector.
• If voltage is correct, go to Install
Right Rear Cover
• If voltage is incorrect, proceed to
action item Adjust Voltage
Note CPU Connector
1 4 7 10 13
2 5 8 11 14
3 6 9 12 15

Main Power Supply.
2. Adjust the PS1 3.3VDC variable resistor
for a voltage reading of +3.30VDC to
+3.33VDC between pin 10 (+ lead) and
pin 11 (- lead) on the CPU connector.

Cover
Operation module and sample handler from System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
Stopped to Ready, perform the Startup Subsection: System startup, pause, and shutdown.
procedure.
Verification 1. Select the Fuses / Motors category For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to
from the Diagnostics screen under the the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10:
System icon. Troubleshooting and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
reserved.
Version - 204739-101_4377_1

Perform this procedure to measure +36DC (PS7) in the Main Power c4000
Purpose Supply Module

Materials Multimeter Time
Required
necessary.
Measure +36VDC 1. Remove the right rear cover by loosening

at RSH Card Cage the two (2) screws and lifting upwards on
the cover.
towards the rear to access the RSH card
cage back plane.
between TP1 36V (+ lead) and TP2 GND
(- lead) is at +36VDC (±0.36VDC).
• If voltage is correct, go to action item
Install Covers

Main Power Supply.
2. Adjust the PS7 +36V variable resistor for a
voltage reading of +36VDC (±0.36VDC)
between TP1 36V (+ lead) and TP2 GND
(- lead) on the RSH card cage back plane.
Install Covers 1. Install the right side cover and secure with
the two (2) screws.
the two (2) screws.
reserved.
Version - 204739-101_4378_1

Perform this procedure to measure +5DC (PS8) in the Main Power c4000
Purpose Supply. Module

Required
necessary.
Measure +5VDC 1. Remove the right rear cover by

at RSH Card loosening the two (2) screws and lifting
Cage upwards on the cover.
2. Remove the right side cover by
loosening the two (2) screws and
sliding the cover towards the rear to
access the RSH card cage back plane.
3. Use a digital voltmeter to verify the
voltage between TP3 +5V (+ lead) and
TP2 GND (- lead) is at +5VDC
(±0.1VDC).
• If voltage is correct, go to action
item Install Covers

Main Power Supply.
2. Adjust the PS8 +5V variable resistor for
a voltage reading of +5VDC (±0.1VDC)
between TP3 5V (+ lead) and TP2
GND (- lead) on the RSH card cage
back plane.
Install Covers 1. Install the right side cover and secure

2. Install the right rear cover and secure
necessary.
reserved.
Version - 204739-101_4379_1

Perform this procedure to measure +12VDC (PS8) in the Main Power c4000
Purpose Supply. Module

Required
necessary.
Measure +12VDC 1. Remove the right rear cover by loosening

at RSH Card Cage the two (2) screws and lifting upwards on
the cover.
towards the rear to access the RSH card
cage back plane.
between TP4 +12V (+ lead) and TP2 GND
(- lead) is between -11.64VDC and
+12.96VDC (+12VDC, +0.961V or -0.36V).
• If voltage is correct, go to action item
Install Covers

Main Power Supply.
2. Adjust the PS8 +12V variable resistor for a
voltage reading between -11.64VDC and
+12.96VDC on the RSH card cage back
plane.
Install Covers 1. Install the right side cover and secure with
the two (2) screws.
the two (2) screws.
3. Log On as Operator
reserved.
P-660 +24VDC (PS6 Power Supply) Measurement Version - 204739-101_4380_1


Purpose Perform this procedure to measure the +24 VDC output from PS6 Module c4000
Power supply at the Stepper Motor Driver (SMD) Board.

Multimeter

necessary.

3. Loosen the two (2) screws on the
Driver Box door [1] and open the door.
4. Locate CN18 [2] on the SMD.

Measure +24 1. Verify voltage between Pin 1 top (+

VDC on SMD lead) and Pin 2 bottom (- lead) on
Board CN18 is +24VDC (±0.6).
• If voltage is correct, proceed to
action item Close Front Covers

voltage reading of +24VDC (±0.6)
between Pin 1 (+ lead) and Pin 2 (-
lead) on CN18 on the SMD board.

Cover
Close Front 1. Close the Driver Box door and secure

Covers with the two (2) screws.
2. Perform 5712 VoltagesTest.
necessary.
reserved.
P-661 Clean Waste Cup/Water Bath Overflow Version - 204739-101_4381_1

P-661 Clean Waste Cup/Water Bath Overflow

Purpose Perform this procedure to clean Wash Cup / Water Bath Overflow. Module c4000

Gauze
Cotton Swabs
DI Water

Prerequisite 1. The processing module must be in Ready For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Note To change the status of the
Remove Deck 1. Remove the rear center right cover [J].

Covers 2. Remove the rear right cover [K].
Clean Waste 1. Remove the two (2) screws holding the

Cup/Water Bath waste cup/water bath cover [1] and lay to
Overflow the side.
2. Pour 20mL of 1% alkaline wash solution
into waste cup and ICT waste cup.
3. Moisten gauze with 1% alkaline wash
solution and wipe waste cup/water bath
overflow cover.
waste cup/water bath overflow cover.
tubing connectors.
6. Pour 100ml of DI Water into waste cup and
ICT waste cup.
Install Covers 1. Install waste cup/water bath cover and
secure with the two (2) screws.
2. Install the rear center right cover.
Change Water 1. Select the As Needed category from the For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to the
Bath Maintenance screen under the System ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10: Troubleshooting

reserved.
P-662 Optics Check Version - 204739-101_4382_1

P-662 Optics Check

Purpose This procedure checks the Optics by determining the A/D mean and Module c4000
range with the shutter open and the shutter closed for all sixteen
wavelengths.

Log On 1. Enter FSE in all capital letters in the

User name field.
password field.
Note Enter the date code in reverse
order.
3. Select Done.
4. Verify the Operator listed on the
Perform 1008 and 1. Select System, Diagnostics, and
Print Summary Optics/Temperature.
Report 2. Select 1008 Optics Total Test and F5
Perform.
3. Follow the on screen instructions and
perform 3. Optics Shutter Test.
4. When the instruction field displays
Select the report type to create, select
Summary.
5. Select 4. Exit.
6. When the instructions field displays
Procedure completed. Select Done
(to exit, DO NOT select Done, select
Print (prints the four page summary
report).
7. After the summary report prints, select
Done (exits the procedure).
Evaluate Results 1. Use the report and evaluate the results.

Note The summary report provides
mean results, acceptance
criteria, and a pass or fail
status for all sixteen
wavelengths.
reserved.
P-663 ICT Precision Check Version - 204739-101_4383_1

P-663 ICT Precision Check

Purpose Contains information regarding ICT precision issues. The ICT sample Module c4000
read and reference read voltages can be used to determine whether an
ICT precision issue is related to the sample system or reference
solution system. The following procedure includes instructions for
obtaining and interpreting the sample and reference read voltages and
provides troubleshooting information based on the results.


Log On 1. Select Log on F2 from the P-650 FSE Log On/Log Off Procedure
Snapshot screen.
2. Enter FSE in all capital letters in
the User name field.
3. Enter the FSE logon date code
in the password field.
Note Enter the date code in
reverse order.
4. Select Done.
5. Verify the Operator listed on the
Perform The 1. Place 20 sample cups in the P-647 Performance Verification Test (PVT)
ICT Portion Of RSH.
P-647 2. Pipette liquid control level II into
Performance each of the 20 sample cups.
Verification Test 3. Order Na, K and Cl for each
(PVT) (PVT) sample (replicate of 1) and run.
4. When all tests have completed,
print and record the results in
the worksheet provided at the
end of this document. (PVT) in the c4000 S&S Manual
5. Compare to the PVT
acceptance criteria in the
reference column.
Obtain The 1. From the Stopped, Warming, or
Results Log Ready state, select the System
icon, and then select
Diagnostics from the drop-
down menu.
2. Select the radio button for
module 5.
3. Page down and select the
Utilities category.
4. Select 6009 Log Utilities
procedure.
5. Select Perform F5.
6. Select OK to perform the
procedure. The Diagnostic
perform… dialog window
displays. A description of the
procedure displays in the
INSTRUCTIONS window.
7. Select Proceed to continue the
log retrieval procedure.
8. Press the 1 key to select option
1. Retrieve Current Logs and
press Continue.
9. Select Hard Drive as the log
destination.
10. Select Proceed to leave the
logs on the system.
11. Press the 5 key to select the
Exit option and press
Continue.
12. Select Done to exit.
13. From the Snapshot screen,
select System, Task Manager
and then New Task.
14. Type Explorer and select OK.
15. Close the Task Manager
window after Explorer opens.
16. On the left side of Explorer,
click on the + box next to My
Computer and then click on the
+ box next to Local Disk (D:).
17. Double click on the Logs folder.
18. On the right side of Explorer,
double click on the Result. log.
(The file name format is
Date_Time_ Serial Number_
Result.log.)
19. The results log should open in
notepad. However, it may be
necessary to select Notepad as
the program to open the Result
Log.
Caution Do not print the
Results Log. The
Results Log is large
and contains records
for the last 11,200
runs on the system.
Printing the log uses
large amounts of time,
paper and ink.
Record The 1. Scroll to the bottom of the file

Sample And and locate the 20 ICT
Reference replicates. The ASSAY_ID
Voltages identifies the result as Na, K or
Cl. See reference column for
ASSAY_ID Key.
2. Locate the worksheet at the
end of this document and for
each replicate, record the
Reported Result, Pre and Post
Sample Reference Read
voltages and Sample Read
voltage for Na, K and Cl. See
Example of K Replicate in the
reference column.
3. Compare the sample and
reference readings to the
reported result. An erratic result
should show a variance on the
reference voltages or sample
voltage compared to the others.
Interpret The 1. If there is an issue with the [1] Perform the following if the reference voltages are stable and the sample
Results sample preparation and/or voltages vary:
aspiration, the reference (Sample)
voltages will be stable and the • ICT alignment in cuvette per P-618 ICT Alignment.
sample voltage will vary. See • Verify the ICT aspiration syringe is not sticking to the syringe block.
[1]. • Inspect probes, tubing, syringes, connections etc. Perform M&D 6016
2. If there is an issue with the Check ICT Probe and Tubing and M&D 6016 Check Dispense
reference delivery and/or Components.
aspiration, the sample voltage • Sample probe positioning per M&D 1120 Sample Pipettor Calibration.
will be stable and the reference • Sample wash cup positioning per P-608 Sample Wash Cup Position
voltages will vary. See [2]. Alignment.
3. If there is an issue with the ICT • Clean sample wash cup per P-653 Clean Wash Cups.
aspiration, both the sample • Sample wash cup flow per M&D 1175 Wash Cup Test.
voltage and the reference (Dilution)
voltages could vary. See [3]. • Replace the ICT Diluent.
• Inspect R1 probe, tubing, syringes, connections etc....
• R1 positioning per M&D 1121 R1 Pipettor Calibration.
• R1 wash cup positioning per P-610 Reagent Wash Cup (R1 and R2)
Alignment.
• Clean R1 wash cup per P-653 Clean Wash Cups.
• R1 wash cup flow per 1175 Wash Cup Test.
(Cuvette Wash)
• Clean cuvette washer nozzles per 6018 Clean Cuvette Wash Nozzles.
• Cuvette Washer positioning per P-621 Cuvette Washer Alignment.
• Perform P-668 Cuvette Washer Check.
(Mixing)
• Mixer 1vibration per M&D 3126 Mixer Vibration Test.
• Clean mixer 1 per M&D 6021 Clean Mixers.
• Clean mixer 1 wash cup per P-653 Clean Wash Cups.
• Mixer 1 wash cup positioning per P-611 Wash Cup Position Alignment.
• Mixer wash cup flow per M&D 1175 Wash Cup Test.
• Mixer 1 positioning per P-620 Mixer Alignment.
[2] Perform the following if the sample voltages are stable and the reference
voltages vary:
• ICT alignment in ICT Reference cup per P-618 ICT Alignment.
• Replace ICT Reference Solution and prime.
• Perform M&D 6019 Check ICT Probe and Tubing. Inspect tubing,
syringes, connections for crimps and leaks.
• Ensure syringes are connected and installed correctly.
• Replace check valves.
• Pump air through the warming ring and look for leaks (bubbles).
[3] Perform the following if both the sample voltages and the reference voltages
vary:
• Verify ICT expiration date.
• Verify there are no bubbles moving in the tubing connected to the ICT
during aspiration. If moving bubbles are observed, inspect the ICT
probe, ICT Probe Holder, ICT Module, ICT O-Rings and tubing
connection for leaks. Replace as necessary.
• Inspect ICT Aspiration Pump syringe and tubing for leaks and bubbles.
• Verify ICT aspiration syringe #11 is not leaking nor sticking to the
syringe block.
• Verify operation of aspiration valve and change pinch tubing.
• It is possible to have two issues; one on the sample side and one on
the reference side. Please see Troubleshooting Tips [1] and [2].
Verification 1. Perform P-647 Performance

Verification Test (PVT) and
verify Na, K and Cl meet the
acceptance criteria.
necessary.
WORKSHEET
SODIUM (Na)

REPLICATE PRE REFERENCE POST REFERENCE
REPORTED RESULT SAMPLE READ
NUMBER READ READ
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
ASSAY_ID Key
The ASSAY_ID for Na is 1001
PVT Acceptance Criteria

Assay Highest Result Lowest Result Difference (High-Low) Acceptance Criteria
Na ≤ 3.4mM
POTASSIUM (K)

NUMBER READ READ
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
ASSAY_ID Key
The ASSAY_ID for K is 1002

K ≤ .24mM
CHLORIDE (Cl)

NUMBER READ READ
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
ASSAY_ID Key
The ASSAY_ID for Cl is 1003

CI ≤3.0mM
reserved.
P-664 ICT Accuracy Check Version - 204739-101_4384_2

P-664 ICT Accuracy Check

Purpose Contains information regarding ICT accuracy issues. Module c4000
• General Quality Control (QC) Troubleshooting
• Verification of Sample and Reagent Dispense Components
• Verification of ICT Fluidics Components
• ICT Module Troubleshooting
• ICT Bleach Cleaning Procedure


General Quality 1. Utilize Westgard rules to

Control (QC) prevent false rejection:
Troubleshooting 1 2s , 1 3s , 2 2s , R4s ,
4 1s , 10
a. Verify QC ranges
are appropriate.
b. If one level of QC
is out of range but
within 3 SD, then
repeat the QC
level.
c. If repeat QC level
is within 2 SD and
no further rules
violated, then
accept the run.
d. Observe Levey
Jennings charts
for trends or
shifts.
e. If Westgard rules
fail, determine
cause of QC
failure based on
the type of
Westgard error
and the
subsequent
troubleshooting
steps. 1
2. Verify integrity of sample.
a. Verify QC
material has been
handled according
to manufacturer’s
specifications and
stability claims
(completely
thawed and
thoroughly
mixed).
b. Verify adequate
sample volume in
cup or tube.
c. Verify sample
does not contain
particulate matter,
or fibrin.
3. Check expiration date,
stability date, handling,
and in-use date of lot
numbers of:
a. ICT Sample
Diluent
b. ICT Calibrators
c. ICT Reference
Solution
d. ICT Cleaning
Solution- Ensure
ICT cleaning is
conducted daily
with unexpired
ICT cleaning
solution kept
refrigerated
(stable for 14
days upon
reconstitution).
Refer to c System
processing
module
maintenance
categories in
Section 9 of the
ARCHITECT
System
Operations
Manual.
4. Recalibrate and rerun
QC.
a. If Westgard rules
fail again,
determine cause
of QC failure
based on the type
of Westgard error
and the
subsequent
troubleshooting
steps.
Verification of 1. Verify integrity of sample

Sample and and reagent dispense
Reagent Dispense components.
Components a. No dripping
sample or reagent
probes, and probe
alignment is good.
• If probe integrity is
suspected, then
replace. Refer to c
System component
replacement in
Section 9 of the
ARCHITECT System
Operations Manual.
• If probe alignment is
suspected, then
perform as needed
maintenance
procedures for
appropriate pipettor
calibration. Refer to
As-needed
maintenance
description in
Section 9 of the
ARCHITECT System
Operations Manual.
b. No crimped or
discolored sample
and reagent
probe tubings.
• If tubing integrity is
suspected, then
replace. Refer to c
System component
replacement in
Section 9 of the
ARCHITECT System
Operations Manual.
c. Is all scheduled
maintenance up
to date?
• Perform
maintenance as
needed, such as
quarterly
maintenance to
replace syringe seal
tips, and o-rings.
Refer to c System
processing module
maintenance
categories in Section
9 of the
ARCHITECT System
Operations Manual.
Verification of ICT 1. Verify there is sufficient
Fluidics volume of ICT Reference
Components Solution and ICT Sample
Diluent.
2. Verify all ICT tubings are
free of kinks, crimps, and
bubbles. Ensure all
tubing connections are
tight.
3. Verify ICT 1 mL syringes
and check valves are not
damaged and there are
no bubbles moving in the
aspiration line. Ensure all
connections are tight and
correct.
4. Verify the ICT Probe and
joint tubing are not
obstructed or leaking (no
moving air bubbles) and
snug, but not over-
tightened.
ICT Module 1. Verify ICT Module seals

Troubleshooting are present and not
twisted.
2. Verify black electrical
connector for the ICT
Module is connected and
secured by the
thumbscrew.
3. Verify ICT Module serial
number in use date.
• ICT Module
guaranteed for 3
months post
installation or 20,000
samples whichever
comes first. Refer to
ARCHITECT c
System warranty in
the Foreword
Section of the
ARCHITECT System
Operations Manual.
• Verify ICT Module
expiration date.
• Replace if expired.
Refer to the c
System component
replacement in
Section 9 of the
ARCHITECT System
Operations Manual.
4. Perform the ICT Bleach
Procedure. See below.
The bleach procedure is
“as needed” procedure to
clean with bleach solution
the few within warranty
ICT Modules
experiencing
performance issues
especially with respect to
low quality control
recovery for potassium
and/or low potassium
slope.
5. Verify slope data of
current calibration.
• New ICT modules
typically generate
slopes >80
decreasing over time
and use.
• Acceptable slope
limit is 45-120.
• Slopes dropping into
the 60-70 range
may indicate an ICT
Module replacement
if QC recovers low
or imprecise, or
calibrations continue
to fail.
• If previous steps
have been ruled out,
the bleach
procedure has been
performed and ICT
Module slope data
and QC recovery
indicate the module
is the cause, then
replace the ICT
Module. Refer to c
System component
replacement in
Section 9 of the
ARCHITECT System
Operations Manual.
6. Recalibrate and rerun
QC.
• Recalibration is
required if any ICT
components have
been replaced.
ICT Bleach 1. Ensure ICT precision is in Tools:

Procedure specification before 5ml, 10ml or 20ml syringe
performing the ICT Gauze or tissue (absorbent paper)
Bleach Procedure.
2. The bleach procedure is
an “as needed”
procedure to clean with
bleach solution the few
within warranty ICT
Modules experiencing
performance issues
especially with respect to
low quality control
recovery for potassium
and/or low potassium
slope. The Bleach
Procedure may be
repeated until calibration
slopes have improved
and the quality control
material is within limits.
Although multiple
bleachings do not harm
the ICT module, consider
replacing the module
and/or performing
additional system
troubleshooting if two
consecutive bleachings
do not result in
acceptable ICT
performance.
Prepare 10% 1. Prepare 10ml of 10% Use the following formula to calculate the parts of water to mix with one part of
Bleach Solution bleach (0.5% sodium sodium hypochlorite solution:
(0.5% sodium hypochlorite) by adding 9
hypochlorite) parts DI water to 1 part
laboratory quality bleach.
A = % of sodium hypochlorite solution desired (0.5)

B = % of manufacturer-supplied sodium hypochlorite solution
X = number of parts of water to mix with one part of manufacturer-supplied sodium
hypochlorite solution.
Remove ICT 1. Remove the ICT module ARCHITECT Systems Operations Manual
Module by performing the
removal instructions in
6309 Change ICT
Module.
Obtain A Syringe 1. Obtain a 5ml, 10ml or

20ml syringe (with a Luer
Lock [1] or without a Luer
Lock [2] connection)
without a needle
attached.
VIDEO
Note
Flushing Video contains no
ICT audio sound.
Module
with10%
Bleach
and
Flushing
ICT
Module
with ICT
Reference
Solution
Clean The
Outside
Of ICT
Module
and Pins (If the video does not display, or to view the video full size: Click Here)
to Prevent
Corrosion
Flush ICT Module 1. Fill the syringe with at

With 10% Bleach least 5mL of the
previously prepared
bleach solution.
2. Slowly flush 5ml of the
bleach solution through
the ICT module (with the
ICT module in a vertical
position as shown) over a
container. Ensure air is
not injected into the
module. The module
must be completely filled
with bleach solution at
completion of this step.
Note The top and
bottom of the
ICT Module
contain O-rings
that could be
displaced while
flushing. Flush
the module
over a
container so
the O-rings can
be retrieved
and reinstalled
as necessary.
3. Let the ICT module sit
horizontally, for 15-30
minutes full of bleach
solution.
Flush ICT Module 1. Rinse the syringe with DI

With ICT water.
Reference 2. Fill the syringe with ICT
Solution Reference Solution.
3. Slowly flush 15 mL of
ICT Reference Solution
through the ICT module
over a container. Ensure
air is not injected into the
module. The module
must be completely filled
with ICT Reference
Solution at completion of
this step.
Note The top and
bottom of the
ICT Module
contain O-rings
that could be
displaced while
flushing. Flush
the module
over a
container so
the O-rings can
be retrieved
and reinstalled
as necessary.
4. Let the module sit
horizontally, for 5-10
minutes filled with the
ICT Reference Solution.
Clean The 1. Moisten gauze or tissue

Outside Of ICT with DI water.
Module And Pins 2. Wipe and clean the
To Prevent outside of ICT module
Corrosion and connector pins to
remove any residual
bleach and/or ICT
Reference Solution.
3. Rinse (with DI water) and
install O-rings if any
became displaced during
the bleaching procedure.
Install ICT Module 1. Install the ICT module by For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section
performing the installation 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
instructions in 6309
Change ICT Module.
Flush ICT Module 1. Flush the ICT module

with ICT Reference
Solution by performing
6063 Flush ICT Module
three times.
Verification 1. Calibrate ICT assays.

2. Run quality control
samples to verify
calibration.
Note The Bleach
Procedure may
be repeated
until calibration
slopes improve
and quality
control material
is within limits.
Although
multiple
bleachings do
not harm the
ICT module,
consider
replacing the
module and/or
performing
additional
system
troubleshooting
if two
consecutive
bleachings do
not result in
acceptable ICT
performance.
reserved.
P-665 ICT Reference Level Detect Board Verification Version - 204739-101_4385_1

P-665 ICT Reference Level Detect Board Verification

Purpose Contains information regarding ICT Reference Cup fill and drain Module c4000
issues.


Description of ICT 1. Review the following description of the

Reference Cup ICT Reference Cup level sense circuitry
Level Sense prior to performing the action item
Circuitry Verification of ICT Reference Level
Detect Board LED Operation.
The ICT Reference Solution Cup contains
level sense electrodes used to sense the
presence of ICT Reference Solution. When
the cup is full, the solution covers both
electrodes and provides a conductive
pathway between the electrodes. After the
ICT Module completes the aspiration, the
fluid level will drop below the electrodes and
there will be no conductive pathway between
the electrodes.
The analyzer confirms ICT Reference
Solution is dispensed and aspirated correctly
by detecting the solution level in the ICT
Reference Solution Cup before and after
aspiration.
If solution is not detected prior to aspiration,
the systems will generate error code 5622
Unable to process test, ICT reference
solution cup not filling.
If solution is detected after aspiration, the
system will generate error code 5623 Unable
to process test, ICT reference solution not
aspirated.
When the ICT Reference Solution is not
properly detected, the analyzer will stop
measuring the ICT assay, flag the
associated results and generate an error
code that is added to the message history
log. The analyzer will stop but the cup is not
drained. So the level of solution left in the
cup after an error, is the same level of
solution that generated the error.
The level detect electronic signal pathway is
as follows:
a. ICT Reference Solution Cup
Sensors
b. ICT Reference Level Detect
Board
c. CNN
d. CPU
Verification of ICT 1. Perform 6063 Flush ICT Module.

Reference Level 2. Observe the LEDs on the ICT
Detect Board LED Reference Level Detect Board.
Operation 3. Just before the ICT assembly moves
down to aspirate, both LED2 and LED1
turn RED momentarily (ICT Reference
Cup is full), then turn OFF.
4. After the ICT assembly aspirates the
ICT Reference solution and moves up,
LED2 turns RED momentarily and then
turns off. LED1 never turns on because
the ICT Reference Cup is empty.
Note There are two Light Emitting
Diodes (LED) located on the
ICT Reference Level Detect Note LED 2 turns on only when the c4000 module CPU is
Board. reading the status of the level sense electrodes in the
ICT Reference Cup. During this brief status check (when
LED 2 is on) observe LED 1. If the cup is full during the
status check, LED 1 will be on at the same time as LED
2. If the cup is empty, LED 1 will be off when LED 2 is
on.
Troubleshooting 1. Perform 2131 Flush ICT Cup to verify
Error Code: 5622 operation of the ICT Reference Solution
Unable to process Pump.
test, ICT reference 2. There should be no air or bubbles in
solution cup not the number 12 syringe and associated
filling tubing. If air or bubbles are observed:
• Verify the ICT Reference Bottle is
not empty and platform sensor is
working.
• Check the number 12 syringe,
check valves, tubing and all
connections for leaks.
• Replace check valves.
3. If there are no air or bubbles in the
number 12 syringe and associated
tubing, and the system is generating
5622 errors:
• Ensure the number 12 syringe is
seated correctly and is not sticking
to the syringe block.
• Check all tubing and connections
for crimps and obstructions.
• Replace the check valves.
• Use a syringe to pressurize the
warming ring with air and check for
leaks (air bubbles in the water
bath). Replace if necessary.
• Replace the ICT Reference line
filter.
Note Syringe #13 (left side) always
has bubbles because it is the
waste syringe and it over
draws to ensure removal of
all liquid from the ICT
Reference Cup.
4. Verify the ICT Reference fluidics, Level Located on the right side of the ICT Reference Pump, is the number 12
Detect Board and Sensors are syringe. The number 12 syringe aspirates and dispenses ICT
functioning correctly by performing Reference Solution into the ICT Reference Cup. On the down stroke of
action item Verification of ICT the pump, Reference Solution is pulled from the ICT Reference Solution
Reference Level Detect Board LED Bottle, through a line filter, straw, check valve and into the syringe. On
Operation. the upstroke of the pump, the Reference Solution is pushed up through
a check valve, through the Warming Ring and into the upper port of the
ICT Reference (ICT Reference) Solution Cup.
After ICT Reference Solution is supplied to the ICT Reference Cup, the
analyzer CPU reads the sensor status. If the sensor does not detect
the presence of reference solution, the system will generate error
message “5622 Unable to process test, ICT reference solution cup not
filling”.
Troubleshooting 1. If the fluid level in the cup is below the

Error Code: 5623 electrodes after the aspiration error
Unable to process occurs:
test, ICT reference • Fluid may be bridging across the
solution not electrodes. Clean the electrodes.
aspirated • Verify the ICT Reference fluidics,
Level Detect Board and Sensors
are functioning correctly by
performing action item Verification
of ICT Reference Level Detect
Board LED Operation.
2. If the fluid level in the cup is above the
electrodes after the aspiration error
occurs:
• Check for bubbles moving in the
aspiration tubing out of the top of
the ICT Module.
• If bubbles are observed:
- Verify one o-ring in the top
and one o-ring in the bottom
of the ICT Module. Over
tightening the connection can
damage the o-ring. Replace if
necessary.
- Check for a loose connection
at the top or bottom of the
module.
- Replace the ICT probe holder.
A leak can occur if the probe
holder threads are cross-
threaded.
• If there are no bubbles moving in
the aspiration line,
- Verify the probe is not
obstructed.
- Verify the aspiration line is
free from obstruction. Located on the right side of the ICT Aspiration Pump, is the number 11
- Verify aspiration valve syringe, or Aspiration Syringe. It is used to aspirate sample or ICT
operation by performing 5140 Reference Solution into the ICT Module for measurement.
Pump/Valves Test. • On the down stroke of the ICT Aspiration Pump, the
- Check tubing connection at aspiration syringe draws down and aspirates fluid into the ICT
aspiration valve. Probe, through the ICT Module, into the normally closed (NC)
- Replace aspiration valve port of the Pinch Valve, out of the common port (COM) and
pinch tubing. into the aspiration syringe.
- Verify probe alignment in the • On the upstroke of the pump, fluid is pushed up through the
ICT Reference Cup per P-618 common port of the Pinch Valve, out of the normally open
ICT Alignment in the c4000 (NO) port, and into the ICT High Concentration Waste (HCW)
Service & Support Manual. Cup.
• The ICT Reference cup may not be Located on the left side of the ICT Aspiration Pump, is the number 14
draining correctly and causing ICT syringe. It is used to pump waste from the ICT HCW Cup to an
Reference Solution to back up in External HCW Container or drain.
the cup. • As the ICT Aspiration Pump moves down, the number 14
- Check for an occlusion in the syringe draws the high concentration waste from the ICT
ICT Reference Cup drain port. HCW Cup down through a check valve and into the syringe.
- Check for an occlusion or • On the upstroke of the pump, the waste is pushed out
crimp in the tubing from the through a check valve and to the External HCW Container or
cup drain port to the waste drain.
overflow. After the ICT Reference Solution has been aspirated from the ICT
• On the ICT Reference Solution Reference Cup, the analyzer CPU reads the sensor status. If the
Pump, ensure the number 13 sensor detects the presence of reference solution in the ICT Reference
syringe is seated and check all Cup, the system will generate error message “5623 Unable to process
associated tubing and connections test, ICT reference solution not aspirated”.
for crimps and obstructions.
• Replace the #13 syringe check
valves.
necessary.
reserved.
P-667 ICT Electronics Test Version - 204739-101_4386_1

P-667 ICT Electronics Test

Purpose The following procedure provides instructions on Module c4000
how to determine if an issue is related to the ICT
fluidics system or the ICT electronics system.
Tools and ICT Module with shipping tubing Estimated Time 30 min
Materials


Fill An ICT 1. Obtain a new ICT Module and fill it with

Module And ICT Reference solution using the ICT
Shipping Tubing Module shipping tubing [1].
With ICT Note The module must be
Reference completely full of ICT
Solution Reference solution. There
must be no bubbles inside the
module.
Connect ICT 1. Disconnect the electronic cable (ICT

Module Full Of Pre Amp to ICT Module) from the
ICT Reference installed ICT Module but do not remove
Solution To the installed module from the system. It
Electronics Cable must remain installed and connected to
the aspiration tubing and ICT Probe so
the system can aspirate ICT Reference
solution from the ICT Reference Cup
during the test. (This is done to prevent
ICT Reference aspiration errors.).
2. Connect the electronic cable [1] (ICT
Pre Amp to ICT Module) to the new
module that is filled full of ICT
Reference solution and position the
module so it does not interfere with the
operation of the ICT Assembly [2].
Note The original ICT Module must
remain connected to the ICT
Probe and aspiration tubing [3]
or ICT Reference aspiration
errors will occur when running
the test.
Schedule And 1. Schedule and run 20 ICT tests; perform c4000 Service & Support Manual
Run 20 ICT Tests the ICT Portion Of P-647 Performance
Verification Test (PVT) (PVT)
Verify Test 1. The results should be:

Results • Na= 140 ±1
• K= 4.0 ±0.1
• Cl= 100 ±1
2. If the results are in specification, the
new ICT Module (full of reference
solution) and electronics are working
correctly and the issue is related to the
fluidics system or the old ICT Module.
3. If the results are out of specification,
then there is an issue with the ICT
Module or electronics subsystem.

reserved.
P-668 Cuvette Washer Check Version - 204739-101_4387_1

P-668 Cuvette Washer Check

Purpose Cuvette Washer Verification Module ARCHITECT c4000
Tools and Standard Tool Kit. Estimated Time 30 min

Materials

WARNING Splash / Spray Hazard

Prerequisite 1. Log in as FSE. The c4000 For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual,
processing module must Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
be in Stopped or Ready Caution Do not touch cuvettes; finger prints on cuvette glass can cause lamp
state. errors.
Cuvette Washer 1. Select System,

Check Diagnostics, Module 5
and Utilities.
2. Select 6200 and in the
user input field type
Set_Module 1 and then
Continue.
3. In the User Input field
type RC H, then
Continue. Wait for the
reaction carousel to
home.
4. After the reaction carousel
homes, the segment for
cuvettes 01 through 11
should be positioned at
the user accessible area
at the front of the reaction
carousel.
5. Remove the cuvette
segment and remove all
liquids from the cuvettes
01 through 11.
6. Fill cuvettes 01 through
11 with DI water to half
the height of the cuvette.
Install the cuvette
segment into the reaction
carousel. Nozzle 1 aspirates the high concentration waste through a high concentration waste
7. In the User Input field, peristaltic pump. The nozzle also dispenses DI Water into the cuvette from the
type WS WC 01 8, then cuvette wash bellows pump during the aspiration. Water is dispensed through small
select Continue. This holes in the welded area in the mid-section of the nozzle.
command washes 8 Nozzle 2 delivers a 1.3% mixture of alkaline solution and DI Water that is created
cuvettes sequentially and provided by the Wash Solution Pump using a micro syringe block and 1 mL
starting from cuvette syringes. After the alkaline solution is dispensed into the cuvette, it is aspirated
position 01 and continues through a vacuum pump.
counter clockwise. Nozzle 3 delivers a 0.9% mixture of acid solution and DI Water is also created by
8. Wait until the cuvette the Wash Solution Pump. The alkaline and acid solutions are located on the
washer finishes washing weighted platform scales in the front of the analyzer.
the cuvettes. Nozzles 4 and 5 dispense DI Water into the cuvettes and aspirate the water
9. In the user Input Field, through a vacuum pump.
type: RC H, then select Nozzle 6 has two nozzles, one providing DI Water that fills the cuvette to a certain
Continue. Wait for the level and the other to aspirate part of the water out of the cuvette. The amount of
Reaction Carousel to water left in the cuvette is used by the system for a water blank which is measured
home. as the cuvette passes through the optics unit. The transmission or intensity of the
10. After the reaction carousel light measured in the water blank is used as the reference value for the subsequent
homes, cuvettes 01 to 11 measurement of the sample in this cuvette. It is also used as a cuvette integrity
should be positioned at check.
the user accessible area. Nozzle 7 performs an aspiration of the water blank.
Nozzle 8 has a porous cuvette drying tip installed on the nozzle that removes all
remaining water in the cuvette prior to introduction of the next sample. The nozzle is
spring loaded which allows the nozzle to move up when the drying tip is driven into
the physical bottom of the cuvette. This ensures the cuvette drying tip is touching
the bottom of the cuvette. Water in the bottom or on the side walls of the cuvette is
aspirated by a vacuum pump through small holes on the side and bottom of the
nozzle shaft.
Cuvette Verification 1. Remove the cuvette

segment and visually
inspect cuvettes 01
through 11.
2. Cuvettes 09 through 11
will have water left in the
Cuvette. This indicates the
nozzles are producing
spray from the cuvette
wash pump. The water is
there because the
vacuum nozzles do not
touch the bottom of the
cuvette.
Note Water in cuvette
10 is for the
water blank and
will be higher
than the water
level in cuvettes
09 and 11.
3. Cuvettes 01-08 [1-2]
should be totally dry and
no residue of water
should appear. If
necessary, replace the
dryer tip, and diaphragms,
O-rings, and sheet valves
in the vacuum pumps and
perform P-621 Cuvette
Washer Alignment.
4. Re-install the cuvette
segment.
5. At the user input field type
Q and select Continue.
6. Select Done to exit the
6200.
Nozzle Spray 1. Select System,
Check Diagnostics, Module 5
and Utilities.
2. Select 6200 and in the
user input field type
Set_Module 1 and then
Continue.
3. Remove the cuvette
washer cover.
4. Unscrew the black knob
[1] on the cuvette washer
and remove the head.
5. Hold the head in a large
container [2] that allows
you to observe the nozzle
dispense spray while
capturing the water
output.
6. In the User Input field,
type WS WC 01 4, then
select Continue.
7. Observe the output of
nozzles 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5
while holding the wash
head in the container.
Water should spray evenly
out of the four (4) holes in
each nozzle.
8. After the washer finishes,
install the washer head
and secure with the black
knob.
9. Install the cuvette washer
cover.
10. In the user Input Field,
type: RC H” then select
Continue.
11. At the user input field type
Q and select Continue.
12. Select Done to exit 6200.
Verification 1. After repair is complete,

and calibrate as
necessary.
reserved.
P-669 RSH Power On Self Test (POST) Version - 204739-101_4402_1

P-669 RSH Power On Self Test (POST)

Purpose The purpose of this procedure is to provide Module ARCHITECT c4000
instructions on how to view the results of the
Robotic Sample Handler (RSH) power on self test
(POST). This information can be used to
determine the specific probable cause for RSH
error “5365 POST Failed, Sensor Interface
Board”.
Tools and Standard Tool Kit. Estimated Time 15 min

Materials

Log On As FSE 1. Log in as FSE with the FSE

password and select OK.
View the RSH POST 1. From the Snapshot screen, select

ResultsCheck System, Diagnostics, Module 5,
Utilities, 6200 CLI Terminal
Simulator and Perform (F5).
2. Enter the CLI command:
SET_MODULE 0 and select
Continue.
3. Enter the CLI command:
GET_LOG TRACE
C:\TRACE.LOG and select
Continue.
4. Type Q, select Continue and
Done to exit 6200 CLI Terminal
Simulator.
5. From the Snapshot screen, select
System, and then Task
Manager.
6. In the Task Manager, select File,
New Task then type explorer or
select it from the list. Select OK
then close the Task Manager.
7. On the left side of Explorer,
expand My Computer and click
on Local Disk (C:).
8. On the right side of Explorer,
open the TRACE.LOG file.
9. Locate the POST failure message
to determine the specific probable
cause for RSH error “5365 POST
Failed, Sensor Interface Board”.

necessary.
reserved.
P-670 Reaction Carousel Motor Coupling Lubrication Version - 204739-101_4424_1

P-670 Reaction Carousel Motor Coupling Lubrication
Perform this procedure to lubricate the Reaction Carousel Motor Coupling. Module c4000
Purpose
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution
Chemical Hazard
1. The processing module must be in Stopped,

Offline, or Ready status.
Preparation 2. Unscrew the two (2) screws securing the left rear
cover and remove the cover.
3. Unscrew the two (2) screws securing the right rear
cover and remove the cover.
Lubricate Reaction
Carousel Motor
1. Spread a thin layer of grease around the springs of
Coupling
the coupling. [1]
Prepare For
Operation
1. Install the left rear cover and secure with the two
(2) screws.
2. Install the right rear cover and secure with the two
(2) screws.
Verification
1. After repair is complete, verify per released
Note
If the system/instrument produces results,
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECT�ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
null
P-671 Water Bath Clean with Alkaline Solution Version - 204739-101_4965_3

P-671 Water Bath Clean with Alkaline Solution
This procedure utilizes Alkaline Wash Solution to clean the water bath incubator and water bath Module c4000
heater circulation system.
Purpose
Debris in the water bath can pass through the light path and generate errors:
6512 Optics system warning, fluctuation detected, bichromatic check

6513 Optics system failure, fluctuation above maximum range, bichromatic check
Performing this procedure can reduce the occurrence of error codes 6512 and 6513.
Materials Gauze or tissue (absorbent paper) Time 45
Required LN09D31-20 Alkaline Wash Solution min
7-202500-01 Water Bath Filter
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution
Chemical Hazard
Preparation
1. The processing module must be in the Stopped
status.
2. Ensure that a new Water Bath Filter (7-202500-01)
is available for replacement at the completion of this
procedure.
Remove All ARCHITECT Systems Operations Manual

Cuvette
1. From the Snapshot screen, select System,
Segments and
Diagnostics, Modules, 1101 Robotics Test Tool
Manually Clean
and Perform [F5].
2. From the main menu of 1101 Robotics Test Tool,
select Reaction Carousel, Rotate Reaction
Carousel..
3. Select L2 1 cuvette segment to rotate the reaction
carousel and remove each cuvette segment.
Note
Inspect each cuvette for damage and replace
as needed. Use gloves to avoid touching the
surface of the cuvettes. Residual oil from
ungloved hand may cause imprecise optical
reads.
4. Wet a cotton swab with Detergent A wash solution

and clean the inside and outside of each cuvette.
5. Fill a clean, residue-free container with enough
purified water to completely submerge the cuvette
segment.
6. Rinse the cuvette segment in the container of water
to remove Detergent A wash solution. Drain any
excess water from the cuvettes.
7. Dry the top of the cuvette segment, especially the
slotted edges, to remove any remaining water.
Add Alkaline
Wash Solution to
1. Add 53mL of undiluted Alkaline Wash Solution
the Water Bath
(LN09D31-20) directly into the water bath incubator.
2. Allow the system to circulate for 20 minutes.
Drain and Refill

the Water Bath
page down and select Water bath exchange, then
select Empty to drain the water bath.
2. Use Gauze moistened with DI water to carefully
wipe any residue from the water bath incubator and
lens.
Note
Be careful to not damage the cuvette wipers.
3. Select L1 Fill to fill the bath.

4. Drain and refill the water bath a minimum of five
consecutive times or until no residual is seen.
select Reaction Carousel and Rotate Reaction
Carousel.
6. Select L2 1 cuvette segment to rotate the reaction
carousel and reinstall the cuvette segments.
7. Exit 1101 Robotics Test Tool and return to the
snapshot screen.
Replace Water ARCHITECT c4000 System Service and Support

Bath Filter Manual
1. Replace the Water Bath Filter per Removal and
Replacement procedure:
C4000- E3.03 Filter, Water Bath
Perform Optics
Check
1. Select System, Diagnostics, and
Optics/Temperature.
2. Select 1008 Optics Total Test and F5 Perform.
3. Follow the on screen instructions and perform option
3. Optics Shutter Test.
4. When the instruction field displays Select the report
type to create, select Summary.
5. Select Exit.
6. When the instructions field displays 'Procedure
completed. Select Done to exit', DO NOT select
Done, select Print (prints the four page summary
report).
7. After the summary report prints, select Done (exits
the procedure).
8. Use the report and evaluate the results. A passing
mean and range with the shutter open indicates a
clean water bath.
Note
The summary report provides mean results,
acceptance criteria, and a pass or fail status
for all sixteen wavelengths.
Verification
1. After repair is complete, ensure appropriate Quality
Control is in specification and calibrate as
necessary.
null
P-672 Articulated Arm Tension Adjustment
Version - M/A
Purpose To provide articulated arm tension adjustment Module c4000, i1000sr

Materials Required Standard FSE toolkit Time 15 min
Adjust
Arm
Tension
1. To adjust the arm tension so it will stay where you set it, use a 13mm wrench
and rotate the angled bolt (see caution note below).
Continue to adjust the arm until it will stay stationary when moved to a new position
(several turns may be required).
CAUTION!
The bottom nut will turn during adjustment of the top nut; DO NOT apply any tool
to the bottom nut. Serious damage to the Arm may occur if these instructions are
not followed
P-673 Articulated Arm Monitor Adjustment
Version - M/A
Purpose To provide articulated arm keyboard adjustment Module c4000, i1000sr

Monitor Tilt Forward

and Backward 1. Tilt the monitor up and down and ensure it moves freely as
shown.
2. To adjust the monitor’s ability to tilt, remove the monitor top

cover and locate the adjustment screw.
3. Using a Phillips screwdriver, adjust the arm until the monitor

moves freely as shown.

P-674 - Articulated Arm Keyboard Angle Adjustment
Version - M/A
Purpose To provide articulated arm Monitor adjustment Module c4000, i1000sr

Set Keyboard
Angle 1. Tilt the monitor up and down and ensure it moves freely as shown.

2. To adjust the monitor’s ability to tilt, remove the monitor top cover and
locate the adjustment screw.

3. Using a Phillips screwdriver, adjust the arm until the monitor moves freely
as shown.

P-675 DAQ Firmware Recovery Procedure Version - 204739-101_5197_1

P-675 - DAQ Firmware Recovery Procedure
Purpose This procedure is for recovering the DAQ firmware of the working flash memory (flash memory-1) Module c4000
by using programmed spare memory (write protected flash memory-2).
Materials Time
Required Standard Tool Kit Procedure:
15 min.
Verification:
30 min.
Total: 45
Min.
Caution
Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Prerequisite The processing module must be in For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
STOPPED or READY status. Manual, Section 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
Preparation
1. Power OFF the processing module.
Note
The view of the card cage is that of
a c16000.
2. Use the Removal & Replacement

procedure for the DAQ board to
access the DAQ board. Do not
remove the board from the card
cage.
Procedure for
1. Set the DIP Switch S2-3 on the
DAQ Board,
Toshiba part DAQ board to ON (Default setting
number PM10- is 5 & 6 ON all others off.)
53540*A GR 1 2. Power On the module and observe
and older (7- the four LEDS located above the
93181-04) S2 switch bank. The LEDS will
blink sequentially from the upper to
the lower one time. When the lower
LED turns on immediately set the
DIP Switch S2-3 to OFF. (Do not
power off instrument).
3. The SCC will display a popup
message stating: "0556 Update of
DAQ firmware required. Do not
perform any module activity until
completed (up to 20 minutes)."
Select OK.
CAUTION: DO NOT INTERRUPT
THIS PROCESS!
4. WAIT until another popup
message: "0553 Update of
module DAQ firmware
complete..." is displayed. Select
OK and cycle power to the module
as directed.
5. The module should go to the
STOPPED status with no errors.
Procedure for
DAQ Board, 1. Set the DIP Switches S2-5 and S2-
Toshiba part 6 on the DAQ board to ON (Default
number setting is all OFF.)
BSM10-6494 2. Power On the module and observe
and newer. (7- the four LEDS located above the
93181-05 S2 switch bank. The LEDS will
blink sequentially from the upper to
the lower one time. When the lower
LED turns on immediately set the
DIP Switches S2-5 and S2-6 to
OFF. (Do not power off instrument).
3. The SCC will display a popup
message stating: "0556 Update of
DAQ firmware required. Do not
perform any module activity until
completed (up to 20 minutes)."
Select OK. CAUTION: DO NOT
INTERRUPT THIS PROCESS!
4. WAIT until another popup
message: "0553 Update of
module DAQ firmware
complete..." is displayed. Select
OK and cycle power to the module
as directed.
5. The module should go to the
STOPPED status with no errors.
Load Robotic
Position Data 1. With the module at the Ready or
From CPU Stopped state, log on as FSE and
select System, Diagnostics,
Module 1, Modules and perform
6001 Save/Restore DAQ Data.
2. First perform Option 3 Clear Data
from the DAQ board. Then, cycle
power to c4000 module.
3. Once back to the Stopped status,
perform Option 2 Load robotics
alignment data from CPU board
to DAQ board. Then, cycle power
to c4000 module.
Verification Check all Robotic Positions using M&D

1101 Robotics Test Tools.
ARCHITECT c16000 Service and Support Manual (Version 201980-110) • © 2006, 2012 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci4100, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200
P-676 c4000 Reaction Carousel Alignment Version - 204739-101_5217_1

P-676 - c4000 Reaction Carousel Alignment
Purpose Perform this procedure to correctly align the reaction carousel. Module c4000
Standard Tool Kit Procedure: 45 min.
Verification: 30 min.
Cuvette Segment Robocal Alignment Tool Total: 1 Hr. 15 Min.
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
Caution
Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Caution
Chemical Hazard
Prerequisite The processing module must For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section
be in STOPPED or READY 1: Use or function, Subsection: System status.
status.
Preparation
1. Power OFF the c4000

processing module.
2. Remove the lamp
housing cover [G].
Position
1. Rotate the reaction
Rollers
carousel by hand to
confirm that all three
rollers always turn in
both directions.
2. Check that the rollers
can be rotated by hand
with some friction.
3. When the above
conditions are met the
rollers are adjusted
correctly.
4. If not adjusted correctly,
adjust the position of
the roller [1] by
loosening the screws
holding the mount to the
frame and applying
pressure so that the
roller pushes on the
reaction carousel gear
and retighten the
mounting screws.
Confirm the three (3)
guide rollers rotate.
5. Replace the lamp
housing cover.
Power On
Processing 1. Power ON the
Module processing module.
2. Allow the processing
module to come to
Stopped.
3. Select the c4000, then
Start-up to place the
module in Ready.
Light Beam Alignment
CLI
Terminal Note:
Simulator If the reaction carousel
or motor has been
replaced, alignment of
the pitch and home
flags must be performed
first, see Reaction
Carousel Home
Alignment.
Note:
Changes made with this
procedure will require
all robotic positions be
checked or aligned.
1. The processing module

must be in STOPPED
or READY status.
2. Log in as FSE using
password.
3. Select SYSTEM and
then Diagnostics.
4. Select module 5.
5. Select Utilities.
6. Select 6200 CLI
Terminal Simulator
then Perform.
7. Select Proceed to
access the terminal.
Positioning
Cuvette Note:
Segment CLI commands will be
Alignment used to position the
Tool Robotics Test Tool to
allow visual alignment of
the light beam in
relationship to the
reaction carousel.
1. In the CLI Terminal

Simulator, enter RC H
and press Continue
(the reaction carousel
will home. Cuvette
segment # 1-11 will
move to the front.
2. Replace Cuvette
segment # 1-11 with
the Cuvette Segment
Alignment Tool.
3. Enter RC CCWREL 33
and press Continue to
move the Cuvette
segment alignment tool
to the light path
position.
Alignment
of Light Note:
Beam Remove the rear top
cover to aid in the
observation of the light
beam. The beam must
be observed from
directly above the light
beam. The circled
dotted line in the picture
demonstrates the light
beam centered on the
post.
1. Verify the light beam is

centered on the post.
Note:
Fine adjustment
of the position
can be set using
CLI commands.
One or two step
changes can be
made from the
home position.
2. To move the carousel

one step clockwise,
enter RC CWSTEP and
select Continue.
3. To move the reaction
carousel one step
counter clockwise, enter
RC CCWSTEP and
select Continue.
4. Reposition the Cuvette
Segment Alignment
Tool in the light path
and check beam
position using the
Action" Positioning
Cuvette Segment
Alignment Tool" steps
1 and 3. If adjustment is
still required, repeat
steps 2-4 until light
beam is centered.
5. After the light beam is
centered on the post
enter RC H and press
Continue. The Cuvette
Segment Alignment
Tool should be position
at the front. Remove the
Tool and reinstall
Cuvette segment.
6. Enter (Q) to Quit and
exit CLI Terminal
Simulator.
Note:
If any changes
are made to the
home position all
robotics positions
will need to be
checked.
7. Reinstall the rear top

cover.
Reaction Carousel Home Alignment
Prerequisite
Note:
This procedure should
only be required if
reaction carousel or
motor assembly has
been replaced.
Note:
Changes made with this
procedure will require
all robotic positions be
checked or aligned.
1. The processing module

must be in STOPPED
or READY status.
2. Power OFF the c4000
processing module.
Preparation
1. Remove the right and

left rear covers.
2. Remove the lamp
housing cover
3. Locate the reaction
carousel motor.
4. Inspect pitch flag and
motor coupler for
damages. If damaged
the coupler or motor
assembly will need to
be replaced.
Reaction
Carousel 1. Manually move the
Home reaction carousel so
Alignment that the home flag is
centered in the home
sensor.
Note:
The home flag is
located in front of
Cuvette # 72
2. Observe the position of

the pitch flag on the
motor assembly. The
edge of the flag should
be just crossing the
center of the sensor in
a counter clockwise
direction.
3. If pitch flag is not in the
correct position loosen
the two (2) set screws
in the pitch flag and
retighten set screws. Do
not use excessive force
when retightening or the
flag can be damaged.
4. Power ON the
processing module
using the maintenance
switch.
5. Allow the processing
module to come to
Stopped.
6. Select the c8000 and
then Start-up to place
the module in Ready.
The reaction carousel
will move to the Home
position at this time.
This position will be at
the "0" position plus the
robotics offset. This
offset will be set during
the pipettor alignment
M&Ds.
7. Reinstall the Right and
Left Rear Covers.
8. Reinstall the Lamp
housing Cover.
9. With the Reaction
Carousel Home
Procedure complete,
perform action
"Alignment of Light
Beam."
Trigger Sensor Alignment
Run Optics
Trigger 1. The processing module
Sensor must be in READY
Check status.
2. Log in as FSE using
password.
3. Select SYSTEM,
Diagnostics,
Optics/Temperature.
4. Perform 1001 Optics
Trigger Sensor Check.
5. The value must be 0 +/-
250 (not +/- 500). If the
reading is within this
range no further action
is require. If not within 0
+/- 250 perform action
"Adjustment of
Sensor."
Adjustment
of Sensor 1. The processing module
must be in READY
status.
2. Remove the right rear
deck cover.
3. Loosen screw holding
the trigger sensor,
reposition trigger sensor
and retighten the screw.
4. Select SYSTEM,
Diagnostics,
Optics/Temperature.
Trigger Sensor Check.
6. The value must be 0 +/-
250 (not +/- 500). . If
the reading is within this
range no further action
is required. If not within
+200 +/- 50 repeat step
3.
7. Replace right rear deck
cover.
Post Alignments
Verification
1. Any alignments or
adjustment in the above
procedures will require
that all robotics
positions are checked
using M&D 1101
Robotics Test Tool.
Total Test.
null
P-677 Clean ICT Reference Cup and LLS Electrodes Version - 201985-104_5490_2

P-677 Clean ICT Reference Cup and LLS Electrodes
Note
Purpose Perform this procedure to clean the ICT Modules C4000

reference cup and electrodes. C8000
C16000
Materials Required Standard Tool Kit Time 10 minutes
WARNING
Potential Biohazard
WARNING
Chemical Hazard
WARNING
Splash/Spray Hazard
Removal
Prerequisite The processing module must be in For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Preparation Remove instrument-specific deck covers.
VIDEO
Clean ICT Note
Reference Video contains no audio sound.
Cup and
Electrodes
Clean ICT
Reference
1. Remove screw [1] securing the ICT
Cup and
Reference LLS electrodes to the ICT
Electrodes
reference cup.
2. Lift up on ICT Reference LLS

electrodes [2] to remove.
3. Clean inside reference cup with

cotton tip swab.
4. Rinse ICT Reference LLS electrodes

with purified water.
5. Gently wipe the ICT Reference LLS

electrodes using a lint free tissue
moistened with purified water.
Note
Ensure when cleaning not to
adjust spacing of electrodes.
Adjusting the spacing could
adversely affect level sensing
function of electrodes.
6. Reseat the electrodes onto the

reference cup and secure with
screw.
Prepare for For information on the startup procedure, refer to the ARCHITECT
Operation System Operations Manual, Section 5: Operating instructions,
handler from Stopped to Read,
Verification
1. Perform Maintenance/As Needed:
a. 2131 Flush ICT Cup

b. 6063 Flush ICT Module

specification and calibrate necessary.
Abbott Laboratories. c4000, ci4100, i4000, i6000, i8000, c16000, ci16200 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories • Abbott Park, IL 60064 • All rights
reserved.
Field Updates are distributed in ISA EDOC-022 current version. See History Report for change listing. Developed by GSS ePublishing. Abbott Service and Support Information • Copyright 2015 • Abbott Laboratories,
Abbott Park, IL 60064. All rights reserved. Trademark references listed in the ISA and TSB databases. Procedure Database control number DA-S00787 current version.

M & D Search Criteria Revision Date --- 2/2/2012 Help
UsedOn: Procedure Number:

c16000
c16000
c4000
c4000 Description:
c8000
c8000
i1000SR Scope:
i1000SR
i2000

User: Type: Software Category:
Version:
ADMIN
ADMIN Diagnostics
Diagnostics 2.6/3.1x As
AsNeeded
Needed
CSC Maintenance 2.6/3.1x Bar
CSC Maintenance 3.0
3.0 BarCode
CodeReaders
Readers
FSE
FSE 4.0x Carousels
Carousels
4.0x
5.0x
Operator
Operator 5.0x
Daily
Daily
5.1x Fluidics Wash
Search Clear Form

317 Record(s) returned.
= Click to sort
UsedOn Software Procedure User Type // Module Category Status Scope Option Time Special Tools
Description Module// Number
Version
c4000 6.0x 1000 Absorbance Operator Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Optics/ Stopped, This procedure takes wavelength None 5
Reads c4000 or 4 Temperature Ready reads on an operator selectable
number of water blanks and dye
samples. The operator also selects
the number of read cycles, the
delay between read cycles, and
the primary and/or secondary
wavelengths.
wavelengths.
wavelengths.
c4000 6.0x 1001 Optics FSE Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Optics/ Stopped, This procedure shall test the None 5
Trigger Sensor c4000 or 4 Temperature Ready trigger sensor and shall display
Check and report the trigger sensor
value.
value.
value.
c4000 6.0x 1002 Photometer CSC Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Optics/ Stopped, This procedure shall provide DAQ L1 Auto Gain 5
and ICT DAQ Data c4000 or 4 Temperature Ready data for 16 wavelenghts and 16 L2 A/D
ICT channels. L3 A/D range
L4 Exit
L4 Exit
L4 Exit
c4000 6.0x 1003 Change Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Quarterly Stopped, This procedure shall provide the None 15
Lamp c4000 or 4 Ready user instructions for changing the
source lamp.
source lamp.
source lamp.
c4000 6.0x 1008 Optics Total Operator Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Optics/ Stopped, This procedure will test the 1 Quick test 10-30
Test c4000 or 4 Temperature Ready variability in the optics reads 2 Optics dark current depending on
throughout a 30 or 33 read test. 3 Optics shutter test option chosen
4 Exit
Test c4000 or 4 TemperatureReady variability in the optics reads 2 Optics dark current depending on
4 Exit
Test c4000 or 4 Temperature Ready variability in the optics reads 2 Optics dark current depending on
4 Exit
c4000 6.0x 1009 Beam Height FSE Diagnostics// 1 Optics/ Stopped, This procedure provides optics None Time - variable c4000 Cuvette Height Alignment
Alignment c4000 Temperature Ready, reads to assist the Service tool (7-205777-01)
Warming Engineer to align the light beam
height in the cuvette.
Alignment c4000 Temperature Ready, reads to assist the Service tool (7-205777-01)
Warming Engineer to align the light beam
Alignment c4000 Temperature Ready reads to assist the Service tool (7-205777-01)
Engineer to align the light beam
c4000 6.0x 1010 Cuvette Operator Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Optics/ Stopped, This procedure shall check the None 5
Integrity Test c4000 or 4 Temperature Ready condition of all 99 cuvettes, pass,
fail or has no blank readings. All
cuvettes are checked against the
cuvette blank limit value (7225).
Note: If the processing module
has not completed a cuvette wash
in the run mode after a power on
there will be no blank readings.
c4000 6.0x 1101 Robotics FSE Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Modules Stopped, This procedure shall allow the user 0 Exit 15 Cuvette Segment Alignment Tool
Test Tool c4000 or 4 Ready to manipulate all of the carousels 1 Reaction carousel (LN 02P86-01)
and pipettors, reagent supply 2 R1 pipettor
center and wash station, ICT and 3 R2 pipettor
mixers and water bath. 4 Sample pipettor
5 Mixers
6 R1 carousel
7 R2 carousel
8 ICT
9 Wash station
10 Water bath
Sub Option
5 Mixers
6 R1 carousel
7 R2 carousel
8 ICT
9 Wash station
10 Water bath
Sub Option
5 Mixers
6 R1 carousel
7 R2 carousel
8 ICT
9 Wash station
10 Water bath
Sub Option
c4000 6.0x 1114 Carrier Operator Maintenance// 0 As Needed Stopped, To align the carrier transport to the 12 min Sample carriers
Transport RSH Ready, reagent carousel latch actuator (stand Carrier calibration tool
Calibration Warming and a sample carrier to the alone) (01P16-01)
load/unload area. 20 min Cotton swab or lint-free
(ci4100) tissue
Deionized water
(ci4100) tissue
Deionized water
(ci4100) tissue
Deionized water
c4000 6.0x 1120 Sample Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, As Needed Stopped, This procedure determines the All 12 Cuvette segment alignment tool
Pipettor Calibration c4000 or 4 Ready position of calibration targets in Sample (LN 02P86-01)
relation to the home position of the handler Tap water or saline
sample pipettor Processing Lint-free tissue
module RSH:
Reaction Carrier calibration tool (LN 01P16-
carousel 01)
Wash cup
module RSH:
carousel 01)
Wash cup
module RSH:
carousel 01)
Wash cup
c4000 6.0x 1121 R1 Pipettor Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, As Needed Stopped, This procedure determines the None 7 Cuvette Segment
Calibration c4000 or 4 Ready position of calibration targets in alignment Tool (LN 02P86-
relation to the home position of the 01)
pipettor. Reagent outer and inner
segments with pipettor cal
targets
lint-free tissue
Deionized water
targets
lint-free tissue
Deionized water
targets
lint-free tissue
Deionized water
targets
lint-free tissue
Deionized water
targets
lint-free tissue
Deionized water
targets
lint-free tissue
Deionized water
c4000 6.0x 1123 Mixer FSE Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Fluidics Stopped, This procedure shall enable the L1 Mixer 1 5
Alignment c4000 or 4 Wash Ready user to position the mixers over L2 Mixer 2
the Wash Cups and Cuvettes to L4 Exit
visually inspect the alignment. This
procedure shall enable the users
to align and or calibrate the mixers
c4000 6.0x 1124 Wash Cup FSE Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Fluidics Stopped, This procedure shall enable the L1 Sample 5
Alignment c4000 or 4 Wash Ready user to visually align the pipettor L2 R1
probes over the wash cups by L3 R2
controlling the movement of the L4 Exit
pipettor probes using the LUI
buttons.
buttons.
buttons.
c4000 6.0x 1125 ICT FSE Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, ICT Stopped, This procedure is used as a tool L1 Home 10 Metric ruler
Alignment c4000 or 4 Ready for inspecting the alignment of the L2 Reaction carousel
ICT probe with respect to the cuvette
cuvette position and the Reference L3 ICT Reference
Solution Cup position. Solution Cup
L4 Exit
L4 Exit
L4 Exit
c4000 6.0x 1127 Crash FSE Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Pipettors Stopped, This procedure shall allow the user 1 Sample pipettor 5
Sensor Alignment c4000 or 4 Ready to align the crash sensor for either 2 R1 outer pipettor
the sample probe, the R1 probe, 3 R2 outer pipettor
or the R2 probe. 4 R1 inner pipettor
5 R2 inner pipettor
6 Exit
5 R2 inner pipettor
6 Exit
5 R2 inner pipettor
6 Exit
c4000 6.0x 1151 Probe Operator Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Pipettors Stopped, This procedure shall move each of 1 Sample pipettor 10
Alignment Test c4000 or 4 Ready the pipettors over each of its 2 R1 pipettor
respective positions and allow the 3 R2 pipettor
user to visually inspect the 4 All
alignment of the pipettor over each 5Exit
position.
position.
position.
c4000 6.0x 1161 Probe Move Operator Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Pipettors Stopped, This procedure shall move the Sample Variable
c4000 or 4 Ready sample and reagent pipettors to a R1
position conducive for changing R2
the pipettor probe. The procedure
shall return the pipettor back to the
home position after the particular
probe has been changed.
c4000 6.0x 1175 Wash Cup FSE Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Fluidics Ready This procedure is used as a tool 1 Sample Wash Cup 20
Test c4000 or 4 Wash for measuring the water flow from 2 Reagent
the sample, reagent, and mixer 3 Mixer
wash cups. 4 Exit
c4000 7.0x 1175 Wash Cup FSE Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Fluidics Ready This procedure is used as a tool 1 Sample Wash Cup 20
Test c4000 or 4 Wash for measuring the water flow from 2 Reagent
wash cups. 4 Exit
c4000 8.0x 1175 Wash Cup FSE Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Fluidics Ready This procedure is used as a tool 1 Sample Wash Cup 20 50 mL graduated cylinder
Test c4000 or 4 Wash for measuring the water flow from 2 Reagent Waste container
wash cups. 4 Exit
c4000 7.0x 1260 Cuvette FSE Diagnostics// 1, Fluidics Ready This procedure is used to None 10 min Container capable of holding
Washer Test c4000 Wash troubleshoot the cuvette washer. 1000mL
Water (deionized or tap)
c4000 8.0x 1260 Cuvette FSE Diagnostics// 1, Fluidics Ready This procedure is used to None 10 min Container capable of holding
Washer Test c4000 Wash troubleshoot the cuvette washer. 1000mL
Water (deionized or tap)
c4000 6.0x 2030 S.Pipettor CSC Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Precision Stopped, The S Pipettor Precision/Accuracy None 10
Precision/Accuracy c4000 or 4 Ready procedure will test the precision
and accuracy of the pipettor using
Orange G dye.
Orange G dye.
Orange G dye.
c4000 6.0x 2031 R1 Pipettor CSC Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Precision Stopped, The S Pipettor Precision/Accuracy None 10
Precision c4000 or 4 Ready procedure will test the precision
/Accuracy and accuracy of the pipettor using
Orange G dye.
Orange G dye.
Orange G dye.
Orange G dye.
Orange G dye.
Orange G dye.
c4000 6.0x 2040 Sample CSC Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Precision Stopped, The Sample Pipettor Gravimetric None 15 Gravimetric Balance
Pipettor c4000 or 4 Ready procedure will test the precision Saline
Gravimetric and accuracy of the pipettor using Sample cups
saline. RSH
Sample carrier
LAS
Sample tube
saline. RSH
Sample carrier
LAS
Sample tube
saline. RSH
Sample carrier
LAS
Sample tube
c4000 6.0x 2041 R1 Pipettor CSC Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Precision Stopped, The R1 Pipettor Gravimetric None 15
Gravimetric c4000 or 4 Ready procedure will test the precision
saline.
saline.
saline.
saline.
saline.
saline.
c4000 6.0x 2043 Sample Operator Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Precision Stopped, The Sample Pipettor Check None 10 Calibrated pipette capable of
Pipettor Check c4000 or 4 Ready procedure will test the precision dispensing 20uL
and accuracy of the pipettor using Saline
saline. Sample cups
RSH
Sample carrier
LAS
Sample tube
saline. Sample cups
RSH
Sample carrier
LAS
Sample tube
saline. Sample cups
RSH
Sample carrier
LAS
Sample tube
c4000 6.0x 2044 R1 Pipettor Operator Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Precision Stopped, The R1 Pipettor Check procedure None 10
Check c4000 or 4 Ready will test the precision and
accuracy of the pipettor using
saline
saline
saline
saline
saline
saline
c4000 6.0x 2129 Add Water Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, As Needed Ready This procedure adds the Water None 5
Bath Additive c4000 or 4 Bath Additive to the Water Bath.
c4000 6.0x 2131 Flush ICT Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, As Needed Ready This procedure drains and refills None 1
Cup c4000 or 4 the ICT Reference solution from
ICT Reference Solution Cup.
c4000 6.0x 2132 Flush Water Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, As Needed Ready This procedure flushes all water None 3
Lines c4000 or 4 lines.
c4000 6.0x 2134 Change Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, As Needed Ready This procedure drains the water None 5
Water Bath c4000 or 4 from the water bath, refills it, and
then adds on water bath additive.
c4000 6.0x 2155 Flush Bulk Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, As Needed Ready This procedure primes the ICT None 2
Solutions c4000 or 4 Reference solution, the Alkaline
Wash and the Acid Wash
solutions for the c 16000
instruments with the installed ICT
module and primes only the
Alkaline Wash and Acid Wash
solutions for the instruments
without the ICT mod
without the ICT mod
without the ICT mod
c4000 6.0x 2181 Internal FSE Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, As Needed Stopped, This procedure provides None 180 0.5% sodium hypochlorite
Decontamination c4000 or 4 Ready instructions to perform the internal Cotton swabs
decontamination of the c 16000 Phillips screw driver
processing module. Water Bath Additive
Water Bath Filter 7-
202500-101
c8000 decon. accessory
kit (7-93510-01)
202500-101
kit (7-93510-01)
202500-101
kit (7-93510-01)
c4000 7.0x 2183 Clean Wash Operator Maintenance// 1, As Needed Ready This procedure is performed to None 40 min 2.5% Sodium hypochlorite
Cups c4000 clean and decontaminate the Lint free tissues
pipettor and mixer wash cups. 25 mL syringe
Note: Cotton tip applicator
FSE logon allows the FSE to clean Water (deionized or tap)
the waste cup and water bath
overflow in addition to the wash
cups.
c4000 8.0x 2183 Clean Wash Operator Maintenance// 1, As Needed Ready This procedure is performed to None 40 min 2.5% Sodium hypochlorite
Cups c4000 clean and decontaminate the Lint free tissues
pipettor and mixer wash cups. 25 mL syringe
Note: Cotton tip applicator
FSE logon allows the FSE to clean Water (deionized or tap)
the waste cup and water bath
overflow in addition to the wash
cups.
c4000 6.0x 3010 Reaction Operator Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Carousels Stopped, This procedure shall enable the None 5
Carousel c4000 or 4 Ready user to test the reaction carousel
Home/Move by homing and moving the
assembly.
assembly.
assembly.
c4000 6.0x 3011 Operator Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Carousels Stopped, This procedure shall enable the 1 Reagent supply 5
Reagent/Sample c4000 or 4 Ready user to home the Reagent Supply center 1
Carousel Home Centers 1, 2 and the Sample 2 Reagent supply
Carousel. center 2
3 Sample carousel
4 Exit
Carousel. center 2
3 Sample carousel
4 Exit
Carousel. center 2
3 Sample carousel
4 Exit
c4000 6.0x 3126 Mixer Operator Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Reaction Stopped, This procedure shall allow the user Mixer1 5
Vibration Test c4000 or 4 Mechanisms Ready to test the vibration level of the Mixer 2
mixer blades on the c 4000 Exit
c4000 6.0x 3206 Reagent Bar Operator Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Bar Code Stopped, This procedure will verify operation Rgt 1 5 Bar coded reagent cartridges
Code Readers c4000 or 4 Readers Ready of the reagent supply center bar
Test code readers at any position on Rgt 2
the supply center.
Exit
the supply center.
Exit
the supply center.
Exit
c4000 6.0x 3230 Bar Code Operator Diagnostics// 0 Bar Code Stopped, The bar code reader is tested 1-4 min Sample carriers
Reader Test RSH Readers Ready, during this procedure. Only the SH bar code tool (06E69-
Warming first 20 characters of each bar 01) or bar coded sample
code label are displayed. tubes (optional)
c4000 6.0x 3240 Bar Code Operator Diagnostics// 0 Bar Code Stopped, This procedure calibrates positions 2 min Sample carrier
Calibration RSH Readers Ready, for bar coded sample tubes and SH bar code tool (06E69-
Warming reagent bottles. 01)
c4000 6.0x 3253 Bar Code FSE Diagnostics// 5 Utilities Stopped, This procedure allows the Code 39 3 min none
Configuration SCC Ready, configuration of additional bar code large
Warming parameters. intercharacter
gap
Codabar start
stop
character
match
Codabar
large
intercharacter
gap
Transition
value
Exit
gap
Codabar start
stop
character
match
Codabar
large
intercharacter
gap
Transition
value
Exit
gap
Codabar start
stop
character
match
Codabar
large
intercharacter
gap
Transition
value
Exit
c4000 6.0x 3310 RSH Test Operator Diagnostics// 0 Modules Stopped, The operation of the RSH and bar Carrier test 5-10 min Sample carriers
RSH Ready, code reader are tested during this Lights test 5 bar coded sample tubes
Warming procedure. Carrier
transport
motion test
transport
motion test
transport
motion test
c4000 6.0x 3312 Carrier FSE Diagnostics// 0 Modules Stopped, The carrier transport is moved to 1 min none
Transport Move RSH Ready, the maintenance location during
Warming this procedure.
c4000 6.0x 3330 RSH FSE Diagnostics// 0 Modules Stopped, This procedure allows the user to Initialize 5-15 min Sample carriers
Alignment Test RSH Ready, visually check the carrier transport carrier Sample cups/tubes
Warming alignment at various RSH transport
positions, to include the Check
load/unload area, and aspiration sample
area. carrier at
RSH
section(s)
Check
sample
carrier at
aspiration
area
area. carrier at
RSH
section(s)
Check
sample
carrier at
aspiration
area
area. carrier at
RSH
section(s)
Check
sample
carrier at
aspiration
area
c4000 6.0x 3400 Interlock Operator Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Solenoids/ Stopped, All interlock sensors for the c 16000 10 min none
Sensor Test c4000 or 4 Sensors Ready, processing module and the
Warming sample handler are checked during R1 Reagent
this procedure. The user is asked supply center
to open and close covers to cover
facilitate testing. R2 Reagent
supply center
cover
Sample
carousel
cover
RSH covers
All
Exit
supply center
cover
Sample
carousel
cover
RSH covers
All
Exit
supply center
cover
Sample
carousel
cover
RSH covers
All
Exit
c4000 6.0x 3525 Temperature Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, As Needed Stopped, This procedure displays the None 1
Status c4000 or 4 Ready current and average temperatures
of the water bath, reagent supply
cneters, sample carousel and the
instrument.
instrument.
instrument.
c4000 6.0x 3526 Check Water Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, As Needed Stopped, This procedure compares the None 5 Thermometer(LN 8C94-88)
Bath Temperature c4000 or 4 Ready instrument water bath temperature
read to the measured water bath
temperature and calculates the
difference.
difference.
difference.
c4000 6.0x 3610 Sample Operator Diagnostics // 1, 2, 3, Fluidics Ready, This procedure tests the ability to 3 min Tap water or saline
Handler LLS Test c4000 or 4 Wash Warming detect liquid at sample pipettor sample cups
aspiration point. RSH:
Sample carrier
LAS:
Sample tube
SH bar code tool
Sample carrier
LAS:
Sample tube
SH bar code tool
Sample carrier
LAS:
Sample tube
SH bar code tool
c4000 6.0x 3625 Pipettors Operator Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Fluidics Stopped, This procedure tests the liquid 1 R1 Pipettor LLS 5
LLS Test c4000 or 4 Wash Ready level sensing (LLS) system for the 2 R2 pipettor LLS
Sample, R1 and R2 reagent 3 Sample pipettor
pipettors. LLS
4 All pipettors
5 Exit
pipettors. LLS
4 All pipettors
5 Exit
pipettors. LLS
4 All pipettors
5 Exit
c4000 6.0x 3720 Keypad Test Operator Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Modules Stopped, Processing module keypad None 5
c4000 or 4 Ready function is tested during this
procedure.
procedure.
procedure.
c4000 6.0x 3805 Pressure FSE Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Fluidics Ready This procedure will test the None 15
Monitor Test c4000 or 4 Wash pressure monitor board and
pressure monitor transducer for
communications and consistancy.
c4000 6.0x 4080 Module Operator Diagnostics // 1, 2, 3, Modules Stopped, This procedures allows you to 5 min none
Initialization c4000 or 4 Ready, perform a processing module
Warming initialization with the processing
center covers open.
center covers open.
center covers open.
c4000 6.0x 4120 RSH Operator Diagnostics// 0 Modules Stopped, This procedures allows you to 1 min none
Initialization RSH Ready, perform a sample handler
center cover open.
center cover open.
center cover open.
c4000 6.0x 5140 FSE Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Syringes/ Stopped, This procedure shall allow the user Pumps 15
Pumps/Valves c4000 or 4 Pumps Ready to turn on and off the pumps and Valves
Test valves on the c 16000 Exit
Sub Option
Sub Option
Sub Option
c4000 6.0x 5142 Wash FSE Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Fuses/ Stopped, This procedure will move the wash L1 Down 5
Station Up/Down c4000 or 4 Motors Ready station nozzles up and down and L2 Step down
allow for alignment check. L4 Exit
c4000 6.0x 5405 Crash Operator Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Pipettors Stopped, This procedure tests the crash 1 Sample pipettor 5
Sensor Test c4000 or 4 Ready sensor for Sample, R1 and R2 2 R1 outer pipettor
pipettors. 3 R2 outer pipettor
4 R1 inner pipettor
5 R2 inner pipettor
6 All
7 Exit
4 R1 inner pipettor
5 R2 inner pipettor
6 All
7 Exit
4 R1 inner pipettor
5 R2 inner pipettor
6 All
7 Exit
c4000 6.0x 5550 RSH Motor Operator Diagnostics// 0 Fuses/ Stopped, This procedure tests the motors Carrier 2 min none
Test RSH Motors Ready, associated with the carrier transport:
Warming transport, reagent bottle rotator, Carrier
and the reagent carousel access transport Z-
door. axis
Carrier
transport
theta-axis
Carrier
transport X-
axis
Home all
Bottle
rotator
Reagent
access door
door. axis
Carrier
transport
theta-axis
Carrier
transport X-
axis
Home all
Bottle
rotator
Reagent
access door
door. axis
Carrier
transport
theta-axis
Carrier
transport X-
axis
Home all
Bottle
rotator
Reagent
access door
c4000 6.0x 5555 RSH Sensor Operator Diagnostics// 0 Solenoids/ Stopped, This procedure tests the sensors Rail guide 5 min Sample carrier
Tests RSH Sensors Ready, associated with the carrier Load/unload
Warming transport, and load/unload area. area
c4000 6.0x 5712 Voltages FSE Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Fuses/ Stopped, This procedure will test the None 5
Test c4000 or 4 Motors Ready voltages of +5V, -15V, +15V,
+12V, +11.5 and +24V.
+12V, +11.5 and +24V.
+12V, +11.5 and +24V.
c4000 6.0x 6000 Retrieve Test FSE Diagnostics // 5 Utilities Stopped, Determines the total number of 1 min none
Counts SCC Ready, tests initiated and tests completed
Warming for the selected processing
module. Test counts may be
cleared during this procedure.
c4000 6.0x 6001 FSE Diagnostics// 1, 2, 3, Modules Stopped, This procedure will allow the user 1 Save robotics 5
Save/Restore DAQ c4000 or 4 Ready to save and load DAQ data to and alignment data from
Data from the DAQ board and CPU the DAQ board to the
board. CPU board.
2 Load robotics
alignment data from
the CPU board to the
DAQ board.
3 Clear all data from
the DAQ board and
load robotics
alignment data from
DAQ board.
board. CPU board.
2 Load robotics
alignment data from
DAQ board.
the DAQ board and
load robotics
alignment data from
DAQ board.
board. CPU board.
2 Load robotics
alignment data from
DAQ board.
the DAQ board and
load robotics
alignment data from
DAQ board.
c4000 6.0x 6004 Copy Backup Operator Diagnostics// 5 Utilities Stopped, Copies system software backup to Copy Backup Variable Blank or appendable CDR/CDRW
Software SCC Ready, a CD or replace a backup on the software from or
Warming SCC with one on a CD. (x): drive to CDR/CDRW containing
Note: Performing this procedure CD compressed backup software
does not backup the system Copy Backup
software. software from
CD to (x):
drive
x= backup drive
CD to (x):
drive
x= backup drive
CD to (x):
drive
x= backup drive
c4000 8.0x 6007 SCC Utilities Operator Diagnostics // 5 Utilities Stopped, This procedure allows the user to Touch screen variable none
SCC Ready, perform the following functions: calibration
Warming USB utilities
Calibrate the touch screen Check/Repair
monitor ARCHITECT
View the USB drive(s) database
Eject the USB drive(s) Clear CLI
Check and repair the Port
ARCHITECT database (i2000SR
Clear the CLI port LAS only)
(i2000SR LAS only) Abbottlink
Initiate AbbottLink utilites
connector utilities (AbbottLink
(AbbottLink consolidated consolidated
configuration only) configuration
only)
If logged on as FSE, in addition to
Backup
the above operations you will be
utilities
able to view backup drives and
look for missing backup files.
c4000 6.0x 6008 Controller Operator Diagnostics // 5 Utilities Stopped, To configure the PM and SH 1 min none
Configuration SCC Ready, controller board after replacement.
Warming Bootcode is downloaded to the SH
or PM CPU. This procedure
configures the module so new
boot code will be downloaded into
memory during the next power
cycle.
Note: A power cycle must be
performed for changes to take
effect.
cycle.
effect.
cycle.
effect.
c4000 6.0x 6009 Log Utilities Operator Diagnostics// 5 Utilities Stopped, To retrieve current logs, copy the Retrieve and Time variable Materials vary depending on the
SCC Ready, database to CD, copy archived Copy Current option selected. Required
Warming logs to CD and retrieve a Memory Logs to Disk materials may include:
Dump file. If requested by Abbott and/or Hard CDR or CDRW disks
personnel, the logs may be Drive Floppy/Floppies
cleared from the system. Copy
database to
Retrieve and Copy Current logs CD
to Disk and/or Hard Drive: Copy
This option will copy the following Archived
logs to the D drive and Floppy or Logs from
CD if selected. Hard Drive to
Sample Handler logs: SH Trace, CD
Sample Activity, Power On Self Retrieve
test Memory
Processing Module Logs: Assay Dump File
Activity, Assay Calibration, Assay (FSE only)
Parameter, Assay QC Reuslt Data,
Liquid Level Sense, Maintenance
History, Permanent Message
History, Pressure Monitoring,
Quality Control, Result, Scripting,
Temporary Message History, Dr.
Watson, Host, LAS, ARM, Arch,
Unhandled, Application Event,
Temporary, CDRecord, Monitor log
(only valid on SCC platform C and
higher), Printed Reports
In addition, the i System copies:
Power On Self Test, PM Trace,
Wash Aspirate Monitoring.
In addition, the c System
copies:Optics
Note: An AchivedLogModem.zip
file is generated when logs are
copied to the hard drive. This file
contains all of the logs except the
Optics log. This file is smaller and
should be used when transferring
logs via a modem.
Copy database to the CD:This

option will compress and copy the
database to the D drive and CD.
Copy Archive Logs from Hard

Drive to CD:This option will copy
up to 5 previously retrieved
compressed logs from the D drive
to a CD.
Retrieve memory dump file:

(FSE only)
This option will compress and copy
a memory dump file to a CD.
Refer to P-204 Log Retrieval
Procedure software (version 2.02
or higher) for additional
information.
c4000 7.0x 6009 Log Utilities Operator Diagnostics// 5 Utilities Stopped, To retrieve current logs and Retrieve and Time variable Materials vary depending on the
SCC Ready, memeory dump file, copy the Copy Current option selected. Required
Warming database to CD, and copy Logs to Disk materials may include:
archived logs to CD. and/or Hard CDR or CDRW disks
If logged on as FSE a copy of the Drive Floppy/Floppies
memory dump can be retrieved Copy
without current logs. If requested database to
by Abbott personnel, the logs may CD
be cleared from the system. Copy
Archived
Retrieve and Copy Current logs Logs from
to Disk and/or Hard Drive: Hard Drive to
This option will copy the following CD
logs to the D drive and Floppy or Retrieve
CD if selected. Memory
Sample Handler logs: SH Trace, Dump File
Sample Activity, Power On Self (FSE only)
test
Processing Module Logs: Assay
Activity, Assay Calibration, Liquid
Level Sense, Maintenance History,
Permanent Message History,
Pressure Monitoring, Quality
Control, Result, Scripting,
Temporary Message History, Dr.
Watson, Host, LAS, ARM, Arch,
Unhandled, Application Event,
Temporary, CDRecord, Monitor log
(only valid on SCC platform C and
higher), Mini-Memory Dump,
Assay QC Result Data, Remote
SW Status, remote SW History,
Printed reports,
In addition:
i System copies: Power On Self
Test, PM Trace, Wash Aspirate
Monitoring.
i1000SR copies:Reagent
c System copies:Optics, Photo
data
c4000 copies: Lamp monitoring
logs via a modem.
Copy database to the CD:This

database to the D drive and CD.

Drive to CD:This option will copy
to a CD.
Retrieve memory dump file:

(FSE only)
Procedure software (version 2.02
or higher) for additional
information.
c4000 8.0x 6009 Log Utilities Operator Diagnostics// 5 Utilities Stopped, To retrieve current logs and Retrieve and Time variable Materials vary depending on the
SCC Ready, memeory dump file, copy the Copy Current option selected. Required
Warming database to CD, and copy Logs to USB materials may include:
archived logs to CD. drive, CD CDR or CDRW disks
If logged on as FSE a copy of the and/or Hard USB drive
memory dump can be retrieved Drive
without current logs. If requested Copy
by Abbott personnel, the logs may database to
be cleared from the system. CD
Copy
Retrieve and Copy Current logs Archived
to USB drive, CD and/or Hard Logs from
Drive: Hard Drive to
This option will copy logs to the D CD
drive and USB drive or CD if Retrieve
selected. In addition a compresses Memory
archive file containing the logs is Dump File
saved. Up to 5 archived files can (FSE only)
be saved.
For a complete list of logs refer to
P-204 Log Retrieval Procedure
logs via a modem.
Copy Database to the CD: This

database to a CD.

Drive to CD: This option will copy
to a CD.
Retrieve Memory Dump File:

(FSE only)
Procedure for additional
information.
c4000 6.0x 6016 Check Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Monthly Stopped, This procedure provides None 2 Slotted screwdriver
Dispense c4000 or 4 Ready instructions for ensuring that the
Components sample and reagent dispense
components are functioning
properly.
properly.
properly.
c4000 6.0x 6018 Clean Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Monthly Stopped, This procedure provides None 5 Nozzle cleaning wire
Cuvette Wash c4000 or 4 Ready instructions for cleaning the
Nozzles cuvette washer nozzles.
c4000 6.0x 6019 Check ICT Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Weekly Ready This procedure provides None 2
Components c4000 or 4 instructions for checking the ICT
probe and tubing for the presence
of leaks and bubbles. Ensure the 1
mL syringe connections on ICT
aspiration and ICT reference pump
do not leak.
do not leak.
do not leak.
c4000 6.0x 6021 Clean Mixers Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Weekly Stopped, This procedure provides None 3
c4000 or 4 Ready instructions for cleaning the mixers
and ensuring that no protein build-
up is observed.
up is observed.
up is observed.
c4000 6.0x 6023 Clean Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Weekly Stopped, This procedure provides None 5
Sample/Reagent c4000 or 4 Ready instructions for cleaning the
Probes exterior of the sample and reagent
probes.
c4000 7.0x 6023 Clean Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Weekly Stopped, This procedure provides None 5
Sample/Reagent c4000 or 4 Ready instructions for cleaning the
Probes exterior of the sample and reagent
probes.
c4000 8.0x 6023 Clean Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Weekly Stopped, This procedure provides None 5 Nozzle cleaning wire
Sample/Reagent c4000 or 4 Ready instructions for cleaning the Detergent A
Probes exterior of the sample and reagent Cotton Swabs
probes. Deionized water
c4000 6.0x 6024 Check 1 ml Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Daily Stopped, This procedure provides None 2
Syringes c4000 or 4 Ready instructions for checking the 1 ml
syringes on the wash solution
pump to ensure that the syringe
connections and the plunger
interior do not show evidence of
leakage.
leakage.
leakage.
c4000 6.0x 6025 Check Wash Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Monthly Stopped, This procedure provides None 2
Solution Trays c4000 or 4 Ready instructions for checking the
presence of liquid of evidence of
leakage in the wash solution trays.
c4000 6.0x 6026 Check Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Monthly Stopped, This procedure provides None 3
Syringes and c4000 or 4 Ready instructions to check the sample
Valves and reagent syringes and solenoid
valve connections for leakage.
c4000 6.0x 6027 Clean Operator Maintenance// 1 As Needed Ready This procedure provides None Variable Lint-free towel
Reagent Supply c4000 instructions for cleaning up spills
Center and ensuring the reagent supply
center is free of debris and
deposits.
deposits.
deposits.
c4000 6.0x 6028 Check DI Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Daily Stopped, This procedure provides logging None 2
Water Purity c4000 or 4 Ready capability for checking the purity of
the DI water system.
c4000 6.0x 6029 Assay Operator Diagnostics // 5 Utilities Any This procedure prints one of the 2 min None
Information SCC state following:
A complete list of all

assays currently installed
on the system and their
version number. The list
contains the assay
number, assay name and
version.
Calibration bar code labels
A range of numeric SID
bar code labels
c4000 7.0x 6029 Assay Operator Diagnostics // 5 Utilities Any This procedure prints one of the 2 min None
Information SCC state following:
A complete list of all

assays currently installed
on the system and their
version number. The list
contains the assay
number, assay name and
version.
Calibration bar code labels
A range of numeric SID
bar code labels
c4000 8.0x 6029 Assay Operator Diagnostics // 5 Utilities Any This procedure prints one of the Show 2 min None
Information SCC state following: installed
assay
A complete list of all information
assays currently installed Print IA
on the system and their calibration
version number. The list bar code
contains the assay labels
number, assay name and Print CC
version. calibration
Calibration bar code labels bar code
A range of numeric SID labels
bar code labels Print a range
of numbered
bar code
labels
c4000 6.0x 6038 External Operator Maintenance// 5 As Needed Stopped, This procedure gives instructions Supply and 5 min 0.1% Sodium hypochlorite
Decontamination SCC Ready, for decontaminating the external pump center Lint free tissue or gauze
Warming surfaces of the ARCHITECT Sample
modules. handler
accessories
System
control center
Processing
module
external
surfaces
High
concentrated
waste bottle
modules. handler
accessories
System
control center
Processing
module
external
surfaces
High
concentrated
waste bottle
modules. handler
accessories
System
control center
Processing
module
external
surfaces
High
concentrated
waste bottle
c4000 6.0x 6052 Wash Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, As Needed Ready This procedure washes all None 18
Cuvettes c4000 or 4 cuvettes with Acid and Alkaline
Wash solutions and fills the
cuvettes with water.
c4000 6.0x 6053 Probe Water Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, As Needed Ready This procedure washes the probes None 5
Wash c4000 or 4 on the sample pipettor, R1 reagent
pipettor, and R2 reagent pipettor
with water.
with water.
with water.
c4000 6.0x 6054 Probe Acid Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, As Needed Ready This procedure washes the probes None 5 0.5% Acid Wash Solution
with Acid Wash solution.
c4000 6.0x 6055 Detergent B Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, As Needed Ready This procedure washes the probes None 5 10% Detergent B Solution
Probe Wash c4000 or 4 on the sample pipettor, R1 reagent
with Detergent B wash solution.
c4000 6.0x 6056 Wash Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Weekly Ready This procedure washes all None 25
Cuvettes with c4000 or 4 cuvettes with Detergent A Wash
Detergent Solution.
Detergent Solution.
Detergent Solution.
c4000 8.0x 6057 Detergent A Operator Maintenance// 1 As Needed Ready This procedure washes the probes None 5 min Detergent A
Probe Wash c4000 on the sample pipettor, R1 reagent
with detergent A.
c4000 8.0x 6058 Clean R2 Operator Maintenance// 1 As Needed Ready This procedure washes the R2 None 8 min ICT Cleaning Fluid
Probe c4000 reagent pipettor probes with ICT
Cleaning Fluid to remove internal
protein build-up.
NOTE: Since this is an as-needed
maintenance procedure, the
frequency at which it should be
performed must be determined.
Each laboratory should determine
when 3,000 tests of R2 reagents
containing elevated amounts of
serum protein (greater than or
equal to 20% w/w) are run, or
when R2 reagent carryover is
observed.
For additional information refer to
the ARCHITECT System
Operations Manual.
c4000 6.0x 6062 Wash ICT Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, As Needed Ready This procedure washes the ICT None 2
With Cleaning c4000 or 4 with ICT cleaning fluid
Fluid
Fluid
Fluid
c4000 6.0x 6063 Flush ICT Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, As Needed Ready This procedure flushes the ICT None 2
Module c4000 or 4 with ICT Reference solution.
c4000 6.0x 6064 Clean Operator Maintenance// 1 As Needed Stopped, This procedure provides None 20 minutes Lint-free tissue
Reaction Carousel c4000 Ready instructions for cleaning the Purified water
reaction carousel to remove any
debris.
debris.
debris.
c4000 6.0x 6070 Daily Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Daily Ready This procedure performs the None 15
Maintenance c4000 or 4 following functions:
-Flushes sample/reagent lines
-Changes water in water bath
-Adds water bath additive to water
bath
-Washes ICT unit with ICT
cleaning fluid
Reference solution.
-Drains and fills ICT reference
solution cup.
c4000 7.0x 6070 Daily Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Daily Ready This procedure performs the None 15
Maintenance c4000 or 4 following functions:
-Flushes sample/reagent lines
-Changes water in water bath
-Adds water bath additive to water
bath
cleaning fluid
Reference solution.
solution cup.
c4000 8.0x 6070 Daily Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Daily Ready This procedure performs the None 15 ICT Cleaning Fluid
Maintenance c4000 or 4 following functions: ICT sample diluent
-Flushes sample/reagent lines and Water Bath Additive
reagent supply center 1 and 2 Detergent A
-Changes water in water bath 0.5% Acid Wash
-Adds water bath additive to water Purified water*
bath Cotton swabs*
cleaning fluid *Required only for systems with
-Washes ICT unit with ICT whole blood applications.
Reference solution.
solution cup.
-Inspect the sample and reagent
syringes for bubbles and leaks
-Replace sample wash solutions
-Clean sample probe exterior
(whole blood only)
-Verify that a backup has been
performed in the last thirty (30)
days.
-Check the database integrity
c4000 8.0x 6100 Na Operator Maintenance// 5 As Needed Stopped, Procedure to calculate the volume None 1min None
Hypochlorite SCC Ready, of sodium (Na) hypochlorite
Calculator Warming required to make a specific volume
of sodium hypochlorite solution.
c4000 6.0x 6114 Install/Delete ADMIN Diagnostics // 5 Utilities Stopped, This procedure is used to install all Install: 2 min ARCHITECT i System System
Assays SCC Ready, or selected assays. The procedure Assay CD-ROM
Warming is also used to delete selected All groups
assays Specific or ARCHITECT c System Assay
assay group CD-ROM
(These
options will
depend on
the assay
CD)
Return to
main menu
c4000 7.0x 6114 Install/Delete ADMIN Diagnostics // 5 Utilities Stopped, This procedure is used to install all Install: 2 min ARCHITECT i System System
Assays SCC Ready, or selected assays. The procedure Assay CD-ROM
Warming is also used to delete selected All groups
assays Specific or ARCHITECT c System Assay
assay group CD-ROM
(These
options will
depend on
the assay
CD)
Return to
main menu
c4000 8.0x 6114 Install/Delete ADMIN Diagnostics // 5 Utilities Stopped, This procedure is used to install all Install: 2 min Assay CD-ROM
Assays SCC Ready, or selected assays. The procedure or
Warming is also used to delete selected All groups ARCHITECT c System Assay CD-
assays Specific ROM
NOTE: Prior to installing a new or assay group or
updated assay file, refer to the (These e-assay file
assay CDROM or e-assay options will
customer information for any depend on
special instructions. When the assay
installing an e-assay file from CD)
Abbott mail, the customer Return to
information may be viewed during main menu
the installation procedure
c4000 6.0x 6115 Install/Delete ADMIN Diagnostics // 5 Utilities Stopped, This procedure is used to install all Install: 2 min D:\
Procedures SCC Ready, or selected procedures. The Single SERVICE\PROCEDURES\
Warming procedure is also used to delete Multiple directory
selected procedures. Procedures All System Software
may be installed using one of the Configuration CD-ROM
following Delete: Floppy disk associated
Single with a TSB or ISA
D:\ Multiple ARCHITECT System
SERVICE\PROCEDURES\ Maintenance and
directory Diagnostics CD-ROM.
System Software
Configuration CD-ROM
Floppy disk associated
with a TSB or ISA
ARCHITECT System
Maintenance and
Diagnostics CD-ROM.
selected procedures. Procedures All System Software
may be installed using one of the Configuration CD-ROM
following Delete: Floppy disk associated
Single with a TSB or ISA
D:\ Multiple ARCHITECT System
SERVICE\PROCEDURES\ Maintenance and
directory Diagnostics CD-ROM.
System Software
Configuration CD-ROM
Floppy disk associated
with a TSB or ISA
ARCHITECT System
Maintenance and
Diagnostics CD-ROM.
selected procedures. All System Software CD-ROM
USB drive associated with
Delete: a TSB or ISA
Single
Multiple
c4000 6.0x 6116 Update 6115 ADMIN Diagnostics // 5 Utilities Stopped, This procedure is used to update Install media options: 2 min ARCHITECT System Maintenance
Procedure SCC Ready, diagnostic procedure 6115 Floppy disk and Diagnostics CD-ROM,
Warming Install/Delete Procedure. Cd or
Procedures may be installed using Hard Drive Floppy disk associated with a TSB
one of the following: or ISA.
ARCHITECT System Maintenance
and Diagnostics CD-ROM
D:\ SERVICE\PROCEDURES\
directory
Floppy disk associated with a TSB
or ISA.
c4000 7.0x 6116 Update 6115 ADMIN Diagnostics // 5 Utilities Stopped, This procedure is used to update Install media options: 2 min ARCHITECT System Maintenance
Procedure SCC Ready, diagnostic procedure 6115 Floppy disk and Diagnostics CD-ROM,
Warming Install/Delete Procedure. Cd or
Procedures may be installed using Hard Drive Floppy disk associated with a TSB
one of the following: or ISA.
ARCHITECT System Maintenance
and Diagnostics CD-ROM
D:\ SERVICE\PROCEDURES\
directory
Floppy disk associated with a TSB
or ISA.
c4000 8.0x 6116 Update 6115 ADMIN Diagnostics // 5 Utilities Stopped, This procedure is used to update Install media options: 2 min D:\
Procedure SCC Ready, diagnostic procedure 6115 USB drive SERVICE\PROCEDURES\
Warming Install/Delete Procedure. CD directory
Hard Drive System Software CD-ROM
USB drive associated with
a TSB or ISA
c4000 7.0x 6117 Remove Trig ADMIN Diagnostics// 1, Utilities Stopped, The procedure removes all Trig None <2 min None
Cuvette c4000 Ready cuvette SmartWash settings from
SmartWash all clinical chemistry assays
except Lipase.
c4000 8.0x 6117 Remove Trig ADMIN Diagnostics// 1, Utilities Stopped, The procedure removes all Trig None <2 min None
Cuvette c4000 Ready cuvette SmartWash settings from
SmartWash all clinical chemistry assays
except Lipase.
c4000 6.0x 6200 CLI Terminal FSE Diagnostics // 5 Utilities Ready, This procedure allows service to Time variable None
Simulator SCC Warming issue CLI commands through an
M/D interface.
M/D interface.
M/D interface.
c4000 7.0x 6220 User-Defined ADMIN Diagnostics// 5, Utilities Stopped, This procedure allows you to Create/Edit Time variable Materials vary depending on the
Maintenence SCC Ready, create, edit, import, export, print Export option selected:
Warming and view user-defined, text-based Import CD-R or unformatted CD-RW
maintenance procedures. View/Print Floppy disk
USB flash drive
c4000 8.0x 6220 User-Defined ADMIN Diagnostics// 5, Utilities Stopped, This procedure allows you to Create/Edit Time variable Materials vary depending on the
Maintenence SCC Ready, create, edit, import, export, print Export option selected:
Warming and view user-defined, text-based Import CD-R or unformatted CD-RW
maintenance procedures. View/Print Floppy disk
USB flash drive
c4000 6.0x 6300 Clean ICT Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Monthly Stopped, This procedure provides None 1-2 Lint-free tissue Deionized water
Drain Tip c4000 or 4 Ready instructions for cleaning the tip of
the ICT aspiration drain tubing.
c4000 6.0x 6301 Sample Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Quarterly Stopped, This procedure will provide None 10
Syringe c4000 or 4 Ready reference and maintenance
Maintenance logging capabilitiy for replacing the
sample syringe seal tips 1 and 2
and o-rings.
and o-rings.
and o-rings.
c4000 6.0x 6302 Wash Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Quarterly Stopped, This procedure will provide None 10
wash solution syringe seal tips 1
and 2 and o-rings.
c4000 7.0x 6302 Wash Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Quarterly Stopped, This procedure will provide None 10
wash solution syringe seal tips 1
and 2 and o-rings.
c4000 8.0x 6302 Wash Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Quarterly Ready This procedure will provide None 15 Phillips screwdriver
Syringe c4000 or 4 reference and maintenance Slotted screwdriver
Maintenance logging capabilitiy for replacing the 10 mm Wrench
wash solution syringe seal tips 1 Absorbent towel
and 2 and o-rings. Cotton Swabs
Sample/wash solution
syringe o-ring (LN 09D52-
02)
syringe seal tip #1 (LN
09D37-02)
syringe seal tip #2 (LN
09D38-02)
c4000 6.0x 6303 Reagent Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Quarterly Stopped, This procedure will provide None 10
reagent syringe seal tips 1 and 2
and o-rings.
and o-rings.
and o-rings.
c4000 6.0x 6304 Change 1 ml Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Quarterly Stopped, This procedure provides None 15
Syringes c4000 or 4 Ready instructions for changing the wash
solution, ICT reference solution
and ICT aspiration 1 ml syringes.
c4000 6.0x 6305 Change ICT Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Quarterly Stopped, This procedure provides None 5
Asp Check Valve c4000 or 4 Ready instructions for changing the ICT
aspiration pump check valve.
c4000 7.0x 6305 Change ICT Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Quarterly Stopped, This procedure provides None 5
Asp Check Valve c4000 or 4 Ready instructions for changing the ICT
aspiration pump check valve.
c4000 8.0x 6305 Change ICT Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Quarterly Stopped, This procedure provides None 5 Absorbent towel
Asp Check Valve c4000 or 4 Ready instructions for changing the ICT ICT aspiration pump check
aspiration pump check valve. valve
c4000 6.0x 6306 Check ICT Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Quarterly Stopped, This procedure provides checking None 3
Ref Check Valves c4000 or 4 Ready the ICT reference solution check
valve.
c4000 7.0x 6306 Check ICT Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Quarterly Stopped, This procedure provides checking None 3
Ref Check Valves c4000 or 4 Ready the ICT reference solution check
valve.
c4000 8.0x 6306 Check ICT Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Quarterly Stopped, This procedure provides checking None 3 Clamp or large hemostats
Ref Check Valves c4000 or 4 Ready the ICT reference solution check Absorbent towel
valve. Beaker large enough to
accommodate 1 mL
syringes with check valves
Deionized water
c4000 6.0x 6307 Check/Clean Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Quarterly Stopped, This procedure provides None 10
HC Waste Sensor c4000 or 4 Ready instructions for checking and
cleaning the high-concentration
waste sensor.
c4000 7.0x 6307 Check/Clean Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Quarterly Stopped, This procedure provides None 10
HC Waste Sensor c4000 or 4 Ready instructions for checking and
cleaning the high-concentration
waste sensor.
c4000 8.0x 6307 Check/Clean Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Quarterly Stopped, This procedure provides None 10 Absorbent towel
HC Waste Sensor c4000 or 4 Ready instructions for checking and Beaker large enough to
cleaning the high-concentration accommodate high
waste sensor. concentration waste
sensor
0.5% sodium hypochlorite
c4000 6.0x 6308 Check HC Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, Weekly Stopped, This procedure provides None 2
Waste Pump c4000 or 4 Ready instructions for checking the high-
Tubing concentration waste pump tubing.
c4000 6.0x 6309 Change ICT Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, As Needed Stopped, This procedure provides None 10 ICT module
Module c4000 or 4 Ready instructions for changing the ICT
module.
c4000 7.0x 6309 Change ICT Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, As Needed Stopped, This procedure provides None 10 ICT module
Module c4000 or 4 Ready instructions for changing the ICT
module.
c4000 6.0x 6310 Clean Operator Maintenance// 1, 2, 3, As Needed Stopped, This procedure provides None 5
Cuvettes - Manual c4000 or 4 Ready instructions for manually cleaning
the cuvettes.
the cuvettes.
the cuvettes.
c4000 6.0x 6400 RSH Operator Maintenance// 0 As Needed Stopped, This procedure provides RSH sections 5 min 0.1% sodium hypochlorite
Cleaning RSH Ready, instructions for cleaning the Transport Deionized water
Warming following RSH components: arm Cotton swabs
Bar code Lint-free tissues
RSH sections reader
Carrier transport arm Aspiration
Bar code reader area
Aspiration area All
RSH sections reader
Aspiration area All
RSH sections reader
Aspiration area All
c4000 6.0x 6500 MAC Operator Diagnostics// 5 Utilities Stopped, Determines the MAC address of None 1
Hardware Address SCC Ready, the secondary network interface
Warming card installed in an SCC. This is
used when setting up the
AbbottLink system.
c4000 7.0x 6500 MAC Operator Diagnostics// 5 Utilities Any Determines the MAC address of None 1
Hardware Address SCC state the secondary network interface
card installed in an SCC. This is
AbbottLink system.
c4000 8.0x 6500 MAC Operator Diagnostics// 5 Utilities Any Determines the MAC address of None 1
Hardware Address SCC state the secondary network interface
card installed in an SCC. This is
AbbottLink system.
Server Host=adddalw02; Database Host=ADDDALQ05; Database Catalog=MD

Planned Maintenance
Process ISA Link
Preventive Maintenance Refer to ISA 128-006 (current version)
c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-114) • © 2002, 2012 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, ci4100, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200 are
registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. i4000, i6000, i8000, c4000 and ARCHITECT ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various
Pre-Site Specification and Checklist
Pre Site Checklist
For c4000 and ci4100 Systems

Customer Data Obtain from Customer Purchase Order Additional Comment
Account Name
Country
Delivery Address (Street)
City
State
Zip Code
Building and Floor
Laboratory Telephone
Laboratory Fax
Primary Contact Name

Telephone Number
Fax Number
E mail Address
Second Contact Name
Telephone Number
Fax Number
E mail Address
Hospital Maintenance Contact

Name
Telephone Number
Fax Number
E mail Address
List the System Configuration to

be Installed

List Optional/Country Specific

Items to be Supplied by Customer
or Abbott (what, manufacturer, and
model)
No, Does not

Yes,
meet
Description Meets Specification/Criteria
Criteria/Open
Criteria
Action Item
Space Required Laboratory meets criteria according to instrument dimensions and required clearances.
Refer to Processing Module and SCC clearances in System Specifications. Has
adequate clearance for operator access.
c4000 Door and The c4000 requires 35.75” (90.8cm) wide openings for doorways and entry ways
Entry between the delivery area and the laboratory. Verify the door width for each door from
Requirements the dock to the lab is 35.75" (90.8 cm) or wider.
For doors less than 35.75” (90.8cm), an alternate method of getting the c4000 to the
lab will have to be found. The c4000 with the skins removed requires a 34.7” (88.1 cm)
wide opening. The RSH comes mounted on the instrument and should not be removed.
i1000SR Door As shipped, the i1000SR requires a minimum 31” (78.7 cm) clearance for doorways
and Entry and entryways between the delivery area and the laboratory. Verify that door width for
Requirements each door from the dock to the lab, including the elevator, is at least 30” (76.2 cm)
wide.
For doorways less than 31” (78.7 cm), but greater than or equal to 30” (76.2 ccm),
some disassembly of the i1000SR processing module is required (i.e. removal of
instrument top cover, front panel and load/unload platform). For doorways less than 30”
(76.2 cm) wide, an alternate means of getting the i1000SR to the lab is necessary.
Optional Adequate Benchtop space (within 10' of system) or Computer Stand required for
Equipment installing the SCC and UPS (if ordered).
Requirements
SCC Weight = 55 lbs. (25 kg) SCC UPS Weight = 43 lbs (19.5 kg)

For i1000SR and ci4100, the SCC CPU, Ethernet hub, serial adapter and SCC UPS
(optional) are installed in the i1000SR cabinet.

For c4000 the SCC CPU, Ethernet hub and serial adapter are installed on the shelf
attached to the right side of the c4000 module.
Printer to be used is compatible with ARCHITECT software. Printers should not be

plugged into the UPS.
LEXMARK E350d
LEXMARK T642
HP Laserjet 6P/6MP
HP Deskjet 890C
HP Deskjet 895CXi
HP Laserjet 1200 (C7044#ABA (110VAC))
HP Laserjet 1200 (C7044A#ABB (220VAC))
HP Laserjet 1300
List Printer Type:
_____________________________________________________
If printer is supplied by customer, will printer be available for installation and startup? (If
not, Abbott representative must supply a printer to complete the installation and
startup.) Table space or a printer stand is required within 6ft (1.8m) of the modules for
installation of the printer.
Modem Analog telephone line available at SCC location. Direct line (no switchboard interface)
is required. Dedicated line is recommended, but is not required.
Modem line does not route through an internal facility switchboard.
Modem line does not have voice mail enabled.
Modem Phone Line Number: _________________________
SCC Electrical 110 VAC, 14 Amp Circuit 220 VAC, 12 Amp Circuit
Supply (90 - 132 VAC @ 47 - 63 Hz) (180 - 264 VAC @ 47 - 63 Hz)
Requirements Resettable Circuit Breaker Resettable Circuit Breaker
(For U.S. only - SCC should be plugged into the
stand alone UPS receptacles.)

Note It is recommended the entire i1000SR system be supported by an
Uninterruptible Power System (UPS). At a minimum; any SCC should be
supported to protect the CPU from sudden power loss, which can result in
data loss and/or physical damage to the system hard drive.
c4000 Module US (stand alone c4000) with 2KVA UPS - Dedicated 220 VAC, 20 Amp Line with 20
Electrical Supply Amp Circuit Breaker or Fuse that is identified as ABBOTT c4000. (NEMA L6-20R.)
Requirements US (ci4100) with 4KVA UPS - Dedicated 220 VAC, 30 Amp Line with 30 Amp Circuit
Breaker or Fuse that is identified as ABBOTT c4000. (NEMA L6-30R, 30A 250V Twist-
Lock)
US without UPS - Dedicated 20 Amp Line with 20 Amp Circuit Breaker or Fuse that is
identified as ABBOTT c4000.
EUR - 16 Amp Line with 16 Amp Circuit Breaker or Fuse that is identified as ABBOTT
c40000.

Verify no other electrical devices are attached to the line between the assay module
outlet and the circuit box. Line should be shielded with Metal Conduit and wire size shall
conform to local code.
Verified by Site Electrician:

__________________________________________________
(name printed)

__________________________________________________
(name signature)

________________________
(date)
US- Instrument power cord is NEMA L6-20R – plugs into UPS.

US – NEMA L6-20R (20A) required for 2KVA UPS.
US - NEMA L6-30R (30A 250V Twist-Lock) required for 4KVA UPS.
EUR - Requires IEC 309 (220V - 16A 250V)
Receptacle to be within 10' (3.0m) of the right side of the analyzer.
i1000SR Power North America – For 110VAC operation –NEMA L5-20R (20A 250CV Twist-lock)
Cord Connection For 220V operation –NEMA L6-20R (20A 250V Twist-lock)
International – Requires country specific connection style. Abbott List Numbers are
provided for several power cord/connector styles. Refer to the ordering matrix or FRU
database.
i1000SR Module
Electrical Supply Note It is recommended the entire i1000SR system be supported by an
Requirements Uninterruptible Power System (UPS). At a minimum, any SCC should be
supported to protect the CPU from sudden power loss, which can result in
data loss and/or physical damage to the systems hard drive.
Note All AC power uses single phase connections.
For 110VAC operation – dedicated line, 20 Amps minimum, 99-127VAC, 43-63 Hz

For 220VAC operation – dedicated line, 10 Amps minimum 180-264VAC, 43-63 Hz
AC Outlet within 7’ (2.1m) of the i1000SR processing module.
Maximum power consumption – 1760 VA
Verify no other electrical devices are attached to the line between the assay module
outlet and the circuit box. For non-dedicated lines, circuits must be rated higher
accordingly. Line should be shielded with Metal Conduit and wire size shall conform to
local code.
Verified by Site Electrician:

__________________________________________________
(name printed)

__________________________________________________
(name signature)

________________________
(date)
60 Hz Power List the Measurement taken at Room Outlet Breaker Closed Breaker
Measurements Open
Line 1 to Line 2 = 100 – 264 VAC <0.5 VAC

(i1000SR)
180 – 264 VAC
(c4000)
Line 1 to GND = 100 – 132 VAC <0.5 VAC

(i1000SR)
88 – 132 VAC
(c4000)
Line 2 to GND = 100 – 132 VAC <0.5 VAC

(i1000SR)
88 – 132 VAC
(c4000)
GND to Conduit = less than 0.5 VAC <0.5 VAC
50 Hz Power List the Measurement taken at Room Outlet Breaker Closed Breaker
Measurements Open
Line to Neutral = 100 – 264 VAC <0.5 VAC

(i1000SR)
180 – 264 VAC
(c4000)
Line to Earth = 100 – 264 VAC <0.5 VAC
(i1000SR)
180 – 264 VAC
(c4000)
Neutral to Earth = less than 0.5 VAC <0.5 VAC
Neutral to Case = less than 0.5 VAC <0.5 VAC
Lab Operating Cooling System maintains 15ºC to 30°C (59ºF to 86ºF), with non condensing relative
Temperature humidity between 10% to 85%, at 25°C (77°F).
cSystem 7514 BTU/hr (2200 watts)
iSystem 8539 BTU/hr (2500 watts)
i1000SR 7514 BTU/hr (2200 watts)

Verified by Site Maintenance Engineer:
_________________________________________________
(name printed)
__________________________________________________
(name signature)
________________________
(date)
Water Quality for Water supply must have a minimum resistivity of 1 MegOhm-cm @ 25°C (77º F).
c4000
Verify 1 MegOhm Indicator Light is present and indicating good quality water

Customer has confirmed that less than 1000 colony forming units (CFU) of bacteria
per mL are present in water supply line.

Customer agrees to culture water supply bimonthly and confirm water quality of
1000 cfu/mL or less.
Regulator and pressure gauge located prior to c4000 water input. No brass fittings at the
water input line.
Note The fitting on the back of the c4000 is not brass, it is a different alloy.
Water pressure set to 15-25 psi at 15º C (59º F) to 37º C (98.6º F).
Maximum Flow capacity for c4000 = 300 L/hour.
Water Connection: Provide tubing and a female connector to support a male connector
at the water input fitting of the analyzer. Tubing to be 3/8 (9.5mm) OD hard tubing.
Fitting to be 3/8 - 1/4 NPT (9.5 - 6.35mm) male thread (both ends) compression fitting.
Flow Rate: The flow rate is determined by the water pressure and the tubing size. If the
regulator pressure, tubing and connectors meet specifications, the flow rate is
acceptable.
Average Consumption: </=20 liters per hour for the c4000.
Liquid Waste – Floor level drain (no more than 4" (10cm) high) for gravity fed waste tubes (2) is
c4000 (Options) required. Drain must be located within 9.5 ft. (2.9 m) from the rear of the system and be
able to handle maximum flow rate of 300 liters per hour.
High concentration waste line can pump to an uphill drain if needed. If drain is not
available or not permitted, the optional high concentration waste container can be
utilized. (High concentration waste collection/handling as per local
requirements/regulations.)
Average Consumption: </=20 liters per hour for the c4000.

If floor drain is not available and elevated drain (sink) is used, external Waste Pump is
required. Complete Waste Pump (if required).
Sodium Azide This instrument uses products that contain sodium azide. Detailed information about the
Awareness – potential hazards associated with azides in laboratory drains is available in the NIOSH
i1000SR bulletin (cdc.gov/niosh) and at abbottdiagnostics.com

Verify customer is aware of the CDC guidance to reduce to potential for the
formation of metallic azides in plumbing.

Customer has confirmed that the floor drain and associated plumbing for the system
does not contain pipes or solder containing lead, copper, silver, or brass. Concern is
limited to pipes that primarily carry instrument waste.

If the composition of the drain/plumbing is as described above or unknown, the
customer understands they should flush drains thoroughly with water several times a day
to prevent metal azides from forming.
Liquid Waste – External Container - To be located no more than 18" (45.7 cm) from liquid waste exit at
i1000SR rear of assay module
Customer Provided External Container - To be located within 18" (45.7 cm) of liquid
waste exit at rear of assay module - Should be less than 11" (38 cm) high.
List Volume of Container:_____________________________
Floor Level Drain (no more than 4" (10 cm) high) Within 4' (121.9 cm) of rear of
assay module
i1000SR – Floor Level Drain (no more than 40” Within 30’ (9.15m) of the rear of the
(101cm) high assay module.
Elevated Drain located in Sink Complete Waste Pump Required

Waste Pump is required. section below.

Waste Pump (if Waste Pump Electrical Requirements

required)
115 VAC Operation 220 VAC Operation
1.6 Amp Circuit (104-126 VAC) @ 47-63 Hz 0.8 Amp Circuit 207-253 VAC @ 47-63 Hz Resettable
Resettable Circuit Breaker Circuit Breaker
110V NEMA 5-15 220V IEC 320M grounded 3 - prong
Required Capacity
Who provides the waste pump (Abbott or Customer)

____________________________________________________________________
Storage Refrigerated storage space (2-8º C) for Reagents, Calibrators, and Controls?
Requirements Non-refrigerated storage space for solutions, consumables, and disposables?
Sample Bar Is the bar code type listed below (ARCHITECT compatible bar code)? Circle bar code type and obtain a
Code Labels sample.
Codabar
Code 3 of 9
Interleaved 2 of 5
Code 128 subset A, B, and C
Circle Features used:

Start & Stop Characters
Checksum
Maximum character length of the sample barcode label less than or equal to 20.
List the number of characters used: _____________________
Obtain from Customer Additional

LIS Interface Data
Purchase Interview Comments
Company Name
Primary LIS Contact Name

Telephone Number
Fax Number
E-mail Address
Secondary LIS Contact Name

Telephone Number
Fax Number
E-mail Address
Has the ARCHITECT System ABBOTT Standard Interface RS-232 Manual

been supplied to the LIS company?

Obtain from Customer Purchase Additional

LAS Interface Data
Interview Comments
Company Name
Primary LAS Contact Name

Telephone Number
Fax Number
E-mail Address
Secondary LAS Contact Name

Telephone Number
Fax Number
E-mail Address
Has an LAS Interface Specification (LN 8C96-97) been supplied to LAS

company?
Pre-Site Open Action Item Summary

List open action items that are required to be completed prior to system installation.

WHAT WHO PHONE NUMBER WHEN COMPLETE
(Describe action(s) required to (Who is (How to contact (When will the activity be (Record date
meet specification.) responsible.) responsible person.) completed.) completed.)

Customer Signature and Date:

__________________________________________________
(name printed)
__________________________________________________
(name signature)
________________________
(date)

Abbott Signature and Date:
__________________________________________________
(name printed)
__________________________________________________
(name signature)
________________________
(date)
System Specification
The following system specifications are included in this section:
• Approximate Physical Measurements
• Clearance Measurements for Operation and Service
• Electrical, Power, and Heat Output Specifications
• Water and Waste Specifications
• Seismic Anchoring Specifications
• Environmental Specifications
• Floor Loading Specifications
• Dimensional Layout Drawings
Approximate Physical Measurements

System/Module Depth Width Height Weight
c4000 (with RSH and monitor 35.7" (907mm) 63.1" (1602mm) 68" (1727mm) with 1132 lbs. (513.5 kg)
support arm) 81.1" (2060mm) monitor adjusted at
with keyboard platform highest point
in normal operator
position
ci4100 (with RSH and monitor 35.7" (907mm) 110.7" (2818mm) 68" (1727mm) with 1677 lbs. (760.7 kg)
support arm) 128.7" (3269mm) with monitor adjusted at
keyboard platform in highest point
normal operator position
132.7" (3371mm) with
keyboard platform
extended to right to
allow reagent carousel
to be opened
SCC 21" (53.3 cm) 15.5" (39.4 cm) 22" (55.9 cm) 55 lbs. (25 kg)
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) 17.8" (45.2 cm) 6.9" (17.5 cm) 9.1" (23.1 cm) 43 lbs. (19.5 kg)
(Optional for the SCC)
Waste Pump 13" (33.0 cm) 13" (33.0 cm) 13" (33.0 cm) 18 lbs. (8.2 kg)
Clearance Measurements for Operation and Service

Device Location Clearance Description
Processing See Dimensional Layout Drawings.

Module (c4000,
Sides (All Modules) 24" (61.0 cm) Left and right clearance (for access)
ci4100
Integrated Rear (c4000) 30" (76.2 cm) Single Module System clearance between rear module covers and wall (for
System) safety access to main circuit breakers, cooling, airflow, cable and tubing
routing, and maintenance)
Rear (ci4100) 30" (76.2 cm) Multi-Module System clearance between the rear module covers and wall
(for safety access to main circuit breakers, traffic, and maintenance)
Above (All Modules) 20" (50.8 cm) Clearance above modules (to open top cover)
Front (All Modules) 34" (86.4 cm) Clearance in front of modules (for safety and to allow access for removal
and replacement of bulk liquids/waste)
Door and Entry The c4000 requires 35.75” (90.8cm) wide openings for doorways and entry
Requirement ways between the delivery area and the laboratory. Verify door width for
(c4000) each door from dock to lab is 35.75” (90.8cm) or wider.
For doors less than 35.75” (90.8cm), an alternate method of getting the
c4000 to the lab will have to be found. The c4000 with the skins removed
requires a 34.7” (88.1cm) wide opening. The RSH comes mounted on the
instrument and should not be removed.
Door and Entry Doorways And 36" (91.4 cm) The i1000SR module requires 31” (78.7 cm) wide openings for doorways
Requirement Entryways and entryways between the delivery area and the laboratory.
(i1000SR)
Note For doorways less than 31” (78.7 cm), but greater than or
equal to 30” (76.2 cm), some disassembly of the i1000SR
processing module is required. Removal of the instrument
top cover, front panel and load/unload platform may be
necessary. Approximate width is 30” (76.2 cm) wide with
removal of these components.
For doorways less than 30” (76.2 cm), an alternate means of

getting the i1000SR to the lab is necessary.
SCC Sides and Rear (All 6" (15.2 cm) Clearance behind and on either side of SCC & Monitor (for cooling and
Modules) airflow)
Above (All Modules) 24" (61.0 cm) Clearance above monitor (for cooling and airflow)
Front (All Modules) 34" (86.4 cm) Clearance in front of the SCC (for work area)
Printer 6’ (1.8 m) Printer Parallel Cable Length
Waste Pump Front/Rear 9" (22.9 cm) Tubing and Fitting Clearance
Sides 5" (12.7 cm) Access
Electrical, Power, and Heat Output Specifications

Estimated Heat
50Hz Outlet 60Hz Outlet Output
System Cabling/Power Outlets Outlet Type
Specification Specification (Running
Mode)
c4000 US - For non-UPS installs, a 220 VAC, 20 1 - 220V Outlet US - The instrument 2800 BTU/hr
Amp Circuit is required for each instrument. (Not including SCC & power cord is a 820 Watts
Options) NEMA L6-20R,
2KVA UPS: which plugs into the
UPS.
Single 220 VAC 20 Amp Circuit. 2KVA UPS- NEMA
NEMA L6-20R. L6-20R
4KVA UPS- NEMA
4KVA UPS:
L6-30R (30A 250V
Single 220 VAC 30 Amp Circuit Twist-Lock)
NEMA L6-30R (30A 250V Twist-Lock)
EUR - IEC309
EUR - For non-UPS installs, 220 VAC, 16 (220V - 16A 250V)
Amp Circuit
(180-264 VAC @ 47 to 63 HZ)
Resettable Circuit Breaker
Requires dedicated/isolated line for each
module.
i1000SR For 110 VAC U.S Connector Style for U.S 2400 BTU/hr
Processing Module Operation: Processing Module 110VAC 703 Watts
has an auto- One 110 VAC, 20 NEMA L2-20R
sensing power Amp circuit required (20A 250V Twist-
supply and needs (99-127 VAC @ 47- Lock)
no manual 63Hz) 220VAC
switching. (See Isolated, dedicated NEMA L6-20R
SCC CPU for SCC line (20A 250V Twist-
power Resettable circuit Lock)
requirements) breaker Outside U.S
Country specific.
For 220 VAC Must meet
Operation: country/area safety
One 220 VAC, 10 International Connector code/standards.
Amp circuit required Style for Processing Module
(180-264 VAC @ 47- Country specific.
63 Hz)
Isolated, dedicated
line
Resettable circuit
breaker

Note: If a
dedicated/isolated line
is not used, a line
should be rated
accordingly to
accommodate other
items operating on the
same circuit.
ci4100 4500 BTU/hr
1318 Watts
c4000 Power Cord Length 13’ (4.0 m)
i1000SR Power Cord Length 8’ (2.44 m) orderable-country spcific
SCC Power Cord Length 6’ (1.8 m)

has an auto-
EUR - 220 VAC, 12 US - 110 VAC, 14 1 Outlet US - 110V - NEMA Included in
sensing power
Amp Circuit Amp Circuit 5-15 3-prong above estimates
supply and needs
(180 - 284 VAC (90 - 132 VAC EUR - 220V - IEC
no switching.
@ 47 - 63 HZ) @ 47 - 63 HZ) 320 M grounded
Resettable Circuit Resettable Circuit
Breaker Breaker
Modem Country Specific 110 VAC, 14 Amp 1 Power Outlet, US only - 110V - Included in
(optional) Circuit 1 direct, analog, dedicated NEMA 5-15 3-prong above estimates
(90 - 132 VAC modem line (voice mail
@ 47 - 63 HZ) cannot be enabled)
Resettable Circuit
Breaker
Modem Phone Line Analog telephone line available at SCC location. Direct line (no switchboard interface) is required. Dedicated line is
recommended, but is not required.
Modem line does not route through an internal facility switchboard.
Modem line does not have voice mail enabled.
Options
Printer Power Cord Length 6’ (1.8 m)

110/220
220 VAC, 12 Amp 110 VAC, 14 Amp 1 Outlet 110V - NEMA 5-15 N/A
Switchable
Circuit Circuit 3-prong
(Do not plug the
(180 - 264 VAC (90 - 132 VAC 220V - IEC 320 M
printer into the
@ 47 - 63 HZ) @ 47 - 63 HZ) grounded
UPS.)
Resettable Circuit Resettable Circuit
Breaker Breaker
UPS (110) (SCC N/A 110 VAC, 14 Amp 1 Outlet 110V - NEMA 5-15 N/A
Only) Circuit 3-prong
(90 - 132 VAC
@ 47 - 63 HZ)
Resettable Circuit
Breaker
UPS (220) (SCC Contact ACS Contact ACS 1 Outlet Contact ACS Contact ACS
Only)
Waste Pump 220 VAC, 0.8 Amp 115 VAC, 1.6 Amp 1 Outlet 110V - NEMA 5-15 N/A
Switch must be Circuit Circuit 3-prong
manually set. (Plug (207 - 253 VAC (104 - 126 VAC 220V - IEC 320 M
the waste pump @ 47 - 63 HZ) @ 47 - 63 HZ) grounded
into the UPS, if Resettable Circuit Resettable Circuit
one is provided.) Breaker Breaker
Module UPS Specifications

System Specifications
c4000 UPS 2KVA

220 VAC 20 Amp Circuit, NEMA L6-20R
i1000SR UPS 2KVA

220 VAC 20 Amp Circuit, NEMA L6-20R
ci4100 UPS 4KVA

220 VAC 30 Amp Circuit, NEMA L6-30R (30A 250V Twist-Lock)
Water and Waste Specifications
Water Specifications

Water Quality c4000 Water Water Connection Flow Rate Avg. Consumption
Minimum resistivity: Regulator and pressure Provide tubing and a The flow rate is determined <18L/hour (c4000)
1 MegOhm-cm @ gauge located prior to female connector to by water pressure and
25°C (77°F) c4000 water input. No brass support a male connector tubing size. If regulator
Maximum Bacterial fittings in the water input at the water input fitting of pressure, tubing and
Content: line. the analyzer. connectors meet
1000 colony forming Tubing – 3/8” (9.5 mm) OD specifications, the flow rate
units per mL Note Fitting on the hard tubing is acceptable.
(cfu/mL) back of the Fitting – 3/8” - 1/4” NPT
c4000 is not (9.5 - 6.35 mm) male
brass, it is a thread (both ends)
different alloy. compression fitting
Water
pressure 15-
25 psi at
15°C (59°F)
to 37°C (98.6
017°F)
Waste Specifications

Liquid Waste c4000 Liquid Waste Waste Pump Required i1000SR Solid Waste
Instrument drains are gravity flow with Floor level drain (no more than Required if floor drain is not Operational Output of 100
barb fittings at approximately 8 inches 4" (10cm) high) for gravity fed available and elevated drain reaction vessels per hour.
(20.3 cm) above the floor. waste tubes (2) is required. (sink) is used. Waste Container Capacity
Avg Output when Running: Drain must be located within Available from Abbott with four sized for five hours of
c4000=18L/hour 9.5 ft. (2.9 m) from the rear of (4) input lines and one output operation (over 1000 reaction
Max. flow capacity=300 L/hour the system and handle line. Required for each vessels).
i1000SR=1.5 L/hour maximum flow rate of 300 module. • Container can be
liters per hour. Waste pump maximum outlet changed during
High concentration waste lines tubing guidelines: operation
can pump to an uphill drain if • Length of 30 feet • With container
needed. If drain is not (9.1m) and height of removed, Solid
available or not permitted, the up to 5 feet (1.5m) Waste (RVs) fall into
optional high concentration • Length of 10 feet the drain pan
waste container can be (3m) and height of beneath the solid
utilized. (High concentration up to 8 feet (2.4m) waste container
waste collection/handling as
per local requirements and
regulations.)
Seismic Anchoring Specifications

Seismic Anchoring SCC – site specific requirements

(optional, information • No tie down points are provided for the SCC. To secure the SCC, site personnel should follow
provided for site specific internal procedures for securing business equipment.
needs)
Waste Pump - site specific requirements
• No tie down points are provided for the Waste Pump. To secure the Waste Pump, site personnel
should follow internal procedures for securing business equipment.
c4000 – site specific requirements

• No tie down points are provided for the c4000. To secure the c4000, site personnel should follow
internal procedures for securing business equipment.
i1000SR Module – Four (4) threaded holes suitable for bolts are available
• Four (4) anchoring points are used during shipping. Based on site approval, these points can be
used to secure the assay module to the floor after the shipping pallet is removed.
• The four (4) holes are threaded for bolts and are located on the bottom of the module, approximately
2” (5.1 cm) inside the frame, at the midpoint of each side of the module.
• Site specific anchoring should be performed by site personnel and coordinated with the Abbott
installation.
• Length of bolts used is site specific. The table below is provided to assist in determining hardware
requirements.
Diameter 1/2 “
Threads per Inch 13
Length Determine the 2 site specific lengths and add the three lengths to obtain a total
length:
Add 1” 2.5 cm Thread engagement into bottom of

module.
+ 3” 7.6 cm Approximate distance from floor to

bottom of module at attachment point.
(May be site specific and should be
confirmed during installation.)
+ __” ___ cm (Site specific) Additional length if

needed to go through anchoring
platform.
= ___” ___ cm Total length of bolt needed for

anchoring.
Environmental Specifications

Operational Temperature and Humidity 15°C to 30°C (59°F to 86°F) noncondensing relative humidity of 10% to 85%, at 25°C (77°F).
Storage Temperature 5°C to 50°C (41°F to 122°F).
Approved Operating Altitude 6500 ft. (1981.2 m) or lower.
Lab Environment Instrument is for Indoor Use Only.

Avoid direct sunlight, drafts from heating and cooling vents, and excessive dust.
Instrument should not be placed next to a heat or vibration generating device.
c4000 requires the floor be level within 0.5 cm/m.
Acoustical Noise Output from the system: 70 dB peak output for a 10 second period, and less than 48 dB during
normal operation.
Floor Loading Specifications

Weight at Each Foot Weight at Each Foot Force at Each Foot Force at Each Foot
Foot
(lbs) (kg) (lbs/sq.in.) (kg/sq. cm.)
1 264.5 120.0 60.5 4.3
2 291.5 132.2 66.7 4.7
3 328.5 149.0 75.2 5.3

4 247.5 112.3 56.6 4.0
Weight at Each Foot Force at Each Foot

Foot Weight at Each Foot (kg) Force at Each Foot (psi)
(lbs) (kgf/cm 2 )
1 256.0 116.1 59.1 4.2
2 232.5 105.5 53.8 3.8
3 272.0 123.4 62.8 4.4
4 265.5 120.4 61.3 4.3
5 148.5 67.4 48.1 3.4
6 211.5 95.9 68.2 4.8
7 138.0 62.6 44.7 3.1
8 133.0 60.3 43.2 3.0
Dimensional Layout Drawings
c4000

c4000 with Covers
ci4100
c4000/ci4100 Spatial Requirements
Standalone c4000 Integrated ci4100 Space required
width - 1602 mm (63.1 in) width - 2812 mm (110.7 in) behind instrument - 30 inches
depth - 907 mm (35.7 in) on the sides - 24 inches
881mm (34.7 in) without covers
rights reserved.
Chapter 8 Installation & Setup
c4000 Installation Checklist–Standalone
Print and complete this checklist during installation. Installation is complete after verifying the device performs as intended. Verification is successful after
completion of the installation procedure and this checklist. The completed and signed checklist, and printout from the final control run(s) performed on the
system is left with the customer’s copy of the service order invoice for the customer to retain.
This Installation Checklist contains verification steps that must be entered on the install ticket to complete the installation test and inspection summary.
1. Add Product List # NNNN-Install as a part used.

2. Select the Install part where NNNN = 0 plus the 3 digit product code of the instrument. Example: 0170-INSTALL for C-D Ruby.
3. Use Action Taken code: N360 Installed Instrument with Reason for Action: FA68 Install VP Documentation.
4. Select Get Verification Procedure. This will force the required verification onto the ticket. This part usage can be added when the ticket is created.
This will flag users to document the required VPs prior to closing the ticket.
Verify if there are any Active Field Action Mandatory TSBs for this instrument and install prior to closing the Installation ticket.
Note Installation does not include assay correlation or performance testing normally included as integration and startup activities.
Note A translated, locally approved, copy of this checklist may be provided by the local service area/country organization.
Action Completed
c4000 Unpack
Remove Banding and Top Cover
Remove Packing Tape
Remove Nails and Screws
Remove Ramp and Cuvettes
Remove Inside Corrugated Packaging
Remove Shipping Carton Attachment Boards
Remove Securing Brackets
Remove End Support Boards
Remove Center Support Boards
Install Ramp and Remove Processing Module
Move Processing Module
Dispose Packing Materials

c4000 Transformer Voltage
Select Voltage
Install Power Cord and Verify Switch Settings
Install c4000 Module UPS (optional)

c4000 Power Supply RSH Jumper
Inspect/Set Power Supply Jumper

c4000 Install Accessories
Install Mixers (2)
Remove Sample Pipettor Cover
Install Sample Probe
Install Pipettor Cover
Remove Reagent Carousel Y Cover
Remove Reagent Pipettor Cover

Install Reagent Probes
Install Reagent Carousel Y Cover
Verify ICT Module Date
Remove Cover Plate
Prepare ICT Probe and Module for Installation
Install ICT Probe and Module
Install Cover Plate
Install Nameplate & Apply Decals
Installation of ICT Pinch Valve Tubing
c4000 Pressure Monitoring/Clot Detection Subsystem Installation
Install Pressure Monitor Board

c4000 Attach External Plumbing and Water Bath Filter
Install Low Concentration Waste Drain Tubing with 90° Fittings
Install Low Concentration Waste Drain Tubing without 90° Fittings

Install DI Water and HCW Line
Install Water Bath Filter

Off-White Monitor Support Arm Installation
Attach Support Arm to Instrument
Install Keyboard Tray

Off-White Touchscreen Monitor
Remove Stand and Install Monitor

Off-White SCC - Hardware and Cabling Installation
Verify Correct Line Voltage Configuration
Install SCC, Optional Serial Expansion and Optional SCC Uninterruptible Power System (UPS)
Install Keyboard and Mouse
Install Touch Screen Monitor Cables
Label Mouse and Keyboard Extension Cables

Wrap Cables with Corrugated Tube
Install Cable Covers
Install Cables Plug and Attach Cable Ties
Complete Mouse Installation
Complete Keyboard Installation without Hand Held Bar Code Wand
Connect Mouse, Keyboard and Monitor Cables to CPU
Connect Hub and Ethernet Cables
Install Printer
Connect Laboratory Information System (LIS) (optional)
Connect External USB Modem (optional)
Connect c4000 External Waste Level Sensor (optional)
Install EMSA (optional)
Connect Power for SCC Components
Connect Module AC Power

Black Monitor and Support Arm Installation
Preparation
Install Black Articulated Arm
Remove Stand and Install Black Touchscreen Monitor
Install Black Monitor Cables
Black SCC - Hardware and Cabling Installation
Remove Black Articulating Arm Covers
Route Cables and Install Black Arm Covers
Add Arm Cover and Check Articulated Arm Movement
Insert Cables into Instrument Structure
Install BCR/Mouse Holder
Install Printer

ARCHITECT Software Installation

Install ARCHITECT Software (See note below)
Robotic Position Setup
Verify Cable and Tubing Connections and PC boards
Verify Covers
Clean and Install Cuvettes
Reagent Segments
Perform Internal Decontamination (c4000)
Decontaminate Wash Cups and Waste Cup/ Water Bath Overflow Area with 0.5% Sodium Hypochlorite (c4000)
Wash Cuvettes (c4000)
Install Bulk Solutions (c4000)
Remove Air from Water Bath Filter (c4000)
Flush Lines (c4000)
Carrier Transport Calibration
Sample Pipettor Calibration (c4000)
R1 Pipettor Calibration (c4000)
RSH Bar Code Calibration
Crash Sensor Alignment (c4000)
ICT Robotics Positions Alignment (c4000)

Check Mixer Alignment (c4000)
Check Cuvette Washer Alignment (c4000)
Check Temperatures (c4000)
Check Reagent Supply Center Bar Code Reader (c4000)
Check Wash Cup Flow (c4000)
RSH Verification (c4000)
Perform Daily Maintenance (c4000)

Perform PVT (c4000) (Document passed in Verification of Install Ticket)
Affix Instrument Name Plate
Perform Log Retrieval (c4000)
Perform 6114 Install/Delete Assays to Delete PVT Assay Files
Perform System Backup
Perform 6004 Copy Backup Software
UPS Installation Verification
Verify UPS Operation

Installation Documentation
Complete Checklist
Document Installation Completion

Architect System:

c4000 Processing Module Serial Number ________________________________________
Note
Verify that the processing module serial number on the instrument matches the serial number configured in the SCC.
Correct any discrepancies, as required.
SCC System Number __________)____________________________________

SCC Serial Number ________________________________________________

ARCHITECT Software Version ________________________________________

ABBOTT Field Service Representative:

Printed Name _________________________________________

Signature ____________________________________________

Date ________________________________________________
c4000 Unpack

Remove Banding and

Top Cover Note Before unpacking the c4000 processing
module, ensure there is enough room to roll
the processing module off of the pallet.
1. Cut the plastic banding straps around the outside of

the shipping carton.
2. Remove top lid of the shipping carton.
Note Dispose all packing materials in accordance

with local standards.
Remove Packing 1. Remove the tape holding the center support and
Tape remove the support.
2. Remove the tape holding the side cardboard supports
to the shipping carton.
Remove Nails and 1. Remove nails located around the base of the shipping
Screws carton.
Note Save four (4) of the straightest nails for

securing the ramps.
2. Remove all screws in the sides of the shipping carton.

3. Remove all outside pieces of the corrugated shipping
carton.
Remove Ramp and 1. Remove the ramps from the front of the module by
Cuvettes cutting the plastic banding.
2. Remove the box with the cuvettes from the rear of the
processing module by cutting the packing tape.

Remove Inside 1. Remove screws from each end of the inside packaging
Corrugated Packaging and remove inside end panels.
2. Remove packaging cartons from the module.
Remove Shipping 1. Remove four (4) bolts holding the two (2) shipping
Carton Attachment carton attachment boards.
Boards 2. Remove the boards from each end of the pallet.
Remove Securing 1. Remove two (2) angle irons at each end of the pallet
Brackets that secure the processing module to the pallet and
end support boards.
Note Angle irons are secured with double-headed

nails.
Remove End Support 1. Screw the four (4) adjustable feet to the up position.
Boards 2. Remove the two (2) bolts from each of the boards
located under the adjustable feet and remove the
boards.
3. Remove the nails from the boards (located next to the
center support boards on the pallet) and place the
boards under the adjustable feet.
Remove Center 1. Lower the feet to raise the processing module off the
Support Boards center support boards.
2. Remove the double-headed nails from the center
support board and remove the boards.
3. After all center support boards have been removed,
screw the adjustable feet to the maximum up position.
This should bring the processing module to rest on the
casters.
4. Remove the boards from under the adjustable feet.
5. Remove the outer plastic covering from around the
processing module.
Note Remove the desiccant packets between the

underside of the processing module and the
plastic covering before moving the
processing module off the pallet.
Install Ramp and 1. Align the marks on the ramps with the marks on the
Remove Processing pallet.
Module 2. Attach the ramps to the pallet end with one (1) nail [1]
on each side of the ramps.
Note This prevents the ramps from disengaging
from the pallet as the processing module is
rolled off.
WARNING Lifting Hazard! The processing module

is unwieldy. Use at least two people to
perform Step 3.
3. Slowly roll and guide the processing module down the

ramp to the floor.
Remove Plastic 1. Remove all plastic sheeting, tape, and foam blocks
Sheeting/Foam Blocks from each device.
Note Do not remove probes, mixers, and robotics

information from the top of the module at this
time.
Note Ensure the tape is removed from the bulk

solution weight sensor trays.
Caution Extreme care should be taken when

removing the plastic around the cuvette
washer assembly to avoid damage to the
wash nozzles.
Move Processing 1. Move processing module into position in the laboratory.

Module
Level the C4000 1. Lower the leveling feet and ensure the casters
(wheels) are not touching the floor.
2. Place a level across the Reaction Carousel (cover

removed) and level the c4000 instrument left-to-right
and front to back.
Note The level must be on the flat surface of the Reaction

Carousel. Do not place the level on the ridge by the
cuvette numbers.

Dispose Packing
Materials WARNING Verify everything is unpacked before
disposing the packing material.
1. Dispose all packing materials in accordance with local

standards.

Select Voltage 1. Remove the left rear cover from the c4000 module.
2. Measure the AC voltage at the laboratory power
outlet (mains).
3. If a UPS is not used, select the plug on the c4000
module (200, 208, 220, 230, or 240 VAC) closest to
the AC voltage at the mains.
4. For UPS use, select the plug on the c4000 module
closest to the output of the UPS.
Install Power Cord and 1. At the rear of the power supply remove power plug
Verify Switch Settings clamp and insert power cord plug into power supply.
2. Secure power cord with power plug clamp.
3. At the rear of the power supply remove power plug
clamp and insert power cord plug into power supply.

Install c4000 Module 1. Install the UPS per manufacturer instruction and turn
UPS (optional) on the UPS to charge the battery.
Note Do not plug the instrument into the UPS at

this time.

Inspect/Set Power 1. Locate the connection panel located on the right side
Supply Jumper of the c4000 power supply.
2. Verify the gray/white twisted pair cable connects to
the RSH and the i+RSH connectors.
rights reserved.

Install Mixers (2) 1. Orient the new mixer assembly [1] so the flat side
faces away from the mixer arm.
2. Align the positioning pins [2] on the top of the mixer
with the holes on the mixer arm.
3. Tighten the black thumbscrew [3] until the top of the
mixer is flush with the mixer arm.
4. Attach the cable connector to the white connector [4]
on the bottom of the mixer arm.
Note The connector is keyed and only fits one

way.
5. Fold excess cable and fit it into the notch [5] to the
front of the processing module.
Remove Sample 1. Squeeze the squeeze points, push down slightly and
Pipettor Cover lift up the pipettor cover to release the locking tabs
and remove the cover.
Install Sample Probe 1. Position the sample probe on the alignment pins and
verify the probe plate is flush with the plate on the
sample pipettor.
2. Secure the probe ground wire to the mounting plate.
3. Position the forked spade connector behind the
closed spade connector.
4. Stabilize the pipettor and tighten the screw with a
slotted screwdriver.
5. Attach the tubing to the sample pipettor tubing
connector.
Note Verify the small o-ring is present in the

connector.

Install Pipettor Cover 1. Replace the pipettor cover.

2. Verify the cover is seated firmly on the end above
the pipettor shaft.
Note Ensure tubing is not pinched or kinked

when replacing the pipettor cover.
Remove Reagent 1. Remove the Reagent Carousel Y Cover.
Carousel Y Cover
Remove Reagent 1. Squeeze the squeeze points [6], push down slightly,
Pipettor Cover and lift the pipettor cover [7] and release the locking
tabs and remove the cover.
Install Reagent 1. Position the reagent probe on the alignment pins

Probes and verify the probe plate is flush with the plate on
the reagent pipettor.
2. Secure the probe groundwire to the mounting plate.
3. Position the forked spade connector behind the
closed spade connector.
4. Stabilize the pipettor and secure the screw with the
5. Attach the tubing to the reagent pipettor tubing at the
metal fitting.
Note Do not flare or stretch the tubing for the

reagent probes. This tubing is tapered at
the probe connection to provide a tight
seal.
Install Pipettor Cover 1. Replace pipettor cover.
2. Verify the cover is seated firmly on the end above

the pipettor shaft.
Note Ensure tubing is not pinched or kinked

when replacing the pipettor cover.
Install Reagent 1. Install the Reagent Carousel Y Cover.

Carousel Y Cover
Verify ICT Module 1. Determine the expiration date of the module.
Date 2. Do not install an expired module.
Remove Cover and 1. Loosen the two captive thumbscrews [2] that secure
Cover Plate the black cover plate [1] in place.
2. Remove the cover plate. [1]
Prepare ICT Probe 1. Disconnect and discard the plastic tubing [1]
and Module for attached to both ends of the new ICT Module [2].
Installation 2. Verify the ICT O-rings are present at the top and
bottom ports [3].
Note Inspect the ports [3] on the ICT Module. An

O-ring must be present. Running the
system without the O-rings could affect
patient results.
3. Align the ICT Module so the gap [4] between the

side connectors is on top and the label [5] is right-
side up.
4. Attach the probe to the bottom port of the ICT
Module (finger-tighten only).
Note If this connection is overtightened, the O-

ring may twist and obstruct flow through
the ICT Module.
Install ICT Probe and 1. Rotate the ICT Module [3] counterclockwise (finger-
Module tighten only) to attach to top port to the connector.
[5]
Note If this connection is overtightened, the O-

ring may twist and obstruct the flow
through the ICT Module.
2. Insert the new ICT Module [3] (with the probe) into
the ICT holder [2] until the connectors on the side of
the ICT module are just above the top of the ICT
holder.
3. Allow the ICT Module [3] to seat fully down into the
ICT Holder [2] so connectors are aligned with the slot
[6] in the ICT holder.
4. Connect the black electrical connector [4] to the ICT
Module connectors.
Note Ensure the ICT module is completely

plugged into the connector.
5. Finger-tighten the side thumbscrew [1].
Install Cover and 1. Install the black cover plate [4] by securing with the
Cover Plate two thumbscrews. [3]
Install Nameplate & 1. Install the c4000 Nameplate on the left side of the
Apply Decals c4000 RSH Front Cover.
2. Apply the ARCHITECT Plus Decal on the left side of
the top Front Cover as shown by the red dots.
3. Apply the Abbott Decal on the right side of the top
Front Cover as shown by the blue dots.
Note The c4000 Accessory Kit #2 LN 02P73-01

contains:
c4000 Nameplate
ci4100 Nameplate
ARCHITECT Plus Decal
Abbott Decal
It is necessary to install the ICT Pinch Valve Tubing P/N 7-204068-01. Tubing has been removed from valve to prevent deformation in case of storing for
long term.

Prerequisite 1. The processing module must be in stopped or offline For further information, refer to the ARCHTECT System Operations
Preparation 1. Power OFF the processing module with the main circuit
breaker located at the rear of the module.
2. Access the ICT Aspiration Pump.
Install Pinch Tubing 1. Slide the pinch tubing into the NO port of the valve.
2. Push on the button and slide the other tubing into the
NC port of the valve.
Continue Installation 1. Proceed with next installation procedure.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-119) • © 2009, 2013• ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks
rights reserved.
It is necessary to install the c4000 Pressure Monitor PCB (Abbott part number 900040 - located in the c4000 master card cage). Place the board in the appropriate slot of the
card cage next to the SMC board.
Prerequisite 1. The processing module must be OFF. For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Remove Card Cage 1. At the right front of the instrument,remove the four
Cover (4) screws from the cover.
2. Open the card cage cover.
Check Switch Setting

Note
This information is for the – 107 board only. The
instrument must be at software version 7.0 or
higher.
1.
Switches 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, & 8 will be in the OFF position
from the factory.
Note
The OFF position is down by the arrow.
Install Pressure Monitor 1. Place the pressure monitor board [1] into card cage
Board slot next to the SMC board.
2. With the upper ejector in the up position and the
lower ejector in the down position, slide the board
into position until the ejectors engage in upper and
lower supports.
3. Press down on both ejectors to insert the board in
the back plane.
4. Close and secure the card cage front cover.
Note Secure all tubing to fittings using squeeze clamps, circular clamps or tie wraps to prevent leaks.
Install Low
Concentration Waste Note Ninety degree fittings are included for the
Drain Tubing with 90° Low Concentration Waste Drain Tubing and
Fittings (without a ninety degree swivel fitting is included for
fittings go to next the deionized water inlet nipple. Use of these
section) fittings during the installation of the tubing
allows the water inlet and drain tubing to be
routed under the instruments and provide
easy access to the rear of the instrument for
maintenance and service related tasks.
Certain installation settings preclude their
use.
1. Cut two (2) short pieces (approximately 2 in or 5.1cm

in length) of external tubing (15 x 22).
2. Attach one piece to each of the two (2) Low
Concentration Waste (LCW) fittings on the panel at the
right rear of the processing module.
3. Attach one (1) 90° fitting to each of the two (2) pieces
of tubing.
4. Attach external drain tubing to the free end of the 90°
fitting and route tubing underneath the instrument to
the laboratory drain or external waste pump.
5. Cut tubing to the proper length.
Note Tubing cannot have a rise higher than the

bottom of the LCW fittings.
Install Low 1. Attach tubing to each of the two (2) Low Concentration
Concentration Waste Waste fittings on the panel and secure with a hose
Drain Tubing without clamp or cable tie.
90° Fittings 2. Route tubing under the instrument to the laboratory
drain or external waste pump.
Install DI Water and 1. Wrap the threads of the 90° swivel fitting with Teflon
HCW Lines tape.
2. Screw fitting into the DI water Inlet fitting.
3. Tighten fitting with a wrench.
4. If necessary, assemble the two (2) pieces of the swivel
fitting together.
5. Route the incoming water tubing from the water source
under the instrument, if possible, and attach the tubing
to the fitting.
6. Attach the High Concentration Waste (HCW) line to
the HCW fitting.
7. Route the waste lines under the instrument, if possible,
to the optional HCW container, laboratory drain, or
external waste pump.
8. Secure all tubing with a tie wrap at several points from
the panel to the waste receptacle, pump or drain. This
provides easier access to the rear of the instrument(s).
Install Water Bath 1. Remove the c4000 rear left cover.

Filter 2. Unscrew clear filter bowl [1] from the filter mount [2].
3. Install bottom filter support [3] in the filter bowl.
4. Install filter [4] in the filter bowl.
5. Align the filter with the top alignment guide pins [5] and
screw the filter bowl into the threaded filter mound.
Note Purge all air from the filter bowl during the
first fill of the water bath. Failure to purge air
can cause failure of the water bath heater.
6. Reinstall c4000 rear left cover.
rights reserved.
Off-White Monitor Support Arm Installation

Preparation 1. Unpack and verify inventory for the following parts

before discarding packaging:
• Support arm assembly
• Keyboard Tray
• Side cable cover
• Support post cap
• Rubber bumper
• Screws, cable ties, hex wrench
• Optional Velcro for keyboard
Attach Support Arm to 1. Place the support arm assembly onto structure support
Instrument post. [1]
2. Install the post cap and tighten hex screws with
included hex wrench. [2]
3. Attach and hand-tighten the rubber bumper. [3]
Install Keyboard Tray 1. Lower the support arm (use adjustment lever). [1]
2. Align and secure the keyboard tray to the support arm
with four (4) long flat head screws. [2]
rights reserved.

CAUTION Lifting Hazard The monitor is heavy and

unwieldy and the monitor arm may move
during installation. You may need two
people to do this safely.
Remove Stand and 1. Remove the monitor stand from the monitor and retain
Install Monitor the four (4) screws. [1]
2. Attach the monitor to the vertical bracket using the four
(4) screws. [2]
rights reserved.
Off-White SCC Hardware and Cabling Installation

Note A 9-pin serial connector–on the back of the SCC–is configured for the LIS connector. This connector will be configured for COM 5 (for LIS). If
the only non-USB peripheral attached to the SCC is an LIS connection, a 4-port Edgeport EMSA is not required. The EMSA must be installed
if an ARM, serial modem, serial touchscreen or other peripherals are interfaced with the SCC; and the LIS system must be connected to the
EMSA.
Note The COM port for the USB modem is configured automatically. Use the USB monitor touchscreen cable when connecting the monitor cables
to the SCC. If a USB cable is not available, attach the serial touchscreen cable to the SCC serial port. The touchscreen cable and the 4-port
EMSA must be attached to the SCC prior to base configuration software installation. This ensures the COM ports are configured correctly and
the correct driver is configured for the touchscreen. If the Edgeport EMSA is attached to the SCC and a USB modem is not detected during
base configuration installation, the SCC will be configured for a serial modem.
Verify Correct Line 1. Unpack the SCC CPU and peripheral components.
Voltage Configuration 2. Verify all components are set up for the appropriate line
voltage:
• SCC - self adjusting AC input (99-240V, 50-60Hz)
• Touchscreen Monitor - self-adjusting AC input
(100-240V, 50-60Hz)
• HUB - default HUB is USB-powered with no AC
requirement.
• Printer - the default ARCHITECT printer is either
115V or 220V depending on the list number;
otherwise dependent on specific printer in use
• Modem (optional) - default modem is USB-
powered with no AC requirement.
• If a SCC or module UPS is used, verify each
device’s power configuration is set properly for the
specific UPS output voltage.
Install SCC, Optional 1. Place the CPU on the c4000 shelf with the floppy drive
Serial Expansion and at top.
Optional SCC 2. Place the optional serial expansion unit (EMSA) on top
Uninterruptible Power of the CPU. Serial expansion is only required if using a
System (UPS) serial modem.
3. If an optional SCC UPS is used, unpack and prepare
the UPS for installation, including activating the battery
connections. See instructions provided with the UPS.
4. Place the UPS next to, or behind the SCC.
5. If a module UPS is used, install it per manufacturer
instructions within 6 feet (1.8 meters) of the processing
module.
Install Keyboard and
Mouse WARNING Close instrument top cover to avoid
head injury when working behind the
instrument.
1. Place the keyboard and mouse on the keyboard tray.

2. Route the keyboard cable through the hole at the back
of the keyboard tray.
3. Secure the mouse cable at approximately 12” (30.5 cm)
to allow for free movement of mouse [1], using cable
tie [2].
Install Touchscreen 1. In the 202376 Installation Kit, locate the bag labeled
Monitor Cables Monitor Cables and find the following cables.
• 202887 - monitor power cord, 10’ (3 m)
• 100417 - USB cable, 10’ (3 m)
• 100418 - VGA cable, 10’ (3 m)
2. Connect the power cord [1], touchscreen USB cable [2],
and VGA signal cable [3] cables to the bottom of the
monitor.
3. Route cables to the vertical support. Configure with a
short service loop and secure with a cable tie using the
holes in vertical support. [4]
Label Mouse and 1. Locate the 100151, PS-2 extension cables in the
Keyboard Extension Installation Kit.
Cables 2. Label BOTH ends of one cable with “M” for mouse. [1]
3. Label BOTH ends of the other cable with “K” for
keyboard. [2]
Wrap Cables with 1. Route the mouse and keyboard extension cables along
Corrugated Tube with the three monitor cables into the full length of the
201639 corrugated tube (in Installation Kit). [1]
2. Leave 4” (10 cm) of the cables extending from the end
of the corrugated tube. [2]
Note To preserve space in the tube, keep cables

from crossing over each other.
Install Cable Covers 1. Remove the side cable cover from the support arm and
reinstall it over the corrugated tube, leaving 1.5” (4 cm)
extending beyond the side cover. [1]
2. Attach the black cable tie. [2]
3. Remove the lower cable cover, insert the corrugated
tubing. [3]
4. Align the upper and lower arms in a straight line.
5. Reinstall the cover and allow a 2” (5 cm) service loop at
the center joint of the support arm. [4]
Install Cable Plug and 1. Remove the SCC at rear panel.

Attach Cable Ties 2. Route all five (5) cables into the hole in the structure.
3. Attach the black cable tie.
4. Route cables through the bottom of the side cover.
Complete Mouse 1. Wind the mouse cable around the cable storage
Installation brackets under the keyboard tray and attach to
extension cable [1].
Complete Keyboard 1. If a hand-help bar code wand is used, loop the cable
Installation with Hand through the holder [1] and place the wand in the holder.
Held Bar Code Wand 2. Wind the keyboard and bar code reader cabling around
the cable storage brackets under the keyboard tray. [2]
3. Connect one end of the bar code reader Y cable to the
keyboard cable [3] and one end to the keyboard
extension cable. [4]
4. Secure with cable ties. [5]
5. Verify the keyboard tray rotates–right to left–without
stressing cable connections at rear of keyboard.
Complete Keyboard 1. If a hand-held bar code wand is NOT used, allow for a
Installation without short service loop and wind the keyboard cable around
Hand Held Bar Code the cable storage brackets under the keyboard tray and
Wand connect to the keyboard extension cable [1].
Connect Mouse,
Keyboard and Monitor Note Refer to the SCC Connections Diagram to
Cables to CPU connect the Mouse, Keyboard and Monitor to
the CPU.
1. At the rear of the CPU, connect the mouse extension

cable (labeled M) to the mouse port (green) on the
CPU.
2. Connect the keyboard extension cable (labeled K) to
the keyboard port (purple) on the CPU.
3. Connect the VGA cable to the VGA port on the CPU.
4. Connect the monitor USB cable to the extra USB port
at the rear of the CPU, near the bottom.
Connect Hub and

Ethernet Cables Note Refer to the SCC Connections Diagram for
the following connections.
1. Attach the four magnetic pads included in the Network
Hub packaging to the bottom of the hub.
2. Connect the power cable from the hub to one of the
USB ports on the front panel of the CPU.
3. Connect the short Ethernet cable (provided with hub)
from port 5 (preferred) on the hub to the indicated
Ethernet connector on the CPU.
4. Connect a long Ethernet cable from the SCC port on
the c4000 module I/F panel to a port on the network
hub.
5. Connect a long Ethernet cable from the SH port on the
c4000 module I/F panel to a port on the network hub.
6. Connect the other provided 100349 ethernet cable from
the AbbottLink port on the CPU to a port on the
network hub.
7. Attach the hub to the side of the CPU so the display is
visible from the front of the instrument.
Install Printer 1. Connect the printer cable to the connector labeled

“Printer”.
2. Unpack and place the printer near the instrument.
3. Install ink cartridges.
4. Connect the power cord and cable to the printer.
Connect Laboratory 1. If an LIS is used, contact the site LIS personnel to

Information System connect to the LIS system with an appropriate cable.
(LIS) (optional)
Connect External 1. Connect the external modem, USB cable to any USB
USB Modem connector on the outside of the SCC interface panel.
(optional) 2. Connect the phone line to the modem.
Connect c4000 1. Connect the c4000 external waste level sensor to the
External Waste Level waste level sensor connector on the c4000 module I/F
Sensor (optional) panel.
2. Install the external waste container (optional).
Install EMSA 1. Connect the EMSA USB cable on the front panel of the
(optional) CPU. [13]
Connect Power for

SCC Components Note Refer to SCC Power Connection Diagrams for
SCC UPS or module/system UPS installation.
1. Plug the power cords, for the monitor and CPU into the
power strip.
2. Plug the UPS power cord into the wall outlet.
Caution Do not plug the SCC UPS into a larger

system UPS.
3. If a module/system UPS is used, connect a country

specific AC cord from the power strip to the module
UPS or wall outlet.
4. Route the cord through the adjustable cable strap at
the base of the cabinet, adjacent to the power strip. [1]
Caution If a UPS is not installed, data loss and/or

hard drive damage is possible during a
power disruption.
5. Turn UPS power on.
6. Connect the printer power cord to an appropriate outlet
outside the c4000 module.
Note Do not plug the printer into the UPS and, if

possible, do not plug the printer into the same
circuit as the UPS.
Connect Module AC 1. Connect the cord from the AC input on the power
Power supply to the wall outlet or to a module/system UPS.
SCC Connections Diagram
SCC Power Connections with SCC UPS Diagram

SCC Power Connections with Module UPS Diagram

rights reserved.
Black Monitor Support Arm Installation - c4000



Preparation
1. Unpack and verify inventory for the
following parts before discarding
packaging
Monitor Support arm assembly with

Keyboard Tray Slide
Mouse and Scanner Holder
Cap, spacer, and 3 washers
Screws, black cable ties, hex wrench
Optional: Velcro for keyboard
Install Black
Articulated Arm 1. Install the two plastic washers and a
spacer onto the post as shown.
2. Install articulated arm onto the post.
Note: Be sure the cables are placed

behind the articulated arm or to the back
of the c4000.
3. Place washer then cap on articulated

arm post and tighten 2.5mm hex screw
using the supplied tool.
4. Install monitor support arm onto

articulated arm.
Note
To adjust the arm tension, go to P-672

Articulated Arm Tension Adjustment.
Remove Stand and

Install Black 1. Remove the four screws that attach the
Touchscreen stand to the back of the Black Monitor
Monitor and discard the stand.
2. Attach the Black Monitor support to the

back of the monitor using the four black
screws provided in the kit.
Note
To adjust the arm tension, go to P-673

Articulated Arm Monitor Adjustment.
Install Black
Monitor Cables 1. Attach the monitor power, video and
USB touchscreen cables.

Note: Do not use the cables that ship
with the monitor. Use the 11’ cables that
are shipped in the upgrade kit.
Cable Part #s:

100848-101 Monitor Power (11 ft or
3.5m)
100849-101 SVGA Monitor (11 ft or
3.5m)
100417-101 USB Cable (10 ft or 3m)
2. Clean the area just below the power

connection on the monitor with an
alcohol prep pad. Place an adhesive tie
wrap mount on the monitor back.
3. Secure the monitor power cable with a

black tie wrap as shown.
Note: White tie wrap shown to easily

demonstrate location.
Black SCC–Hardware and Cabling Installation
Note A 9-pin serial connector–on the back of the SCC–is configured for the LIS connector. This connector will be configured for
COM 5 (for LIS). If the only non-USB peripheral attached to the SCC is an LIS connection, a 4-port Edgeport EMSA is not
required. The EMSA must be installed if an ARM, serial modem, serial touchscreen or other peripherals are interfaced with the
SCC; and the LIS system must be connected to the EMSA.
Note The COM port for the USB modem is configured automatically. Use the USB monitor touchscreen cable when connecting the
monitor cables to the SCC. If a USB cable is not available, attach the serial touchscreen cable to the SCC serial port. The
touchscreen cable and the 4-port EMSA must be attached to the SCC prior to base configuration software installation. This
ensures the COM ports are configured correctly and the correct driver is configured for the touchscreen. If the Edgeport EMSA is
attached to the SCC and a USB modem is not detected during base configuration installation, the SCC will be configured for a
serial modem.
Caution Lifting Hazard - The monitor is heavy and unwieldy and the monitor arm may move during
installation. You may need two people to do this safely.

Verify Correct Line
Voltage Configuration 1. Check the SCC CPU and peripheral
components.
2. Verify all components are set up appropriate
line voltage.
SCC - self adjusting AC input (99-
240V, 50-60Hz)
Touchscreen Monitor - self-adjusting
AC input (100-240V, 50-60Hz)
HUB - default HUB is USB-powered
with no AC requirement.
Printer - default ARCHITECT printer
is 115V or 220V depending on the list
number; otherwise dependent on
specific printer in use.
Modem (optional) - default modem is
USB-powered with no AC
requirement.
If a SCC or module UPS is used,
verify that each device's power
configuration is set properly for the
Install SCC, Optional Serial

Expansion and Optional 1. Place the CPU onto the c4000 shelf with the
SCC Uninterruptible floppy drive at top.
Power System (UPS)
Note Verify a minimum of 1-2” (3-5 cm) of
air space at the left side of the CPU. To
prevent overheating, the CPU must not be
placed against the UPS or cabinet wall.
2. Place the optional serial expansion unit

(EMSA) on top of the CPU. The serial
expansion is only required if using a serial
modem.
3. If an optional SCC UPS is used, unpack and
prepare the UPS for installation, including
activating the battery connections. See the
instructions provided with the UPS.
5. If a module UPS is to be used, install it per
the manufacturer’s instructions within 6 feet
(1.8 meters) of the processing module.
Install Keyboard and 1. Place the keyboard on the stand and note
Mouse the correct positioning.
2. Clean the bottom of the keyboard and the

stand with alcohol prep pads.
3. Remove one side of the adhesive backing

from the Velcro and place on the bottom of
the keyboard. Keeping the 2 pieces stuck
together, remove the other adhesive backing
and place the keyboard on the stand.
Note
To adjust the keyboard tray, go to P-674

Articulated Arm Keyboard Angle Adjustment.
4. Remove the adhesive backing for the wrist

pad and place it on the stand as shown.
5. Install the mouse, route, and secure cables

with tie wrap as shown.
Note: Use only white tie wraps in concealed

areas.
6. Install the mouse and keyboard cable cover.
Remove Black Articulating

Arm Covers 1. Remove the top support cover [1] and
then the upper monitor cover [2].

2. Remove both parts of the lower monitor

support cover. Carefully pry open at bottom
arrow and lift off.
3. Remove bottom cover by removing two

screws (one on each side), then slide down
and off.
4. Remove the Articulating Arm Bottom Cover.
Note
Release the two locking tabs first and then
slide the cover forward to remove the
articulating arm bottom cover.
5. Remove mouse and keyboard cable cover.
Label Mouse and

Keyboard Extension 1. Locate the 100508, PS-2 extension cables
Cables in the Installation Kit.
2. Label BOTH ends of one cable with “M” for
mouse. [1]
3. Label BOTH ends of the other cable with “K”
for keyboard. [2]
Route Cables and Install 1. Attach 11 foot (100151) keyboard and

Black Arm Covers mouse extension cables.

Note: The keyboard will be attached to the
barcode reader splitter.
Note: Use white tie wraps in areas that will

be concealed and save black tie wraps for
dressing cables. Leave tie wraps loose until
full movement of arm is confirmed.
2. Route mouse and keyboard cables in the

bottom cover of the monitor support arm and
secure with 2 screws.

3. Add 2 tie wrap mounts to the monitor

support as shown. Route monitor cables
through the support channels and loosely tie
wrap in place. Check the monitor is able to
move freely in all directions prior to securing
the cables.
4. Replace upper and top monitor support

covers.
5. Route all cables at the monitor arm lower

cover and wrap cables with the black cable
sheath [1] provided. Be sure to include the
straight cable from the Bar Code Scanner.
Secure ends with black tie wraps.

Note: Monitor, keyboard, and mouse cables
are bundled together.

6. Next bundle cables and loosely add 2 black

tie wraps through the cover slots provided;
keep tie wraps loose until arm movement is
checked.
Add the BCR Splitter [2] to the inside

of the cover securing it with a white
tie wrap as shown.
Add excess cable length inside the
bottom cover.
Add Arm Cover and Check

Articulated Arm Movement 1. Loosely add cover to arm and check arm
movement in all directions prior to securing
tie wraps. Ensure:
Movement is silent
Arm moves freely in all
directions
Cables move smoothly with
arm
Keyboard and mouse
connections should hang
outside the arm
Note: Install this cover only after you

confirm that the arm can move freely. This
cover is difficult to remove and can be easily
damaged during installation and removal.
2. Move the articulated arm as directed below,

check all cables remain connected, and the
arm has smooth movement.
Lift monitor all the way up and down.

Move the arm all the way in and out.
Lift the arm to the maximum position and
then retract it down.
Swing the arm all the way right then left.
Insert Cables into

Instrument Structure 1. Route all five cables into the hole [1] in the
instrument structure. Guide the cables down
and out through the bottom [3].
2. Add 2-3 black tie wraps at the areas
indicated [2].
Note
White tie wraps shown to easily

demonstrate location.
Note
Be sure the arm moves freely prior to

securing tie wraps.
Note
Keyboard and Mouse connections

should be accessible for customer
reseating or component replacement.
Install BCR / Mouse Holder

1. Install mouse and barcode reader holder.
Insert the right side (mouse) into the slot
while squeezing the left (BCR) side. Snap
the left side into place.
2. Add hand-held barcode scanner and mouse
to the holder

Connect Mouse, Keyboard
and Monitor Cables to Note Refer to the SCC Connections Diagram to
CPU connect the Mouse, Keyboard and Monitor to the
CPU.
1. At the rear of the CPU, connect the

mouse extension cable (labeled M) to
the mouse port (green) on the CPU.
2. Connect the keyboard extension
cable (labeled K) to the keyboard port
(purple) on the CPU.
3. Connect the VGA cable to the VGA
port on the CPU.
4. Connect the monitor USB cable to
the extra USB port at the rear of the
CPU, near the bottom.
Connect Hub and Ethernet

Cables Note Refer to the SCC Connections
Diagram for the following connections.
1. Attach the four magnetic pads

included in the Network Hub
packaging to the bottom of the hub.
2. Connect the power cable from the
hub to one of the USB ports on the
front panel of the CPU.
3. Connect the short Ethernet cable
(provided with hub) from port 5
(preferred) on the hub to the
indicated Ethernet connector on the
CPU.
4. Connect a long Ethernet cable from
the SCC port on the c4000 module
I/F panel to a port on the network
hub.
5. Connect a long Ethernet cable from
the SH port on the c4000 module I/F
panel to a port on the network hub.
6. Connect the other provided 100349
ethernet cable from the AbbottLink
port on the CPU to a port on the
network hub.
7. Attach the hub to the side of the CPU
so the display is visible from the front
of the instrument.
Install Printer
1. Connect the printer cable to the connector
labeled “Printer”.
2. Unpack and place the printer near the
instrument.
4. Connect the power cord and cable to the
printer.
Connect Laboratory
Information System (LIS) 1. If an LIS is to be used, contact the site LIS
(optional) personnel to connect to the LIS system
using an appropriate cable.
Connect External USB
Modem (optional) 1. Connect the external modem’s USB cable to
any one of the USB connectors on the
outside of the SCC interface panel.
2. Connect the line to the modem.

Connect c4000 External 1. Connect the c4000 external waste level
Waste Level Sensor sensor to the waste level sensor connector
(optional) on the c4000 module I/F panel.
2. Install the external waste container
(optional).

1. Connect the EMSA USB cable on the front
panel of the CPU. [13]
Connect Power for SCC

Components Note Refer to SCC Power Connection Diagrams
for SCC UPS or module/system UPS installation.
1. Plug the power cords, for the monitor

and CPU into the power strip.
2. Plug the UPS power cord into the
wall outlet.
Caution Do not plug the SCC UPS

into a larger system UPS.
3. If a module/system UPS is used,

connect a country specific AC cord
from the power strip to the module
UPS or wall outlet.
4. Route the cord through the adjustable
cable strap at the base of the cabinet,
adjacent to the power strip. [1]
Caution If a UPS is not installed,

data loss and/or hard drive
damage is possible during a power
disruption.
5. Turn UPS power on.

6. Connect the printer power cord to an
appropriate outlet outside the c4000
module.
Note Do not plug the printer into the

UPS and, if possible, do not plug the
printer into the same circuit as the
UPS.

1. Connect the cord from the AC input on the
power supply to the wall outlet or to a
module/system UPS.
SCC Connector Diagrams




Install ARCHITECT See Reference. Refer to the latest software TSB for installation instructions.
Software
rights reserved.

Verify Cable and

Tubing Connections Note Analyzer must be off to perform this
and PC boards procedure.
1. Verify that all the circuit boards are fully seated

2. Systematically check each cable connection at each
distribution board and subassembly throughout the
instrument.
3. Systematically check each tubing connection on the
instrument for tightness.
4. Power on the analyzer.
Verify Covers 1. Open the covers (both instruments) and ensure they
will remain open. Adjust if necessary.
Clean and Install 1. Manually clean the cuvettes by performing 6310 Clean
Cuvettes Cuvettes-Manual.
2. Install the cuvettes.
Reagent Segments 1. Install the reagent segments to the inner and outer
reagent carousels. Ensure the reagent segments are
firmly seated.
Perform Internal 1. Perform 2181 Internal Decontamination.

Decontamination
(c4000) Note Remove the water bath filter when installing a
new instrument. Otherwise the filter will have
to be replaced again.
Decontaminate Wash 1. Perform P-640 Decontaminate Waste Cup/Water Bath

Cups and Waste Cup/ Overflow.
Water Bath Overflow
Area with 0.5%
Sodium Hypochlorite
(c4000)
Wash Cuvettes 1. Perform 6052 Wash Cuvettes.
(c4000)
Install Bulk Solutions
(c4000) Note Ensure the shipping tape is removed before
placing bottles on the weight sensors.
1. Install the ICT Reference Bottle on the weight sensor

platform and install the tubing.
2. Install the alkaline wash solution bottle on the weight
sensor platform and install the tubing.
3. Install the acid wash solution bottle on the weight
Remove Air from 1. Logon as FSE and select the Modules category from
Water Bath Filter the Diagnostics screen under the System icon.
(c4000) 2. Perform 1101 Robotics Test Tool–use option 10 Water
Bath Exchange–fill the water bath.
3. When water begins to fill the filter bowl, loosen the top
right bolt [1] on the filter assembly to remove trapped
air from the filter bolt.
4. Tighten the bolt once the air is purged from the filter.
Flush Lines (c4000) 1. Perform 2132 Flush Water Lines.
Note Several flushes are required to completely

purge air from lines.
2. Perform 2155 Flush Bulk solutions.

3. Perform 2131 Flush ICT Cup..
4. Perform 6063 Flush ICT Module..
5. Check tubing and joints for leaks around pumps,
syringes and probes.
Carrier Transport 1. Perform 1114 Carrier Transport Calibration.

Calibration
Sample Pipettor 1. Perform 1120 Sample Pipettor Calibration.
Calibration (c4000)
R1 Pipettor 1. Perform 1121 R1 Pipettor Calibration.
Calibration (c4000)
Calibration (c4000)
RSH Bar Code 1. Perform 3240 RSH Bar Code Calibration.
Calibration
Crash Sensor 1. Perform 1127 Crash Sensor Alignment for Sample and
Alignment (c4000) Reagent Pipettors.
ICT Robotics 1. Perform P-618 ICT Alignment to check/align the

Positions Alignment positions for the ICT.
(c4000)
Check Mixer 1. Perform P-620 Mixer Alignment.
Alignment (c4000) 2. Perform 3126 Mixer Vibration Test.
Check Cuvette 1. Perform P-621 Cuvette Washer Alignment.

Washer Alignment
(c4000)
Check Temperatures 1. Perform 3526 Check Water Bath Temperature and
(c4000) verify temperature is in specification.
2. Perform 3525 Temperature Status and verify all
temperatures are in specification.
Check Reagent 1. Perform 3206 Reagent Bar Code Test.

Supply Center Bar
Code Reader (c4000)
Check Wash Cup
Flow (c4000) Note Before performing this procedure, remove the
deck skins around the sample and reagent
(both) and mixer wash cups.
1. Perform 1175 Wash Cup Test for sample, reagent,

(each one) and mixer wash cups.
Note If operating at 60Hz ensure there are four (4)

flow restrictors [1] (2 per tubing) in line with
the supply tubing going to sample wash cup.
Note If operating at 50Hz ensure there are two (2)

flow restrictors [1] in line with supply tubing
going to the sample wash cup.
RSH Verification 1. Perform 3310 RSH Full Function Test (each bay must
(c4000) be tested).
Perform Daily 1. Perform 6070 Daily Maintenance.

Maintenance (c4000)
Note It is necessary to load the ICT Diluent
(ICTD5) and perform a reagent scan prior to
performing Daily Maintenance. Otherwise,
Daily Maintenance will fail and generate 9083
Call Abbott. Unknown C System Error (225
0001/0000/0000)
Perform PVT (c4000) 1. Perform P-647 Performance Verification Test (PVT).
Perform Log Retrieval 1. Perform P-204 Log Retrieval Procedure to retrieve

(c4000) system logs (option 1) and copy archived logs to a CD
(option 3).
Perform 6114 1. Select System>Diagnostics.

Install/Delete Assays 2. Select Module 5 (SCC).
to Delete PVT Assay
3. Select Utilities tab.
Files
4. Perform 6114 Install/Delete Assays to delete the
assays which were installed earlier.
Perform System 1. Set the processing module to Stopped status.

Backup
Note System must be in a Stopped status prior to
performing backup or the system software
stops executing.
2. Select System > Utilities.

3. Select Create Backup. Follow the on screen
instructions.
4. In the Comment field, type Backup after system
installation.
5. Select Done.
6. Verify backup completes without error.
Perform 6004 Copy 1. Select System>Diagnostics.

Backup Software 2. Select Module 5.
3. Select the Utilities tab.
4. Perform 6004 Copy Backup Software.
5. Select option 1 to copy backup software from D: to CD.
Affix Instrument Name Remove the c4000 instrument name plate and affix the
Plate instrument name plate. Affix the instrument name plate.

Verify UPS Operation 1. If the UPS’s battery is charged, unplug the UPS from
the wall outlet.
2. Verify SCC (and processing module if a system UPS is
in use) remains powered without error for at least 5
minutes.
Note If the battery indications begin to show battery

depletion, plug the UPS back in immediately.
Retest the UPS after charging 24 hours.
3. Reconnect the UPS to the wall outlet and verify UPS

returns to on-line/ready status.
Purpose Document and Complete Installation Checklist Module RSH
Materials Required N/A Time 0.5 hr
Checklist 1. Review the checklist for completeness.

Completion 2. Sign and date.
Note: A copy of the checklist may be left with the customer, along with the reports
of the verification run.
Document
Installation 1. Ensure that P/N “0128-Install” is documented in Usage.
Completion a. Use Action Taken code: N360 Installed Instrument with Reason for Action: FA68
Install VP Documentation.
b. Click Get Verification Procedure.
c. Enter Verification test summary. For example, mark “Passed” or enter results if
required by verification procedure.
2. Document successful completion of the installation in your local call management

system. If TSBs have been installed, you must close those tickets to report TSB
completion.
are registered trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in various jurisdictions. c4000, i4000, i6000, i8000 and ARCHITECTÂ ARM are trademarks of Abbott Laboratories in
ci4100 Installation Checklist–New c4000 and New i1000SR

Action Completed
c4000 Module Unpack
Remove Packing Tape
Remove Plastic Sheeting/Foam Blocks

Unpack i1000SR
Open Crate and Unpack
Remove Hold-down Brackets
Prepare for Pallet Ramp Installation
Install Pallet Ramp
Remove and Position Module
Remove Packing Material

c4000 Kits Package Checklist
Software Required
i1000 Integrated Top Cover Kit
Integration RSH kit (02P72-01)
Screw Checklist
Select Voltage
Install Power Cord and Verify switch settings
Set Power Supply Jumper


Remove iRSH Front Cover Shipping Bracket
Remove the iRSH Front Cover Shipping Bracket

Set i1000SR Jumper to Module 2
Set Jumper to Module 2

ci4100 Integration
Check RSH Card Cage Boards
Attach Brackets, i1000

Attach Brackets, c4000
Attach Support Bracket
Mount Middle Top Covers and Prepare i1000SR Top Cover Sensor
Level the c4000
Level and Integrate Instruments
Align and Integrate Modules
Install i1000SR Base Bracket and Transporter
Install i1000SR RSH
Install i1000SR Cover Sensor and Cable
Install Middle Rear Cover
Attach Integrated Flex Chain
Install Barcode Reader and Bottle Spinner
Install Middle RSH Cover
Attach Plate
Connect i-RSH and c-RSH Load/Unload Boards
Install Covers

Install Mixers (2)
Remove Cover Plate

Install Cover Plate

Install DI Water and HCW Lines

i1000SR Module Component Installation
Install Pipettor Probe
Open Probe Latches
Install Wash Zone Probes

Close Probe Latches
i1000SR RV Loader Installation
Install RV Loader
Install RV Pickup Assembly
Install RV Loader Assembly

i1000SR External Drain Tube Installation (optional)
Disconnect Waste Pump
Install External Drain Kit
Install Waste Pump

Off-White c4000/ci4100 Monitor Support Arm Installation
Install Keyboard Tray

Remove Stand and Install Monitor

Off-White SCC–Hardware and Cabling Installation for ci4100 Integrated System
Install Touchscreen Monitor Cables
Complete Keyboard Installation with Hand Held Bar Code Wand

Connect Internal Cables for SCC Interface Panel
Install Printer
Black Arm Monitor and Support Arm c4000/ci4100 Installation
Preparation

Black Arm SCC–Hardware and Cabling Installation for the ci4100 Integrated System

Add Arm Cover
Install Cable Plug and Check Arm Movement
Install Printer

Install ARCHITECT Software

c4000 and i1000SR Robotic Position Setup
Verify Covers
Install Reagent Segments

Flush Lines (c4000)
Verify Reagent Carousel Installation (i1000SR)
Verify Cable and Tubing Connections and PC Boards (i1000SR)
Load Consumables and Buffer (i1000SR)
Perform Wash Cup Pre-Alignment (i1000SR)
Perform Flush Fluids (i1000SR)
Perform Pipettor Calibration (i1000SR)

Processing Module Preparation and Decontamination–i1000SR
Decontaminating the Processing Module
Perform 2190 Internal Decontamination
Perform 2137 Flush Fluids
Processing Module Verification–i1000SR
Perform 3230 Bar Code Reader Test
Perform 3540 Temperature Status
Perform 1022 Optics Background
Perform 5420 Crash Sensor Test
Perform 3630 LLS Test
Perform 6440 Daily Maintenance
Perform 6114 Install/Delete Assays
Configure QC-Cal Settings
Set Processing Module and Sample Handler to Run Status
Perform Calibration on Appropriate Assays

Perform P-24 Precision Run (Document passed in Verification of Install Ticket)
Evaluate Control Run Data (Optics Verification)
Verify Processing Module is in Stopped or Ready Status

Complete Checklist

Architect System:

c4000 Processing Module Serial Number _________________________________________

i1000SR Processing Module Serial Number _______________________________________
Note
SCC System Number ______________________________________________



Printed Name ________________________________________

Signature ___________________________________________

Date _______________________________________________
c4000 Module Unpack

Remove Banding
and Top Cover Note Before unpacking the c4000 processing
the module off the pallet.
1. Cut the banding straps around the outside of the

shipping carton.

Remove Packing 1. Remove the tape holding the center support and remove
Tape the support.
2. Remove the tape holding the side cardboard supports to
Screws carton.

securing the ramps.

carton.
Remove Ramp and 1. Remove the ramps from front of the module by cutting
Cuvettes the plastic banding.
Corrugated and remove inside end panels.
Packaging 2. Remove packaging cartons from the module.
Carton Attachment carton attachment boards and remove the boards from
Boards each end of the pallet.
Brackets that secure the processing module to the pallet and end
support boards.

nails.
Remove End 1. Screw the four (4) adjustable feet to the up position.
Support Boards 2. Remove the two (2) bolts from each of the boards
boards.
3. Remove nails from the boards (located next to the
Remove Center 1. Lower the feet to raise the processing module off the
3. Once all the center support boards have been removed,
This brings the processing module to rest on the
casters.
processing module.
Note Remove the desiccant packets located

between the underside of the processing
module and the plastic covering.

rolled off.
Caution Lifting Hazard: The processing module is

unwieldy. Use at least two people to
perform Step 3.

ramp to the floor.
Remove Plastic 1. Remove all plastic sheeting, tape, and foam blocks from
Sheeting/Foam each device.
Blocks
Note Do not remove the probes, mixers, and
robotics information from the top of the
module at this time.


wash nozzles.

Module
Dispose Packing
Materials Note Verify everything mentioned in this guide is
unpacked before disposing the packing
material.
1. Dispose packing according to local standards.
Unpack i1000SR

Open Crate and 1. Remove the banding, top and sides from the crate.
Unpack 2. Unwrap the instrument. Remove and set aside the
boxes containing the installation kit, monitor support arm
and RV loader.
Remove Hold-down 1. Remove the bolts from the four (4) tie-down brackets at
Brackets the pallet [2] and underneath the instrument. [3]
2. Unlock the casters by lifting the lock levers up. [2]
Prepare for Pallet 1. Remove only the nuts from the three points indicated, at
Ramp Installation the back end of the pallet. [4]
Note DO NOT remove the bolts and spacers.

2. Remove the metal ramp from the pallet (four screws).
3. Roll the instrument to the back edge of the pallet,
stopping against the wood block. [5]
4. Remove the hardware at the ramp end, securing the
spacers and completely remove the three spacers. [6]
Install Pallet Ramp 1. Set the ramp in place with textured surface up and
insert two bolts. [7]
Remove and 1. With a second person to stabilize the instrument,
Position Module carefully roll the instrument down the ramp, assuring the
wheels remain on the ramp. [8]
2. Move the instrument to the desired position for
installation.
Note Once the module is in the desired location and

further moving is not necessary (after the
installation), lock the wheels or lower the
leveling feet and level the instrument as
necessary.
Remove Packing 1. Remove the tape and packing material from the
Material following areas:
• external covers and doors
• air filter (SCC/Card Cage door)
• waste drawer
• trigger/pre-trigger tray and sensors
Note Use caution when removing the packaging

from the trigger and pre-trigger sensors as
tubing is connected.
2. Disconnect the liquid waste tubing from the waste bottle.

3. Open the waste drawer and remove the liquid waste
bottle and solid waste container. Remove the adjacent
packing material.
4. Install a biohazard bag (from the Accessory Kit) in the
solid waste container and place it back in the waste
tray.
5. Install the liquid waste container and close the drawer,
being careful to not pinch the waste container tubing.
6. Reconnect the tubing to the waste container.
7. Remove the buffer inlet straw from the aspiration
platform and set aside.
8. Cut and remove the tie-wraps securing the pipettor
assembly and syringe assembly.
9. Remove the tape from the processing center cover near
the pipettor.
rights reserved.
Note An individual checklist is included inside each box, use that for your main reference. The tables below are for information only.
Software Required
Note Refer to the latest software TSB for the appropriate software version.
Description
Architect System Software
Architect Base Configuration
Additional Cables (for existing c4000 upgrades only)

Abbott Part Number Description Check if unpacked
7-205681-01 CBL,BCR EXT
7-205682-01 CBL, RGT BOT MTR EXT, CI41
7-205683-01 CBL, RGT BOT HM SNSR EXT, CI41
7-205498-01 CABLE, EXTENSION, LOAD_UNLOAD BD

Abbott Part Number Description Check if unpacked
204924-101 Back Rail Carrier Transport
204926-101 Integrated Top Cover
205072-101 IVDD Label, Integrated top cover
205283-101 Sliders
205779-101 Wire Duct Flexible Channel

Toshiba Number Check if

Qty Toshiba Description Description
(Reference only) unpacked
1 RSH-I1-SUBASSY PM10-64401-1 iRSH
1 RAIL-ASSY PM10-64270-1 Integration Rail

6B4-8SUS (8 Pieces) Rail Screws
1 BRIDGE WM10-64295-1 Integration Bridge
1 CAPLATERRIER WM10-64298-1 i1000 RSH Base Plate
7 SCREW (Phillips) AAS072-02
1 PIN 4M10-64137 Slot-head pin screw (for iRSH bridge)
1 PLATE 4M10-64193 c4-i1 RSH Cont. Flag plate
1 SEET 3M09-03632 Wear Plate
1 SCREW SBPP4-10SUS (4 Pieces) Set of screws

SB6B4-8SCR (2 Pieces)
6B4-8SUS (10 Pieces)
SBPP3-6SUS (1 Piece)
1 BRACKET WM10-64451-1 (1 Piece) c4000 Upper Bracket
WM10-64455-1 (2 Pieces)
AZZ063-01 (2 Pieces)
1 BRACKET WM10-64452-1 (1 Piece) c4000 Lower Bracket
WM10-64455-1 (2 Pieces)
1 BRACKET WM10-64453-1 (1 Piece) i1000SR Upper Bracket

4M10-64456 (2 Pieces)
1 BRACKET WM10-64454-1 (1 Piece) i1000SR Lower Bracket

4M10-64456 (2 Pieces)
1 PLATE 4M10-64457 c4000 middle cover support bracket
4 SCREW (Phillips) AAS072-01 (4 Pieces) 4 Phillips Screws
1 FRONT-COVER WM10-64460-1 Integration brackets front cover
1 REAR-COVER WM10-64462-2 Integration brackets rear cover
1 CENTER-COVER WM10-64463-1 Integration c4000 middle cover (front)
1 REAR-COVER 3M10-64467
1 RSH-COVER WM10-64468-1 RSH Cables cover
1 CENTER-COVER2 WM10-64582-1 Integration c4000 middle cover (rear)
2 CAP YZG5459-05 (2 Pieces) Rubber cap to cover holes
1 PLATE WM10-63378-1 Ash Tray
1 SCREW SB6B(6)-16SCR (5 Pieces) Set of screws

SB6B4-10SCR (1 Piece)
SBPP4-10SUS (8 Pieces)
Screw Checklist

Screw Name Type Qty Used in: Qty Used
4M10-64137 Slot 1 i1000SR screw in pin to align integration bridge 1
6B4-8SUS Hex 10 Mount RSH Long Rail
6B4-8SUS (with Rail) Hex 8 Mount RSH Long Rail 18
AAS072-01 Phillips 4 i1000SR upper and lower support stay bracket assemblies 4
AAS072-02 Phillips 7 install i1000SR RSH Base Bracket to i1000SR 3
flex chain wear plate 1
SB6B-16SCR Hex 5 c4000 upper support stay bracket assy (rear) 1
join 4 pairs of L-plates between c4 and i1 4
SB6B4-10SCR Hex 1 c4000 upper support stay bracket assy (front) 1
SB6B4-8SCR Hex 2 RSH Flag Extension plate between the c4000 and i1000SR 2
SBPP3-10SUS Phillips 6 Rear middle (top) middle cover 2
Middle rear cover between i1000SR and c4000 (WM10-64462-1) 1
Middle RSH cable cover (WM10-64468-1) 2
SBPP3-6SUS Phillips 1 Attach the wear plate to the bridge using one screw 1
SBPP4-10SUS Phillips 12 Mount lower c4000 support stay bracket assembly 4
Attach support bracket [5] for the middle front cover to the right side of the c4000 2
Front middle (top) cover (WM10-64460-1) on the hooks of the support stay brackets. 1
Install the assembled cover assembly from the rear of the instruments (c4000 side) 1
Secure the i-RSH to i1000SR 4

rights reserved.

2. Measure the AC voltage at the laboratory power outlet
(mains).
module (200, 208, 220, 230, or 240 VAC) closest to the
AC voltage at the mains.
4. If a UPS is used, select the plug on the c4000 module
Install Power Cord 1. At rear of power supply remove power plug clamp and
and Verify switch insert power cord plug into power supply.
settings 2. Secure power cord with power plug clamp.
3. Ensure the power supply ANA and RSH, and
Maintenance switch (left side of c4000 module) is
toggled to ON.
Install c4000 Module 1. Install the UPS per manufacturer instruction and turn on
UPS (optional) the UPS to charge the battery.

this time.
rights reserved.

rights reserved.
Note New i1000SR systems–integrated as ci4100 modules–are shipped without the iRSH and carrier transport assembly. The iRSH front cover is
shipped installed. A shipping bracket, securing the left front corner of the front cover to the i1000SR module must be removed.
Remove the iRSH 1. Remove the screws securing the iRSH front cover to the
Front Cover Shipping i1000SR module.
Bracket 2. Remove the screws securing the shipping bracket to the
left side of the iRSH front cover.
Note Keep the screws to be used later for the

integration (mounting the bridge).
3. Discard the shipping bracket.

Remove the iRSH 1. Reinstall one screw back into the mounting bracket,
Front Cover Shipping securing the mounting bracket to the iRSH front cover.
Bracket (continued) 2. Set the iRSH front cover out of the way. It will be
installed later on in the installation procedure.
rights reserved.

Set Jumper to 1. Remove the i1000SR power supply and SCC rear
Module 2 panels.
2. Move the jumper [1] on the upper left edge of the card
cage backplane, from Module 1 to Module 2.
Note Changing the jumper from MODULE 1 to

MODULE 2 sets the module number for the
i1000SR to Module 2, which is required for a
ci4100 system configuration.
rights reserved.
ci4100 Integration

Check RSH Card 1. Open the front cover of the RSH card cage.
Cage Boards 2. Verify CPU, Indexer and Motor Driver PCBs are fully
seated into the RSH backplane.
Attach Brackets,
i1000 Note Reference artwork is located at the end of
the ci4100 Integration protocol.
Note Holes may be covered with tape.
1. Mount upper [1] and lower [2] support stay bracket

assemblies onto the left side of the i1000SR using
two (2) screws (AAS072-01) per bracket.
Attach Brackets, 1. Remove cable ties securing the barcode reader and
c4000 bottle spinner cables to the side of the c4000
processing module.
2. Mount upper support stay bracket assembly [3] onto
the right side of the c4000 using two (2) screws
(SB6B4-10SCR at the front and SB6B-16SCR at the
rear).
3. Mount lower c4000 support stay bracket assembly [4]
onto the right side of the c4000 using four (4) screws
(SBPP4-10SUS).

Attach Support 1. Attach support bracket [5] for the middle front cover to
Bracket the right side of the c4000 using two (2) screws
(SBPP4-10SUS).

Mount Middle Top 1. Attach the front middle (top) cover (WM10-64460-1)
Covers and Prepare on the hooks of the support stay brackets. Use a
i1000 SR Top Cover screw (SBPP4-10SUS) to secure the cover on the
Sensor bracket.
2. Attach the rear middle (top) middle cover [1] to the
outer panel (top) rear cover [2] using two (2) screws
(SBPP3-10SUS).
3. Remove rear right cover to gain access.
4. Install the assembled cover assembly from the rear of
the instruments. Attach the cover with one (1) screw
(SBPP4-10SUS) from the inside of the c4000 module.
5. Locate the i1000SR top cover sensor cable, plugged
in at the bottom of the RSH card cage backplane
(J605).

Mount Middle Top 1. Cut the tie wraps securing the cover sensor cable.
Covers and Prepare 2. Route the cable along the outside cover and tape the
i1000 SR Top Cover cable to the top of the cover.
Sensor (continued)
Note The cable will be connected to the i1000SR
cover sensor in a later step.
Level the c4000 1. Raise the c4000 module off the wheels so the module
base is almost 4.75” (12 cm) from the floor. This
height is necessary for integration with the i1000SR.
Note Ensure the casters (wheels) are not touching

the floor.

and front-to-back.
Note Do not place the level on the ridge by the

cuvette numbers.
Note The level must be on the flat surface of the

Reaction Carousel.
Note The level c4000 module will be used as

reference for i1000 integration.
Level and Integrate 1. Insert the furniture slide plates under the i1000
Instruments stabilizing feet.
2. Raise the i1000SR using the stabilizing feet to
approximately 4.75” (12 cm) from the floor. Maintain
instrument level by performing the same number of
turns on each foot.
3. Position the i1000 near the c4000 instrument.
4. Verify the i1000SR is level; front to back and left to
right.
Note To level the i1000 place the level in the

machined surface (where the RSH will be
mounted)
5. Install a screw in alignment pin [2] (4M10-64137) on

the i1000SR to help align the integration bridge.
6. Place the RSH integration bridge [1] onto the RSH
using the guide pins as alignment aids.
7. Secure the bridge using three (3) screws (AAS072-
02, 10-32 Pan Head Phillips) saved from previous
step.
Align and Integrate 1. Adjust the i1000SR module position until the transport
Modules rail aligns with the mounting surface, pins and
mounting thread holes. Attempt to get all pins
centered as close as possible to the slots in the rail.
Note This helps with fitting the middle covers.
2. Use the top surface of the rail (rail rotated 90 degrees

from the normal mounting position) to determine
c4000 and i1000SR front to back alignment.
3. Hold the top surface of the rail flat against the rail
mounting brackets of both modules. Look for gaps
between the rail and the right side of the c4000 and
left and right sides of the i1000SR.
4. Using the c4000 as reference, subtly adjust the
i1000SR. The top of the rail should be flat against the
rail mounting brackets of both the c4000 and i1000SR
modules, with no gaps between the top surface of the
rail and the rail mounting brackets.
5. Use the rail to determine left-to-right (proper spacing
between the c4000 and i1000SR) and vertical
alignment of the rail to the i1000SR mounting features
(pins and threaded holes).
6. Carefully move the i1000SR left to right and/or
raise/lower the i1000SR feet to align the holes in the
rail with the corresponding threaded holes on the
i1000SR and c4000 rail mount.
Note Do not move the c4000 any time during the

integration. It is reference for the rail and
very important it stay leveled.
7. Attach the long rail using eighteen (18) 6B4-8SUS

bolts (3mm hex).
Note Ensure the rail sits flat on both instruments,

then insert all the screws without tightening
(just enough to hold the rail in position)
Caution Do not overtighten the screws.
8. Connect the two (2) instruments by connecting the L-

plates using 5mm hex screws (SB6B-16SCR).
Note Ensure the upper front L-bracket [1] is

rotated to insert the screw from the top.
Align and Integrate 1. Align the lower brackets perpendicular to the floor
Modules (continued) ensuring the screw insertion is from the external side,
insert and tighten the screw for the rear low bracket.
2. Mount the Tray RSH Card Cage (Part Number 7-
205920-01) in the lower brackets by hanging the hook
from the lower back and attaching the front with the
screws holding the brackets.
Install Aspiration 1. Install the aspiration platform bracket onto the

Platform Assembly i1000SR rail mount.
2. Install the power cable W0114 at J1, LLS cable W400
at J4, LLS cable W013 at J3 and LLS reagent
antenna W401 at J2.
3. Slide the LLS sample PCB down into the slot on the
aspiration platform bracket and secure with one
screw.
4. Install the Aspiration Platform Assembly using three
(3) green thumbscrews.
Install i1000SR Base 1. Install the i1000SR RSH Base Bracket at the right
Bracket and end of the i1000SR base plate using three (3)
Transporter AAS072-02 screws. [1]
2. Attach the flex chain wear plate to the i1000SR using
one (1) AAS072-02 screw at the far right end.
3. Attach the wear plate to the bridge using one screw
SBPP3-6SUS
4. Adhere the flex chain wear plate to the bridge with the
tape.
Note Ensure the wear plate edge is rolled down to

prevent interference with the IGUS chain.
5. Disconnect two (2) sensor cables for the c4000 top

cover sensors (left front of module).
Note Note which sensor connects to which

connector.
6. Remove the rear left panel.

7. Remove the top left cover by removing the two (2)
screws securing the bottom cover bracket to the
module, and two (2) screws securing the cover to the
rear of the module.
8. Remove the plate at the left end of the rail.
9. Insert the transporter from the left end of the rail.
10. Reinstall the plate at the left end of the rail to prevent
the transporter from coming off the left end of the rail.
11. Reinstall the top left cover and connect the two (2)
sensor cables.
12. Reinstall the rear left panel.
Install i1000SR RSH 1. Place the i-RSH on the i1000SR aluminum base plate
using the guide pins for alignment.
Note Do not force the screws or push while

tightening to prevent separation of the
retaining nut.
Install i1000SR RSH 1. Secure the i-RSH using 4 SBPP4-10SUS screws.
(continued)
Install i1000SR 1. Take the i1000SR top cover sensor cable, taped
Cover Sensor and earlier to the middle cover, and connect it to the
Cable sensor.
Install Middle Rear 1. Attach the middle rear cover (WM10-64462-1) on the
Cover hooks of the support stay bracket and secure with the
screw (SBPP3-10SUS) at the lower screw hole.
2. Cover the hole with the rubber cap (Toshiba Part No.
YZG5459-05).
Attach Integrated 1. Remove the carrier transport assembly cover and

Flex Chain connect the long flex chain to the carrier transport
assembly.
2. Connect the two (2) cables to the Carrier Transport
Assembly and secure with the slide locks.
3. Install the Carrier Transport Assembly Cover.
Install Barcode 1. If needed, remove the barcode reader from the c4000
Reader and Bottle and mount the barcode reader and bottle spinner on
Spinner their respective brackets on the iRSH.
2. Connect the barcode reader and bottle spinner cables
with the extension cables and secure with cable
clamps.
Install Middle RSH 1. Install the middle RSH cable cover [1] (WM10-64468-
Cover 1) between the instruments using two (2) SBPP3-
10SUS screws.
Attach Plate 1. Attach the RSH Flag Extension plate between the
c4000 and i1000SR using two (2) screws (SB6B4-
8SCR).
Note This plate continues the surface between

the c4000 and i1000SR modules, the carrier
transport assembly uses to determine
bay/section location.
Note Ensure the plate is flushed and the RSH

moves smoothly across the analyzers.
Connect i-RSH and 1. Remove the terminal connector from the c4000 and
c-RSH Load/Unload install the connection bridge cable.
Boards 2. Connect the i-RSH load/unload PCB and c-RSH
load/unload PCB with the connection bridge cable.
Note The connector on the c4000 (located on the

back edge of the right-most load/unload
PCB) side may be more accessible by
removing the c4000 RSH front cover.
3. Verify the terminal connector is installed on the right

end of the last load/unload PCB on the i1000SR.
Install Covers 1. If removed earlier, install the RSH distribution board
cover using one (1) screw.
2. Install the i1000SR RSH front cover using one (1)
SBPP4-12 screw (from the bracket previously
removed) on the left side and one (1) AAS051-08
screw on the right side.
3. Install the c4000 RSH front cover.
4. Install the front lower center cover using screw
SBPP3-10SUS and rubber cap (Toshiba Part No.
YZG5459-05).
Note Ensure covers sit properly, adjust if needed.

contains:
c4000 Nameplate
ci4100 Nameplate
Abbott Decal

Reference Artwork
c4000 Brackets Installed
c4000 Middle top front and top rear covers with i1000SR sensor taped

i1000SR Brackets Installed

Install Mixers (2) 1. Orient the new mixer assembly [1] so the flat side faces
away from the mixer arm.
2. Align the positioning pins [2] on the top of the mixer with
the holes on the mixer arm.
4. Attach the cable connector to the white connector [4] on
the bottom of the mixer arm.
Note The connector is keyed and fits one way.
5. Fold excess cable and fit it into the notch [5] to the front
of the processing module.
Remove Sample 1. Squeeze the squeeze points, push down slightly and lift
Pipettor Cover up the pipettor cover to release the locking tabs and
remove the cover.
sample pipettor.
3. Position the forked spade connector behind the closed
spade connector.
connector.

connector.

2. Verify the cover is seated firmly on the end above the
pipettor shaft.
Note Ensure tubing is not pinched or kinked when

replacing the pipettor cover.
Carousel Y Cover
Remove Reagent 1. Gently squeeze the squeeze points [6], push down
Pipettor Cover slightly and lift the pipettor cover [7] to release the
locking tabs and remove the cover.
Install Reagent 1. Position the reagent probe on the alignment pins and
Probes verify the probe plate is flush with the plate on the
reagent pipettor.
spade connector.
metal fitting.

reagent probes. This tubing is tapered at the
probe connection to provide a tight seal.

pipettor shaft.


Carousel Y Cover
Date
Note Do not install an expired module.
Remove Cover Plate 1. Loosen the two captive thumbscrews [2] that secure the
black cover plate [1] in place.
Prepare ICT Probe 1. Disconnect and discard the plastic tubing [1] attached to
and Module for both ends of the new ICT Module [2].
Installation 2. Verify the ICT O-rings are present at the top and bottom
ports [3].
Note Inspect the ports [3] on the ICT Module. An O-

ring must be present. Running the system
without the O-rings could affect patient results.
3. Align the ICT Module so the gap [4] between the side
connectors is on top and the label [5] is right-side up.
4. Attach the probe to the bottom port of the ICT Module
(finger-tighten only).
Note If this connection is overtightened, the O-ring

may twist and obstruct flow through the ICT
Module.
Module tighten only) to attach to top port tot he connector. [5]

may twist and obstruct the flow through the
ICT Module.
2. Insert the new ICT Module [3] (with the probe) into the
ICT holder [2] until the connectors on the side of the
ICT module are just above the top of the ICT holder.
3. Allow the ICT Module [3] to seat fully down into the ICT
Holder [2] so connectors are aligned with the slot [6] in
the ICT holder.
Module connectors.
Note Ensure the ICT module is completely plugged

into the connector.
Install Cover Plate 1. Install the black cover plate [4] with two thumbscrews.
[3]

rights reserved.

Prerequisite 1. The processing module must be OFF. For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Remove Card Cage 1. At the right front of the instrument remove the four
2. Open the card cage cover.
Board slot next to the SMC board.
lower supports.
the back plane.
rights reserved.
Install Low
Concentration Waste Note Ninety degree (90°) fittings are included for the
Drain Tubing with Low Concentration Waste Drain Tubing and a
90° Fittings (without ninety degree swivel fitting is included for the
fittings go to next deionized water inlet nipple. Use of these
maintenance and service related tasks. Certain
installation settings preclude their use.
1. Cut two (2) short pieces (approximately 2 in or 5.1cm in

length) of external tubing (15 x 22).
3. Attach one (1) 90° fitting to each of the two (2) pieces of
tubing.
fitting and route tubing underneath the instrument to the
laboratory drain or external waste pump.

HCW Lines tape.
fitting together.
to the fitting.
6. Attach the High Concentration Waste (HCW) line to the
HCW fitting.
Note Secure all tubing with a tie wrap at several

points from the panel to the waste receptacle,
pump or drain. This provides easier access to
the rear of the instrument(s).
Install Water Bath 1. Remove the c4000 rear left cover. http://gsswebreview.add.abbott.com/architect/c4_html/7802_02.htm
Filter
2. Unscrew clear filter bowl [1] from the filter mount [2].
Note Purge all air from the filter bowl during the first
fill of the water bath. Failure to purge air can
cause failure of the water bath heater.
rights reserved.
1000SR Module Component Installation


Install Pipettor Probe 1. Grasp the pipettor arm near the leadscrew and manually
lift the arm above the wash cup.
Note Never lift the pipettor arm from the probe end.
Always lift near the leadscrew.
2. Rotate the arm toward the front of the instrument for

easy access.
3. Loosen and open the probe clamp. [1]
4. Insert the probe into the probe hole in the end of the
arm. [2]
5. Secure the probe tubing to the connection on the
pipettor arm [3] and fully seat the probe into the
clamp. [4]
6. Close and finger-tighten the probe clamp thumb
screw. [5]
7. Raise the probe to test the crash mechanism and
ensure the probe returns tot he down position without
binding. If binding occurs, loosen the probe clamp screw
and bias the clamp toward the probe end of the pipettor
arm. Finger tighten the screw and recheck the crash
mechanism.
8. Rotate and lower the arm so the probe enters the wash
cup.
Note For further detail, refer to the probe

replacement procedure in the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual.
Open Probe Latches 1. Remove the processing center cover.
2. As necessary, raise the wash zone (WZ) mechanism.
3. Loosen the probe latch thumbscrews and rotate the
latches. [1]
Install Wash Zone 1. For each probe, attach the appropriate tubing from the
Probes upper waste manifold to approximately 1/4 to 3/8” (6 to
9.5 mm) past the retaining features on the probes. [1]
2. Insert the probes into position in the wash
mechanism [2], ensuring the probes enter the holes in
the WZ manifold below the probe mount. [3]
Note If a probe is obstructed entering the hole, it

may be blocked by the process path disc.
Open the RV access cover and manually
rotate the disc to allow the probe to drop into
place. Close the RV access cover.
3. Secure each tube in the appropriate mounting feature

on the probe mount. [4]
4. Trace the tubing from each probe back to the upper
waste manifold and verify they are connected
appropriately.
Close Probe Latches 1. Rotate the latches [1] and tighten the thumbscrews.
2. Lower the wash zone mechanism.

Install RV Loader 1. Unpack the RV loader and pickup assembly (separate

box inside RV loader box) and set on a work surface.
2. Remove packing tape securing the cover and chute.
3. Loosen two top RV cover thumbscrews and carefully
set the cover aside. It is not necessary to detach the
sensor cable(s). Pull the main cable out of the hopper.
4. Remove the screw from the motor hub. [1]
5. Orient the hub so the pin on the hub is at the 10
o’clock position. [2]
6. Align the pin hole on the RV pickup assembly [3] with
the pin on the hub. [2]
Install RV Pickup 1. Secure the pickup assembly onto the hub post and
Assembly secure with the screw [4]. Verify the screw is tight but
DO NOT overtighten.
2. Carefully rotate the pickup assembly and verify it turns
freely and the pickers pass inside (not outside) the
upper chute cover. [5] It is acceptable for one or more
of the pickup arms to slightly rub the upper chute
casting as it passes through the chute.
3. Reinstall the RV loader top cover.

Install RV Loader 1. If the distribution board cover is present, remove it.
Assembly 2. Hold the RV Loader with one hand near its mounting
area [1] or set inside top cover behind the distribution
board panel.
3. With the other hand, connect the cable to J16 on the
processing center distribution board. [2]
4. Set the loader onto its mounting platform. [3]
5. Align the mounting screw with the hole in the bracket
and tighten the screw [4] with a screwdriver (do not
overtighten).
Note Verify the RV loader cable is secure and not

interfering with another device.
rights reserved.

Disconnect Waste 1. Locate the External Drain Tubing, 201825 in the

Pump Accessory Kit.
2. Remove the fluidics area rear panel.
3. As desired, remove the accumulator assembly.
4. Remove the three screws securing the waste pump
assembly.
5. Unclamp the waste pump pressure switch. [1]
6. Disconnect the internal waste bottle tubing from the
back side of the waste pressure switch. [2]
Install External Drain 1. Connect the external waste tube, 201825, to the waste
Kit pressure switch [3] and route it along the structure
base between the motor mounts and into the tubing
clamp.

Install Waste Pump 1. Install the waste pump. Verify:

• the waste tubing is positioned under the bracket
and not pinched.
• the ground lug is positioned between the motor
mount and the structure base. [5]
2. The rear panel may remain off until the installation is
complete.
rights reserved.
Off-White c4000/ci4100 Monitor Support Arm Installation


before discarding packaging.
• Keyboard Tray
• Rubber bumper
Attach Support Arm to 1. Place the support arm assembly onto the
Instrument C4000/i1000SR structure support post. [1]
Install Keyboard Tray 1. Lower the support arm (using adjustment lever). [1]
2. Using the four long flat head screws provided, align
and secure the keyboard tray to the support arm. [2]


Remove Stand and 1. Remove the monitor stand from the monitor and retain
Install Monitor the four (4) screws. [1]
2. Attach the monitor to the vertical bracket using the four
(4) screws retained in Step 1. [2]

EMSA.
Verify Correct Line 1. Check the SCC CPU and peripheral components.
Voltage Configuration 2. Verify all components are set up for the appropriate
line voltage.
(100-240V, 50-60Hz)
requirement
powered with no AC requirement
Install SCC, Optional 1. Place the CPU into the i1000SR cabinet with the
Serial Expansion and floppy drive at top.
Optional SCC
Uninterruptible Power Note Verify a minimum 1-2” (3-5 cm) of air space
System (UPS) at the left side of the CPU. To prevent
overheating, the CPU must not be placed
against the UPS or cabinet wall.
2. Place the optional serial expansion (EMSA) unit on the

shelf inside the SCC cabinet or next to the CPU if a
SCC UPS is not used. The serial expansion is only
required if using the ARM or serial modem.
connections. See the instructions provided with the
UPS.
4. Place the UPS inside the SCC cabinet. The power cord
routes out the back of the instrument.
5. If a module UPS is used, install it per the manufacturer
module.

instrument.

3. Secure the mouse cable at approximately 12” (30.5
cm) to allow free movement of mouse [1], using cable
tie [2].
• Monitor power cord
• 100417 - USB cable, 10’ (3 m)
• 100418 - VGA cable, 10’ (3 m)
2. Connect the power cord [1], touchscreen USB
cable [2], and VGA signal cable [3] cables to the
bottom of the monitor.
keyboard. [2]

tubing. [3]
5. Reinstall the cover and allow a 2” (5 cm) service loop
at the center joint of the support arm. [4]
Install Cables Plug 1. Remove the SCC area rear panel.

and Attach Cable Ties 2. Route all five cables into the hole in the structure.
3. Position all the cables into the rubber cable plug (in
Installation Kit). [1]
4. Position the plug with cables into the hole in the
casting. [2]
Installation with Hand through the holder [1] and place the wand in the
Held Bar Code Wand holder.
2. Wind the keyboard and bar code reader cabling around
Hand Held Bar Code the cable storage brackets under the keyboard tray
Wand and connect to the keyboard extension cable [1].
Connect Power for

SCC Components Note Refer to SCC Power Connections with SCC
UPS Diagram or SCC Power Connections
with Module UPS Diagram.
1. Plug power cords for the monitor (202887) and CPU

(100346) into the power strip inside the SCC cabinet.
Tighten the clamp screws
2. If module/system UPS is used, proceed to Step 3.
a. If a 120VAC SCC UPS is used, connect the
original SCC CPU power cord from the power strip
to one of the battery backup receptacles on the
UPS. Proceed to Step 4.
b. If a 220VAC SCC UPS is used, connect a 100347
power cord (or other custom cord as needed for
UPS) from the power strip to one of the battery
backup receptacles on the UPS. Proceed to Step
4.
3. Secure the UPS AC input power cord in the adjustable
cable strap at the base of the cabinet adjacent to the
power strip. [1]
4. Secure all excess
cabling into cable
tray. [2]
5. Reinstall SCC area rear panel now or if desired, at the
completion of the system installation.
Note Do not plug the SCC UPS into a larger

system UPS.
Note If a UPS is not installed, data loss and/or

hard drive damage is possible in the event
of a power disruption..
Note Only one power cord should come out of

the SCC area rear panel in addtition to the
module power cord from the system
power supply. .
7. Turn on UPS power.

outside the i1000SR module.

possible, do not plug the printer into the
same circuit as the UPS.
Connect Module AC 1. Route the module power cord through the hole in the
Power center rear panel.
2. Connect the cord from the AC input on the power
supply of the i1000SR module to the wall outlet or to a
module/system UPS, if present.
supply of the c400 module to the wall outlet or to a
Connect Mouse,
the CPU.

CPU. [1]
the keyboard port (purple) on the CPU. [2]
[3]
at the rear of the CPU, near the bottom. [4]
Connect Hub and


USB ports on the front panel of the CPU. [5]
Ethernet connector on the CPU. [6]
the c4000 module I/F panel to port 3 on the exterior
i1000SR interface panel.
c4000 module I/F panel to port 4 on the exterior
i1000SR SCC interface panel.
6. Connect the other 100349 ethernet cable from the
AbbottLink port on the CPU to the #1 ethernet
connection on the inside SCC interface panel [9].
7. Connect three (3) 100349 ethernet cables from port 2,
3, 4 on the hub, to the ethernet connection #2, #3, #4
inside SCC interface panel. [8]
8. Connect a long ethernet cable form port 1 (preferred)
on the hub to the i1000SR. processing module
ethernet connector on the interface panel adjacent to
the cooler. [7]
Connect Internal 1. Remove the SCC interface panel.

Cables for SCC 2. Connect the printer extension cable (100351) from the
Interface Panel CPU printer port to the connector labeled “Printer”
3. Connect four (4) USB pigtails from the interface panel
to the four (4) open USB ports on the rear of the CPU.
[11]
4. Connect serial extension cable (100350) from the 9-pin
serial port on the rear CPU to the LIS connector inside
the SCC interface panel. [12]
Install Printer 1. Connect the printer cable to the “Printer” connector on

the outside of the SCC interface panel.

(LIS) (optional)
Connect External USB 1. Connect the external modem USB cable to any USB
Modem (optional) connector on the outside of the SCC interface panel.
2. Connect the phone line to the modem.
Install EMSA 1. Connect the EMSA USB cable on the front panel of
(optional) the CPU. [13]
ci4100 Connections Diagram


Black Monitor Support Arm Installation ci4100



Preparation
packaging

Keyboard Tray Slide
Install Black
Note
Be sure the cables are placed behind

the articulated arm or to the back of the
i1000SR.



articulated arm
Note
To adjust the articulated arm tension go to P-

672 Articulated Arm Tension Adjustment.
Remove Stand and

Note: To adjustment the articulated arm tension

go to P-673 Articulated Arm Monitor
Adjustment.
Install Black

Note
Do not use the cables that ship with the

monitor. Use the 11’ cables that are
shipped in the upgrade kit.
Cable Part #s:

3.5m)
3.5m)
100417-101 USB Cable (10 ft or 3m)


Note
White tie wrap shown to demonstrate location.
Black SCC–Hardware and Cabling Installation for the ci4100 Integrated System
serial modem.
Caution Lifting Hazard - The monitor is heavy and unwieldy and the monitor arm may
move during installation. You may need two people to do this safely

Verify Correct Line Voltage
Configuration 1. Unpack the SCC CPU and peripheral
components.
line voltage.
SCC - self adjusting AC input (99-240V,
50-60Hz)
Touchscreen Monitor - self-adjusting AC
input (100-240V, 50-60Hz)
HUB - default HUB is USB-powered with
no AC requirement.
Printer - default ARCHITECT printer is
115V or 220V depending on the list
number; otherwise dependent on specific
printer in use.
USB-powered with no AC requirement.
If a SCC or module UPS is used, verify
that each device's power configuration is
set properly for the specific UPS output
voltage.

Expansion and Optional SCC 1. Place the CPU onto the i1000SR cabinet with
Uninterruptible Power System (UPS) the floppy drive at top.
Note Verify a minimum of 1-2” (3-5 cm) of air

space at the left side of the CPU. To prevent
2. Place the optional serial expansion (EMSA) unit

on the shelf inside the SCC cabinet or next to
the CPU if a SCC UPS is not used. The serial
expansion is only required if using the ARM or
serial modem.
4. Place the UPS inside the SCC cabinet. The
power cord routes out the back of the
instrument.
5. If a module UPS is to be used, install it per the
manufacturer’s instructions within 6 feet (1.8
meters) of the processing module.
Install Keyboard and Mouse 1. Place the keyboard on the stand and note the
correct positioning.

2. Clean the bottom of the keyboard and the stand

with alcohol prep pads.
3. Remove one side of the adhesive backing from

the Velcro and place on the bottom of the
keyboard. Keeping the 2 pieces stuck together,
remove the other adhesive backing and place
the keyboard on the stand.
Note
To adjust the keyboard tray, go to P-674 -

4. Remove the adhesive backing for the wrist pad

and place it on the stand as shown.
5. Install the mouse, route, and secure cables with
tie wrap as shown.
Note
Use only white tie wraps in concealed areas.
Remove Black Articulating Arm

Covers 1. Remove the top support cover [1] and then
the upper monitor cover [2].

arrow and lift off.
3. Remove bottom cover by removing two screws

(one on each side), then slide down and off.
Note
Release the two locking tabs first and then slide

the cover forward to remove the Articulating
Arm Bottom Cover.

Label Mouse and Keyboard

Extension Cables 1. Locate the 100508, PS-2 extension cables in
the Installation Kit.
mouse. [1]
for keyboard. [2]
Route Cables and Install Black Arm 1. Attach 11 foot (100151) keyboard and mouse
Covers extension cables.
Note
The keyboard will be attached to the barcode

reader splitter.
Note
Use white tie wraps in areas that will be

concealed and save black tie wraps for
dressing cables. Leave tie wraps loose until full
movement of arm is confirmed.


3. Add 2 tie wrap mounts to the monitor support

as shown. Route monitor cables through the
support channels and loosely tie wrap in place.
Check the monitor is able to move freely in all
directions prior to securing the cables.
4. Replace upper top monitor support covers.



Note
Monitor, keyboard, and mouse cables are

bundled together [1].
6. Next bundle cables and loosely add 2 black tie

wraps through the cover slots provided; keep tie
wraps loose until arm movement is checked.
Add the BCR Splitter [2] to the inside of

the cover securing it with a white tie
wrap as shown.
bottom cover.
Add Arm Cover

1. Loosely add cover to arm and check arm
movement in all directions prior to securing tie
wraps. Ensure:
Movement is silent
Arm moves freely in all directions
Cables move smoothly with arm
Keyboard and mouse connections
should hang outside the arm
Note
Install this cover only after you confirm that the

arm can move freely. This cover is difficult to
remove and can be easily damaged during
installation and removal.
Install Cable Plug and Check Arm

Movement 1. Remove the rear SCC panel on the i1000SR.
2. Route all five cables into the hole [1] in the
instrument structure.
3. Place cables into a loop as shown. Add 3 black
tie wraps [2] at the areas indicated.
Note: White tie wraps are shown to easily

demonstrate their location.
Note
Be sure the arm moves freely prior to securing

tie wraps.
Note
Keyboard and Mouse connections should be

accessible for customer reseating or component
replacement.
4. Plug [3] and position the 5 cables into the

rubber cable plug in the hole in the instrument
casting.
check all cables remain connected, and the arm
has smooth movement.
Lift monitor all the way up and

down.
Move the arm all the way in and
out.
Lift the arm to the maximum
position and then retract it down.
Swing the arm all the way right
then left.

1. Install mouse and barcode reader holder. Insert
the right side (mouse) into the slot while
squeezing the left (BCR) side. Snap the left
side into place.
2. Add hand-held barcode scanner and mouse to
the holder

Components Note
Refer to SCC Power Connections with

SCC UPS Diagram or SCC Power
Connections with Module UPS Diagram.
1. Plug power cords for the monitor (202887) and

CPU (100346) into the power strip inside the
SCC cabinet. Tighten the clamp screws
2. If module/system UPS is used, proceed to Step
3.
a. If a 120VAC SCC UPS is used,

connect the original SCC CPU
power cord from the power strip to
one of the battery backup
receptacles on the UPS. Proceed
to Step 4.
b. If a 220VAC SCC UPS is used,
connect a 100347 power cord (or
other custom cord as needed for
UPS) from the power strip to one
of the battery backup receptacles
on the UPS. Proceed to Step 4.
3. Secure the UPS AC input power cord in the

adjustable cable strap at the base of the
cabinet adjacent to the power strip. [1]
4. Secure all excess cabling into cable tray. [2]
5. Reinstall SCC area rear panel now or if desired,
at the completion of the system installation.
Note
Do not plug the SCC UPS into a larger system

UPS.
Note
If a UPS is not installed, data loss and/or hard

drive damage is possible in the event of a
power disruption..
Note
Only one power cord should come out of the

SCC area rear panel in addtition to the module
power cord from the system power supply.

appropriate outlet outside the i1000SR module.
Note
Do not plug the printer into the UPS and,

if possible, do not plug the printer into
the same circuit as the UPS.

1. Route the module power cord through the hole
in the center rear panel.
power supply of the i1000SR module to the wall
outlet or to a module/system UPS, if present.
power supply of the c4000 module to the wall
outlet or to a module/system UPS, if present.
Connect Mouse, Keyboard and

Monitor Cables to CPU Note: Refer to the SCC Connections Diagram to
connect the Mouse, Keyboard and Monitor to the
CPU.
1. At the rear of the CPU, connect the mouse

extension cable (labeled M) to the mouse port
(green) on the CPU. [1]
2. Connect the keyboard extension cable (labeled
K) to the keyboard port (purple) on the CPU. [2]
3. Connect the VGA cable to the VGA port on the
CPU. [3]
4. Connect the monitor USB cable to the extra
USB port at the rear of the CPU, near the
bottom. [4]

Note: Refer to the SCC Connections Diagram for the
following connections.
1. Attach the four magnetic pads included in the

Network Hub packaging to the bottom of the
hub.
2. Connect the power cable from the hub to one of
the USB ports on the front panel of the CPU.
[5]
3. Connect the short Ethernet cable (provided with
hub) from port 5 (preferred) on the hub to the
indicated Ethernet connector on the CPU. [6]
4. Connect a long Ethernet cable from the SCC
port on the c4000 module I/F panel to port 3 on
the exterior i1000SR interface panel.
5. Connect a long Ethernet cable from the SH port
on the c4000 module I/F panel to port 4 on the
exterior i1000SR SCC interface panel.
6. Connect the other 100349 ethernet cable from
the AbbottLink port on the CPU to the #1
ethernet connection on the inside SCC interface
panel [9].
7. Connect three (3) (100349) ethernet cables
from port 2, 3, 4 on the hub, to the ethernet
connection #2, #3, #4 inside SCC interface
panel. [8]
8. Connect a long ethernet cable form port 1
(preferred) on the hub to the i1000SR
processing module ethernet connector on the
interface panel adjacent to the cooler. [7]
9. Attach the hub to the side of the CPU so the
display is visible from the front of the
instrument.
Connect Internal Cables for SCC

Interface Panel 1. Remove the SCC interface panel.
2. Connect the printer extension cable (100351)
from the CPU printer port to the connector
labeled “Printer” inside SCC interface panel. [10]
3. Connect four (4) USB pigtails from the interface
panel to the four (4) open USB ports on the
rear of the CPU. [11]
4. Connect serial extension cable (100350) from
the 9-pin serial port on the rear CPU to the LIS
connector inside the SCC interface panel. [12]
Install Printer
1. Connect the printer cable to the “Printer”
connector on the outside of the SCC interface
panel.
Connect Laboratory Information
System (LIS) (optional) 1. If an LIS is used, contact the site LIS personnel
to connect to the LIS system with an
appropriate cable.
Connect External USB Modem

(optional) 1. Connect the external modem’s USB cable to
any one of the USB connectors on the outside
of the SCC interface panel.
2. Connect the customer’s dedicated telephone
line to the modem.

Connect c4000 External Waste 1. Connect the c4000 external waste level sensor
Level Sensor (optional) to the waste level sensor connector on the
c4000 module I/F panel.


rights reserved.

Install ARCHITECT 1. See Reference. Refer to the latest software TSB for detailed installation instructions.
Software
rights reserved.

Verify Cable and

1. Verify all the circuit boards are fully seated

instrument.
Verify Covers 1. Open the covers (both instruments) and ensure they will
remain open. Adjust if necessary.
Install/Check 1. Install the reagent segments to the inner and outer

Reagent Segments reagent carousels. Ensure the reagent segments are
firmly seated.

Decontamination
Decontaminate 1. Perform P-640 Decontaminate Waste Cup/Water Bath

Wash Cups and Overflow.
Waste Cup/ Water
Bath Overflow Area
with 0.5% Sodium
Hypochlorite (c4000)
(c4000)
Install/Check Bulk
Solutions (c4000) Note Ensure the shipping tape is removed before

3. Install the acid wash solution bottle on the weight sensor
Remove Air from 1. Logon as FSE and select the Modules category from the
Water Bath Filter Diagnostics screen under the System icon.
right bolt [1] on the filter assembly to remove trapped air
from the filter bolt.

2. Perform 2155 Flush Bulk Solutions.

Verify Reagent 1. Open the reagent carousel cover to verify the reagent
Carousel Installation carousel is installed properly.
(i1000SR) 2. Disengage the motor latch and turn the carousel by
hand. It should rotate freely.
3. Re-engage the motor latch.
4. Close and latch the reagent carousel cover.
Verify Cable and 1. If present, remove the process path cover and
Tubing Connections processing center distribution board cover.
and PC Boards 2. Remove the three rear panels from the system.
(i1000SR)
instrument.
instrument. Verify cooler overflow drain tubing is situated
in the overflow pan but not in the pan’s drain hole.
5. Open the card cage door and verify all the boards are
fully seated.
6. Verify front doors open freely and do not rub on the
frame. Adjust hinges as necessary. Verify all screws on
both sides of the front door hinges are tight. Tighten as
necessary.
7. Install the internal covers and rear panels. Refer to
P1.02 Internal Covers.
Load Consumables 1. Remove buffer reservoir and install the buffer level
and Buffer (i1000SR) sensor (inlet straw).
2. Since the reservoir extension tubings and cable are
needed for the internal decontamination, proceed to
attach them at this time between the system and the
buffer reservoir and place the reservoir on the floor in
front of the wash buffer storage area.
3. Do not install the buffer filter. It will be installed after the
internal decontamination is complete.
4. Fill the upper hopper with RVs.
5. Load trigger and pre-trigger solutions.
6. Prepare 10L of buffer in one of the provided buffer
preparation containers. (This also will be used when
performing the Internal Decontamination procedure,
disregard the instructions to prepare buffer, as the
remainder of this mixture will be used at that time.)
Note Only a small amount of buffer will be loaded

initially in order to perform a system flush and
calibrations. The remainder will be loaded
after the system is flushed with bleach
solution.
7. Place the sinker of the buffer transfer tubing into the

prepared buffer.
8. Attach the transfer tubing to the buffer inlet port on the
analyzer.
9. Access the Update supplies screen. Check to update
each of the consumables, including the option to Add
buffer.
10. Select OK to perform the supplies update and start the
buffer transfer. Remove the transfer tubing from the
prepared buffer as soon as 1.5L of buffer is transferred
to the reservoir. (See 1.5L marking on side of reservoir).
The system will stop the transfer.
Note Default count for RVs is 160 when new

software is loaded. The RVs will not drop until
the system is initialized (Startup). Do not
manually force/fill the RVs into the lower
hopper.
Perform Wash Cup 1. Perform 1109 Wash Cup Pre-Alignment.

Pre-Alignment
(i1000SR)
Perform Flush Fluids 1. Perform 2137 Flush Fluids.
(i1000SR)
Calibration
Perform Pipettor 1. Perform 1110 Pipettor Calibration.
Calibration
(i1000SR)
Calibration (c4000)
Calibration (c4000)
Calibration (c4000)
Calibration

(c4000)


Washer Alignment
(c4000)

Supply Center Bar
Code Reader
(c4000)
Check Wash Cup



(c4000) be tested).

Maintenance (c4000)
Note It is necessary to load the ICT Diluent (ICTD5)
and perform a reagent scan prior to
0001/0000/0000).
Perform PVT 1. Perform P-647 Performance Verification Test (PVT).

(c4000)
Perform Log 1. Perform P-204 Log Retrieval Procedure to retrieve
Retrieval (c4000) system logs (option 1) and copy archived logs to a CD
(option 3).

to Delete PVT Assay
Files
4. Perform 6114 Install/Delete Assays to delete the assays
which were installed earlier.

Backup
stops executing.

instructions.
installation.
5. Select Done.

Affix Instrument 1. Remove the c4000 instrument name plate and affix the
Name Plate instrument name plate. Affix the instrument name plate.

Decontaminating the
Processing Module Note Prior to installation of the buffer filter, the
i1000SR system must be decontaminated to
ensure the buffer intake and dispense
systems are free of microbial contamination
(before being used by the customer).
Maintenance procedure 2190 Internal
Decontamination is used to perform the
required flushes with sodium hypochlorite.
Perform 2190 Internal 1. Perform 2190 Internal Decontamination.

Decontamination 2. Select the new installation option.
3. At the end of the procedure, as directed, install a new
buffer filter.
4. If the wash buffer reservoir is installed, remove it.
5. Attach the tubing from the bottom of the buffer pump to
the bottom of the buffer filter [1] and place the filter into
the filter bracket [2]. Verify tubing is routed as shown.
6. Reinstall the buffer reservoir.
7. Once the procedure is finished and buffer is loaded
proceed to perform 2137 Flush Fluids.
Perform 2137 Flush 1. Perform a Startup on the processing module and verify
Fluids it comes to Ready status.
2. Select System>Maintenance.
3. Select Module 1.
4. Select the As Needed tab.
5. Select 2137 Flush Fluids.
6. Repeat 2137 Flush Fluids as necessary to visually
check for leaks at all fluidics components.
Note While 2137 Flush Fluids is running, visually

verify there are no leaks at the pipettor,
syringe, all tubing connections, all pumps
including the waste pump and external waste
tubing if in use.
rights reserved.

Note Order a calibration for assays to be used for the performance verification P-24 Precision Run.
Perform 3230 Bar Code Reader Test 1. Select System>Diagnostics.
2. Select Module 0.
3. Select the Bar Code Readers tab.
4. Perform 3230 Bar Code Reader Test.
Perform 3540 Temperature Status 1. Select System, Maintenance.
2. Select Module 2.
4. Perform 3540 Temperature Status
Perform 1022 Optics Background 1. Select System>Diagnostics.
2. Select Module 2.
3. Select the Optics/Temperature tab.
4. Perform 1022 Optics Background.
Perform 5420 Crash Sensor Test 1. Select System>Diagnostics.
2. Select Module 2.
3. Select the Pipettors tab.
4. Perform 5420 Crash Sensor Test.
Perform 3630 LLS Test 1. Select System>Diagnostics.
2. Select Module 2.
3. Select the Fluidics/Wash tab.
4. Perform 3630 LLS Test. Test all possible locations.
Perform 6440 Daily Maintenance 1. Select System, Maintenance.
2. Select Module 2.
3. Select the Daily tab.
4. Perform 6440 Daily Maintenance.
Perform 6114 Install/Delete Assays 1. Select System>Diagnostics.
2. Select Module 5 (for SCC).

4. Use appropriate ARCHITECT System Assay CD-ROM and
perform 6114 Install/Delete Assays to install the appropriate
assays.
Note If 1047 Optics Verification was not performed, install B-

hCG and TSH or other 1-step and 2-step assays and
proceed to Configure QC-Cal Settings.
Configure QC-Cal Settings 1. Before placing the system in Run status, verify QC-Cal Settings
for the assay(s) are correct.
2. To set QC-Cal Settings, select System and Configuration.
3. Select the QC-Cal Settings radio button.
4. Select the appropriate assay(s) and F6 Configure.
5. Configure the appropriate control levels.
6. Load all required reagents.
Set Processing Module and Sample 1. On the screen, select both the processing module and RSH.
Handler to Run Status 2. Select Run.
Note To save time while the processing module is performing

the run initialization, enter calibration and control
orders.
Perform Calibration on Appropriate 1. Order a calibration for assays to be used for the performance For further information on performing
Assays verification precision run. diagnostic procedures, refer to the
Note Consecutively numbered carriers are required for six Manual, Section 10: Troubleshooting
point calibration assays. and diagnostics, Subsection: System
diagnostics.
2. Verify each assay calibration passes.
Perform P-24 Precision Run 1. Order at least ten (10) replicates for each control level for each For further information on performing
assay tested. diagnostic procedures, refer to the
2. For further information on performing control runs, refer to P-24 ARCHITECT System Operations
Precision Run. Manual, Section 10: Troubleshooting
and diagnostics, Subsection: System
diagnostics.
Evaluate Control Run Data (Optics 1. When all control results are available, select QC-Cal and QC
Verification) Result Review.
2. Select the control results and select F8 Release.
3. Select QC-Cal and QC Reports.
4. Print the reports for the assays which were run to obtain the
mean, SD, and percent (%) CV.
5. Verify results for each assay are within the published ranges.
Note For TSH, the %CV should be less than 10%. For B-
hCG and STAT B-hCG, the %CV should be equal to or
less than 7.5%.
Note If %CVs are outside of range, refer to the i1000SR

eSolutions and ISA databases for troubleshooting
information.
Verify Processing Module is in Stopped 1. If the processing module in Running status, select the processing
or Ready Status module icon on the screen.
2. Select F7 - Pause. Wait for the processing module to change to
a Ready status.
Perform 6114 Install/Delete Assays to 1. Select System>Diagnostics.

Delete PVT Assay Files 2. Select Module 5 (SCC).
4. Perform 6114 Install/Delete Assays to delete the assays which
were installed earlier.
Perform System Backup 1. Set the processing module to Stopped status.

performing backup or the system software stops
executing.

3. Select Create Backup. Follow the on screen instructions.
4. In the Comment field, type Backup after system installation.
5. Select Done.
Perform 6004 Copy Backup Software 1. Select System > Diagnostics.
2. Select Module 5.
rights reserved.

Verify UPS Operation 1. If the UPS’s battery is charged, disconnect the UPS plug from the
wall outlet.
2. Verify SCC (and processing module if a system UPS is in use)
remains powered without error for at least 5 minutes.
Note If battery indications show depletion, plug the UPS back

in immediately. Retest the UPS after charging 24 hours.
3. Reconnect the UPS to the wall outlet and verify UPS returns to
on-line/ready status.

Document
Installation 1. Ensure that P/N “0117 and 0128-Install” is documented in Usage.

completion.
ci4100 Installation Checklist–New c4000 and Existing i1000SR

Action Completed
c4000 Unpack
Remove Packing Tape
Remove Plastic Sheeting/Foam Blocks

Software Required
Integration RSH Kit (02P72-01)
Screw Checklist
Select Voltage


Remove i1000SR Covers and Aspiration Platform Assembly
Remove i1000SR Covers
Remove i1000SR Aspiration Platform Assembly
Remove i1000SR Carrier Transport and Rail

ci4100 Integration
Level the c4000
Install Wire Conduit and Rail Mount
Install Aspiration Platform Assembly
Install i1000SR RSH
Attach Plate
Install Covers

Install Mixers (2)

Remove Cover Plate
Install Cover Plate


Install Waste Pump


Install Printer


Verify Covers

Install Reagent Segments
Flush Lines (c4000)





Complete Checklist

Architect System:

c4000 Processing Module Serial Number ________________________________________
Note
SCC System Number _______________________________________________




Printed Name ________________________________________

Signature ___________________________________________

Date _______________________________________________
c4000 Unpack

Remove Banding and

Top Cover Note Before unpacking the c4000 processing
the processing module off of the pallet.
1. Cut the plastic banding straps around the outside of


Remove Packing 1. Remove the tape holding the center support and
Tape remove the support.
2. Remove the tape holding the side cardboard supports
to the shipping carton.
Screws carton.

securing the ramps.

carton.
Remove Ramp and 1. Remove the ramps from the front of the module by
Cuvettes cutting the plastic banding.

Corrugated Packaging and remove inside end panels.
2. Remove packaging cartons from the module.
Carton Attachment carton attachment boards.
Boards 2. Remove the boards from each end of the pallet.
Brackets that secure the processing module to the pallet and
end support boards.

nails.
Remove End Support 1. Screw the four (4) adjustable feet to the up position.
Boards 2. Remove the two (2) bolts from each of the boards
boards.
3. Remove the nails from the boards (located next to the
Remove Center 1. Lower the feet to rise the processing module off the
3. Once all center support boards have been removed,
This should bring the processing module to rest on the
casters.
processing module.
Note Remove the desiccant packets, between the

underside of the processing module, and the
plastic covering before moving the
processing module off the pallet.
rolled off.
Caution Lifting Hazard: The processing module is

unwieldy. Use at least two people to
perform Step 3.

ramp to the floor.
Remove Plastic 1. Remove all plastic sheeting, tape, and foam blocks
Sheeting/Foam Blocks from each device.
Note Do not remove probes, mixers, and robotics

information from the top of the module at this
time.


wash nozzles.

Module
Dispose Packing
Materials WARNING Verify everything is unpacked before
disposing packing material.
1. Dispose packing according to local standards.

Software Required
Description

Abbott Part Number Description Check if Unpacked
7-205681-01 CBL,BCR EXT

205283-101 Sliders

Toshiba Number
Qty Toshiba Description Description Check if Unpacked
(Reference only)

1 CARRIER PLATE WM10-64298-1 i1000 RSH Base Plate


WM10-64455-1 (2 Pieces)
WM10-64455-1 (2 Pieces)

4M10-64456 (2 Pieces)

4M10-64456 (2 Pieces)

Screw Checklist

Middle rear cover between i1000SR and c4000 (WM10-64462-1) 1
Middle RSH cable cover (WM10-64468-1 2
SBPP3-6SUS Phillips 1 Attach the wear plate to the bridge with one screw 1
Attach support bracket [5] for the middle front cover to the right side of the c4000 2

2. Measure the AC voltage at the laboratory power outlet
(mains).
module (200, 208, 220, 230, or 240 VAC) closest to the
AC voltage at the mains.
4. If a UPS is used, select the plug on the c4000 module
Install Power Cord 1. At rear of power supply and insert power cord plug into
power supply.
Maintenance switch (left side of c4000 module) is
toggled to ON.

Install c4000 Module 1. Install the UPS per manufacturer instruction and turn on
UPS (optional) the UPS to charge the battery.

this time.
rights reserved.

rights reserved.

Remove i1000SR Covers 1. Remove the i1000SR top rear access cover (4
captive screws) and top lid (4 screws each
side).
2. Remove front cover.
3. Remove left side skin [1] and front left mount
bracket [2].
4. Discard top lid front cover, left side skin and
mount bracket per local procedures.
Remove i1000SR 1. Remove the i1000SR aspiration platform

Aspiration Platform (97083) (3 green screws).
Assembly 2. Remove the screw securing the i1000SR LLS
Sample Antenna Assembly to the Aspiration
Platform bracket (200609).
3. Press LLS cover slightly toward you to clear
the bracket and slide up to remove.
4. Slide LLS Sample PCB up and disconnect the
LLS Antenna cables W401 (P2), W013 (P3),
W400 (P4) and Power Input cable W014 at J1
from back of the PCB.
5. Slide assembly out of the bracket.
Remove i1000SR Carrier 1. Remove the two (2) screws that secure the
Transport and Rail i1000SR rail stop on the left end of the guide
rail.
2. Remove the i1000SR RSH distribution board
cover and remove the RSH distribution board.
3. Remove the carrier transport and IGUS chain
from the RSH. Dispose them according to local
regulations.
4. Remove the i1000SR load platform and the
Teflon wear plate.
i1000SR Aspiration Platform bracket (200609)
to the carrier transport rail and remove the
bracket.
Note Mark the screws and save them for

future use.
6.
Remove the three (3) screw securing the
i1000SR carrier transport rail (97326) to the
instrument frame.
7. Remove the tubing and cable from the wire

duct conduit.
8. Remove the i1000SR rail from the instrument.
9. Remove three (3) screws that secure the wire
duct conduit to the carrier transport rail. Save
the screws for a future step.
Note Dispose the i1000 carrier transport

and rail according local regulations.
rights reserved.

Set Jumper to 1. Remove the i1000SR power supply and SCC rear panels.
Module 2 2. Move the jumper [1] on the upper left edge of the card cage
backplane, from Module 1 to Module 2.
Note Changing the jumper from MODULE 1 to MODULE

2 sets the module number for the i1000SR to
Module 2, which is required for a ci4100 system
configuration.
3. Replace the i1000SR power supply and SCC rear panels.
ci4100 Integration

Attach Brackets,
i1000 Note Reference artwork is located at the end of
the ci4100 Integration protocol.

assemblies onto the left side of the i1000SR with two
(2) screws (AAS072-01) per bracket.
processing module.
2. Mount upper support stay bracket assembly [3] onto
the right side of the c4000 with two (2) screws
(SB6B4-10SCR at the front and SB6B-16SCR at the
rear).
onto the right side of the c4000 with four (4) screws
(SBPP4-10SUS).

Bracket the right side of the c4000 with two (2) screws
(SBPP4-10SUS).
Mount Middle Top 1. Attach the front middle (top) cover (WM10-64460-1)
Covers and Prepare on the hooks of the support stay brackets. Use a
i1000 SR Top Cover screw (SBPP4-10SUS) to secure the cover on the
Sensor bracket.
2. Attach the rear middle (top) middle cover [1] to the
outer panel (top) rear cover [2] with two (2) screws
(SBPP3-10SUS).
5. Locate the i1000SR top cover sensor cable, plugged
in at the bottom of the RSH card cage backplane
(J605).
Sensor (continued)
base is almost 4.75” (12 cm) from the floor. This
height is necessary for integration with the i1000SR.

the floor.

and front-to-back.

cuvette numbers.

Reaction Carousel.

turns on each foot.
right.

mounted)
5. Install a screw in alignment pin [2] (4M10-64137) on

the i1000SR to help align the integration bridge.
with the guide pins as alignment aids.
7. Secure the bridge with three (3) screws (AAS072-02,
10-32 Pan Head Phillips) saved from previous step.
Install Wire Conduit 1. Install the wire conduit (removed earlier from the
and Rail Mount i1000SR) to the rail mount with three (3) screws.
2. Route tubing and cable through wire conduit.
3. Install rail mount on the i1000SR with guide pins and
three (3) 10-32 x 4/8 PHP screws.
Caution Verify screws do not extend through the

back of the rail.
Modules rail aligns with the mounting surface, pins and
mounting thread holes. Attempt to get all pins
centered as close as possible to the slots in the rail.
from the normal mounting position) to determine
c4000 and i1000SR front to back alignment.
between the rail and the right side of the c4000 and
left and right sides of the i1000SR.
i1000SR.
Note The top of the rail should be flat against the

rail mounting brackets of both the c4000 and
i1000SR modules, with no gaps between the
top surface of the rail and the rail mounting
brackets.

between the c4000 and i1000SR) and vertical
alignment of the rail to the i1000SR mounting features
(pins and threaded holes).
raise/lower the i1000SR feet to align the holes in the
rail with the corresponding threaded holes on the
i1000SR and c4000 rail mount.

integration, it is our reference for the rail and
is very important the it will stay leveled.
7. Attach the long rail with eighteen (18) 6B4-8SUS bolts

(3mm hex).
(just enough to hold the rail in position)

plates with 5mm hex screws (SB6B-16SCR).
Note Ensure the upper front L-bracket [1] is

rotated to insert the screw from the top.
Install Aspiration 1. Install the aspiration platform bracket on the i1000SR

Platform Assembly rail mount.
2. Install:
• power cable W0114 at J1
• LLS cable W400 at J4
• LLS cable W013 at J3
• LLS reagent antenna W401 at J2
aspiration platform bracket and secure with one (1)
screw.
4. Install the aspiration platform assembly with three (3)
green thumbscrews.
Install i1000SR Base 1. Install the i1000SR RSH Base Bracket at the right
Bracket and end of the i1000SR base plate with three (3) AAS072-
Transporter 02 screws. [1]
2. Attach the flex chain wear plate to the i1000SR with
3. Attach the wear plate to the bridge with one screw
SBPP3-6SUS
tape.


rear of the module.
sensor cables.

retaining nut.
Install i1000SR RSH 1. Secure the i-RSH with four (4) SBPP4-10SUS screws.
(continued)
Install i1000SR RSH

Cover Sensor and Note A total of two (2) sensors are installed.
Cable
1. Take the i1000SR top cover sensor cable, taped
earlier to the middle cover, and connect it to the
sensor.
YZG5459-05).
assembly.
Install Barcode 1. If needed, remove the barcode reader from the c4000
Reader and Bottle and mount the barcode reader and bottle spinner on
Spinner their respective brackets on the iRSH.
with the extension cables and secure with cable
clamps.
Install Middle RSH 1. Install the middle RSH cable cover [1] (WM10-64468-
Cover 1) between the instruments with two (2) (SBPP3-
10SUS) screws.
Attach Plate 1. Attach the RSH Flag Extension plate between the
c4000 and i1000SR with two (2) screws (SB6B4-
8SCR).
Note This plate continues the surface between

the c4000 and i1000SR modules, the carrier


back edge of the right-most load/unload
PCB) side may be more accessible by
removing the c4000 RSH front cover.


cover with one (1) screw.
2. Transfer the hinges from the Abbott i1000 top cover
and install on the Toshiba top cover with twelve (12)
screws (SBPP4-10 or SBPP4-12).
3. Install the new top cover on the i1000SR.
4. Attach the cover to the frame with four (4) screws on
each side.
5. Install the top rear access cover with four (4) captive
screws.
6. Install the i1000SR RSH front cover with one (1)
SBPP4-12 screw (from previously removed bracket)
on the left side and one (1) AAS051-08 screw on the
right side.
8. Install the front lower center cover with screw SBPP3-
10SUS and rubber cap (Toshiba Part No. YZG5459-
05).
Note Ensure covers sit properly, adjust if needed.


contains:
c4000 Nameplate
ci4100 Nameplate
Abbott Decal
Reference Artwork

c4000 Middle Top Front and Middle Top Rear Covers with i1000SR sensor taped


Install Mixers (2) 1. Orient the new mixer assembly [1] so the flat side faces
away from the mixer arm.
2. Align the positioning pins [2] on the top of the mixer with
the holes on the mixer arm.
4. Attach the cable connector to the white connector [4] on
the bottom of the mixer arm.
Note The connector is keyed and fits one way.
5. Fold excess cable and fit it into the notch [5] to the front
of the processing module.
Remove Sample 1. Squeeze the squeeze points, push down slightly and lift
Pipettor Cover up the pipettor cover to release the locking tabs and
remove the cover.
sample pipettor.
spade connector.
connector.

connector.


pipettor shaft.

Carousel Y Cover
Remove Reagent 1. Squeeze the squeeze points [6], push down slightly, and
Pipettor Cover lift the pipettor cover [7] and release the locking tabs
and remove the cover.
Install Reagent 1. Position the reagent probe on the alignment pins and
Probes verify the probe plate is flush with the plate on the
reagent pipettor.
spade connector.
metal fitting.

reagent probes. This tubing is tapered at the
probe connection to provide a tight seal.

pipettor shaft.


Carousel Y Cover
Date
Note Do not install an expired module.
Remove Cover and 1. Loosen the two captive thumbscrews [2] that secure the
Cover Plate black cover plate [1] in place.
Prepare ICT Probe 1. Disconnect and discard the plastic tubing [1] attached to
and Module for both ends of the new ICT Module [2].
Installation 2. Verify the ICT O-rings are present at the top and bottom
ports [3].
Note Inspect the ports [3] on the ICT Module. An O-

ring must be present. Running the system
without the O-rings could affect patient results.
3. Align the ICT Module so the gap [4] between the side
connectors is on top and the label [5] is right-side up.
4. Attach the probe to the bottom port of the ICT Module
(finger-tighten only).

may twist and obstruct flow through the ICT
Module.
Module tighten only) to attach the top part to the connector. [5]

may twist and obstruct the flow through the
ICT Module.
2. Insert the new ICT Module [3] (with the probe) into the
ICT holder [2] until the connectors on the side of the
ICT module are just above the top of the ICT holder.
3. Allow the ICT Module [3] to seat fully down into the ICT
Holder [2] so connectors are aligned with the slot [6] in
the ICT holder.
Module connectors.
Note Ensure the ICT module is completely plugged

into the connector.
Install Cover and 1. Install the black cover plate [4] by securing with the two
Cover Plate thumbscrews. [3]

rights reserved.

Prerequisite 1. The processing module must be Off. For further information, refer to the ARCHITECT System Operations
Remove Card Cage 1. At the right front of the instrument remove the four
2. Open the card caged cover.
Boards slot next to the SMC board.
lower supports.
the back plane.
rights reserved.
Note Secure all tubing to fittings with squeeze clamps, circular clamps or tie wraps to prevent leaks.
Install Low
Concentration Waste Note Ninety degree (90°) fittings are included for
Drain Tubing with 90° the Low Concentration Waste Drain Tubing
Fittings (without and a 90° swivel fitting is included for the
fittings go to next deionized water inlet nipple. Use of these
section) fittings during tubing installation allows the
water inlet and drain tubing to be routed
under the instruments and provide easy
access to the rear of the instrument for
use.

in length) of external tubing (15 x 22).
of tubing.

HCW Lines tape.
2. Screw fitting into the DI water inlet fitting.
fitting together.
to the fitting.
the HCW fitting.

5. Align the filter with the top guide pins [5] and screw the
filter bowl into the threaded filter mound.
rights reserved.


Pump Accessory Kit.
assembly.
Install External Drain 1. Connect the external waste tube (201825) to the waste
clamp.

and not pinched.
complete.

rights reserved.

EMSA.
Voltage Configuration 2. Verify all components are set up for the appropriate line
voltage:
(100-240V, 50-60Hz)
requirement.
powered with no AC requirement.
Install SCC, Optional
Serial Expansion and Note SCC may have been previously installed.
Optional SCC
Uninterruptible Power 1. Place the CPU on the i1000SR cabinet with the floppy
System (UPS) drive at the top.
Note Allow a minimum 1-2” (3-5cm) air space at

the left side of the CPU to prevent
overheating. Do not place against the UPS or
cabinet wall.
2. Place the optional serial expansion unit (EMSA) on top

of the CPU. Serial expansion is only required if using a
serial modem.
3. For optional SCC UPS use; unpack and prepare the
UPS for installation, including activating the battery
5. If a module UPS is used, install per manufacturer
module.

instrument.

3. Secure the mouse cable at approximately 12” (30.5 cm)
to allow for free movement of mouse [1], using cable
tie [2].
• 100417 - USB cable, 10’ (3 m)
• 100418 - VGA cable, 10’ (3 m)
monitor.
keyboard. [2]

tubing. [3]
Install Cable Plug and 1. Remove the SCC area rear panel.
Attach Cable Ties 2. Route all five cables into the hole in the structure.
casting. [2]
Installation with Hand through the holder [1] and place the wand in the holder.
Held Bar Code Wand 2. Wind the keyboard and bar code reader cabling around
Connect Mouse,
Cables to CPU connect the mouse, keyboard and monitor to
the CPU.

CPU.
Connect Hub and

inside SCC interface panel.

Interface Panel CPU printer port to the connector labeled “Printer” on
the inside of the SCC interface panel. [10]
3. Connect the four (4) USB pigtails from the interface
panel (in any order) to the four (4) open USB ports on
the rear of the CPU. [11]
4. Connect the serial extension cable (100350) from the
9-pin serial port to the connector labeled “LIS” on the
inside of the SCC interface panel.

“Printer” on the outside of the SCC interface panel.

(LIS) (optional)
Connect External 1. Connect the external modem USB cable to any USB
Connect Power for

1. 1. Plug power cords for the monitor (202887) and CPU

4.
power strip. [1]
cabling into cable
tray. [2]

system UPS.


module power cord from the system power
supply. .


circuit as the UPS.
Connect Module AC 1. Connect the cord from the AC input on the power
Power supply to the wall outlet or to a module/system UPS.



Software
rights reserved.

Verify Cable and


instrument.
Reagent Segments 1. Install the reagent segments to the inner and outer
reagent carousels. Ensure the reagent segments are
firmly seated.

Decontamination

Waste Cup/ Water
Bath Overflow Area
with 0.5% Sodium
(c4000)
Install Bulk Solutions
(c4000) Note Ensure the shipping tape is removed before



(i1000SR)
instrument.
fully seated.
necessary.
Note Only a small amount of buffer will be loaded

initially in order to perform a system flush and
solution.

prepared buffer.
analyzer.
buffer.
prepared buffer as soon as 1.5L of buffer has been
transferred to the reservoir! (See 1.5L marking on side
of reservoir). The system will stop the transfer.

manually force/fill the RV into the lower
hopper.
Perform Wash Cup 1. Perform 1109 Wash Cup Pre-Alignment

Pre-Alignment
(i1000SR)
(i1000SR)

Calibration
Calibration (c4000)
Calibration (c4000)
Calibration (c4000)
Calibration

(c4000)
Check Cuvette 1. Perform P-621 Cuvette Washer Alignment

Washer Alignment
(c4000)

Supply Center Bar
Code Reader
(c4000)
Check Wash Cup



(c4000) be tested).

Maintenance (c4000)
0001/0000/0000)
Perform PVT 1. Perform P-647 Performance Verification Test .

(c4000)
(option 3).

to Delete PVT Assay
Files

Backup
stops executing.

instructions.
installation.
5. Select Done.


Decontaminating the
Perform 2190 Internal 1. Perform 2190 Internal Decontamination. Select the

Decontamination new installation option.
buffer filter.
3. Select Module 1.

tubing if in use.
rights reserved.

Perform 3230 Bar Code Reader Test 1. Select System>Diagnostics.
2. Select Module 0.
Perform 3540 Temperature Status 1. Select System, Maintenance.
2. Select Module 2.
Perform 1022 Optics Background 1. Select System>Diagnostics.
2. Select Module 2.
Perform 5420 Crash Sensor Test 1. Select System>Diagnostics.
2. Select Module 2.
Perform 3620 LLS Test 1. Select System>Diagnostics.
2. Select Module 2.
Perform 6440 Daily Maintenance 1. Select System, Maintenance.
2. Select Module 2.
Perform 6114 Install/Delete Assays 1. Select System>Diagnostics.
2. Select Module 5 (for SCC).

4. With the appropriate ARCHITECT System Assay CD-ROM,
perform 6114 Install/Delete Assays to install appropriate assays.
Note If 1047 Optics Verification was not performed, install B-

hCG and TSH or other 1-step and 2-step assays and
proceed to Configure QC-Cal Settings.
Configure QC-Cal Settings 1. Before placing the system in Run status, verify QC-Cal Settings
for the assay(s) are correct.
2. To set QC-Cal Settings, select System and Configuration.
Set Processing Module and Sample 1. On the screen, select both the processing module and RSH.
Handler to Run Status 2. Select Run.
Note To save time while the processing module is performing

the run initialization; enter calibration and control
orders.
Perform Calibration on Appropriate 1. Order a calibration for assays to be used for the performance For further information on performing
Assays verification. diagnostic procedures, refer to the
Note Consecutively numbered carriers are required for six Manual, Section 10: Troubleshooting
point calibration assays. and diagnostics, Subsection: System
diagnostics.
Perform P-24 Precision Run 1. Order at least ten (10) replicates for each control level for each For further information on performing
assay tested. diagnostic procedures, refer to the
2. For further information on performing control runs, refer to P-24 ARCHITECT System Operations
Precision Run. Manual, Section 10: Troubleshooting
and diagnostics, Subsection: System
diagnostics.
Evaluate Control Run Data (Optics 1. When all control results are available, select QC-Cal and QC
Verification) Result Review.
2. Select the control results and select F8 Release.
4. Print the reports for the assays which were run to obtain the
mean, SD, and percent (%) CV.
5. Verify results for each assay are within the published ranges.
Note For TSH, the %CV should be less than 10%. For B-
hCG and STAT B-hCG, the %CV should be equal to or
less than 7.5%.
Note If %CVs are outside of range, refer to the i1000SR

eSolutions and ISA databases for troubleshooting
information.
Verify Processing Module is in Stopped 1. If the processing module in Running status, select the processing
or Ready Status module icon on the screen.
2. Select F7 - Pause. Wait for the processing module to change to
a Ready status.
Perform 6114 Install/Delete Assays to 1. Select System>Diagnostics.

Delete PVT Assay Files 2. Select Module 5 (SCC).
4. Perform 6114 Install/Delete Assays to delete the assays which
were installed earlier.
Perform System Backup 1. Set the processing module to Stopped status.
Note System must be in Stopped status prior to performing

backup or the system software stops executing.

3. Select Create Backup. Follow the on screen instructions.
4. In the Comment field, type Backup after system installation.
5. Select Done.
Perform 6004 Copy Backup Software 1. Select System>Diagnostics.
2. Select Module 5.
rights reserved.

Verify UPS Operation 1. If the UPS’s battery is charged, unplug the UPS from the wall
outlet.
2. Verify SCC (and processing module if a system UPS is in use)
remains powered without error for at least 5 minutes.
Note If battery indications show depletion, plug the UPS back

in immediately. Retest the UPS after charging 24 hours.
3. Reconnect the UPS to the wall outlet and verify UPS returns to
on-line/ready status.
ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-115 • © 2012 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200 are registered trademarks of
rights reserved.

Document

completion.
ci4100 Installation Checklist–Existing c4000 and New i1000SR

Action Completed
Unpack i1000SR
Open Crate and Unpack
Remove Hold-down Brackets
Prepare for Pallet Ramp Installation
Install Pallet Ramp
Remove and Position Module
Remove Packing Material

Software Required

Screw Checklist
Verify Voltage


Remove the iRSH Front Cover Shipping Bracket

Remove Monitor, Support Arm and Monitor Base from c4000
Remove Monitor
Remove c4000 Cover

Remove SCC and SCC Platform
Remove Platform and covers for existing c4000 Module

Remove c4000 RSH Transport, Cables and Rail
Remove c4000 Carrier Transport Assembly
Remove c4000 RSH Bar Code Reader and cable
Remove c4000 RSH Flex Cable (IGUS)
Remove c4000 RSH carrier transport rail


ci4100 Integration
Level the c4000
Install i1000SR RSH
Attach Plate
Install Covers


Install Pipettor Probe
Open Probe Latches
Install Wash Zone Probes
Close Probe Latches

Install RV Loader
Install RV Pickup Assembly
Install RV Loader Assembly


Install Waste Pump
Off-White ci4100 Monitor Support Arm Installation

Install Touchscreen Monitor Cables
Complete Keyboard Installation with Hand Held Bar Code Wand
Install Printer

Black Arm Monitor and Support Arm c4000/ci4100 Installation
Preparation
Black Arm SCC - Hardware and Cabling Installation for the ci4100 Integrated System
Add Arm Cover
Install Cable Plug and Check Arm Movement

Install Printer
Connect Extrenal USB Modem (optional)

Verify Covers
Check Reagent Segments
Check Bulk Solutions (c4000)
Flush Lines (c4000)




Complete Checklist

Architect System:
Note
Note



Printed Name ________________________________________

Signature ___________________________________________

Date _______________________________________________
Unpack i1000SR

Open Crate and 1. Remove the banding, top and sides from the crate.
Unpack 2. Unwrap the instrument.
3. Remove and set aside the boxes containing the
installation kit, monitor support arm and RV loader.
Remove Hold-down 1. Remove the bolts from the four (4) tie-down brackets
Brackets at the pallet [2] and underneath the instrument. [3]
2. Unlock the casters by lifting the lock levers up. [2]
Prepare for Pallet 1. Remove only the nuts from the three points at the back
Ramp Installation end of the pallet. [4]
Note Do not remove bolts and spacers.

2. Remove the metal ramp from the pallet (4 screws).
3. Roll the instrument to the back edge of the pallet.
4. Stop against the wood block. [5]
5. Remove the hardware at the ramp end, securing the
spacers and completely remove the three spacers. [6]
Install Pallet Ramp 1. Set the ramp in place with textured surface up and
insert two bolts. [7]
Remove and Position 1. With a second person to stabilize the instrument, roll
Module the instrument down the ramp, assuring the wheels
remain on the ramp. [8]
2. Move the instrument to the desired position for
installation.
Note When the module is in place and further

moving is not necessary (after the
installation), lock the wheels or lower the
leveling feet and level the instrument.
Remove Packing 1. Remove the tape and packing material from the
Material following areas:
• external covers and doors
• air filter (SCC/Card Cage door)
• waste drawer
• trigger/pre-trigger tray and sensors
Note Use caution when removing packaging from

the trigger and pre-trigger sensors as tubing
is connected.
2. Disconnect the liquid waste tubing from the waste

bottle.
3. Open the waste drawer and remove the liquid waste
bottle and solid waste container. Remove the adjacent
packing material.
4. Install a biohazard bag (from the Accessory Kit) in the
solid waste container and place it back in the waste
tray.
5. Install the liquid waste container and close the drawer.
Do not pinch the waste container tubing.
6. Reconnect the tubing to the waste container.
7. Remove the buffer inlet straw from the aspiration
platform and set aside.
8. Cut and remove the tie-wraps securing the pipettor
assembly and syringe assembly.
9. Remove the tape from the processing center cover
near the pipettor.
rights reserved.
Software Required
Description

7-205681-01 CBL,BCR EXT

205283-101 Sliders

Toshiba Number
(Reference only)


WM10-64455-1 (2 Pieces)

WM10-64455-1 (2 Pieces)

4M10-64456 (2 Pieces)

4M10-64456 (2 Pieces)

Screw Checklist

Middle rear cover between i1000SR and c4000 WM10-64462-1 1
Middle RSH cable cover (WM10-64468-1) 2
Attach support bracket [5] for the middle front cover to the right-side of the c4000 2
Front middle (top) cover (WM10-64460-1) on the hooks of the support stay brackets 1

C4000 Transformer Voltage

Verify Voltage 1. Remove the left rear cover from the c4000 module.
outlet (mains).
4. If a UPS is used, select the plug on the c4000
module closest to the output of the UPS.
Install Power Cord and 1. At rear of power supply insert power cord plug into
Verify Switch Settings power supply.
Maintenance switch (left of c4000 module) is toggled
to ON.


this time.
rights reserved.

Inspect/Set Power 1. Locate the connection panel on the right-side of the

Supply Jumper c4000 power supply.
rights reserved.
Note New i1000SR systems integrated as ci4100 modules are shipped without the iRSH and carrier transport assembly. The iRSH front cover is
shipped “installed”. A shipping bracket, securing the left front corner of the front cover to the i1000SR module, must be removed.
Remove the iRSH Front 1. Remove the screws securing the iRSH front
Cover Shipping Bracket cover to the i1000SR module.
2. Remove the screws securing the shipping
bracket to the left of the iRSH front cover.
Note Keep the screws for later use for

integration (mounting the bridge).
3. Discard the shipping bracket.
Remove the iRSH Front 1. Reinstall one (1) screw into the mounting
Cover Shipping Bracket bracket to secure the mounting bracket to the
(continued) iRSH front cover.
2. Set the iRSH front cover out of the way (it will
be installed in the installation procedure).
rights reserved.

Remove Monitor 1. Remove both rear covers.

2. Disconnect mouse, keyboard, monitor, printer and
ethernet cables from the SCC rear.
3. Pull the mouse, keyboard and monitor cables up
through the monitor base.
4. Remove monitor base cap from the post (2 5/64” allen
head screws).
5. Lift monitor arm with attached monitor, keyboard
platform off the post.
6. Remove four (4) allen head screws securing the monitor
base to the instrument module.
7. Discard the monitor base.
Remove c4000 1. Remove c4000 top left-side cover.

Cover 2. Remove c4000 RSH front cover.
3. Remove bottom RSH cable cover by removing two (2)
screws.
rights reserved.

Remove Platform and 1. Disconnect the Ethernet, mouse, keypad,

Covers for Existing c4000 monitor and printer cables from the rear of the
Module SCC.
2. Disconnect USB-power cable for the Ethernet
hub from the SCC and remove the hub.
3. Disconnect EMSA from the SCC.
4. Remove SCC from the platform.
5. Remove upper and lower right-side covers.
6. Remove SCC platform.
7. Discard the SCC platform and right-side
covers.
rights reserved.

Remove c4000 1. Open processing center cover.

Carrier Transport 2. Remove the upper–left-side panel of processing
Assembly module.
3. Remove upper–left panel support bracket.
4. Remove transport rail stop on left end of guide rail.
5. Move the carrier transport [1] to the far left position on
the guide rail.
7. Disconnect the flex cable connectors [2] at J2 and J3 on
the carrier transport PCB.
8. Remove the screw securing the retaining pin bracket [3]
holding the flex cable to the carrier transport frame and
remove cable.
9. Remove the carrier transport from the RSH by sliding it
off the guide rail.

Remove c4000 RSH 1. Remove the screw that holds the board cover and
Bar Code Reader disconnect the cable from J5. [1]
and Cable 2. Remove the two (2) screws from the bracket to the Bar
Code Reader.
3. Remove the two (2) screws from the Bar Code Reader
to the instrument frame.
Remove c4000 RSH 1. Remove the four (4) screws from the front cover
Flex Cable (IGUS) assembly.
2. Remove the two (2) screws from the RSH front lower
panel.
3. Disconnect the Flex cable motor signal at J13 from the
rear of the RSH distribution board.
4. Disconnect the Flex cable data signal at J12 from the
rear of the RSH distribution board.
5. Remove the RSH Motor and Sensor cables from the
cable clamp.
6. Remove the two (2) screws from the Flex cable bracket
to instrument frame.
Remove c4000 RSH 1. Remove the screws securing the transport rail to the
Carrier Transport analyzer.
Rail
Note Save the screws for future use.
2. Remove the transport rail from the analyzer.
Note Dispose the c4000 stand alone flex cables and

rail according to local procedures.
rights reserved.

Set Jumper to 1. Remove the i1000SR power supply and SCC rear
Module 2 panels.
2. Move the jumper [1] on the upper left edge of the card
cage backplane, from Module 1 to Module 2.
Note Changing the jumper from MODULE 1 to

MODULE 2 sets the module number for the
i1000SR to Module 2, which is required for a
ci4100 system configuration.

rights reserved.
ci4100 Integration

Attach Brackets,
i1000 Note Reference Artwork is located at the end of the
ci4100 Integration protocol.

assemblies onto the left side of the i1000SR with two
processing module.
2. Mount upper support stay bracket assembly [3] onto the
right side of the c4000 using two (2) screws (SB6B4-
10SCR at the front and SB6B-16SCR at the rear).
(SBPP4-10SUS).

Bracket the right-side of the c4000 with two (2) screws SBPP4-
10SUS.
Mount Middle Top 1. Attach the front middle (top) cover (WM10-64460-1) on
Covers and Prepare the hooks of the support stay brackets.
i1000 SR Top Cover 2. Use a screw SBPP4-10SUS to secure the cover on the
Sensor bracket.
3. Attach the rear middle (top) middle cover [1] to the outer
panel (top) rear cover [2] with two (2) screws SBPP3-
10SUS.
the instruments.
6. Attach the cover with one (1) screw SBPP4-10SUS from
the inside of the c4000 module.
7. Locate the i1000SR top cover sensor cable, plugged in
at the bottom of the RSH card cage backplane (J605).
Sensor (continued)
Level the c4000 1. Raise the c4000 module off the wheels so the base is
approximately 4.75” (12 cm) from the floor. This height is
necessary for integration with the i1000SR.

the floor.

removed) and level the c4000 instrument; left-to-right
and front-to-back.

cuvette numbers.

Reaction Carousel.

reference for the i1000 integration.
2. Raise the i1000SR with the stabilizing feet to
turns on each foot.
right.

mounted).
5. Install a screw in alignment pin [2] (4M10-64137) on the

i1000SR to help align the integration bridge.
6. Place the RSH integration bridge [1] onto the RSH with
the guide pins as alignment aids.
7. Secure the bridge with three (3) screws (AAS072-02,
Modules rail aligns with the mounting surface, pins and mounting
thread holes. Center as close as possible to the slots in
the rail.
from the normal mounting position) to determine c4000
and i1000SR front to back alignment.
mounting brackets of both modules. Check for gaps
between the rail and the right-side of the c4000, and left
and right-sides of the i1000SR.
4. Adjust the i1000SR. The top the rail should be flat
against the rail mounting brackets of the c4000 and
i1000SR modules; with no gaps between the rail top
surface and rail mounting brackets.
between the c4000 and i1000SR) and vertical alignment
of the rail to the i1000SR mounting features (pins and
threaded holes).
6. Move the i1000SR left to right and/or raise/lower the
i1000SR feet to align the holes in the rail with the
corresponding threaded holes on the i1000SR and
c4000 rail mount.

integration, it is reference for the rail and very
important it stays level.
7. Attach the long rail using eighteen (18) 6B4-8SUS bolts

(3mm hex).
Note Verify the rail sits flat on both instruments,

then insert all screws without tightening (just
enough to hold the rail in position).

Note Verify the upper front L-bracket [1] is rotated

to insert the screw from the top.
Align and Integrate 1. Align lower brackets perpendicular to the floor with the
Modules (continued) screw insertion from the external side.
2. Insert and tighten the screw for the rear low bracket.
Install i1000SR Base 1. Install the i1000SR RSH Base Bracket at the right end
Bracket and of the i1000SR base plate using three (3) AAS072-02
Transporter screws. [1]
3. Attach the wear plate to the bridge using one (1) screw
(SBPP3-6SUS).
tape.


rear of the module.
sensor cables.

retaining nut.
Install i1000SR RSH 1. Secure the i-RSH using four (4) SBPP4-10SUS screws.
(continued)
Install i1000SR 1. Connect the i1000SR top cover sensor cable to the
Cover Sensor and sensor.
Cable
Install Middle Rear 1. Attach the middle rear cover WM10-64462-1 on the
screw SBPP3-10SUS at the lower screw hole.
YZG5459-05).
assembly.
Install Barcode 1. Remove the barcode reader from the c4000.
Reader and Bottle 2. Mount the barcode reader and bottle spinner on their
Spinner respective brackets on the iRSH.
3. Plug the barcode reader cable into J5 on the RSH
distribution board.
4. Plug the reagent bottle rotator motor cable and the
reagent home sensor cable into J9 and J2 on the RSH
distribution board.
5. Route the new barcode reader and bottle extension
cables under the c4000 RSH.
with the extension cables and secure with cable clamps.
Install Middle RSH 1. Install the middle RSH cable cover [1] (WM10-64468-1)
Cover between the instruments using two (2) SBPP3-10SUS
screws.
Attach Plate 1. Attach the RSH Flag Extension plate between the c4000
and i1000SR using two (2) screws (SB6B4-8SCR).
Note This plate continues the surface between the

c4000 and i1000SR modules, the carrier


back edge of the right-most load/unload PCB)
side may be more accessible by removing the
c4000 RSH front cover.

Install Covers 1. Install the RSH distribution board cover using one (1)
screw.
2. Install the i1000SR RSH front cover with one (1)
SBPP4-12 screw (from the bracket previously removed)
on the left-side and one (1) AAS051-08 screw on the
right-side.
4. Install the front lower center cover with screw SBPP3-
10SUS and rubber cap (Toshiba Part No. YZG5459-05).
5. Remove the cutout [1] in the c4000 top cover to allow
the carrier transport assembly to move between the two
(2) modules.
Note Verify covers fit properly. Adjust if needed.

Reference Artwork

c4000 Middle Top Front and Middle Top Rear Covers with i1000SR sensor taped

Note Secure all tubing to fittings with squeeze clamps, circular clamps or tie wraps to prevent leaks.
Install Low
Concentration Waste Note Ninety degree (90°) fittings are included for the
Drain Tubing with Low Concentration Waste Drain Tubing and a
90° Fittings (without ninety degree (90°) swivel fitting is included for
maintenance and service related tasks. Certain
installation settings preclude their use.
1. Cut two (2) short pieces (approximately 2 in or 5.1 cm

length) of external tubing (15 x 22).
3. Attach one (1) 90° fitting to each of the two (2) pieces of
tubing.
fitting and route tubing underneath the instrument to the
laboratory drain or external waste pump.

HCW Lines tape.
fitting together.
to the fitting.
6. Attach the High Concentration Waste (HCW) line to the
HCW fitting.

Note Purge all air from the filter bowl during the first
fill of the water bath. Failure to purge air can
cause failure of the water bath heater.
rights reserved.

Install Pipettor Probe 1. Grasp the pipettor arm near the lead screw and
manually lift the arm above the wash cup.
Caution Never lift the pipettor arm from the probe

end. Always lift near the lead screw.
2. Rotate the arm toward the front of the instrument for

easy access.
3. Loosen and open the probe clamp. [1]
4. Insert the probe into the probe hole in the end of the
arm. [2]
5. Secure the probe tubing to the connection on the
pipettor arm [3] and fully seat the probe into the
clamp. [4]
6. Close and finger-tighten the probe clamp thumb
screw. [5]
7. Raise the probe to test the crash mechanism and
ensure the probe returns tot he down position without
binding. If binding occurs, loosen the probe clamp screw
and bias the clamp toward the probe end of the pipettor
arm. Finger tighten the screw and recheck the crash
mechanism.
8. Rotate and lower the arm so the probe enters the wash
cup.
Note For further detail, refer to the probe

replacement procedure in the ARCHITECT
System Operations Manual.
Open Probe Latches 1. Remove the processing center cover.
2. As necessary, raise the wash zone (WZ) mechanism.
3. Loosen the probe latch thumbscrews and rotate the
latches. [1]
Install Wash Zone 1. For each probe, attach the appropriate tubing from the
Probes upper waste manifold to approximately 1/4 to 3/8” (6 to
9.5 mm) past the retaining features on the probes. [1]
2. Insert the probes into position in the wash
mechanism [2], ensuring the probes enter the holes in
the WZ manifold below the probe mount. [3]
Note If a probe is obstructed entering the hole, it

may be blocked by the process path disc.
Open the RV access cover and manually
rotate the disc to allow the probe to drop into
place. Close the RV access cover.
3. Secure each tube in the appropriate mounting feature

on the probe mount. [4]
4. Trace the tubing from each probe back to the upper
waste manifold and verify they are connected
appropriately.
Close Probe Latches 1. Rotate the latches [1] and tighten the thumbscrews.
2. Lower the wash zone mechanism.
rights reserved.

WARNING Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock
Install RV Loader 1. Unpack the RV loader and pickup assembly (separate

box inside RV loader box) and set on a work surface.
2. Remove packing tape securing the cover and chute.
3. Loosen two top RV cover thumbscrews and carefully set
the cover aside. It is not necessary to detach the sensor
cable(s). Pull the main cable out of the hopper.
4. Remove the screw from the motor hub. [1]
5. Orient the hub so the pin on the hub is at the 10 o’clock
position. [2]
6. Align the pin hole on the RV pickup assembly [3] with
the pin on the hub. [2]
Install RV Pickup 1. Secure the pickup assembly onto the hub post and
Assembly secure with the screw [4]. Verify the screw is tight but
DO NOT overtighten.
2. Carefully rotate the pickup assembly and verify that it
turns freely and the pickers pass inside (not outside) the
upper chute cover. [5] It is acceptable for one or more of
the pickup arms to slightly rub the upper chute casting
as it passes through the chute.
3. Reinstall the RV loader top cover.
Install RV Loader 1. If the distribution board cover is present, remove it.
Assembly 2. Hold the RV Loader with one hand near its mounting
area [1] or set inside top cover behind the distribution
board panel.
3. With the other hand, connect the cable to J16 on the
processing center distribution board. [2]
4. Set the loader onto its mounting platform. [3]
5. Align the mounting screw with the hole in the bracket
and tighten the screw [4] with a screwdriver (do not
overtighten).
Note Verify the RV loader cable is secure and not

interfering with another device.
rights reserved.

Disconnect Waste 1. Locate External Drain Tubing (201825) in the

Pump Accessory Kit.
3. Remove the accumulator assembly.
assembly.
5. Remove clamp at the waste pump pressure switch. [1]
back of the waste pressure switch. [2]
Install External Drain 1. Connect the external waste tube (201825) to the waste
Kit pressure switch [3].
2. Route it along the structure base between the motor
mounts and into the tubing clamp.

• waste tubing is positioned under the bracket and
not pinched
• ground lug is positioned between the motor mount
and the structure base [5]
Note The rear panel may remain off until the

installation is complete.
rights reserved.
Off-White ci4100 Monitor Support Arm Installation


before discarding packaging:
• Keyboard Tray
• Rubber bumper
Attach Support Arm to 1. Place the support arm assembly on structure support
Instrument post. [1]

EMSA.
Voltage 2. Verify all components are set up for appropriate line
Configuration voltage:
(100-240V, 50-60Hz)
requirement.
• Modem (optional) - default modem is USB-powered
with no AC requirement.
Install SCC, Optional 1. Place the CPU in the i1000SR cabinet with the floppy
Serial Expansion drive at top.
and Optional SCC
Uninterruptible Note Verify a minimum of 1-2” (3-5 cm) of air
Power System (UPS) space at the left side of the CPU. To prevent
2. Place the optional serial expansion unit (EMSA) on top

of the CPU.
Note Serial expansion is only required if using a

serial modem or ARM.
3. For optional SCC UPS use; unpack and prepare the

UPS for installation, including activating the battery
4. Place UPS inside the SCC cabinet. The power cord
routes from the back of the instrument.
5. For module UPS use; install it per manufacturer
module.

instrument.
1. Place keyboard and mouse on the keyboard tray.

2. Route keyboard cable through hole at the back of the
keyboard tray.
3. Secure mouse cable at approximately 12” (30.5 cm) to
allow free movement of mouse [1], with cable tie [2].
Install Touchscreen 1. In Installation Kit (202376) Monitor Cables bag find the
Monitor Cables following cables.
• 100417 - USB cable, 10’ (3 m)
• 100418 - VGA cable, 10’ (3 m)
monitor.
3. Route cables to the vertical support.
4. Create a short service loop and secure with a cable tie
in the holes in the vertical support. [4]
keyboard. [2]

tubing. [3]
Install Cable Plug 1. Remove the SCC are rear panel.

and Attach Cable 2. Route all five (5) cables into the hole in he structure.
Ties
3. Attach the black cable tie.
Installation with through the holder [1] and place the wand in the holder.
Hand Held Bar Code 2. Wind the keyboard and bar code reader cabling around
Wand the cable storage brackets under the keyboard tray. [2]
Connect Mouse,
Keyboard and Note Refer to the SCC Connections Diagram to
Monitor Cables to connect the Mouse, Keyboard and Monitor to
CPU the CPU.

CPU. [1]
the keyboard port (purple) on the CPU. [2]
[3]
4. Connect the monitor USB cable to the extra USB port at
the rear of the CPU, near the bottom. [4]
Connect Hub and

USB ports on the front panel of the CPU. [5]
Ethernet connector on the CPU. [6]
4. Connect a long ethernet cable from port 1 (preferred) on
the hub, to the i1000SR processing module ethernet
connector on the interface panel adjacent to the cooler.
[7]
5. Connect a long Ethernet cable from the SCC port on the
7. Connect three (3) (100349) ethernet cables from port 2,
8. Connect the (100349) ethernet cable from the
AbbottLink port, on the CPU, to the #1 ethernet
connection inside the SCC interface panel. [9]

Interface Panel CPU printer port to the connector labeled “Printer” on
the inside of the SCC interface panel. [10]
3. Connect the four (4) USB pigtails from the interface
panel (in any order) to the four (4) open USB ports on
the rear of the CPU. [11]
4. Connect the serial extension cable (100350) from the 9-
pin serial port, on the rear of the CPU, to the connector
labeled “LIS” on the inside of the SCC interface panel.
[12]

“Printer”.
2. Unpack and place the printer near the instrument.
3. Install ink cartridge.
Connect Laboratory 1. For LIS use; contact LIS site personnel to connect to
Information System the LIS system with an appropriate cable.
(LIS) (optional)
Connect External 1. Connect the external modem, USB cable to any USB
External Waste waste level sensor connector on the c4000 module I/F
Level Sensor panel.
(optional) 2. Install the external waste container (optional).
Connect Power for


4.
power strip. [1]
cabling into cable
tray. [2]

system UPS.


module power cord from the system power
supply. .


circuit as the UPS.
Connect Module AC 1. Connect the cord from the AC input on the power supply
Power to the wall outlet or to a module/system UPS.



ARCHITECT c4000 Service and Support Manual (Version 204733-115 • © 2009, 2012 • ARCHITECT, i1000SR, i2000, i2000SR, c8000, ci8200, c16000, ci16200, ci4100
Black Monitor Support Arm c4000/ci4100 Installation



Preparation
packaging

Keyboard Tray Slide
Install Black
Note: Be sure the cables are placed

behind the articulated arm or to the back
of the i1000SR.


articulated arm
Note: To adjust the articulated arm tension go

to P-672 - Articulated Arm Tension Adjustment.
Remove Stand and

Note: To adjustment the articulated arm tension

go to P-673 - Articulated Arm Monitor
Adjustment).
Install Black

Note: Do not use the cables that ship
with the monitor. Use the 11’ cables that

are shipped in the upgrade kit.
Cable Part #s:

3.5m)
3.5m)
100417-101 USB Cable (10 ft or 3m)


Note: White tie wrap shown to demonstrate

location.
Black SCC–Hardware and Cabling Installation for the ci4100 Integrated System
serial modem.

Caution Lifting Hazard - The monitor is heavy and unwieldy and the monitor arm may
move during installation. You may need two people to do this safely.

Verify Correct Line Voltage
Configuration 1. Unpack the SCC CPU and peripheral
components.
line voltage.
SCC - self adjusting AC input (99-240V,
50-60Hz)
Touchscreen Monitor - self-adjusting AC
input (100-240V, 50-60Hz)
HUB - default HUB is USB-powered with
no AC requirement.
Printer - default ARCHITECT printer is
115V or 220V depending on the list
number; otherwise dependent on specific
printer in use.
USB-powered with no AC requirement.
If a SCC or module UPS is used, verify
that each device's power configuration is
set properly for the specific UPS output
voltage.

Expansion and Optional SCC 1. Place the CPU onto the i1000SR cabinet with
Uninterruptible Power System (UPS) the floppy drive at top.
Note Verify a minimum of 1-2” (3-5 cm) of air

space at the left side of the CPU. To prevent
2. Place the optional serial expansion (EMSA) unit

on the shelf inside the SCC cabinet or next to
the CPU if a SCC UPS is not used. The serial
expansion is only required if using the ARM or
serial modem.
4. Place the UPS inside the SCC cabinet. The
power cord routes out the back of the
instrument.
manufacturer’s instructions within 6 feet (1.8
meters) of the processing module.
Install Keyboard and Mouse 1. Place the keyboard on the stand and note the
correct positioning.

2. Clean the bottom of the keyboard and the stand
with alcohol prep pads.
3. Remove one side of the adhesive backing from

the Velcro and place on the bottom of the
keyboard. Keeping the 2 pieces stuck together,
remove the other adhesive backing and place
the keyboard on the stand.
Note
To adjust the keyboard tray, go to P-674 -

4. Remove the adhesive backing for the wrist pad

and place it on the stand as shown.
5. Install the mouse, route, and secure cables with
tie wrap as shown.
Note: Use only white tie wraps in concealed

areas.
Note
To adjust the keyboard tray, go to P-674 Articluated
Arm Keyboard Angle Adjustment.
Remove Black Articulating Arm

Covers 1. Remove the top support cover [1] and then
the upper monitor cover [2].

arrow and lift off.
3. Remove bottom cover by removing two screws

(one on each side), then slide down and off.
Note
Release the two locking tabs first and then slide

the cover forward to remove the articulating arm
bottom cover.

Label Mouse and Keyboard

Extension Cables 1. Locate the 100501, PS-2 extension cables in
the Installation Kit.
mouse. [1]
for keyboard. [2]
Route Cables and Install Black Arm 1. Attach 11 foot (100151) keyboard and mouse
Covers extension cables.

Note: The keyboard will be attached to the
barcode reader splitter.
Note: Use white tie wraps in areas that will be

concealed and save black tie wraps for
dressing cables. Leave tie wraps loose until full
movement of arm is confirmed.


3. Add 2 tie wrap mounts to the monitor support

as shown. Route monitor cables through the
support channels and loosely tie wrap in place.
Check the monitor is able to move freely in all
directions prior to securing the cables.
4. Replace upper top monitor support covers.


Note: Monitor, keyboard, and mouse cables are

bundled together [1].
6. Next bundle cables and loosely add 2 black tie

wraps through the cover slots provided; keep tie
wraps loose until arm movement is checked.
Add the BCR Splitter [2] to the inside of

the cover securing it with a white tie
wrap as shown.
bottom cover.
Add Arm Cover

1. Loosely add cover to arm and check arm
movement in all directions prior to securing tie
wraps. Ensure:
Movement is silent
Arm moves freely in all directions
Cables move smoothly with arm
Keyboard and mouse connections
should hang outside the arm
Note: Install this cover only after you confirm

that the arm can move freely. This cover is
difficult to remove and can be easily damaged
during installation and removal.
Install Cable Plug and Check Arm

Movement 1. Remove the rear SCC panel on the i1000SR.
2. Route all five cables into the hole [1] in the
instrument structure.
3. Place cables into a loop as shown. Add 3 black
tie wraps [2] at the areas indicated.
4. Position the 5 cables into the rubber cable plug
[3] and position the cable plug in the hole in the
instrument casting.

check all cables remain connected, and the arm
has smooth movement.
Lift monitor all the way up and

down.
Move the arm all the way in and
out.
Lift the arm to the maximum
position and then retract it down.
Swing the arm all the way right
then left.

1. Install mouse and barcode reader holder. Insert
the right side (mouse) into the slot while
squeezing the left (BCR) side. Snap the left
side into place.
2. Add hand-held barcode scanner and mouse to
the holder

Connect Mouse, Keyboard and

Monitor Cables to CPU Note
Refer to the appropriate SCC Connections Diagram –

for Platform E or Platform F–to connect the Mouse,
Keyboard and Monitor to the CPU.
1. At the rear of the CPU, connect the mouse

extension cable (labeled M) to the mouse port
(green) on the CPU. [1]
2. Connect the keyboard extension cable (labeled
K) to the keyboard port (purple) on the CPU. [2]
3. Connect the VGA cable to the VGA port on the
CPU. [3]
4. Connect the monitor USB cable to one of the
USB ports at the front of the CPU, near the
bottom. [4]

Note
Refer to the appropriate SCC Connections Diagram –

for Platform E or Platform F–as needed for the
following connections.
1. Attach the four magnetic pads included in the

hub packaging to the bottom of the hub.
2. Connect the hub's power cable from the hub to
one of the USB ports on the front panel of the
CPU. [5]
3. Connect the short Ethernet cable (provided with
indicated Ethernet connector on the CPU. [6]
4. Connect the long Ethernet cable (provided with
i1000 processing module's Ethernet connector
located on the interface panel adjacent to the
cooler. [7].
5. Connect a long ethernet cable from the SCC
the exterior i1000sr SCC interface panel.
6. Connect a long ethernet cable from the S/H
the exterior i1000sr SCC interface panel.
7. Connect three (3) (100349) Ethernet cables
from port 2 on the hub to the Ethernet
connections #2, #3, #4 on the inside of the
SCC Interface Panel. [8]
8. Connect the (100349) Ethernet cable from the
AbbottLink port on the CPU to the #1 Ethernet
connection on the inside of the SCC Interface
Panel. [9]
9. Attach the hub to the side of the CPU so that its
display is visible from the front of the
instrument.
Connect Internal Cables for SCC

Interface Panel 1. As necessary, remove the SCC interface panel.
2. Connect the printer extension cable, 100351,
from the printer port on the CPU to the
connector labeled Printer on the inside of the
SCC interface panel. [10]
3. Connect the four USB pigtails from the interface
panel in any order to the four open USB ports
on the rear of the CPU. [11]
4. Connect the serial extension cable, 100350,
from the 9-pin serial port on the rear of the
CPU to the connector labeled LIS on the inside
of the SCC interface panel. [12]
Install Printer
1. Unpack and place the printer in its desired
location near the instrument.
2. Install the ink cartridge and paper per the
instructions provided with the printer.
3. Connect the printer cable from the printer, to
the connector labeled "Printer" on the outside of
the SCC interface panel.
4. Connect the power cord to the printer.
Connect Laboratory Information

System (LIS) (optional) 1. If an LIS is to be used, contact the site LIS
personnel to connect to the LIS system using
an appropriate cable.
Connect External USB Modem

(optional) 1. Connect the external modem’s USB cable to
any one of the USB connectors on the outside
of the SCC interface panel.
2. Connect the customer’s dedicated telephone
line to the modem.
Connect c4000 External Waste

Level Sensor (optional) 1. Connect the c4000 external waste level sensor
to the waste level sensor connector on the
c4000 module I/F panel.


Components Note Refer to SCC Power Connections
with SCC UPS Diagram or SCC Power
Connections with Module UPS Diagram.
1. Plug power cords for the monitor (202887) and

CPU (100346) into the power strip inside the
SCC cabinet. Tighten the clamp screws.
2. If module/system UPS is used, proceed to Step
3.
a. If a 120VAC SCC UPS is used,

connect the original SCC CPU
power cord from the power strip to
one of the battery backup
receptacles on the UPS. Proceed
to Step 4.

b. If a 220VAC SCC UPS is used,
connect a 100347 power cord (or
other custom cord as needed for
UPS) from the power strip to one
of the battery backup receptacles
on the UPS. Proceed to Step 4.
3. Secure the UPS AC input power cord in the

adjustable cable strap at the base of the

cabinet adjacent to the power strip. [1]
4. Secure all excess cabling into cable tray. [2]
5. Reinstall SCC area rear panel now or if desired,
at the completion of the system installation.
Note Do not plug the SCC UPS

into a larger system UPS.
Note If a UPS is not installed,

data loss and/or hard drive
damage is possible in the event of
a power disruption.
Note Only one power cord should

come out of the SCC area rear
panel in addition to the module
power cord from the system
power supply.

appropriate outlet outside the i1000SR module.
Note
Do not plug the printer into the UPS and,

if possible, do not plug the printer into
the same circuit as the UPS.

power supply to the wall outlet or to a
module/system UPS.
SCC Connector Diagrams


rights reserved.

Software
rights reserved.

Check Reagent 1. Check reagent segments for inner and outer reagent
Segments carousels. Ensure segments are firmly seated.

Decontamination
new instrument. Otherwise the filter will need
replacement.

Waste Cup/ Water
Bath Overflow Area
with 0.5% Sodium
(c4000)
Check Bulk
1. Check the ICT Reference Bottle on the weight sensor

2. Check the alkaline wash solution bottle on the weight
3. Check the acid wash solution bottle on the weight
3. As water fills the filter bowl, loosen the top right bolt [1]
on the filter assembly to remove trapped air from the
filter bolt.
4. Tighten the bolt when air is purged from the filter.


(i1000SR)
instrument.
5. Open the card cage door and verify that all the boards
are fully seated.
frame. Adjust hinges as necessary. Verify that all
screws on both sides of the front door hinges are tight.
Tighten as necessary.
2. Attach the reservoir extension tubings and cable
between the system and the buffer reservoir.
3. Place the reservoir on the floor in front of the wash
buffer storage area.
Note Do not install the buffer filter. It will be

installed after internal decontamination is
complete.

preparation containers.
Note This also is used when performing the Internal

Decontamination procedure. Disregard the
instructions to prepare buffer,. The remainder
of the mixture will be used at that time.
Note Only a small amount of buffer is loaded

initially to perform a system flush and
solution.

prepared buffer.
analyzer.
each consumables, including the option to Add buffer.
buffer transfer.
11. Remove the transfer tubing from the prepared buffer
when 1.5L of buffer is transferred to the reservoir! (See
1.5L marking on side of reservoir). The system stops
the transfer.

hopper.

Pre-Alignment
(i1000SR)
(i1000SR)

Calibration
Calibration (c4000)
Calibration (c4000)
Calibration (c4000)
Calibration

(c4000)

Washer Alignment
(c4000)
2. Perform 3525 Tempature Status and verify all

Supply Center Bar
Code Reader
(c4000)
Check Wash Cup
deck skins around the sample, reagent (both),
and mixer wash cups.
1. Perform 1175 for sample, reagent, (each one) and mixer

wash cups.


(c4000) be tested).

Maintenance (c4000)
0001/0000/0000)
Perform PVT 1. Perform P-647 Performance Verification Test (PVT).

(c4000)
(option 3).

Decontaminating the
Perform 2190 1. Perform 2190 Internal Decontamination. Select the new

Internal installation option.
Decontamination 2. At the end of the procedure, as directed, install a new
buffer filter.
Note If the wash buffer reservoir is installed, remove

it.

3. Select Module 1.
Note While 2137 Flush Fluids is running, verify

there are no leaks at the pipettor, syringe, all
tubing connections, all pumps including the
waste pump and external waste tubing if in
use.
rights reserved.

Perform 3230 Bar 1. Select System>Diagnostics.

Code Reader Test 2. Select Module 0.
Perform 3540 1. Select System, Maintenance.

Temperature Status 2. Select Module 2.
4. Perform 3540 Temperature Status.
Perform 1022 Optics 1. Select System>Diagnostics.

Background 2. Select Module 2.
Perform 5420 Crash 1. Select System>Diagnostics.

Sensor Test 2. Select Module 2.
Perform 3630 LLS 1. Select System>Diagnostics.

Test 2. Select Module 2.
Perform 6440 Daily 1. Select System, Maintenance.

Maintenance 2. Select Module 2.

Install/Delete Assays 2. Select Module 5 (for SCC).
4. Use the appropriate ARCHITECT System Assay CD-
ROM, perform 6114 Install/Delete Assays to install the
appropriate assays.
Note If 1047 Optics Verification was not performed,

install B-hCG and TSH or other 1-step and 2-
step assays and proceed to Configure QC-Cal
Settings.
Configure QC-Cal 1. Before placing the system in Run status, verify QC-Cal
Settings Settings for the assay(s) are correct.
2. To set QC-Cal Settings, select System and
Configuration.
Set Processing 1. On the screen, select both the processing module and
Module and Sample RSH.
Handler to Run 2. Select Run.
Status
Note While the processing module performs the run
initialization; enter calibration and control
orders.
Perform Calibration 1. Order a calibration for assays used for the performance For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to
on Appropriate verification P-24 Precision Run. the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10:
Assays Troubleshooting and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
Note Consecutively numbered carriers are required
for six point calibration assays.
Perform Precision 1. Order a P-24 Precision Run of at least ten replicates For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to
Run for each control level for each assay being tested. the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10:
2. For further information on performing control runs, refer Troubleshooting and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
to P-24 Precision Run.
Evaluate Control 1. When all control results are available, select QC-Cal
Run Data (Optics and QC Result Review.
Verification) 2. Select the control results and select F8 Release.
4. Print the reports for the assays which were run to obtain
the mean, SD, and percent (%) CV.
5. Verify results for each assay are within the published
ranges.
Note For TSH, the %CV should be less than 10%.

For B-hCG and STAT B-hCG, the %CV
should be equal to or less than 7.5%.
Note If %CVs are outside of range, refer to the

i1000SR eSolutions and ISA databases for
troubleshooting information.
Verify Processing 1. If the processing module in Running status, select the

Module is in Stopped processing module icon on the screen.
or Ready Status 2. Select F7 - Pause. Wait for the processing module to
change to a Ready status.

to Delete PVT Assay
Files

Backup
Note System must be in Stopped status prior to
stops executing.

instructions.
installation.
5. Select Done.

rights reserved.

Verify UPS 1. If the UPS’s battery is charged, unplug the UPS from
Operation the wall outlet.
minutes.
Note If battery indications show depletion, plug the

UPS back in immediately. Retest the UPS
after charging 24 hours.


Document

completion.
Off-White ci4100 Installation Checklist–Existing c4000 and Existing i1000SR

Action Completed
Software Required
Screw Checklist
Verify Voltage


Remove Monitor
Remove c4000 Cover

Remove Platform and Covers for Existing c4000 Module

Remove c4000 Carrier Transport Assembly
Remove c4000 RSH Bar Code Reader and Cable
Remove c4000 RSH Flex Cable (IGUS)
Remove c4000 RSH Carrier Transport Rail

Remove i1000SR Covers
Remove i1000SR Aspiration Platform Assembly

Remove i1000SR Carrier Transport and Rail

ci4100 Integration
Level the c4000
Install Wire Conduit and Rail Mount
Install Aspiration Platform Assembly
Install i1000SR RSH
Attach Plate
Install Covers

Install Waste Pump


Install Waste Pump

Verify SCC, Optional Serial Expansion and Optional SCC Uninterruptible Power System (UPS)
Install Printer

Verify Covers
Check Reagent Segments
Decontaminate Wash Cups and Waste Cup/ Water Bath Overflow Area with 0.5% Sodium Hypochlorite
(c4000)
Check Bulk Solutions (c4000)
Flush Lines (c4000)






Complete Checklist

Architect System:
Note
Note



Printed Name ________________________________________

Signature ___________________________________________

Date _______________________________________________

Software Required
Description

7-205681-01 CBL,BCR EXT

205283-101 Sliders

Toshiba Number
(Reference only)



WM10-64455-1 (2 Pieces)
WM10-64455-1 (2 Pieces)

4M10-64456 (2 Pieces)

4M10-64456 (2 Pieces)

Screw Checklist

Middle rear cover between i1000SR and c4000 WM10-64462-1 1
Middle RSH cable cover (WM10-64468-1 2
Attach support bracket [5] for the middle front cover to the right–side of the c4000 2


Verify Voltage 1. Remove the left rear cover from the c4000 module.
outlet (mains).
4. If a UPS is used, select the plug on the c4000
module closest to the output of the UPS.
Install Power Cord and 1. At rear of power supply and insert power cord plug
Verify Switch Settings into power supply.
Maintenance switch (left of c4000 module) is toggled
to ON.


this time.
rights reserved.

Inspect/Set Power 1. Locate the connection panel on the right–side of the

Supply Jumper c4000 power supply.
rights reserved.

Remove Monitor 1. Remove both rear covers.

2. Disconnect mouse, keyboard, monitor, printer
and ethernet cables from the SCC rear.
3. Pull the mouse, keyboard and monitor cables
up through the monitor base.
4. Remove monitor base cap from the post (2
5/64” allen head screws).
5. Lift monitor arm with attached monitor,
keyboard platform off the post.
6. Remove four (4) allen head screws securing
the monitor base to the instrument module.
7. Discard the monitor base.
Remove c4000 Cover 1. Remove c4000 top left-side cover.
2. Remove c4000 RSH front cover.

3. Remove bottom RSH cable cover by removing
two (2) screws.
rights reserved.

Remove Platform and 1. Disconnect the Ethernet, mouse, keypad,

Covers for Existing c4000 monitor and printer cables from the rear of the
Module SCC.
2. Disconnect USB-power cable for the Ethernet
hub from the SCC and remove the hub.
3. Disconnect EMSA from the SCC.
4. Remove SCC from the platform.
5. Remove upper and lower right-side covers.
6. Remove SCC platform.
7. Discard the SCC platform and right-side
covers.
rights reserved.

Remove c4000 Carrier 1. Open processing center cover.

Transport Assembly 2. Remove the upper–left-side panel of
processing module.
3. Remove upper–left panel support bracket.
4. Remove transport rail stop on left end of guide
rail.
5. Move the carrier transport [1] to the far left
7. Disconnect the flex cable connectors [2] at J2
and J3 on the carrier transport PCB.
8. Remove the screw securing the retaining pin
bracket [3] holding the flex cable to the carrier
transport frame and remove cable.
9. Remove the carrier transport from the RSH by
sliding it off the guide rail.

Remove c4000 RSH Bar 1. Remove the screw that holds the board cover
Code Reader and Cable and disconnect the cable from J5. [1]
2. Remove the two (2) screws from the bracket to
the Bar Code Reader.
3. Remove the two (2) screws from the Bar Code
Reader to the instrument frame.
Remove c4000 RSH Flex 1. Remove the four (4) screws from the front
Cable (IGUS) cover assembly.
2. Remove the two (2) screws from the RSH front
lower panel.
3. Disconnect the Flex cable motor signal at J13
from the rear of the RSH distribution board.
4. Disconnect the Flex cable data signal at J12
from the rear of the RSH distribution board.
5. Remove the RSH Motor and Sensor cables
from the cable clamp.
6. Remove the two (2) screws from the Flex cable
bracket to instrument frame.
Remove c4000 RSH Carrier 1. Remove the screws securing the transport rail
Transport Rail to the analyzer.
Note Save the screws for future use.
2. Remove the transport rail from the analyzer.
Note Dispose the c4000 stand alone flex

cables and rail according to local
procedures.
rights reserved.

Remove i1000SR Covers 1. Remove the i1000SR top rear access cover (4
captive screws) and top lid (4 screws each
side).
2. Remove front cover.
3. Remove left side skin [1] and front left mount
bracket [2].
4. Discard top lid front cover, left side skin and
mount bracket per local procedures.
Remove i1000SR 1. Remove the i1000SR aspiration platform

Aspiration Platform (97083) (3 green screws).
Assembly 2. Remove the screw securing the i1000SR LLS
Sample Antenna Assembly to the Aspiration
Platform bracket (200609).
3. Press LLS cover slightly toward you to clear
the bracket and slide up to remove.
4. Slide LLS Sample PCB up and disconnect the
LLS Antenna cables W401 (P2), W013 (P3),
W400 (P4) and Power Input cable W014 at J1
from back of the PCB.
5. Slide assembly out of the bracket.
Remove i1000SR Carrier 1. Remove the two (2) screws that secure the
Transport and Rail i1000SR rail stop on the left end of the guide
rail.
2. Remove the i1000SR RSH distribution board
cover and remove the RSH distribution board.
3. Disconnect the flex cable from the i1000SR
carrier transport by disconnecting the cables
on the carrier transport PCB.
4. Disconnect the flex cable from the i1000SR
RSH carrier transport frame.
Note Push the disconnected cables

through the orifice and secure them
to prevent interference with the
Trigger/Pre-Trigger trays.
5. Remove the carrier transport and IGUS chain

from the RSH. Dispose them according to local
regulations
6. Remove the i1000SR load platform and the
Teflon wear plate.
i1000SR Aspiration Platform bracket (200609)
to the carrier transport rail and remove the
bracket.
Note Mark the screws and save them for

future use.

i1000SR carrier transport rail (97326) to the
instrument frame.
9. Remove the tubing and cable from the wire
duct conduit.
10. Remove the i1000SR rail from the instrument.
11. Remove three (3) screws that secure the wire
duct conduit to the carrier transport rail. Save
the screws for a future step
Note Dispose the i1000 carrier transport

and rail according local regulations.
rights reserved.

WARNING Possible Electrostatic Discharge Shock

Set Jumper to 1. Remove the i1000SR power supply and SCC rear panels.
Module 2 2. Move the jumper [1] on the upper left edge of the card cage
backplane, from Module 1 to Module 2.
Note Changing the jumper from MODULE 1 to MODULE

2 sets the module number for the i1000SR to
Module 2, which is required for a ci4100 system
configuration.
rights reserved.
ci4100 Integration

Attach Brackets,
i1000 Note Reference artwork is located at the end of the
ci4100 Integration protocol.

assemblies onto the left side of the i1000SR using two
processing module.
2. Mount upper support stay bracket assembly [3] onto the
right side of the c4000 using two (2) screws (SB6B4-
10SCR at the front and SB6B-16SCR at the rear).
(SBPP4-10SUS).

Bracket the right side of the c4000 using two (2) screws
(SBPP4-10SUS).
Mount Middle Top 1. Attach the front middle (top) cover (WM10-64460-1) on
Covers and Prepare the hooks of the support stay brackets. Use a screw
i1000 SR Top Cover (SBPP4-10SUS) to secure the cover on the bracket.
Sensor 2. Attach the rear middle (top) middle cover [1] to the outer
panel (top) rear cover [2] using two (2) screws (SBPP3-
10SUS).
5. Locate the i1000SR top cover sensor cable, plugged in
at the bottom of the RSH card cage backplane (J605).

Sensor (continued)
base is almost 4.75” (12 cm) from the floor. This height
is necessary for integration with the i1000SR.

the floor.

and front-to-back.

cuvette numbers.

Reaction Carousel.

turns on each foot.
right.

mounted)
5. Install a screw in alignment pin [2] (4M10-64137) on the

i1000SR to help align the integration bridge.
using the guide pins as alignment aids.
7. Secure the bridge using three (3) screws (AAS072-02,
Install Wire Conduit 1. Install the wire duct conduit, removed earlier from the
and Rail Mount i1000SR, to the rail mount using three (3) screws.
2. Route the tubing and cable through the wire duct
conduit. Install the rail mount onto the i1000SR using
alignment guide pins and three (3) 10-32 x 5/8 PHP
screws (saved from previous step).
Caution Verify screws do not extend through the

back of the rail.
Modules rail aligns with the mounting surface, pins and mounting
thread holes. Attempt to get all pins centered as close
as possible to the slots in the rail.
from the normal mounting position) to determine c4000
and i1000SR front to back alignment.
between the rail and the right side of the c4000 and left
and right sides of the i1000SR.
i1000SR. The top of the rail should be flat against the
rail mounting brackets of both the c4000 and i1000SR
modules, with no gaps between the top surface of the
rail and the rail mounting brackets.
between the c4000 and i1000SR) and vertical alignment
of the rail to the i1000SR mounting features (pins and
threaded holes).
raise/lower the i1000SR feet to align the holes in the rail
with the corresponding threaded holes on the i1000SR
and c4000 rail mount.

integration, it is our reference for the rail and is
very important the it will stay leveled.
7. Attach the long rail using eighteen (18) 6B4-8SUS bolts

(3mm hex).

(just enough to hold the rail in position).

Note Ensure the upper front L-bracket [1] is rotated

to insert the screw from the top.
Install Aspiration 1. Install the aspiration platform bracket onto the i1000SR
Platform Assembly rail mount.
2. Install the power cable W0114 at J1, LLS cable W400 at
J4, LLS cable W013 at J3 and LLS reagent antenna
W401 at J2.
aspiration platform bracket and secure with one screw.
4. Install the Aspiration Platform Assembly using three (3)
green thumbscrews.
Install i1000SR Base 1. Install the i1000SR RSH Base Bracket at the right end
Bracket and of the i1000SR base plate using three (3) AAS072-02
Transporter screws. [1]
3. Attach the wear plate to the bridge using one screw
SBPP3-6SUS
tape.


rear of the module.
sensor cables.

retaining nut.
Install i1000SR RSH 1. Secure the i-RSH using 4 SBPP4-10SUS screws.
(continued)
Install i1000SR 1. Remove two (2) screws from the i1000SR top cover
Cover Sensor and sensor (located left front) and remove the sensor.
Cable 2. Unscrew the new sensor and bracket from the
assembly.
3. Install the new bracket and original i1000SR sensor with
the tw0 (2) screws removed in step 1.
4. Install the new sensor and bracket back from where it
was removed.
Note Two (2) sensors are installed.
5. Take the i1000SR top cover sensor cable, taped earlier

to the middle cover, and connect it to the sensor.
YZG5459-05).
assembly.
Install Barcode 1. Remove the barcode reader from the c4000.
Reader and Bottle 2. Mount the barcode reader and bottle spinner on their
Spinner respective brackets on the iRSH.
3. Plug the barcode reader cable into J5 on the RSH
distribution board.
4. Plug the reagent bottle rotator motor cable and the
reagent home sensor cable into J9 and J2 on the RSH
distribution board.
5. Route the new barcode and bottle extension cables
under the c4000 RSH.
with the extension cables and secure with cable clamps.
Install Middle RSH 1. Install the middle RSH cable cover [1] (WM10-64468-1)
Cover between the instruments using two (2) SBPP3-10SUS
screws.
Attach Plate 1. Attach the RSH Flag Extension plate between the c4000
and i1000SR using two (2) screws (SB6B4-8SCR).
Note This plate continues the surface between the

c4000 and i1000SR modules, the carrier


back edge of the right-most load/unload PCB)
side may be more accessible by removing the
c4000 RSH front cover.


cover using one (1) screw.
2. Transfer the hinges from the i1000SR top cover.
3. Install the hinges on the Toshiba top cover with twelve
(12) screws (SBPP4-10 or SBPP4-12).
4. Install the new top cover on the i1000SR.
5. Attach the cover to the frame with four (4) screws. for
each side.
6. Install the top rear access cover with four (4) captive
screws.
7. Install the i1000SR RSH front cover using one (1)
SBPP4-12 screw (from the bracket previously removed)
on the left side and one (1) AAS051-08 screw on the
right side.
9. Install the front lower center cover using screw SBPP3-
10SUS and rubber cap (Toshiba Part No. YZG5459-05).
Note Ensure covers sit properly, adjust if needed
Reference Artwork

c4000 Middle Top Front and Middle Top Rear Covers with i1000SR sensor taped.


Install Low
Concentration Waste Note Ninety degree fittings are included for the
Drain Tubing with 90° Low Concentration Waste Drain Tubing and
Fittings (without a ninety degree swivel fitting is included for
routed under the instruments, provide easier
access tot he rear of the instruments for
use.

in length) of external tubing (15 x 22) and attach one
piece to each of the two (2) Low Concentration Waste
(LCW) fittings on the panel at the right rear of the
processing module.
of tubing.
4. Cut the tubing to the proper length.

Install DI Water and 1. Wrap the threads of the 90° Swivel fitting with Teflon
HCW Lines tape and screw the fitting into the DI water Inlet fitting.
Tighten the fitting with a wrench.
fitting together.
to the fitting.
the HCW fitting.

Install Water Bath 1. Remove the c4000 rear left cover
6. Reinstall the c4000 rear covers.
rights reserved.


Pump Accessory Kit.
assembly.
Install External Drain 1. Connect the external waste tube, 201825, to the waste
clamp.


and not pinched.
complete.
rights reserved.

EMSA.
Verify Correct Line 1. Check the SCC CPU and peripheral components.
Voltage Configuration 2. Verify all components are set up for the appropriate
line voltage.
(100-240V, 50-60Hz)
requirement
powered with no AC requirement
Verify SCC, Optional 1. Place the CPU into the i1000SR cabinet with the
Serial Expansion and floppy drive at top. [1]
Optional SCC
Uninterruptible Power Note Verify a minimum of 1-2” (3-5 cm) of air
System (UPS) space at the left side of the CPU. To prevent
2. Place the optional serial expansion unit on the shelf

inside the SCC cabinet [2] or next to the CPU if a SCC
UPS is not used. The serial expansion is only required
if using the ARM or serial modem.
connections. See the instructions provided with the
UPS.
4. Place the UPS inside the SCC cabinet. [3] The power
cord routes out the back of the instrument.
manufacturer’s instructions within 6 feet (1.8 meters) of

instrument.

3. Secure the mouse cable with cable tie [2]
approximately 12” (30.5 cm) to allow free movement of
mouse [1].
• Monitor power cord
• 100417 - USB cable, 10’ (3 m)
• 100418 - VGA cable, 10’ (3 m)
2. Connect the power cord [1], touchscreen USB
cable [2], and VGA signal cable [3] cables to the
bottom of the monitor.
keyboard. [2]
3. To preserve space in the tube, keep cables from
crossing over each other.
tubing. [3]
5. Reinstall the cover and allow a 2” (5 cm) service loop
at the center joint of the support arm. [4]
Install Cables Plug 1. Remove the SCC area rear panel.

and Attach Cable Ties 2. Route all five cables into the hole in the structure.
casting. [2]
Installation with Hand through the holder [1] and place the wand in the
Held Bar Code Wand holder.
2. Wind the keyboard and bar code reader cabling around
Hand Held Bar Code the cable storage brackets under the keyboard tray
Wand and connect to the keyboard extension cable [1].
Connect Power for


4.
power strip. [1]
cabling into cable
tray. [2]

system UPS.


module power cord from the system
power supply. .


possible, do not plug the printer into the
same circuit as the UPS.
Connect Module AC 1. Route the module power cord through the hole in the
Power center rear panel.
supply of the i1000SR module to the wall outlet or to a
supply of the c400 module to the wall outlet or to a
Connect Mouse,
the CPU.

CPU.
Connect Hub and


i1000SR SCC interface.
3, 4 on the hub to the ethernet connection #2, #3, #4
inside the SCC interface panel.
Connect Internal 1. Connect the printer cable to the connector labeled

Cables for SCC “Printer”.
Interface Panel 2. Unpack and place the printer near the instrument.

“Printer” on the outside of the SCC interface panel.
2. Unpack and place the printer in its desired location
near the instrument.
3. Install the ink cartridge and paper per the instructions
provided with the printer.
4. Connect the power cord and cable to the printer

(LIS) (optional)
Connect External USB 1. Connect the external modem USB cable to any USB
Modem (optional) connector on the outside of the SCC interface panel.
2. Connect the phone line to the modem.
Install EMSA 1. Connect the EMSA USB cable on the front panel of
(optional) the CPU. [13]
ci4100 Connections Diagram




Install ARCHITECT 1. See Reference. Refer to the latest software TSB for detailed installation instructions.
Software
rights reserved.

Verify Cable and


instrument.
Install/Check 1. Install the reagent segments to the inner and outer

Reagent Segments reagent carousels. Ensure the reagent segments are
firmly seated.

Decontamination

Waste Cup/ Water
Bath Overflow Area
with 0.5% Sodium
(c4000)
Install/Check Bulk



(i1000SR)
instrument.
fully seated.
necessary.
7. Only a small amount of buffer will be loaded initially in
order to perform a system flush and calibrations. The
remainder will be loaded after the system is flushed with
bleach solution.
prepared buffer.
analyzer.
buffer.
prepared buffer as soon as 1.5L of buffer has been
transferred to the reservoir! (See 1.5L marking on side
of reservoir). The system will stop the transfer.

hopper.

Pre-Alignment
(i1000SR)
(i1000SR)
Calibration
Perform Pipettor 1. Perform 1110 Pipettor Calibration.
Calibration
(i1000SR)
Calibration (c4000)
Calibration (c4000)
Calibration (c4000)
Calibration

(c4000)

Washer Alignment
(c4000)
2 Perform 3525 Temperature Status and verify all

Supply Center Bar
Code Reader
(c4000)
Check Wash Cup



(c4000) be tested).

Maintenance (c4000)
0001/0000/0000).
Perform PVT 1. Perform P-647 Performance Verification Test .

(c4000)
(option 3).

Decontaminating the
Processing Module Note Prior to buffer filter installation, the i1000SR
system must be decontaminated to ensure
the buffer intake and dispense systems are
free of microbial contamination (before being
used by the customer). Maintenance
procedure 2190 Internal Decontamination is
used to perform required flushes with sodium
hypochlorite.
Perform 2190 Internal 1. Perform 2190 Internal Decontamination. Select the

Decontamination new installation option.
buffer filter.
3. Select Module 1.

tubing if in use.
rights reserved.

Perform 3230 Bar 1. Select System>Diagnostics.

Code Reader Test 2. Select Module 0.
Perform 3540 1. Select System, Maintenance.

Temperature Status 2. Select Module 2.
Perform 1022 Optics 1. Select System>Diagnostics.

Background 2. Select Module 2.
Perform 5420 Crash 1. Select System>Diagnostics.

Sensor Test 2. Select Module 2.
Perform 3610 LLS 1. Select System>Diagnostics.

Test 2. Select Module 2.
Perform 6440 Daily 1. Select System, Maintenance.

Maintenance 2. Select Module 2.

Install/Delete Assays 2. Select Module 5 (for SCC).
4. Use appropriate ARCHITECT System Assay CD-ROM
and perform 6114 Install/Delete Assays to install the
appropriate assays.
Note If 1047 Optics Verification was not performed,

install B-hCG and TSH or other 1-step and 2-
step assays and proceed to Configure QC-Cal
Settings.
Configure QC-Cal 1. Before placing the system in Run status, verify QC-Cal
Settings Settings for the assay(s) are correct.
2. To set QC-Cal Settings, select System and
Configuration.
Set Processing 1. On the screen, select both the processing module and
Module and Sample RSH.
Handler to Run 2. Select Run.
Status
Note To save time while the processing module is
performing the run initialization, enter
calibration and control orders.
Perform Calibration 1. Order a calibration for assays to be used for the For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to
on Appropriate performance verification P-24 Precision Run. the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10:
Assays Troubleshooting and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
Note Consecutively numbered carriers are required
for six point calibration assays.
Perform Precision 1. Order a P-24 Precision Run of at least ten replicates for For further information on performing diagnostic procedures, refer to
Run each control level for each assay being tested. the ARCHITECT System Operations Manual, Section 10:
2. For further information on performing control runs, refer Troubleshooting and diagnostics, Subsection: System diagnostics.
to P-24 Precision Run.
Evaluate Control 1. When all control results are available, select QC-Cal
Run Data (Optics and QC Result Review.
Verification) 2. Select the control results and select F8 Release.
4. Print the reports for the assays which were run to obtain
the mean, SD, and percent (%) CV.
5. Verify results for each assay are within the published
ranges.
Note For TSH, the %CV should be less than 10%.

For B-hCG and STAT B-hCG, the %CV
should be equal to or less than 7.5%.
Note If %CVs are outside of range, refer to the

i1000SR eSolutions and ISA databases for
troubleshooting information.
Verify Processing 1. If the processing module in Running status, select the

Module is in Stopped processing module icon on the screen.
or Ready Status 2. Select F7 - Pause. Wait for the processing module to
change to a Ready status.

to Delete PVT Assay
Files

Backup
stops executing.

instructions.
installation.
5. Select Done.

rights reserved.

Verify UPS 1. If the UPS’s battery is charged, disconnect the UPS plug
Operation from the wall outlet.
minutes.
Note If battery indications show depletion, plug the

UPS back in immediately. Retest the UPS
after charging 24 hours.

rights reserved.

Document

completion.
ICT module
Reaction cuvette
IRef cup with
ICT pre-amp with
liquid level
IRef cup sensor
sensor
345uL
15uL
Diluent / Sample
HCW separation pot

IRef solution pre-heater
Waste/Overflow
port of reaction bath
EM valve for
ICT aspiration
(High Concentration Waste) ICT aspiration pump IRef solution pump IRef solution bottle
7A_9001a
Confidential
HDM10-20126
5. Drawings
AC2 TBC
T1 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ON/ OFF Thermostat AC100V 3
A
STRD Trans former 1
2
UL1007
UL1007
AWG16 白
AWG16 白
♂
♂
{ AC100V MC1 T3 }
M 9 6 3 3 UL1672 AWG18 白 ♂ { AC100V MC1 T1 }
TEMP
TEMP
4
FUSE
FUSE
P UL1007 AWG16 灰 ♂
{ AC100V MC1 T4 }
8 5 2 5 UL1007 AWG16 灰 ♂
AWG18 白 AWG18 灰 6 UL1672 AWG18 灰 ♂ { AC100V MC1 T2 }
UL1672 7 4 1 7 UL1672 AWG18 白 ♂ { AC24V MC1 T5 }
24V 100V
Trans 8 NC ♀
AWG18 白 UL1672 350782-1
AWG18 灰
9 UL1672 AWG18 茶 ♂ { AC24V MC1 T6 }
UL1672
former AWG18 灰
UL1672 AWG18 灰 L PS5 +12V27A MC IN
1 UL1672 AWG18 茶 ♀ { AC24V MCIN}
6 3 2 UL1672 AWG18 白 ♀ { AC100V MCIN}
MC1 UL1672 AWG18 白 N 3 UL1672 AWG18 灰 ♀ { AC100V RSHMCIN}
TB1 UL1672 UL1672 TB2 5 2 4 UL1672 AWG18 白 ♀ { AC24V MCIN}
PBA300F-12
5 UL1672 AWG18 灰 ♀ { AC100V MCIN}
FG 6
10B 9B 8B 7B 6B 5B 4B 3B 2B 1B
10A 9A 8A 7A 6A 5A 4A 3A 2A 1A
10B 9B 8B 7B 6B 5B 4B 3B 2B 1B
10A 9A 8A 7A 6A 5A 4A 3A 2A 1A
T6 L6 4 1 UL1672 AWG18 白 ♀ { AC100V RSHMCIN}
T5 L5 350781-1
Trans
L PS4 +11.6V2A MCOUT
N 1 UL1672 AWG18 茶 ♂ { AC24V MCOUT }
former T4 L4 6 3
2 UL1672 AWG18 白 ♂ { AC100V MCOUT }
3 UL1672 AWG18 灰 ♂ { AC100V RSHMCOUT }
PBA50F-15
5 2
IN
4
UL1672 AWG18 白
UL1672 AWG18 灰
UL1672 AWG18 白 ♂ { AC24V MCOUT }
FG 5 UL1672 AWG18 灰 ♂ { AC100V MCOUT }
240V 230V 220V 208V 200V T3 L3 4 1
6 UL1672 AWG18 白 ♂ { AC100V RSHMCOUT }
L PS2 +15V1A 350781-1
Tap Select Voltage MCIN T2 L2

N -15V1A AUTO 1 UL1672 AWG18 灰 ♀ MC1 A1
3 2 1
2 UL1672 AWG18 白 ♀ MC1 A2
PBW50F-15-V
FG 3 NC ♂
L N T1 L1 FG 350767-1
L PS6 +24V18A R/ F
Power Code
A1 A2
1 UL1672 AWG18 灰 ♀ BK A1
MCOUT 3 2 1 2 NC ♂
N 350767-1
3 UL1672 AWG18 灰 ♀ TB3 10B
UL1672 AWG18 灰
UL1672 AWG18 白
R/ F AUTO
FG ADA600F-24-V Thermostat
1 UL1672 AWG18 灰 ♀ TB1 7B
PS3
2 1
2 UL1672 AWG18 灰 ♀ PS5 L
UL1672
+12V8A 350778-1
UL1672 AWG18 灰 AWG18 灰図面番号 AC100V
KB 6 7 7 4 2
1 NC ♂
3 2 1 2 UL1672 AWG18 灰 ♀ TB1 7B (AC100V)
TB3 3 UL1672 AWG18 白 ♀ TB1 5B (AC100V)
UL1672 AWG18 灰 PS1 回路図(2/ 2) 350767-1
10B 9B 8B 7B 6B 5B 4B 3B 2B 1B
10A 9A 8A 7A 6A 5A 4A 3A 2A 1A
+3.3V8A TBC
6 3
1 UL1007 AWG18 赤 ♀ PS1 +5V15A
L OA D FG 2 NC ♂
UL1672 AWG18 灰 L 5 2
3 UL1672 AWG18 灰 ♀ TB2 10A (AC24V)
4 UL1007 AWG18 黒 ♀ PS1 +5V GND
UL1672 AWG18 白 N PS1 5
UL1672 AWG18 白 NC ♂
4 1
6 UL1672 AWG18 白 ♀ TB2 9A (AC24V)
FG
+5V15A 350781-1
UL1007 AWG18 緑/ 黄 STRD 1

2
UL1672
UL1672
AWG18 灰
AWG18 白
♀
♀
TB2 10A (AC24V)
TB2 9A (AC24V)
5 4 3 2 1
3 UL1007 AWG18 黄 ♀ PS2 +15V1A
L AI N FG 4 UL1007 AWG18 黒 ♀ PS2 ± 15V GND
LF1 PS1 +12V2A 5 UL1007 AWG18 青 ♀ PS2 -15V1A

UL1007 AWG18 緑/ 黄
350810-1
-12V2A AC 1 UL1672 AWG18 灰 ♀

{ AC100V AC/ DCDRIVER}
AWG18 灰
AWG18 白
AWG18 白
2 UL1672 AWG18 白 ♀
AWG18 灰
UL1672
UL1672
UL1007 AWG18 緑/ 黄 3 UL1672 AWG18 灰 ♀

9 6 3 { AC100V TBC }
4 UL1672 AWG18 白 ♀
5 UL1672 AWG18 灰 ♀
AC3-WMLE-00-V
8 5 2 { AC100V FANS }
6 UL1672 AWG18 白 ♀
7 4 1
7 NC ♂
L1 L2 8 NC ♂
PS8 +5V10A
9 NC ♂
15A UL1672 AWG18 灰 L 350782-1
A2
UL1672 AWG18 白 N ON/ OFF 1 UL1672 AWG18 灰 ♂ RSHpower Switch IN (AC100V)
2 UL1672 AWG18 白 ♂ RSHpower Switch IN (AC100V)
PBA50F-5-V
A1 3 2 1
3 NC ♀
FG
BK
T1 T2
350767-1
UL1672 AWG18 灰 L PS8 +12V2A RSH

1 UL1672 AWG18 灰 ♀ TB2 4B (AC100V)
UL1672 AWG18 白 N -12V1A 2 1
2 UL1672 AWG18 白 ♂ TB2 2B (AC100V)
350778-1
PBW50F-12-V
アース端子1
アース端子2
第一アース
FG
2 1
c+RSH
PS7 +36V18A
1 UL1672 AWG18 灰 ♂ TB1 2B (AC100V)
UL1672 AWG18 灰 L
AWG18 灰
AWG18 灰
AWG18 白
AWG18 白
2 1
2 UL1672 AWG18 白 ♀
UL1672
UL1672
TB1 1B (AC100V)
7.5A
15A
UL1672 AWG18 灰 350778-1

UL1672 AWG18 白 N
UL1672 AWG18 灰
2 1 i+RSH
AWG18 灰 FG PBA600F-36 2 1
1 UL1672 AWG18 灰 ♂
2 UL1672 AWG18 白 ♀
TB1 4B (AC100V)
TB1 3B (AC100V)
6 6 6
350778-1
A A A
RSH ANA
c+RSHi+RSH RSH
M M M
P P P
Power Power
Switch Switch AC5 AC3 AC4 COOLINGFAN
AC 7A_9004a Page 1
IN
配色表示電線色
前面パネルに設置されたパーツ +36V AC100V,AC24V L
右側面に設置されたパーツ +24V AC100V,AC24V N
電線の種類、及びユニット記号とその用途 +15V F.G
端子台のショートバーorシールド線 +12V,11.5V
装置内の絶縁トランス +5V,3.3V
組込電源の型式名 GND
-12V,-15V
Page 1
Confidential
HDM10-20126
UC +24V1 +24V2 1 2
LAMP
9 6 3 LAMP CP1 CP2 CP3 CP4 CP5 CP6 CP7 12 9 6 3 15 12 9 6 3
1 UL1007 AWG18 橙ネジ +11.5V
2 UL1672 AWG18 黒ネジ GND
8 8 8 8 8 8 4
8 5 2 A A A A A A A 11 8 5 2 14 11 8 5 2
M M M M M M M 1 UL1007 AWG18 赤 ♀ +5V
7 4 1 P P P P P P P 10 7 4 1 13 10 7 4 1 2 UL1007 AWG18 黒 ♀ GND
3 UL1007 AWG18 黄 ♀ +15V
CPU 4 UL1007 AWG18 赤 ♀ +5V
KP608
TBC 1,4pin 5 UL1007 AWG18 黒 ♀ GND
15 12 9 6 3 6 UL1007 AWG18 黒 ♀ A.GND
STRD 3,4,5pin 7 UL1007 AWG18 赤 ♀ +5V
14 11 8 5 2 8 UL1007 AWG18 黒 ♀ GND
PS5 +12V27A 13 10 7 4 1
9
10
UL1007
UL1007
AWG18 青
AWG18 赤
♀ - 15V
♀ +3.3V
11 UL1007 AWG18 黒 ♀ GND
CN2 350784- 1 12 NC ♂
13 UL1007 AWG18 橙 ♀ +12V
PBA300F- 12
14 UL1007 AWG18 黒 ♀ GND
15 UL1007 AWG18 青 ♀ - 12V
1 UL1007 AWG18 紫 ♀ +24V

PS4 +11.6V2A (LAMP用電源) 2 UL1007 AWG18 紫 ♀ +24V
+5V +12V 12V +3.3V

8A
3 UL1007 AWG18 紫 ♀ +24V
R
+24V2
CN2
CN1
4 UL1007 AWG18 黒 ♀ GND
1A
5
CN4
UL1007 AWG18 黒 ♀ GND
R
TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6 TP7 15 12 9 6 3 6 UL1007 AWG18 黒 ♀ GND
CN3
10A 2A
PBA50F- 15
7 UL1007 AWG18 紫 ♀ +24V
R
KAIT(KP654) 14 11 8 5 2 8 UL1007 AWG18 紫 ♀ +24V
9 UL1007 AWG18 紫 ♀ +24V
R
13 10 7 4 1 10 UL1007 AWG18 黒 ♀ GND
PS2 +15V1A
+24V +36V +12V +12V - 12V +11.5V +12V +15V - 15V +5V
1A 15A
(ﾉｲｽﾞﾌｨﾙﾀ) 11 UL1007 AWG18 黒 ♀ GND
R
350784- 1 12 UL1007 AWG18 黒 ♀ GND
CN1
CN3
- 15V1A
13 UL1007 AWG18 紫 ♀ +24V
R
SNA- 03- 223 14 UL1007 AWG18 黒 ♀ GND
1A
15 NC ♂
R
CN2
CN4
PBW50F- 15- V
8A
1 UL1007 AWG18 紫 ♀ +24V
R
2
+24V1 UL1007 AWG18 紫 ♀ +24V
2A
3 UL1007 AWG18 紫 ♀ +24V
R
PS6 +24V18A 12 9 6 3
2A
R
11 8 5 2
18A 18A 27A 2A

7 UL1007 AWG18 紫 ♀ +24V
R
10 7 4 1
8 UL1007 AWG18 紫 ♀ +24V
ADA600F- 24- V TP11 9 UL1007 AWG18 紫 ♀ +24V
R
TP8 TP9 TP10 TP12 TP13 TP14 10 UL1007 AWG18 黒 ♀ GND
350783- 1 11 UL1007 AWG18 黒 ♀ GND
R
12 UL1007 AWG18 黒 ♀ GND
PS3
R
UC 1 UL1007 AWG18 橙 ♀ +12V
+12V8A 9 6 3
2
3
UL1007
UL1007
AWG18 橙
AWG18 橙
♀
♀
+12V
+12V
図面番号 4 UL1007 AWG18 黒 ♀ GND
TP15
KB67741 TP16 8 5 2 5 UL1007 AWG18 黒 ♀ GND
1
CNBD
7 4 1 7 UL1007 AWG18 橙 ♀ +12V
PS1
2
回路図 (2/ 2) 350782- 1
8
9
UL1007
NC
AWG18 黒 ♀
♂
GND
+3.3V8A
3
J6 1 UL1007 AWG18 赤 ♀ +5V
4
2 UL1007 AWG18 赤 ♀ +5V
9 6 3 3 UL1007 AWG18 赤 ♀ +5V
4 UL1007 AWG18 赤 ♀ +5V
8 5 2 5 UL1007 AWG18 黒 ♀ GND
PS1 6
7
UL1007
UL1007
AWG18 黒
AWG18 黒
♀
♀
GND
GND
+5V15A
7 4 1
350782- 1 9 NC ♂
1
TP17 TP18 TP19 TP20 J1
4
1 UL1007 AWG18 茶 ♀ +36V
CPU
6 3
2 UL1007 AWG18 茶 ♀ +36V
PS1
7
+12V2A 5 2
3
4
UL1007
UL1007
AWG18 茶
AWG18 黒
♀
♀
+36V
GND
12
11
10
- 12V2A 4 1
350781- 1 6 UL1007 AWG18 黒 ♀ GND
15
14
13
J2
6 3
1 UL1007 AWG18 茶 ♀ +36V
2 UL1007 AWG18 茶 ♀ +36V
AC3- WMLE- 00- V 5 2
3
4
UL1007
UL1007
AWG18 茶
AWG18 黒
♀
♀
+36V
GND
4 1
PS8 +5V10A
350781- 1 6 UL1007 AWG18 黒 ♀ GND
CPUM 1
2
UL1007
UL1007
AWG18 紫
AWG18 橙
♀ +24V
♀ +12V
TP21 TP22 TP23 TP24 1 2345 6
3 UL1007 AWG18 橙 ♀ +11.5V
PBA50F- 5- V SMP- 06V- NC
4
5
UL1007
UL1007
AWG18 黒
AWG18 黒
♀ GND (24GND)
♀ GND (12GND)
6 UL1007 AWG18 黒 ♀ GND (11.5GND)
PS8 +12V2A +12V 1 UL1007 AWG18 橙 ♀ +12V
- 12V1A 5 4 3 2 1
2 UL1007 AWG18 黒
3 NC
♀
♂
GND
4 NC ♂
TP25 TP26 TP27 TP28
PBW50F- 12- V 350810- 1 5 NC ♂
J5 1 UL1007 AWG18 赤 ♀ +5V
PS7 +36V18A 2 UL1007 AWG18 赤 ♀ +5V

4 3 2 1
350780- 1
TP29 TP30 TP31 TP32 CNBD 1 UL1007 AWG18 赤 ♀ +5V
PBA600F- 36 4 3 2 1
2
3
UL1007
UL1007
AWG18 黒
AWG18 橙
♀
♀
GND (5GND)
+12V
4 UL1007 AWG18 黒 ♀ GND (12GND)
350780- 1
6 3 6 3 2 1 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 9 6 3 5 4 3 2 1
J3 1 UL1007 AWG18 橙 ♀ +12V
2 1 2 UL1007 AWG18 青 ♀ - 12V
+36V
18A
+12V
2A
+5V
10A
+12V
2A
+5V
15A
+3.3V
8A
+12V
8A
+24V
18A
+15V +11.5V +12V
1A 2A 27A
5 2 5 2 4 3 6 5 4
J5 8 5 2 CPUM +12V 4 3 3
172159- 1 4
12V 12V 15V
4 1 4 1 J3 J4 7 4 1
1A 2A 1A
J4 1 UL1007 AWG18 橙 ♀ +12V
J1 J2 J6 3 2 1
2
3
UL1007
UL1007
AWG18 橙
AWG18 青
♀
♀
+12V
- 12V
6 5 4 4 UL1007 AWG18 青 ♀ - 12V
172160- 1 5 UL1007 AWG18 黒 ♀ GND 7A_9004a Page 2
配色表示電線色 6 UL1007 AWG18 黒 ♀ GND
前面パネルに設置されたパーツ +36V AC100V,AC24V L

右側面に設置されたパーツ +24V AC100V,AC24V N
電線の種類、及びユニット記号とその用途 +15V F.G
端子台のショートバーorシールド線 +12V,11.5V
装置内の絶縁トランス +5V,3.3V
組込電源の型式名 GND - 12V,- 15V
Page 2
7A_9005a
VESTIGES DATE DEPT. NAME
AUTHOR 2007/09/04 17:29 ○ＣＬ Masahiro

○ＣＬ開 Masubuchi
REVIEWER 2007/09/04 17:32 ○ＣＬ Hitoshi

電子承認図面（未承認）
○ＣＬ開 Shibutani
APPROVER 2007/09/04 20:22 ○ＣＬ Takehiko

○ＣＬ開 Oonuma
System Control Center (SCC)
(7D01-05)
Controller
Board Serial
RSH BLOCK
Channels
CLI Diagnostic Port DIAGRAM 200 - 240VAC

50/60Hz
(RS232)
12v Card Cage Fans
Indexer Module Power Cord
Board +12v Fused +5v Fused (selected for country)
SCC Ethernet Port Discrete I/O
c4000/8000/c16000 RSH Card Cage (Abbott 204468, Toshiba PM10-64499) ON/OFF

Switch
c4000/c8000/c16000 RSH Backplane (Abbott 900170, Toshiba PM10-64500)
Backplane Fuses AC/DC
Converter
+12v +5v
+5v
+5v +12v +5v, +12v DC
+12v +5v Power Output Signals
A-ISA Bus
Controller Board Indexer Board
(Abbott 78665, (Abbott 90370,
Toshiba PM10-64506) Toshiba PM10-64508) +5v
+5v +36v +36v DC
+36v Power Output Signals
Discrete Motor Driver Board

I/O (Abbott 900210,
SPI
Toshiba PM10-64507)
C4000
RSH Power Supply
RSH
Carrier Transport Bar
Distribution
Theta Encoder Code
Board
RS422 Reader
RS232
RS232
Carrier Transport Sensors

Stepper Motor Incremental Encoder &
RSH I/O Interrupt
+5v Fused +5v Fused Drive Signals Home Sensor Signals
RSH Reset
Robotic Sample Handler (RSH) Carrier Positioner c4000 i1000SR Robotic Sample Handler Extension (ci4100 only)
Motor Top Cover Sensor Top Cover Sensor
Carrier Transport Board RSH Distribution Board
(Abbott 900190, c4000
(Abbott 900185, Toshiba PM10-64503)
Toshiba PM10-64505) Reagent Access
Stepper Home Cover Sensor
Motors Sensors Bar Code Reader Carrier Positioner Board
Absolute (Abbott 900165, Toshiba PM10-64504)
Encoder
Reagent Bottle Rotator
Carrier Positioner
Incremental Motor / Home Sensor
Sensors Encoder / Home Sensor
Encoders
Sensors LED's Sensors LED's Sensors LED's Sensors LED's Sensors LED's Sensors LED's Sensors LED's
Sensors LED's
CC Load/Unload Board CC Load/Unload Board CC Load/Unload Board CC Load/Unload Board IA Load/Unload Board IA Load/Unload Board IA Load/Unload Board IA Load/Unload Board
7A_9033.vsd Pg. 1 of 1
7A_9033a
DETAILED TOP LEVEL
LEGEND:
Solid Black Rectangle Denotes a Connector C4000 RSH Power
Supply
Hollow Pipe with Arrowheads Denotes a Cable To Card Cage Power: Module Power Cord A/C Power
+5V & +5V Return
+36V & +36V Return
(S) Denotes a Single Ended Signal +12V & +12V Return
J1 J6 J4
(D) Denotes a Differential Signal
System Control Center (7D01-05)

36V Power (Toshiba CM10-64524)
To Controller Board:
SCC Ethernet Port (D)
5V Power (Toshiba CM10-64525) CLI Diagnostic RS232 Port (S)
12V Power (Toshiba CM10-64526)
Ethernet (Toshiba CM10-64546)
J41 J42 J48 J600
J900
RSH Sensors-Communication (Toshiba CM10-64521)
J46
CLI Diagnostic RS232 (203670)
c4000/c8000/c16000 RSH Card Cage (Abbott 204468, Toshiba PM10-64499)
J902
Carrier Positioner Sensors (Toshiba CM10-64522)
c4000/c8000/c16000 RSH Backplane (Abbott 900170, Toshiba PM10-64500)
J70
12v Card Cage Fan 1
J605
Top Cover Sensors (Toshiba CM10-64533)
J71
12v Card Cage Fan 2
Digital PC Boards: Power Driver PC Board:
Controller Board (Abbott 78665, Toshiba PM10-64506) Motor Driver Board (Abbott 900210, Toshiba PM10-64507)
J901
RSH Motors (Toshiba CM10-64520) Indexer Board (Abbott 90370, Toshiba PM10-64508)
J679
CP Motor (Toshiba CM10-64523)
Robotic Sample Handler

(RSH)
To Card Cage Fused Power:
+5V & +5V Return To Motor Driver Board:
Carrier Transport X-Motor
To Controller Board: Carrier Transport Theta Motor
Spare Carrier Transport Sensor (D) Carrier Transport Z-Motor
Rail Guide Sensor (D) Reagent Bottle Rotator Motor
RSH I/O Interrupt (D) Carrier Positioner Motor
Reagent Bottle Rotator Home Sensor (D)
RSH Reset (S)
Bar Code Reader RS232 (S)
c4000 Top Cover Sensor
c4000 Reagent Access Cover Sensor
i1000SR Top Cover Sensor
Carrier Transport Theta Encoder RS422 (D):
Carrier Transport Theta Encoder Data
Carrier Transport Theta Encoder Home
RSH Distribution Board RS232 (S):
Load_Unload Board Sensors
Load_Unload Board LEDs
Carrier Positioner Carrier Detect Sensor
Carrier Positioner Alignment Sensor
Load Platform Alignment Sensors A & B
Carrier Transport X-Home Polarity
RSH CPLD Reset
Rail Guide Sensor Emitter Power
Load_Unload Board Sensor Error
Load_Unload Board LED Error
RSH CPLD Error
To Indexer Board:
Carrier Transport X Encoder (D)
Carrier Transport X Home Sensor (D)
Carrier Transport Z Encoder (D)
Carrier Transport Z Home Sensor (D)
Carrier Transport Theta Home Sensor (D)
Reagent Bottle Rotator Home Sensor (D)
Carrier Positioner Home Sensor (D) 7A_9034a
7A_9034.vsd Pg. 1 of 1 Carrier Positioner Encoder (D)
GENERAL TOP LEVEL
LEGEND:
Solid Black Rectangle Denotes a Connector
Hollow Pipe with Arrowheads Denotes a Cable POWER SUPPLY

DC Voltages
A/C Power
SYSTEM CONTROL CENTER

(SCC)
System Control Center Ethernet Port
CLI Diagnostic RS232 Port
12v Card Cage

Fans
RSH CARD CAGE

Backplane
Digital PC Boards
Power Driver PC Boards
Fused DC Voltages
ROBOTIC SAMPLE HANDLER (RSH)

Carrier Transport Motors / Home Sensors / Encoders / Sensors
Bar Code Reader
Load_Unload Area Indicators / Sensors
Serial Communications / Reset / Interrupts
Reagent Bottle Rotator Motor / Home Sensor
Carrier Positioner Motor / Home Sensor / Encoder
Top Cover / Reagent Access Cover Sensors
7A_9035a
7A_9035.vsd Pg. 1 of 1
DISTRIBUTION BOARD DIAGRAM
Cable_ Reagent Bottle Rotator Motor Extension (ci4100 only - Toshiba CM10-64534)
To
RSH Extension
Cable_ Reagent Bottle Rotator Home Sensor Extension (ci4100 only - Toshiba CM10-64535)
(ci4100 only)
4 5 Flex Cable Assembly

(c4000 - Toshiba PM10-64155)
Cable_ RSH Motor (Toshiba CM10-64520) 25 Pins 6 Pins 8 Pins
15 Pins (ci4100 - Toshiba PM10-64403)
Reagent Bottle Rotator Motor 4
RSH Distribution Board (Abbott 900190, Toshiba PM10-64505) Shield
Carrier Transport X-Motor 4 Carrier Transport X-Motor 4
Carrier Transport Theta Motor 4 Carrier Transport Theta Motor 4
Carrier Transport Z-Motor 4 Carrier Transport Z-Motor 4 To
Shield Carrier Transport
JTAG Header Test Header A CPLD Error LED +5V Fused 4
Reagent Bottle Board
6 6 4
Rotator G 2 CPLD Comm Interface (500,000 Commands / Sec; 200,000 Sensor Data Packets / Sec) 2 GND
Home Sensor LED 75C1168 6
12 Carrier Transport Theta Absolute Encoder Read / Home Set / Data CPLD Comm Interface 6
Differential
Cable_ RSH Sensor-Comm. (Toshiba CM10-64521) 4 CPLD SPI Interface (18.75 KHz) Shield
Reagent Bottle Rotator Home Sensor 2
CPLD Clock (8 MHz) CPLD Clock (8 MHz) Transceiver
Carrier Transport X Encoder 4 2 Xilinx CPLD Reset 15 Pins
CPLD Error
Carrier Transport X Home Sensor 2 TI XC95288XL Theta Encoder Home Set
Carrier Transport Theta Home Sensor 2 AM26LV31 CPLD Rail Guide Sensor Test
Carrier Transport Z Home Sensor 2 (204254) X-Home Polarity Set
Differential
Carrier Transport Z Encoder 4 2 RSH I/O Interrupt 2 4 MHz Crystal
Line Drivers RSH I/O Interrupt 1
Rail Guide Sensor 2
(3)
RSH I/O Interrupt 2 2
2
RSH I/O Interrupt 1 2 2 64 63 60 59 58 22 57 3 46
2
PWM1
PA7
RSH Distribution Board RS232
PA6
PA3
PA2
PA1
PA0
EXTAL
SPI 2 (port H)
PJ0
SCI 1
SCI 0
To RSH MAX3232 RS232 MAX6467 Reset
Card LT1117 3.3V 2 Level Shifter Generator
TP +3.3V 12
Cage Regulator XTAL
47
RS232 Debug Port (9 Pin D)
RSH Reset Opto-Coupler Reset Button 42 Cypress Micro
/RESET
52 SPI 1 MISO CY8C29466 75C1168
ISSP 5 2
+5V LED 50 SPI 1 SCK Motorola Header PSOC Differential
G 49 SPI 1 SS MC9S12DG256 (12 MHz Clock) Transceiver
+5V Fused (5 Pins) 93 SPI 0 MISO Microcontroller (201844)
TP +5V XRES
GND (5 Pins) 2 PP2 (24 MHz Clock)
19
TP GND 30 (204256)
PB6
Shield (3 Pins)
29 PB5
Carrier Transport Theta Encoder RS422 4
4
PWM0 (Optional configurations
96 for Bar Code Reader)
Bar Code Reader RS232 & Power 6 SPI 0 SS
95
SPI 0 SCK 4 BDM Header
94 (6 PIN DIN)
SPI 0 MOSI
2 Ambient Temperature
Thermistor 7 Pins
+5V Fused (5 Pins) Bar Code Reader
W503 6
GND (5 Pins) (97325)
(c4000 only)
60 Pins
20 Pins
Cable_ Bar Code Reader Extension

(ci4100 only - Toshiba CM10-64536)
To
6
RSH Extension
Cable_ Load_Unload Board
(Toshiba CM10-64527) (ci4100 only)
Shield
+5V Fused 4
GND 4
To First c4000
SPI 0 Master Out / Slave In Load_Unload Board
SPI 0 Serial Clock (250 KHz)
SPI 0 Slave Select
LED Intensity/Blank (1 KHz)
LED Errors
Carrier Sensor Error
Carrier Sensor Emitters Off
SPI 0 Master In / Slave Out
LEGEND:
SPI 1 Slave Select
SPI 1 Master In / Slave Out
7A_9036a
7A_9036.vsd Pg. 1 of 1
CARRIER TRANSPORT PCB
Flex Cable Assembly
(c4000 - Toshiba PM10-64155)
(ci4100 - Toshiba PM10-64403) 15 Pins 4
Carrier Transport
Shield Carrier Transport Board 5 Pins X-Motor/Encoder
Carrier Transport X-Motor 4 4 6 Pins Cable_ X-Encoder (97211) 4
(202962)
Carrier Transport Theta Motor 4 4 6 Pins (Theta Motor) 4
To Carrier Transport Z-Motor 4 4 6 Pins Carrier Transport
RSH Distribution (Theta Encoder) 14 Theta Motor/Abs.
+5V Fused (4 Pins) TP +5V LT1117 3.3V Encoder (97142)
Board G +5V LED Regulator
GND (4 Pins) (Z-Motor) 4
TP GND 75C1168 TP +3.3V Carrier Transport
CPLD Comm Interface 6 3
Differential 5 Pins Z-Motor/Encoder
Cable_ Z-Encoder (201279) 4
2 6 Pins (201278)
Shield Transceiver
15 Pins (9615 Hz) 12 20 Pins
6
JTAG Header
2 6 Pins Carrier Transport
X Home / Load Platform Alignment Sensor A
5 X-Home
Test Header G LED 5 Pins (Omron EE-SX3070)
2 (Toshiba CM10-64540) 4 CT X-Home /
Xilinx LP Alignment Sensor Board
Cable_ CP_Carrier_Detect_Sensor
(Toshiba CM10-64541)
XC95288XL (Abbott 900195, Toshiba PM10-64510)
Carrier Transport
Carrier Positioner Carrier 3 Pins 3 Pins G Carrier Detect LED
CPLD Z-Home G X Home / Load Platform Alignment Sensor B
Detect Sensor 3 (204255) LED (Omron EE-SX3070)
Carrier Transport
(Sharp GP2A200LCS0F) Z Home Sensor
Load Platform
Carrier Positioner G
4 Pins Alignment LED Carrier Transport
G Alignment LED
Carrier Positioner 4 Theta Home Sensor
Alignment Sensor Rail Guide G
(Optek OPB885Z) CPLD Error LED A LED 4 Rail Guide
7A_9037.vsd Pg. 1 of 1 Theta Home LED G Sensor Emitter Power 5 Pins Sensor (97235)
7A_9037a
CARRIER POSITIONER PCB
Carrier Positioner Board
Cable_ Carrier Positioner Sensors Extension

9 Pins 9 Pins
+5V Fused
TP +5V
GND 5 Pins
TP GND Cable_ Carrier Positioner Encoder 5 Pins
Carrier Positioner Encoder 4 National 2 (Toshiba CM10-64532) 4
Semiconductor Carrier Positioner
4 Motor / Encoder
DS26C31T (Toshiba BSM10-6173E)
Cable_ Carrier Positioner Sensors (Toshiba CM10-64522) 8
Quad 4 Pins
Differential Carrier
Positioner
2 Driver Home LED
G
Carrier Positioner Home Sensor Carrier Positioner
Home Sensor
Shield
To RSH Card Cage

5 Pins
Cable_ Carrier Positioner Motor (Toshiba CM10-64523) 4 Cable_ Carrier Positioner Motor Extension (Toshiba CM10-64539) 4
2 Pins
Cable_ Top Cover Sensors (Toshiba CM10-64533) c4000 Top Cover Sensor
2 2
(reed switch)
(Toshiba PM10-64420)
2 Pins
Cable_ Top Cover Sensors (Toshiba CM10-64533) c4000 Reagent Access Cover Sensor
2 2
(reed switch)
(Toshiba PM10-64420)
LEGEND:
7A_9038.vsd Pg. 1 of 1 7A_9038a

C4000 LOAD PLATFORM
(Use Load_Unload Board Termination Cable

c4000 Load Platform (4 modules) here for standalone c4000)
+5V LED +5V LED +5V LED +5V LED

G Cable_ G Cable_ G Cable_ G
IA Load/Unload Board Load_Unload IA Load/Unload Board Load_Unload IA Load/Unload Board
TP Load_Unload TP IA Load/Unload Board
Jumper TP Jumper TP
+5V Jumper +5V
(Toshiba +5V (Toshiba +5V Cable_ Load_Unload Board Extension
Cable_ Load_Unload Board (Toshiba
(Toshiba CM10-64527) CM10-64528) CM10-64528) (ci4100 only - Toshiba CM10-64537)
CM10-64528)
Shield Shield Shield Shield Shield
+5V Fused (4 Pins) TP +5V Fused (4 Pins) TP +5V Fused (4 Pins) TP +5V Fused (4 Pins) TP +5V Fused (4 Pins)
GND (4 Pins) GND GND (4 Pins) GND GND (4 Pins) GND GND (4 Pins) GND GND (4 Pins)
SPI 0 Master Out / Slave In SPI 0 Master Out / Slave In SPI 0 Master Out / Slave In SPI 0 Master Out / Slave In SPI 0 Master Out / Slave In
To SPI 0 Serial Clock (250 KHz) SPI 0 Serial Clock (250 KHz) SPI 0 Serial Clock (250 KHz) SPI 0 Serial Clock (250 KHz) SPI 0 Serial Clock (250 KHz)
To
RSH SPI 0 Slave Select SPI 0 Slave Select SPI 0 Slave Select SPI 0 Slave Select SPI 0 Slave Select
LED Intensity/Blank (1 KHz) LED Intensity/Blank (1 KHz) LED Intensity/Blank (1 KHz) LED Intensity/Blank (1 KHz) LED Intensity/Blank (1 KHz) RSH Extension
Distribution LED Errors LED Errors LED Errors LED Errors LED Errors (ci4100 only)
Board Carrier Sensor Error Carrier Sensor Error Carrier Sensor Error Carrier Sensor Error Carrier Sensor Error
Carrier Sensor Emitters Off Carrier Sensor Emitters Off Carrier Sensor Emitters Off Carrier Sensor Emitters Off Carrier Sensor Emitters Off
SPI 0 Master In / Slave Out SPI 0 Master In / Slave Out SPI 0 Master In / Slave Out SPI 0 Master In / Slave Out SPI 0 Master In / Slave Out
LEGEND:
SPI 1 Slave Select SPI 1 Slave Select SPI 1 Slave Select SPI 1 Slave Select SPI 1 Slave Select
SPISolid
1 SerialBlack Rectangle
Clock (250 KHz) Denotes a Connector
SPI 1 Serial Clock (250 KHz) SPI 1 Serial Clock (250 KHz) SPI 1 Serial Clock (250 KHz) SPI 1 Serial Clock (250 KHz)
20 Pins 20 Pins
20 Pins
20 Pins
20 Pins
20 Pins
20 Pins
20 Pins
7A_9039.vsd Pg. 1 of 1
7A_9039a
ci4100 RSH EXTENSION
LEGEND:
Robotic Sample Handler Extension (ci4100 only)
i1000SR Load Platform (4 modules)
+5V LED +5V LED +5V LED +5V LED

G Cable_ G Cable_ G Cable_ G
Load_Unload Load_Unload Load_Unload IA Load/Unload Board
TP IA Load/Unload Board TP IA Load/Unload Board TP IA Load/Unload Board TP
+5V Jumper Jumper Jumper
+5V +5V +5V
Cable_ Load_Unload Board Extension (Toshiba (Toshiba (Toshiba Cable_ Load_Unload Board Termination
(Toshiba CM10-64537) CM10-64528) CM10-64528) CM10-64528) (Toshiba CM10-64529)
Shield Shield Shield Shield Shield
+5V Fused (4 Pins) TP +5V Fused (4 Pins) TP +5V Fused (4 Pins) TP +5V Fused (4 Pins) TP +5V Fused (4 Pins)
GND (4 Pins) GND GND GND (4 Pins) GND GND (4 Pins) GND GND (4 Pins)
GND (4 Pins)
SPI 0 Master Out / Slave In SPI 0 Master Out / Slave In SPI 0 Master Out / Slave In SPI 0 Master Out / Slave In SPI 0 Master Out / Slave In
SPI 0 Serial Clock (250 KHz) SPI 0 Serial Clock (250 KHz) SPI 0 Serial Clock (250 KHz) SPI 0 Serial Clock (250 KHz) SPI 0 Serial Clock (250 KHz)
To SPI 0 Slave Select SPI 0 Slave Select SPI 0 Slave Select SPI 0 Slave Select SPI 0 Slave Select
Last c4000 LED Intensity/Blank (1 KHz) LED Intensity/Blank (1 KHz) LED Intensity/Blank (1 KHz) LED Intensity/Blank (1 KHz) LED Intensity/Blank (1 KHz)
LED Errors LED Errors LED Errors LED Errors LED Errors
Load_Unload Board Carrier Sensor Error Carrier Sensor Error Carrier Sensor Error Carrier Sensor Error Carrier Sensor Error
Carrier Sensor Emitters Off Carrier Sensor Emitters Off Carrier Sensor Emitters Off Carrier Sensor Emitters Off Carrier Sensor Emitters Off
SPI 1 Slave Select SPI 1 Slave Select SPI 1 Slave Select SPI 1 Slave Select SPI 1 Slave Select
SPI 1 Serial Clock (250 KHz) SPI 1 Serial Clock (250 KHz) SPI 1 Serial Clock (250 KHz) SPI 1 Serial Clock (250 KHz) SPI 1 Serial Clock (250 KHz)
20 Pins 20 Pins
20 Pins
20 Pins
20 Pins
20 Pins
20 Pins
20 Pins
2 Pins
i1000SR Top Cover Sensor
To Cable_ Top Cover Sensors (Toshiba CM10-64533) 2 2
(reed switch)
RSH Card Cage (Toshiba PM10-64420)
7 Pins
Cable_ Bar Code Reader Extension (Toshiba CM10-64536) 6 W503 6 Bar Code Reader
(97325)
6 Pins
Reagent Bottle
To Cable_ Reagent Bottle Rotator Motor Extension (Toshiba CM10-64534) 4 W505 4
Rotator Motor
RSH Distribution Board (200066)
8 Pins
Reagent Bottle
Cable_ Reagent Bottle Rotator Home Sensor Extension (Toshiba CM10-64535) 5 W506 5 Rotator Home 7A_9040a
Sensor
(200686)
7A_9040.vsd Pg. 1 of 1
LOAD/UNLOAD BOARD
CC Load/Unload Board
+5V LED Section 1 LEDs Section 2 LEDs Section 3 LEDs Section 4 LEDs Section 5 LEDs
G TP G G G G G G G G G G
+5V G G G G G
Access LED Power Bus
B B B B B
Priority LED Power Bus
Shield Shield
A A A A A
+5V Fused (4 Pins) TP A A A A A A A A A A +5V Fused (4 Pins)
GND (4 Pins) GND In-Process LED Power Bus GND (4 Pins)
Out 0-14 Out 0-14 Out 0-4
5 SIN 5 TI TLC5921 TI TLC5921 TI TLC5921 28
SPI 0 Master Out / Slave In TI TLC5921 LED Driver SOUT 28 28 5 28 5 SPI 0 Master Out / Slave In
SCLK XLAT BLANK XDOWN LED Driver LED Driver LED Driver
SPI 0 Serial Clock (250 KHz) 4 3 2 29 4 3 2 29 4 3 2 29 4 3 29 2 Out 0-9 SPI 0 Serial Clock (250 KHz)
SPI 0 Slave Select SPI 0 Slave Select
LED Intensity/Blank (1 KHz) LED Intensity/Blank (1 KHz)
LED Errors LED Errors
Carrier Sensor Emitter Power Bus

Carrier Sensor Error Carrier Sensor Error
Carrier Sensor Emitters Off Carrier Sensor Emitters Off
SPI 0 Master In / Slave Out SPI 0 Master In / Slave Out

2 1 2 1
9 CP /PL 10 9 CP /PL 10
SPI 1 Master In / Slave Out Q7 74HC165 Shift Register DS Q7 74HC165 Shift Register DS SPI 1 Master In / Slave Out
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 D7 D6 D3 D2 D1 D0
6 Diag LED1 5 4 Diag LED2 3 14 Diag LED3 13 12 Diag LED4 11 6 Diag LED5 5 14 13 12 11
G A G A G A G A G A +5V +5V GND GND
20 Pins 20 Pins
(AMP P/N 1761606-7) (AMP P/N 1761606-7)
Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section
1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 Board ID Bits
Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor
A B A B A B A B A B
IA Load/Unload Board
+5V LED Section 1 LEDs Section 2 LEDs Section 3 LEDs Section 4 LEDs
G TP G G G G G G G G
+5V G G G G
Access LED Power Bus
B B B B
Priority LED Power Bus
Shield Shield
A A A A
+5V Fused (4 Pins) TP A A A A A A A A +5V Fused (4 Pins)
GND (4 Pins) GND In-Process LED Power Bus GND (4 Pins)
Out 0-11 Out 0-11 Out 0-3
5 5 TI TLC5921 TI TLC5921 TI TLC5921 28
SPI 0 Master Out / Slave In SIN TI TLC5921 LED Driver SOUT 28 28 5 28 5 SPI 0 Master Out / Slave In
SCLK XLAT BLANK XDOWN LED Driver LED Driver LED Driver
SPI 0 Serial Clock (250 KHz) 4 3 2 29 4 3 2 29 4 3 2 29 4 3 29 2 Out 0-7 SPI 0 Serial Clock (250 KHz)
LED Intensity/Blank (1 KHz) LED Intensity/Blank (1 KHz)
LED Errors LED Errors
Carrier Sensor Emitter Power Bus

Carrier Sensor Error Carrier Sensor Error
Carrier Sensor Emitters Off Carrier Sensor Emitters Off
SPI 0 Master In / Slave Out SPI 0 Master In / Slave Out

2 1 2 1
9 CP /PL 10 9 CP /PL 10
SPI 1 Master In / Slave Out Q7 74HC165 Shift Register DS Q7 74HC165 Shift Register DS SPI 1 Master In / Slave Out
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 D3 D2 D1 D0
6 Diag LED1 5 4 Diag LED2 3 14 Diag LED3 13 12 Diag LED4 11 14 13 12 11
G A G A G A G A GND GND +5V +5V
20 Pins 20 Pins
(AMP P/N 1761606-7) (AMP P/N 1761606-7)
Section Section Section Section Section Section Section Section

1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 Board ID Bits
Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor
LEGEND: A B A B A B A B
Denotes
G 7A_9041.vsd
A a 1Green/Amber
Pg. 1 of Dual LED 7A_9041a
Connection of c4_CPU side Connection of RSH_CPU side
CNN BOARD - C4
F-COVER-S TCVR-S
CNN31 CNN29
TOP COVER SENSOR TOP COVER SENSOR
(FRONT) (FRONT)
P605
J605
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
RSH
BACK PLANE
R-COVER-S BOARD
TOP COVER SENSOR
CNN1
(REAR)
CRA CONTACT CONNECTOR
BOARD
CNN31
MG-SW RWND-S iCVR-S
TOP LID REAGENT TOP LID REAGENT

DOOR SENSOR DOOR SENSOR
I1000 TOP COVER SENSOR
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
7A_9045a
LEGEND:
c4000 SCC INTERFACE DIAGRAM
Cables Routed Thru Mounting Arm
220V SCC UPS Power Cord
(selected for country) Optional Modem Printer Printer Power Cord
Keyboard Mouse
(7D07-12) (interface cable included) (included w/ printer)
Country Abbott Part Number
Touchscreen Monitor (7D11-01) (7D01-99)
India / South Africa 100396 (USB cable included) 110V (7D08-11) or
Australia / New Zealand (7D03-15)
Video
100387
220V (7D08-22) AC
USB
Continental Europe 100391 AC Optional
United Kingdom / Ireland 100392 Power BCR USB Parallel Power
Italy 100380 Wedge
Israel 100381 (7D09-02) LIS Abbott
(Cable, SVGA, Monitor, 10')

Touchscreen Cable (100417)
Switzerland 100379
RS232 Link
Video Cable (100418)

Denmark 100382
Serial Ethernet
(Cable, USB, 10')

China 100395
Link
220V
AC
SCC UPS Interface Cable (USB)
Power USB
Input SCC UPS (included w/ SCC UPS)
110V (7D06-11)
or
110V AC
110V SCC UPS Power Cord AC 220V (7D06-22)
Power
(Power Cord, Monitor IEC320, 3.0M)

(attached to 110V SCC UPS) Power
Out
Monitor Power Cord (202887)

Input
Male DB9
Keyboard Mouse RS232
USB
USB
USB
USB
Video
USB
SCC UPS AC Out Cord
(For 110V SCC UPS: Power Cord, 2.44M (100390)
or power cord included with SCC) Female
(For 220V SCC UPS: Power Cord, 0.5M (100347)) DB25
System Control Center
Parallel
(7D01-05)
Ethernet
AC
AC Ethernet Cable, Cat 5, 2'
Power USB USB Ethernet Ethernet #1
Ethernet #4
Ethernet #5
Power (included w/ Network Hub)
AC Out
Power
AC USB / Power Cable, 1.0M
Input SCC Power Cord, 1.0M
Power (included w/ Serial Adapter)
Power Entry (100346) Network Hub Power Cable, 1'
Power
Out
Outlet Strip (included w/ Network Hub) Network Hub
AC (7D04-60)
(100345) Power
USB
Out
External Multi-Port Serial Adapter (7D01-40)
AC
Power RS232 RS232 RS232 RS232
Out Ethernet #2 Ethernet #3
Optional
Null Male Male Male
Modem DB25 DB25 DB25
Adapter
(100037)
c4000
Ethernet Cable (100349) Ethernet Cable (100349)
Female (Cable, Cat 5, 3') (Cable, Cat 5, 3')
DB25
Instrument Boundary
CLI Loopback Cable, 1'
(optional, included w/ Serial Adapter)
AC c4000 Power Supply CLI Port

Module Power Cord W020 Power
CLI Diagnostic Port Cable
(RS232) (optional cable, DB9/DB25)
(selected for country) Input Male DB9
Country Abbott Part Number AC/DC c4000 Assay Module Card Cage
Female RJ45
India / South Africa 100388 Converter
Australia / New Zealand 100386
SCC Port
Continental Europe 100385 (Ethernet)
United Kingdom / Ireland 100384 Main Circuit Breaker
Italy 100383 & On/Off Switch
Israel 100389
CLI Port CLI Diagnostic Port Cable
Switzerland 100484 36V Power
(Toshiba CM10-64524) (RS232) (optional cable, DB9/DB25)
International 100394 (203670)
China
AC/DC 5V Power
c4000/c8000/c16000 RSH Card Cage Female DB9
100393
Converter (Toshiba CM10-54525)
USA / Canada (220 VAC) 200970 12V Power (Abbott 204468, Toshiba PM10-64499) 8 Pins
SCC Port Ethernet Cable (Toshiba CM10-64546)
(Ethernet)
7A_9042.vsd Pg. 1 of 1
7A_9042a
LEGEND: ci4100 SCC INTERFACE DIAGRAM Printer
(interface cable included)
Printer Power Cord
(included w/ printer)
Solid Black Rectangle Denotes a Connector 110V (7D08-11) or
Optional Modem 220V (7D08-22) AC c4000 c4000
Assay Sample
(7D07-12) USB Parallel Power Module Handler
Cables Routed Thru Mounting Arm (USB cable included) CLI RS232
Diag Port
CLI RS232
Diag Port
Male DB9
220V SCC UPS Power Cord Two Cable, DB9F/DB9F
(selected for country) Optional Port Cable, DB9F/DB9M
Keyboard Mouse Serial
Country Abbott Part Number Optional DB9F/DB25M c4000 c4000
Touchscreen Monitor (7D11-01) (7D01-99) DB9/DB25 Null Modem Adapter Abbott Assay Sample
India / South Africa 100396
(100424) Link Module Handler
Australia / New Zealand (7D03-15) Adapter Cable, 6' Ethernet Ethernet
Video
100387 Ethernet
USB
Continental Europe 100391 AC Optional (100348) (100403)
United Kingdom / Ireland 100392 Power BCR USB Cable, 3.3'
Italy Wedge (included w/
i1000SR
100380
serial adapter) Panel PCB Mount
Israel 100381 (7D09-02) Female
Switzerland 100379 Male DB9 Male DB9
Assy (201816)
DB25
Denmark
China
100382
100395
Instrument Boundary LIS
USB USB
ARM
USB
Printer
USB Eth Eth Eth Eth
#1 #2 #3 #4 #1 #2 #3 #4
(Cable, SVGA, Monitor, 10')

Touchscreen Cable (100417)
Video Cable (100418)

Female DB9 Male
220V Male DB9
DB25
Mouse Cable (100151)

AC
(Cable, USB, 10')
(Optional Cable, Cat 5, 3')

(Ext. Cable, PS2, 6')

SCC UPS Interface Cable (USB)
Ethernet Cable (100349)


Power USB
SCC UPS (included w/ SCC UPS)
(Ext. Cable, PS2, 6')

Kbd Cable (100151)
(Cable, DB9/DB9, 6')
USB Coupler, 1'
USB Coupler, 1'

LIS Cable (100350)
Input
(Cable, Cat 5, 3')

110V (7D06-11)
(100459)
(100459)
USB Coupler, 1'
or (100459)
USB Coupler, 1'
110V AC
110V SCC UPS Power Cord AC 220V (7D06-22) (100459)
Printer Parallel Cable (100351)

Power
(Power Cord, Monitor IEC320, 3.0M)
(Extension Cable, DB25, 6')

Power
(attached to 110V SCC UPS)
(Cable, DB9/DB25, 34")

Monitor Power Cord (202887)
Input Out
ARM Cable (202391)

Male DB9
Keyboard Mouse RS232
USB
USB
USB
USB
Video
USB
SCC UPS AC Out Cord
(For 110V SCC UPS: Power Cord, 2.44M (100390)
or power cord included with SCC) Female
(For 220V SCC UPS: Power Cord, 0.5M (100347)) DB25
System Control Center
Parallel
(7D01-05)
Ethernet
AC
AC Ethernet Cable, Cat 5, 2'
Power USB USB Ethernet Ethernet #1
Ethernet #2
Ethernet #3
Ethernet #4
Power (included w/ Network Hub)
AC Out
Power
AC USB / Power Cable, 1.0M
Input SCC Power Cord, 1.0M
Power (included w/ Serial Adapter)
Power Entry Out
(100346) Network Hub Power Cable, 1'
Power
Outlet Strip (included w/ Network Hub) Network Hub
AC (7D04-60)
(100345) Power
USB
Out
External Multi-Port Serial Adapter (7D01-40)
AC
Power RS232 RS232 RS232 RS232
Out Ethernet #5
Optional
Male Null Male Male
DB25 Modem DB25 DB25
Debug Ribbon Cable (92391) Adapter
Heater_Cooler Debug Cable (203670)
(optional cable, DB9/DB9, 18") (optional cable, DB9/DB25, 34") (100037)
CLI Loopback Cable, 1'
Female (optional, included w/ Serial Adapter)
DB25
Module Power Cord W020

Female
(selected for country) Power Supply
Female
DB9 DB9
AC
Country Abbott Part Number Power AC/DC CLI Port CLI Diagnostic Port Cable (202391)
Heater_Cooler (RS232) (optional cable, DB9/DB25, 34")
India / South Africa 100388 Input Converter Board
Australia / New Zealand 100386 Debug Port
Continental Europe 100385 (RS232) i1000SR CARD CAGE
United Kingdom / Ireland 100384 (97010) 5 Pins
Italy 100383 SCC Port Ethernet Cable (97201) Ethernet Cable (100349)
Israel 100389 Main Circuit Breaker (Ethernet) (Cable, Cat 5, 3')
Switzerland 100484 & On/Off Switch
International
Power Supply OFF
100394
China 100393
USA / Canada (110 VAC) 200969
USA / Canada (220 VAC) Chassis Reference Reagent Cooler Connector Panel (200448)
200970
7A_9043.vsd Pg. 1 of 1
7A_9043a
Cuvette Wash Station Motor, Pump, and Sensors
CPU CNN
1
2 18 Wash Station Motor Sensors
4
7
AC/DC 34
1 14 Cuvette Wash Pump Motor Sensors
32
28 HCW Pump Sensors
SM AC/DC 8 36 33 3
3
SMC
9
Driver Box
Assembly
PM
Wash Station Motor
AD 1 1 2 AD 2, 3
Cell Wash Pump Motor
9 AD 9 Cell Wash Valve
AD 11 11
6 AD 6, 7 VP1, VP2
AD 12 12
AC/DC
DAQ
SM1 1 12 SM 11, 12 HCW Pump
15
SM15-17 16
CPU CPUM CNBD 17
AC SM18-21 18-21 SMD

P/S +12V
+24V1
+24V2
MIXER
LLS
TBC Degasser Optics ISE

Pre-Amp
7A_9017a
Page 1 of 3
CNN2 CNN3
CNN6
CNN1
CNN5 CNN31
7A_9017a
Page 2 of 3
Backplane
CNN1 CNN3 CNN4
CNN14 CNN2 CNN5
7A_9017a
Page 3 of 3
Detergent Pump, Sensors, and Valves
CPU CNN
1
2 14 Detergent Pump Sensor
ESB3 Acid Wait Sensor
7 4 ESB14 Alkaline (ALK) Wait Sensor
AC/DC
1
34
32
SM AC/DC 8
SMC
Driver Box
Assembly
PM
AD 1 1 5 AD 4, 5 Detergent Pump
8 AD 8 Acid/ALK Detergent Valve 1

AD 11 11 Acid/AALK Detergent Valve 2
AD 12 12
AC/DC
DAQ
CPU CPUM CNBD
AC SMD
P/S +12V
MIXER
LLS

Pre-Amp
7A_9018a
Page 1 of 3
CNN2 CNN3
CNN6
CNN1
CNN5 CNN31
7A_9018a
Page 2 of 3
Backplane
CNN1 CNN3 CNN4
CNN14 CNN2 CNN5
7A_9018a
Page 2 of 3
CPU CNN
1
ISE Arm Up/Down Sensor
2 27
ISE Arm Rotation (ROT) Sensor
7 34
AC/DC ISE ASP Pump Sensor
1 32 25
ISE REF Pump Sensor
3
28 E SMCCSS IREFCUP
SM AC/DC AD4, 5 4
35 33
9
SMC
2
Driver Box
Assembly
PM
ISE ASP Pump
AD 1 1 4 AD4, 5
ISE REF Pump
8 AD8 ISE ASP Pinch Valve
AD 11 11 10 AD10 ICT Level Sensor
AD 12 12
AC/DC
4 DAQ
ISE Arm Up/Down Motor

SM1 1 10 SM10, 11
ISE Arm ROT Motor
15
SM15-17 16
CPU CPUM CNBD 17
AC SM18-21 18-21 SMD

P/S +12V
+24V1
+24V2
MIXER
LLS

Pre-Amp
7A_9019a
Page 1 of 3
CNN2 CNN3
CNN6
CNN1
CNN5 CNN31
7A_9019a
Page 2 of 3
Backplane
CNN1 CNN3 CNN4
CNN14 CNN2 CNN5
7A_9019a
Page 3 of 3
Reaction Carousel Motors, Sensors, and Water Bath Valves
CNN
CPU 1
Optics Trigger
24
34 Optics Shutter
32
1 Reaction Carousel Motor Sensor
AC/DC 2
7 Water Bath Full Detect
18
3 Water Bath Temp Sensor
13
36 33 7
SM AC/DC Water Bath Heater
Water Bath Cycle Pump
Water Bath Fan Control
Water Bath Motor Valve
9 Water Bath Fan Control Thermostat
SMC
3
Driver Box
Assembly
PM
AD 1 1
D/W Valve 4 (WBSV)
(Water Bath Supply)
9 AD 9 D/W Valve 5 (PWV)
AD 11 11 (Pressurized D/W Control)
AD 12 12
AC/DC
DAQ 12
SM1 1 12 SM 11, 12 HCW Pump
15
SM15-17 16 2 SM 2, 3 RXN CRSL ROT MTR
CPU CPUM 17
CNBD
SM18-21 18-21 SMD

P/S
AC
+12V MIXER
LLS
+24V1
+24V2

Pre-Amp
7A_9020a
Page 1 of 3
CNN2 CNN3
CNN6
CNN1
CNN5 CNN31
7A_9020a
Page 2 of 3
Backplane
CNN1 CNN3 CNN4
CNN14 CNN2 CNN5
7A_9020a
Page 3 of 3
CPU CNN
1
3 17 R1 Arm Pitch/NM
R1 Up/Down Pitch/Home
35 R1 Guard
AC/DC
12 Probe
33
6
11 Pipettor Home
SM AC/DC 25
Probe Pressure Signal
9
SMC
2
Driver Box
Assembly
PM 10
AC/DC
DAQ
SM1 1 22 SM22 Solenoid
15
SM15-17 16
CPU CPUM CNBD 17 7 SM 7, 8 MTR Up/Down
8
MTR Arm Rotation
SM18-21 18-21 SMD
P/S
+24V1
+24V2
MIXER
LLS 2 R1 Nozzle

Pre-Amp
7A_9021a
Page 1 of 3
CNN2 CNN3
CNN6
CNN1
CNN5 CNN31
7A_9021a
Page 2 of 3
Backplane
CNN1 CNN3 CNN4
CNN14 CNN2 CNN5
7A_9021a
Page 3 of 3
Reagent 1 Syringe Pump Motors, Sensors, and Valves
CPU CNN
1
3 11 Sample Pipettor Motor Sensors
1 34
AC/DC
7 Probe Wash Pump Sensors
32 13
35
8 4 38 Sample Wash Cup Flow Sensor
SM AC/DC
14 33
Card Cage
2 37
2
SMC
9
Driver Box
Assembly
PM
AD 1 1 3 AD2, 3 Probe Wash Pump (Inner)
8 AD8 Sample Pump A MAG Valve
AD 11 11
7 AD6, 7 DIW Supply Pump 2 (Outer)
AD 12 12 DIW Valve 1 (Sample Probe

9 AD9
Outer Wall)
AC/DC
DAQ
SM1 1 11 SM11,12 R1 Pump MTR
15
SM15-17 16
CPU CPUM 17
CNBD
AC SM18-21 18-21 SMD

P/S +12V
+24V1
+24V2
MIXER
LLS
ISE
TBC Degasser Optics Pre-Amp
7A_9028a
Page 1 of 3
CNN25 CNN18
CNN26 CNN23
CNN5
CNN6
CNN29 CNN14
CNN2
CNN30 CNN13
CNN11 CNN27
CNN1
CNN19 CNN17
CNN16 CNN28
CNN3
CNN31
CNN12 CNN15
CNN21 CNN22
CNN24
CNN4 CNN20 CNN7
CNN35 CNN37
CNN32
CNN33 CNN38
CNN34
CNN36
7A_9028a
Page 2 of 3
Backplane
CNN1 CNN3 CNN4
CNN14 CNN2 CNN5
CNN12
CNN10
CNN11
CNN6
CNN7
CNN9
CNN8
7A_9028a
Page 3 of 3
CPU CNN
1
3 19 R2 Arm Pitch/NM
R2 Up/Down Pitch/Home
36 R2 Guard
AC/DC
12 Probe
33
SM AC/DC 25
R2 Pressure Signal
9
SMC
3
Driver Box
Assembly
PM 10
AC/DC
DAQ
SM33 1 22 SM22 Solenoid
15 8
9 SM 8, 9 MTR Arm Rotation
SM15-17 16
CPU CPUM CN6D 17 7 SM 7, 8 MTR Up/Down
8
SM18-21 18-21 SMD
P/S
+24V1
+24V2
MIXER
LLS 2 R2 Nozzle

Pre-Amp
7A_9022a
Page 1 of 3
CNN2 CNN3
CNN6
CNN1
CNN5 CNN31
7A_9022a
Page 2 of 3
Backplane
CNN1 CNN3 CNN4
CNN14 CNN2 CNN5
7A_9022a
Page 3 of 3
CPU CNN
1
2 11 R2 Pipettor Sensors
7 34
AC/DC
1 32 13 Probe Wash Pump (Inner) Sensor
3
8 4 38 Reagent Wash Cup Flow Sensor
SM AC/DC
14 37
35 33
9
SMC
2
Driver Box
Assembly
PM
8 AD8 Reagent Pump 2A MAG Valve
AD 11 11 DIW Supply Pump 2 (Right

7 AD6, 7
Probe Outer Wall
AD 12 12 DIW Valve 2 (Right Probe

9 AD9
Outer Wall)
AC/DC
DAQ
SM1 1 12 SM11, 12 Reagent 2 Pump
15
SM15-17 16
CPU CPUM CNBD 17
AC SM18-21 18-21 SMD

P/S +12V
+24V1
+24V2
MIXER
LLS

Pre-Amp
7A_9023a
Page 1 of 3
CNN2 CNN3
CNN6
CNN1
CNN5 CNN31
7A_9023a
Page 2 of 3
Backplane
CNN1 CNN3 CNN4
CNN14 CNN2 CNN5
7A_9023a
Page 3 of 3
Reagent Carousel Motors and Sensors
Reagent Supply Temp Sensor
Reagent Supply Cover Present Sensor
CNN Cup Sensor
CPU
1 Bottle Sensor
2 16 Reagent Load Door Open/Close
3 Reagent Carousel Inner/Outer Motor Sensor

7
AC/DC
1 34 30 Rotate (ROT) Switch
32 20 BCR
SM AC/DC 36 33 7
3
SMC
9
Driver Box
Assembly
PM
Reagent Load
AD 1 1 5 AD 4, 5 Door Open/Close
AD 11 11
AD 12 12
AC/DC
DAQ 12
SM1 1 4
SM 4, 5 Reagent Inner Carousel Motor
5 Reagent Outer Carousel
15
Rotation Motor
SM15-17 16
CPU CPUM CNBD 17
AC SM18-21 18-21 SMD

UC P/S +12V
+24V1
+24V2
THERMO Thermostat
MIXER
LLS
BWF
UC1
UC2
UC3 TBC Degasser Optics ISE
UC4 Pre-Amp
FAN
7A_9024a
Page 1 of 3
CNN2 CNN3
CNN6
CNN1
CNN5 CNN31
7A_9024a
Page 2 of 3
Backplane
CNN1 CNN3 CNN4
CNN14 CNN2 CNN5
7A_9024a
Page 3 of 3
CPU CNN
1 11 Sample Pipettor
3
15 Sample Arm Rotation (ROT) Pitch/Home
AC/DC 36
Sample Arm Up/Down Pitch/Home
33 Sample Arm Guard
6 12 Probe
SM AC/DC 25
S Pressure Signal
9
SMC
3
Driver Box
Assembly
PM 10
AC/DC
DAQ
SM1 1 2 SM 2, 3 Motor Up/Down

3
15
SM15-17 16
CPU CPUM CNBD 17
6 SM6 Motor Rotation
SM18-21 18-21 SMD
P/S
+24V1
+24V2
MIXER
LLS 1 Nozzle

Pre-Amp
7A_9025a
Page 1 of 3
CNN2 CNN3
CNN6
CNN1
CNN5 CNN31
7A_9025a
Page 2 of 3
Backplane
CNN1 CNN3 CNN4
CNN14 CNN2 CNN5
7A_9025a
Page 3 of 3
Sample Syringe Pump Motors and Sensors
CPU CNN
1
2 11 Sample Pipettor Motor Sensors
7 34
AC/DC
1 32 13 Probe Wash Pump Sensors
3
8 4 38 Sample Wash Cup Flow Sensor
SM AC/DC
14 37
35 33
9
SMC
2
Driver Box
Assembly
PM
8 AD8 Sample Pump A MAG Valve
AD 11 11
7 AD6, 7 DIW Supply Pump 2 (Outer)
AD 12 12 DIW Valve 1 (Sample Probe

9 AD9
Outer Wall)
AC/DC
DAQ
SM1 1 11 SM10, 11 Sample 2 Pump
15
SM15-17 16
CPU CPUM CNBD 17
AC SM18-21 18-21 SMD

P/S +12V
+24V1
+24V2
MIXER
LLS

Pre-Amp
7A_9026a
Page 1 of 3
CNN2 CNN3
CNN6
CNN1
CNN5 CNN31
7A_9026a
Page 2 of 3
Backplane
CNN1 CNN3 CNN4
CNN14 CNN2 CNN5
7A_9026a
Page 3 of 3
CPU CNN Stirrer (STR) Elevevator (ELEV) Up/Down

1 (UP/DWN) Sensors (SE-S)
2 18 Stirrer 1 ROT Home Sensor (SE-S)
Stirrer 1 ROT Cuvette Sense (STRC)
7 34 Stirrer 2 ROT Home Sensor (SE-S)
AC/DC
1 Stirrer 2 ROT Cuvette Sense (STRC)
32
3 26
SM AC/DC
8 4 38 STFS
35 33 37
Card Cage
9
SMC
2
Driver Box
Assembly
PM
AD 1 1 2 AD2, 3 STR ELEV UP/DWN (STRE)
7 AD6, 7 DIW Supply Pump 2 (Outer Wall)

AD 11 11
AD 12 12 9 AD9 DIW Valve 3 (STR Wash Valve)

AC/DC
DAQ
Stirrer 1 ROT MTR

SM1 1 9 SM8, 9
Stirrer 2 ROT MTR
+5, +12
CPU CPUM CNBD
AC 100VAC SMD
P/S +12V
STRD 24VAC +1-15V

1 STR1
3
STR 3, 4
4
2 STR2 Piezo Stirrers 1 & 2 (STRD)

MIXER
LLS
100VAC, 24VAC
ISE
TBC Degasser Optics Pre-Amp Transformer
7A_9027b
Page 1 of 3
CNN25 CNN18
CNN26 CNN23
CNN5
CNN6
CNN29 CNN14
CNN2
CNN30 CNN13
CNN11 CNN27
CNN1
CNN19 CNN17
CNN16 CNN28
CNN3
CNN31
CNN12 CNN15
CNN21 CNN22
CNN24
CNN4 CNN20 CNN7
CNN35 CNN37
CNN32
CNN33 CNN38
CNN34
CNN36
7A_9027a
Page 2 of 3
Backplane
CNN1 CNN3 CNN4
CNN14 CNN2 CNN5
CNN12
CNN10
CNN11
CNN6
CNN7
CNN9
CNN8
7A_9027a
Page 3 of 3

c4000 Service Manual PDF

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

c4000 Service Manual PDF

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

ARCHITECT c4000 System Service and Support Manual

Manual Revision Number

Front Matter Content Control Number

All other Revision History is located in the table below:

REVISION DATE SECTIONS REVISED/ADDED TSBs INCORPORATED ISAs INCORPORATED

204733-126 Apr/2015 c4000 Revision 204733-126 Change Listing N/A N/A

204733-125 Nov/2014 c4000 Revision 204733-125 Change Listing N/A N/A

204733-124 Oct/2014 c4000 Revision 204733-124 Change Listing N/A N/A

204733-123 June/2014 c4000 Revision 204733-123 Change Listing N/A N/A

204733-122 Apr/2014 c4000 Revision 204733-122 Change Listing N/A N/A

204733-121 Sept/2013 c4000 Revision 204733-121 Change Listing N/A N/A

204733-120 May/2013 c4000 Revision 204733-120 Change Listing N/A N/A

204733-119 Jan/2013 c4000 Revision 204733-119 Change Listing N/A N/A

204733-118 Aug/2012 c4000 Revision 204733-118 Change Listing N/A N/A

204733-117 July/2012 c4000 Revision 204733-117 Change Listing N/A N/A

204733-116 July/2012 c4000 Revision 204733-116 Change Listing N/A N/A

204733-115 JUN/2012 c4000 Revision 204733-115 Change Listing N/A N/A

204733-114 Mar/2012 c4000 Revision 204733-114 Change Listing N/A N/A

204733-113 July/2011 c4000 Revision 204733-113 Change Listing N/A N/A

204733-111 Jan/2011 c4000 Revision 204733-111 Change Listing N/A N/A

204733-110 Oct/2010 c4000 Revision 204733-110 Change Listing N/A N/A

204733-109 Sept/2010 c4000 Revision 204733-109 Change Listing N/A 128-002A

204733-108 May/2010 c4000 Revision 204733-108 Change Listing N/A 128-002A

204733-107 Jan/2010 c4000 Revision 204733-107 Change Listing N/A N/A

204733-106 Nov/2009 c4000 Revision 204733-106 Change Listing N/A N/A

204733-105 Oct/2009 c4000 Revision 204733-105 Change Listing N/A N/A

204733-104 Sept/2009 c4000 Revision 204733-104 Change Listing N/A N/A

204733-103 Aug/2009 c4000 Revision 204733-103 Change Listing N/A N/A

204733-102 Jul/2009 c4000 Revision 204733-102 Change Listing N/A N/A

204733-101 Apr/2009 ALL (NEW PUBLICATION) N/A N/A

FRONT Title Change Manual Revision Number to 204733-102.

FRONT Title Change Front Matter Content Control Number to 204734-102.

FRONT Rev Log Add 204733-102 change log.

Change Proprietary Information Control Number to 204735-102.

1 Updated links to Biological Safety section.

2 Troubleshooting Changed Document Control Number 204737-102.

2 Updated text in Card Cage section.

7 Pre-Site Change Document Control Number 204741-102

7 Updated text in System Specification.

8 Installation Change Document Control Number 204742-102

8 Updated ci4100 Installation Checklist.

8 Corrected paragraph format in c4000 Module Upack-Installation A and B.

FRONT Title Change Manual Revision Number to 204733-103.

FRONT Title Change Front Matter Content Control Number to 204734-103.

FRONT Rev Log Add 204733-103 Revision Log.

1 Update text in Mechanical Hazards

1 Update text in Spill Clean-up

1 Update text in Chemical Hazards, Sodim Azide

7 Pre-Site Change Document Control Number 204741-103

7 Updated text in Module UPS Specification.

7 Added Electrical Shock Hazard symbols to 60 Hz Power Measurements and 60 Hz Power

FRONT Title Change Manual Revision Number to 204733-104.

FRONT Title Change Front Matter Content Control Number to 204734-104.

FRONT Rev Log Add 204733-104 Revision Log.

2 Update MECH LED graphic.

FRONT Title Change Manual Revision Number to 204733-105.

FRONT Title Change Front Matter Content Control Number to 204734-105.

FRONT Rev Log Add 204733-105 Revision Log.

1 Updated text in Mechanical Hazards

1 Replaced graphic 7A_1053a with 7A_1074b in Robotic Assembly Description

2 Updated graphic Mixer Block Diagram to 7A_2043b

FRONT Title Change Manual Revision Number to 204733-106

FRONT Title Change Front Matter Content Control Number to 204734-106